More 4.63 documentation (noticed an important bit missing at the very
[exim.git] / doc / doc-docbook / spec.xfpt
1 . $Cambridge: exim/doc/doc-docbook/spec.xfpt,v 1.12 2006/07/31 14:19:31 ph10 Exp $
2 .
3 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4 . This is the primary source of the Exim Manual. It is an xfpt document that is
5 . converted into DocBook XML for subsequent conversion into printing and online
6 . formats. The markup used herein is "standard" xfpt markup, with some extras.
7 . The markup is summarized in a file called Markup.txt.
8 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9
10 .include stdflags
11 .include stdmacs
12 .docbook
13 .book
14
15 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16 . These definitions set some parameters and save some typing. Remember that
17 . the <bookinfo> element must also be updated for each new edition.
18 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19
20 .set ACL "access control lists (ACLs)"
21 .set previousversion "4.62"
22 .set version "4.63"
23
24
25 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 . Additional xfpt markup used by this document, over and above the default
27 . provided in the xfpt library.
28 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29
30 . --- Override the &$ flag to automatically insert a $ with the variable name
31
32 .flag &$ $& "<varname>$" "</varname>"
33
34 . --- Short flags for daggers in option headings. They will always be inside
35 . --- an italic string, but we want the daggers to be roman.
36
37 .flag &!! "</emphasis>&dagger;<emphasis>"
38 .flag &!? "</emphasis>&Dagger;<emphasis>"
39
40 . --- A macro for an Exim option definition heading, generating a one-line
41 . --- table with four columns.
42
43 .macro option
44 .oindex "$1"
45 .itable all 0 0 4 8* left 5* center 5* center 6* right
46 .row "&%$1%&" "Use: &'$2'&" "Type: &'$3'&" "Default: &'$4'&"
47 .endtable
48 .endmacro
49
50 . --- A macro for the common 2-column tables. The width of the first column
51 . --- is suitable for the many tables at the start of the main options chapter;
52 . --- the small number of other 2-column tables override it.
53
54 .macro table2 196pt 254pt
55 .itable none 0 0 2 $1 left $2 left
56 .endmacro
57
58 . --- Macros for the concept and option index entries. For a "range" style of
59 . --- entry, use .scindex for the start and .ecindex for the end. The first
60 . --- argument of .scindex and the only argument of .ecindex must be the ID
61 . --- that ties them together.
62
63 .macro cindex
64 &<indexterm role="concept">&
65 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
66 .arg 2
67 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
68 .endarg
69 &</indexterm>&
70 .endmacro
71
72 .macro scindex
73 &<indexterm role="concept" id="$1" class="startofrange">&
74 &<primary>&$2&</primary>&
75 .arg 3
76 &<secondary>&$3&</secondary>&
77 .endarg
78 &</indexterm>&
79 .endmacro
80
81 .macro ecindex
82 &<indexterm role="concept" startref="$1" class="endofrange"/>&
83 .endmacro
84
85 .macro oindex
86 &<indexterm role="option">&
87 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
88 .arg 2
89 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
90 .endarg
91 &</indexterm>&
92 .endmacro
93
94 .macro index
95 .echo "** Don't use .index; use .cindex or .oindex"
96 .endmacro
97 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
98
99
100 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
101 . The <bookinfo> element is removed from the XML before processing for Ascii
102 . output formats.
103 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
104
105 .literal xml
106 <bookinfo>
107 <title>Specification of the Exim Mail Transfer Agent</title>
108 <titleabbrev>The Exim MTA</titleabbrev>
109 <date>27 July 2006</date>
110 <author><firstname>Philip</firstname><surname>Hazel</surname></author>
111 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
112 <affiliation><orgname>University of Cambridge Computing Service</orgname></affiliation>
113 <address>New Museums Site, Pembroke Street, Cambridge CB2 3QH, England</address>
114 <revhistory><revision>
115 <revnumber>4.63</revnumber>
116 <date>27 July 2006</date>
117 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
118 </revision></revhistory>
119 <copyright><year>2006</year><holder>University of Cambridge</holder></copyright>
120 </bookinfo>
121 .literal off
122
123
124 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
125 . This chunk of literal XML implements index entries of the form "x, see y" and
126 . "x, see also y". However, the DocBook DTD doesn't allow <indexterm> entries
127 . at the top level, so we have to put the .chapter directive first.
128 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
129
130 .chapter "Introduction"
131 .literal xml
132
133 <indexterm role="concept">
134 <primary>$1, $2, etc.</primary>
135 <see><emphasis>numerical variables</emphasis></see>
136 </indexterm>
137 <indexterm role="concept">
138 <primary>address</primary>
139 <secondary>rewriting</secondary>
140 <see><emphasis>rewriting</emphasis></see>
141 </indexterm>
142 <indexterm role="concept">
143 <primary>Bounce Address Tag Validation</primary>
144 <see><emphasis>BATV</emphasis></see>
145 </indexterm>
146 <indexterm role="concept">
147 <primary>Client SMTP Authorization</primary>
148 <see><emphasis>CSA</emphasis></see>
149 </indexterm>
150 <indexterm role="concept">
151 <primary>CR character</primary>
152 <see><emphasis>carriage return</emphasis></see>
153 </indexterm>
154 <indexterm role="concept">
155 <primary>CRL</primary>
156 <see><emphasis>certificate revocation list</emphasis></see>
157 </indexterm>
158 <indexterm role="concept">
159 <primary>delivery</primary>
160 <secondary>failure report</secondary>
161 <see><emphasis>bounce message</emphasis></see>
162 </indexterm>
163 <indexterm role="concept">
164 <primary>dialup</primary>
165 <see><emphasis>intermittently connected hosts</emphasis></see>
166 </indexterm>
167 <indexterm role="concept">
168 <primary>exiscan</primary>
169 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
170 </indexterm>
171 <indexterm role="concept">
172 <primary>failover</primary>
173 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
174 </indexterm>
175 <indexterm role="concept">
176 <primary>fallover</primary>
177 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
178 </indexterm>
179 <indexterm role="concept">
180 <primary>filter</primary>
181 <secondary>Sieve</secondary>
182 <see><emphasis>Sieve filter</emphasis></see>
183 </indexterm>
184 <indexterm role="concept">
185 <primary>ident</primary>
186 <see><emphasis>RFC 1413</emphasis></see>
187 </indexterm>
188 <indexterm role="concept">
189 <primary>LF character</primary>
190 <see><emphasis>linefeed</emphasis></see>
191 </indexterm>
192 <indexterm role="concept">
193 <primary>maximum</primary>
194 <see><emphasis>limit</emphasis></see>
195 </indexterm>
196 <indexterm role="concept">
197 <primary>monitor</primary>
198 <see><emphasis>Exim monitor</emphasis></see>
199 </indexterm>
200 <indexterm role="concept">
201 <primary>no_<emphasis>xxx</emphasis></primary>
202 <see>entry for xxx</see>
203 </indexterm>
204 <indexterm role="concept">
205 <primary>NUL</primary>
206 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
207 </indexterm>
208 <indexterm role="concept">
209 <primary>passwd file</primary>
210 <see><emphasis>/etc/passwd</emphasis></see>
211 </indexterm>
212 <indexterm role="concept">
213 <primary>process id</primary>
214 <see><emphasis>pid</emphasis></see>
215 </indexterm>
216 <indexterm role="concept">
217 <primary>RBL</primary>
218 <see><emphasis>DNS list</emphasis></see>
219 </indexterm>
220 <indexterm role="concept">
221 <primary>redirection</primary>
222 <see><emphasis>address redirection</emphasis></see>
223 </indexterm>
224 <indexterm role="concept">
225 <primary>return path</primary>
226 <seealso><emphasis>envelope sender</emphasis></seealso>
227 </indexterm>
228 <indexterm role="concept">
229 <primary>scanning</primary>
230 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
231 </indexterm>
232 <indexterm role="concept">
233 <primary>SSL</primary>
234 <see><emphasis>TLS</emphasis></see>
235 </indexterm>
236 <indexterm role="concept">
237 <primary>string</primary>
238 <secondary>expansion</secondary>
239 <see><emphasis>expansion</emphasis></see>
240 </indexterm>
241 <indexterm role="concept">
242 <primary>top bit</primary>
243 <see><emphasis>8-bit characters</emphasis></see>
244 </indexterm>
245 <indexterm role="concept">
246 <primary>variables</primary>
247 <see><emphasis>expansion, variables</emphasis></see>
248 </indexterm>
249 <indexterm role="concept">
250 <primary>zero, binary</primary>
251 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
252 </indexterm>
253
254 .literal off
255
256
257 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
258 . This is the real start of the first chapter. See the comment above as to why
259 . we can't have the .chapter line here.
260 . chapter "Introduction"
261 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
262
263 Exim is a mail transfer agent (MTA) for hosts that are running Unix or
264 Unix-like operating systems. It was designed on the assumption that it would be
265 run on hosts that are permanently connected to the Internet. However, it can be
266 used on intermittently connected hosts with suitable configuration adjustments.
267
268 Configuration files currently exist for the following operating systems: AIX,
269 BSD/OS (aka BSDI), Darwin (Mac OS X), DGUX, Dragonfly, FreeBSD, GNU/Hurd,
270 GNU/Linux, HI-OSF (Hitachi), HI-UX, HP-UX, IRIX, MIPS RISCOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD,
271 OpenUNIX, QNX, SCO, SCO SVR4.2 (aka UNIX-SV), Solaris (aka SunOS5), SunOS4,
272 Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX, formerly DEC-OSF1), Ultrix, and Unixware.
273 Some of these operating systems are no longer current and cannot easily be
274 tested, so the configuration files may no longer work in practice.
275
276 There are also configuration files for compiling Exim in the Cygwin environment
277 that can be installed on systems running Windows. However, this document does
278 not contain any information about running Exim in the Cygwin environment.
279
280 The terms and conditions for the use and distribution of Exim are contained in
281 the file &_NOTICE_&. Exim is distributed under the terms of the GNU General
282 Public Licence, a copy of which may be found in the file &_LICENCE_&.
283
284 The use, supply or promotion of Exim for the purpose of sending bulk,
285 unsolicited electronic mail is incompatible with the basic aims of the program,
286 which revolve around the free provision of a service that enhances the quality
287 of personal communications. The author of Exim regards indiscriminate
288 mass-mailing as an antisocial, irresponsible abuse of the Internet.
289
290 Exim owes a great deal to Smail 3 and its author, Ron Karr. Without the
291 experience of running and working on the Smail 3 code, I could never have
292 contemplated starting to write a new MTA. Many of the ideas and user interfaces
293 were originally taken from Smail 3, though the actual code of Exim is entirely
294 new, and has developed far beyond the initial concept.
295
296 Many people, both in Cambridge and around the world, have contributed to the
297 development and the testing of Exim, and to porting it to various operating
298 systems. I am grateful to them all. The distribution now contains a file called
299 &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_&, in which I have started recording the names of
300 contributors.
301
302
303 .section "Exim documentation"
304 .new
305 .cindex "documentation"
306 This edition of the Exim specification applies to version &version; of Exim.
307 Substantive changes from the &previousversion; edition are marked in some
308 renditions of the document; this paragraph is so marked if the rendition is
309 capable of showing a change indicator.
310 .wen
311
312 This document is very much a reference manual; it is not a tutorial. The reader
313 is expected to have some familiarity with the SMTP mail transfer protocol and
314 with general Unix system administration. Although there are some discussions
315 and examples in places, the information is mostly organized in a way that makes
316 it easy to look up, rather than in a natural order for sequential reading.
317 Furthermore, the manual aims to cover every aspect of Exim in detail, including
318 a number of rarely-used, special-purpose features that are unlikely to be of
319 very wide interest.
320
321 .cindex "books about Exim"
322 An &"easier"& discussion of Exim which provides more in-depth explanatory,
323 introductory, and tutorial material can be found in a book entitled &'The Exim
324 SMTP Mail Server'&, published by UIT Cambridge
325 (&url(http://www.uit.co.uk/exim-book/)).
326
327 This book also contains a chapter that gives a general introduction to SMTP and
328 Internet mail. Inevitably, however, the book is unlikely to be fully up-to-date
329 with the latest release of Exim. (Note that the earlier book about Exim,
330 published by O'Reilly, covers Exim 3, and many things have changed in Exim 4.)
331
332 .cindex "Debian" "information sources"
333 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you will find information about
334 Debian-specific features in the file
335 .display
336 &_/usr/share/doc/exim4-base/README.Debian_&
337 .endd
338 The command &(man update-exim.conf)& is another source of Debian-specific
339 information.
340
341 .cindex "&_doc/NewStuff_&"
342 .cindex "&_doc/ChangeLog_&"
343 .cindex "change log"
344 As the program develops, there may be features in newer versions that have not
345 yet made it into this document, which is updated only when the most significant
346 digit of the fractional part of the version number changes. Specifications of
347 new features that are not yet in this manual are placed in the file
348 &_doc/NewStuff_& in the Exim distribution.
349
350 Some features may be classified as &"experimental"&. These may change
351 incompatibly while they are developing, or even be withdrawn. For this reason,
352 they are not documented in this manual. Information about experimental features
353 can be found in the file &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
354
355 All changes to the program (whether new features, bug fixes, or other kinds of
356 change) are noted briefly in the file called &_doc/ChangeLog_&.
357
358 .cindex "&_doc/spec.txt_&"
359 This specification itself is available as an ASCII file in &_doc/spec.txt_& so
360 that it can easily be searched with a text editor. Other files in the &_doc_&
361 directory are:
362
363 .table2 100pt
364 .row &_OptionLists.txt_& "list of all options in alphabetical order"
365 .row &_dbm.discuss.txt_& "discussion about DBM libraries"
366 .row &_exim.8_& "a man page of Exim's command line options"
367 .row &_experimental.txt_& "documentation of experimental features"
368 .row &_filter.txt_& "specification of the filter language"
369 .row &_pcrepattern.txt_& "specification of PCRE regular expressions"
370 .row &_pcretest.txt_& "specification of the PCRE testing program"
371 .row &_Exim3.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 2 to release 3"
372 .row &_Exim4.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 3 to release 4"
373 .endtable
374
375 The main specification and the specification of the filtering language are also
376 available in other formats (HTML, PostScript, PDF, and Texinfo). Section
377 &<<SECTavail>>& below tells you how to get hold of these.
378
379
380
381 .section "FTP and web sites"
382 .cindex "web site"
383 .cindex "FTP site"
384 The primary site for Exim source distributions is currently the University of
385 Cambridge's FTP site, whose contents are described in &'Where to find the Exim
386 distribution'& below. In addition, there is a web site and an FTP site at
387 &%exim.org%&. These are now also hosted at the University of Cambridge. The
388 &%exim.org%& site was previously hosted for a number of years by Energis
389 Squared, formerly Planet Online Ltd, whose support I gratefully acknowledge.
390
391 .cindex "wiki"
392 .cindex "FAQ"
393 As well as Exim distribution tar files, the Exim web site contains a number of
394 differently formatted versions of the documentation, including the FAQ in both
395 text and HTML formats. The HTML version comes with a keyword-in-context index.
396 A recent addition to the online information is the Exim wiki
397 (&url(http://www.exim.org/eximwiki/)). We hope that this will make it easier
398 for Exim users to contribute examples, tips, and know-how for the benefit of
399 others.
400
401
402
403 .section "Mailing lists"
404 .cindex "mailing lists" "for Exim users"
405 The following are the three main Exim mailing lists:
406
407 .table2 140pt
408 .row &'exim-users@exim.org'& "general discussion list"
409 .row &'exim-dev@exim.org'& "discussion of bugs, enhancements, etc."
410 .row &'exim-announce@exim.org'& "moderated, low volume announcements list"
411 .endtable
412
413 .new
414 You can subscribe to these lists, change your existing subscriptions, and view
415 or search the archives via the mailing lists link on the Exim home page.
416 .cindex "Debian" "mailing list for"
417 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you may wish to subscribe to
418 the Debian-specific mailing list &'pkg-exim4-users@lists.alioth.debian.org'&
419 via this web page:
420 .display
421 &url(http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/pkg-exim4-users)
422 .endd
423 Please ask Debian-specific questions on this list and not on the general Exim
424 lists.
425 .wen
426
427 .section "Exim training"
428 .cindex "training courses"
429 From time to time (approximately annually at the time of writing), training
430 courses are run by the author of Exim in Cambridge, UK. Details of any
431 forthcoming courses can be found on the web site
432 &url(http://www-tus.csx.cam.ac.uk/courses/exim/).
433
434
435 .section "Bug reports"
436 .cindex "bug reports"
437 .cindex "reporting bugs"
438 Reports of obvious bugs should be emailed to &'bugs@exim.org'&. However, if you
439 are unsure whether some behaviour is a bug or not, the best thing to do is to
440 post a message to the &'exim-dev'& mailing list and have it discussed.
441
442
443
444 .section "Where to find the Exim distribution" "SECTavail"
445 .cindex "FTP site"
446 .cindex "distribution" "ftp site"
447 The master ftp site for the Exim distribution is
448 .display
449 &*ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/email/exim*&
450 .endd
451 This is mirrored by
452 .display
453 &*ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim*&
454 .endd
455 The file references that follow are relative to the &_exim_& directories at
456 these sites. There are now quite a number of independent mirror sites around
457 the world. Those that I know about are listed in the file called &_Mirrors_&.
458
459 Within the &_exim_& directory there are subdirectories called &_exim3_& (for
460 previous Exim 3 distributions), &_exim4_& (for the latest Exim 4
461 distributions), and &_Testing_& for testing versions. In the &_exim4_&
462 subdirectory, the current release can always be found in files called
463 .display
464 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz_&
465 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2_&
466 .endd
467 where &'n.nn'& is the highest such version number in the directory. The two
468 files contain identical data; the only difference is the type of compression.
469 The &_.bz2_& file is usually a lot smaller than the &_.gz_& file.
470
471 .cindex "distribution" "signing details"
472 .cindex "distribution" "public key"
473 .cindex "public key for signed distribution"
474 The distributions are currently signed with Philip Hazel's GPG key. The
475 corresponding public key is available from a number of keyservers, and there is
476 also a copy in the file &_Public-Key_&. The signatures for the tar bundles are
477 in:
478 .display
479 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz.sig_&
480 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2.sig_&
481 .endd
482 For each released version, the log of changes is made separately available in a
483 separate file in the directory &_ChangeLogs_& so that it is possible to
484 find out what has changed without having to download the entire distribution.
485
486 .cindex "documentation" "available formats"
487 The main distribution contains ASCII versions of this specification and other
488 documentation; other formats of the documents are available in separate files
489 inside the &_exim4_& directory of the FTP site:
490 .display
491 &_exim-html-n.nn.tar.gz_&
492 &_exim-pdf-n.nn.tar.gz_&
493 &_exim-postscript-n.nn.tar.gz_&
494 &_exim-texinfo-n.nn.tar.gz_&
495 .endd
496 These tar files contain only the &_doc_& directory, not the complete
497 distribution, and are also available in &_.bz2_& as well as &_.gz_& forms.
498 .cindex "FAQ"
499 The FAQ is available for downloading in two different formats in these files:
500 .display
501 &_exim4/FAQ.txt.gz_&
502 &_exim4/FAQ.html.tar.gz_&
503 .endd
504 The first of these is a single ASCII file that can be searched with a text
505 editor. The second is a directory of HTML files, normally accessed by starting
506 at &_index.html_&. The HTML version of the FAQ (which is also included in the
507 HTML documentation tarbundle) includes a keyword-in-context index, which is
508 often the most convenient way of finding your way around.
509
510
511 .section "Wish list"
512 .cindex "wish list"
513 .new
514 A wish list is maintained, containing ideas for new features that have been
515 submitted. This used to be a single file that from time to time was exported to
516 the ftp site into the file &_exim4/WishList_&. However, it has now been
517 imported into Exim's Bugzilla data.
518 .wen
519
520
521 .section "Contributed material"
522 .cindex "contributed material"
523 At the ftp site, there is a directory called &_Contrib_& that contains
524 miscellaneous files contributed to the Exim community by Exim users. There is
525 also a collection of contributed configuration examples in
526 &_exim4/config.samples.tar.gz_&. These samples are referenced from the FAQ.
527
528
529
530 .section "Limitations"
531 .ilist
532 .cindex "limitations of Exim"
533 .cindex "bang paths" "not handled by Exim"
534 Exim is designed for use as an Internet MTA, and therefore handles addresses in
535 RFC 2822 domain format only. It cannot handle UUCP &"bang paths"&, though
536 simple two-component bang paths can be converted by a straightforward rewriting
537 configuration. This restriction does not prevent Exim from being interfaced to
538 UUCP as a transport mechanism, provided that domain addresses are used.
539 .next
540 .cindex "domainless addresses"
541 .cindex "address" "without domain"
542 Exim insists that every address it handles has a domain attached. For incoming
543 local messages, domainless addresses are automatically qualified with a
544 configured domain value. Configuration options specify from which remote
545 systems unqualified addresses are acceptable. These are then qualified on
546 arrival.
547 .next
548 .cindex "transport" "external"
549 .cindex "external transports"
550 The only external transport mechanisms that are currently implemented are SMTP
551 and LMTP over a TCP/IP network (including support for IPv6). However, a pipe
552 transport is available, and there are facilities for writing messages to files
553 and pipes, optionally in &'batched SMTP'& format; these facilities can be used
554 to send messages to other transport mechanisms such as UUCP, provided they can
555 handle domain-style addresses. Batched SMTP input is also catered for.
556 .next
557 Exim is not designed for storing mail for dial-in hosts. When the volumes of
558 such mail are large, it is better to get the messages &"delivered"& into files
559 (that is, off Exim's queue) and subsequently passed on to the dial-in hosts by
560 other means.
561 .next
562 Although Exim does have basic facilities for scanning incoming messages, these
563 are not comprehensive enough to do full virus or spam scanning. Such operations
564 are best carried out using additional specialized software packages. If you
565 compile Exim with the content-scanning extension, straightforward interfaces to
566 a number of common scanners are provided.
567 .endlist
568
569
570 .section "Run time configuration"
571 Exim's run time configuration is held in a single text file that is divided
572 into a number of sections. The entries in this file consist of keywords and
573 values, in the style of Smail 3 configuration files. A default configuration
574 file which is suitable for simple online installations is provided in the
575 distribution, and is described in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& below.
576
577
578 .section "Calling interface"
579 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "command line interface"
580 Like many MTAs, Exim has adopted the Sendmail command line interface so that it
581 can be a straight replacement for &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& or
582 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& when sending mail, but you do not need to know anything
583 about Sendmail in order to run Exim. For actions other than sending messages,
584 Sendmail-compatible options also exist, but those that produce output (for
585 example, &%-bp%&, which lists the messages on the queue) do so in Exim's own
586 format. There are also some additional options that are compatible with Smail
587 3, and some further options that are new to Exim. Chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&
588 documents all Exim's command line options. This information is automatically
589 made into the man page that forms part of the Exim distribution.
590
591 Control of messages on the queue can be done via certain privileged command
592 line options. There is also an optional monitor program called &'eximon'&,
593 which displays current information in an X window, and which contains a menu
594 interface to Exim's command line administration options.
595
596
597
598 .section "Terminology"
599 .cindex "terminology definitions"
600 .cindex "body of message" "definition of"
601 The &'body'& of a message is the actual data that the sender wants to transmit.
602 It is the last part of a message, and is separated from the &'header'& (see
603 below) by a blank line.
604
605 .cindex "bounce message" "definition of"
606 When a message cannot be delivered, it is normally returned to the sender in a
607 delivery failure message or a &"non-delivery report"& (NDR). The term
608 &'bounce'& is commonly used for this action, and the error reports are often
609 called &'bounce messages'&. This is a convenient shorthand for &"delivery
610 failure error report"&. Such messages have an empty sender address in the
611 message's &'envelope'& (see below) to ensure that they cannot themselves give
612 rise to further bounce messages.
613
614 The term &'default'& appears frequently in this manual. It is used to qualify a
615 value which is used in the absence of any setting in the configuration. It may
616 also qualify an action which is taken unless a configuration setting specifies
617 otherwise.
618
619 The term &'defer'& is used when the delivery of a message to a specific
620 destination cannot immediately take place for some reason (a remote host may be
621 down, or a user's local mailbox may be full). Such deliveries are &'deferred'&
622 until a later time.
623
624 The word &'domain'& is sometimes used to mean all but the first component of a
625 host's name. It is &'not'& used in that sense here, where it normally refers to
626 the part of an email address following the @ sign.
627
628 .cindex "envelope" "definition of"
629 .cindex "sender" "definition of"
630 A message in transit has an associated &'envelope'&, as well as a header and a
631 body. The envelope contains a sender address (to which bounce messages should
632 be delivered), and any number of recipient addresses. References to the
633 sender or the recipients of a message usually mean the addresses in the
634 envelope. An MTA uses these addresses for delivery, and for returning bounce
635 messages, not the addresses that appear in the header lines.
636
637 .cindex "message header" "definition of"
638 .cindex "header section" "definition of"
639 The &'header'& of a message is the first part of a message's text, consisting
640 of a number of lines, each of which has a name such as &'From:'&, &'To:'&,
641 &'Subject:'&, etc. Long header lines can be split over several text lines by
642 indenting the continuations. The header is separated from the body by a blank
643 line.
644
645 .cindex "local part" "definition of"
646 .cindex "domain" "definition of"
647 The term &'local part'&, which is taken from RFC 2822, is used to refer to that
648 part of an email address that precedes the @ sign. The part that follows the
649 @ sign is called the &'domain'& or &'mail domain'&.
650
651 .cindex "local delivery" "definition of"
652 .cindex "remote delivery" "definition of"
653 The terms &'local delivery'& and &'remote delivery'& are used to distinguish
654 delivery to a file or a pipe on the local host from delivery by SMTP over
655 TCP/IP to another host. As far as Exim is concerned, all hosts other than the
656 host it is running on are &'remote'&.
657
658 .cindex "return path" "definition of"
659 &'Return path'& is another name that is used for the sender address in a
660 message's envelope.
661
662 .cindex "queue" "definition of"
663 The term &'queue'& is used to refer to the set of messages awaiting delivery,
664 because this term is in widespread use in the context of MTAs. However, in
665 Exim's case the reality is more like a pool than a queue, because there is
666 normally no ordering of waiting messages.
667
668 .cindex "queue runner" "definition of"
669 The term &'queue runner'& is used to describe a process that scans the queue
670 and attempts to deliver those messages whose retry times have come. This term
671 is used by other MTAs, and also relates to the command &%runq%&, but in Exim
672 the waiting messages are normally processed in an unpredictable order.
673
674 .cindex "spool directory" "definition of"
675 The term &'spool directory'& is used for a directory in which Exim keeps the
676 messages on its queue &-- that is, those that it is in the process of
677 delivering. This should not be confused with the directory in which local
678 mailboxes are stored, which is called a &"spool directory"& by some people. In
679 the Exim documentation, &"spool"& is always used in the first sense.
680
681
682
683
684
685
686 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
687 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
688
689 .chapter "Incorporated code"
690 .cindex "incorporated code"
691 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
692 .cindex "PCRE"
693 A number of pieces of external code are included in the Exim distribution.
694
695 .ilist
696 Regular expressions are supported in the main Exim program and in the Exim
697 monitor using the freely-distributable PCRE library, copyright &copy;
698 University of Cambridge. The source is distributed in the directory
699 &_src/pcre_&. However, this is a cut-down version of PCRE. If you want to use
700 the PCRE library in other programs, you should obtain and install the full
701 version from &url(ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre).
702 .next
703 .cindex "cdb" "acknowledgement"
704 Support for the cdb (Constant DataBase) lookup method is provided by code
705 contributed by Nigel Metheringham of (at the time he contributed it) Planet
706 Online Ltd. The implementation is completely contained within the code of Exim.
707 It does not link against an external cdb library. The code contains the
708 following statements:
709
710 .blockquote
711 Copyright &copy; 1998 Nigel Metheringham, Planet Online Ltd
712
713 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
714 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
715 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
716 version.
717
718 This code implements Dan Bernstein's Constant DataBase (cdb) spec. Information,
719 the spec and sample code for cdb can be obtained from
720 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html). This implementation borrows some
721 code from Dan Bernstein's implementation (which has no license restrictions
722 applied to it).
723 .endblockquote
724 .next
725 .cindex "SPA authentication"
726 .cindex "Samba project"
727 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
728 Client support for Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& is provided
729 by code contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux. Server support was contributed by
730 Tom Kistner. This includes code taken from the Samba project, which is released
731 under the Gnu GPL.
732 .next
733 .cindex "Cyrus"
734 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
735 .cindex "&'pwauthd'& daemon"
736 Support for calling the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& and &'saslauthd'& daemons is provided
737 by code taken from the Cyrus-SASL library and adapted by Alexander S.
738 Sabourenkov. The permission notice appears below, in accordance with the
739 conditions expressed therein.
740
741 .blockquote
742 Copyright &copy; 2001 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved.
743
744 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
745 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
746 are met:
747
748 .olist
749 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
750 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
751 .next
752 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
753 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
754 the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
755 distribution.
756 .next
757 The name &"Carnegie Mellon University"& must not be used to
758 endorse or promote products derived from this software without
759 prior written permission. For permission or any other legal
760 details, please contact
761 .display
762 Office of Technology Transfer
763 Carnegie Mellon University
764 5000 Forbes Avenue
765 Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890
766 (412) 268-4387, fax: (412) 268-7395
767 tech-transfer@andrew.cmu.edu
768 .endd
769 .next
770 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
771 acknowledgment:
772
773 &"This product includes software developed by Computing Services
774 at Carnegie Mellon University (&url(http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)."&
775
776 CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
777 THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
778 AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE
779 FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
780 WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
781 AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
782 OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
783 .endlist
784 .endblockquote
785
786 .next
787 .cindex "Exim monitor" "acknowledgement"
788 .cindex "X-windows"
789 .cindex "Athena"
790 The Exim Monitor program, which is an X-Window application, includes
791 modified versions of the Athena StripChart and TextPop widgets.
792 This code is copyright by DEC and MIT, and their permission notice appears
793 below, in accordance with the conditions expressed therein.
794
795 .blockquote
796 Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
797 and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
798
799 All Rights Reserved
800
801 Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
802 documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
803 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
804 both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
805 supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
806 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
807 software without specific, written prior permission.
808
809 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
810 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
811 DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
812 ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
813 WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
814 ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
815 SOFTWARE.
816 .endblockquote
817
818 .next
819 Many people have contributed code fragments, some large, some small, that were
820 not covered by any specific licence requirements. It is assumed that the
821 contributors are happy to see their code incoporated into Exim under the GPL.
822 .endlist
823
824
825
826
827
828 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
829 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
830
831 .chapter "How Exim receives and delivers mail" "" &&&
832 "Receiving and delivering mail"
833
834
835 .section "Overall philosophy"
836 .cindex "design philosophy"
837 Exim is designed to work efficiently on systems that are permanently connected
838 to the Internet and are handling a general mix of mail. In such circumstances,
839 most messages can be delivered immediately. Consequently, Exim does not
840 maintain independent queues of messages for specific domains or hosts, though
841 it does try to send several messages in a single SMTP connection after a host
842 has been down, and it also maintains per-host retry information.
843
844
845 .section "Policy control"
846 .cindex "policy control" "overview"
847 Policy controls are now an important feature of MTAs that are connected to the
848 Internet. Perhaps their most important job is to stop MTAs being abused as
849 &"open relays"& by misguided individuals who send out vast amounts of
850 unsolicited junk, and want to disguise its source. Exim provides flexible
851 facilities for specifying policy controls on incoming mail:
852
853 .ilist
854 .cindex "&ACL;" "introduction"
855 Exim 4 (unlike previous versions of Exim) implements policy controls on
856 incoming mail by means of &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs). Each list is a
857 series of statements that may either grant or deny access. ACLs can be used at
858 several places in the SMTP dialogue while receiving a message from a remote
859 host. However, the most common places are after each RCPT command, and at the
860 very end of the message. The sysadmin can specify conditions for accepting or
861 rejecting individual recipients or the entire message, respectively, at these
862 two points (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). Denial of access results in an SMTP
863 error code.
864 .next
865 An ACL is also available for locally generated, non-SMTP messages. In this
866 case, the only available actions are to accept or deny the entire message.
867 .next
868 When Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension, facilities are
869 provided in the ACL mechanism for passing the message to external virus and/or
870 spam scanning software. The result of such a scan is passed back to the ACL,
871 which can then use it to decide what to do with the message.
872 .next
873 When a message has been received, either from a remote host or from the local
874 host, but before the final acknowledgement has been sent, a locally supplied C
875 function called &[local_scan()]& can be run to inspect the message and decide
876 whether to accept it or not (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). If the message
877 is accepted, the list of recipients can be modified by the function.
878 .next
879 Using the &[local_scan()]& mechanism is another way of calling external scanner
880 software. The &%SA-Exim%& add-on package works this way. It does not require
881 Exim to be compiled with the content-scanning extension.
882 .next
883 After a message has been accepted, a further checking mechanism is available in
884 the form of the &'system filter'& (see chapter &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&). This
885 runs at the start of every delivery process.
886 .endlist
887
888
889
890 .section "User filters"
891 .cindex "filter" "introduction"
892 .cindex "Sieve filter"
893 In a conventional Exim configuration, users are able to run private filters by
894 setting up appropriate &_.forward_& files in their home directories. See
895 chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& (about the &(redirect)& router) for the
896 configuration needed to support this, and the separate document entitled
897 &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'& for user details. Two different kinds
898 of filtering are available:
899
900 .ilist
901 Sieve filters are written in the standard filtering language that is defined
902 by RFC 3028.
903 .next
904 Exim filters are written in a syntax that is unique to Exim, but which is more
905 powerful than Sieve, which it pre-dates.
906 .endlist
907
908 User filters are run as part of the routing process, described below.
909
910
911
912 .section "Message identification" "SECTmessiden"
913 .cindex "message ids" "details of format"
914 .cindex "format" "of message id"
915 .cindex "id of message"
916 .cindex "base62"
917 .cindex "base36"
918 .cindex "Darwin"
919 .cindex "Cygwin"
920 Every message handled by Exim is given a &'message id'& which is sixteen
921 characters long. It is divided into three parts, separated by hyphens, for
922 example &`16VDhn-0001bo-D3`&. Each part is a sequence of letters and digits,
923 normally encoding numbers in base 62. However, in the Darwin operating
924 system (Mac OS X) and when Exim is compiled to run under Cygwin, base 36
925 (avoiding the use of lower case letters) is used instead, because the message
926 id is used to construct file names, and the names of files in those systems are
927 not always case-sensitive.
928
929 .cindex "pid (process id)" "re-use of"
930 The detail of the contents of the message id have changed as Exim has evolved.
931 Earlier versions relied on the operating system not re-using a process id (pid)
932 within one second. On modern operating systems, this assumption can no longer
933 be made, so the algorithm had to be changed. To retain backward compatibility,
934 the format of the message id was retained, which is why the following rules are
935 somewhat eccentric:
936
937 .ilist
938 The first six characters of the message id are the time at which the message
939 started to be received, to a granularity of one second. That is, this field
940 contains the number of seconds since the start of the epoch (the normal Unix
941 way of representing the date and time of day).
942 .next
943 After the first hyphen, the next six characters are the id of the process that
944 received the message.
945 .next
946 There are two different possibilities for the final two characters:
947 .olist
948 .cindex "&%localhost_number%&"
949 If &%localhost_number%& is not set, this value is the fractional part of the
950 time of reception, normally in units of 1/2000 of a second, but for systems
951 that must use base 36 instead of base 62 (because of case-insensitive file
952 systems), the units are 1/1000 of a second.
953 .next
954 If &%localhost_number%& is set, it is multiplied by 200 (100) and added to
955 the fractional part of the time, which in this case is in units of 1/200
956 (1/100) of a second.
957 .endlist
958 .endlist
959
960 After a message has been received, Exim waits for the clock to tick at the
961 appropriate resolution before proceeding, so that if another message is
962 received by the same process, or by another process with the same (re-used)
963 pid, it is guaranteed that the time will be different. In most cases, the clock
964 will already have ticked while the message was being received.
965
966
967 .section "Receiving mail"
968 .cindex "receiving mail"
969 .cindex "message" "reception"
970 The only way Exim can receive mail from another host is using SMTP over
971 TCP/IP, in which case the sender and recipient addresses are transferred using
972 SMTP commands. However, from a locally running process (such as a user's MUA),
973 there are several possibilities:
974
975 .ilist
976 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bm%& option, the message is read
977 non-interactively (usually via a pipe), with the recipients taken from the
978 command line, or from the body of the message if &%-t%& is also used.
979 .next
980 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bS%& option, the message is also read
981 non-interactively, but in this case the recipients are listed at the start of
982 the message in a series of SMTP RCPT commands, terminated by a DATA
983 command. This is so-called &"batch SMTP"& format,
984 but it isn't really SMTP. The SMTP commands are just another way of passing
985 envelope addresses in a non-interactive submission.
986 .next
987 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bs%& option, the message is read
988 interactively, using the SMTP protocol. A two-way pipe is normally used for
989 passing data between the local process and the Exim process.
990 This is &"real"& SMTP and is handled in the same way as SMTP over TCP/IP. For
991 example, the ACLs for SMTP commands are used for this form of submission.
992 .next
993 A local process may also make a TCP/IP call to the host's loopback address
994 (127.0.0.1) or any other of its IP addresses. When receiving messages, Exim
995 does not treat the loopback address specially. It treats all such connections
996 in the same way as connections from other hosts.
997 .endlist
998
999
1000 .cindex "message sender" "constructed by Exim"
1001 .cindex "sender" "constructed by Exim"
1002 In the three cases that do not involve TCP/IP, the sender address is
1003 constructed from the login name of the user that called Exim and a default
1004 qualification domain (which can be set by the &%qualify_domain%& configuration
1005 option). For local or batch SMTP, a sender address that is passed using the
1006 SMTP MAIL command is ignored. However, the system administrator may allow
1007 certain users (&"trusted users"&) to specify a different sender address
1008 unconditionally, or all users to specify certain forms of different sender
1009 address. The &%-f%& option or the SMTP MAIL command is used to specify these
1010 different addresses. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of trusted
1011 users, and the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of allowing untrusted
1012 users to change sender addresses.
1013
1014 Messages received by either of the non-interactive mechanisms are subject to
1015 checking by the non-SMTP ACL, if one is defined. Messages received using SMTP
1016 (either over TCP/IP, or interacting with a local process) can be checked by a
1017 number of ACLs that operate at different times during the SMTP session. Either
1018 individual recipients, or the entire message, can be rejected if local policy
1019 requirements are not met. The &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
1020 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) is run for all incoming messages.
1021
1022 Exim can be configured not to start a delivery process when a message is
1023 received; this can be unconditional, or depend on the number of incoming SMTP
1024 connections or the system load. In these situations, new messages wait on the
1025 queue until a queue runner process picks them up. However, in standard
1026 configurations under normal conditions, delivery is started as soon as a
1027 message is received.
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033 .section "Handling an incoming message"
1034 .cindex "spool directory" "files that hold a message"
1035 .cindex "file" "how a message is held"
1036 When Exim accepts a message, it writes two files in its spool directory. The
1037 first contains the envelope information, the current status of the message, and
1038 the header lines, and the second contains the body of the message. The names of
1039 the two spool files consist of the message id, followed by &`-H`& for the
1040 file containing the envelope and header, and &`-D`& for the data file.
1041
1042 .cindex "spool directory" "&_input_& sub-directory"
1043 By default all these message files are held in a single directory called
1044 &_input_& inside the general Exim spool directory. Some operating systems do
1045 not perform very well if the number of files in a directory gets large; to
1046 improve performance in such cases, the &%split_spool_directory%& option can be
1047 used. This causes Exim to split up the input files into 62 sub-directories
1048 whose names are single letters or digits. When this is done, the queue is
1049 processed one sub-directory at a time instead of all at once, which can improve
1050 overall performance even when there are not enough files in each directory to
1051 affect file system performance.
1052
1053 The envelope information consists of the address of the message's sender and
1054 the addresses of the recipients. This information is entirely separate from
1055 any addresses contained in the header lines. The status of the message includes
1056 a list of recipients who have already received the message. The format of the
1057 first spool file is described in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>&.
1058
1059 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
1060 Address rewriting that is specified in the rewrite section of the configuration
1061 (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&) is done once and for all on incoming addresses,
1062 both in the header lines and the envelope, at the time the message is accepted.
1063 If during the course of delivery additional addresses are generated (for
1064 example, via aliasing), these new addresses are rewritten as soon as they are
1065 generated. At the time a message is actually delivered (transported) further
1066 rewriting can take place; because this is a transport option, it can be
1067 different for different forms of delivery. It is also possible to specify the
1068 addition or removal of certain header lines at the time the message is
1069 delivered (see chapters &<<CHAProutergeneric>>& and
1070 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
1071
1072
1073
1074 .section "Life of a message"
1075 .cindex "message" "life of"
1076 .cindex "message" "frozen"
1077 A message remains in the spool directory until it is completely delivered to
1078 its recipients or to an error address, or until it is deleted by an
1079 administrator or by the user who originally created it. In cases when delivery
1080 cannot proceed &-- for example, when a message can neither be delivered to its
1081 recipients nor returned to its sender, the message is marked &"frozen"& on the
1082 spool, and no more deliveries are attempted.
1083
1084 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
1085 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
1086 An administrator can &"thaw"& such messages when the problem has been
1087 corrected, and can also freeze individual messages by hand if necessary. In
1088 addition, an administrator can force a delivery error, causing a bounce message
1089 to be sent.
1090
1091 .cindex "&%timeout_frozen_after%&"
1092 .cindex "&%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&"
1093 There are options called &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& and
1094 &%timeout_frozen_after%&, which discard frozen messages after a certain time.
1095 The first applies only to frozen bounces, the second to any frozen messages.
1096
1097 .cindex "message" "log file for"
1098 .cindex "log" "file for each message"
1099 While Exim is working on a message, it writes information about each delivery
1100 attempt to its main log file. This includes successful, unsuccessful, and
1101 delayed deliveries for each recipient (see chapter &<<CHAPlog>>&). The log
1102 lines are also written to a separate &'message log'& file for each message.
1103 These logs are solely for the benefit of the administrator, and are normally
1104 deleted along with the spool files when processing of a message is complete.
1105 The use of individual message logs can be disabled by setting
1106 &%no_message_logs%&; this might give an improvement in performance on very busy
1107 systems.
1108
1109 .cindex "journal file"
1110 .cindex "file" "journal"
1111 All the information Exim itself needs to set up a delivery is kept in the first
1112 spool file, along with the header lines. When a successful delivery occurs, the
1113 address is immediately written at the end of a journal file, whose name is the
1114 message id followed by &`-J`&. At the end of a delivery run, if there are some
1115 addresses left to be tried again later, the first spool file (the &`-H`& file)
1116 is updated to indicate which these are, and the journal file is then deleted.
1117 Updating the spool file is done by writing a new file and renaming it, to
1118 minimize the possibility of data loss.
1119
1120 Should the system or the program crash after a successful delivery but before
1121 the spool file has been updated, the journal is left lying around. The next
1122 time Exim attempts to deliver the message, it reads the journal file and
1123 updates the spool file before proceeding. This minimizes the chances of double
1124 deliveries caused by crashes.
1125
1126
1127
1128 .section "Processing an address for delivery" "SECTprocaddress"
1129 .cindex "drivers" "definition of"
1130 .cindex "router" "definition of"
1131 .cindex "transport" "definition of"
1132 The main delivery processing elements of Exim are called &'routers'& and
1133 &'transports'&, and collectively these are known as &'drivers'&. Code for a
1134 number of them is provided in the source distribution, and compile-time options
1135 specify which ones are included in the binary. Run time options specify which
1136 ones are actually used for delivering messages.
1137
1138 .cindex "drivers" "instance definition"
1139 Each driver that is specified in the run time configuration is an &'instance'&
1140 of that particular driver type. Multiple instances are allowed; for example,
1141 you can set up several different &(smtp)& transports, each with different
1142 option values that might specify different ports or different timeouts. Each
1143 instance has its own identifying name. In what follows we will normally use the
1144 instance name when discussing one particular instance (that is, one specific
1145 configuration of the driver), and the generic driver name when discussing
1146 the driver's features in general.
1147
1148 A &'router'& is a driver that operates on an address, either determining how
1149 its delivery should happen, by assigning it to a specific transport, or
1150 converting the address into one or more new addresses (for example, via an
1151 alias file). A router may also explicitly choose to fail an address, causing it
1152 to be bounced.
1153
1154 A &'transport'& is a driver that transmits a copy of the message from Exim's
1155 spool to some destination. There are two kinds of transport: for a &'local'&
1156 transport, the destination is a file or a pipe on the local host, whereas for a
1157 &'remote'& transport the destination is some other host. A message is passed
1158 to a specific transport as a result of successful routing. If a message has
1159 several recipients, it may be passed to a number of different transports.
1160
1161 .cindex "preconditions" "definition of"
1162 An address is processed by passing it to each configured router instance in
1163 turn, subject to certain preconditions, until a router accepts the address or
1164 specifies that it should be bounced. We will describe this process in more
1165 detail shortly. First, as a simple example, we consider how each recipient
1166 address in a message is processed in a small configuration of three routers.
1167
1168 To make this a more concrete example, it is described in terms of some actual
1169 routers, but remember, this is only an example. You can configure Exim's
1170 routers in many different ways, and there may be any number of routers in a
1171 configuration.
1172
1173 The first router that is specified in a configuration is often one that handles
1174 addresses in domains that are not recognized specially by the local host. These
1175 are typically addresses for arbitrary domains on the Internet. A precondition
1176 is set up which looks for the special domains known to the host (for example,
1177 its own domain name), and the router is run for addresses that do &'not'&
1178 match. Typically, this is a router that looks up domains in the DNS in order to
1179 find the hosts to which this address routes. If it succeeds, the address is
1180 assigned to a suitable SMTP transport; if it does not succeed, the router is
1181 configured to fail the address.
1182
1183 The second router is reached only when the domain is recognized as one that
1184 &"belongs"& to the local host. This router does redirection &-- also known as
1185 aliasing and forwarding. When it generates one or more new addresses from the
1186 original, each of them is routed independently from the start. Otherwise, the
1187 router may cause an address to fail, or it may simply decline to handle the
1188 address, in which case the address is passed to the next router.
1189
1190 The final router in many configurations is one that checks to see if the
1191 address belongs to a local mailbox. The precondition may involve a check to
1192 see if the local part is the name of a login account, or it may look up the
1193 local part in a file or a database. If its preconditions are not met, or if
1194 the router declines, we have reached the end of the routers. When this happens,
1195 the address is bounced.
1196
1197
1198
1199 .section "Processing an address for verification"
1200 .cindex "router" "for verification"
1201 .cindex "verifying address" "overview"
1202 As well as being used to decide how to deliver to an address, Exim's routers
1203 are also used for &'address verification'&. Verification can be requested as
1204 one of the checks to be performed in an ACL for incoming messages, on both
1205 sender and recipient addresses, and it can be tested using the &%-bv%& and
1206 &%-bvs%& command line options.
1207
1208 When an address is being verified, the routers are run in &"verify mode"&. This
1209 does not affect the way the routers work, but it is a state that can be
1210 detected. By this means, a router can be skipped or made to behave differently
1211 when verifying. A common example is a configuration in which the first router
1212 sends all messages to a message-scanning program, unless they have been
1213 previously scanned. Thus, the first router accepts all addresses without any
1214 checking, making it useless for verifying. Normally, the &%no_verify%& option
1215 would be set for such a router, causing it to be skipped in verify mode.
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220 .section "Running an individual router" "SECTrunindrou"
1221 .cindex "router" "running details"
1222 .cindex "preconditions" "checking"
1223 .cindex "router" "result of running"
1224 As explained in the example above, a number of preconditions are checked before
1225 running a router. If any are not met, the router is skipped, and the address is
1226 passed to the next router. When all the preconditions on a router &'are'& met,
1227 the router is run. What happens next depends on the outcome, which is one of
1228 the following:
1229
1230 .ilist
1231 &'accept'&: The router accepts the address, and either assigns it to a
1232 transport, or generates one or more &"child"& addresses. Processing the
1233 original address ceases,
1234 .cindex "&%unseen%& option"
1235 unless the &%unseen%& option is set on the router. This option
1236 can be used to set up multiple deliveries with different routing (for example,
1237 for keeping archive copies of messages). When &%unseen%& is set, the address is
1238 passed to the next router. Normally, however, an &'accept'& return marks the
1239 end of routing.
1240
1241 Any child addresses generated by the router are processed independently,
1242 starting with the first router by default. It is possible to change this by
1243 setting the &%redirect_router%& option to specify which router to start at for
1244 child addresses. Unlike &%pass_router%& (see below) the router specified by
1245 &%redirect_router%& may be anywhere in the router configuration.
1246 .next
1247 &'pass'&: The router recognizes the address, but cannot handle it itself. It
1248 requests that the address be passed to another router. By default the address
1249 is passed to the next router, but this can be changed by setting the
1250 &%pass_router%& option. However, (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router
1251 must be below the current router (to avoid loops).
1252 .next
1253 &'decline'&: The router declines to accept the address because it does not
1254 recognize it at all. By default, the address is passed to the next router, but
1255 this can be prevented by setting the &%no_more%& option. When &%no_more%& is
1256 set, all the remaining routers are skipped. In effect, &%no_more%& converts
1257 &'decline'& into &'fail'&.
1258 .next
1259 &'fail'&: The router determines that the address should fail, and queues it for
1260 the generation of a bounce message. There is no further processing of the
1261 original address unless &%unseen%& is set on the router.
1262 .next
1263 &'defer'&: The router cannot handle the address at the present time. (A
1264 database may be offline, or a DNS lookup may have timed out.) No further
1265 processing of the address happens in this delivery attempt. It is tried again
1266 next time the message is considered for delivery.
1267 .next
1268 &'error'&: There is some error in the router (for example, a syntax error in
1269 its configuration). The action is as for defer.
1270 .endlist
1271
1272 If an address reaches the end of the routers without having been accepted by
1273 any of them, it is bounced as unrouteable. The default error message in this
1274 situation is &"unrouteable address"&, but you can set your own message by
1275 making use of the &%cannot_route_message%& option. This can be set for any
1276 router; the value from the last router that &"saw"& the address is used.
1277
1278 Sometimes while routing you want to fail a delivery when some conditions are
1279 met but others are not, instead of passing the address on for further routing.
1280 You can do this by having a second router that explicitly fails the delivery
1281 when the relevant conditions are met. The &(redirect)& router has a &"fail"&
1282 facility for this purpose.
1283
1284
1285 .section "Duplicate addresses"
1286 .cindex "case of local parts"
1287 .cindex "address duplicate" "discarding"
1288 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
1289 Once routing is complete, Exim scans the addresses that are assigned to local
1290 and remote transports, and discards any duplicates that it finds. During this
1291 check, local parts are treated as case-sensitive. &new("This happens only when
1292 actually delivering a message; when testing routers with &%-bt%&, all the
1293 routed addresses are shown.")
1294
1295
1296
1297 .section "Router preconditions" "SECTrouprecon"
1298 .cindex "router preconditions" "order of processing"
1299 .cindex "preconditions" "order of processing"
1300 The preconditions that are tested for each router are listed below, in the
1301 order in which they are tested. The individual configuration options are
1302 described in more detail in chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&.
1303
1304 .ilist
1305 The &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& options can specify that
1306 the local parts handled by the router may or must have certain prefixes and/or
1307 suffixes. If a mandatory affix (prefix or suffix) is not present, the router is
1308 skipped. These conditions are tested first. When an affix is present, it is
1309 removed from the local part before further processing, including the evaluation
1310 of any other conditions.
1311 .next
1312 Routers can be designated for use only when not verifying an address, that is,
1313 only when routing it for delivery (or testing its delivery routing). If the
1314 &%verify%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is verifying an
1315 address.
1316 Setting the &%verify%& option actually sets two options, &%verify_sender%& and
1317 &%verify_recipient%&, which independently control the use of the router for
1318 sender and recipient verification. You can set these options directly if
1319 you want a router to be used for only one type of verification.
1320 .next
1321 If the &%address_test%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is
1322 run with the &%-bt%& option to test an address routing. This can be helpful
1323 when the first router sends all new messages to a scanner of some sort; it
1324 makes it possible to use &%-bt%& to test subsequent delivery routing without
1325 having to simulate the effect of the scanner.
1326 .next
1327 Routers can be designated for use only when verifying an address, as
1328 opposed to routing it for delivery. The &%verify_only%& option controls this.
1329 .next
1330 Individual routers can be explicitly skipped when running the routers to
1331 check an address given in the SMTP EXPN command (see the &%expn%& option).
1332 .next
1333 If the &%domains%& option is set, the domain of the address must be in the set
1334 of domains that it defines.
1335 .next
1336 .cindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
1337 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
1338 .cindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
1339 If the &%local_parts%& option is set, the local part of the address must be in
1340 the set of local parts that it defines. If &%local_part_prefix%& or
1341 &%local_part_suffix%& is in use, the prefix or suffix is removed from the local
1342 part before this check. If you want to do precondition tests on local parts
1343 that include affixes, you can do so by using a &%condition%& option (see below)
1344 that uses the variables &$local_part$&, &$local_part_prefix$&, and
1345 &$local_part_suffix$& as necessary.
1346 .next
1347 .cindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
1348 .cindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
1349 .cindex "&$home$&"
1350 If the &%check_local_user%& option is set, the local part must be the name of
1351 an account on the local host. If this check succeeds, the uid and gid of the
1352 local user are placed in &$local_user_uid$& and &$local_user_gid$& and the
1353 user's home directory is placed in &$home$&; these values can be used in the
1354 remaining preconditions.
1355 .next
1356 If the &%router_home_directory%& option is set, it is expanded at this point,
1357 because it overrides the value of &$home$&. If this expansion were left till
1358 later, the value of &$home$& as set by &%check_local_user%& would be used in
1359 subsequent tests. Having two different values of &$home$& in the same router
1360 could lead to confusion.
1361 .next
1362 If the &%senders%& option is set, the envelope sender address must be in the
1363 set of addresses that it defines.
1364 .next
1365 If the &%require_files%& option is set, the existence or non-existence of
1366 specified files is tested.
1367 .next
1368 .cindex "customizing" "precondition"
1369 If the &%condition%& option is set, it is evaluated and tested. This option
1370 uses an expanded string to allow you to set up your own custom preconditions.
1371 Expanded strings are described in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
1372 .endlist
1373
1374
1375 Note that &%require_files%& comes near the end of the list, so you cannot use
1376 it to check for the existence of a file in which to lookup up a domain, local
1377 part, or sender. However, as these options are all expanded, you can use the
1378 &%exists%& expansion condition to make such tests within each condition. The
1379 &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files that the router may be
1380 going to use internally, or which are needed by a specific transport (for
1381 example, &_.procmailrc_&).
1382
1383
1384
1385 .section "Delivery in detail"
1386 .cindex "delivery" "in detail"
1387 When a message is to be delivered, the sequence of events is as follows:
1388
1389 .ilist
1390 If a system-wide filter file is specified, the message is passed to it. The
1391 filter may add recipients to the message, replace the recipients, discard the
1392 message, cause a new message to be generated, or cause the message delivery to
1393 fail. The format of the system filter file is the same as for Exim user filter
1394 files, described in the separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail
1395 filtering'&.
1396 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
1397 (&*Note*&: Sieve cannot be used for system filter files.)
1398
1399 Some additional features are available in system filters &-- see chapter
1400 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>& for details. Note that a message is passed to the system
1401 filter only once per delivery attempt, however many recipients it has. However,
1402 if there are several delivery attempts because one or more addresses could not
1403 be immediately delivered, the system filter is run each time. The filter
1404 condition &%first_delivery%& can be used to detect the first run of the system
1405 filter.
1406 .next
1407 Each recipient address is offered to each configured router in turn, subject to
1408 its preconditions, until one is able to handle it. If no router can handle the
1409 address, that is, if they all decline, the address is failed. Because routers
1410 can be targeted at particular domains, several locally handled domains can be
1411 processed entirely independently of each other.
1412 .next
1413 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
1414 .cindex "loop" "while routing"
1415 A router that accepts an address may assign it to a local or a remote
1416 transport. However, the transport is not run at this time. Instead, the address
1417 is placed on a list for the particular transport, which will be run later.
1418 Alternatively, the router may generate one or more new addresses (typically
1419 from alias, forward, or filter files). New addresses are fed back into this
1420 process from the top, but in order to avoid loops, a router ignores any address
1421 which has an identically-named ancestor that was processed by itself.
1422 .next
1423 When all the routing has been done, addresses that have been successfully
1424 handled are passed to their assigned transports. When local transports are
1425 doing real local deliveries, they handle only one address at a time, but if a
1426 local transport is being used as a pseudo-remote transport (for example, to
1427 collect batched SMTP messages for transmission by some other means) multiple
1428 addresses can be handled. Remote transports can always handle more than one
1429 address at a time, but can be configured not to do so, or to restrict multiple
1430 addresses to the same domain.
1431 .next
1432 Each local delivery to a file or a pipe runs in a separate process under a
1433 non-privileged uid, and these deliveries are run one at a time. Remote
1434 deliveries also run in separate processes, normally under a uid that is private
1435 to Exim (&"the Exim user"&), but in this case, several remote deliveries can be
1436 run in parallel. The maximum number of simultaneous remote deliveries for any
1437 one message is set by the &%remote_max_parallel%& option.
1438 The order in which deliveries are done is not defined, except that all local
1439 deliveries happen before any remote deliveries.
1440 .next
1441 .cindex "queue runner"
1442 When it encounters a local delivery during a queue run, Exim checks its retry
1443 database to see if there has been a previous temporary delivery failure for the
1444 address before running the local transport. If there was a previous failure,
1445 Exim does not attempt a new delivery until the retry time for the address is
1446 reached. However, this happens only for delivery attempts that are part of a
1447 queue run. Local deliveries are always attempted when delivery immediately
1448 follows message reception, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for
1449 better behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example,
1450 causing quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file).
1451 .next
1452 .cindex "delivery" "retry in remote transports"
1453 Remote transports do their own retry handling, since an address may be
1454 deliverable to one of a number of hosts, each of which may have a different
1455 retry time. If there have been previous temporary failures and no host has
1456 reached its retry time, no delivery is attempted, whether in a queue run or
1457 not. See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for details of retry strategies.
1458 .next
1459 If there were any permanent errors, a bounce message is returned to an
1460 appropriate address (the sender in the common case), with details of the error
1461 for each failing address. Exim can be configured to send copies of bounce
1462 messages to other addresses.
1463 .next
1464 .cindex "delivery" "deferral"
1465 If one or more addresses suffered a temporary failure, the message is left on
1466 the queue, to be tried again later. Delivery of these addresses is said to be
1467 &'deferred'&.
1468 .next
1469 When all the recipient addresses have either been delivered or bounced,
1470 handling of the message is complete. The spool files and message log are
1471 deleted, though the message log can optionally be preserved if required.
1472 .endlist
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477 .section "Retry mechanism"
1478 .cindex "delivery" "retry mechanism"
1479 .cindex "retry" "description of mechanism"
1480 .cindex "queue runner"
1481 Exim's mechanism for retrying messages that fail to get delivered at the first
1482 attempt is the queue runner process. You must either run an Exim daemon that
1483 uses the &%-q%& option with a time interval to start queue runners at regular
1484 intervals, or use some other means (such as &'cron'&) to start them. If you do
1485 not arrange for queue runners to be run, messages that fail temporarily at the
1486 first attempt will remain on your queue for ever. A queue runner process works
1487 its way through the queue, one message at a time, trying each delivery that has
1488 passed its retry time.
1489 You can run several queue runners at once.
1490
1491 Exim uses a set of configured rules to determine when next to retry the failing
1492 address (see chapter &<<CHAPretry>>&). These rules also specify when Exim
1493 should give up trying to deliver to the address, at which point it generates a
1494 bounce message. If no retry rules are set for a particular host, address, and
1495 error combination, no retries are attempted, and temporary errors are treated
1496 as permanent.
1497
1498
1499
1500 .section "Temporary delivery failure"
1501 .cindex "delivery" "temporary failure"
1502 There are many reasons why a message may not be immediately deliverable to a
1503 particular address. Failure to connect to a remote machine (because it, or the
1504 connection to it, is down) is one of the most common. Temporary failures may be
1505 detected during routing as well as during the transport stage of delivery.
1506 Local deliveries may be delayed if NFS files are unavailable, or if a mailbox
1507 is on a file system where the user is over quota. Exim can be configured to
1508 impose its own quotas on local mailboxes; where system quotas are set they will
1509 also apply.
1510
1511 If a host is unreachable for a period of time, a number of messages may be
1512 waiting for it by the time it recovers, and sending them in a single SMTP
1513 connection is clearly beneficial. Whenever a delivery to a remote host is
1514 deferred,
1515
1516 .cindex "hints database"
1517 Exim makes a note in its hints database, and whenever a successful
1518 SMTP delivery has happened, it looks to see if any other messages are waiting
1519 for the same host. If any are found, they are sent over the same SMTP
1520 connection, subject to a configuration limit as to the maximum number in any
1521 one connection.
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526 .section "Permanent delivery failure"
1527 .cindex "delivery" "permanent failure"
1528 .cindex "bounce message" "when generated"
1529 When a message cannot be delivered to some or all of its intended recipients, a
1530 bounce message is generated. Temporary delivery failures turn into permanent
1531 errors when their timeout expires. All the addresses that fail in a given
1532 delivery attempt are listed in a single message. If the original message has
1533 many recipients, it is possible for some addresses to fail in one delivery
1534 attempt and others to fail subsequently, giving rise to more than one bounce
1535 message. The wording of bounce messages can be customized by the administrator.
1536 See chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>& for details.
1537
1538 .cindex "&'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line"
1539 Bounce messages contain an &'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line that lists the
1540 failed addresses, for the benefit of programs that try to analyse such messages
1541 automatically.
1542
1543 .cindex "bounce message" "recipient of"
1544 A bounce message is normally sent to the sender of the original message, as
1545 obtained from the message's envelope. For incoming SMTP messages, this is the
1546 address given in the MAIL command. However, when an address is expanded via a
1547 forward or alias file, an alternative address can be specified for delivery
1548 failures of the generated addresses. For a mailing list expansion (see section
1549 &<<SECTmailinglists>>&) it is common to direct bounce messages to the manager
1550 of the list.
1551
1552
1553
1554 .section "Failures to deliver bounce messages"
1555 .cindex "bounce message" "failure to deliver"
1556 If a bounce message (either locally generated or received from a remote host)
1557 itself suffers a permanent delivery failure, the message is left on the queue,
1558 but it is frozen, awaiting the attention of an administrator. There are options
1559 that can be used to make Exim discard such failed messages, or to keep them
1560 for only a short time (see &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
1561 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&).
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1568 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1569
1570 .chapter "Building and installing Exim"
1571 .scindex IIDbuex "building Exim"
1572
1573 .section "Unpacking"
1574 Exim is distributed as a gzipped or bzipped tar file which, when upacked,
1575 creates a directory with the name of the current release (for example,
1576 &_exim-&version;_&) into which the following files are placed:
1577
1578 .table2 140pt
1579 .row &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_& "contains some acknowledgments"
1580 .row &_CHANGES_& "contains a reference to where changes are documented"
1581 .row &_LICENCE_& "the GNU General Public Licence"
1582 .row &_Makefile_& "top-level make file"
1583 .row &_NOTICE_& "conditions for the use of Exim"
1584 .row &_README_& "list of files, directories and simple build &&&
1585 instructions"
1586 .endtable
1587
1588 Other files whose names begin with &_README_& may also be present. The
1589 following subdirectories are created:
1590
1591 .table2 140pt
1592 .row &_Local_& "an empty directory for local configuration files"
1593 .row &_OS_& "OS-specific files"
1594 .row &_doc_& "documentation files"
1595 .row &_exim_monitor_& "source files for the Exim monitor"
1596 .row &_scripts_& "scripts used in the build process"
1597 .row &_src_& "remaining source files"
1598 .row &_util_& "independent utilities"
1599 .endtable
1600
1601 The main utility programs are contained in the &_src_& directory, and are built
1602 with the Exim binary. The &_util_& directory contains a few optional scripts
1603 that may be useful to some sites.
1604
1605
1606 .section "Multiple machine architectures and operating systems"
1607 .cindex "building Exim" "multiple OS/architectures"
1608 The building process for Exim is arranged to make it easy to build binaries for
1609 a number of different architectures and operating systems from the same set of
1610 source files. Compilation does not take place in the &_src_& directory.
1611 Instead, a &'build directory'& is created for each architecture and operating
1612 system.
1613 .cindex "symbolic link" "to build directory"
1614 Symbolic links to the sources are installed in this directory, which is where
1615 the actual building takes place. In most cases, Exim can discover the machine
1616 architecture and operating system for itself, but the defaults can be
1617 overridden if necessary.
1618
1619
1620 .section "DBM libraries" "SECTdb"
1621 .cindex "DBM libraries" "discussion of"
1622 .cindex "hints database" "DBM files used for"
1623 Even if you do not use any DBM files in your configuration, Exim still needs a
1624 DBM library in order to operate, because it uses indexed files for its hints
1625 databases. Unfortunately, there are a number of DBM libraries in existence, and
1626 different operating systems often have different ones installed.
1627
1628 .cindex "Solaris" "DBM library for"
1629 .cindex "IRIX" "DBM library for"
1630 .cindex "BSD" "DBM library for"
1631 .cindex "Linux" "DBM library for"
1632 If you are using Solaris, IRIX, one of the modern BSD systems, or a modern
1633 Linux distribution, the DBM configuration should happen automatically, and you
1634 may be able to ignore this section. Otherwise, you may have to learn more than
1635 you would like about DBM libraries from what follows.
1636
1637 .cindex "&'ndbm'& DBM library"
1638 Licensed versions of Unix normally contain a library of DBM functions operating
1639 via the &'ndbm'& interface, and this is what Exim expects by default. Free
1640 versions of Unix seem to vary in what they contain as standard. In particular,
1641 some early versions of Linux have no default DBM library, and different
1642 distributors have chosen to bundle different libraries with their packaged
1643 versions. However, the more recent releases seem to have standardised on the
1644 Berkeley DB library.
1645
1646 Different DBM libraries have different conventions for naming the files they
1647 use. When a program opens a file called &_dbmfile_&, there are several
1648 possibilities:
1649
1650 .olist
1651 A traditional &'ndbm'& implementation, such as that supplied as part of
1652 Solaris, operates on two files called &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&.
1653 .next
1654 .cindex "&'gdbm'& DBM library"
1655 The GNU library, &'gdbm'&, operates on a single file. If used via its &'ndbm'&
1656 compatibility interface it makes two different hard links to it with names
1657 &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&, but if used via its native interface, the
1658 file name is used unmodified.
1659 .next
1660 .cindex "Berkeley DB library"
1661 The Berkeley DB package, if called via its &'ndbm'& compatibility interface,
1662 operates on a single file called &_dbmfile.db_&, but otherwise looks to the
1663 programmer exactly the same as the traditional &'ndbm'& implementation.
1664 .next
1665 If the Berkeley package is used in its native mode, it operates on a single
1666 file called &_dbmfile_&; the programmer's interface is somewhat different to
1667 the traditional &'ndbm'& interface.
1668 .next
1669 To complicate things further, there are several very different versions of the
1670 Berkeley DB package. Version 1.85 was stable for a very long time, releases
1671 2.&'x'& and 3.&'x'& were current for a while, but the latest versions are now
1672 numbered 4.&'x'&. Maintenance of some of the earlier releases has ceased. All
1673 versions of Berkeley DB can be obtained from
1674 &url(http://www.sleepycat.com/).
1675 .next
1676 .cindex "&'tdb'& DBM library"
1677 Yet another DBM library, called &'tdb'&, is available from
1678 &url(http://download.sourceforge.net/tdb). It has its own interface, and also
1679 operates on a single file.
1680 .endlist
1681
1682 .cindex "USE_DB"
1683 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
1684 Exim and its utilities can be compiled to use any of these interfaces. In order
1685 to use any version of the Berkeley DB package in native mode, you must set
1686 USE_DB in an appropriate configuration file (typically
1687 &_Local/Makefile_&). For example:
1688 .code
1689 USE_DB=yes
1690 .endd
1691 Similarly, for gdbm you set USE_GDBM, and for tdb you set USE_TDB. An
1692 error is diagnosed if you set more than one of these.
1693
1694 At the lowest level, the build-time configuration sets none of these options,
1695 thereby assuming an interface of type (1). However, some operating system
1696 configuration files (for example, those for the BSD operating systems and
1697 Linux) assume type (4) by setting USE_DB as their default, and the
1698 configuration files for Cygwin set USE_GDBM. Anything you set in
1699 &_Local/Makefile_&, however, overrides these system defaults.
1700
1701 As well as setting USE_DB, USE_GDBM, or USE_TDB, it may also be
1702 necessary to set DBMLIB, to cause inclusion of the appropriate library, as
1703 in one of these lines:
1704 .code
1705 DBMLIB = -ldb
1706 DBMLIB = -ltdb
1707 .endd
1708 Settings like that will work if the DBM library is installed in the standard
1709 place. Sometimes it is not, and the library's header file may also not be in
1710 the default path. You may need to set INCLUDE to specify where the header
1711 file is, and to specify the path to the library more fully in DBMLIB, as in
1712 this example:
1713 .code
1714 INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/include/db-4.1
1715 DBMLIB=/usr/local/lib/db-4.1/libdb.a
1716 .endd
1717 There is further detailed discussion about the various DBM libraries in the
1718 file &_doc/dbm.discuss.txt_& in the Exim distribution.
1719
1720
1721
1722 .section "Pre-building configuration"
1723 .cindex "building Exim" "pre-building configuration"
1724 .cindex "configuration for building Exim"
1725 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
1726 .cindex "&_src/EDITME_&"
1727 Before building Exim, a local configuration file that specifies options
1728 independent of any operating system has to be created with the name
1729 &_Local/Makefile_&. A template for this file is supplied as the file
1730 &_src/EDITME_&, and it contains full descriptions of all the option settings
1731 therein. These descriptions are therefore not repeated here. If you are
1732 building Exim for the first time, the simplest thing to do is to copy
1733 &_src/EDITME_& to &_Local/Makefile_&, then read it and edit it appropriately.
1734
1735 There are three settings that you must supply, because Exim will not build
1736 without them. They are the location of the run time configuration file
1737 (CONFIGURE_FILE), the directory in which Exim binaries will be installed
1738 (BIN_DIRECTORY), and the identity of the Exim user (EXIM_USER and
1739 maybe EXIM_GROUP as well). The value of CONFIGURE_FILE can in fact be
1740 a colon-separated list of file names; Exim uses the first of them that exists.
1741
1742 There are a few other parameters that can be specified either at build time or
1743 at run time, to enable the same binary to be used on a number of different
1744 machines. However, if the locations of Exim's spool directory and log file
1745 directory (if not within the spool directory) are fixed, it is recommended that
1746 you specify them in &_Local/Makefile_& instead of at run time, so that errors
1747 detected early in Exim's execution (such as a malformed configuration file) can
1748 be logged.
1749
1750 .cindex "content scanning" "specifying at build time"
1751 Exim's interfaces for calling virus and spam scanning software directly from
1752 access control lists are not compiled by default. If you want to include these
1753 facilities, you need to set
1754 .code
1755 WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes
1756 .endd
1757 in your &_Local/Makefile_&. For details of the facilities themselves, see
1758 chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
1759
1760
1761 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
1762 .cindex "_exim_monitor/EDITME_"
1763 If you are going to build the Exim monitor, a similar configuration process is
1764 required. The file &_exim_monitor/EDITME_& must be edited appropriately for
1765 your installation and saved under the name &_Local/eximon.conf_&. If you are
1766 happy with the default settings described in &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&,
1767 &_Local/eximon.conf_& can be empty, but it must exist.
1768
1769 This is all the configuration that is needed in straightforward cases for known
1770 operating systems. However, the building process is set up so that it is easy
1771 to override options that are set by default or by operating-system-specific
1772 configuration files, for example to change the name of the C compiler, which
1773 defaults to &%gcc%&. See section &<<SECToverride>>& below for details of how to
1774 do this.
1775
1776
1777
1778 .section "Support for iconv()"
1779 .cindex "&[iconv()]& support"
1780 .cindex "RFC 2047"
1781 The contents of header lines in messages may be encoded according to the rules
1782 described RFC 2047. This makes it possible to transmit characters that are not
1783 in the ASCII character set, and to label them as being in a particular
1784 character set. When Exim is inspecting header lines by means of the &%$h_%&
1785 mechanism, it decodes them, and translates them into a specified character set
1786 (default ISO-8859-1). The translation is possible only if the operating system
1787 supports the &[iconv()]& function.
1788
1789 However, some of the operating systems that supply &[iconv()]& do not support
1790 very many conversions. The GNU &%libiconv%& library (available from
1791 &url(http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/)) can be installed on such
1792 systems to remedy this deficiency, as well as on systems that do not supply
1793 &[iconv()]& at all. After installing &%libiconv%&, you should add
1794 .code
1795 HAVE_ICONV=yes
1796 .endd
1797 to your &_Local/Makefile_& and rebuild Exim.
1798
1799
1800
1801 .section "Including TLS/SSL encryption support" "SECTinctlsssl"
1802 .cindex "TLS" "including support for TLS"
1803 .cindex "encryption" "including support for"
1804 .cindex "SUPPORT_TLS"
1805 .cindex "OpenSSL" "building Exim with"
1806 .cindex "GnuTLS" "building Exim with"
1807 Exim can be built to support encrypted SMTP connections, using the STARTTLS
1808 command as per RFC 2487. It can also support legacy clients that expect to
1809 start a TLS session immediately on connection to a non-standard port (see the
1810 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& runtime option and the &%-tls-on-connect%& command
1811 line option).
1812
1813 If you want to build Exim with TLS support, you must first install either the
1814 OpenSSL or GnuTLS library. There is no cryptographic code in Exim itself for
1815 implementing SSL.
1816
1817 If OpenSSL is installed, you should set
1818 .code
1819 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1820 TLS_LIBS=-lssl -lcrypto
1821 .endd
1822 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You may also need to specify the locations of the
1823 OpenSSL library and include files. For example:
1824 .code
1825 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1826 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/local/openssl/lib -lssl -lcrypto
1827 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/openssl/include/
1828 .endd
1829 .cindex "USE_GNUTLS"
1830 If GnuTLS is installed, you should set
1831 .code
1832 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1833 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1834 TLS_LIBS=-lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1835 .endd
1836 in &_Local/Makefile_&, and again you may need to specify the locations of the
1837 library and include files. For example:
1838 .code
1839 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1840 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1841 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/gnu/lib -lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1842 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/gnu/include
1843 .endd
1844 You do not need to set TLS_INCLUDE if the relevant directory is already
1845 specified in INCLUDE. Details of how to configure Exim to make use of TLS are
1846 given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851 .section "Use of tcpwrappers"
1852 .cindex "tcpwrappers" "building Exim to support"
1853 .cindex "USE_TCP_WRAPPERS"
1854 Exim can be linked with the &'tcpwrappers'& library in order to check incoming
1855 SMTP calls using the &'tcpwrappers'& control files. This may be a convenient
1856 alternative to Exim's own checking facilities for installations that are
1857 already making use of &'tcpwrappers'& for other purposes. To do this, you
1858 should set USE_TCP_WRAPPERS in &_Local/Makefile_&, arrange for the file
1859 &_tcpd.h_& to be available at compile time, and also ensure that the library
1860 &_libwrap.a_& is available at link time, typically by including &%-lwrap%& in
1861 EXTRALIBS_EXIM. For example, if &'tcpwrappers'& is installed in &_/usr/local_&,
1862 you might have
1863 .code
1864 USE_TCP_WRAPPERS=yes
1865 CFLAGS=-O -I/usr/local/include
1866 EXTRALIBS_EXIM=-L/usr/local/lib -lwrap
1867 .endd
1868 in &_Local/Makefile_&. The name to use in the &'tcpwrappers'& control files is
1869 &"exim"&. For example, the line
1870 .code
1871 exim : LOCAL 192.168.1. .friendly.domain.example
1872 .endd
1873 in your &_/etc/hosts.allow_& file allows connections from the local host, from
1874 the subnet 192.168.1.0/24, and from all hosts in &'friendly.domain.example'&.
1875 All other connections are denied. Consult the &'tcpwrappers'& documentation for
1876 further details.
1877
1878
1879
1880 .section "Including support for IPv6"
1881 .cindex "IPv6" "including support for"
1882 Exim contains code for use on systems that have IPv6 support. Setting
1883 &`HAVE_IPV6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_& causes the IPv6 code to be included;
1884 it may also be necessary to set IPV6_INCLUDE and IPV6_LIBS on systems
1885 where the IPv6 support is not fully integrated into the normal include and
1886 library files.
1887
1888 Two different types of DNS record for handling IPv6 addresses have been
1889 defined. AAAA records (analagous to A records for IPv4) are in use, and are
1890 currently seen as the mainstream. Another record type called A6 was proposed
1891 as better than AAAA because it had more flexibility. However, it was felt to be
1892 over-complex, and its status was reduced to &"experimental"&. It is not known
1893 if anyone is actually using A6 records. Exim has support for A6 records, but
1894 this is included only if you set &`SUPPORT_A6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
1895 support has not been tested for some time.
1896
1897
1898
1899 .section "The building process"
1900 .cindex "build directory"
1901 Once &_Local/Makefile_& (and &_Local/eximon.conf_&, if required) have been
1902 created, run &'make'& at the top level. It determines the architecture and
1903 operating system types, and creates a build directory if one does not exist.
1904 For example, on a Sun system running Solaris 8, the directory
1905 &_build-SunOS5-5.8-sparc_& is created.
1906 .cindex "symbolic link" "to source files"
1907 Symbolic links to relevant source files are installed in the build directory.
1908
1909 &*Warning*&: The &%-j%& (parallel) flag must not be used with &'make'&; the
1910 building process fails if it is set.
1911
1912 If this is the first time &'make'& has been run, it calls a script that builds
1913 a make file inside the build directory, using the configuration files from the
1914 &_Local_& directory. The new make file is then passed to another instance of
1915 &'make'&. This does the real work, building a number of utility scripts, and
1916 then compiling and linking the binaries for the Exim monitor (if configured), a
1917 number of utility programs, and finally Exim itself. The command &`make
1918 makefile`& can be used to force a rebuild of the make file in the build
1919 directory, should this ever be necessary.
1920
1921 If you have problems building Exim, check for any comments there may be in the
1922 &_README_& file concerning your operating system, and also take a look at the
1923 FAQ, where some common problems are covered.
1924
1925
1926
1927 .section 'Output from &"make"&'
1928 The output produced by the &'make'& process for compile lines is often very
1929 unreadable, because these lines can be very long. For this reason, the normal
1930 output is suppressed by default, and instead output similar to that which
1931 appears when compiling the 2.6 Linux kernel is generated: just a short line for
1932 each module that is being compiled or linked. However, it is still possible to
1933 get the full output, by calling &'make'& like this:
1934 .code
1935 FULLECHO='' make -e
1936 .endd
1937 The value of FULLECHO defaults to &"@"&, the flag character that suppresses
1938 command reflection in &'make'&. When you ask for the full output, it is
1939 given in addition to the the short output.
1940
1941
1942
1943 .section "Overriding build-time options for Exim" "SECToverride"
1944 .cindex "build-time options" "overriding"
1945 The main make file that is created at the beginning of the building process
1946 consists of the concatenation of a number of files which set configuration
1947 values, followed by a fixed set of &'make'& instructions. If a value is set
1948 more than once, the last setting overrides any previous ones. This provides a
1949 convenient way of overriding defaults. The files that are concatenated are, in
1950 order:
1951 .display
1952 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
1953 &_OS/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
1954 &_Local/Makefile_&
1955 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
1956 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'archtype'&>
1957 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
1958 &_OS/Makefile-Base_&
1959 .endd
1960 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
1961 .cindex "building Exim" "operating system type"
1962 .cindex "building Exim" "architecture type"
1963 where <&'ostype'&> is the operating system type and <&'archtype'&> is the
1964 architecture type. &_Local/Makefile_& is required to exist, and the building
1965 process fails if it is absent. The other three &_Local_& files are optional,
1966 and are often not needed.
1967
1968 The values used for <&'ostype'&> and <&'archtype'&> are obtained from scripts
1969 called &_scripts/os-type_& and &_scripts/arch-type_& respectively. If either of
1970 the environment variables EXIM_OSTYPE or EXIM_ARCHTYPE is set, their
1971 values are used, thereby providing a means of forcing particular settings.
1972 Otherwise, the scripts try to get values from the &%uname%& command. If this
1973 fails, the shell variables OSTYPE and ARCHTYPE are inspected. A number
1974 of &'ad hoc'& transformations are then applied, to produce the standard names
1975 that Exim expects. You can run these scripts directly from the shell in order
1976 to find out what values are being used on your system.
1977
1978
1979 &_OS/Makefile-Default_& contains comments about the variables that are set
1980 therein. Some (but not all) are mentioned below. If there is something that
1981 needs changing, review the contents of this file and the contents of the make
1982 file for your operating system (&_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&) to see what the
1983 default values are.
1984
1985
1986 .cindex "building Exim" "overriding default settings"
1987 If you need to change any of the values that are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
1988 or in &_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&, or to add any new definitions, you do not
1989 need to change the original files. Instead, you should make the changes by
1990 putting the new values in an appropriate &_Local_& file. For example,
1991 .cindex "Tru64-Unix build-time settings"
1992 when building Exim in many releases of the Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX,
1993 formerly DEC-OSF1) operating system, it is necessary to specify that the C
1994 compiler is called &'cc'& rather than &'gcc'&. Also, the compiler must be
1995 called with the option &%-std1%&, to make it recognize some of the features of
1996 Standard C that Exim uses. (Most other compilers recognize Standard C by
1997 default.) To do this, you should create a file called &_Local/Makefile-OSF1_&
1998 containing the lines
1999 .code
2000 CC=cc
2001 CFLAGS=-std1
2002 .endd
2003 If you are compiling for just one operating system, it may be easier to put
2004 these lines directly into &_Local/Makefile_&.
2005
2006 Keeping all your local configuration settings separate from the distributed
2007 files makes it easy to transfer them to new versions of Exim simply by copying
2008 the contents of the &_Local_& directory.
2009
2010
2011 .cindex "NIS lookup type" "including support for"
2012 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type" "including support for"
2013 .cindex "LDAP" "including support for"
2014 .cindex "lookup" "inclusion in binary"
2015 Exim contains support for doing LDAP, NIS, NIS+, and other kinds of file
2016 lookup, but not all systems have these components installed, so the default is
2017 not to include the relevant code in the binary. All the different kinds of file
2018 and database lookup that Exim supports are implemented as separate code modules
2019 which are included only if the relevant compile-time options are set. In the
2020 case of LDAP, NIS, and NIS+, the settings for &_Local/Makefile_& are:
2021 .code
2022 LOOKUP_LDAP=yes
2023 LOOKUP_NIS=yes
2024 LOOKUP_NISPLUS=yes
2025 .endd
2026 and similar settings apply to the other lookup types. They are all listed in
2027 &_src/EDITME_&. In many cases the relevant include files and interface
2028 libraries need to be installed before compiling Exim.
2029 .cindex "cdb" "including support for"
2030 However, there are some optional lookup types (such as cdb) for which
2031 the code is entirely contained within Exim, and no external include
2032 files or libraries are required. When a lookup type is not included in the
2033 binary, attempts to configure Exim to use it cause run time configuration
2034 errors.
2035
2036 .cindex "Perl" "including support for"
2037 Exim can be linked with an embedded Perl interpreter, allowing Perl
2038 subroutines to be called during string expansion. To enable this facility,
2039 .code
2040 EXIM_PERL=perl.o
2041 .endd
2042 must be defined in &_Local/Makefile_&. Details of this facility are given in
2043 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
2044
2045 .cindex "X11 libraries" "location of"
2046 The location of the X11 libraries is something that varies a lot between
2047 operating systems, and there may be different versions of X11 to cope
2048 with. Exim itself makes no use of X11, but if you are compiling the Exim
2049 monitor, the X11 libraries must be available.
2050 The following three variables are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&:
2051 .code
2052 X11=/usr/X11R6
2053 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2054 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib
2055 .endd
2056 These are overridden in some of the operating-system configuration files. For
2057 example, in &_OS/Makefile-SunOS5_& there is
2058 .code
2059 X11=/usr/openwin
2060 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2061 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib -R$(X11)/lib
2062 .endd
2063 If you need to override the default setting for your operating system, place a
2064 definition of all three of these variables into your
2065 &_Local/Makefile-<ostype>_& file.
2066
2067 .cindex "EXTRALIBS"
2068 If you need to add any extra libraries to the link steps, these can be put in a
2069 variable called EXTRALIBS, which appears in all the link commands, but by
2070 default is not defined. In contrast, EXTRALIBS_EXIM is used only on the
2071 command for linking the main Exim binary, and not for any associated utilities.
2072
2073 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
2074 There is also DBMLIB, which appears in the link commands for binaries that
2075 use DBM functions (see also section &<<SECTdb>>&). Finally, there is
2076 EXTRALIBS_EXIMON, which appears only in the link step for the Exim monitor
2077 binary, and which can be used, for example, to include additional X11
2078 libraries.
2079
2080 .cindex "configuration file" "editing"
2081 The make file copes with rebuilding Exim correctly if any of the configuration
2082 files are edited. However, if an optional configuration file is deleted, it is
2083 necessary to touch the associated non-optional file (that is,
2084 &_Local/Makefile_& or &_Local/eximon.conf_&) before rebuilding.
2085
2086
2087 .section "OS-specific header files"
2088 .cindex "&_os.h_&"
2089 .cindex "building Exim" "OS-specific C header files"
2090 The &_OS_& directory contains a number of files with names of the form
2091 &_os.h-<ostype>_&. These are system-specific C header files that should not
2092 normally need to be changed. There is a list of macro settings that are
2093 recognized in the file &_OS/os.configuring_&, which should be consulted if you
2094 are porting Exim to a new operating system.
2095
2096
2097
2098 .section "Overriding build-time options for the monitor"
2099 .cindex "building Eximon" "overriding default options"
2100 A similar process is used for overriding things when building the Exim monitor,
2101 where the files that are involved are
2102 .display
2103 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_&
2104 &_OS/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2105 &_Local/eximon.conf_&
2106 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2107 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'archtype'&>
2108 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
2109 .endd
2110 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
2111 As with Exim itself, the final three files need not exist, and in this case the
2112 &_OS/eximon.conf-<ostype>_& file is also optional. The default values in
2113 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_& can be overridden dynamically by setting environment
2114 variables of the same name, preceded by EXIMON_. For example, setting
2115 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH in the environment overrides the value of
2116 LOG_DEPTH at run time.
2117 .ecindex IIDbuex
2118
2119
2120 .section "Installing Exim binaries and scripts"
2121 .cindex "installing Exim"
2122 .cindex "BIN_DIRECTORY"
2123 The command &`make install`& runs the &(exim_install)& script with no
2124 arguments. The script copies binaries and utility scripts into the directory
2125 whose name is specified by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting in &_Local/Makefile_&.
2126 .cindex "setuid" "installing Exim with"
2127 The install script copies files only if they are newer than the files they are
2128 going to replace. The Exim binary is required to be owned by root and have the
2129 &'setuid'& bit set, for normal configurations. Therefore, you must run &`make
2130 install`& as root so that it can set up the Exim binary in this way. However, in
2131 some special situations (for example, if a host is doing no local deliveries)
2132 it may be possible to run Exim without making the binary setuid root (see
2133 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for details).
2134
2135 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
2136 Exim's run time configuration file is named by the CONFIGURE_FILE setting
2137 in &_Local/Makefile_&. If this names a single file, and the file does not
2138 exist, the default configuration file &_src/configure.default_& is copied there
2139 by the installation script. If a run time configuration file already exists, it
2140 is left alone. If CONFIGURE_FILE is a colon-separated list, naming several
2141 alternative files, no default is installed.
2142
2143 .cindex "system aliases file"
2144 .cindex "&_/etc/aliases_&"
2145 One change is made to the default configuration file when it is installed: the
2146 default configuration contains a router that references a system aliases file.
2147 The path to this file is set to the value specified by
2148 SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& (&_/etc/aliases_& by default).
2149 If the system aliases file does not exist, the installation script creates it,
2150 and outputs a comment to the user.
2151
2152 The created file contains no aliases, but it does contain comments about the
2153 aliases a site should normally have. Mail aliases have traditionally been
2154 kept in &_/etc/aliases_&. However, some operating systems are now using
2155 &_/etc/mail/aliases_&. You should check if yours is one of these, and change
2156 Exim's configuration if necessary.
2157
2158 The default configuration uses the local host's name as the only local domain,
2159 and is set up to do local deliveries into the shared directory &_/var/mail_&,
2160 running as the local user. System aliases and &_.forward_& files in users' home
2161 directories are supported, but no NIS or NIS+ support is configured. Domains
2162 other than the name of the local host are routed using the DNS, with delivery
2163 over SMTP.
2164
2165 It is possible to install Exim for special purposes (such as building a binary
2166 distribution) in a private part of the file system. You can do this by a
2167 command such as
2168 .code
2169 make DESTDIR=/some/directory/ install
2170 .endd
2171 This has the effect of pre-pending the specified directory to all the file
2172 paths, except the name of the system aliases file that appears in the default
2173 configuration. (If a default alias file is created, its name &'is'& modified.)
2174 For backwards compatibility, ROOT is used if DESTDIR is not set,
2175 but this usage is deprecated.
2176
2177 .cindex "installing Exim" "what is not installed"
2178 Running &'make install'& does not copy the Exim 4 conversion script
2179 &'convert4r4'&, or the &'pcretest'& test program. You will probably run the
2180 first of these only once (if you are upgrading from Exim 3), and the second
2181 isn't really part of Exim. None of the documentation files in the &_doc_&
2182 directory are copied, except for the info files when you have set
2183 INFO_DIRECTORY, as described in section &<<SECTinsinfdoc>>& below.
2184
2185 For the utility programs, old versions are renamed by adding the suffix &_.O_&
2186 to their names. The Exim binary itself, however, is handled differently. It is
2187 installed under a name that includes the version number and the compile number,
2188 for example &_exim-&version;-1_&. The script then arranges for a symbolic link
2189 called &_exim_& to point to the binary. If you are updating a previous version
2190 of Exim, the script takes care to ensure that the name &_exim_& is never absent
2191 from the directory (as seen by other processes).
2192
2193 .cindex "installing Exim" "testing the script"
2194 If you want to see what the &'make install'& will do before running it for
2195 real, you can pass the &%-n%& option to the installation script by this
2196 command:
2197 .code
2198 make INSTALL_ARG=-n install
2199 .endd
2200 The contents of the variable INSTALL_ARG are passed to the installation
2201 script. You do not need to be root to run this test. Alternatively, you can run
2202 the installation script directly, but this must be from within the build
2203 directory. For example, from the top-level Exim directory you could use this
2204 command:
2205 .code
2206 (cd build-SunOS5-5.5.1-sparc; ../scripts/exim_install -n)
2207 .endd
2208 .cindex "installing Exim" "install script options"
2209 There are two other options that can be supplied to the installation script.
2210
2211 .ilist
2212 &%-no_chown%& bypasses the call to change the owner of the installed binary
2213 to root, and the call to make it a setuid binary.
2214 .next
2215 &%-no_symlink%& bypasses the setting up of the symbolic link &_exim_& to the
2216 installed binary.
2217 .endlist
2218
2219 INSTALL_ARG can be used to pass these options to the script. For example:
2220 .code
2221 make INSTALL_ARG=-no_symlink install
2222 .endd
2223 The installation script can also be given arguments specifying which files are
2224 to be copied. For example, to install just the Exim binary, and nothing else,
2225 without creating the symbolic link, you could use:
2226 .code
2227 make INSTALL_ARG='-no_symlink exim' install
2228 .endd
2229
2230
2231
2232 .section "Installing info documentation" "SECTinsinfdoc"
2233 .cindex "installing Exim" "&'info'& documentation"
2234 Not all systems use the GNU &'info'& system for documentation, and for this
2235 reason, the Texinfo source of Exim's documentation is not included in the main
2236 distribution. Instead it is available separately from the ftp site (see section
2237 &<<SECTavail>>&).
2238
2239 If you have defined INFO_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_& and the Texinfo
2240 source of the documentation is found in the source tree, running &`make
2241 install`& automatically builds the info files and installs them.
2242
2243
2244
2245 .section "Setting up the spool directory"
2246 .cindex "spool directory" "creating"
2247 When it starts up, Exim tries to create its spool directory if it does not
2248 exist. The Exim uid and gid are used for the owner and group of the spool
2249 directory. Sub-directories are automatically created in the spool directory as
2250 necessary.
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255 .section "Testing"
2256 .cindex "testing" "installation"
2257 Having installed Exim, you can check that the run time configuration file is
2258 syntactically valid by running the following command, which assumes that the
2259 Exim binary directory is within your PATH environment variable:
2260 .code
2261 exim -bV
2262 .endd
2263 If there are any errors in the configuration file, Exim outputs error messages.
2264 Otherwise it outputs the version number and build date,
2265 the DBM library that is being used, and information about which drivers and
2266 other optional code modules are included in the binary.
2267 Some simple routing tests can be done by using the address testing option. For
2268 example,
2269 .display
2270 &`exim -bt`& <&'local username'&>
2271 .endd
2272 should verify that it recognizes a local mailbox, and
2273 .display
2274 &`exim -bt`& <&'remote address'&>
2275 .endd
2276 a remote one. Then try getting it to deliver mail, both locally and remotely.
2277 This can be done by passing messages directly to Exim, without going through a
2278 user agent. For example:
2279 .code
2280 exim -v postmaster@your.domain.example
2281 From: user@your.domain.example
2282 To: postmaster@your.domain.example
2283 Subject: Testing Exim
2284
2285 This is a test message.
2286 ^D
2287 .endd
2288 The &%-v%& option causes Exim to output some verification of what it is doing.
2289 In this case you should see copies of three log lines, one for the message's
2290 arrival, one for its delivery, and one containing &"Completed"&.
2291
2292 .cindex "delivery" "problems with"
2293 If you encounter problems, look at Exim's log files (&'mainlog'& and
2294 &'paniclog'&) to see if there is any relevant information there. Another source
2295 of information is running Exim with debugging turned on, by specifying the
2296 &%-d%& option. If a message is stuck on Exim's spool, you can force a delivery
2297 with debugging turned on by a command of the form
2298 .display
2299 &`exim -d -M`& <&'exim-message-id'&>
2300 .endd
2301 You must be root or an &"admin user"& in order to do this. The &%-d%& option
2302 produces rather a lot of output, but you can cut this down to specific areas.
2303 For example, if you use &%-d-all+route%& only the debugging information
2304 relevant to routing is included. (See the &%-d%& option in chapter
2305 &<<CHAPcommandline>>& for more details.)
2306
2307 .cindex '&"sticky"& bit'
2308 .cindex "lock files"
2309 One specific problem that has shown up on some sites is the inability to do
2310 local deliveries into a shared mailbox directory, because it does not have the
2311 &"sticky bit"& set on it. By default, Exim tries to create a lock file before
2312 writing to a mailbox file, and if it cannot create the lock file, the delivery
2313 is deferred. You can get round this either by setting the &"sticky bit"& on the
2314 directory, or by setting a specific group for local deliveries and allowing
2315 that group to create files in the directory (see the comments above the
2316 &(local_delivery)& transport in the default configuration file). Another
2317 approach is to configure Exim not to use lock files, but just to rely on
2318 &[fcntl()]& locking instead. However, you should do this only if all user
2319 agents also use &[fcntl()]& locking. For further discussion of locking issues,
2320 see chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
2321
2322 One thing that cannot be tested on a system that is already running an MTA is
2323 the receipt of incoming SMTP mail on the standard SMTP port. However, the
2324 &%-oX%& option can be used to run an Exim daemon that listens on some other
2325 port, or &'inetd'& can be used to do this. The &%-bh%& option and the
2326 &'exim_checkaccess'& utility can be used to check out policy controls on
2327 incoming SMTP mail.
2328
2329 Testing a new version on a system that is already running Exim can most easily
2330 be done by building a binary with a different CONFIGURE_FILE setting. From
2331 within the run time configuration, all other file and directory names
2332 that Exim uses can be altered, in order to keep it entirely clear of the
2333 production version.
2334
2335
2336 .section "Replacing another MTA with Exim"
2337 .cindex "replacing another MTA"
2338 Building and installing Exim for the first time does not of itself put it in
2339 general use. The name by which the system's MTA is called by mail user agents
2340 is either &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&, or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& (depending on the
2341 operating system), and it is necessary to make this name point to the &'exim'&
2342 binary in order to get the user agents to pass messages to Exim. This is
2343 normally done by renaming any existing file and making &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&
2344 or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&
2345 .cindex "symbolic link" "to &'exim'& binary"
2346 a symbolic link to the &'exim'& binary. It is a good idea to remove any setuid
2347 privilege and executable status from the old MTA. It is then necessary to stop
2348 and restart the mailer daemon, if one is running.
2349
2350 .cindex "FreeBSD" "MTA indirection"
2351 .cindex "&_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&"
2352 Some operating systems have introduced alternative ways of switching MTAs. For
2353 example, if you are running FreeBSD, you need to edit the file
2354 &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_& instead of setting up a symbolic link as just
2355 described. A typical example of the contents of this file for running Exim is
2356 as follows:
2357 .code
2358 sendmail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2359 send-mail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2360 mailq /usr/exim/bin/exim -bp
2361 newaliases /usr/bin/true
2362 .endd
2363 Once you have set up the symbolic link, or edited &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&,
2364 your Exim installation is &"live"&. Check it by sending a message from your
2365 favourite user agent.
2366
2367 You should consider what to tell your users about the change of MTA. Exim may
2368 have different capabilities to what was previously running, and there are
2369 various operational differences such as the text of messages produced by
2370 command line options and in bounce messages. If you allow your users to make
2371 use of Exim's filtering capabilities, you should make the document entitled
2372 &'Exim's interface to mail filtering'& available to them.
2373
2374
2375
2376 .section "Upgrading Exim"
2377 .cindex "upgrading Exim"
2378 If you are already running Exim on your host, building and installing a new
2379 version automatically makes it available to MUAs, or any other programs that
2380 call the MTA directly. However, if you are running an Exim daemon, you do need
2381 to send it a HUP signal, to make it re-execute itself, and thereby pick up the
2382 new binary. You do not need to stop processing mail in order to install a new
2383 version of Exim. The install script does not modify an existing runtime
2384 configuration file.
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389 .section "Stopping the Exim daemon on Solaris"
2390 .cindex "Solaris" "stopping Exim on"
2391 The standard command for stopping the mailer daemon on Solaris is
2392 .code
2393 /etc/init.d/sendmail stop
2394 .endd
2395 If &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& has been turned into a symbolic link, this script
2396 fails to stop Exim because it uses the command &'ps -e'& and greps the output
2397 for the text &"sendmail"&; this is not present because the actual program name
2398 (that is, &"exim"&) is given by the &'ps'& command with these options. A
2399 solution is to replace the line that finds the process id with something like
2400 .code
2401 pid=`cat /var/spool/exim/exim-daemon.pid`
2402 .endd
2403 to obtain the daemon's pid directly from the file that Exim saves it in.
2404
2405 Note, however, that stopping the daemon does not &"stop Exim"&. Messages can
2406 still be received from local processes, and if automatic delivery is configured
2407 (the normal case), deliveries will still occur.
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2413 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2414
2415 .chapter "The Exim command line" "CHAPcommandline"
2416 .scindex IIDclo1 "command line" "options"
2417 .scindex IIDclo2 "options" "command line"
2418 Exim's command line takes the standard Unix form of a sequence of options,
2419 each starting with a hyphen character, followed by a number of arguments. The
2420 options are compatible with the main options of Sendmail, and there are also
2421 some additional options, some of which are compatible with Smail 3. Certain
2422 combinations of options do not make sense, and provoke an error if used.
2423 The form of the arguments depends on which options are set.
2424
2425
2426 .section "Setting options by program name"
2427 .cindex "&'mailq'&"
2428 If Exim is called under the name &'mailq'&, it behaves as if the option &%-bp%&
2429 were present before any other options.
2430 The &%-bp%& option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
2431 standard output.
2432 This feature is for compatibility with some systems that contain a command of
2433 that name in one of the standard libraries, symbolically linked to
2434 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&.
2435
2436 .cindex "&'rsmtp'&"
2437 If Exim is called under the name &'rsmtp'& it behaves as if the option &%-bS%&
2438 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The
2439 &%-bS%& option is used for reading in a number of messages in batched SMTP
2440 format.
2441
2442 .cindex "&'rmail'&"
2443 If Exim is called under the name &'rmail'& it behaves as if the &%-i%& and
2444 &%-oee%& options were present before any other options, for compatibility with
2445 Smail. The name &'rmail'& is used as an interface by some UUCP systems.
2446
2447 .cindex "&'runq'&"
2448 .cindex "queue runner"
2449 If Exim is called under the name &'runq'& it behaves as if the option &%-q%&
2450 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The &%-q%&
2451 option causes a single queue runner process to be started.
2452
2453 .cindex "&'newaliases'&"
2454 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2455 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "calling Exim as &'newaliases'&"
2456 If Exim is called under the name &'newaliases'& it behaves as if the option
2457 &%-bi%& were present before any other options, for compatibility with Sendmail.
2458 This option is used for rebuilding Sendmail's alias file. Exim does not have
2459 the concept of a single alias file, but can be configured to run a given
2460 command if called with the &%-bi%& option.
2461
2462
2463 .section "Trusted and admin users" "SECTtrustedadmin"
2464 Some Exim options are available only to &'trusted users'& and others are
2465 available only to &'admin users'&. In the description below, the phrases &"Exim
2466 user"& and &"Exim group"& mean the user and group defined by EXIM_USER and
2467 EXIM_GROUP in &_Local/Makefile_& or set by the &%exim_user%& and
2468 &%exim_group%& options. These do not necessarily have to use the name &"exim"&.
2469
2470 .ilist
2471 .cindex "trusted user" "definition of"
2472 .cindex "user" "trusted definition of"
2473 The trusted users are root, the Exim user, any user listed in the
2474 &%trusted_users%& configuration option, and any user whose current group or any
2475 supplementary group is one of those listed in the &%trusted_groups%&
2476 configuration option. Note that the Exim group is not automatically trusted.
2477
2478 .cindex '&"From"& line'
2479 .cindex "envelope sender"
2480 Trusted users are always permitted to use the &%-f%& option or a leading
2481 &"From&~"& line to specify the envelope sender of a message that is passed to
2482 Exim through the local interface (see the &%-bm%& and &%-f%& options below).
2483 See the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of permitting non-trusted
2484 users to set envelope senders.
2485
2486 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
2487 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
2488 For a trusted user, there is never any check on the contents of the &'From:'&
2489 header line, and a &'Sender:'& line is never added. Furthermore, any existing
2490 &'Sender:'& line in incoming local (non-TCP/IP) messages is not removed.
2491
2492 Trusted users may also specify a host name, host address, interface address,
2493 protocol name, ident value, and authentication data when submitting a message
2494 locally. Thus, they are able to insert messages into Exim's queue locally that
2495 have the characteristics of messages received from a remote host. Untrusted
2496 users may in some circumstances use &%-f%&, but can never set the other values
2497 that are available to trusted users.
2498 .next
2499 .cindex "user" "admin definition of"
2500 .cindex "admin user" "definition of"
2501 The admin users are root, the Exim user, and any user that is a member of the
2502 Exim group or of any group listed in the &%admin_groups%& configuration option.
2503 The current group does not have to be one of these groups.
2504
2505 Admin users are permitted to list the queue, and to carry out certain
2506 operations on messages, for example, to force delivery failures. It is also
2507 necessary to be an admin user in order to see the full information provided by
2508 the Exim monitor, and full debugging output.
2509
2510 By default, the use of the &%-M%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options to cause
2511 Exim to attempt delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users.
2512 However, this restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%prod_requires_admin%&
2513 option false (that is, specifying &%no_prod_requires_admin%&).
2514
2515 Similarly, the use of the &%-bp%& option to list all the messages in the queue
2516 is restricted to admin users unless &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set
2517 false.
2518 .endlist
2519
2520
2521 &*Warning*&: If you configure your system so that admin users are able to
2522 edit Exim's configuration file, you are giving those users an easy way of
2523 getting root. There is further discussion of this issue at the start of chapter
2524 &<<CHAPconf>>&.
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529 .section "Command line options"
2530 .new
2531 Exim's command line options are described in alphabetical order below. If none
2532 of the options that specifies a specific action (such as starting the daemon or
2533 a queue runner, or testing an address, or receiving a message in a specific
2534 format, or listing the queue) are present, and there is at least one argument
2535 on the command line, &%-bm%& (accept a local message on the standard input,
2536 with the arguments specifying the recipients) is assumed. Otherwise, Exim
2537 outputs a brief message about itself and exits.
2538 .wen
2539
2540 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2541 . Insert a stylized XML comment here, to identify the start of the command line
2542 . options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
2543 . creates a man page for the options.
2544 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2545
2546 .literal xml
2547 <!-- === Start of command line options === -->
2548 .literal off
2549
2550
2551 .vlist
2552 .vitem &%--%&
2553 .oindex "--"
2554 .cindex "options" "command line; terminating"
2555 This is a pseudo-option whose only purpose is to terminate the options and
2556 therefore to cause subsequent command line items to be treated as arguments
2557 rather than options, even if they begin with hyphens.
2558
2559 .vitem &%--help%&
2560 .oindex "&%--help%&"
2561 This option causes Exim to output a few sentences stating what it is.
2562 The same output is generated if the Exim binary is called with no options and
2563 no arguments.
2564
2565 .vitem &%-B%&<&'type'&>
2566 .oindex "&%-B%&"
2567 .cindex "8-bit characters"
2568 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "8-bit characters"
2569 This is a Sendmail option for selecting 7 or 8 bit processing. Exim is 8-bit
2570 clean; it ignores this option.
2571
2572 .vitem &%-bd%&
2573 .oindex "&%-bd%&"
2574 .cindex "daemon"
2575 .cindex "SMTP listener"
2576 .cindex "queue runner"
2577 This option runs Exim as a daemon, awaiting incoming SMTP connections. Usually
2578 the &%-bd%& option is combined with the &%-q%&<&'time'&> option, to specify
2579 that the daemon should also initiate periodic queue runs.
2580
2581 The &%-bd%& option can be used only by an admin user. If either of the &%-d%&
2582 (debugging) or &%-v%& (verifying) options are set, the daemon does not
2583 disconnect from the controlling terminal. When running this way, it can be
2584 stopped by pressing ctrl-C.
2585
2586 By default, Exim listens for incoming connections to the standard SMTP port on
2587 all the host's running interfaces. However, it is possible to listen on other
2588 ports, on multiple ports, and only on specific interfaces. Chapter
2589 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a description of the options that control this.
2590
2591 When a listening daemon
2592 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2593 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2594 is started without the use of &%-oX%& (that is, without overriding the normal
2595 configuration), it writes its process id to a file called &_exim-daemon.pid_&
2596 in Exim's spool directory. This location can be overridden by setting
2597 PID_FILE_PATH in &_Local/Makefile_&. The file is written while Exim is still
2598 running as root.
2599
2600 When &%-oX%& is used on the command line to start a listening daemon, the
2601 process id is not written to the normal pid file path. However, &%-oP%& can be
2602 used to specify a path on the command line if a pid file is required.
2603
2604 The SIGHUP signal
2605 .cindex "SIGHUP"
2606 can be used to cause the daemon to re-exec itself. This should be done whenever
2607 Exim's configuration file, or any file that is incorporated into it by means of
2608 the &%.include%& facility, is changed, and also whenever a new version of Exim
2609 is installed. It is not necessary to do this when other files that are
2610 referenced from the configuration (for example, alias files) are changed,
2611 because these are reread each time they are used.
2612
2613 .vitem &%-bdf%&
2614 .oindex "&%-bdf%&"
2615 This option has the same effect as &%-bd%& except that it never disconnects
2616 from the controlling terminal, even when no debugging is specified.
2617
2618 .vitem &%-be%&
2619 .oindex "&%-be%&"
2620 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
2621 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
2622 Run Exim in expansion testing mode. Exim discards its root privilege, to
2623 prevent ordinary users from using this mode to read otherwise inaccessible
2624 files. If no arguments are given, Exim runs interactively, prompting for lines
2625 of data. Otherwise, it processes each argument in turn.
2626
2627 If Exim was built with USE_READLINE=yes in &_Local/Makefile_&, it tries
2628 to load the &%libreadline%& library dynamically whenever the &%-be%& option is
2629 used without command line arguments. If successful, it uses the &[readline()]&
2630 function, which provides extensive line-editing facilities, for reading the
2631 test data. A line history is supported.
2632
2633 Long expansion expressions can be split over several lines by using backslash
2634 continuations. As in Exim's run time configuration, white space at the start of
2635 continuation lines is ignored. Each argument or data line is passed through the
2636 string expansion mechanism, and the result is output. Variable values from the
2637 configuration file (for example, &$qualify_domain$&) are available, but no
2638 message-specific values (such as &$domain$&) are set, because no message is
2639 being processed.
2640
2641 &*Note*&: If you use this mechanism to test lookups, and you change the data
2642 files or databases you are using, you must exit and restart Exim before trying
2643 the same lookup again. Otherwise, because each Exim process caches the results
2644 of lookups, you will just get the same result as before.
2645
2646 .vitem &%-bF%&&~<&'filename'&>
2647 .oindex "&%-bF%&"
2648 .cindex "system filter" "testing"
2649 .cindex "testing" "system filter"
2650 This option is the same as &%-bf%& except that it assumes that the filter being
2651 tested is a system filter. The additional commands that are available only in
2652 system filters are recognized.
2653
2654 .vitem &%-bf%&&~<&'filename'&>
2655 .oindex "&%-bf%&"
2656 .cindex "filter" "testing"
2657 .cindex "testing" "filter file"
2658 .cindex "forward file" "testing"
2659 .cindex "testing" "forward file"
2660 .cindex "Sieve filter" "testing"
2661 This option runs Exim in user filter testing mode; the file is the filter file
2662 to be tested, and a test message must be supplied on the standard input. If
2663 there are no message-dependent tests in the filter, an empty file can be
2664 supplied.
2665
2666 If you want to test a system filter file, use &%-bF%& instead of &%-bf%&. You
2667 can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command, in order to test a system
2668 filter and a user filter in the same run. For example:
2669 .code
2670 exim -bF /system/filter -bf /user/filter </test/message
2671 .endd
2672 This is helpful when the system filter adds header lines or sets filter
2673 variables that are used by the user filter.
2674
2675 If the test filter file does not begin with one of the special lines
2676 .code
2677 # Exim filter
2678 # Sieve filter
2679 .endd
2680 it is taken to be a normal &_.forward_& file, and is tested for validity under
2681 that interpretation. See sections &<<SECTitenonfilred>>& to
2682 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for a description of the possible contents of non-filter
2683 redirection lists.
2684
2685 The result of an Exim command that uses &%-bf%&, provided no errors are
2686 detected, is a list of the actions that Exim would try to take if presented
2687 with the message for real. More details of filter testing are given in the
2688 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
2689
2690 When testing a filter file,
2691 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2692 .cindex "envelope sender"
2693 .cindex "&%-f%& option" "for filter testing"
2694 the envelope sender can be set by the &%-f%& option,
2695 or by a &"From&~"& line at the start of the test message. Various parameters
2696 that would normally be taken from the envelope recipient address of the message
2697 can be set by means of additional command line options (see the next four
2698 options).
2699
2700 .vitem &%-bfd%&&~<&'domain'&>
2701 .oindex "&%-bfd%&"
2702 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
2703 This sets the domain of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2704 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the value of
2705 &$qualify_domain$&.
2706
2707 .vitem &%-bfl%&&~<&'local&~part'&>
2708 .oindex "&%-bfl%&"
2709 This sets the local part of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2710 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the username of the
2711 process that calls Exim. A local part should be specified with any prefix or
2712 suffix stripped, because that is how it appears to the filter when a message is
2713 actually being delivered.
2714
2715 .vitem &%-bfp%&&~<&'prefix'&>
2716 .oindex "&%-bfp%&"
2717 This sets the prefix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2718 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2719 prefix.
2720
2721 .vitem &%-bfs%&&~<&'suffix'&>
2722 .oindex "&%-bfs%&"
2723 This sets the suffix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2724 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2725 suffix.
2726
2727 .vitem &%-bh%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2728 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
2729 .cindex "testing" "incoming SMTP"
2730 .cindex "SMTP" "testing incoming"
2731 .cindex "testing" "relay control"
2732 .cindex "relaying" "testing configuration"
2733 .cindex "policy control" "testing"
2734 .cindex "debugging" "&%-bh%& option"
2735 This option runs a fake SMTP session as if from the given IP address, using the
2736 standard input and output. The IP address may include a port number at the end,
2737 after a full stop. For example:
2738 .code
2739 exim -bh 10.9.8.7.1234
2740 exim -bh fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678
2741 .endd
2742 When an IPv6 address is given, it is converted into canonical form. In the case
2743 of the second example above, the value of &$sender_host_address$& after
2744 conversion to the canonical form is
2745 &`fe80:0000:0000:0a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678`&.
2746
2747 Comments as to what is going on are written to the standard error file. These
2748 include lines beginning with &"LOG"& for anything that would have been logged.
2749 This facility is provided for testing configuration options for incoming
2750 messages, to make sure they implement the required policy. For example, you can
2751 test your relay controls using &%-bh%&.
2752
2753 &*Warning 1*&:
2754 .cindex "RFC 1413"
2755 .new
2756 You can test features of the configuration that rely on ident (RFC 1413)
2757 information by using the &%-oMt%& option. However, Exim cannot actually perform
2758 an ident callout when testing using &%-bh%& because there is no incoming SMTP
2759 connection.
2760 .wen
2761
2762 &*Warning 2*&: Address verification callouts (see section &<<SECTcallver>>&)
2763 are also skipped when testing using &%-bh%&. If you want these callouts to
2764 occur, use &%-bhc%& instead.
2765
2766 .new
2767 Messages supplied during the testing session are discarded, and nothing is
2768 written to any of the real log files. There may be pauses when DNS (and other)
2769 lookups are taking place, and of course these may time out. The &%-oMi%& option
2770 can be used to specify a specific IP interface and port if this is important,
2771 and &%-oMaa%& and &%-oMai%& can be used to set parameters as if the SMTP
2772 session were authenticated.
2773 .wen
2774
2775 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%& whose
2776 output just states whether a given recipient address from a given host is
2777 acceptable or not. See section &<<SECTcheckaccess>>&.
2778
2779 .vitem &%-bhc%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2780 .oindex "&%-bhc%&"
2781 This option operates in the same way as &%-bh%&, except that address
2782 verification callouts are performed if required. This includes consulting and
2783 updating the callout cache database.
2784
2785 .vitem &%-bi%&
2786 .oindex "&%-bi%&"
2787 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2788 .cindex "building alias file"
2789 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-bi%& option"
2790 Sendmail interprets the &%-bi%& option as a request to rebuild its alias file.
2791 Exim does not have the concept of a single alias file, and so it cannot mimic
2792 this behaviour. However, calls to &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& with the &%-bi%& option
2793 tend to appear in various scripts such as NIS make files, so the option must be
2794 recognized.
2795
2796 If &%-bi%& is encountered, the command specified by the &%bi_command%&
2797 configuration option is run, under the uid and gid of the caller of Exim. If
2798 the &%-oA%& option is used, its value is passed to the command as an argument.
2799 The command set by &%bi_command%& may not contain arguments. The command can
2800 use the &'exim_dbmbuild'& utility, or some other means, to rebuild alias files
2801 if this is required. If the &%bi_command%& option is not set, calling Exim with
2802 &%-bi%& is a no-op.
2803
2804 .vitem &%-bm%&
2805 .oindex "&%-bm%&"
2806 .cindex "local message reception"
2807 This option runs an Exim receiving process that accepts an incoming,
2808 locally-generated message on the current input. The recipients are given as the
2809 command arguments (except when &%-t%& is also present &-- see below). Each
2810 argument can be a comma-separated list of RFC 2822 addresses. This is the
2811 default option for selecting the overall action of an Exim call; it is assumed
2812 if no other conflicting option is present.
2813
2814 If any addresses in the message are unqualified (have no domain), they are
2815 qualified by the values of the &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&
2816 options, as appropriate. The &%-bnq%& option (see below) provides a way of
2817 suppressing this for special cases.
2818
2819 Policy checks on the contents of local messages can be enforced by means of
2820 the non-SMTP ACL. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details.
2821
2822 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bm%&"
2823 The return code is zero if the message is successfully accepted. Otherwise, the
2824 action is controlled by the &%-oe%&&'x'& option setting &-- see below.
2825
2826 The format
2827 .cindex "message" "format"
2828 .cindex "format" "message"
2829 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2830 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
2831 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
2832 of the message must be as defined in RFC 2822, except that, for
2833 compatibility with Sendmail and Smail, a line in one of the forms
2834 .code
2835 From sender Fri Jan 5 12:55 GMT 1997
2836 From sender Fri, 5 Jan 97 12:55:01
2837 .endd
2838 (with the weekday optional, and possibly with additional text after the date)
2839 is permitted to appear at the start of the message. There appears to be no
2840 authoritative specification of the format of this line. Exim recognizes it by
2841 matching against the regular expression defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%&
2842 option, which can be changed if necessary.
2843
2844 The
2845 .cindex "&%-f%& option" "overriding &""From""& line"
2846 specified sender is treated as if it were given as the argument to the
2847 &%-f%& option, but if a &%-f%& option is also present, its argument is used in
2848 preference to the address taken from the message. The caller of Exim must be a
2849 trusted user for the sender of a message to be set in this way.
2850
2851 .vitem &%-bnq%&
2852 .oindex "&%-bnq%&"
2853 .cindex "address qualification" "suppressing"
2854 By default, Exim automatically qualifies unqualified addresses (those
2855 without domains) that appear in messages that are submitted locally (that
2856 is, not over TCP/IP). This qualification applies both to addresses in
2857 envelopes, and addresses in header lines. Sender addresses are qualified using
2858 &%qualify_domain%&, and recipient addresses using &%qualify_recipient%& (which
2859 defaults to the value of &%qualify_domain%&).
2860
2861 Sometimes, qualification is not wanted. For example, if &%-bS%& (batch SMTP) is
2862 being used to re-submit messages that originally came from remote hosts after
2863 content scanning, you probably do not want to qualify unqualified addresses in
2864 header lines. (Such lines will be present only if you have not enabled a header
2865 syntax check in the appropriate ACL.)
2866
2867 The &%-bnq%& option suppresses all qualification of unqualified addresses in
2868 messages that originate on the local host. When this is used, unqualified
2869 addresses in the envelope provoke errors (causing message rejection) and
2870 unqualified addresses in header lines are left alone.
2871
2872
2873 .vitem &%-bP%&
2874 .oindex "&%-bP%&"
2875 .cindex "configuration options" "extracting"
2876 .cindex "options" "configuration &-- extracting"
2877 If this option is given with no arguments, it causes the values of all Exim's
2878 main configuration options to be written to the standard output. The values
2879 of one or more specific options can be requested by giving their names as
2880 arguments, for example:
2881 .code
2882 exim -bP qualify_domain hold_domains
2883 .endd
2884 However, any option setting that is preceded by the word &"hide"& in the
2885 configuration file is not shown in full, except to an admin user. For other
2886 users, the output is as in this example:
2887 .code
2888 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
2889 .endd
2890 If &%configure_file%& is given as an argument, the name of the run time
2891 configuration file is output.
2892 If a list of configuration files was supplied, the value that is output here
2893 is the name of the file that was actually used.
2894
2895 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2896 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2897 If &%log_file_path%& or &%pid_file_path%& are given, the names of the
2898 directories where log files and daemon pid files are written are output,
2899 respectively. If these values are unset, log files are written in a
2900 sub-directory of the spool directory called &%log%&, and the pid file is
2901 written directly into the spool directory.
2902
2903 If &%-bP%& is followed by a name preceded by &`+`&, for example,
2904 .code
2905 exim -bP +local_domains
2906 .endd
2907 it searches for a matching named list of any type (domain, host, address, or
2908 local part) and outputs what it finds.
2909
2910 .cindex "options" "router &-- extracting"
2911 .cindex "options" "transport &-- extracting"
2912 If one of the words &%router%&, &%transport%&, or &%authenticator%& is given,
2913 followed by the name of an appropriate driver instance, the option settings for
2914 that driver are output. For example:
2915 .code
2916 exim -bP transport local_delivery
2917 .endd
2918 The generic driver options are output first, followed by the driver's private
2919 options. A list of the names of drivers of a particular type can be obtained by
2920 using one of the words &%router_list%&, &%transport_list%&, or
2921 &%authenticator_list%&, and a complete list of all drivers with their option
2922 settings can be obtained by using &%routers%&, &%transports%&, or
2923 &%authenticators%&.
2924
2925
2926 .vitem &%-bp%&
2927 .oindex "&%-bp%&"
2928 .cindex "queue" "listing messages on"
2929 .cindex "listing" "messages on the queue"
2930 This option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
2931 standard output. If the &%-bp%& option is followed by a list of message ids,
2932 just those messages are listed. By default, this option can be used only by an
2933 admin user. However, the &%queue_list_requires_admin%& option can be set false
2934 to allow any user to see the queue.
2935
2936 Each message on the queue is displayed as in the following example:
2937 .code
2938 25m 2.9K 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 <alice@wonderland.fict.example>
2939 red.king@looking-glass.fict.example
2940 <other addresses>
2941 .endd
2942 .cindex "message" "size in queue listing"
2943 .cindex "size" "of message"
2944 The first line contains the length of time the message has been on the queue
2945 (in this case 25 minutes), the size of the message (2.9K), the unique local
2946 identifier for the message, and the message sender, as contained in the
2947 envelope. For bounce messages, the sender address is empty, and appears as
2948 &"<>"&. If the message was submitted locally by an untrusted user who overrode
2949 the default sender address, the user's login name is shown in parentheses
2950 before the sender address.
2951
2952 .cindex "frozen messages" "in queue listing"
2953 If the message is frozen (attempts to deliver it are suspended) then the text
2954 &"*** frozen ***"& is displayed at the end of this line.
2955
2956 The recipients of the message (taken from the envelope, not the headers) are
2957 displayed on subsequent lines. Those addresses to which the message has already
2958 been delivered are marked with the letter D. If an original address gets
2959 expanded into several addresses via an alias or forward file, the original is
2960 displayed with a D only when deliveries for all of its child addresses are
2961 complete.
2962
2963
2964 .vitem &%-bpa%&
2965 .oindex "&%-bpa%&"
2966 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but in addition it shows delivered addresses
2967 that were generated from the original top level address(es) in each message by
2968 alias or forwarding operations. These addresses are flagged with &"+D"& instead
2969 of just &"D"&.
2970
2971
2972 .vitem &%-bpc%&
2973 .oindex "&%-bpc%&"
2974 .cindex "queue" "count of messages on"
2975 This option counts the number of messages on the queue, and writes the total
2976 to the standard output. It is restricted to admin users, unless
2977 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false.
2978
2979
2980 .vitem &%-bpr%&
2981 .oindex "&%-bpr%&"
2982 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but the output is not sorted into
2983 chronological order of message arrival. This can speed it up when there are
2984 lots of messages on the queue, and is particularly useful if the output is
2985 going to be post-processed in a way that doesn't need the sorting.
2986
2987 .vitem &%-bpra%&
2988 .oindex "&%-bpra%&"
2989 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpa%&.
2990
2991 .vitem &%-bpru%&
2992 .oindex "&%-bpru%&"
2993 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpu%&.
2994
2995
2996 .vitem &%-bpu%&
2997 .oindex "&%-bpu%&"
2998 This option operates like &%-bp%& but shows only undelivered top-level
2999 addresses for each message displayed. Addresses generated by aliasing or
3000 forwarding are not shown, unless the message was deferred after processing by a
3001 router with the &%one_time%& option set.
3002
3003
3004 .vitem &%-brt%&
3005 .oindex "&%-brt%&"
3006 .cindex "testing" "retry configuration"
3007 .cindex "retry" "configuration testing"
3008 This option is for testing retry rules, and it must be followed by up to three
3009 arguments. It causes Exim to look for a retry rule that matches the values
3010 and to write it to the standard output. For example:
3011 .code
3012 exim -brt bach.comp.mus.example
3013 Retry rule: *.comp.mus.example F,2h,15m; F,4d,30m;
3014 .endd
3015 See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for a description of Exim's retry rules. The first
3016 argument, which is required, can be a complete address in the form
3017 &'local_part@domain'&, or it can be just a domain name. If the second argument
3018 contains a dot, it is interpreted as an optional second domain name; if no
3019 retry rule is found for the first argument, the second is tried. This ties in
3020 with Exim's behaviour when looking for retry rules for remote hosts &-- if no
3021 rule is found that matches the host, one that matches the mail domain is
3022 sought. Finally, an argument that is the name of a specific delivery error, as
3023 used in setting up retry rules, can be given. For example:
3024 .code
3025 exim -brt haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d
3026 Retry rule: *@haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d F,1h,15m
3027 .endd
3028
3029 .vitem &%-brw%&
3030 .oindex "&%-brw%&"
3031 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
3032 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
3033 This option is for testing address rewriting rules, and it must be followed by
3034 a single argument, consisting of either a local part without a domain, or a
3035 complete address with a fully qualified domain. Exim outputs how this address
3036 would be rewritten for each possible place it might appear. See chapter
3037 &<<CHAPrewrite>>& for further details.
3038
3039 .vitem &%-bS%&
3040 .oindex "&%-bS%&"
3041 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
3042 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
3043 This option is used for batched SMTP input, which is an alternative interface
3044 for non-interactive local message submission. A number of messages can be
3045 submitted in a single run. However, despite its name, this is not really SMTP
3046 input. Exim reads each message's envelope from SMTP commands on the standard
3047 input, but generates no responses. If the caller is trusted, or
3048 &%untrusted_set_sender%& is set, the senders in the SMTP MAIL commands are
3049 believed; otherwise the sender is always the caller of Exim.
3050
3051 The message itself is read from the standard input, in SMTP format (leading
3052 dots doubled), terminated by a line containing just a single dot. An error is
3053 provoked if the terminating dot is missing. A further message may then follow.
3054
3055 As for other local message submissions, the contents of incoming batch SMTP
3056 messages can be checked using the non-SMTP ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&).
3057 Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using &%qualify_domain%& and
3058 &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the &%-bnq%& option is used.
3059
3060 Some other SMTP commands are recognized in the input. HELO and EHLO act
3061 as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN, and HELP act as NOOP;
3062 QUIT quits, ignoring the rest of the standard input.
3063
3064 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bS%&"
3065 If any error is encountered, reports are written to the standard output and
3066 error streams, and Exim gives up immediately. The return code is 0 if no error
3067 was detected; it is 1 if one or more messages were accepted before the error
3068 was detected; otherwise it is 2.
3069
3070 More details of input using batched SMTP are given in section
3071 &<<SECTincomingbatchedSMTP>>&.
3072
3073 .vitem &%-bs%&
3074 .oindex "&%-bs%&"
3075 .cindex "SMTP" "local input"
3076 .cindex "local SMTP input"
3077 This option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by reading SMTP commands
3078 on the standard input, and producing SMTP replies on the standard output. SMTP
3079 policy controls, as defined in ACLs (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&) are applied.
3080 Some user agents use this interface as a way of passing locally-generated
3081 messages to the MTA.
3082
3083 In
3084 .cindex "sender" "source of"
3085 this usage, if the caller of Exim is trusted, or &%untrusted_set_sender%& is
3086 set, the senders of messages are taken from the SMTP MAIL commands.
3087 Otherwise the content of these commands is ignored and the sender is set up as
3088 the calling user. Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using
3089 &%qualify_domain%& and &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the
3090 &%-bnq%& option is used.
3091
3092 .cindex "inetd"
3093 The
3094 &%-bs%& option is also used to run Exim from &'inetd'&, as an alternative to
3095 using a listening daemon. Exim can distinguish the two cases by checking
3096 whether the standard input is a TCP/IP socket. When Exim is called from
3097 &'inetd'&, the source of the mail is assumed to be remote, and the comments
3098 above concerning senders and qualification do not apply. In this situation,
3099 Exim behaves in exactly the same way as it does when receiving a message via
3100 the listening daemon.
3101
3102 .vitem &%-bt%&
3103 .oindex "&%-bt%&"
3104 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
3105 .cindex "address" "testing"
3106 This option runs Exim in address testing mode, in which each argument is taken
3107 as an address to be tested for deliverability. The results are written to the
3108 standard output. If a test fails, and the caller is not an admin user, no
3109 details of the failure are output, because these might contain sensitive
3110 information such as usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3111
3112 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3113 right angle bracket for addresses to be tested.
3114
3115 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3116 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'root'& and there are
3117 security issues.
3118
3119 Each address is handled as if it were the recipient address of a message
3120 (compare the &%-bv%& option). It is passed to the routers and the result is
3121 written to the standard output. However, any router that has
3122 &%no_address_test%& set is bypassed. This can make &%-bt%& easier to use for
3123 genuine routing tests if your first router passes everything to a scanner
3124 program.
3125
3126 The
3127 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bt%&"
3128 return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3129 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3130 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3131
3132 .new
3133 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
3134 &*Note*&: When actually delivering a message, Exim removes duplicate recipient
3135 addresses after routing is complete, so that only one delivery takes place.
3136 This does not happen when testing with &%-bt%&; the full results of routing are
3137 always shown.
3138 .wen
3139
3140 &*Warning*&: &%-bt%& can only do relatively simple testing. If any of the
3141 routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender address of a
3142 message,
3143 .cindex "&%-f%& option" "for address testing"
3144 you can use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate sender when running
3145 &%-bt%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the calling user at the
3146 default qualifying domain. However, if you have set up (for example) routers
3147 whose behaviour depends on the contents of an incoming message, you cannot test
3148 those conditions using &%-bt%&. The &%-N%& option provides a possible way of
3149 doing such tests.
3150
3151 .vitem &%-bV%&
3152 .oindex "&%-bV%&"
3153 .cindex "version number of Exim" "verifying"
3154 This option causes Exim to write the current version number, compilation
3155 number, and compilation date of the &'exim'& binary to the standard output.
3156 It also lists the DBM library this is being used, the optional modules (such as
3157 specific lookup types), the drivers that are included in the binary, and the
3158 name of the run time configuration file that is in use.
3159
3160 As part of its operation, &%-bV%& causes Exim to read and syntax check its
3161 configuration file. However, this is a static check only. It cannot check
3162 values that are to be expanded. For example, although a misspelt ACL verb is
3163 detected, an error in the verb's arguments is not. You cannot rely on &%-bV%&
3164 alone to discover (for example) all the typos in the configuration; some
3165 realistic testing is needed. The &%-bh%& and &%-N%& options provide more
3166 dynamic testing facilities.
3167
3168 .vitem &%-bv%&
3169 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
3170 .cindex "verifying address" "using &%-bv%&"
3171 .cindex "address" "verification"
3172 .new
3173 This option runs Exim in address verification mode, in which each argument is
3174 taken as an address to be verified by the routers. (This does not involve any
3175 verification callouts). During normal operation, verification happens mostly as
3176 a consequence processing a &%verify%& condition in an ACL (see chapter
3177 &<<CHAPACL>>&). If you want to test an entire ACL, possibly including callouts,
3178 see the &%-bh%& and &%-bhc%& options.
3179 .wen
3180
3181 If verification fails, and the caller is not an admin user, no details of the
3182 failure are output, because these might contain sensitive information such as
3183 usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3184
3185 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3186 right angle bracket for addresses to be verified.
3187
3188 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3189 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'exim'& and there are
3190 security issues.
3191
3192 Verification differs from address testing (the &%-bt%& option) in that routers
3193 that have &%no_verify%& set are skipped, and if the address is accepted by a
3194 router that has &%fail_verify%& set, verification fails. The address is
3195 verified as a recipient if &%-bv%& is used; to test verification for a sender
3196 address, &%-bvs%& should be used.
3197
3198 If the &%-v%& option is not set, the output consists of a single line for each
3199 address, stating whether it was verified or not, and giving a reason in the
3200 latter case. Otherwise, more details are given of how the address has been
3201 handled, and in the case of address redirection, all the generated addresses
3202 are also considered. Without &%-v%&, generating more than one address by
3203 redirection causes verification to end successfully.
3204
3205 The
3206 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bv%&"
3207 return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3208 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3209 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3210
3211 If any of the routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender
3212 address of a message, you should use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate
3213 sender when running &%-bv%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the
3214 calling user at the default qualifying domain.
3215
3216 .vitem &%-bvs%&
3217 .oindex "&%-bvs%&"
3218 This option acts like &%-bv%&, but verifies the address as a sender rather
3219 than a recipient address. This affects any rewriting and qualification that
3220 might happen.
3221
3222 .vitem &%-C%&&~<&'filelist'&>
3223 .oindex "&%-C%&"
3224 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
3225 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
3226 .cindex "alternate configuration file"
3227 This option causes Exim to find the run time configuration file from the given
3228 list instead of from the list specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE
3229 compile-time setting. Usually, the list will consist of just a single file
3230 name, but it can be a colon-separated list of names. In this case, the first
3231 file that exists is used. Failure to open an existing file stops Exim from
3232 proceeding any further along the list, and an error is generated.
3233
3234 When this option is used by a caller other than root or the Exim user, and the
3235 list is different from the compiled-in list, Exim gives up its root privilege
3236 immediately, and runs with the real and effective uid and gid set to those of
3237 the caller. However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in
3238 &_Local/Makefile_&, root privilege is retained for &%-C%& only if the caller of
3239 Exim is root.
3240
3241 That is, the Exim user is no longer privileged in this regard. This build-time
3242 option is not set by default in the Exim source distribution tarbundle.
3243 However, if you are using a &"packaged"& version of Exim (source or binary),
3244 the packagers might have enabled it.
3245
3246 Setting ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY locks out the possibility of testing a
3247 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
3248 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
3249 as the Exim user, so when it re-executes to regain privilege for the delivery,
3250 the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception
3251 and delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue,
3252 using &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
3253
3254 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
3255 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option
3256 must start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &`/../`&.
3257 However, if the value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of
3258 CONFIGURE_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as
3259 usual. There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is
3260 unset, any file name can be used with &%-C%&.
3261
3262 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be used to confine alternative configuration files
3263 to a directory to which only root has access. This prevents someone who has
3264 broken into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
3265 configuration file.
3266
3267 The &%-C%& facility is useful for ensuring that configuration files are
3268 syntactically correct, but cannot be used for test deliveries, unless the
3269 caller is privileged, or unless it is an exotic configuration that does not
3270 require privilege. No check is made on the owner or group of the files
3271 specified by this option.
3272
3273 .vitem &%-D%&<&'macro'&>=<&'value'&>
3274 .oindex "&%-D%&"
3275 .cindex "macro" "setting on command line"
3276 This option can be used to override macro definitions in the configuration file
3277 (see section &<<SECTmacrodefs>>&). However, like &%-C%&, if it is used by an
3278 unprivileged caller, it causes Exim to give up its root privilege.
3279 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
3280 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
3281
3282 The entire option (including equals sign if present) must all be within one
3283 command line item. &%-D%& can be used to set the value of a macro to the empty
3284 string, in which case the equals sign is optional. These two commands are
3285 synonymous:
3286 .code
3287 exim -DABC ...
3288 exim -DABC= ...
3289 .endd
3290 To include spaces in a macro definition item, quotes must be used. If you use
3291 quotes, spaces are permitted around the macro name and the equals sign. For
3292 example:
3293 .code
3294 exim '-D ABC = something' ...
3295 .endd
3296 &%-D%& may be repeated up to 10 times on a command line.
3297
3298 .vitem &%-d%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3299 .oindex "&%-d%&"
3300 .cindex "debugging" "list of selectors"
3301 .cindex "debugging" "&%-d%& option"
3302 This option causes debugging information to be written to the standard
3303 error stream. It is restricted to admin users because debugging output may show
3304 database queries that contain password information. Also, the details of users'
3305 filter files should be protected. When &%-d%& is used, &%-v%& is assumed. If
3306 &%-d%& is given on its own, a lot of standard debugging data is output. This
3307 can be reduced, or increased to include some more rarely needed information, by
3308 directly following &%-d%& with a string made up of names preceded by plus or
3309 minus characters. These add or remove sets of debugging data, respectively. For
3310 example, &%-d+filter%& adds filter debugging, whereas &%-d-all+filter%& selects
3311 only filter debugging. Note that no spaces are allowed in the debug setting.
3312 The available debugging categories are:
3313 .display
3314 &`acl `& ACL interpretation
3315 &`auth `& authenticators
3316 &`deliver `& general delivery logic
3317 &`dns `& DNS lookups (see also resolver)
3318 &`dnsbl `& DNS black list (aka RBL) code
3319 &`exec `& arguments for &[execv()]& calls
3320 &`expand `& detailed debugging for string expansions
3321 &`filter `& filter handling
3322 &`hints_lookup `& hints data lookups
3323 &`host_lookup `& all types of name-to-IP address handling
3324 &`ident `& ident lookup
3325 &`interface `& lists of local interfaces
3326 &`lists `& matching things in lists
3327 &`load `& system load checks
3328 &`local_scan `& can be used by &[local_scan()]& (see chapter &&&
3329 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&)
3330 &`lookup `& general lookup code and all lookups
3331 &`memory `& memory handling
3332 &`pid `& add pid to debug output lines
3333 &`process_info `& setting info for the process log
3334 &`queue_run `& queue runs
3335 &`receive `& general message reception logic
3336 &`resolver `& turn on the DNS resolver's debugging output
3337 &`retry `& retry handling
3338 &`rewrite `& address rewriting
3339 &`route `& address routing
3340 &`timestamp `& add timestamp to debug output lines
3341 &`tls `& TLS logic
3342 &`transport `& transports
3343 &`uid `& changes of uid/gid and looking up uid/gid
3344 &`verify `& address verification logic
3345 &`all `& almost all of the above (see below), and also &%-v%&
3346 .endd
3347 The &`all`& option excludes &`memory`& when used as &`+all`&, but includes it
3348 for &`-all`&. The reason for this is that &`+all`& is something that people
3349 tend to use when generating debug output for Exim maintainers. If &`+memory`&
3350 is included, an awful lot of output that is very rarely of interest is
3351 generated, so it now has to be explicitly requested. However, &`-all`& does
3352 turn everything off.
3353
3354 .cindex "resolver" "debugging output"
3355 .cindex "DNS resolver" "debugging output"
3356 The &`resolver`& option produces output only if the DNS resolver was compiled
3357 with DEBUG enabled. This is not the case in some operating systems. Also,
3358 unfortunately, debugging output from the DNS resolver is written to stdout
3359 rather than stderr.
3360
3361 The default (&%-d%& with no argument) omits &`expand`&, &`filter`&,
3362 &`interface`&, &`load`&, &`memory`&, &`pid`&, &`resolver`&, and &`timestamp`&.
3363 However, the &`pid`& selector is forced when debugging is turned on for a
3364 daemon, which then passes it on to any re-executed Exims. Exim also
3365 automatically adds the pid to debug lines when several remote deliveries are
3366 run in parallel.
3367
3368 The &`timestamp`& selector causes the current time to be inserted at the start
3369 of all debug output lines. This can be useful when trying to track down delays
3370 in processing.
3371
3372 If the &%debug_print%& option is set in any driver, it produces output whenever
3373 any debugging is selected, or if &%-v%& is used.
3374
3375 .vitem &%-dd%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3376 .oindex "&%-dd%&"
3377 This option behaves exactly like &%-d%& except when used on a command that
3378 starts a daemon process. In that case, debugging is turned off for the
3379 subprocesses that the daemon creates. Thus, it is useful for monitoring the
3380 behaviour of the daemon without creating as much output as full debugging does.
3381
3382 .vitem &%-dropcr%&
3383 .oindex "&%-dropcr%&"
3384 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
3385 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
3386 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
3387
3388 .vitem &%-E%&
3389 .oindex "&%-E%&"
3390 .cindex "bounce message" "generating"
3391 This option specifies that an incoming message is a locally-generated delivery
3392 failure report. It is used internally by Exim when handling delivery failures
3393 and is not intended for external use. Its only effect is to stop Exim
3394 generating certain messages to the postmaster, as otherwise message cascades
3395 could occur in some situations. As part of the same option, a message id may
3396 follow the characters &%-E%&. If it does, the log entry for the receipt of the
3397 new message contains the id, following &"R="&, as a cross-reference.
3398
3399 .vitem &%-e%&&'x'&
3400 .oindex "&%-e%&&'x'&"
3401 There are a number of Sendmail options starting with &%-oe%& which seem to be
3402 called by various programs without the leading &%o%& in the option. For
3403 example, the &%vacation%& program uses &%-eq%&. Exim treats all options of the
3404 form &%-e%&&'x'& as synonymous with the corresponding &%-oe%&&'x'& options.
3405
3406 .vitem &%-F%&&~<&'string'&>
3407 .oindex "&%-F%&"
3408 .cindex "sender" "name"
3409 .cindex "name" "of sender"
3410 This option sets the sender's full name for use when a locally-generated
3411 message is being accepted. In the absence of this option, the user's &'gecos'&
3412 entry from the password data is used. As users are generally permitted to alter
3413 their &'gecos'& entries, no security considerations are involved. White space
3414 between &%-F%& and the <&'string'&> is optional.
3415
3416 .vitem &%-f%&&~<&'address'&>
3417 .oindex "&%-f%&"
3418 .cindex "sender" "address"
3419 .cindex "address" "sender"
3420 .cindex "trusted user"
3421 .cindex "envelope sender"
3422 .cindex "user" "trusted"
3423 This option sets the address of the envelope sender of a locally-generated
3424 message (also known as the return path). The option can normally be used only
3425 by a trusted user, but &%untrusted_set_sender%& can be set to allow untrusted
3426 users to use it.
3427
3428 Processes running as root or the Exim user are always trusted. Other
3429 trusted users are defined by the &%trusted_users%& or &%trusted_groups%&
3430 options. In the absence of &%-f%&, or if the caller is not trusted, the sender
3431 of a local message is set to the caller's login name at the default qualify
3432 domain.
3433
3434 There is one exception to the restriction on the use of &%-f%&: an empty sender
3435 can be specified by any user, trusted or not, to create a message that can
3436 never provoke a bounce. An empty sender can be specified either as an empty
3437 string, or as a pair of angle brackets with nothing between them, as in these
3438 examples of shell commands:
3439 .code
3440 exim -f '<>' user@domain
3441 exim -f "" user@domain
3442 .endd
3443 In addition, the use of &%-f%& is not restricted when testing a filter file
3444 with &%-bf%& or when testing or verifying addresses using the &%-bt%& or
3445 &%-bv%& options.
3446
3447 Allowing untrusted users to change the sender address does not of itself make
3448 it possible to send anonymous mail. Exim still checks that the &'From:'& header
3449 refers to the local user, and if it does not, it adds a &'Sender:'& header,
3450 though this can be overridden by setting &%no_local_from_check%&.
3451
3452 White
3453 .cindex "&""From""& line"
3454 space between &%-f%& and the <&'address'&> is optional (that is, they can be
3455 given as two arguments or one combined argument). The sender of a
3456 locally-generated message can also be set (when permitted) by an initial
3457 &"From&~"& line in the message &-- see the description of &%-bm%& above &-- but
3458 if &%-f%& is also present, it overrides &"From&~"&.
3459
3460 .vitem &%-G%&
3461 .oindex "&%-G%&"
3462 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-G%& option ignored"
3463 This is a Sendmail option which is ignored by Exim.
3464
3465 .vitem &%-h%&&~<&'number'&>
3466 .oindex "&%-h%&"
3467 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-h%& option ignored"
3468 This option is accepted for compatibility with Sendmail, but has no effect. (In
3469 Sendmail it overrides the &"hop count"& obtained by counting &'Received:'&
3470 headers.)
3471
3472 .vitem &%-i%&
3473 .oindex "&%-i%&"
3474 .cindex "Solaris" "&'mail'& command"
3475 .cindex "dot in incoming" "non-SMTP message"
3476 This option, which has the same effect as &%-oi%&, specifies that a dot on a
3477 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. I can find
3478 no documentation for this option in Solaris 2.4 Sendmail, but the &'mailx'&
3479 command in Solaris 2.4 uses it. See also &%-ti%&.
3480
3481 .vitem &%-M%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3482 .oindex "&%-M%&"
3483 .cindex "forcing delivery"
3484 .cindex "delivery" "forcing attempt"
3485 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
3486 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn. If
3487 any of the messages are frozen, they are automatically thawed before the
3488 delivery attempt. The settings of &%queue_domains%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
3489 and &%hold_domains%& are ignored.
3490
3491 Retry
3492 .cindex "hints database" "overriding retry hints"
3493 hints for any of the addresses are overridden &-- Exim tries to deliver even if
3494 the normal retry time has not yet been reached. This option requires the caller
3495 to be an admin user. However, there is an option called &%prod_requires_admin%&
3496 which can be set false to relax this restriction (and also the same requirement
3497 for the &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options).
3498
3499 The deliveries happen synchronously, that is, the original Exim process does
3500 not terminate until all the delivery attempts have finished. No output is
3501 produced unless there is a serious error. If you want to see what is happening,
3502 use the &%-v%& option as well, or inspect Exim's main log.
3503
3504 .vitem &%-Mar%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3505 .oindex "&%-Mar%&"
3506 .cindex "message" "adding recipients"
3507 .cindex "recipient" "adding"
3508 This option requests Exim to add the addresses to the list of recipients of the
3509 message (&"ar"& for &"add recipients"&). The first argument must be a message
3510 id, and the remaining ones must be email addresses. However, if the message is
3511 active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), it is not altered. This option
3512 can be used only by an admin user.
3513
3514 .vitem "&%-MC%&&~<&'transport'&>&~<&'hostname'&>&~<&'sequence&~number'&>&&&
3515 &~<&'message&~id'&>"
3516 .oindex "&%-MC%&"
3517 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3518 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3519 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3520 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3521 by Exim to invoke another instance of itself to deliver a waiting message using
3522 an existing SMTP connection, which is passed as the standard input. Details are
3523 given in chapter &<<CHAPSMTP>>&. This must be the final option, and the caller
3524 must be root or the Exim user in order to use it.
3525
3526 .vitem &%-MCA%&
3527 .oindex "&%-MCA%&"
3528 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3529 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the
3530 connection to the remote host has been authenticated.
3531
3532 .vitem &%-MCP%&
3533 .oindex "&%-MCP%&"
3534 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3535 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the server to
3536 which Exim is connected supports pipelining.
3537
3538 .vitem &%-MCQ%&&~<&'process&~id'&>&~<&'pipe&~fd'&>
3539 .oindex "&%-MCQ%&"
3540 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3541 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option when the original delivery was
3542 started by a queue runner. It passes on the process id of the queue runner,
3543 together with the file descriptor number of an open pipe. Closure of the pipe
3544 signals the final completion of the sequence of processes that are passing
3545 messages through the same SMTP connection.
3546
3547 .vitem &%-MCS%&
3548 .oindex "&%-MCS%&"
3549 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3550 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3551 SMTP SIZE option should be used on messages delivered down the existing
3552 connection.
3553
3554 .vitem &%-MCT%&
3555 .oindex "&%-MCT%&"
3556 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3557 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3558 host to which Exim is connected supports TLS encryption.
3559
3560 .vitem &%-Mc%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3561 .oindex "&%-Mc%&"
3562 .cindex "hints database" "not overridden by &%-Mc%&"
3563 .cindex "delivery" "manually started &-- not forced"
3564 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn,
3565 but unlike the &%-M%& option, it does check for retry hints, and respects any
3566 that are found. This option is not very useful to external callers. It is
3567 provided mainly for internal use by Exim when it needs to re-invoke itself in
3568 order to regain root privilege for a delivery (see chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&).
3569 However, &%-Mc%& can be useful when testing, in order to run a delivery that
3570 respects retry times and other options such as &%hold_domains%& that are
3571 overridden when &%-M%& is used. Such a delivery does not count as a queue run.
3572 If you want to run a specific delivery as if in a queue run, you should use
3573 &%-q%& with a message id argument. A distinction between queue run deliveries
3574 and other deliveries is made in one or two places.
3575
3576 .vitem &%-Mes%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>
3577 .oindex "&%-Mes%&"
3578 .cindex "message" "changing sender"
3579 .cindex "sender" "changing"
3580 This option requests Exim to change the sender address in the message to the
3581 given address, which must be a fully qualified address or &"<>"& (&"es"& for
3582 &"edit sender"&). There must be exactly two arguments. The first argument must
3583 be a message id, and the second one an email address. However, if the message
3584 is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered.
3585 This option can be used only by an admin user.
3586
3587 .vitem &%-Mf%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3588 .oindex "&%-Mf%&"
3589 .cindex "freezing messages"
3590 .cindex "message" "manually freezing"
3591 This option requests Exim to mark each listed message as &"frozen"&. This
3592 prevents any delivery attempts taking place until the message is &"thawed"&,
3593 either manually or as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& configuration option.
3594 However, if any of the messages are active (in the middle of a delivery
3595 attempt), their status is not altered. This option can be used only by an admin
3596 user.
3597
3598 .vitem &%-Mg%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3599 .oindex "&%-Mg%&"
3600 .cindex "giving up on messages"
3601 .cindex "message" "abandoning delivery attempts"
3602 .cindex "delivery" "abandoning further attempts"
3603 This option requests Exim to give up trying to deliver the listed messages,
3604 including any that are frozen. However, if any of the messages are active,
3605 their status is not altered. For non-bounce messages, a delivery error message
3606 is sent to the sender, containing the text &"cancelled by administrator"&.
3607 Bounce messages are just discarded. This option can be used only by an admin
3608 user.
3609
3610 .vitem &%-Mmad%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3611 .oindex "&%-Mmad%&"
3612 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling all"
3613 This option requests Exim to mark all the recipient addresses in the messages
3614 as already delivered (&"mad"& for &"mark all delivered"&). However, if any
3615 message is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not
3616 altered. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3617
3618 .vitem &%-Mmd%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3619 .oindex "&%-Mmd%&"
3620 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling by address"
3621 .cindex "recipient" "removing"
3622 .cindex "removing recipients"
3623 This option requests Exim to mark the given addresses as already delivered
3624 (&"md"& for &"mark delivered"&). The first argument must be a message id, and
3625 the remaining ones must be email addresses. These are matched to recipient
3626 addresses in the message in a case-sensitive manner. If the message is active
3627 (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered. This option
3628 can be used only by an admin user.
3629
3630 .vitem &%-Mrm%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3631 .oindex "&%-Mrm%&"
3632 .cindex "removing messages"
3633 .cindex "abandoning mail"
3634 .cindex "message" "manually discarding"
3635 This option requests Exim to remove the given messages from the queue. No
3636 bounce messages are sent; each message is simply forgotten. However, if any of
3637 the messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used
3638 only by an admin user or by the user who originally caused the message to be
3639 placed on the queue.
3640
3641 .vitem &%-Mt%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3642 .oindex "&%-Mt%&"
3643 .cindex "thawing messages"
3644 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
3645 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
3646 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
3647 This option requests Exim to &"thaw"& any of the listed messages that are
3648 &"frozen"&, so that delivery attempts can resume. However, if any of the
3649 messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used only
3650 by an admin user.
3651
3652 .vitem &%-Mvb%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3653 .oindex "&%-Mvb%&"
3654 .cindex "listing" "message body"
3655 .cindex "message" "listing body of"
3656 This option causes the contents of the message body (-D) spool file to be
3657 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3658
3659 .vitem &%-Mvh%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3660 .oindex "&%-Mvh%&"
3661 .cindex "listing" "message headers"
3662 .cindex "header lines" "listing"
3663 .cindex "message" "listing header lines"
3664 This option causes the contents of the message headers (-H) spool file to be
3665 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3666
3667 .vitem &%-Mvl%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3668 .oindex "&%-Mvl%&"
3669 .cindex "listing" "message log"
3670 .cindex "message" "listing message log"
3671 This option causes the contents of the message log spool file to be written to
3672 the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3673
3674 .vitem &%-m%&
3675 .oindex "&%-m%&"
3676 This is apparently a synonym for &%-om%& that is accepted by Sendmail, so Exim
3677 treats it that way too.
3678
3679 .vitem &%-N%&
3680 .oindex "&%-N%&"
3681 .cindex "debugging" "&%-N%& option"
3682 .cindex "debugging" "suppressing delivery"
3683 This is a debugging option that inhibits delivery of a message at the transport
3684 level. It implies &%-v%&. Exim goes through many of the motions of delivery &--
3685 it just doesn't actually transport the message, but instead behaves as if it
3686 had successfully done so. However, it does not make any updates to the retry
3687 database, and the log entries for deliveries are flagged with &"*>"& rather
3688 than &"=>"&.
3689
3690 Because &%-N%& discards any message to which it applies, only root or the Exim
3691 user are allowed to use it with &%-bd%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%& or &%-M%&. In other
3692 words, an ordinary user can use it only when supplying an incoming message to
3693 which it will apply. Although transportation never fails when &%-N%& is set, an
3694 address may be deferred because of a configuration problem on a transport, or a
3695 routing problem. Once &%-N%& has been used for a delivery attempt, it sticks to
3696 the message, and applies to any subsequent delivery attempts that may happen
3697 for that message.
3698
3699 .vitem &%-n%&
3700 .oindex "&%-n%&"
3701 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-n%& option ignored"
3702 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &"no aliasing"&. It is ignored
3703 by Exim.
3704
3705 .vitem &%-O%&&~<&'data'&>
3706 .oindex "&%-O%&"
3707 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &`set option`&. It is ignored by
3708 Exim.
3709
3710 .vitem &%-oA%&&~<&'file&~name'&>
3711 .oindex "&%-oA%&"
3712 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oA%& option"
3713 This option is used by Sendmail in conjunction with &%-bi%& to specify an
3714 alternative alias file name. Exim handles &%-bi%& differently; see the
3715 description above.
3716
3717 .vitem &%-oB%&&~<&'n'&>
3718 .oindex "&%-oB%&"
3719 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3720 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3721 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3722 This is a debugging option which limits the maximum number of messages that can
3723 be delivered down one SMTP connection, overriding the value set in any &(smtp)&
3724 transport. If <&'n'&> is omitted, the limit is set to 1.
3725
3726 .vitem &%-odb%&
3727 .oindex "&%-odb%&"
3728 .cindex "background delivery"
3729 .cindex "delivery" "in the background"
3730 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3731 including the listening daemon. It requests &"background"& delivery of such
3732 messages, which means that the accepting process automatically starts a
3733 delivery process for each message received, but does not wait for the delivery
3734 processes to finish.
3735
3736 When all the messages have been received, the reception process exits,
3737 leaving the delivery processes to finish in their own time. The standard output
3738 and error streams are closed at the start of each delivery process.
3739 This is the default action if none of the &%-od%& options are present.
3740
3741 If one of the queueing options in the configuration file
3742 (&%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%&, for example) is in effect, &%-odb%&
3743 overrides it if &%queue_only_override%& is set true, which is the default
3744 setting. If &%queue_only_override%& is set false, &%-odb%& has no effect.
3745
3746 .vitem &%-odf%&
3747 .oindex "&%-odf%&"
3748 .cindex "foreground delivery"
3749 .cindex "delivery" "in the foreground"
3750 This option requests &"foreground"& (synchronous) delivery when Exim has
3751 accepted a locally-generated message. (For the daemon it is exactly the same as
3752 &%-odb%&.) A delivery process is automatically started to deliver the message,
3753 and Exim waits for it to complete before proceeding.
3754
3755 The original Exim reception process does not finish until the delivery
3756 process for the final message has ended. The standard error stream is left open
3757 during deliveries.
3758
3759 However, like &%-odb%&, this option has no effect if &%queue_only_override%& is
3760 false and one of the queueing options in the configuration file is in effect.
3761
3762 If there is a temporary delivery error during foreground delivery, the
3763 message is left on the queue for later delivery, and the original reception
3764 process exits. See chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>& for a way of setting up a
3765 restricted configuration that never queues messages.
3766
3767
3768 .vitem &%-odi%&
3769 .oindex "&%-odi%&"
3770 This option is synonymous with &%-odf%&. It is provided for compatibility with
3771 Sendmail.
3772
3773 .vitem &%-odq%&
3774 .oindex "&%-odq%&"
3775 .cindex "non-immediate delivery"
3776 .cindex "delivery" "suppressing immediate"
3777 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
3778 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3779 including the listening daemon. It specifies that the accepting process should
3780 not automatically start a delivery process for each message received. Messages
3781 are placed on the queue, and remain there until a subsequent queue runner
3782 process encounters them. There are several configuration options (such as
3783 &%queue_only%&) that can be used to queue incoming messages under certain
3784 conditions. This option overrides all of them and also &%-odqs%&. It always
3785 forces queueing.
3786
3787 .vitem &%-odqs%&
3788 .oindex "&%-odqs%&"
3789 .cindex "SMTP" "delaying delivery"
3790 This option is a hybrid between &%-odb%&/&%-odi%& and &%-odq%&.
3791 However, like &%-odb%& and &%-odi%&, this option has no effect if
3792 &%queue_only_override%& is false and one of the queueing options in the
3793 configuration file is in effect.
3794
3795 When &%-odqs%& does operate, a delivery process is started for each incoming
3796 message, in the background by default, but in the foreground if &%-odi%& is
3797 also present. The recipient addresses are routed, and local deliveries are done
3798 in the normal way. However, if any SMTP deliveries are required, they are not
3799 done at this time, so the message remains on the queue until a subsequent queue
3800 runner process encounters it. Because routing was done, Exim knows which
3801 messages are waiting for which hosts, and so a number of messages for the same
3802 host can be sent in a single SMTP connection. The &%queue_smtp_domains%&
3803 configuration option has the same effect for specific domains. See also the
3804 &%-qq%& option.
3805
3806 .vitem &%-oee%&
3807 .oindex "&%-oee%&"
3808 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3809 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received (for
3810 example, a malformed address), the error is reported to the sender in a mail
3811 message.
3812
3813 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oee%&"
3814 Provided
3815 this error message is successfully sent, the Exim receiving process
3816 exits with a return code of zero. If not, the return code is 2 if the problem
3817 is that the original message has no recipients, or 1 any other error. This is
3818 the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option if Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3819
3820 .vitem &%-oem%&
3821 .oindex "&%-oem%&"
3822 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3823 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oem%&"
3824 This is the same as &%-oee%&, except that Exim always exits with a non-zero
3825 return code, whether or not the error message was successfully sent.
3826 This is the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option, unless Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3827
3828 .vitem &%-oep%&
3829 .oindex "&%-oep%&"
3830 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3831 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received, the
3832 error is reported by writing a message to the standard error file (stderr).
3833 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oep%&"
3834 The return code is 1 for all errors.
3835
3836 .vitem &%-oeq%&
3837 .oindex "&%-oeq%&"
3838 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3839 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3840 effect as &%-oep%&.
3841
3842 .vitem &%-oew%&
3843 .oindex "&%-oew%&"
3844 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3845 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3846 effect as &%-oem%&.
3847
3848 .vitem &%-oi%&
3849 .oindex "&%-oi%&"
3850 .cindex "dot in incoming" "non-SMTP message"
3851 This option, which has the same effect as &%-i%&, specifies that a dot on a
3852 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. Otherwise, a
3853 single dot does terminate, though Exim does no special processing for other
3854 lines that start with a dot. This option is set by default if Exim is called as
3855 &'rmail'&. See also &%-ti%&.
3856
3857 .vitem &%-oitrue%&
3858 .oindex "&%-oitrue%&"
3859 This option is treated as synonymous with &%-oi%&.
3860
3861 .vitem &%-oMa%&&~<&'host&~address'&>
3862 .oindex "&%-oMa%&"
3863 .cindex "sender host address" "specifying for local message"
3864 A number of options starting with &%-oM%& can be used to set values associated
3865 with remote hosts on locally-submitted messages (that is, messages not received
3866 over TCP/IP). These options can be used by any caller in conjunction with the
3867 &%-bh%&, &%-be%&, &%-bf%&, &%-bF%&, &%-bt%&, or &%-bv%& testing options. In
3868 other circumstances, they are ignored unless the caller is trusted.
3869
3870 The &%-oMa%& option sets the sender host address. This may include a port
3871 number at the end, after a full stop (period). For example:
3872 .code
3873 exim -bs -oMa 10.9.8.7.1234
3874 .endd
3875 An alternative syntax is to enclose the IP address in square brackets,
3876 followed by a colon and the port number:
3877 .code
3878 exim -bs -oMa [10.9.8.7]:1234
3879 .endd
3880 The IP address is placed in the &$sender_host_address$& variable, and the
3881 port, if present, in &$sender_host_port$&. &new("If both &%-oMa%& and &%-bh%&
3882 are present on the command line, the sender host IP address is taken from
3883 whichever one is last.")
3884
3885 .vitem &%-oMaa%&&~<&'name'&>
3886 .oindex "&%-oMaa%&"
3887 .cindex "authentication name" "specifying for local message"
3888 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMaa%&
3889 option sets the value of &$sender_host_authenticated$& (the authenticator
3890 name). See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of SMTP authentication.
3891 &new("This option can be used with &%-bh%& and &%-bs%& to set up an
3892 authenticated SMTP session without actually using the SMTP AUTH command.")
3893
3894 .vitem &%-oMai%&&~<&'string'&>
3895 .oindex "&%-oMai%&"
3896 .cindex "authentication id" "specifying for local message"
3897 .new
3898 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMai%&
3899 option sets the value of &$authenticated_id$& (the id that was authenticated).
3900 This overrides the default value (the caller's login id, except with &%-bh%&,
3901 where there is no default) for messages from local sources. See chapter
3902 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated ids.
3903 .wen
3904
3905 .vitem &%-oMas%&&~<&'address'&>
3906 .oindex "&%-oMas%&"
3907 .cindex "authentication sender" "specifying for local message"
3908 .new
3909 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMas%&
3910 option sets the authenticated sender value in &$authenticated_sender$&. It
3911 overrides the sender address that is created from the caller's login id for
3912 messages from local sources, except when &%-bh%& is used, when there is no
3913 default. For both &%-bh%& and &%-bs%&, an authenticated sender that is
3914 specified on a MAIL command overrides this value. See chapter
3915 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated senders.
3916 .wen
3917
3918 .vitem &%-oMi%&&~<&'interface&~address'&>
3919 .oindex "&%-oMi%&"
3920 .cindex "interface address" "specifying for local message"
3921 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMi%&
3922 option sets the IP interface address value. A port number may be included,
3923 using the same syntax as for &%-oMa%&. The interface address is placed in
3924 &$interface_address$& and the port number, if present, in &$interface_port$&.
3925
3926 .vitem &%-oMr%&&~<&'protocol&~name'&>
3927 .oindex "&%-oMr%&"
3928 .cindex "protocol" "incoming &-- specifying for local message"
3929 .cindex "&$received_protocol$&"
3930 .new
3931 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMr%&
3932 option sets the received protocol value that is stored in
3933 &$received_protocol$&. However, it does not apply (and is ignored) when &%-bh%&
3934 or &%-bs%& is used. For &%-bh%&, the protocol is forced to one of the standard
3935 SMTP protocol names (see the description of &$received_protocol$& in section
3936 &<<SECTexpvar>>&). For &%-bs%&, the protocol is always &"local-"& followed by
3937 one of those same names. For &%-bS%& (batched SMTP) however, the protocol can
3938 be set by &%-oMr%&.
3939 .wen
3940
3941 .vitem &%-oMs%&&~<&'host&~name'&>
3942 .oindex "&%-oMs%&"
3943 .cindex "sender host name" "specifying for local message"
3944 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMs%&
3945 option sets the sender host name in &$sender_host_name$&. When this option is
3946 present, Exim does not attempt to look up a host name from an IP address; it
3947 uses the name it is given.
3948
3949 .vitem &%-oMt%&&~<&'ident&~string'&>
3950 .oindex "&%-oMt%&"
3951 .cindex "sender ident string" "specifying for local message"
3952 .new
3953 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMt%&
3954 option sets the sender ident value in &$sender_ident$&. The default setting for
3955 local callers is the login id of the calling process, except when &%-bh%& is
3956 used, when there is no default.
3957 .wen
3958
3959 .vitem &%-om%&
3960 .oindex "&%-om%&"
3961 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-om%& option ignored"
3962 In Sendmail, this option means &"me too"&, indicating that the sender of a
3963 message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias
3964 expansion. Exim always does this, so the option does nothing.
3965
3966 .vitem &%-oo%&
3967 .oindex "&%-oo%&"
3968 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oo%& option ignored"
3969 This option is ignored. In Sendmail it specifies &"old style headers"&,
3970 whatever that means.
3971
3972 .vitem &%-oP%&&~<&'path'&>
3973 .oindex "&%-oP%&"
3974 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
3975 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
3976 This option is useful only in conjunction with &%-bd%& or &%-q%& with a time
3977 value. The option specifies the file to which the process id of the daemon is
3978 written. When &%-oX%& is used with &%-bd%&, or when &%-q%& with a time is used
3979 without &%-bd%&, this is the only way of causing Exim to write a pid file,
3980 because in those cases, the normal pid file is not used.
3981
3982 .vitem &%-or%&&~<&'time'&>
3983 .oindex "&%-or%&"
3984 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
3985 This option sets a timeout value for incoming non-SMTP messages. If it is not
3986 set, Exim will wait forever for the standard input. The value can also be set
3987 by the &%receive_timeout%& option. The format used for specifying times is
3988 described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
3989
3990 .vitem &%-os%&&~<&'time'&>
3991 .oindex "&%-os%&"
3992 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
3993 .cindex "SMTP timeout" "input"
3994 This option sets a timeout value for incoming SMTP messages. The timeout
3995 applies to each SMTP command and block of data. The value can also be set by
3996 the &%smtp_receive_timeout%& option; it defaults to 5 minutes. The format used
3997 for specifying times is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
3998
3999 .vitem &%-ov%&
4000 .oindex "&%-ov%&"
4001 This option has exactly the same effect as &%-v%&.
4002
4003 .vitem &%-oX%&&~<&'number&~or&~string'&>
4004 .oindex "&%-oX%&"
4005 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
4006 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
4007 .cindex "port" "receiving TCP/IP"
4008 This option is relevant only when the &%-bd%& (start listening daemon) option
4009 is also given. It controls which ports and interfaces the daemon uses. Details
4010 of the syntax, and how it interacts with configuration file options, are given
4011 in chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&. When &%-oX%& is used to start a daemon, no pid
4012 file is written unless &%-oP%& is also present to specify a pid file name.
4013
4014 .vitem &%-pd%&
4015 .oindex "&%-pd%&"
4016 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4017 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4018 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4019 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to be delayed until it is
4020 needed.
4021
4022 .vitem &%-ps%&
4023 .oindex "&%-ps%&"
4024 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4025 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4026 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4027 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to occur as soon as Exim is
4028 started.
4029
4030 .vitem &%-p%&<&'rval'&>:<&'sval'&>
4031 .oindex "&%-p%&"
4032 For compatibility with Sendmail, this option is equivalent to
4033 .display
4034 &`-oMr`& <&'rval'&> &`-oMs`& <&'sval'&>
4035 .endd
4036 It sets the incoming protocol and host name (for trusted callers). The
4037 host name and its colon can be omitted when only the protocol is to be set.
4038 Note the Exim already has two private options, &%-pd%& and &%-ps%&, that refer
4039 to embedded Perl. It is therefore impossible to set a protocol value of &`p`&
4040 or &`s`& using this option (but that does not seem a real limitation).
4041
4042 .vitem &%-q%&
4043 .oindex "&%-q%&"
4044 .cindex "queue runner" "starting manually"
4045 This option is normally restricted to admin users. However, there is a
4046 configuration option called &%prod_requires_admin%& which can be set false to
4047 relax this restriction (and also the same requirement for the &%-M%&, &%-R%&,
4048 and &%-S%& options).
4049
4050 .cindex "queue runner" "description of operation"
4051 The &%-q%& option starts one queue runner process. This scans the queue of
4052 waiting messages, and runs a delivery process for each one in turn. It waits
4053 for each delivery process to finish before starting the next one. A delivery
4054 process may not actually do any deliveries if the retry times for the addresses
4055 have not been reached. Use &%-qf%& (see below) if you want to override this.
4056
4057 If
4058 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4059 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4060 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4061 the delivery process spawns other processes to deliver other messages down
4062 passed SMTP connections, the queue runner waits for these to finish before
4063 proceeding.
4064
4065 When all the queued messages have been considered, the original queue runner
4066 process terminates. In other words, a single pass is made over the waiting
4067 mail, one message at a time. Use &%-q%& with a time (see below) if you want
4068 this to be repeated periodically.
4069
4070 Exim processes the waiting messages in an unpredictable order. It isn't very
4071 random, but it is likely to be different each time, which is all that matters.
4072 If one particular message screws up a remote MTA, other messages to the same
4073 MTA have a chance of getting through if they get tried first.
4074
4075 It is possible to cause the messages to be processed in lexical message id
4076 order, which is essentially the order in which they arrived, by setting the
4077 &%queue_run_in_order%& option, but this is not recommended for normal use.
4078
4079 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>
4080 The &%-q%& option may be followed by one or more flag letters that change its
4081 behaviour. They are all optional, but if more than one is present, they must
4082 appear in the correct order. Each flag is described in a separate item below.
4083
4084 .vitem &%-qq...%&
4085 .oindex "&%-qq%&"
4086 .cindex "queue" "double scanning"
4087 .cindex "queue" "routing"
4088 .cindex "routing" "whole queue before delivery"
4089 An option starting with &%-qq%& requests a two-stage queue run. In the first
4090 stage, the queue is scanned as if the &%queue_smtp_domains%& option matched
4091 every domain. Addresses are routed, local deliveries happen, but no remote
4092 transports are run.
4093
4094 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
4095 The hints database that remembers which messages are waiting for specific hosts
4096 is updated, as if delivery to those hosts had been deferred. After this is
4097 complete, a second, normal queue scan happens, with routing and delivery taking
4098 place as normal. Messages that are routed to the same host should mostly be
4099 delivered down a single SMTP
4100 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4101 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4102 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4103 connection because of the hints that were set up during the first queue scan.
4104 This option may be useful for hosts that are connected to the Internet
4105 intermittently.
4106
4107 .vitem &%-q[q]i...%&
4108 .oindex "&%-qi%&"
4109 .cindex "queue" "initial delivery"
4110 If the &'i'& flag is present, the queue runner runs delivery processes only for
4111 those messages that haven't previously been tried. (&'i'& stands for &"initial
4112 delivery"&.) This can be helpful if you are putting messages on the queue using
4113 &%-odq%& and want a queue runner just to process the new messages.
4114
4115 .vitem &%-q[q][i]f...%&
4116 .oindex "&%-qf%&"
4117 .cindex "queue" "forcing delivery"
4118 .cindex "delivery" "forcing in queue run"
4119 If one &'f'& flag is present, a delivery attempt is forced for each non-frozen
4120 message, whereas without &'f'& only those non-frozen addresses that have passed
4121 their retry times are tried.
4122
4123 .vitem &%-q[q][i]ff...%&
4124 .oindex "&%-qff%&"
4125 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4126 If &'ff'& is present, a delivery attempt is forced for every message, whether
4127 frozen or not.
4128
4129 .vitem &%-q[q][i][f[f]]l%&
4130 .oindex "&%-ql%&"
4131 .cindex "queue" "local deliveries only"
4132 The &'l'& (the letter &"ell"&) flag specifies that only local deliveries are to
4133 be done. If a message requires any remote deliveries, it remains on the queue
4134 for later delivery.
4135
4136 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>&~<&'start&~id'&>&~<&'end&~id'&>
4137 .cindex "queue" "delivering specific messages"
4138 When scanning the queue, Exim can be made to skip over messages whose ids are
4139 lexically less than a given value by following the &%-q%& option with a
4140 starting message id. For example:
4141 .code
4142 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4143 .endd
4144 Messages that arrived earlier than &`0t5C6f-0000c8-00`& are not inspected. If a
4145 second message id is given, messages whose ids are lexically greater than it
4146 are also skipped. If the same id is given twice, for example,
4147 .code
4148 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4149 .endd
4150 just one delivery process is started, for that message. This differs from
4151 &%-M%& in that retry data is respected, and it also differs from &%-Mc%& in
4152 that it counts as a delivery from a queue run. Note that the selection
4153 mechanism does not affect the order in which the messages are scanned. There
4154 are also other ways of selecting specific sets of messages for delivery in a
4155 queue run &-- see &%-R%& and &%-S%&.
4156
4157 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&><&'time'&>
4158 .cindex "queue runner" "starting periodically"
4159 .cindex "periodic queue running"
4160 When a time value is present, the &%-q%& option causes Exim to run as a daemon,
4161 starting a queue runner process at intervals specified by the given time value
4162 (whose format is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&). This form of the
4163 &%-q%& option is commonly combined with the &%-bd%& option, in which case a
4164 single daemon process handles both functions. A common way of starting up a
4165 combined daemon at system boot time is to use a command such as
4166 .code
4167 /usr/exim/bin/exim -bd -q30m
4168 .endd
4169 Such a daemon listens for incoming SMTP calls, and also starts a queue runner
4170 process every 30 minutes.
4171
4172 When a daemon is started by &%-q%& with a time value, but without &%-bd%&, no
4173 pid file is written unless one is explicitly requested by the &%-oP%& option.
4174
4175 .vitem &%-qR%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4176 .oindex "&%-qR%&"
4177 This option is synonymous with &%-R%&. It is provided for Sendmail
4178 compatibility.
4179
4180 .vitem &%-qS%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4181 .oindex "&%-qS%&"
4182 This option is synonymous with &%-S%&.
4183
4184 .vitem &%-R%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4185 .oindex "&%-R%&"
4186 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific recipients"
4187 .cindex "delivery" "to given domain"
4188 .cindex "domain" "delivery to"
4189 The <&'rsflags'&> may be empty, in which case the white space before the string
4190 is optional, unless the string is &'f'&, &'ff'&, &'r'&, &'rf'&, or &'rff'&,
4191 which are the possible values for <&'rsflags'&>. White space is required if
4192 <&'rsflags'&> is not empty.
4193
4194 This option is similar to &%-q%& with no time value, that is, it causes Exim to
4195 perform a single queue run, except that, when scanning the messages on the
4196 queue, Exim processes only those that have at least one undelivered recipient
4197 address containing the given string, which is checked in a case-independent
4198 way. If the <&'rsflags'&> start with &'r'&, <&'string'&> is interpreted as a
4199 regular expression; otherwise it is a literal string.
4200
4201 Once a message is selected, all its addresses are processed. For the first
4202 selected message, Exim overrides any retry information and forces a delivery
4203 attempt for each undelivered address. This means that if delivery of any
4204 address in the first message is successful, any existing retry information is
4205 deleted, and so delivery attempts for that address in subsequently selected
4206 messages (which are processed without forcing) will run. However, if delivery
4207 of any address does not succeed, the retry information is updated, and in
4208 subsequently selected messages, the failing address will be skipped.
4209
4210 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4211 If the <&'rsflags'&> contain &'f'& or &'ff'&, the delivery forcing applies to
4212 all selected messages, not just the first; frozen messages are included when
4213 &'ff'& is present.
4214
4215 The &%-R%& option makes it straightforward to initiate delivery of all messages
4216 to a given domain after a host has been down for some time. When the SMTP
4217 command ETRN is accepted by its ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), its default
4218 effect is to run Exim with the &%-R%& option, but it can be configured to run
4219 an arbitrary command instead.
4220
4221 .vitem &%-r%&
4222 .oindex "&%-r%&"
4223 This is a documented (for Sendmail) obsolete alternative name for &%-f%&.
4224
4225 .vitem &%-S%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4226 .oindex "&%-S%&"
4227 .cindex "delivery" "from given sender"
4228 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific senders"
4229 This option acts like &%-R%& except that it checks the string against each
4230 message's sender instead of against the recipients. If &%-R%& is also set, both
4231 conditions must be met for a message to be selected. If either of the options
4232 has &'f'& or &'ff'& in its flags, the associated action is taken.
4233
4234 .vitem &%-Tqt%&&~<&'times'&>
4235 .oindex "&%-Tqt%&"
4236 This an option that is exclusively for use by the Exim testing suite. It is not
4237 recognized when Exim is run normally. It allows for the setting up of explicit
4238 &"queue times"& so that various warning/retry features can be tested.
4239
4240 .vitem &%-t%&
4241 .oindex "&%-t%&"
4242 .cindex "recipient" "extracting from header lines"
4243 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
4244 .cindex "&'Cc:'& header line"
4245 .cindex "&'To:'& header line"
4246 When Exim is receiving a locally-generated, non-SMTP message on its standard
4247 input, the &%-t%& option causes the recipients of the message to be obtained
4248 from the &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'& header lines in the message instead of
4249 from the command arguments. The addresses are extracted before any rewriting
4250 takes place and the &'Bcc:'& header line, if present, is then removed.
4251
4252 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
4253 If the command has any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message
4254 is &'not'& to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from
4255 the recipients list obtained from the headers. This is compatible with Smail 3
4256 and in accordance with the documented behaviour of several versions of
4257 Sendmail, as described in man pages on a number of operating systems (e.g.
4258 Solaris 8, IRIX 6.5, HP-UX 11). However, some versions of Sendmail &'add'&
4259 argument addresses to those obtained from the headers, and the O'Reilly
4260 Sendmail book documents it that way. Exim can be made to add argument addresses
4261 instead of subtracting them by setting the option
4262 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& false.
4263
4264 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines" "with &%-t%&"
4265 If there are any &%Resent-%& header lines in the message, Exim extracts
4266 recipients from all &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&, and &'Resent-Bcc:'& header
4267 lines instead of from &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'&. This is for compatibility
4268 with Sendmail and other MTAs. (Prior to release 4.20, Exim gave an error if
4269 &%-t%& was used in conjunction with &%Resent-%& header lines.)
4270
4271 RFC 2822 talks about different sets of &%Resent-%& header lines (for when a
4272 message is resent several times). The RFC also specifies that they should be
4273 added at the front of the message, and separated by &'Received:'& lines. It is
4274 not at all clear how &%-t%& should operate in the present of multiple sets,
4275 nor indeed exactly what constitutes a &"set"&.
4276 In practice, it seems that MUAs do not follow the RFC. The &%Resent-%& lines
4277 are often added at the end of the header, and if a message is resent more than
4278 once, it is common for the original set of &%Resent-%& headers to be renamed as
4279 &%X-Resent-%& when a new set is added. This removes any possible ambiguity.
4280
4281 .vitem &%-ti%&
4282 .oindex "&%-ti%&"
4283 This option is exactly equivalent to &%-t%& &%-i%&. It is provided for
4284 compatibility with Sendmail.
4285
4286 .vitem &%-tls-on-connect%&
4287 .oindex "&%-tls-on-connect%&"
4288 .cindex "TLS" "use without STARTTLS"
4289 .cindex "TLS" "automatic start"
4290 This option is available when Exim is compiled with TLS support. It forces all
4291 incoming SMTP connections to behave as if the incoming port is listed in the
4292 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option. See section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>& and chapter
4293 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
4294
4295
4296 .vitem &%-U%&
4297 .oindex "&%-U%&"
4298 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-U%& option ignored"
4299 Sendmail uses this option for &"initial message submission"&, and its
4300 documentation states that in future releases, it may complain about
4301 syntactically invalid messages rather than fixing them when this flag is not
4302 set. Exim ignores this option.
4303
4304 .vitem &%-v%&
4305 .oindex "&%-v%&"
4306 This option causes Exim to write information to the standard error stream,
4307 describing what it is doing. In particular, it shows the log lines for
4308 receiving and delivering a message, and if an SMTP connection is made, the SMTP
4309 dialogue is shown. Some of the log lines shown may not actually be written to
4310 the log if the setting of &%log_selector%& discards them. Any relevant
4311 selectors are shown with each log line. If none are shown, the logging is
4312 unconditional.
4313
4314 .vitem &%-x%&
4315 .oindex "&%-x%&"
4316 AIX uses &%-x%& for a private purpose (&"mail from a local mail program has
4317 National Language Support extended characters in the body of the mail item"&).
4318 It sets &%-x%& when calling the MTA from its &%mail%& command. Exim ignores
4319 this option.
4320 .endlist
4321
4322 .ecindex IIDclo1
4323 .ecindex IIDclo2
4324
4325
4326 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4327 . Insert a stylized DocBook comment here, to identify the end of the command
4328 . line options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
4329 . creates a man page for the options.
4330 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4331
4332 .literal xml
4333 <!-- === End of command line options === -->
4334 .literal off
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4341 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4342
4343
4344 .chapter "The Exim run time configuration file" "CHAPconf" &&&
4345 "The runtime configuration file"
4346
4347 .cindex "run time configuration"
4348 .cindex "configuration file" "general description"
4349 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
4350 .cindex "configuration file" "errors in"
4351 .cindex "error" "in configuration file"
4352 .cindex "return code" "for bad configuration"
4353 Exim uses a single run time configuration file that is read whenever an Exim
4354 binary is executed. Note that in normal operation, this happens frequently,
4355 because Exim is designed to operate in a distributed manner, without central
4356 control.
4357
4358 If a syntax error is detected while reading the configuration file, Exim
4359 writes a message on the standard error, and exits with a non-zero return code.
4360 The message is also written to the panic log. &*Note*&: Only simple syntax
4361 errors can be detected at this time. The values of any expanded options are
4362 not checked until the expansion happens, even when the expansion does not
4363 actually alter the string.
4364
4365 The name of the configuration file is compiled into the binary for security
4366 reasons, and is specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE compilation option. In
4367 most configurations, this specifies a single file. However, it is permitted to
4368 give a colon-separated list of file names, in which case Exim uses the first
4369 existing file in the list.
4370
4371 .cindex "EXIM_USER"
4372 .cindex "EXIM_GROUP"
4373 .cindex "CONFIGURE_OWNER"
4374 .cindex "CONFIGURE_GROUP"
4375 .cindex "configuration file" "ownership"
4376 .cindex "ownership" "configuration file"
4377 The run time configuration file must be owned by root or by the user that is
4378 specified at compile time by the EXIM_USER option, or by the user that is
4379 specified at compile time by the CONFIGURE_OWNER option (if set). The
4380 configuration file must not be world-writeable or group-writeable, unless its
4381 group is the one specified at compile time by the EXIM_GROUP option or by the
4382 CONFIGURE_GROUP option.
4383
4384 &*Warning*&: In a conventional configuration, where the Exim binary is setuid
4385 to root, anybody who is able to edit the run time configuration file has an
4386 easy way to run commands as root. If you make your mail administrators members
4387 of the Exim group, but do not trust them with root, make sure that the run time
4388 configuration is not group writeable.
4389
4390 A default configuration file, which will work correctly in simple situations,
4391 is provided in the file &_src/configure.default_&. If CONFIGURE_FILE
4392 defines just one file name, the installation process copies the default
4393 configuration to a new file of that name if it did not previously exist. If
4394 CONFIGURE_FILE is a list, no default is automatically installed. Chapter
4395 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& is a &"walk-through"& discussion of the default
4396 configuration.
4397
4398
4399
4400 .section "Using a different configuration file"
4401 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
4402 A one-off alternate configuration can be specified by the &%-C%& command line
4403 option, which may specify a single file or a list of files. However, when
4404 &%-C%& is used, Exim gives up its root privilege, unless called by root or the
4405 Exim user (or unless the argument for &%-C%& is identical to the built-in value
4406 from CONFIGURE_FILE). &%-C%& is useful mainly for checking the syntax of
4407 configuration files before installing them. No owner or group checks are done
4408 on a configuration file specified by &%-C%&.
4409
4410 The privileged use of &%-C%& by the Exim user can be locked out by setting
4411 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. However,
4412 if you do this, you also lock out the possibility of testing a
4413 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
4414 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
4415 as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain privilege for the delivery, the
4416 use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception and
4417 delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue, using
4418 &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
4419
4420 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
4421 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option must
4422 start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &"&`/../`&"&.
4423 There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is unset, any file
4424 name can be used with &%-C%&.
4425
4426 One-off changes to a configuration can be specified by the &%-D%& command line
4427 option, which defines and overrides values for macros used inside the
4428 configuration file. However, like &%-C%&, the use of this option by a
4429 non-privileged user causes Exim to discard its root privilege.
4430 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
4431 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
4432
4433 Some sites may wish to use the same Exim binary on different machines that
4434 share a file system, but to use different configuration files on each machine.
4435 If CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_NODE is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim first
4436 looks for a file whose name is the configuration file name followed by a dot
4437 and the machine's node name, as obtained from the &[uname()]& function. If this
4438 file does not exist, the standard name is tried. This processing occurs for
4439 each file name in the list given by CONFIGURE_FILE or &%-C%&.
4440
4441 In some esoteric situations different versions of Exim may be run under
4442 different effective uids and the CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_EUID is defined to
4443 help with this. See the comments in &_src/EDITME_& for details.
4444
4445
4446
4447 .section "Configuration file format" "SECTconffilfor"
4448 .cindex "configuration file" "format of"
4449 .cindex "format" "configuration file"
4450 Exim's configuration file is divided into a number of different parts. General
4451 option settings must always appear at the start of the file. The other parts
4452 are all optional, and may appear in any order. Each part other than the first
4453 is introduced by the word &"begin"& followed by the name of the part. The
4454 optional parts are:
4455
4456 .ilist
4457 &'ACL'&: Access control lists for controlling incoming SMTP mail.
4458 .next
4459 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
4460 &'authenticators'&: Configuration settings for the authenticator drivers. These
4461 are concerned with the SMTP AUTH command (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&).
4462 .next
4463 &'routers'&: Configuration settings for the router drivers. Routers process
4464 addresses and determine how the message is to be delivered.
4465 .next
4466 &'transports'&: Configuration settings for the transport drivers. Transports
4467 define mechanisms for copying messages to destinations.
4468 .next
4469 &'retry'&: Retry rules, for use when a message cannot be immediately delivered.
4470 .next
4471 &'rewrite'&: Global address rewriting rules, for use when a message arrives and
4472 when new addresses are generated during delivery.
4473 .next
4474 &'local_scan'&: Private options for the &[local_scan()]& function. If you
4475 want to use this feature, you must set
4476 .code
4477 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
4478 .endd
4479 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. Full details of the
4480 &[local_scan()]& facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&.
4481 .endlist
4482
4483 .cindex "configuration file" "leading white space in"
4484 .cindex "configuration file" "trailing white space in"
4485 .cindex "white space" "in configuration file"
4486 Leading and trailing white space in configuration lines is always ignored.
4487
4488 Blank lines in the file, and lines starting with a # character (ignoring
4489 leading white space) are treated as comments and are ignored. &*Note*&: A
4490 # character other than at the beginning of a line is not treated specially,
4491 and does not introduce a comment.
4492
4493 Any non-comment line can be continued by ending it with a backslash. Note that
4494 the general rule for white space means that trailing white space after the
4495 backslash and leading white space at the start of continuation
4496 lines is ignored. Comment lines beginning with # (but not empty lines) may
4497 appear in the middle of a sequence of continuation lines.
4498
4499 A convenient way to create a configuration file is to start from the
4500 default, which is supplied in &_src/configure.default_&, and add, delete, or
4501 change settings as required.
4502
4503 The ACLs, retry rules, and rewriting rules have their own syntax which is
4504 described in chapters &<<CHAPACL>>&, &<<CHAPretry>>&, and &<<CHAPrewrite>>&,
4505 respectively. The other parts of the configuration file have some syntactic
4506 items in common, and these are described below, from section &<<SECTcos>>&
4507 onwards. Before that, the inclusion, macro, and conditional facilities are
4508 described.
4509
4510
4511
4512 .section "File inclusions in the configuration file"
4513 .cindex "inclusions in configuration file"
4514 .cindex "configuration file" "including other files"
4515 .cindex ".include in configuration file"
4516 .cindex ".include_if_exists in configuration file"
4517 You can include other files inside Exim's run time configuration file by
4518 using this syntax:
4519 .display
4520 &`.include`& <&'file name'&>
4521 &`.include_if_exists`& <&'file name'&>
4522 .endd
4523 on a line by itself. Double quotes round the file name are optional. If you use
4524 the first form, a configuration error occurs if the file does not exist; the
4525 second form does nothing for non-existent files. In all cases, an absolute file
4526 name is required.
4527
4528 Includes may be nested to any depth, but remember that Exim reads its
4529 configuration file often, so it is a good idea to keep them to a minimum.
4530 If you change the contents of an included file, you must HUP the daemon,
4531 because an included file is read only when the configuration itself is read.
4532
4533 The processing of inclusions happens early, at a physical line level, so, like
4534 comment lines, an inclusion can be used in the middle of an option setting,
4535 for example:
4536 .code
4537 hosts_lookup = a.b.c \
4538 .include /some/file
4539 .endd
4540 Include processing happens after macro processing (see below). Its effect is to
4541 process the lines of the included file as if they occurred inline where the
4542 inclusion appears.
4543
4544
4545
4546 .section "Macros in the configuration file" "SECTmacrodefs"
4547 .cindex "macro" "description of"
4548 .cindex "configuration file" "macros"
4549 If a line in the main part of the configuration (that is, before the first
4550 &"begin"& line) begins with an upper case letter, it is taken as a macro
4551 definition, and must be of the form
4552 .display
4553 <&'name'&> = <&'rest of line'&>
4554 .endd
4555 The name must consist of letters, digits, and underscores, and need not all be
4556 in upper case, though that is recommended. The rest of the line, including any
4557 continuations, is the replacement text, and has leading and trailing white
4558 space removed. Quotes are not removed. The replacement text can never end with
4559 a backslash character, but this doesn't seem to be a serious limitation.
4560
4561 Macros may also be defined between router, transport, authenticator, or ACL
4562 definitions. They may not, however, be defined within an individual driver or
4563 ACL, or in the &%local_scan%&, retry, or rewrite sections of the configuration.
4564
4565 .section "Macro substitution"
4566 Once a macro is defined, all subsequent lines in the file (and any included
4567 files) are scanned for the macro name; if there are several macros, the line is
4568 scanned for each in turn, in the order in which the macros are defined. The
4569 replacement text is not re-scanned for the current macro, though it is scanned
4570 for subsequently defined macros. For this reason, a macro name may not contain
4571 the name of a previously defined macro as a substring. You could, for example,
4572 define
4573 .display
4574 &`ABCD_XYZ = `&<&'something'&>
4575 &`ABCD = `&<&'something else'&>
4576 .endd
4577 but putting the definitions in the opposite order would provoke a configuration
4578 error. Macro expansion is applied to individual physical lines from the file,
4579 before checking for line continuation or file inclusion (see above). If a line
4580 consists solely of a macro name, and the expansion of the macro is empty, the
4581 line is ignored. A macro at the start of a line may turn the line into a
4582 comment line or a &`.include`& line.
4583
4584
4585 .section "Redefining macros"
4586 Once defined, the value of a macro can be redefined later in the configuration
4587 (or in an included file). Redefinition is specified by using &'=='& instead of
4588 &'='&. For example:
4589 .code
4590 MAC = initial value
4591 ...
4592 MAC == updated value
4593 .endd
4594 Redefinition does not alter the order in which the macros are applied to the
4595 subsequent lines of the configuration file. It is still the same order in which
4596 the macros were originally defined. All that changes is the macro's value.
4597 Redefinition makes it possible to accumulate values. For example:
4598 .code
4599 MAC = initial value
4600 ...
4601 MAC == MAC and something added
4602 .endd
4603 This can be helpful in situations where the configuration file is built
4604 from a number of other files.
4605
4606 .section "Overriding macro values"
4607 The values set for macros in the configuration file can be overridden by the
4608 &%-D%& command line option, but Exim gives up its root privilege when &%-D%& is
4609 used, unless called by root or the Exim user. A definition on the command line
4610 using the &%-D%& option causes all definitions and redefinitions within the
4611 file to be ignored.
4612
4613
4614
4615 .section "Example of macro usage"
4616 As an example of macro usage, consider a configuration where aliases are looked
4617 up in a MySQL database. It helps to keep the file less cluttered if long
4618 strings such as SQL statements are defined separately as macros, for example:
4619 .code
4620 ALIAS_QUERY = select mailbox from user where \
4621 login=${quote_mysql:$local_part};
4622 .endd
4623 This can then be used in a &(redirect)& router setting like this:
4624 .code
4625 data = ${lookup mysql{ALIAS_QUERY}}
4626 .endd
4627 In earlier versions of Exim macros were sometimes used for domain, host, or
4628 address lists. In Exim 4 these are handled better by named lists &-- see
4629 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
4630
4631
4632 .section "Conditional skips in the configuration file"
4633 .cindex "configuration file" "conditional skips"
4634 .cindex ".ifdef"
4635 You can use the directives &`.ifdef`&, &`.ifndef`&, &`.elifdef`&,
4636 &`.elifndef`&, &`.else`&, and &`.endif`& to dynamically include or exclude
4637 portions of the configuration file. The processing happens whenever the file is
4638 read (that is, when an Exim binary starts to run).
4639
4640 The implementation is very simple. Instances of the first four directives must
4641 be followed by text that includes the names of one or macros. The condition
4642 that is tested is whether or not any macro substitution has taken place in the
4643 line. Thus:
4644 .code
4645 .ifdef AAA
4646 message_size_limit = 50M
4647 .else
4648 message_size_limit = 100M
4649 .endif
4650 .endd
4651 sets a message size limit of 50M if the macro &`AAA`& is defined, and 100M
4652 otherwise. If there is more than one macro named on the line, the condition
4653 is true if any of them are defined. That is, it is an &"or"& condition. To
4654 obtain an &"and"& condition, you need to use nested &`.ifdef`&s.
4655
4656 Although you can use a macro expansion to generate one of these directives,
4657 it is not very useful, because the condition &"there was a macro substitution
4658 in this line"& will always be true.
4659
4660 Text following &`.else`& and &`.endif`& is ignored, and can be used as comment
4661 to clarify complicated nestings.
4662
4663
4664
4665 .section "Common option syntax" "SECTcos"
4666 .cindex "common option syntax"
4667 .cindex "syntax of common options"
4668 .cindex "configuration file" "common option syntax"
4669 For the main set of options, driver options, and &[local_scan()]& options,
4670 each setting is on a line by itself, and starts with a name consisting of
4671 lower-case letters and underscores. Many options require a data value, and in
4672 these cases the name must be followed by an equals sign (with optional white
4673 space) and then the value. For example:
4674 .code
4675 qualify_domain = mydomain.example.com
4676 .endd
4677 Some option settings may contain sensitive data, for example, passwords for
4678 accessing databases. To stop non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& command
4679 line option to read these values, you can precede the option settings with the
4680 word &"hide"&. For example:
4681 .code
4682 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/admin/secret-password
4683 .endd
4684 For non-admin users, such options are displayed like this:
4685 .code
4686 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
4687 .endd
4688 If &"hide"& is used on a driver option, it hides the value of that option on
4689 all instances of the same driver.
4690
4691 The following sections describe the syntax used for the different data types
4692 that are found in option settings.
4693
4694
4695 .section "Boolean options"
4696 .cindex "format" "boolean"
4697 .cindex "boolean configuration values"
4698 .oindex "&%no_%&&'xxx'&"
4699 .oindex "&%not_%&&'xxx'&"
4700 Options whose type is given as boolean are on/off switches. There are two
4701 different ways of specifying such options: with and without a data value. If
4702 the option name is specified on its own without data, the switch is turned on;
4703 if it is preceded by &"no_"& or &"not_"& the switch is turned off. However,
4704 boolean options may be followed by an equals sign and one of the words
4705 &"true"&, &"false"&, &"yes"&, or &"no"&, as an alternative syntax. For example,
4706 the following two settings have exactly the same effect:
4707 .code
4708 queue_only
4709 queue_only = true
4710 .endd
4711 The following two lines also have the same (opposite) effect:
4712 .code
4713 no_queue_only
4714 queue_only = false
4715 .endd
4716 You can use whichever syntax you prefer.
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721 .section "Integer values"
4722 .cindex "integer configuration values"
4723 .cindex "format" "integer"
4724 If an integer data item starts with the characters &"0x"&, the remainder of it
4725 is interpreted as a hexadecimal number. Otherwise, it is treated as octal if it
4726 starts with the digit 0, and decimal if not. If an integer value is followed by
4727 the letter K, it is multiplied by 1024; if it is followed by the letter M, it
4728 is multiplied by 1024x1024.
4729
4730 When the values of integer option settings are output, values which are an
4731 exact multiple of 1024 or 1024x1024 are
4732 sometimes, but not always,
4733 printed using the letters K and M. The printing style is independent of the
4734 actual input format that was used.
4735
4736
4737 .section "Octal integer values"
4738 .cindex "integer format"
4739 .cindex "format" "octal integer"
4740 The value of an option specified as an octal integer is always interpreted in
4741 octal, whether or not it starts with the digit zero. Such options are always
4742 output in octal.
4743
4744
4745
4746 .section "Fixed point number values"
4747 .cindex "fixed point configuration values"
4748 .cindex "format" "fixed point"
4749 A fixed point number consists of a decimal integer, optionally followed by a
4750 decimal point and up to three further digits.
4751
4752
4753
4754 .section "Time interval values" "SECTtimeformat"
4755 .cindex "time interval" "specifying in configuration"
4756 .cindex "format" "time interval"
4757 A time interval is specified as a sequence of numbers, each followed by one of
4758 the following letters, with no intervening white space:
4759
4760 .table2 50pt
4761 .row &~&%s%& seconds
4762 .row &~&%m%& minutes
4763 .row &~&%h%& hours
4764 .row &~&%d%& days
4765 .row &~&%w%& weeks
4766 .endtable
4767
4768 For example, &"3h50m"& specifies 3 hours and 50 minutes. The values of time
4769 intervals are output in the same format. Exim does not restrict the values; it
4770 is perfectly acceptable, for example, to specify &"90m"& instead of &"1h30m"&.
4771
4772
4773
4774 .section "String values" "SECTstrings"
4775 .cindex "string" "format of configuration values"
4776 .cindex "format" "string"
4777 If a string data item does not start with a double-quote character, it is taken
4778 as consisting of the remainder of the line plus any continuation lines,
4779 starting at the first character after any leading white space, with trailing
4780 white space removed, and with no interpretation of the characters in the
4781 string. Because Exim removes comment lines (those beginning with #) at an early
4782 stage, they can appear in the middle of a multi-line string. The following
4783 settings are therefore equivalent:
4784 .code
4785 trusted_users = uucp:mail
4786
4787 trusted_users = uucp:\
4788 # This comment line is ignored
4789 mail
4790 .endd
4791 .cindex "string" "quoted"
4792 .cindex "escape characters in quoted strings"
4793 If a string does start with a double-quote, it must end with a closing
4794 double-quote, and any backslash characters other than those used for line
4795 continuation are interpreted as escape characters, as follows:
4796
4797 .table2 100pt
4798 .row &~&`\\`& "single backslash"
4799 .row &~&`\n`& "newline"
4800 .row &~&`\r`& "carriage return"
4801 .row &~&`\t`& "tab"
4802 .row "&~&`\`&<&'octal digits'&>" "up to 3 octal digits specify one character"
4803 .row "&~&`\x`&<&'hex digits'&>" "up to 2 hexadecimal digits specify one &&&
4804 character"
4805 .endtable
4806
4807 If a backslash is followed by some other character, including a double-quote
4808 character, that character replaces the pair.
4809
4810 Quoting is necessary only if you want to make use of the backslash escapes to
4811 insert special characters, or if you need to specify a value with leading or
4812 trailing spaces. These cases are rare, so quoting is almost never needed in
4813 current versions of Exim. In versions of Exim before 3.14, quoting was required
4814 in order to continue lines, so you may come across older configuration files
4815 and examples that apparently quote unnecessarily.
4816
4817
4818 .section "Expanded strings"
4819 .cindex "string expansion" "definition of"
4820 .cindex "expansion" "definition of"
4821 Some strings in the configuration file are subjected to &'string expansion'&,
4822 by which means various parts of the string may be changed according to the
4823 circumstances (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). The input syntax for such strings
4824 is as just described; in particular, the handling of backslashes in quoted
4825 strings is done as part of the input process, before expansion takes place.
4826 However, backslash is also an escape character for the expander, so any
4827 backslashes that are required for that reason must be doubled if they are
4828 within a quoted configuration string.
4829
4830
4831 .section "User and group names"
4832 .cindex "user name" "format of"
4833 .cindex "format" "user name"
4834 .cindex "group" "name format"
4835 .cindex "format" "group name"
4836 User and group names are specified as strings, using the syntax described
4837 above, but the strings are interpreted specially. A user or group name must
4838 either consist entirely of digits, or be a name that can be looked up using the
4839 &[getpwnam()]& or &[getgrnam()]& function, as appropriate.
4840
4841
4842 .section "List construction" "SECTlistconstruct"
4843 .cindex "list" "syntax of in configuration"
4844 .cindex "format" "list item in configuration"
4845 .cindex "string list" "definition"
4846 The data for some configuration options is a list of items, with colon as the
4847 default separator. Many of these options are shown with type &"string list"& in
4848 the descriptions later in this document. Others are listed as &"domain list"&,
4849 &"host list"&, &"address list"&, or &"local part list"&. Syntactically, they
4850 are all the same; however, those other than &"string list"& are subject to
4851 particular kinds of interpretation, as described in chapter
4852 &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
4853
4854 In all these cases, the entire list is treated as a single string as far as the
4855 input syntax is concerned. The &%trusted_users%& setting in section
4856 &<<SECTstrings>>& above is an example. If a colon is actually needed in an item
4857 in a list, it must be entered as two colons. Leading and trailing white space
4858 on each item in a list is ignored. This makes it possible to include items that
4859 start with a colon, and in particular, certain forms of IPv6 address. For
4860 example, the list
4861 .code
4862 local_interfaces = 127.0.0.1 : ::::1
4863 .endd
4864 contains two IP addresses, the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1 and the IPv6 address ::1.
4865
4866 &*Note*&: Although leading and trailing white space is ignored in individual
4867 list items, it is not ignored when parsing the list. The space after the first
4868 colon in the example above is necessary. If it were not there, the list would
4869 be interpreted as the two items 127.0.0.1:: and 1.
4870
4871 .cindex "list separator" "changing"
4872 .cindex "IPv6" "addresses in lists"
4873 Doubling colons in IPv6 addresses is an unwelcome chore, so a mechanism was
4874 introduced to allow the separator character to be changed. If a list begins
4875 with a left angle bracket, followed by any punctuation character, that
4876 character is used instead of colon as the list separator. For example, the list
4877 above can be rewritten to use a semicolon separator like this:
4878 .code
4879 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1
4880 .endd
4881 This facility applies to all lists, with the exception of the list in
4882 &%log_file_path%&. It is recommended that the use of non-colon separators be
4883 confined to circumstances where they really are needed.
4884
4885
4886
4887 .section "Empty items in lists" "SECTempitelis"
4888 .cindex "list" "empty item in"
4889 An empty item at the end of a list is always ignored. In other words, trailing
4890 separator characters are ignored. Thus, the list in
4891 .code
4892 senders = user@domain :
4893 .endd
4894 contains only a single item. If you want to include an empty string as one item
4895 in a list, it must not be the last item. For example, this list contains three
4896 items, the second of which is empty:
4897 .code
4898 senders = user1@domain : : user2@domain
4899 .endd
4900 &*Note*&: There must be white space between the two colons, as otherwise they
4901 are interpreted as representing a single colon data character (and the list
4902 would then contain just one item). If you want to specify a list that contains
4903 just one, empty item, you can do it as in this example:
4904 .code
4905 senders = :
4906 .endd
4907 In this case, the first item is empty, and the second is discarded because it
4908 is at the end of the list.
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913 .section "Format of driver configurations" "SECTfordricon"
4914 .cindex "drivers" "configuration format"
4915 There are separate parts in the configuration for defining routers, transports,
4916 and authenticators. In each part, you are defining a number of driver
4917 instances, each with its own set of options. Each driver instance is defined by
4918 a sequence of lines like this:
4919 .display
4920 <&'instance name'&>:
4921 <&'option'&>
4922 ...
4923 <&'option'&>
4924 .endd
4925 In the following example, the instance name is &(localuser)&, and it is
4926 followed by three options settings:
4927 .code
4928 localuser:
4929 driver = accept
4930 check_local_user
4931 transport = local_delivery
4932 .endd
4933 For each driver instance, you specify which Exim code module it uses &-- by the
4934 setting of the &%driver%& option &-- and (optionally) some configuration
4935 settings. For example, in the case of transports, if you want a transport to
4936 deliver with SMTP you would use the &(smtp)& driver; if you want to deliver to
4937 a local file you would use the &(appendfile)& driver. Each of the drivers is
4938 described in detail in its own separate chapter later in this manual.
4939
4940 You can have several routers, transports, or authenticators that are based on
4941 the same underlying driver (each must have a different instance name).
4942
4943 The order in which routers are defined is important, because addresses are
4944 passed to individual routers one by one, in order. The order in which
4945 transports are defined does not matter at all. The order in which
4946 authenticators are defined is used only when Exim, as a client, is searching
4947 them to find one that matches an authentication mechanism offered by the
4948 server.
4949
4950 .cindex "generic options"
4951 .cindex "options" "generic &-- definition of"
4952 Within a driver instance definition, there are two kinds of option: &'generic'&
4953 and &'private'&. The generic options are those that apply to all drivers of the
4954 same type (that is, all routers, all transports or all authenticators). The
4955 &%driver%& option is a generic option that must appear in every definition.
4956 .cindex "private options"
4957 The private options are special for each driver, and none need appear, because
4958 they all have default values.
4959
4960 The options may appear in any order, except that the &%driver%& option must
4961 precede any private options, since these depend on the particular driver. For
4962 this reason, it is recommended that &%driver%& always be the first option.
4963
4964 Driver instance names, which are used for reference in log entries and
4965 elsewhere, can be any sequence of letters, digits, and underscores (starting
4966 with a letter) and must be unique among drivers of the same type. A router and
4967 a transport (for example) can each have the same name, but no two router
4968 instances can have the same name. The name of a driver instance should not be
4969 confused with the name of the underlying driver module. For example, the
4970 configuration lines:
4971 .code
4972 remote_smtp:
4973 driver = smtp
4974 .endd
4975 create an instance of the &(smtp)& transport driver whose name is
4976 &(remote_smtp)&. The same driver code can be used more than once, with
4977 different instance names and different option settings each time. A second
4978 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, with different options, might be defined
4979 thus:
4980 .code
4981 special_smtp:
4982 driver = smtp
4983 port = 1234
4984 command_timeout = 10s
4985 .endd
4986 The names &(remote_smtp)& and &(special_smtp)& would be used to reference
4987 these transport instances from routers, and these names would appear in log
4988 lines.
4989
4990 Comment lines may be present in the middle of driver specifications. The full
4991 list of option settings for any particular driver instance, including all the
4992 defaulted values, can be extracted by making use of the &%-bP%& command line
4993 option.
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5001 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5002
5003 .chapter "The default configuration file" "CHAPdefconfil"
5004 .scindex IIDconfiwal "configuration file" "default &""walk through""&"
5005 .cindex "default" "configuration file &""walk through""&"
5006 The default configuration file supplied with Exim as &_src/configure.default_&
5007 is sufficient for a host with simple mail requirements. As an introduction to
5008 the way Exim is configured, this chapter &"walks through"& the default
5009 configuration, giving brief explanations of the settings. Detailed descriptions
5010 of the options are given in subsequent chapters. The default configuration file
5011 itself contains extensive comments about ways you might want to modify the
5012 initial settings. However, note that there are many options that are not
5013 mentioned at all in the default configuration.
5014
5015
5016
5017 .section "Main configuration settings" "SECTdefconfmain"
5018 The main (global) configuration option settings must always come first in the
5019 file. The first thing you'll see in the file, after some initial comments, is
5020 the line
5021 .code
5022 # primary_hostname =
5023 .endd
5024 This is a commented-out setting of the &%primary_hostname%& option. Exim needs
5025 to know the official, fully qualified name of your host, and this is where you
5026 can specify it. However, in most cases you do not need to set this option. When
5027 it is unset, Exim uses the &[uname()]& system function to obtain the host name.
5028
5029 The first three non-comment configuration lines are as follows:
5030 .code
5031 domainlist local_domains = @
5032 domainlist relay_to_domains =
5033 hostlist relay_from_hosts = 127.0.0.1
5034 .endd
5035 These are not, in fact, option settings. They are definitions of two named
5036 domain lists and one named host list. Exim allows you to give names to lists of
5037 domains, hosts, and email addresses, in order to make it easier to manage the
5038 configuration file (see section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&).
5039
5040 The first line defines a domain list called &'local_domains'&; this is used
5041 later in the configuration to identify domains that are to be delivered
5042 on the local host.
5043
5044 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
5045 There is just one item in this list, the string &"@"&. This is a special form
5046 of entry which means &"the name of the local host"&. Thus, if the local host is
5047 called &'a.host.example'&, mail to &'any.user@a.host.example'& is expected to
5048 be delivered locally. Because the local host's name is referenced indirectly,
5049 the same configuration file can be used on different hosts.
5050
5051 The second line defines a domain list called &'relay_to_domains'&, but the
5052 list itself is empty. Later in the configuration we will come to the part that
5053 controls mail relaying through the local host; it allows relaying to any
5054 domains in this list. By default, therefore, no relaying on the basis of a mail
5055 domain is permitted.
5056
5057 The third line defines a host list called &'relay_from_hosts'&. This list is
5058 used later in the configuration to permit relaying from any host or IP address
5059 that matches the list. The default contains just the IP address of the IPv4
5060 loopback interface, which means that processes on the local host are able to
5061 submit mail for relaying by sending it over TCP/IP to that interface. No other
5062 hosts are permitted to submit messages for relaying.
5063
5064 Just to be sure there's no misunderstanding: at this point in the configuration
5065 we aren't actually setting up any controls. We are just defining some domains
5066 and hosts that will be used in the controls that are specified later.
5067
5068 The next two configuration lines are genuine option settings:
5069 .code
5070 acl_smtp_rcpt = acl_check_rcpt
5071 acl_smtp_data = acl_check_data
5072 .endd
5073 These options specify &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs) that are to be used
5074 during an incoming SMTP session for every recipient of a message (every RCPT
5075 command), and after the contents of the message have been received,
5076 respectively. The names of the lists are &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5077 &'acl_check_data'&, and we will come to their definitions below, in the ACL
5078 section of the configuration. The RCPT ACL controls which recipients are
5079 accepted for an incoming message &-- if a configuration does not provide an ACL
5080 to check recipients, no SMTP mail can be accepted. The DATA ACL allows the
5081 contents of a message to be checked.
5082
5083 Two commented-out option settings are next:
5084 .code
5085 # av_scanner = clamd:/tmp/clamd
5086 # spamd_address = 127.0.0.1 783
5087 .endd
5088 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with the
5089 content-scanning extension. The first specifies the interface to the virus
5090 scanner, and the second specifies the interface to SpamAssassin. Further
5091 details are given in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
5092
5093 .new
5094 Three more commented-out option settings follow:
5095 .code
5096 # tls_advertise_hosts = *
5097 # tls_certificate = /etc/ssl/exim.crt
5098 # tls_privatekey = /etc/ssl/exim.pem
5099 .endd
5100 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with
5101 support for TLS (aka SSL) as described in section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&. The
5102 first one specifies the list of clients that are allowed to use TLS when
5103 connecting to this server; in this case the wildcard means all clients. The
5104 other options specify where Exim should find its TLS certificate and private
5105 key, which together prove the server's identity to any clients that connect.
5106 More details are given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
5107
5108 Another two commented-out option settings follow:
5109 .code
5110 # daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 465 : 587
5111 # tls_on_connect_ports = 465
5112 .endd
5113 .cindex "port" "465 and 587"
5114 .cindex "port" "for message submission"
5115 .cindex "message" "submission, ports for"
5116 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
5117 .cindex "smtps protocol"
5118 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
5119 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
5120 These options provide better support for roaming users who wish to use this
5121 server for message submission. They are not much use unless you have turned on
5122 TLS (as described in the previous paragraph) and authentication (about which
5123 more in section &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&). The usual SMTP port 25 is often blocked
5124 on end-user networks, so RFC 4409 specifies that message submission should use
5125 port 587 instead. However some software (notably Microsoft Outlook) cannot be
5126 configured to use port 587 correctly, so these settings also enable the
5127 non-standard &"smtps"& (aka &"ssmtp"&) port 465 (see section
5128 &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&).
5129 .wen
5130
5131 Two more commented-out options settings follow:
5132 .code
5133 # qualify_domain =
5134 # qualify_recipient =
5135 .endd
5136 The first of these specifies a domain that Exim uses when it constructs a
5137 complete email address from a local login name. This is often needed when Exim
5138 receives a message from a local process. If you do not set &%qualify_domain%&,
5139 the value of &%primary_hostname%& is used. If you set both of these options,
5140 you can have different qualification domains for sender and recipient
5141 addresses. If you set only the first one, its value is used in both cases.
5142
5143 .cindex "domain literal" "recognizing format"
5144 The following line must be uncommented if you want Exim to recognize
5145 addresses of the form &'user@[10.11.12.13]'& that is, with a &"domain literal"&
5146 (an IP address within square brackets) instead of a named domain.
5147 .code
5148 # allow_domain_literals
5149 .endd
5150 The RFCs still require this form, but many people think that in the modern
5151 Internet it makes little sense to permit mail to be sent to specific hosts by
5152 quoting their IP addresses. This ancient format has been used by people who
5153 try to abuse hosts by using them for unwanted relaying. However, some
5154 people believe there are circumstances (for example, messages addressed to
5155 &'postmaster'&) where domain literals are still useful.
5156
5157 The next configuration line is a kind of trigger guard:
5158 .code
5159 never_users = root
5160 .endd
5161 It specifies that no delivery must ever be run as the root user. The normal
5162 convention is to set up &'root'& as an alias for the system administrator. This
5163 setting is a guard against slips in the configuration.
5164 The list of users specified by &%never_users%& is not, however, the complete
5165 list; the build-time configuration in &_Local/Makefile_& has an option called
5166 FIXED_NEVER_USERS specifying a list that cannot be overridden. The
5167 contents of &%never_users%& are added to this list. By default
5168 FIXED_NEVER_USERS also specifies root.
5169
5170 When a remote host connects to Exim in order to send mail, the only information
5171 Exim has about the host's identity is its IP address. The next configuration
5172 line,
5173 .code
5174 host_lookup = *
5175 .endd
5176 specifies that Exim should do a reverse DNS lookup on all incoming connections,
5177 in order to get a host name. This improves the quality of the logging
5178 information, but if you feel it is too expensive, you can remove it entirely,
5179 or restrict the lookup to hosts on &"nearby"& networks.
5180 Note that it is not always possible to find a host name from an IP address,
5181 because not all DNS reverse zones are maintained, and sometimes DNS servers are
5182 unreachable.
5183
5184 The next two lines are concerned with &'ident'& callbacks, as defined by RFC
5185 1413 (hence their names):
5186 .code
5187 rfc1413_hosts = *
5188 rfc1413_query_timeout = 5s
5189 .endd
5190 These settings cause Exim to make ident callbacks for all incoming SMTP calls.
5191 You can limit the hosts to which these calls are made, or change the timeout
5192 that is used. If you set the timeout to zero, all ident calls are disabled.
5193 Although they are cheap and can provide useful information for tracing problem
5194 messages, some hosts and firewalls have problems with ident calls. This can
5195 result in a timeout instead of an immediate refused connection, leading to
5196 delays on starting up an incoming SMTP session.
5197
5198 When Exim receives messages over SMTP connections, it expects all addresses to
5199 be fully qualified with a domain, as required by the SMTP definition. However,
5200 if you are running a server to which simple clients submit messages, you may
5201 find that they send unqualified addresses. The two commented-out options:
5202 .code
5203 # sender_unqualified_hosts =
5204 # recipient_unqualified_hosts =
5205 .endd
5206 show how you can specify hosts that are permitted to send unqualified sender
5207 and recipient addresses, respectively.
5208
5209 The &%percent_hack_domains%& option is also commented out:
5210 .code
5211 # percent_hack_domains =
5212 .endd
5213 It provides a list of domains for which the &"percent hack"& is to operate.
5214 This is an almost obsolete form of explicit email routing. If you do not know
5215 anything about it, you can safely ignore this topic.
5216
5217 The last two settings in the main part of the default configuration are
5218 concerned with messages that have been &"frozen"& on Exim's queue. When a
5219 message is frozen, Exim no longer continues to try to deliver it. Freezing
5220 occurs when a bounce message encounters a permanent failure because the sender
5221 address of the original message that caused the bounce is invalid, so the
5222 bounce cannot be delivered. This is probably the most common case, but there
5223 are also other conditions that cause freezing, and frozen messages are not
5224 always bounce messages.
5225 .code
5226 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 2d
5227 timeout_frozen_after = 7d
5228 .endd
5229 The first of these options specifies that failing bounce messages are to be
5230 discarded after 2 days on the queue. The second specifies that any frozen
5231 message (whether a bounce message or not) is to be timed out (and discarded)
5232 after a week. In this configuration, the first setting ensures that no failing
5233 bounce message ever lasts a week.
5234
5235
5236
5237 .section "ACL configuration"
5238 .cindex "default" "ACLs"
5239 .cindex "&ACL;" "default configuration"
5240 In the default configuration, the ACL section follows the main configuration.
5241 It starts with the line
5242 .code
5243 begin acl
5244 .endd
5245 and it contains the definitions of two ACLs, called &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5246 &'acl_check_data'&, that were referenced in the settings of &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
5247 and &%acl_smtp_data%& above.
5248
5249 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
5250 The first ACL is used for every RCPT command in an incoming SMTP message. Each
5251 RCPT command specifies one of the message's recipients. The ACL statements
5252 are considered in order, until the recipient address is either accepted or
5253 rejected. The RCPT command is then accepted or rejected, according to the
5254 result of the ACL processing.
5255 .code
5256 acl_check_rcpt:
5257 .endd
5258 This line, consisting of a name terminated by a colon, marks the start of the
5259 ACL, and names it.
5260 .code
5261 accept hosts = :
5262 .endd
5263 This ACL statement accepts the recipient if the sending host matches the list.
5264 But what does that strange list mean? It doesn't actually contain any host
5265 names or IP addresses. The presence of the colon puts an empty item in the
5266 list; Exim matches this only if the incoming message did not come from a remote
5267 host, because in that case, the remote hostname is empty. The colon is
5268 important. Without it, the list itself is empty, and can never match anything.
5269
5270 What this statement is doing is to accept unconditionally all recipients in
5271 messages that are submitted by SMTP from local processes using the standard
5272 input and output (that is, not using TCP/IP). A number of MUAs operate in this
5273 manner.
5274 .code
5275 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5276 domains = +local_domains
5277 local_parts = ^[.] : ^.*[@%!/|]
5278
5279 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5280 domains = !+local_domains
5281 local_parts = ^[./|] : ^.*[@%!] : ^.*/\\.\\./
5282 .endd
5283 These statements are concerned with local parts that contain any of the
5284 characters &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&, &"|"&, or dots in unusual places.
5285 Although these characters are entirely legal in local parts (in the case of
5286 &"@"& and leading dots, only if correctly quoted), they do not commonly occur
5287 in Internet mail addresses.
5288
5289 The first three have in the past been associated with explicitly routed
5290 addresses (percent is still sometimes used &-- see the &%percent_hack_domains%&
5291 option). Addresses containing these characters are regularly tried by spammers
5292 in an attempt to bypass relaying restrictions, and also by open relay testing
5293 programs. Unless you really need them it is safest to reject these characters
5294 at this early stage. This configuration is heavy-handed in rejecting these
5295 characters for all messages it accepts from remote hosts. This is a deliberate
5296 policy of being as safe as possible.
5297
5298 The first rule above is stricter, and is applied to messages that are addressed
5299 to one of the local domains handled by this host. This is implemented by the
5300 first condition, which restricts it to domains that are listed in the
5301 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5302 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5303 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5304
5305 The second condition on the first statement uses two regular expressions to
5306 block local parts that begin with a dot or contain &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&,
5307 or &"|"&. If you have local accounts that include these characters, you will
5308 have to modify this rule.
5309
5310 Empty components (two dots in a row) are not valid in RFC 2822, but Exim
5311 allows them because they have been encountered in practice. (Consider the
5312 common convention of local parts constructed as
5313 &"&'first-initial.second-initial.family-name'&"& when applied to someone like
5314 the author of Exim, who has no second initial.) However, a local part starting
5315 with a dot or containing &"/../"& can cause trouble if it is used as part of a
5316 file name (for example, for a mailing list). This is also true for local parts
5317 that contain slashes. A pipe symbol can also be troublesome if the local part
5318 is incorporated unthinkingly into a shell command line.
5319
5320 The second rule above applies to all other domains, and is less strict. This
5321 allows your own users to send outgoing messages to sites that use slashes
5322 and vertical bars in their local parts. It blocks local parts that begin
5323 with a dot, slash, or vertical bar, but allows these characters within the
5324 local part. However, the sequence &"/../"& is barred. The use of &"@"&, &"%"&,
5325 and &"!"& is blocked, as before. The motivation here is to prevent your users
5326 (or your users' viruses) from mounting certain kinds of attack on remote sites.
5327 .code
5328 accept local_parts = postmaster
5329 domains = +local_domains
5330 .endd
5331 This statement, which has two conditions, accepts an incoming address if the
5332 local part is &'postmaster'& and the domain is one of those listed in the
5333 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5334 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5335 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5336
5337 The presence of this statement means that mail to postmaster is never blocked
5338 by any of the subsequent tests. This can be helpful while sorting out problems
5339 in cases where the subsequent tests are incorrectly denying access.
5340 .code
5341 require verify = sender
5342 .endd
5343 This statement requires the sender address to be verified before any subsequent
5344 ACL statement can be used. If verification fails, the incoming recipient
5345 address is refused. Verification consists of trying to route the address, to
5346 see if a bounce message could be delivered to it. In the case of remote
5347 addresses, basic verification checks only the domain, but &'callouts'& can be
5348 used for more verification if required. Section &<<SECTaddressverification>>&
5349 discusses the details of address verification.
5350 .code
5351 accept hosts = +relay_from_hosts
5352 control = submission
5353 .endd
5354 This statement accepts the address if the message is coming from one of the
5355 hosts that are defined as being allowed to relay through this host. Recipient
5356 verification is omitted here, because in many cases the clients are dumb MUAs
5357 that do not cope well with SMTP error responses. For the same reason, the
5358 second line specifies &"submission mode"& for messages that are accepted. This
5359 is described in detail in section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>&; it causes Exim to fix
5360 messages that are deficient in some way, for example, because they lack a
5361 &'Date:'& header line. If you are actually relaying out from MTAs, you should
5362 probably add recipient verification here, and disable submission mode.
5363 .code
5364 accept authenticated = *
5365 control = submission
5366 .endd
5367 This statement accepts the address if the client host has authenticated itself.
5368 Submission mode is again specified, on the grounds that such messages are most
5369 likely to come from MUAs. The default configuration does not define any
5370 authenticators, though it does include some nearly complete commented-out
5371 examples described in &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&. This means that no client can in
5372 fact authenticate until you complete the authenticator definitions.
5373 .new
5374 .code
5375 require message = relay not permitted
5376 domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
5377 .endd
5378 This statement rejects the address if its domain is neither a local domain nor
5379 one of the domains for which this host is a relay.
5380 .code
5381 require verify = recipient
5382 .endd
5383 This statement requires the recipient address to be verified; if verification
5384 fails, the address is rejected.
5385 .code
5386 # deny message = rejected because $sender_host_address \
5387 # is in a black list at $dnslist_domain\n\
5388 # $dnslist_text
5389 # dnslists = black.list.example
5390 #
5391 # warn dnslists = black.list.example
5392 # add_header = X-Warning: $sender_host_address is in \
5393 # a black list at $dnslist_domain
5394 # log_message = found in $dnslist_domain
5395 .endd
5396 These commented-out lines are examples of how you could configure Exim to check
5397 sending hosts against a DNS black list. The first statement rejects messages
5398 from blacklisted hosts, whereas the second just inserts a warning header
5399 line.
5400 .code
5401 # require verify = csa
5402 .endd
5403 This commented-out line is an example of how you could turn on client SMTP
5404 authorization (CSA) checking. Such checks do DNS lookups for special SRV
5405 records.
5406 .code
5407 accept
5408 .endd
5409 The final statement in the first ACL unconditionally accepts any recipient
5410 address that has successfully passed all the previous tests.
5411 .wen
5412 .code
5413 acl_check_data:
5414 .endd
5415 This line marks the start of the second ACL, and names it. Most of the contents
5416 of this ACL are commented out:
5417 .code
5418 # deny malware = *
5419 # message = This message contains a virus \
5420 # ($malware_name).
5421 .endd
5422 These lines are examples of how to arrange for messages to be scanned for
5423 viruses when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension, and a
5424 suitable virus scanner is installed. If the message is found to contain a
5425 virus, it is rejected with the given custom error message.
5426 .code
5427 # warn spam = nobody
5428 # message = X-Spam_score: $spam_score\n\
5429 # X-Spam_score_int: $spam_score_int\n\
5430 # X-Spam_bar: $spam_bar\n\
5431 # X-Spam_report: $spam_report
5432 .endd
5433 These lines are an example of how to arrange for messages to be scanned by
5434 SpamAssassin when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension,
5435 and SpamAssassin has been installed. The SpamAssassin check is run with
5436 &`nobody`& as its user parameter, and the results are added to the message as a
5437 series of extra header line. In this case, the message is not rejected,
5438 whatever the spam score.
5439 .code
5440 accept
5441 .endd
5442 This final line in the DATA ACL accepts the message unconditionally.
5443
5444
5445 .section "Router configuration"
5446 .cindex "default" "routers"
5447 .cindex "routers" "default"
5448 The router configuration comes next in the default configuration, introduced
5449 by the line
5450 .code
5451 begin routers
5452 .endd
5453 Routers are the modules in Exim that make decisions about where to send
5454 messages. An address is passed to each router in turn, until it is either
5455 accepted, or failed. This means that the order in which you define the routers
5456 matters. Each router is fully described in its own chapter later in this
5457 manual. Here we give only brief overviews.
5458 .code
5459 # domain_literal:
5460 # driver = ipliteral
5461 # domains = !+local_domains
5462 # transport = remote_smtp
5463 .endd
5464 .cindex "domain literal" "default router"
5465 This router is commented out because the majority of sites do not want to
5466 support domain literal addresses (those of the form &'user@[10.9.8.7]'&). If
5467 you uncomment this router, you also need to uncomment the setting of
5468 &%allow_domain_literals%& in the main part of the configuration.
5469 .code
5470 dnslookup:
5471 driver = dnslookup
5472 domains = ! +local_domains
5473 transport = remote_smtp
5474 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.0/8
5475 no_more
5476 .endd
5477 The first uncommented router handles addresses that do not involve any local
5478 domains. This is specified by the line
5479 .code
5480 domains = ! +local_domains
5481 .endd
5482 The &%domains%& option lists the domains to which this router applies, but the
5483 exclamation mark is a negation sign, so the router is used only for domains
5484 that are not in the domain list called &'local_domains'& (which was defined at
5485 the start of the configuration). The plus sign before &'local_domains'&
5486 indicates that it is referring to a named list. Addresses in other domains are
5487 passed on to the following routers.
5488
5489 The name of the router driver is &(dnslookup)&,
5490 and is specified by the &%driver%& option. Do not be confused by the fact that
5491 the name of this router instance is the same as the name of the driver. The
5492 instance name is arbitrary, but the name set in the &%driver%& option must be
5493 one of the driver modules that is in the Exim binary.
5494
5495 The &(dnslookup)& router routes addresses by looking up their domains in the
5496 DNS in order to obtain a list of hosts to which the address is routed. If the
5497 router succeeds, the address is queued for the &(remote_smtp)& transport, as
5498 specified by the &%transport%& option. If the router does not find the domain
5499 in the DNS, no further routers are tried because of the &%no_more%& setting, so
5500 the address fails and is bounced.
5501
5502 The &%ignore_target_hosts%& option specifies a list of IP addresses that are to
5503 be entirely ignored. This option is present because a number of cases have been
5504 encountered where MX records in the DNS point to host names
5505 whose IP addresses are 0.0.0.0 or are in the 127 subnet (typically 127.0.0.1).
5506 Completely ignoring these IP addresses causes Exim to fail to route the
5507 email address, so it bounces. Otherwise, Exim would log a routing problem, and
5508 continue to try to deliver the message periodically until the address timed
5509 out.
5510 .code
5511 system_aliases:
5512 driver = redirect
5513 allow_fail
5514 allow_defer
5515 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
5516 # user = exim
5517 file_transport = address_file
5518 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5519 .endd
5520 Control reaches this and subsequent routers only for addresses in the local
5521 domains. This router checks to see whether the local part is defined as an
5522 alias in the &_/etc/aliases_& file, and if so, redirects it according to the
5523 data that it looks up from that file. If no data is found for the local part,
5524 the value of the &%data%& option is empty, causing the address to be passed to
5525 the next router.
5526
5527 &_/etc/aliases_& is a conventional name for the system aliases file that is
5528 often used. That is why it is referenced by from the default configuration
5529 file. However, you can change this by setting SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in
5530 &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim.
5531 .code
5532 userforward:
5533 driver = redirect
5534 check_local_user
5535 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5536 # local_part_suffix_optional
5537 file = $home/.forward
5538 # allow_filter
5539 no_verify
5540 no_expn
5541 check_ancestor
5542 file_transport = address_file
5543 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5544 reply_transport = address_reply
5545 .endd
5546 This is the most complicated router in the default configuration. It is another
5547 redirection router, but this time it is looking for forwarding data set up by
5548 individual users. The &%check_local_user%& setting specifies a check that the
5549 local part of the address is the login name of a local user. If it is not, the
5550 router is skipped. The two commented options that follow &%check_local_user%&,
5551 namely:
5552 .code
5553 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5554 # local_part_suffix_optional
5555 .endd
5556 .cindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
5557 show how you can specify the recognition of local part suffixes. If the first
5558 is uncommented, a suffix beginning with either a plus or a minus sign, followed
5559 by any sequence of characters, is removed from the local part and placed in the
5560 variable &$local_part_suffix$&. The second suffix option specifies that the
5561 presence of a suffix in the local part is optional. When a suffix is present,
5562 the check for a local login uses the local part with the suffix removed.
5563
5564 When a local user account is found, the file called &_.forward_& in the user's
5565 home directory is consulted. If it does not exist, or is empty, the router
5566 declines. Otherwise, the contents of &_.forward_& are interpreted as
5567 redirection data (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& for more details).
5568
5569 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling in default router"
5570 Traditional &_.forward_& files contain just a list of addresses, pipes, or
5571 files. Exim supports this by default. However, if &%allow_filter%& is set (it
5572 is commented out by default), the contents of the file are interpreted as a set
5573 of Exim or Sieve filtering instructions, provided the file begins with &"#Exim
5574 filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, respectively. User filtering is discussed in the
5575 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
5576
5577 The &%no_verify%& and &%no_expn%& options mean that this router is skipped when
5578 verifying addresses, or when running as a consequence of an SMTP EXPN command.
5579 There are two reasons for doing this:
5580
5581 .olist
5582 Whether or not a local user has a &_.forward_& file is not really relevant when
5583 checking an address for validity; it makes sense not to waste resources doing
5584 unnecessary work.
5585 .next
5586 More importantly, when Exim is verifying addresses or handling an EXPN
5587 command during an SMTP session, it is running as the Exim user, not as root.
5588 The group is the Exim group, and no additional groups are set up.
5589 It may therefore not be possible for Exim to read users' &_.forward_& files at
5590 this time.
5591 .endlist
5592
5593 The setting of &%check_ancestor%& prevents the router from generating a new
5594 address that is the same as any previous address that was redirected. (This
5595 works round a problem concerning a bad interaction between aliasing and
5596 forwarding &-- see section &<<SECTredlocmai>>&).
5597
5598 The final three option settings specify the transports that are to be used when
5599 forwarding generates a direct delivery to a file, or to a pipe, or sets up an
5600 auto-reply, respectively. For example, if a &_.forward_& file contains
5601 .code
5602 a.nother@elsewhere.example, /home/spqr/archive
5603 .endd
5604 the delivery to &_/home/spqr/archive_& is done by running the &%address_file%&
5605 transport.
5606 .code
5607 localuser:
5608 driver = accept
5609 check_local_user
5610 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5611 # local_part_suffix_optional
5612 transport = local_delivery
5613 .endd
5614 The final router sets up delivery into local mailboxes, provided that the local
5615 part is the name of a local login, by accepting the address and assigning it to
5616 the &(local_delivery)& transport. Otherwise, we have reached the end of the
5617 routers, so the address is bounced. The commented suffix settings fulfil the
5618 same purpose as they do for the &(userforward)& router.
5619
5620
5621 .section "Transport configuration"
5622 .cindex "default" "transports"
5623 .cindex "transports" "default"
5624 Transports define mechanisms for actually delivering messages. They operate
5625 only when referenced from routers, so the order in which they are defined does
5626 not matter. The transports section of the configuration starts with
5627 .code
5628 begin transports
5629 .endd
5630 One remote transport and four local transports are defined.
5631 .code
5632 remote_smtp:
5633 driver = smtp
5634 .endd
5635 This transport is used for delivering messages over SMTP connections. All its
5636 options are defaulted. The list of remote hosts comes from the router.
5637 .code
5638 local_delivery:
5639 driver = appendfile
5640 file = /var/mail/$local_part
5641 delivery_date_add
5642 envelope_to_add
5643 return_path_add
5644 # group = mail
5645 # mode = 0660
5646 .endd
5647 This &(appendfile)& transport is used for local delivery to user mailboxes in
5648 traditional BSD mailbox format. By default it runs under the uid and gid of the
5649 local user, which requires the sticky bit to be set on the &_/var/mail_&
5650 directory. Some systems use the alternative approach of running mail deliveries
5651 under a particular group instead of using the sticky bit. The commented options
5652 show how this can be done.
5653
5654 Exim adds three headers to the message as it delivers it: &'Delivery-date:'&,
5655 &'Envelope-to:'& and &'Return-path:'&. This action is requested by the three
5656 similarly-named options above.
5657 .code
5658 address_pipe:
5659 driver = pipe
5660 return_output
5661 .endd
5662 This transport is used for handling deliveries to pipes that are generated by
5663 redirection (aliasing or users' &_.forward_& files). The &%return_output%&
5664 option specifies that any output generated by the pipe is to be returned to the
5665 sender.
5666 .code
5667 address_file:
5668 driver = appendfile
5669 delivery_date_add
5670 envelope_to_add
5671 return_path_add
5672 .endd
5673 This transport is used for handling deliveries to files that are generated by
5674 redirection. The name of the file is not specified in this instance of
5675 &(appendfile)&, because it comes from the &(redirect)& router.
5676 .code
5677 address_reply:
5678 driver = autoreply
5679 .endd
5680 This transport is used for handling automatic replies generated by users'
5681 filter files.
5682
5683
5684
5685 .section "Default retry rule"
5686 .cindex "retry" "default rule"
5687 .cindex "default" "retry rule"
5688 The retry section of the configuration file contains rules which affect the way
5689 Exim retries deliveries that cannot be completed at the first attempt. It is
5690 introduced by the line
5691 .code
5692 begin retry
5693 .endd
5694 In the default configuration, there is just one rule, which applies to all
5695 errors:
5696 .code
5697 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
5698 .endd
5699 This causes any temporarily failing address to be retried every 15 minutes for
5700 2 hours, then at intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
5701 1.5 until 16 hours have passed, then every 6 hours up to 4 days. If an address
5702 is not delivered after 4 days of temporary failure, it is bounced.
5703
5704
5705
5706 .section "Rewriting configuration"
5707 The rewriting section of the configuration, introduced by
5708 .code
5709 begin rewrite
5710 .endd
5711 contains rules for rewriting addresses in messages as they arrive. There are no
5712 rewriting rules in the default configuration file.
5713
5714
5715
5716 .section "Authenticators configuration" "SECTdefconfauth"
5717 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
5718 The authenticators section of the configuration, introduced by
5719 .code
5720 begin authenticators
5721 .endd
5722 defines mechanisms for the use of the SMTP AUTH command. The default
5723 configuration file contains two commented-out example authenticators
5724 which support plaintext username/password authentication using the
5725 standard PLAIN mechanism and the traditional but non-standard LOGIN
5726 mechanism, with Exim acting as the server. PLAIN and LOGIN are enough
5727 to support most MUA software.
5728
5729 The example PLAIN authenticator looks like this:
5730 .code
5731 #PLAIN:
5732 # driver = plaintext
5733 # server_set_id = $auth2
5734 # server_prompts = :
5735 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5736 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5737 .endd
5738 And the example LOGIN authenticator looks like this:
5739 .code
5740 #LOGIN:
5741 # driver = plaintext
5742 # server_set_id = $auth1
5743 # server_prompts = <| Username: | Password:
5744 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5745 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5746 .endd
5747
5748 The &%server_set_id%& option makes Exim remember the authenticated username
5749 in &$authenticated_id$&, which can be used later in ACLs or routers. The
5750 &%server_prompts%& option configures the &(plaintext)& authenticator so
5751 that it implements the details of the specific authentication mechanism,
5752 i.e. PLAIN or LOGIN. The &%server_advertise_condition%& setting controls
5753 when Exim offers authentication to clients; in the examples, this is only
5754 when TLS or SSL has been started, so to enable the authenticators you also
5755 need to add support for TLS as described in &<<SECTdefconfmain>>&.
5756
5757 The &%server_condition%& setting defines how to verify that the username and
5758 password are correct. In the examples it just produces an error message.
5759 To make the authenticators work, you can use a string expansion
5760 expression like one of the examples in &<<CHAPplaintext>>&.
5761
5762 .ecindex IIDconfiwal
5763
5764
5765
5766 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5767 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5768
5769 .chapter "Regular expressions" "CHAPregexp"
5770
5771 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
5772 .cindex "PCRE"
5773 Exim supports the use of regular expressions in many of its options. It
5774 uses the PCRE regular expression library; this provides regular expression
5775 matching that is compatible with Perl 5. The syntax and semantics of
5776 regular expressions is discussed in many Perl reference books, and also in
5777 Jeffrey Friedl's &'Mastering Regular Expressions'&, which is published by
5778 O'Reilly (see &url(http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/regex2/)).
5779
5780 The documentation for the syntax and semantics of the regular expressions that
5781 are supported by PCRE is included in plain text in the file
5782 &_doc/pcrepattern.txt_& in the Exim distribution, and also in the HTML
5783 tarbundle of Exim documentation. It describes in detail the features of the
5784 regular expressions that PCRE supports, so no further description is included
5785 here. The PCRE functions are called from Exim using the default option settings
5786 (that is, with no PCRE options set), except that the PCRE_CASELESS option is
5787 set when the matching is required to be case-insensitive.
5788
5789 In most cases, when a regular expression is required in an Exim configuration,
5790 it has to start with a circumflex, in order to distinguish it from plain text
5791 or an &"ends with"& wildcard. In this example of a configuration setting, the
5792 second item in the colon-separated list is a regular expression.
5793 .code
5794 domains = a.b.c : ^\\d{3} : *.y.z : ...
5795 .endd
5796 The doubling of the backslash is required because of string expansion that
5797 precedes interpretation &-- see section &<<SECTlittext>>& for more discussion
5798 of this issue, and a way of avoiding the need for doubling backslashes. The
5799 regular expression that is eventually used in this example contains just one
5800 backslash. The circumflex is included in the regular expression, and has the
5801 normal effect of &"anchoring"& it to the start of the string that is being
5802 matched.
5803
5804 There are, however, two cases where a circumflex is not required for the
5805 recognition of a regular expression: these are the &%match%& condition in a
5806 string expansion, and the &%matches%& condition in an Exim filter file. In
5807 these cases, the relevant string is always treated as a regular expression; if
5808 it does not start with a circumflex, the expression is not anchored, and can
5809 match anywhere in the subject string.
5810
5811 In all cases, if you want a regular expression to match at the end of a string,
5812 you must code the $ metacharacter to indicate this. For example:
5813 .code
5814 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example
5815 .endd
5816 matches the domain &'123.example'&, but it also matches &'123.example.com'&.
5817 You need to use:
5818 .code
5819 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example\$
5820 .endd
5821 if you want &'example'& to be the top-level domain. The backslash before the
5822 $ is needed because string expansion also interprets dollar characters.
5823
5824
5825
5826 .section "Testing regular expressions"
5827 .cindex "testing" "regular expressions"
5828 .cindex "regular expressions" "testing"
5829 .cindex "&'pcretest'&"
5830 A program called &'pcretest'& forms part of the PCRE distribution and is built
5831 with PCRE during the process of building Exim. It is primarily intended for
5832 testing PCRE itself, but it can also be used for experimenting with regular
5833 expressions. After building Exim, the binary can be found in the build
5834 directory (it is not installed anywhere automatically). There is documentation
5835 of various options in &_doc/pcretest.txt_&, but for simple testing, none are
5836 needed. This is the output of a sample run of &'pcretest'&:
5837 .display
5838 &` re> `&&*&`/^([@]+)@.+\.(ac|edu)\.(?!kr)[a-z]{2}$/`&*&
5839 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.ac.uk`&*&
5840 &` 0: x@y.ac.uk`&
5841 &` 1: x`&
5842 &` 2: ac`&
5843 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.ac.kr`&*&
5844 &`No match`&
5845 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.edu.com`&*&
5846 &`No match`&
5847 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.edu.co`&*&
5848 &` 0: x@y.edu.co`&
5849 &` 1: x`&
5850 &` 2: edu`&
5851 .endd
5852 Input typed by the user is shown in bold face. After the &"re>"& prompt, a
5853 regular expression enclosed in delimiters is expected. If this compiles without
5854 error, &"data>"& prompts are given for strings against which the expression is
5855 matched. An empty data line causes a new regular expression to be read. If the
5856 match is successful, the captured substring values (that is, what would be in
5857 the variables &$0$&, &$1$&, &$2$&, etc.) are shown. The above example tests for
5858 an email address whose domain ends with either &"ac"& or &"edu"& followed by a
5859 two-character top-level domain that is not &"kr"&. The local part is captured
5860 in &$1$& and the &"ac"& or &"edu"& in &$2$&.
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5868 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5869
5870 .chapter "File and database lookups" "CHAPfdlookup"
5871 .scindex IIDfidalo1 "file" "lookups"
5872 .scindex IIDfidalo2 "database lookups"
5873 .cindex "lookup" "description of"
5874 Exim can be configured to look up data in files or databases as it processes
5875 messages. Two different kinds of syntax are used:
5876
5877 .olist
5878 A string that is to be expanded may contain explicit lookup requests. These
5879 cause parts of the string to be replaced by data that is obtained from the
5880 lookup. Lookups of this type are conditional expansion items. Different results
5881 can be defined for the cases of lookup success and failure. See chapter
5882 &<<CHAPexpand>>&, where string expansions are described in detail.
5883 .next
5884 Lists of domains, hosts, and email addresses can contain lookup requests as a
5885 way of avoiding excessively long linear lists. In this case, the data that is
5886 returned by the lookup is often (but not always) discarded; whether the lookup
5887 succeeds or fails is what really counts. These kinds of list are described in
5888 chapter &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
5889 .endlist
5890
5891 String expansions, lists, and lookups interact with each other in such a way
5892 that there is no order in which to describe any one of them that does not
5893 involve references to the others. Each of these three chapters makes more sense
5894 if you have read the other two first. If you are reading this for the first
5895 time, be aware that some of it will make a lot more sense after you have read
5896 chapters &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>& and &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
5897
5898 .section "Examples of different lookup syntax"
5899 It is easy to confuse the two different kinds of lookup, especially as the
5900 lists that may contain the second kind are always expanded before being
5901 processed as lists. Therefore, they may also contain lookups of the first kind.
5902 Be careful to distinguish between the following two examples:
5903 .code
5904 domains = ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch{/some/file}}
5905 domains = lsearch;/some/file
5906 .endd
5907 The first uses a string expansion, the result of which must be a domain list.
5908 No strings have been specified for a successful or a failing lookup; the
5909 defaults in this case are the looked-up data and an empty string, respectively.
5910 The expansion takes place before the string is processed as a list, and the
5911 file that is searched could contain lines like this:
5912 .code
5913 192.168.3.4: domain1:domain2:...
5914 192.168.1.9: domain3:domain4:...
5915 .endd
5916 When the lookup succeeds, the result of the expansion is a list of domains (and
5917 possibly other types of item that are allowed in domain lists).
5918
5919 In the second example, the lookup is a single item in a domain list. It causes
5920 Exim to use a lookup to see if the domain that is being processed can be found
5921 in the file. The file could contains lines like this:
5922 .code
5923 domain1:
5924 domain2:
5925 .endd
5926 Any data that follows the keys is not relevant when checking that the domain
5927 matches the list item.
5928
5929 It is possible, though no doubt confusing, to use both kinds of lookup at once.
5930 Consider a file containing lines like this:
5931 .code
5932 192.168.5.6: lsearch;/another/file
5933 .endd
5934 If the value of &$sender_host_address$& is 192.168.5.6, expansion of the
5935 first &%domains%& setting above generates the second setting, which therefore
5936 causes a second lookup to occur.
5937
5938 The rest of this chapter describes the different lookup types that are
5939 available. Any of them can be used in any part of the configuration where a
5940 lookup is permitted.
5941
5942
5943 .section "Lookup types"
5944 .cindex "lookup" "types of"
5945 .cindex "single-key lookup" "definition of"
5946 Two different types of data lookup are implemented:
5947
5948 .ilist
5949 The &'single-key'& type requires the specification of a file in which to look,
5950 and a single key to search for. The key must be a non-empty string for the
5951 lookup to succeed. The lookup type determines how the file is searched.
5952 .next
5953 .cindex "query-style lookup" "definition of"
5954 The &'query-style'& type accepts a generalized database query. No particular
5955 key value is assumed by Exim for query-style lookups. You can use whichever
5956 Exim variables you need to construct the database query.
5957 .endlist
5958
5959 The code for each lookup type is in a separate source file that is included in
5960 the binary of Exim only if the corresponding compile-time option is set. The
5961 default settings in &_src/EDITME_& are:
5962 .code
5963 LOOKUP_DBM=yes
5964 LOOKUP_LSEARCH=yes
5965 .endd
5966 which means that only linear searching and DBM lookups are included by default.
5967 For some types of lookup (e.g. SQL databases), you need to install appropriate
5968 libraries and header files before building Exim.
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973 .section "Single-key lookup types" "SECTsinglekeylookups"
5974 .cindex "lookup" "single-key types"
5975 .cindex "single-key lookup" "list of types"
5976 The following single-key lookup types are implemented:
5977
5978 .ilist
5979 .cindex "cdb" "description of"
5980 .cindex "lookup" "cdb"
5981 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
5982 &(cdb)&: The given file is searched as a Constant DataBase file, using the key
5983 string without a terminating binary zero. The cdb format is designed for
5984 indexed files that are read frequently and never updated, except by total
5985 re-creation. As such, it is particulary suitable for large files containing
5986 aliases or other indexed data referenced by an MTA. Information about cdb can
5987 be found in several places:
5988 .display
5989 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html)
5990 &url(ftp://ftp.corpit.ru/pub/tinycdb/)
5991 &url(http://packages.debian.org/stable/utils/freecdb.html)
5992 .endd
5993 A cdb distribution is not needed in order to build Exim with cdb support,
5994 because the code for reading cdb files is included directly in Exim itself.
5995 However, no means of building or testing cdb files is provided with Exim, so
5996 you need to obtain a cdb distribution in order to do this.
5997 .next
5998 .cindex "DBM" "lookup type"
5999 .cindex "lookup" "dbm"
6000 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6001 &(dbm)&: Calls to DBM library functions are used to extract data from the given
6002 DBM file by looking up the record with the given key. A terminating binary
6003 zero is included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. See section
6004 &<<SECTdb>>& for a discussion of DBM libraries.
6005
6006 .cindex "Berkeley DB library" "file format"
6007 For all versions of Berkeley DB, Exim uses the DB_HASH style of database
6008 when building DBM files using the &%exim_dbmbuild%& utility. However, when
6009 using Berkeley DB versions 3 or 4, it opens existing databases for reading with
6010 the DB_UNKNOWN option. This enables it to handle any of the types of database
6011 that the library supports, and can be useful for accessing DBM files created by
6012 other applications. (For earlier DB versions, DB_HASH is always used.)
6013 .next
6014 .cindex "lookup" "dbmnz"
6015 .cindex "lookup" "dbm &-- terminating zero"
6016 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6017 .cindex "Courier"
6018 .cindex "&_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_&"
6019 .cindex "dmbnz lookup type"
6020 &(dbmnz)&: This is the same as &(dbm)&, except that a terminating binary zero
6021 is not included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. You may need this
6022 if you want to look up data in files that are created by or shared with some
6023 other application that does not use terminating zeros. For example, you need to
6024 use &(dbmnz)& rather than &(dbm)& if you want to authenticate incoming SMTP
6025 calls using the passwords from Courier's &_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_& file. Exim's
6026 utility program for creating DBM files (&'exim_dbmbuild'&) includes the zeros
6027 by default, but has an option to omit them (see section &<<SECTdbmbuild>>&).
6028 .next
6029 .cindex "lookup" "dsearch"
6030 .cindex "dsearch lookup type"
6031 &(dsearch)&: The given file must be a directory; this is searched for a file
6032 whose name is the key. The key may not contain any forward slash characters.
6033 The result of a successful lookup is the name of the file. An example of how
6034 this lookup can be used to support virtual domains is given in section
6035 &<<SECTvirtualdomains>>&.
6036 .next
6037 .cindex "lookup" "iplsearch"
6038 .cindex "iplsearch lookup type"
6039 &(iplsearch)&: The given file is a text file containing keys and data. A key is
6040 terminated by a colon or white space or the end of the line. The keys in the
6041 file must be IP addresses, or IP addresses with CIDR masks. Keys that involve
6042 IPv6 addresses must be enclosed in quotes to prevent the first internal colon
6043 being interpreted as a key terminator. For example:
6044 .code
6045 1.2.3.4: data for 1.2.3.4
6046 192.168.0.0/16 data for 192.168.0.0/16
6047 "abcd::cdab": data for abcd::cdab
6048 "abcd:abcd::/32" data for abcd:abcd::/32
6049 .endd
6050 The key for an &(iplsearch)& lookup must be an IP address (without a mask). The
6051 file is searched linearly, using the CIDR masks where present, until a matching
6052 key is found. The first key that matches is used; there is no attempt to find a
6053 &"best"& match. Apart from the way the keys are matched, the processing for
6054 &(iplsearch)& is the same as for &(lsearch)&.
6055
6056 &*Warning 1*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6057 &(iplsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6058 lookup types support only literal keys.
6059
6060 &*Warning 2*&: In a host list, you must always use &(net-iplsearch)& so that
6061 the implicit key is the host's IP address rather than its name (see section
6062 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&).
6063 .next
6064 .new
6065 .cindex "linear search"
6066 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch"
6067 .cindex "lsearch lookup type"
6068 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in lsearch lookup"
6069 &(lsearch)&: The given file is a text file that is searched linearly for a
6070 line beginning with the search key, terminated by a colon or white space or the
6071 end of the line. The search is case-insensitive; that is, upper and lower case
6072 letters are treated as the same. The first occurrence of the key that is found
6073 in the file is used.
6074 .wen
6075
6076 White space between the key and the colon is permitted. The remainder of the
6077 line, with leading and trailing white space removed, is the data. This can be
6078 continued onto subsequent lines by starting them with any amount of white
6079 space, but only a single space character is included in the data at such a
6080 junction. If the data begins with a colon, the key must be terminated by a
6081 colon, for example:
6082 .code
6083 baduser: :fail:
6084 .endd
6085 Empty lines and lines beginning with # are ignored, even if they occur in the
6086 middle of an item. This is the traditional textual format of alias files. Note
6087 that the keys in an &(lsearch)& file are literal strings. There is no
6088 wildcarding of any kind.
6089
6090 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch &-- colons in keys"
6091 .cindex "white space" "in lsearch key"
6092 In most &(lsearch)& files, keys are not required to contain colons or #
6093 characters, or white space. However, if you need this feature, it is available.
6094 If a key begins with a doublequote character, it is terminated only by a
6095 matching quote (or end of line), and the normal escaping rules apply to its
6096 contents (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&). An optional colon is permitted after
6097 quoted keys (exactly as for unquoted keys). There is no special handling of
6098 quotes for the data part of an &(lsearch)& line.
6099
6100 .next
6101 .cindex "NIS lookup type"
6102 .cindex "lookup" "NIS"
6103 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6104 &(nis)&: The given file is the name of a NIS map, and a NIS lookup is done with
6105 the given key, without a terminating binary zero. There is a variant called
6106 &(nis0)& which does include the terminating binary zero in the key. This is
6107 reportedly needed for Sun-style alias files. Exim does not recognize NIS
6108 aliases; the full map names must be used.
6109
6110 .next
6111 .cindex "wildlsearch lookup type"
6112 .cindex "lookup" "wildlsearch"
6113 .cindex "nwildlsearch lookup type"
6114 .cindex "lookup" "nwildlsearch"
6115 &(wildlsearch)& or &(nwildlsearch)&: These search a file linearly, like
6116 &(lsearch)&, but instead of being interpreted as a literal string, each key in
6117 the file may be wildcarded. The difference between these two lookup types is
6118 that for &(wildlsearch)&, each key in the file is string-expanded before being
6119 used, whereas for &(nwildlsearch)&, no expansion takes place.
6120
6121 .new
6122 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in (n)wildlsearch lookup"
6123 Like &(lsearch)&, the testing is done case-insensitively. However, keys in the
6124 file that are regular expressions can be made case-sensitive by the use of
6125 &`(-i)`& within the pattern. The following forms of wildcard are recognized:
6126 .wen
6127
6128 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
6129 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
6130
6131 .olist
6132 The string may begin with an asterisk to mean &"ends with"&. For example:
6133 .code
6134 *.a.b.c data for anything.a.b.c
6135 *fish data for anythingfish
6136 .endd
6137 .next
6138 The string may begin with a circumflex to indicate a regular expression. For
6139 example, for &(wildlsearch)&:
6140 .code
6141 ^\N\d+\.a\.b\N data for <digits>.a.b
6142 .endd
6143 Note the use of &`\N`& to disable expansion of the contents of the regular
6144 expression. If you are using &(nwildlsearch)&, where the keys are not
6145 string-expanded, the equivalent entry is:
6146 .code
6147 ^\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6148 .endd
6149 .new
6150 The case-insensitive flag is set at the start of compiling the regular
6151 expression, but it can be turned off by using &`(-i)`& at an appropriate point.
6152 For example, to make the entire pattern case-sensitive:
6153 .code
6154 ^(?-i)\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6155 .endd
6156 .wen
6157
6158 If the regular expression contains white space or colon characters, you must
6159 either quote it (see &(lsearch)& above), or represent these characters in other
6160 ways. For example, &`\s`& can be used for white space and &`\x3A`& for a
6161 colon. This may be easier than quoting, because if you quote, you have to
6162 escape all the backslashes inside the quotes.
6163
6164 &*Note*&: It is not possible to capture substrings in a regular expression
6165 match for later use, because the results of all lookups are cached. If a lookup
6166 is repeated, the result is taken from the cache, and no actual pattern matching
6167 takes place. The values of all the numeric variables are unset after a
6168 &((n)wildlsearch)& match.
6169
6170 .next
6171 Although I cannot see it being of much use, the general matching function that
6172 is used to implement &((n)wildlsearch)& means that the string may begin with a
6173 lookup name terminated by a semicolon, and followed by lookup data. For
6174 example:
6175 .code
6176 cdb;/some/file data for keys that match the file
6177 .endd
6178 The data that is obtained from the nested lookup is discarded.
6179 .endlist olist
6180
6181 Keys that do not match any of these patterns are interpreted literally. The
6182 continuation rules for the data are the same as for &(lsearch)&, and keys may
6183 be followed by optional colons.
6184
6185 &*Warning*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6186 &((n)wildlsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6187 lookup types support only literal keys.
6188 .endlist ilist
6189
6190
6191 .section "Query-style lookup types"
6192 .cindex "lookup" "query-style types"
6193 .cindex "query-style lookup" "list of types"
6194 The supported query-style lookup types are listed below. Further details about
6195 many of them are given in later sections.
6196
6197 .ilist
6198 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6199 .cindex "lookup" "DNS"
6200 &(dnsdb)&: This does a DNS search for one or more records whose domain names
6201 are given in the supplied query. The resulting data is the contents of the
6202 records. See section &<<SECTdnsdb>>&.
6203 .next
6204 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
6205 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
6206 &(ibase)&: This does a lookup in an InterBase database.
6207 .next
6208 .cindex "LDAP" "lookup type"
6209 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6210 &(ldap)&: This does an LDAP lookup using a query in the form of a URL, and
6211 returns attributes from a single entry. There is a variant called &(ldapm)&
6212 that permits values from multiple entries to be returned. A third variant
6213 called &(ldapdn)& returns the Distinguished Name of a single entry instead of
6214 any attribute values. See section &<<SECTldap>>&.
6215 .next
6216 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
6217 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
6218 &(mysql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6219 MySQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6220 .next
6221 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
6222 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
6223 &(nisplus)&: This does a NIS+ lookup using a query that can specify the name of
6224 the field to be returned. See section &<<SECTnisplus>>&.
6225 .next
6226 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
6227 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
6228 &(oracle)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to an
6229 Oracle database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6230 .next
6231 .cindex "lookup" "passwd"
6232 .cindex "passwd lookup type"
6233 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
6234 &(passwd)& is a query-style lookup with queries that are just user names. The
6235 lookup calls &[getpwnam()]& to interrogate the system password data, and on
6236 success, the result string is the same as you would get from an &(lsearch)&
6237 lookup on a traditional &_/etc/passwd file_&, though with &`*`& for the
6238 password value. For example:
6239 .code
6240 *:42:42:King Rat:/home/kr:/bin/bash
6241 .endd
6242 .next
6243 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
6244 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
6245 &(pgsql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6246 PostgreSQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6247
6248 .next
6249 .cindex "sqlite lookup type"
6250 .cindex "lookup" "sqlite"
6251 &(sqlite)&: The format of the query is a file name followed by an SQL statement
6252 that is passed to an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>&.
6253
6254 .next
6255 &(testdb)&: This is a lookup type that is used for testing Exim. It is
6256 not likely to be useful in normal operation.
6257 .next
6258 .cindex "whoson lookup type"
6259 .cindex "lookup" "whoson"
6260 &(whoson)&: &'Whoson'& (&url(http://whoson.sourceforge.net)) is a proposed
6261 Internet protocol that allows Internet server programs to check whether a
6262 particular (dynamically allocated) IP address is currently allocated to a known
6263 (trusted) user and, optionally, to obtain the identity of the said user. In
6264 Exim, this can be used to implement &"POP before SMTP"& checking using ACL
6265 statements such as
6266 .code
6267 require condition = \
6268 ${lookup whoson {$sender_host_address}{yes}{no}}
6269 .endd
6270 The query consists of a single IP address. The value returned is the name of
6271 the authenticated user, which is stored in the variable &$value$&. However, in
6272 this example, the data in &$value$& is not used; the result of the lookup is
6273 one of the fixed strings &"yes"& or &"no"&.
6274 .endlist
6275
6276
6277
6278 .section "Temporary errors in lookups"
6279 .cindex "lookup" "temporary error in"
6280 Lookup functions can return temporary error codes if the lookup cannot be
6281 completed. For example, an SQL or LDAP database might be unavailable. For this
6282 reason, it is not advisable to use a lookup that might do this for critical
6283 options such as a list of local domains.
6284
6285 When a lookup cannot be completed in a router or transport, delivery
6286 of the message (to the relevant address) is deferred, as for any other
6287 temporary error. In other circumstances Exim may assume the lookup has failed,
6288 or may give up altogether.
6289
6290
6291
6292 .section "Default values in single-key lookups" "SECTdefaultvaluelookups"
6293 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6294 .cindex "lookup" "default values"
6295 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6296 .cindex "lookup" "* added to type"
6297 .cindex "default" "in single-key lookups"
6298 In this context, a &"default value"& is a value specified by the administrator
6299 that is to be used if a lookup fails.
6300
6301 If &"*"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example, &%lsearch*%&)
6302 and the initial lookup fails, the key &"*"& is looked up in the file to
6303 provide a default value. See also the section on partial matching below.
6304
6305 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
6306 .cindex "lookup" "*@ added to type"
6307 .cindex "alias file" "per-domain default"
6308 Alternatively, if &"*@"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example
6309 &%dbm*@%&) then, if the initial lookup fails and the key contains an @
6310 character, a second lookup is done with everything before the last @ replaced
6311 by *. This makes it possible to provide per-domain defaults in alias files
6312 that include the domains in the keys. If the second lookup fails (or doesn't
6313 take place because there is no @ in the key), &"*"& is looked up.
6314 For example, a &(redirect)& router might contain:
6315 .code
6316 data = ${lookup{$local_part@$domain}lsearch*@{/etc/mix-aliases}}
6317 .endd
6318 Suppose the address that is being processed is &'jane@eyre.example'&. Exim
6319 looks up these keys, in this order:
6320 .code
6321 jane@eyre.example
6322 *@eyre.example
6323 *
6324 .endd
6325 The data is taken from whichever key it finds first. &*Note*&: In an
6326 &(lsearch)& file, this does not mean the first of these keys in the file. A
6327 complete scan is done for each key, and only if it is not found at all does
6328 Exim move on to try the next key.
6329
6330
6331
6332 .section "Partial matching in single-key lookups" "SECTpartiallookup"
6333 .cindex "partial matching"
6334 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6335 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching"
6336 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6337 .cindex "asterisk" "in search type"
6338 The normal operation of a single-key lookup is to search the file for an exact
6339 match with the given key. However, in a number of situations where domains are
6340 being looked up, it is useful to be able to do partial matching. In this case,
6341 information in the file that has a key starting with &"*."& is matched by any
6342 domain that ends with the components that follow the full stop. For example, if
6343 a key in a DBM file is
6344 .code
6345 *.dates.fict.example
6346 .endd
6347 then when partial matching is enabled this is matched by (amongst others)
6348 &'2001.dates.fict.example'& and &'1984.dates.fict.example'&. It is also matched
6349 by &'dates.fict.example'&, if that does not appear as a separate key in the
6350 file.
6351
6352 &*Note*&: Partial matching is not available for query-style lookups. It is
6353 also not available for any lookup items in address lists (see section
6354 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&).
6355
6356 Partial matching is implemented by doing a series of separate lookups using
6357 keys constructed by modifying the original subject key. This means that it can
6358 be used with any of the single-key lookup types, provided that
6359 partial matching keys
6360 beginning with a special prefix (default &"*."&) are included in the data file.
6361 Keys in the file that do not begin with the prefix are matched only by
6362 unmodified subject keys when partial matching is in use.
6363
6364 Partial matching is requested by adding the string &"partial-"& to the front of
6365 the name of a single-key lookup type, for example, &%partial-dbm%&. When this
6366 is done, the subject key is first looked up unmodified; if that fails, &"*."&
6367 is added at the start of the subject key, and it is looked up again. If that
6368 fails, further lookups are tried with dot-separated components removed from the
6369 start of the subject key, one-by-one, and &"*."& added on the front of what
6370 remains.
6371
6372 A minimum number of two non-* components are required. This can be adjusted
6373 by including a number before the hyphen in the search type. For example,
6374 &%partial3-lsearch%& specifies a minimum of three non-* components in the
6375 modified keys. Omitting the number is equivalent to &"partial2-"&. If the
6376 subject key is &'2250.dates.fict.example'& then the following keys are looked
6377 up when the minimum number of non-* components is two:
6378 .code
6379 2250.dates.fict.example
6380 *.2250.dates.fict.example
6381 *.dates.fict.example
6382 *.fict.example
6383 .endd
6384 As soon as one key in the sequence is successfully looked up, the lookup
6385 finishes.
6386
6387 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching &-- changing prefix"
6388 .cindex "prefix" "for partial matching"
6389 The use of &"*."& as the partial matching prefix is a default that can be
6390 changed. The motivation for this feature is to allow Exim to operate with file
6391 formats that are used by other MTAs. A different prefix can be supplied in
6392 parentheses instead of the hyphen after &"partial"&. For example:
6393 .code
6394 domains = partial(.)lsearch;/some/file
6395 .endd
6396 In this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6397 &`a.b.c`&, &`.a.b.c`&, and &`.b.c`& (the default minimum of 2 non-wild
6398 components is unchanged). The prefix may consist of any punctuation characters
6399 other than a closing parenthesis. It may be empty, for example:
6400 .code
6401 domains = partial1()cdb;/some/file
6402 .endd
6403 For this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6404 &`a.b.c`&, &`b.c`&, and &`c`&.
6405
6406 If &"partial0"& is specified, what happens at the end (when the lookup with
6407 just one non-wild component has failed, and the original key is shortened right
6408 down to the null string) depends on the prefix:
6409
6410 .ilist
6411 If the prefix has zero length, the whole lookup fails.
6412 .next
6413 If the prefix has length 1, a lookup for just the prefix is done. For
6414 example, the final lookup for &"partial0(.)"& is for &`.`& alone.
6415 .next
6416 Otherwise, if the prefix ends in a dot, the dot is removed, and the
6417 remainder is looked up. With the default prefix, therefore, the final lookup is
6418 for &"*"& on its own.
6419 .next
6420 Otherwise, the whole prefix is looked up.
6421 .endlist
6422
6423
6424 If the search type ends in &"*"& or &"*@"& (see section
6425 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& above), the search for an ultimate default that
6426 this implies happens after all partial lookups have failed. If &"partial0"& is
6427 specified, adding &"*"& to the search type has no effect with the default
6428 prefix, because the &"*"& key is already included in the sequence of partial
6429 lookups. However, there might be a use for lookup types such as
6430 &"partial0(.)lsearch*"&.
6431
6432 The use of &"*"& in lookup partial matching differs from its use as a wildcard
6433 in domain lists and the like. Partial matching works only in terms of
6434 dot-separated components; a key such as &`*fict.example`&
6435 in a database file is useless, because the asterisk in a partial matching
6436 subject key is always followed by a dot.
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441 .section "Lookup caching"
6442 .cindex "lookup" "caching"
6443 .cindex "caching" "lookup data"
6444 Exim caches all lookup results in order to avoid needless repetition of
6445 lookups. However, because (apart from the daemon) Exim operates as a collection
6446 of independent, short-lived processes, this caching applies only within a
6447 single Exim process. There is no inter-process lookup caching facility.
6448
6449 For single-key lookups, Exim keeps the relevant files open in case there is
6450 another lookup that needs them. In some types of configuration this can lead to
6451 many files being kept open for messages with many recipients. To avoid hitting
6452 the operating system limit on the number of simultaneously open files, Exim
6453 closes the least recently used file when it needs to open more files than its
6454 own internal limit, which can be changed via the &%lookup_open_max%& option.
6455
6456 The single-key lookup files are closed and the lookup caches are flushed at
6457 strategic points during delivery &-- for example, after all routing is
6458 complete.
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463 .section "Quoting lookup data"
6464 .cindex "lookup" "quoting"
6465 .cindex "quoting" "in lookups"
6466 When data from an incoming message is included in a query-style lookup, there
6467 is the possibility of special characters in the data messing up the syntax of
6468 the query. For example, a NIS+ query that contains
6469 .code
6470 [name=$local_part]
6471 .endd
6472 will be broken if the local part happens to contain a closing square bracket.
6473 For NIS+, data can be enclosed in double quotes like this:
6474 .code
6475 [name="$local_part"]
6476 .endd
6477 but this still leaves the problem of a double quote in the data. The rule for
6478 NIS+ is that double quotes must be doubled. Other lookup types have different
6479 rules, and to cope with the differing requirements, an expansion operator
6480 of the following form is provided:
6481 .code
6482 ${quote_<lookup-type>:<string>}
6483 .endd
6484 For example, the safest way to write the NIS+ query is
6485 .code
6486 [name="${quote_nisplus:$local_part}"]
6487 .endd
6488 See chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>& for full coverage of string expansions. The quote
6489 operator can be used for all lookup types, but has no effect for single-key
6490 lookups, since no quoting is ever needed in their key strings.
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495 .section "More about dnsdb" "SECTdnsdb"
6496 .cindex "dnsdb lookup"
6497 .cindex "lookup" "dnsdb"
6498 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6499 The &(dnsdb)& lookup type uses the DNS as its database. A simple query consists
6500 of a record type and a domain name, separated by an equals sign. For example,
6501 an expansion string could contain:
6502 .code
6503 ${lookup dnsdb{mx=a.b.example}{$value}fail}
6504 .endd
6505 If the lookup succeeds, the result is placed in &$value$&, which in this case
6506 is used on its own as the result. If the lookup &new("does not succeed,") the
6507 &`fail`& keyword causes a &'forced expansion failure'& &-- see section
6508 &<<SECTforexpfai>>& for an explanation of what this means.
6509
6510 The supported DNS record types are A, CNAME, MX, NS, PTR, SRV, and TXT, and,
6511 when Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, AAAA (and A6 if that is also
6512 configured). If no type is given, TXT is assumed. When the type is PTR,
6513 the data can be an IP address, written as normal; inversion and the addition of
6514 &%in-addr.arpa%& or &%ip6.arpa%& happens automatically. For example:
6515 .code
6516 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr=192.168.4.5}{$value}fail}
6517 .endd
6518 If the data for a PTR record is not a syntactically valid IP address, it is not
6519 altered and nothing is added.
6520
6521 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6522 .cindex "SRV record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6523 For an MX lookup, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6524 each record, separated by a space. For an SRV lookup, the priority, weight,
6525 port, and host name are returned for each record, separated by spaces.
6526
6527 For any record type, if multiple records are found (or, for A6 lookups, if a
6528 single record leads to multiple addresses), the data is returned as a
6529 concatenation, with newline as the default separator. The order, of course,
6530 depends on the DNS resolver. You can specify a different separator character
6531 between multiple records by putting a right angle-bracket followed immediately
6532 by the new separator at the start of the query. For example:
6533 .code
6534 ${lookup dnsdb{>: a=host1.example}}
6535 .endd
6536 It is permitted to specify a space as the separator character. Further
6537 white space is ignored.
6538
6539 .section "Pseudo dnsdb record types"
6540 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6541 By default, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6542 each MX record, separated by a space. If you want only host names, you can use
6543 the pseudo-type MXH:
6544 .code
6545 ${lookup dnsdb{mxh=a.b.example}}
6546 .endd
6547 In this case, the preference values are omitted, and just the host names are
6548 returned.
6549
6550 .cindex "name server" "for enclosing domain"
6551 Another pseudo-type is ZNS (for &"zone NS"&). It performs a lookup for NS
6552 records on the given domain, but if none are found, it removes the first
6553 component of the domain name, and tries again. This process continues until NS
6554 records are found or there are no more components left (or there is a DNS
6555 error). In other words, it may return the name servers for a top-level domain,
6556 but it never returns the root name servers. If there are no NS records for the
6557 top-level domain, the lookup fails. Consider these examples:
6558 .code
6559 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.quercite.com}}
6560 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.edu}}
6561 .endd
6562 Assuming that in each case there are no NS records for the full domain name,
6563 the first returns the name servers for &%quercite.com%&, and the second returns
6564 the name servers for &%edu%&.
6565
6566 You should be careful about how you use this lookup because, unless the
6567 top-level domain does not exist, the lookup always returns some host names. The
6568 sort of use to which this might be put is for seeing if the name servers for a
6569 given domain are on a blacklist. You can probably assume that the name servers
6570 for the high-level domains such as &%com%& or &%co.uk%& are not going to be on
6571 such a list.
6572
6573 .cindex "CSA" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6574 A third pseudo-type is CSA (Client SMTP Authorization). This looks up SRV
6575 records according to the CSA rules, which are described in section
6576 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&. Although &(dnsdb)& supports SRV lookups directly, this is
6577 not sufficient because of the extra parent domain search behaviour of CSA. The
6578 result of a successful lookup such as:
6579 .code
6580 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
6581 .endd
6582 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
6583 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
6584 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
6585
6586
6587 .section "Multiple dnsdb lookups"
6588 In the previous sections, &(dnsdb)& lookups for a single domain are described.
6589 However, you can specify a list of domains or IP addresses in a single
6590 &(dnsdb)& lookup. The list is specified in the normal Exim way, with colon as
6591 the default separator, but with the ability to change this. For example:
6592 .code
6593 ${lookup dnsdb{one.domain.com:two.domain.com}}
6594 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6595 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr = <; 1.2.3.4 ; 4.5.6.8}}
6596 .endd
6597 In order to retain backwards compatibility, there is one special case: if
6598 the lookup type is PTR and no change of separator is specified, Exim looks
6599 to see if the rest of the string is precisely one IPv6 address. In this
6600 case, it does not treat it as a list.
6601
6602 The data from each lookup is concatenated, with newline separators by default,
6603 in the same way that multiple DNS records for a single item are handled. A
6604 different separator can be specified, as described above.
6605
6606 The &(dnsdb)& lookup fails only if all the DNS lookups fail. If there is a
6607 temporary DNS error for any of them, the behaviour is controlled by
6608 an optional keyword followed by a comma that may appear before the record
6609 type. The possible keywords are &"defer_strict"&, &"defer_never"&, and
6610 &"defer_lax"&. With &"strict"& behaviour, any temporary DNS error causes the
6611 whole lookup to defer. With &"never"& behaviour, a temporary DNS error is
6612 ignored, and the behaviour is as if the DNS lookup failed to find anything.
6613 With &"lax"& behaviour, all the queries are attempted, but a temporary DNS
6614 error causes the whole lookup to defer only if none of the other lookups
6615 succeed. The default is &"lax"&, so the following lookups are equivalent:
6616 .code
6617 ${lookup dnsdb{defer_lax,a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6618 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6619 .endd
6620 Thus, in the default case, as long as at least one of the DNS lookups
6621 yields some data, the lookup succeeds.
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626 .section "More about LDAP" "SECTldap"
6627 .cindex "LDAP lookup"
6628 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6629 .cindex "Solaris" "LDAP"
6630 The original LDAP implementation came from the University of Michigan; this has
6631 become &"Open LDAP"&, and there are now two different releases. Another
6632 implementation comes from Netscape, and Solaris 7 and subsequent releases
6633 contain inbuilt LDAP support. Unfortunately, though these are all compatible at
6634 the lookup function level, their error handling is different. For this reason
6635 it is necessary to set a compile-time variable when building Exim with LDAP, to
6636 indicate which LDAP library is in use. One of the following should appear in
6637 your &_Local/Makefile_&:
6638 .code
6639 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=UMICHIGAN
6640 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP1
6641 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP2
6642 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=NETSCAPE
6643 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=SOLARIS
6644 .endd
6645 If LDAP_LIB_TYPE is not set, Exim assumes &`OPENLDAP1`&, which has the
6646 same interface as the University of Michigan version.
6647
6648 There are three LDAP lookup types in Exim. These behave slightly differently in
6649 the way they handle the results of a query:
6650
6651 .ilist
6652 &(ldap)& requires the result to contain just one entry; if there are more, it
6653 gives an error.
6654 .next
6655 &(ldapdn)& also requires the result to contain just one entry, but it is the
6656 Distinguished Name that is returned rather than any attribute values.
6657 .next
6658 &(ldapm)& permits the result to contain more than one entry; the attributes
6659 from all of them are returned.
6660 .endlist
6661
6662
6663 For &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, if a query finds only entries with no attributes,
6664 Exim behaves as if the entry did not exist, and the lookup fails. The format of
6665 the data returned by a successful lookup is described in the next section.
6666 First we explain how LDAP queries are coded.
6667
6668
6669 .section "Format of LDAP queries" "SECTforldaque"
6670 .cindex "LDAP" "query format"
6671 An LDAP query takes the form of a URL as defined in RFC 2255. For example, in
6672 the configuration of a &(redirect)& router one might have this setting:
6673 .code
6674 data = ${lookup ldap \
6675 {ldap:///cn=$local_part,o=University%20of%20Cambridge,\
6676 c=UK?mailbox?base?}}
6677 .endd
6678 .cindex "LDAP" "with TLS"
6679 The URL may begin with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& if your LDAP library supports
6680 secure (encrypted) LDAP connections. The second of these ensures that an
6681 encrypted TLS connection is used.
6682
6683
6684 .section "LDAP quoting"
6685 .cindex "LDAP" "quoting"
6686 Two levels of quoting are required in LDAP queries, the first for LDAP itself
6687 and the second because the LDAP query is represented as a URL. Furthermore,
6688 within an LDAP query, two different kinds of quoting are required. For this
6689 reason, there are two different LDAP-specific quoting operators.
6690
6691 The &%quote_ldap%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6692 filter specifications. Conceptually, it first does the following conversions on
6693 the string:
6694 .code
6695 * => \2A
6696 ( => \28
6697 ) => \29
6698 \ => \5C
6699 .endd
6700 in accordance with RFC 2254. The resulting string is then quoted according
6701 to the rules for URLs, that is, all non-alphanumeric characters except
6702 .code
6703 ! $ ' - . _ ( ) * +
6704 .endd
6705 are converted to their hex values, preceded by a percent sign. For example:
6706 .code
6707 ${quote_ldap: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6708 .endd
6709 yields
6710 .code
6711 %20a%5C28bc%5C29%5C2A%2C%20a%3Cyz%3E%3B%20
6712 .endd
6713 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a leading and a trailing space):
6714 .code
6715 a\28bc\29\2A, a<yz>;
6716 .endd
6717 The &%quote_ldap_dn%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6718 base DN specifications in queries. Conceptually, it first converts the string
6719 by inserting a backslash in front of any of the following characters:
6720 .code
6721 , + " \ < > ;
6722 .endd
6723 It also inserts a backslash before any leading spaces or # characters, and
6724 before any trailing spaces. (These rules are in RFC 2253.) The resulting string
6725 is then quoted according to the rules for URLs. For example:
6726 .code
6727 ${quote_ldap_dn: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6728 .endd
6729 yields
6730 .code
6731 %5C%20a(bc)*%5C%2C%20a%5C%3Cyz%5C%3E%5C%3B%5C%20
6732 .endd
6733 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a trailing space):
6734 .code
6735 \ a(bc)*\, a\<yz\>\;\
6736 .endd
6737 There are some further comments about quoting in the section on LDAP
6738 authentication below.
6739
6740
6741 .section "LDAP connections"
6742 .cindex "LDAP" "connections"
6743 The connection to an LDAP server may either be over TCP/IP, or, when OpenLDAP
6744 is in use, via a Unix domain socket. The example given above does not specify
6745 an LDAP server. A server that is reached by TCP/IP can be specified in a query
6746 by starting it with
6747 .code
6748 ldap://<hostname>:<port>/...
6749 .endd
6750 If the port (and preceding colon) are omitted, the standard LDAP port (389) is
6751 used. When no server is specified in a query, a list of default servers is
6752 taken from the &%ldap_default_servers%& configuration option. This supplies a
6753 colon-separated list of servers which are tried in turn until one successfully
6754 handles a query, or there is a serious error. Successful handling either
6755 returns the requested data, or indicates that it does not exist. Serious errors
6756 are syntactical, or multiple values when only a single value is expected.
6757 Errors which cause the next server to be tried are connection failures, bind
6758 failures, and timeouts.
6759
6760 For each server name in the list, a port number can be given. The standard way
6761 of specifing a host and port is to use a colon separator (RFC 1738). Because
6762 &%ldap_default_servers%& is a colon-separated list, such colons have to be
6763 doubled. For example
6764 .code
6765 ldap_default_servers = ldap1.example.com::145:ldap2.example.com
6766 .endd
6767 If &%ldap_default_servers%& is unset, a URL with no server name is passed
6768 to the LDAP library with no server name, and the library's default (normally
6769 the local host) is used.
6770
6771 If you are using the OpenLDAP library, you can connect to an LDAP server using
6772 a Unix domain socket instead of a TCP/IP connection. This is specified by using
6773 &`ldapi`& instead of &`ldap`& in LDAP queries. What follows here applies only
6774 to OpenLDAP. If Exim is compiled with a different LDAP library, this feature is
6775 not available.
6776
6777 For this type of connection, instead of a host name for the server, a pathname
6778 for the socket is required, and the port number is not relevant. The pathname
6779 can be specified either as an item in &%ldap_default_servers%&, or inline in
6780 the query. In the former case, you can have settings such as
6781 .code
6782 ldap_default_servers = /tmp/ldap.sock : backup.ldap.your.domain
6783 .endd
6784 When the pathname is given in the query, you have to escape the slashes as
6785 &`%2F`& to fit in with the LDAP URL syntax. For example:
6786 .code
6787 ${lookup ldap {ldapi://%2Ftmp%2Fldap.sock/o=...
6788 .endd
6789 When Exim processes an LDAP lookup and finds that the &"hostname"& is really
6790 a pathname, it uses the Unix domain socket code, even if the query actually
6791 specifies &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`&. In particular, no encryption is used for a
6792 socket connection. This behaviour means that you can use a setting of
6793 &%ldap_default_servers%& such as in the example above with traditional &`ldap`&
6794 or &`ldaps`& queries, and it will work. First, Exim tries a connection via
6795 the Unix domain socket; if that fails, it tries a TCP/IP connection to the
6796 backup host.
6797
6798 If an explicit &`ldapi`& type is given in a query when a host name is
6799 specified, an error is diagnosed. However, if there are more items in
6800 &%ldap_default_servers%&, they are tried. In other words:
6801
6802 .ilist
6803 Using a pathname with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& forces the use of the Unix domain
6804 interface.
6805 .next
6806 Using &`ldapi`& with a host name causes an error.
6807 .endlist
6808
6809
6810 Using &`ldapi`& with no host or path in the query, and no setting of
6811 &%ldap_default_servers%&, does whatever the library does by default.
6812
6813
6814
6815 .section "LDAP authentication and control information"
6816 .cindex "LDAP" "authentication"
6817 The LDAP URL syntax provides no way of passing authentication and other control
6818 information to the server. To make this possible, the URL in an LDAP query may
6819 be preceded by any number of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> settings, separated by
6820 spaces. If a value contains spaces it must be enclosed in double quotes, and
6821 when double quotes are used, backslash is interpreted in the usual way inside
6822 them. The following names are recognized:
6823 .new
6824 .display
6825 &`DEREFERENCE`& set the dereferencing parameter
6826 &`NETTIME `& set a timeout for a network operation
6827 &`USER `& set the DN, for authenticating the LDAP bind
6828 &`PASS `& set the password, likewise
6829 &`REFERRALS `& set the referrals parameter
6830 &`SIZE `& set the limit for the number of entries returned
6831 &`TIME `& set the maximum waiting time for a query
6832 .endd
6833 The value of the DEREFERENCE parameter must be one of the words &"never"&,
6834 &"searching"&, &"finding"&, or &"always"&. The value of the REFERRALS parameter
6835 must be &"follow"& (the default) or &"nofollow"&. The latter stops the LDAP
6836 library from trying to follow referrals issued by the LDAP server.
6837 .wen
6838
6839 The name CONNECT is an obsolete name for NETTIME, retained for
6840 backwards compatibility. This timeout (specified as a number of seconds) is
6841 enforced from the client end for operations that can be carried out over a
6842 network. Specifically, it applies to network connections and calls to the
6843 &'ldap_result()'& function. If the value is greater than zero, it is used if
6844 LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (OpenLDAP), or
6845 if LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (Netscape
6846 SDK 4.1). A value of zero forces an explicit setting of &"no timeout"& for
6847 Netscape SDK; for OpenLDAP no action is taken.
6848
6849 The TIME parameter (also a number of seconds) is passed to the server to
6850 set a server-side limit on the time taken to complete a search.
6851
6852
6853 Here is an example of an LDAP query in an Exim lookup that uses some of these
6854 values. This is a single line, folded to fit on the page:
6855 .code
6856 ${lookup ldap
6857 {user="cn=manager,o=University of Cambridge,c=UK" pass=secret
6858 ldap:///o=University%20of%20Cambridge,c=UK?sn?sub?(cn=foo)}
6859 {$value}fail}
6860 .endd
6861 The encoding of spaces as &`%20`& is a URL thing which should not be done for
6862 any of the auxiliary data. Exim configuration settings that include lookups
6863 which contain password information should be preceded by &"hide"& to prevent
6864 non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& option to see their values.
6865
6866 The auxiliary data items may be given in any order. The default is no
6867 connection timeout (the system timeout is used), no user or password, no limit
6868 on the number of entries returned, and no time limit on queries.
6869
6870 When a DN is quoted in the USER= setting for LDAP authentication, Exim
6871 removes any URL quoting that it may contain before passing it LDAP. Apparently
6872 some libraries do this for themselves, but some do not. Removing the URL
6873 quoting has two advantages:
6874
6875 .ilist
6876 It makes it possible to use the same &%quote_ldap_dn%& expansion for USER=
6877 DNs as with DNs inside actual queries.
6878 .next
6879 It permits spaces inside USER= DNs.
6880 .endlist
6881
6882 For example, a setting such as
6883 .code
6884 USER=cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$1}
6885 .endd
6886 should work even if &$1$& contains spaces.
6887
6888 Expanded data for the PASS= value should be quoted using the &%quote%&
6889 expansion operator, rather than the LDAP quote operators. The only reason this
6890 field needs quoting is to ensure that it conforms to the Exim syntax, which
6891 does not allow unquoted spaces. For example:
6892 .code
6893 PASS=${quote:$3}
6894 .endd
6895 The LDAP authentication mechanism can be used to check passwords as part of
6896 SMTP authentication. See the &%ldapauth%& expansion string condition in chapter
6897 &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
6898
6899
6900
6901 .section "Format of data returned by LDAP"
6902 .cindex "LDAP" "returned data formats"
6903 The &(ldapdn)& lookup type returns the Distinguished Name from a single entry
6904 as a sequence of values, for example
6905 .code
6906 cn=manager, o=University of Cambridge, c=UK
6907 .endd
6908 The &(ldap)& lookup type generates an error if more than one entry matches the
6909 search filter, whereas &(ldapm)& permits this case, and inserts a newline in
6910 the result between the data from different entries. It is possible for multiple
6911 values to be returned for both &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, but in the former case
6912 you know that whatever values are returned all came from a single entry in the
6913 directory.
6914
6915 In the common case where you specify a single attribute in your LDAP query, the
6916 result is not quoted, and does not contain the attribute name. If the attribute
6917 has multiple values, they are separated by commas.
6918
6919 If you specify multiple attributes, the result contains space-separated, quoted
6920 strings, each preceded by the attribute name and an equals sign. Within the
6921 quotes, the quote character, backslash, and newline are escaped with
6922 backslashes, and commas are used to separate multiple values for the attribute.
6923 Apart from the escaping, the string within quotes takes the same form as the
6924 output when a single attribute is requested. Specifying no attributes is the
6925 same as specifying all of an entry's attributes.
6926
6927 Here are some examples of the output format. The first line of each pair is an
6928 LDAP query, and the second is the data that is returned. The attribute called
6929 &%attr1%& has two values, whereas &%attr2%& has only one value:
6930 .code
6931 ldap:///o=base?attr1?sub?(uid=fred)
6932 value1.1, value1.2
6933
6934 ldap:///o=base?attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
6935 value two
6936
6937 ldap:///o=base?attr1,attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
6938 attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
6939
6940 ldap:///o=base??sub?(uid=fred)
6941 objectClass="top" attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
6942 .endd
6943 The &%extract%& operator in string expansions can be used to pick out
6944 individual fields from data that consists of &'key'&=&'value'& pairs. You can
6945 make use of Exim's &%-be%& option to run expansion tests and thereby check the
6946 results of LDAP lookups.
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951 .section "More about NIS+" "SECTnisplus"
6952 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
6953 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
6954 NIS+ queries consist of a NIS+ &'indexed name'& followed by an optional colon
6955 and field name. If this is given, the result of a successful query is the
6956 contents of the named field; otherwise the result consists of a concatenation
6957 of &'field-name=field-value'& pairs, separated by spaces. Empty values and
6958 values containing spaces are quoted. For example, the query
6959 .code
6960 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir
6961 .endd
6962 might return the string
6963 .code
6964 name=mg1456 passwd="" uid=999 gid=999 gcos="Martin Guerre"
6965 home=/home/mg1456 shell=/bin/bash shadow=""
6966 .endd
6967 (split over two lines here to fit on the page), whereas
6968 .code
6969 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir:gcos
6970 .endd
6971 would just return
6972 .code
6973 Martin Guerre
6974 .endd
6975 with no quotes. A NIS+ lookup fails if NIS+ returns more than one table entry
6976 for the given indexed key. The effect of the &%quote_nisplus%& expansion
6977 operator is to double any quote characters within the text.
6978
6979
6980
6981 .section "SQL lookups" "SECTsql"
6982 .cindex "SQL lookup types"
6983 Exim can support lookups in InterBase, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, and SQLite
6984 databases. Queries for these databases contain SQL statements, so an example
6985 might be
6986 .code
6987 ${lookup mysql{select mailbox from users where id='userx'}\
6988 {$value}fail}
6989 .endd
6990 If the result of the query contains more than one field, the data for each
6991 field in the row is returned, preceded by its name, so the result of
6992 .code
6993 ${lookup pgsql{select home,name from users where id='userx'}\
6994 {$value}}
6995 .endd
6996 might be
6997 .code
6998 home=/home/userx name="Mister X"
6999 .endd
7000 Empty values and values containing spaces are double quoted, with embedded
7001 quotes escaped by a backslash. If the result of the query contains just one
7002 field, the value is passed back verbatim, without a field name, for example:
7003 .code
7004 Mister X
7005 .endd
7006 If the result of the query yields more than one row, it is all concatenated,
7007 with a newline between the data for each row.
7008
7009
7010 .section "More about MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, and InterBase"
7011 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
7012 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
7013 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
7014 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
7015 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
7016 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
7017 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
7018 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
7019 If any MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, or InterBase lookups are used, the
7020 &%mysql_servers%&, &%pgsql_servers%&, &%oracle_servers%&, or &%ibase_servers%&
7021 option (as appropriate) must be set to a colon-separated list of server
7022 information. Each item in the list is a slash-separated list of four items:
7023 host name, database name, user name, and password. In the case of Oracle, the
7024 host name field is used for the &"service name"&, and the database name field
7025 is not used and should be empty. For example:
7026 .code
7027 hide oracle_servers = oracle.plc.example//userx/abcdwxyz
7028 .endd
7029 Because password data is sensitive, you should always precede the setting with
7030 &"hide"&, to prevent non-admin users from obtaining the setting via the &%-bP%&
7031 option. Here is an example where two MySQL servers are listed:
7032 .code
7033 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/root/secret:\
7034 otherhost/users/root/othersecret
7035 .endd
7036 For MySQL and PostgreSQL, a host may be specified as <&'name'&>:<&'port'&> but
7037 because this is a colon-separated list, the colon has to be doubled. For each
7038 query, these parameter groups are tried in order until a connection and a query
7039 succeeds.
7040
7041 The &%quote_mysql%&, &%quote_pgsql%&, and &%quote_oracle%& expansion operators
7042 convert newline, tab, carriage return, and backspace to \n, \t, \r, and \b
7043 respectively, and the characters single-quote, double-quote, and backslash
7044 itself are escaped with backslashes. The &%quote_pgsql%& expansion operator, in
7045 addition, escapes the percent and underscore characters. This cannot be done
7046 for MySQL because these escapes are not recognized in contexts where these
7047 characters are not special.
7048
7049
7050 .section "Special MySQL features"
7051 For MySQL, an empty host name or the use of &"localhost"& in &%mysql_servers%&
7052 causes a connection to the server on the local host by means of a Unix domain
7053 socket. An alternate socket can be specified in parentheses. The full syntax of
7054 each item in &%mysql_servers%& is:
7055 .display
7056 <&'hostname'&>::<&'port'&>(<&'socket name'&>)/<&'database'&>/&&&
7057 <&'user'&>/<&'password'&>
7058 .endd
7059 Any of the three sub-parts of the first field can be omitted. For normal use on
7060 the local host it can be left blank or set to just &"localhost"&.
7061
7062 No database need be supplied &-- but if it is absent here, it must be given in
7063 the queries.
7064
7065 If a MySQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert, update,
7066 or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows affected.
7067
7068 &*Warning*&: This can be misleading. If an update does not actually change
7069 anything (for example, setting a field to the value it already has), the result
7070 is zero because no rows are affected.
7071
7072
7073 .section "Special PostgreSQL features"
7074 PostgreSQL lookups can also use Unix domain socket connections to the database.
7075 This is usually faster and costs less CPU time than a TCP/IP connection.
7076 However it can be used only if the mail server runs on the same machine as the
7077 database server. A configuration line for PostgreSQL via Unix domain sockets
7078 looks like this:
7079 .code
7080 hide pgsql_servers = (/tmp/.s.PGSQL.5432)/db/user/password : ...
7081 .endd
7082 In other words, instead of supplying a host name, a path to the socket is
7083 given. The path name is enclosed in parentheses so that its slashes aren't
7084 visually confused with the delimiters for the other server parameters.
7085
7086 If a PostgreSQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert,
7087 update, or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows
7088 affected.
7089
7090 .section "More about SQLite" "SECTsqlite"
7091 .cindex "lookup" "SQLite"
7092 .cindex "SQLite lookup type"
7093 SQLite is different to the other SQL lookups because a file name is required in
7094 addition to the SQL query. An SQLite database is a single file, and there is no
7095 daemon as in the other SQL databases. The interface to Exim requires the name
7096 of the file, as an absolute path, to be given at the start of the query. It is
7097 separated from the query by white space. This means that the path name cannot
7098 contain white space. Here is a lookup expansion example:
7099 .code
7100 ${lookup sqlite {/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7101 select name from aliases where id='userx';}}
7102 .endd
7103 In a list, the syntax is similar. For example:
7104 .code
7105 domainlist relay_domains = sqlite;/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7106 select * from relays where ip='$sender_host_address';
7107 .endd
7108 The only character affected by the &%quote_sqlite%& operator is a single
7109 quote, which it doubles.
7110
7111 The SQLite library handles multiple simultaneous accesses to the database
7112 internally. Multiple readers are permitted, but only one process can
7113 update at once. Attempts to access the database while it is being updated
7114 are rejected after a timeout period, during which the SQLite library
7115 waits for the lock to be released. In Exim, the default timeout is set
7116 to 5 seconds, but it can be changed by means of the &%sqlite_lock_timeout%&
7117 option.
7118 .ecindex IIDfidalo1
7119 .ecindex IIDfidalo2
7120
7121
7122 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7123 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7124
7125 .chapter "Domain, host, address, and local part lists" &&&
7126 "CHAPdomhosaddlists" &&&
7127 "Domain, host, and address lists"
7128 .scindex IIDdohoadli "lists of domains; hosts; etc."
7129 A number of Exim configuration options contain lists of domains, hosts,
7130 email addresses, or local parts. For example, the &%hold_domains%& option
7131 contains a list of domains whose delivery is currently suspended. These lists
7132 are also used as data in ACL statements (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), and as
7133 arguments to expansion conditions such as &%match_domain%&.
7134
7135 Each item in one of these lists is a pattern to be matched against a domain,
7136 host, email address, or local part, respectively. In the sections below, the
7137 different types of pattern for each case are described, but first we cover some
7138 general facilities that apply to all four kinds of list.
7139
7140
7141
7142 .section "Expansion of lists"
7143 .cindex "expansion" "of lists"
7144 Each list is expanded as a single string before it is used. The result of
7145 expansion must be a list, possibly containing empty items, which is split up
7146 into separate items for matching. By default, colon is the separator character,
7147 but this can be varied if necessary. See sections &<<SECTlistconstruct>>& and
7148 &<<SECTempitelis>>& for details of the list syntax; the second of these
7149 discusses the way to specify empty list items.
7150
7151
7152 If the string expansion is forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the item it is
7153 testing (domain, host, address, or local part) is not in the list. Other
7154 expansion failures cause temporary errors.
7155
7156 If an item in a list is a regular expression, backslashes, dollars and possibly
7157 other special characters in the expression must be protected against
7158 misinterpretation by the string expander. The easiest way to do this is to use
7159 the &`\N`& expansion feature to indicate that the contents of the regular
7160 expression should not be expanded. For example, in an ACL you might have:
7161 .code
7162 deny senders = \N^\d{8}\w@.*\.baddomain\.example$\N : \
7163 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/badsenders/bydomain}}
7164 .endd
7165 The first item is a regular expression that is protected from expansion by
7166 &`\N`&, whereas the second uses the expansion to obtain a list of unwanted
7167 senders based on the receiving domain.
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172 .section "Negated items in lists"
7173 .cindex "list" "negation"
7174 .cindex "negation" "in lists"
7175 Items in a list may be positive or negative. Negative items are indicated by a
7176 leading exclamation mark, which may be followed by optional white space. A list
7177 defines a set of items (domains, etc). When Exim processes one of these lists,
7178 it is trying to find out whether a domain, host, address, or local part
7179 (respectively) is in the set that is defined by the list. It works like this:
7180
7181 The list is scanned from left to right. If a positive item is matched, the
7182 subject that is being checked is in the set; if a negative item is matched, the
7183 subject is not in the set. If the end of the list is reached without the
7184 subject having matched any of the patterns, it is in the set if the last item
7185 was a negative one, but not if it was a positive one. For example, the list in
7186 .code
7187 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c : *.b.c
7188 .endd
7189 matches any domain ending in &'.b.c'& except for &'a.b.c'&. Domains that match
7190 neither &'a.b.c'& nor &'*.b.c'& do not match, because the last item in the
7191 list is positive. However, if the setting were
7192 .code
7193 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c
7194 .endd
7195 then all domains other than &'a.b.c'& would match because the last item in the
7196 list is negative. In other words, a list that ends with a negative item behaves
7197 as if it had an extra item &`:*`& on the end.
7198
7199 Another way of thinking about positive and negative items in lists is to read
7200 the connector as &"or"& after a positive item and as &"and"& after a negative
7201 item.
7202
7203
7204
7205 .section "File names in lists" "SECTfilnamlis"
7206 .cindex "list" "file name in"
7207 If an item in a domain, host, address, or local part list is an absolute file
7208 name (beginning with a slash character), each line of the file is read and
7209 processed as if it were an independent item in the list, except that further
7210 file names are not allowed,
7211 and no expansion of the data from the file takes place.
7212 Empty lines in the file are ignored, and the file may also contain comment
7213 lines:
7214
7215 .ilist
7216 For domain and host lists, if a # character appears anywhere in a line of the
7217 file, it and all following characters are ignored.
7218 .next
7219 Because local parts may legitimately contain # characters, a comment in an
7220 address list or local part list file is recognized only if # is preceded by
7221 white space or the start of the line. For example:
7222 .code
7223 not#comment@x.y.z # but this is a comment
7224 .endd
7225 .endlist
7226
7227 Putting a file name in a list has the same effect as inserting each line of the
7228 file as an item in the list (blank lines and comments excepted). However, there
7229 is one important difference: the file is read each time the list is processed,
7230 so if its contents vary over time, Exim's behaviour changes.
7231
7232 If a file name is preceded by an exclamation mark, the sense of any match
7233 within the file is inverted. For example, if
7234 .code
7235 hold_domains = !/etc/nohold-domains
7236 .endd
7237 and the file contains the lines
7238 .code
7239 !a.b.c
7240 *.b.c
7241 .endd
7242 then &'a.b.c'& is in the set of domains defined by &%hold_domains%&, whereas
7243 any domain matching &`*.b.c`& is not.
7244
7245
7246
7247 .section "An lsearch file is not an out-of-line list"
7248 As will be described in the sections that follow, lookups can be used in lists
7249 to provide indexed methods of checking list membership. There has been some
7250 confusion about the way &(lsearch)& lookups work in lists. Because
7251 an &(lsearch)& file contains plain text and is scanned sequentially, it is
7252 sometimes thought that it is allowed to contain wild cards and other kinds of
7253 non-constant pattern. This is not the case. The keys in an &(lsearch)& file are
7254 always fixed strings, just as for any other single-key lookup type.
7255
7256 .new
7257 If you want to use a file to contain wild-card patterns that form part of a
7258 list, just give the file name on its own, without a search type, as described
7259 in the previous section. You could also use the &(wildlsearch)& or
7260 &(nwildlsearch)&, but there is no advantage in doing this.
7261 .wen
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266 .section "Named lists" "SECTnamedlists"
7267 .cindex "named lists"
7268 .cindex "list" "named"
7269 A list of domains, hosts, email addresses, or local parts can be given a name
7270 which is then used to refer to the list elsewhere in the configuration. This is
7271 particularly convenient if the same list is required in several different
7272 places. It also allows lists to be given meaningful names, which can improve
7273 the readability of the configuration. For example, it is conventional to define
7274 a domain list called &'local_domains'& for all the domains that are handled
7275 locally on a host, using a configuration line such as
7276 .code
7277 domainlist local_domains = localhost:my.dom.example
7278 .endd
7279 Named lists are referenced by giving their name preceded by a plus sign, so,
7280 for example, a router that is intended to handle local domains would be
7281 configured with the line
7282 .code
7283 domains = +local_domains
7284 .endd
7285 The first router in a configuration is often one that handles all domains
7286 except the local ones, using a configuration with a negated item like this:
7287 .code
7288 dnslookup:
7289 driver = dnslookup
7290 domains = ! +local_domains
7291 transport = remote_smtp
7292 no_more
7293 .endd
7294 The four kinds of named list are created by configuration lines starting with
7295 the words &%domainlist%&, &%hostlist%&, &%addresslist%&, or &%localpartlist%&,
7296 respectively. Then there follows the name that you are defining, followed by an
7297 equals sign and the list itself. For example:
7298 .code
7299 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.23.0/24 : my.friend.example
7300 addresslist bad_senders = cdb;/etc/badsenders
7301 .endd
7302 A named list may refer to other named lists:
7303 .code
7304 domainlist dom1 = first.example : second.example
7305 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : third.example
7306 domainlist dom3 = fourth.example : +dom2 : fifth.example
7307 .endd
7308 &*Warning*&: If the last item in a referenced list is a negative one, the
7309 effect may not be what you intended, because the negation does not propagate
7310 out to the higher level. For example, consider:
7311 .code
7312 domainlist dom1 = !a.b
7313 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : *.b
7314 .endd
7315 The second list specifies &"either in the &%dom1%& list or &'*.b'&"&. The first
7316 list specifies just &"not &'a.b'&"&, so the domain &'x.y'& matches it. That
7317 means it matches the second list as well. The effect is not the same as
7318 .code
7319 domainlist dom2 = !a.b : *.b
7320 .endd
7321 where &'x.y'& does not match. It's best to avoid negation altogether in
7322 referenced lists if you can.
7323
7324 Named lists may have a performance advantage. When Exim is routing an
7325 address or checking an incoming message, it caches the result of tests on named
7326 lists. So, if you have a setting such as
7327 .code
7328 domains = +local_domains
7329 .endd
7330 on several of your routers
7331 or in several ACL statements,
7332 the actual test is done only for the first one. However, the caching works only
7333 if there are no expansions within the list itself or any sublists that it
7334 references. In other words, caching happens only for lists that are known to be
7335 the same each time they are referenced.
7336
7337 By default, there may be up to 16 named lists of each type. This limit can be
7338 extended by changing a compile-time variable. The use of domain and host lists
7339 is recommended for concepts such as local domains, relay domains, and relay
7340 hosts. The default configuration is set up like this.
7341
7342
7343
7344 .section "Named lists compared with macros"
7345 .cindex "list" "named compared with macro"
7346 .cindex "macro" "compared with named list"
7347 At first sight, named lists might seem to be no different from macros in the
7348 configuration file. However, macros are just textual substitutions. If you
7349 write
7350 .code
7351 ALIST = host1 : host2
7352 auth_advertise_hosts = !ALIST
7353 .endd
7354 it probably won't do what you want, because that is exactly the same as
7355 .code
7356 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : host2
7357 .endd
7358 Notice that the second host name is not negated. However, if you use a host
7359 list, and write
7360 .code
7361 hostlist alist = host1 : host2
7362 auth_advertise_hosts = ! +alist
7363 .endd
7364 the negation applies to the whole list, and so that is equivalent to
7365 .code
7366 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : !host2
7367 .endd
7368
7369
7370 .section "Named list caching"
7371 .cindex "list" "caching of named"
7372 .cindex "caching" "named lists"
7373 While processing a message, Exim caches the result of checking a named list if
7374 it is sure that the list is the same each time. In practice, this means that
7375 the cache operates only if the list contains no $ characters, which guarantees
7376 that it will not change when it is expanded. Sometimes, however, you may have
7377 an expanded list that you know will be the same each time within a given
7378 message. For example:
7379 .code
7380 domainlist special_domains = \
7381 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}cdb{/some/file}}
7382 .endd
7383 This provides a list of domains that depends only on the sending host's IP
7384 address. If this domain list is referenced a number of times (for example,
7385 in several ACL lines, or in several routers) the result of the check is not
7386 cached by default, because Exim does not know that it is going to be the
7387 same list each time.
7388
7389 By appending &`_cache`& to &`domainlist`& you can tell Exim to go ahead and
7390 cache the result anyway. For example:
7391 .code
7392 domainlist_cache special_domains = ${lookup{...
7393 .endd
7394 If you do this, you should be absolutely sure that caching is going to do
7395 the right thing in all cases. When in doubt, leave it out.
7396
7397
7398
7399 .section "Domain lists" "SECTdomainlist"
7400 .cindex "domain list" "patterns for"
7401 .cindex "list" "domain list"
7402 Domain lists contain patterns that are to be matched against a mail domain.
7403 The following types of item may appear in domain lists:
7404
7405 .ilist
7406 .cindex "primary host name"
7407 .cindex "host name" "matched in domain list"
7408 .cindex "&%primary_hostname%&"
7409 .cindex "domain list" "matching primary host name"
7410 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
7411 If a pattern consists of a single @ character, it matches the local host name,
7412 as set by the &%primary_hostname%& option (or defaulted). This makes it
7413 possible to use the same configuration file on several different hosts that
7414 differ only in their names.
7415 .next
7416 .cindex "@[] in a domain list"
7417 .cindex "domain list" "matching local IP interfaces"
7418 .cindex "domain literal"
7419 If a pattern consists of the string &`@[]`& it matches any local IP interface
7420 address, enclosed in square brackets, as in an email address that contains a
7421 domain literal.
7422 In today's Internet, the use of domain literals is controversial.
7423 .next
7424 .cindex "@mx_any"
7425 .cindex "@mx_primary"
7426 .cindex "@mx_secondary"
7427 .cindex "domain list" "matching MX pointers to local host"
7428 If a pattern consists of the string &`@mx_any`& it matches any domain that
7429 has an MX record pointing to the local host or to any host that is listed in
7430 .cindex "&%hosts_treat_as_local%&"
7431 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&. The items &`@mx_primary`& and &`@mx_secondary`&
7432 are similar, except that the first matches only when a primary MX target is the
7433 local host, and the second only when no primary MX target is the local host,
7434 but a secondary MX target is. &"Primary"& means an MX record with the lowest
7435 preference value &-- there may of course be more than one of them.
7436
7437 The MX lookup that takes place when matching a pattern of this type is
7438 performed with the resolver options for widening names turned off. Thus, for
7439 example, a single-component domain will &'not'& be expanded by adding the
7440 resolver's default domain. See the &%qualify_single%& and &%search_parents%&
7441 options of the &(dnslookup)& router for a discussion of domain widening.
7442
7443 Sometimes you may want to ignore certain IP addresses when using one of these
7444 patterns. You can specify this by following the pattern with &`/ignore=`&<&'ip
7445 list'&>, where <&'ip list'&> is a list of IP addresses. These addresses are
7446 ignored when processing the pattern (compare the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option
7447 on a router). For example:
7448 .code
7449 domains = @mx_any/ignore=127.0.0.1
7450 .endd
7451 This example matches any domain that has an MX record pointing to one of
7452 the local host's IP addresses other than 127.0.0.1.
7453
7454 The list of IP addresses is in fact processed by the same code that processes
7455 host lists, so it may contain CIDR-coded network specifications and it may also
7456 contain negative items.
7457
7458 Because the list of IP addresses is a sublist within a domain list, you have to
7459 be careful about delimiters if there is more than one address. Like any other
7460 list, the default delimiter can be changed. Thus, you might have:
7461 .code
7462 domains = @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;0.0.0.0 : \
7463 an.other.domain : ...
7464 .endd
7465 so that the sublist uses semicolons for delimiters. When IPv6 addresses are
7466 involved, it is easiest to change the delimiter for the main list as well:
7467 .code
7468 domains = <? @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;::1 ? \
7469 an.other.domain ? ...
7470 .endd
7471 .next
7472 .cindex "asterisk" "in domain list"
7473 .cindex "domain list" "asterisk in"
7474 .cindex "domain list" "matching &""ends with""&"
7475 If a pattern starts with an asterisk, the remaining characters of the pattern
7476 are compared with the terminating characters of the domain. The use of &"*"& in
7477 domain lists differs from its use in partial matching lookups. In a domain
7478 list, the character following the asterisk need not be a dot, whereas partial
7479 matching works only in terms of dot-separated components. For example, a domain
7480 list item such as &`*key.ex`& matches &'donkey.ex'& as well as
7481 &'cipher.key.ex'&.
7482
7483 .next
7484 .cindex "regular expressions" "in domain list"
7485 .cindex "domain list" "matching regular expression"
7486 If a pattern starts with a circumflex character, it is treated as a regular
7487 expression, and matched against the domain using a regular expression matching
7488 function. The circumflex is treated as part of the regular expression.
7489 References to descriptions of the syntax of regular expressions are given in
7490 chapter &<<CHAPregexp>>&.
7491
7492 &*Warning*&: Because domain lists are expanded before being processed, you
7493 must escape any backslash and dollar characters in the regular expression, or
7494 use the special &`\N`& sequence (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&) to specify that
7495 it is not to be expanded (unless you really do want to build a regular
7496 expression by expansion, of course).
7497 .next
7498 .cindex "lookup" "in domain list"
7499 .cindex "domain list" "matching by lookup"
7500 If a pattern starts with the name of a single-key lookup type followed by a
7501 semicolon (for example, &"dbm;"& or &"lsearch;"&), the remainder of the pattern
7502 must be a file name in a suitable format for the lookup type. For example, for
7503 &"cdb;"& it must be an absolute path:
7504 .code
7505 domains = cdb;/etc/mail/local_domains.cdb
7506 .endd
7507 The appropriate type of lookup is done on the file using the domain name as the
7508 key. In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used; Exim is interested
7509 only in whether or not the key is present in the file. However, when a lookup
7510 is used for the &%domains%& option on a router
7511 or a &%domains%& condition in an ACL statement, the data is preserved in the
7512 &$domain_data$& variable and can be referred to in other router options or
7513 other statements in the same ACL.
7514
7515 .next
7516 Any of the single-key lookup type names may be preceded by
7517 &`partial`&<&'n'&>&`-`&, where the <&'n'&> is optional, for example,
7518 .code
7519 domains = partial-dbm;/partial/domains
7520 .endd
7521 This causes partial matching logic to be invoked; a description of how this
7522 works is given in section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&.
7523
7524 .next
7525 .cindex "asterisk" "in lookup type"
7526 Any of the single-key lookup types may be followed by an asterisk. This causes
7527 a default lookup for a key consisting of a single asterisk to be done if the
7528 original lookup fails. This is not a useful feature when using a domain list to
7529 select particular domains (because any domain would match), but it might have
7530 value if the result of the lookup is being used via the &$domain_data$&
7531 expansion variable.
7532 .next
7533 If the pattern starts with the name of a query-style lookup type followed by a
7534 semicolon (for example, &"nisplus;"& or &"ldap;"&), the remainder of the
7535 pattern must be an appropriate query for the lookup type, as described in
7536 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example:
7537 .code
7538 hold_domains = mysql;select domain from holdlist \
7539 where domain = '$domain';
7540 .endd
7541 In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used (so for an SQL query, for
7542 example, it doesn't matter what field you select). Exim is interested only in
7543 whether or not the query succeeds. However, when a lookup is used for the
7544 &%domains%& option on a router, the data is preserved in the &$domain_data$&
7545 variable and can be referred to in other options.
7546 .next
7547 .cindex "domain list" "matching literal domain name"
7548 If none of the above cases apply, a caseless textual comparison is made
7549 between the pattern and the domain.
7550 .endlist
7551
7552 Here is an example that uses several different kinds of pattern:
7553 .code
7554 domainlist funny_domains = \
7555 @ : \
7556 lib.unseen.edu : \
7557 *.foundation.fict.example : \
7558 \N^[1-2]\d{3}\.fict\.example$\N : \
7559 partial-dbm;/opt/data/penguin/book : \
7560 nis;domains.byname : \
7561 nisplus;[name=$domain,status=local],domains.org_dir
7562 .endd
7563 There are obvious processing trade-offs among the various matching modes. Using
7564 an asterisk is faster than a regular expression, and listing a few names
7565 explicitly probably is too. The use of a file or database lookup is expensive,
7566 but may be the only option if hundreds of names are required. Because the
7567 patterns are tested in order, it makes sense to put the most commonly matched
7568 patterns earlier.
7569
7570
7571
7572 .section "Host lists" "SECThostlist"
7573 .cindex "host list" "patterns in"
7574 .cindex "list" "host list"
7575 Host lists are used to control what remote hosts are allowed to do. For
7576 example, some hosts may be allowed to use the local host as a relay, and some
7577 may be permitted to use the SMTP ETRN command. Hosts can be identified in
7578 two different ways, by name or by IP address. In a host list, some types of
7579 pattern are matched to a host name, and some are matched to an IP address.
7580 You need to be particularly careful with this when single-key lookups are
7581 involved, to ensure that the right value is being used as the key.
7582
7583
7584 .section "Special host list patterns"
7585 .cindex "empty item in hosts list"
7586 .cindex "host list" "empty string in"
7587 If a host list item is the empty string, it matches only when no remote host is
7588 involved. This is the case when a message is being received from a local
7589 process using SMTP on the standard input, that is, when a TCP/IP connection is
7590 not used.
7591
7592 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7593 The special pattern &"*"& in a host list matches any host or no host. Neither
7594 the IP address nor the name is actually inspected.
7595
7596
7597
7598 .section "Host list patterns that match by IP address" "SECThoslispatip"
7599 .cindex "host list" "matching IP addresses"
7600 If an IPv4 host calls an IPv6 host and the call is accepted on an IPv6 socket,
7601 the incoming address actually appears in the IPv6 host as
7602 &`::ffff:`&<&'v4address'&>. When such an address is tested against a host
7603 list, it is converted into a traditional IPv4 address first. (Not all operating
7604 systems accept IPv4 calls on IPv6 sockets, as there have been some security
7605 concerns.)
7606
7607 The following types of pattern in a host list check the remote host by
7608 inspecting its IP address:
7609
7610 .ilist
7611 If the pattern is a plain domain name (not a regular expression, not starting
7612 with *, not a lookup of any kind), Exim calls the operating system function
7613 to find the associated IP address(es). Exim uses the newer
7614 &[getipnodebyname()]& function when available, otherwise &[gethostbyname()]&.
7615 This typically causes a forward DNS lookup of the name. The result is compared
7616 with the IP address of the subject host.
7617
7618 If there is a temporary problem (such as a DNS timeout) with the host name
7619 lookup, a temporary error occurs. For example, if the list is being used in an
7620 ACL condition, the ACL gives a &"defer"& response, usually leading to a
7621 temporary SMTP error code. If no IP address can be found for the host name,
7622 what happens is described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7623
7624 .next
7625 .cindex "@ in a host list"
7626 If the pattern is &"@"&, the primary host name is substituted and used as a
7627 domain name, as just described.
7628
7629 .next
7630 If the pattern is an IP address, it is matched against the IP address of the
7631 subject host. IPv4 addresses are given in the normal &"dotted-quad"& notation.
7632 IPv6 addresses can be given in colon-separated format, but the colons have to
7633 be doubled so as not to be taken as item separators when the default list
7634 separator is used. IPv6 addresses are recognized even when Exim is compiled
7635 without IPv6 support. This means that if they appear in a host list on an
7636 IPv4-only host, Exim will not treat them as host names. They are just addresses
7637 that can never match a client host.
7638
7639 .next
7640 .cindex "@[] in a host list"
7641 If the pattern is &"@[]"&, it matches the IP address of any IP interface on
7642 the local host. For example, if the local host is an IPv4 host with one
7643 interface address 10.45.23.56, these two ACL statements have the same effect:
7644 .code
7645 accept hosts = 127.0.0.1 : 10.45.23.56
7646 accept hosts = @[]
7647 .endd
7648 .next
7649 .cindex "CIDR notation"
7650 If the pattern is an IP address followed by a slash and a mask length (for
7651 example 10.11.42.0/24), it is matched against the IP address of the subject
7652 host under the given mask. This allows, an entire network of hosts to be
7653 included (or excluded) by a single item. The mask uses CIDR notation; it
7654 specifies the number of address bits that must match, starting from the most
7655 significant end of the address.
7656
7657 &*Note*&: The mask is &'not'& a count of addresses, nor is it the high number
7658 of a range of addresses. It is the number of bits in the network portion of the
7659 address. The above example specifies a 24-bit netmask, so it matches all 256
7660 addresses in the 10.11.42.0 network. An item such as
7661 .code
7662 192.168.23.236/31
7663 .endd
7664 matches just two addresses, 192.168.23.236 and 192.168.23.237. A mask value of
7665 32 for an IPv4 address is the same as no mask at all; just a single address
7666 matches.
7667
7668 Here is another example which shows an IPv4 and an IPv6 network:
7669 .code
7670 recipient_unqualified_hosts = 192.168.0.0/16: \
7671 3ffe::ffff::836f::::/48
7672 .endd
7673 The doubling of list separator characters applies only when these items
7674 appear inline in a host list. It is not required when indirecting via a file.
7675 For example:
7676 .code
7677 recipient_unqualified_hosts = /opt/exim/unqualnets
7678 .endd
7679 could make use of a file containing
7680 .code
7681 172.16.0.0/12
7682 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7683 .endd
7684 to have exactly the same effect as the previous example. When listing IPv6
7685 addresses inline, it is usually more convenient to use the facility for
7686 changing separator characters. This list contains the same two networks:
7687 .code
7688 recipient_unqualified_hosts = <; 172.16.0.0/12; \
7689 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7690 .endd
7691 The separator is changed to semicolon by the leading &"<;"& at the start of the
7692 list.
7693 .endlist
7694
7695
7696
7697 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host address" &&&
7698 "SECThoslispatsikey"
7699 .cindex "host list" "lookup of IP address"
7700 When a host is to be identified by a single-key lookup of its complete IP
7701 address, the pattern takes this form:
7702 .display
7703 &`net-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7704 .endd
7705 For example:
7706 .code
7707 hosts_lookup = net-cdb;/hosts-by-ip.db
7708 .endd
7709 The text form of the IP address of the subject host is used as the lookup key.
7710 IPv6 addresses are converted to an unabbreviated form, using lower case
7711 letters, with dots as separators because colon is the key terminator in
7712 &(lsearch)& files. [Colons can in fact be used in keys in &(lsearch)& files by
7713 quoting the keys, but this is a facility that was added later.] The data
7714 returned by the lookup is not used.
7715
7716 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
7717 .cindex "host list" "masked IP address"
7718 Single-key lookups can also be performed using masked IP addresses, using
7719 patterns of this form:
7720 .display
7721 &`net<`&&'number'&&`>-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7722 .endd
7723 For example:
7724 .code
7725 net24-dbm;/networks.db
7726 .endd
7727 The IP address of the subject host is masked using <&'number'&> as the mask
7728 length. A textual string is constructed from the masked value, followed by the
7729 mask, and this is used as the lookup key. For example, if the host's IP address
7730 is 192.168.34.6, the key that is looked up for the above example is
7731 &"192.168.34.0/24"&. IPv6 addresses are converted to a text value using lower
7732 case letters and dots as separators instead of the more usual colon, because
7733 colon is the key terminator in &(lsearch)& files. Full, unabbreviated IPv6
7734 addresses are always used.
7735
7736 &*Warning*&: Specifing &%net32-%& (for an IPv4 address) or &%net128-%& (for an
7737 IPv6 address) is not the same as specifing just &%net-%& without a number. In
7738 the former case the key strings include the mask value, whereas in the latter
7739 case the IP address is used on its own.
7740
7741
7742
7743 .section "Host list patterns that match by host name" "SECThoslispatnam"
7744 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7745 .cindex "unknown host name"
7746 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
7747 There are several types of pattern that require Exim to know the name of the
7748 remote host. These are either wildcard patterns or lookups by name. (If a
7749 complete hostname is given without any wildcarding, it is used to find an IP
7750 address to match against, as described in the section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&
7751 above.)
7752
7753 If the remote host name is not already known when Exim encounters one of these
7754 patterns, it has to be found from the IP address.
7755 Although many sites on the Internet are conscientious about maintaining reverse
7756 DNS data for their hosts, there are also many that do not do this.
7757 Consequently, a name cannot always be found, and this may lead to unwanted
7758 effects. Take care when configuring host lists with wildcarded name patterns.
7759 Consider what will happen if a name cannot be found.
7760
7761 Because of the problems of determining host names from IP addresses, matching
7762 against host names is not as common as matching against IP addresses.
7763
7764 By default, in order to find a host name, Exim first does a reverse DNS lookup;
7765 if no name is found in the DNS, the system function (&[gethostbyaddr()]& or
7766 &[getipnodebyaddr()]& if available) is tried. The order in which these lookups
7767 are done can be changed by setting the &%host_lookup_order%& option.
7768
7769 There are some options that control what happens if a host name cannot be
7770 found. These are described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7771
7772 .cindex "host" "alias for"
7773 .cindex "alias for host"
7774 As a result of aliasing, hosts may have more than one name. When processing any
7775 of the following types of pattern, all the host's names are checked:
7776
7777 .ilist
7778 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7779 If a pattern starts with &"*"& the remainder of the item must match the end of
7780 the host name. For example, &`*.b.c`& matches all hosts whose names end in
7781 &'.b.c'&. This special simple form is provided because this is a very common
7782 requirement. Other kinds of wildcarding require the use of a regular
7783 expression.
7784 .next
7785 .cindex "regular expressions" "in host list"
7786 .cindex "host list" "regular expression in"
7787 If the item starts with &"^"& it is taken to be a regular expression which is
7788 matched against the host name. For example,
7789 .code
7790 ^(a|b)\.c\.d$
7791 .endd
7792 is a regular expression that matches either of the two hosts &'a.c.d'& or
7793 &'b.c.d'&. When a regular expression is used in a host list, you must take care
7794 that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted as part of the
7795 string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`& to mark that
7796 part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
7797 .code
7798 sender_unqualified_hosts = \N^(a|b)\.c\.d$\N : ....
7799 .endd
7800 &*Warning*&: If you want to match a complete host name, you must include the
7801 &`$`& terminating metacharacter in the regular expression, as in the above
7802 example. Without it, a match at the start of the host name is all that is
7803 required.
7804 .endlist
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809 .section "Behaviour when an IP address or name cannot be found" "SECTbehipnot"
7810 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7811 While processing a host list, Exim may need to look up an IP address from a
7812 name (see section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&), or it may need to look up a host name
7813 from an IP address (see section &<<SECThoslispatnam>>&). In either case, the
7814 behaviour when it fails to find the information it is seeking is the same.
7815
7816 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
7817 .cindex "&`+ignore_unknown`&"
7818 By default, Exim behaves as if the host does not match the list. This may not
7819 always be what you want to happen. To change Exim's behaviour, the special
7820 items &`+include_unknown`& or &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the list (at
7821 top level &-- they are not recognized in an indirected file).
7822
7823 .ilist
7824 If any item that follows &`+include_unknown`& requires information that
7825 cannot found, Exim behaves as if the host does match the list. For example,
7826 .code
7827 host_reject_connection = +include_unknown:*.enemy.ex
7828 .endd
7829 rejects connections from any host whose name matches &`*.enemy.ex`&, and also
7830 any hosts whose name it cannot find.
7831
7832 .next
7833 If any item that follows &`+ignore_unknown`& requires information that cannot
7834 be found, Exim ignores that item and proceeds to the rest of the list. For
7835 example:
7836 .code
7837 accept hosts = +ignore_unknown : friend.example : \
7838 192.168.4.5
7839 .endd
7840 accepts from any host whose name is &'friend.example'& and from 192.168.4.5,
7841 whether or not its host name can be found. Without &`+ignore_unknown`&, if no
7842 name can be found for 192.168.4.5, it is rejected.
7843 .endlist
7844
7845 Both &`+include_unknown`& and &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the same
7846 list. The effect of each one lasts until the next, or until the end of the
7847 list.
7848
7849 &*Note*&: This section applies to permanent lookup failures. It does &'not'&
7850 apply to temporary DNS errors. They always cause a defer action (except when
7851 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& converts them into permanent errors).
7852
7853
7854
7855 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host name" &&&
7856 "SECThoslispatnamsk"
7857 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7858 .cindex "unknown host name"
7859 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
7860 If a pattern is of the form
7861 .display
7862 <&'single-key-search-type'&>;<&'search-data'&>
7863 .endd
7864 for example
7865 .code
7866 dbm;/host/accept/list
7867 .endd
7868 a single-key lookup is performend, using the host name as its key. If the
7869 lookup succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual data that is looked up
7870 is not used.
7871
7872 &*Reminder*&: With this kind of pattern, you must have host &'names'& as
7873 keys in the file, not IP addresses. If you want to do lookups based on IP
7874 addresses, you must precede the search type with &"net-"& (see section
7875 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&). There is, however, no reason why you could not use
7876 two items in the same list, one doing an address lookup and one doing a name
7877 lookup, both using the same file.
7878
7879
7880
7881 .section "Host list patterns for query-style lookups"
7882 If a pattern is of the form
7883 .display
7884 <&'query-style-search-type'&>;<&'query'&>
7885 .endd
7886 the query is obeyed, and if it succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual
7887 data that is looked up is not used. The variables &$sender_host_address$& and
7888 &$sender_host_name$& can be used in the query. For example:
7889 .code
7890 hosts_lookup = pgsql;\
7891 select ip from hostlist where ip='$sender_host_address'
7892 .endd
7893 The value of &$sender_host_address$& for an IPv6 address contains colons. You
7894 can use the &%sg%& expansion item to change this if you need to. If you want to
7895 use masked IP addresses in database queries, you can use the &%mask%& expansion
7896 operator.
7897
7898 If the query contains a reference to &$sender_host_name$&, Exim automatically
7899 looks up the host name if has not already done so. (See section
7900 &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& for comments on finding host names.)
7901
7902 Historical note: prior to release 4.30, Exim would always attempt to find a
7903 host name before running the query, unless the search type was preceded by
7904 &`net-`&. This is no longer the case. For backwards compatibility, &`net-`& is
7905 still recognized for query-style lookups, but its presence or absence has no
7906 effect. (Of course, for single-key lookups, &`net-`& &'is'& important.
7907 See section &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&.)
7908
7909
7910
7911 .section "Mixing wildcarded host names and addresses in host lists" &&&
7912 "SECTmixwilhos"
7913 .cindex "host list" "mixing names and addresses in"
7914 If you have name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same
7915 host list, you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, in an
7916 ACL you could have:
7917 .code
7918 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : *.friend.example
7919 .endd
7920 The reason for this lies in the left-to-right way that Exim processes lists.
7921 It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups, but when it reaches an
7922 item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot find a host name to
7923 compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the opposite order, the
7924 &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be found, even if its
7925 IP address is 10.9.8.7.
7926
7927 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
7928 address, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
7929 .code
7930 accept hosts = *.friend.example
7931 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
7932 .endd
7933 If the first &%accept%& fails, Exim goes on to try the second one. See chapter
7934 &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs.
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940 .section "Address lists" "SECTaddresslist"
7941 .cindex "list" "address list"
7942 .cindex "address list" "empty item"
7943 .cindex "address list" "patterns"
7944 Address lists contain patterns that are matched against mail addresses. There
7945 is one special case to be considered: the sender address of a bounce message is
7946 always empty. You can test for this by providing an empty item in an address
7947 list. For example, you can set up a router to process bounce messages by
7948 using this option setting:
7949 .code
7950 senders = :
7951 .endd
7952 The presence of the colon creates an empty item. If you do not provide any
7953 data, the list is empty and matches nothing. The empty sender can also be
7954 detected by a regular expression that matches an empty string,
7955 and by a query-style lookup that succeeds when &$sender_address$& is empty.
7956
7957 Non-empty items in an address list can be straightforward email addresses. For
7958 example:
7959 .code
7960 senders = jbc@askone.example : hs@anacreon.example
7961 .endd
7962 A certain amount of wildcarding is permitted. If a pattern contains an @
7963 character, but is not a regular expression and does not begin with a
7964 semicolon-terminated lookup type (described below), the local part of the
7965 subject address is compared with the local part of the pattern, which may start
7966 with an asterisk. If the local parts match, the domain is checked in exactly
7967 the same way as for a pattern in a domain list. For example, the domain can be
7968 wildcarded, refer to a named list, or be a lookup:
7969 .code
7970 deny senders = *@*.spamming.site:\
7971 *@+hostile_domains:\
7972 bozo@partial-lsearch;/list/of/dodgy/sites:\
7973 *@dbm;/bad/domains.db
7974 .endd
7975 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
7976 .cindex "address list" "local part starting with !"
7977 If a local part that begins with an exclamation mark is required, it has to be
7978 specified using a regular expression, because otherwise the exclamation mark is
7979 treated as a sign of negation, as is standard in lists.
7980
7981 If a non-empty pattern that is not a regular expression or a lookup does not
7982 contain an @ character, it is matched against the domain part of the subject
7983 address. The only two formats that are recognized this way are a literal
7984 domain, or a domain pattern that starts with *. In both these cases, the effect
7985 is the same as if &`*@`& preceded the pattern. For example:
7986 .code
7987 deny senders = enemy.domain : *.enemy.domain
7988 .endd
7989
7990 The following kinds of more complicated address list pattern can match any
7991 address, including the empty address that is characteristic of bounce message
7992 senders:
7993
7994 .ilist
7995 .cindex "regular expressions" "in address list"
7996 .cindex "address list" "regular expression in"
7997 If (after expansion) a pattern starts with &"^"&, a regular expression match is
7998 done against the complete address, with the pattern as the regular expression.
7999 You must take care that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted
8000 as part of the string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`&
8001 to mark that part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
8002 .code
8003 deny senders = \N^.*this.*@example\.com$\N : \
8004 \N^\d{8}.+@spamhaus.example$\N : ...
8005 .endd
8006 The &`\N`& sequences are removed by the expansion, so these items do indeed
8007 start with &"^"& by the time they are being interpreted as address patterns.
8008
8009 .next
8010 .cindex "address list" "lookup for complete address"
8011 Complete addresses can be looked up by using a pattern that starts with a
8012 lookup type terminated by a semicolon, followed by the data for the lookup. For
8013 example:
8014 .code
8015 deny senders = cdb;/etc/blocked.senders : \
8016 mysql;select address from blocked where \
8017 address='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'
8018 .endd
8019 Both query-style and single-key lookup types can be used. For a single-key
8020 lookup type, Exim uses the complete address as the key. However, empty keys are
8021 not supported for single-key lookups, so a match against the empty address
8022 always fails. This restriction does not apply to query-style lookups.
8023
8024 Partial matching for single-key lookups (section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&)
8025 cannot be used, and is ignored if specified, with an entry being written to the
8026 panic log.
8027 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
8028 However, you can configure lookup defaults, as described in section
8029 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&, but this is useful only for the &"*@"& type of
8030 default. For example, with this lookup:
8031 .code
8032 accept senders = lsearch*@;/some/file
8033 .endd
8034 the file could contains lines like this:
8035 .code
8036 user1@domain1.example
8037 *@domain2.example
8038 .endd
8039 and for the sender address &'nimrod@jaeger.example'&, the sequence of keys
8040 that are tried is:
8041 .code
8042 nimrod@jaeger.example
8043 *@jaeger.example
8044 *
8045 .endd
8046 &*Warning 1*&: Do not include a line keyed by &"*"& in the file, because that
8047 would mean that every address matches, thus rendering the test useless.
8048
8049 &*Warning 2*&: Do not confuse these two kinds of item:
8050 .code
8051 deny recipients = dbm*@;/some/file
8052 deny recipients = *@dbm;/some/file
8053 .endd
8054 The first does a whole address lookup, with defaulting, as just described,
8055 because it starts with a lookup type. The second matches the local part and
8056 domain independently, as described in a bullet point below.
8057 .endlist
8058
8059
8060 The following kinds of address list pattern can match only non-empty addresses.
8061 If the subject address is empty, a match against any of these pattern types
8062 always fails.
8063
8064
8065 .ilist
8066 .cindex "@@ with single-key lookup"
8067 .cindex "address list" "@@ lookup type"
8068 .cindex "address list" "split local part and domain"
8069 If a pattern starts with &"@@"& followed by a single-key lookup item
8070 (for example, &`@@lsearch;/some/file`&), the address that is being checked is
8071 split into a local part and a domain. The domain is looked up in the file. If
8072 it is not found, there is no match. If it is found, the data that is looked up
8073 from the file is treated as a colon-separated list of local part patterns, each
8074 of which is matched against the subject local part in turn.
8075
8076 .cindex "asterisk" "in address list"
8077 The lookup may be a partial one, and/or one involving a search for a default
8078 keyed by &"*"& (see section &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&). The local part
8079 patterns that are looked up can be regular expressions or begin with &"*"&, or
8080 even be further lookups. They may also be independently negated. For example,
8081 with
8082 .code
8083 deny senders = @@dbm;/etc/reject-by-domain
8084 .endd
8085 the data from which the DBM file is built could contain lines like
8086 .code
8087 baddomain.com: !postmaster : *
8088 .endd
8089 to reject all senders except &%postmaster%& from that domain.
8090
8091 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
8092 If a local part that actually begins with an exclamation mark is required, it
8093 has to be specified using a regular expression. In &(lsearch)& files, an entry
8094 may be split over several lines by indenting the second and subsequent lines,
8095 but the separating colon must still be included at line breaks. White space
8096 surrounding the colons is ignored. For example:
8097 .code
8098 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer2 : ^[0-9]+$ :
8099 spammer3 : spammer4
8100 .endd
8101 As in all colon-separated lists in Exim, a colon can be included in an item by
8102 doubling.
8103
8104 If the last item in the list starts with a right angle-bracket, the remainder
8105 of the item is taken as a new key to look up in order to obtain a continuation
8106 list of local parts. The new key can be any sequence of characters. Thus one
8107 might have entries like
8108 .code
8109 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer 2 : >*
8110 xyz.com: spammer3 : >*
8111 *: ^\d{8}$
8112 .endd
8113 in a file that was searched with &%@@dbm*%&, to specify a match for 8-digit
8114 local parts for all domains, in addition to the specific local parts listed for
8115 each domain. Of course, using this feature costs another lookup each time a
8116 chain is followed, but the effort needed to maintain the data is reduced.
8117
8118 .cindex "loop" "in lookups"
8119 It is possible to construct loops using this facility, and in order to catch
8120 them, the chains may be no more than fifty items long.
8121
8122 .next
8123 The @@<&'lookup'&> style of item can also be used with a query-style
8124 lookup, but in this case, the chaining facility is not available. The lookup
8125 can only return a single list of local parts.
8126 .endlist
8127
8128 &*Warning*&: There is an important difference between the address list items
8129 in these two examples:
8130 .code
8131 senders = +my_list
8132 senders = *@+my_list
8133 .endd
8134 In the first one, &`my_list`& is a named address list, whereas in the second
8135 example it is a named domain list.
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140 .section "Case of letters in address lists" "SECTcasletadd"
8141 .cindex "case of local parts"
8142 .cindex "address list" "case forcing"
8143 .cindex "case forcing in address lists"
8144 Domains in email addresses are always handled caselessly, but for local parts
8145 case may be significant on some systems (see &%caseful_local_part%& for how
8146 Exim deals with this when routing addresses). However, RFC 2505 (&'Anti-Spam
8147 Recommendations for SMTP MTAs'&) suggests that matching of addresses to
8148 blocking lists should be done in a case-independent manner. Since most address
8149 lists in Exim are used for this kind of control, Exim attempts to do this by
8150 default.
8151
8152 The domain portion of an address is always lowercased before matching it to an
8153 address list. The local part is lowercased by default, and any string
8154 comparisons that take place are done caselessly. This means that the data in
8155 the address list itself, in files included as plain file names, and in any file
8156 that is looked up using the &"@@"& mechanism, can be in any case. However, the
8157 keys in files that are looked up by a search type other than &(lsearch)& (which
8158 works caselessly) must be in lower case, because these lookups are not
8159 case-independent.
8160
8161 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
8162 To allow for the possibility of caseful address list matching, if an item in
8163 an address list is the string &"+caseful"&, the original case of the local
8164 part is restored for any comparisons that follow, and string comparisons are no
8165 longer case-independent. This does not affect the domain, which remains in
8166 lower case. However, although independent matches on the domain alone are still
8167 performed caselessly, regular expressions that match against an entire address
8168 become case-sensitive after &"+caseful"& has been seen.
8169
8170
8171
8172 .section "Local part lists" "SECTlocparlis"
8173 .cindex "list" "local part list"
8174 .cindex "local part" "list"
8175 Case-sensitivity in local part lists is handled in the same way as for address
8176 lists, as just described. The &"+caseful"& item can be used if required. In a
8177 setting of the &%local_parts%& option in a router with &%caseful_local_part%&
8178 set false, the subject is lowercased and the matching is initially
8179 case-insensitive. In this case, &"+caseful"& will restore case-sensitive
8180 matching in the local part list, but not elsewhere in the router. If
8181 &%caseful_local_part%& is set true in a router, matching in the &%local_parts%&
8182 option is case-sensitive from the start.
8183
8184 If a local part list is indirected to a file (see section &<<SECTfilnamlis>>&),
8185 comments are handled in the same way as address lists &-- they are recognized
8186 only if the # is preceded by white space or the start of the line.
8187 Otherwise, local part lists are matched in the same way as domain lists, except
8188 that the special items that refer to the local host (&`@`&, &`@[]`&,
8189 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`&) are not recognized.
8190 Refer to section &<<SECTdomainlist>>& for details of the other available item
8191 types.
8192 .ecindex IIDdohoadli
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8198 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8199
8200 .chapter "String expansions" "CHAPexpand"
8201 .scindex IIDstrexp "expansion" "of strings"
8202 Many strings in Exim's run time configuration are expanded before use. Some of
8203 them are expanded every time they are used; others are expanded only once.
8204
8205 When a string is being expanded it is copied verbatim from left to right except
8206 when a dollar or backslash character is encountered. A dollar specifies the
8207 start of a portion of the string that is interpreted and replaced as described
8208 below in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& onwards. Backslash is used as an
8209 escape character, as described in the following section.
8210
8211
8212
8213 .section "Literal text in expanded strings" "SECTlittext"
8214 .cindex "expansion" "including literal text"
8215 An uninterpreted dollar can be included in an expanded string by putting a
8216 backslash in front of it. A backslash can be used to prevent any special
8217 character being treated specially in an expansion, including backslash itself.
8218 If the string appears in quotes in the configuration file, two backslashes are
8219 required because the quotes themselves cause interpretation of backslashes when
8220 the string is read in (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&).
8221
8222 .cindex "expansion" "non-expandable substrings"
8223 A portion of the string can specified as non-expandable by placing it between
8224 two occurrences of &`\N`&. This is particularly useful for protecting regular
8225 expressions, which often contain backslashes and dollar signs. For example:
8226 .code
8227 deny senders = \N^\d{8}[a-z]@some\.site\.example$\N
8228 .endd
8229 On encountering the first &`\N`&, the expander copies subsequent characters
8230 without interpretation until it reaches the next &`\N`& or the end of the
8231 string.
8232
8233
8234
8235 .section "Character escape sequences in expanded strings"
8236 .cindex "expansion" "escape sequences"
8237 A backslash followed by one of the letters &"n"&, &"r"&, or &"t"& in an
8238 expanded string is recognized as an escape sequence for the character newline,
8239 carriage return, or tab, respectively. A backslash followed by up to three
8240 octal digits is recognized as an octal encoding for a single character, and a
8241 backslash followed by &"x"& and up to two hexadecimal digits is a hexadecimal
8242 encoding.
8243
8244 These escape sequences are also recognized in quoted strings when they are read
8245 in. Their interpretation in expansions as well is useful for unquoted strings,
8246 and for other cases such as looked-up strings that are then expanded.
8247
8248
8249 .section "Testing string expansions"
8250 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
8251 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
8252 .cindex "&%-be%& option"
8253 Many expansions can be tested by calling Exim with the &%-be%& option. This
8254 takes the command arguments, or lines from the standard input if there are no
8255 arguments, runs them through the string expansion code, and writes the results
8256 to the standard output. Variables based on configuration values are set up, but
8257 since no message is being processed, variables such as &$local_part$& have no
8258 value. Nevertheless the &%-be%& option can be useful for checking out file and
8259 database lookups, and the use of expansion operators such as &%sg%&, &%substr%&
8260 and &%nhash%&.
8261
8262 Exim gives up its root privilege when it is called with the &%-be%& option, and
8263 instead runs under the uid and gid it was called with, to prevent users from
8264 using &%-be%& for reading files to which they do not have access.
8265
8266
8267
8268 .section "Forced expansion failure" "SECTforexpfai"
8269 .cindex "expansion" "forced failure"
8270 A number of expansions that are described in the following section have
8271 alternative &"true"& and &"false"& substrings, enclosed in brace characters
8272 (which are sometimes called &"curly brackets"&). Which of the two strings is
8273 used depends on some condition that is evaluated as part of the expansion. If,
8274 instead of a &"false"& substring, the word &"fail"& is used (not in braces),
8275 the entire string expansion fails in a way that can be detected by the code
8276 that requested the expansion. This is called &"forced expansion failure"&, and
8277 its consequences depend on the circumstances. In some cases it is no different
8278 from any other expansion failure, but in others a different action may be
8279 taken. Such variations are mentioned in the documentation of the option that is
8280 being expanded.
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285 .section "Expansion items" "SECTexpansionitems"
8286 The following items are recognized in expanded strings. White space may be used
8287 between sub-items that are keywords or substrings enclosed in braces inside an
8288 outer set of braces, to improve readability. &*Warning*&: Within braces,
8289 white space is significant.
8290
8291 .vlist
8292 .vitem &*$*&<&'variable&~name'&>&~or&~&*${*&<&'variable&~name'&>&*}*&
8293 .cindex "expansion" "variables"
8294 Substitute the contents of the named variable, for example:
8295 .code
8296 $local_part
8297 ${domain}
8298 .endd
8299 The second form can be used to separate the name from subsequent alphanumeric
8300 characters. This form (using braces) is available only for variables; it does
8301 &'not'& apply to message headers. The names of the variables are given in
8302 section &<<SECTexpvar>>& below. If the name of a non-existent variable is
8303 given, the expansion fails.
8304
8305 .vitem &*${*&<&'op'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
8306 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
8307 The string is first itself expanded, and then the operation specified by
8308 <&'op'&> is applied to it. For example:
8309 .code
8310 ${lc:$local_part}
8311 .endd
8312 The string starts with the first character after the colon, which may be
8313 leading white space. A list of operators is given in section &<<SECTexpop>>&
8314 below. The operator notation is used for simple expansion items that have just
8315 one argument, because it reduces the number of braces and therefore makes the
8316 string easier to understand.
8317
8318 .vitem "&*${dlfunc{*&<&'file'&>&*}{*&<&'function'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}&&&
8319 {*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&"
8320 .cindex &%dlfunc%&
8321 This expansion dynamically loads and then calls a locally-written C function.
8322 This functionality is available only if Exim is compiled with
8323 .code
8324 EXPAND_DLFUNC=yes
8325 .endd
8326 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Once loaded, Exim remembers the dynamically loaded
8327 object so that it doesn't reload the same object file in the same Exim process
8328 (but of course Exim does start new processes frequently).
8329
8330 There may be from zero to eight arguments to the function. When compiling
8331 a local function that is to be called in this way, &_local_scan.h_& should be
8332 included. The Exim variables and functions that are defined by that API
8333 are also available for dynamically loaded functions. The function itself
8334 must have the following type:
8335 .code
8336 int dlfunction(uschar **yield, int argc, uschar *argv[])
8337 .endd
8338 Where &`uschar`& is a typedef for &`unsigned char`& in &_local_scan.h_&. The
8339 function should return one of the following values:
8340
8341 &`OK`&: Success. The string that is placed in the variable &'yield'& is put
8342 into the expanded string that is being built.
8343
8344 &`FAIL`&: A non-forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message taken
8345 from &'yield'&, if it is set.
8346
8347 &`FAIL_FORCED`&: A forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message
8348 taken from &'yield'& if it is set.
8349
8350 &`ERROR`&: Same as &`FAIL`&, except that a panic log entry is written.
8351
8352 When compiling a function that is to be used in this way with gcc,
8353 you need to add &%-shared%& to the gcc command. Also, in the Exim build-time
8354 configuration, you must add &%-export-dynamic%& to EXTRALIBS.
8355
8356 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'key'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}&&&
8357 {*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8358 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by key"
8359 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by key"
8360 The key and <&'string1'&> are first expanded separately. Leading and trailing
8361 white space is removed from the key (but not from any of the strings). The key
8362 must not consist entirely of digits. The expanded <&'string1'&> must be of the
8363 form:
8364 .display
8365 <&'key1'&> = <&'value1'&> <&'key2'&> = <&'value2'&> ...
8366 .endd
8367 .cindex "&$value$&"
8368 where the equals signs and spaces (but not both) are optional. If any of the
8369 values contain white space, they must be enclosed in double quotes, and any
8370 values that are enclosed in double quotes are subject to escape processing as
8371 described in section &<<SECTstrings>>&. The expanded <&'string1'&> is searched
8372 for the value that corresponds to the key. The search is case-insensitive. If
8373 the key is found, <&'string2'&> is expanded, and replaces the whole item;
8374 otherwise <&'string3'&> is used. During the expansion of <&'string2'&> the
8375 variable &$value$& contains the value that has been extracted. Afterwards, it
8376 is restored to any previous value it might have had.
8377
8378 If {<&'string3'&>} is omitted, the item is replaced by an empty string if the
8379 key is not found. If {<&'string2'&>} is also omitted, the value that was
8380 extracted is used. Thus, for example, these two expansions are identical, and
8381 yield &"2001"&:
8382 .code
8383 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}}
8384 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}{$value}}
8385 .endd
8386 Instead of {<&'string3'&>} the word &"fail"& (not in curly brackets) can
8387 appear, for example:
8388 .code
8389 ${extract{Z}{A=... B=...}{$value} fail }
8390 .endd
8391 This forces an expansion failure (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&);
8392 {<&'string2'&>} must be present for &"fail"& to be recognized.
8393
8394
8395 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'number'&>&*}{*&<&'separators'&>&*}&&&
8396 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8397 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by number"
8398 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by number"
8399 The <&'number'&> argument must consist entirely of decimal digits,
8400 apart from leading and trailing white space, which is ignored.
8401 This is what distinguishes this form of &%extract%& from the previous kind. It
8402 behaves in the same way, except that, instead of extracting a named field, it
8403 extracts from <&'string1'&> the field whose number is given as the first
8404 argument. You can use &$value$& in <&'string2'&> or &`fail`& instead of
8405 <&'string3'&> as before.
8406
8407 The fields in the string are separated by any one of the characters in the
8408 separator string. These may include space or tab characters.
8409 The first field is numbered one. If the number is negative, the fields are
8410 counted from the end of the string, with the rightmost one numbered -1. If the
8411 number given is zero, the entire string is returned. If the modulus of the
8412 number is greater than the number of fields in the string, the result is the
8413 expansion of <&'string3'&>, or the empty string if <&'string3'&> is not
8414 provided. For example:
8415 .code
8416 ${extract{2}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8417 .endd
8418 yields &"42"&, and
8419 .code
8420 ${extract{-4}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8421 .endd
8422 yields &"99"&. Two successive separators mean that the field between them is
8423 empty (for example, the fifth field above).
8424
8425
8426 .vitem &*${hash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8427 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
8428 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
8429 This is a textual hashing function, and was the first to be implemented in
8430 early versions of Exim. In current releases, there are other hashing functions
8431 (numeric, MD5, and SHA-1), which are described below.
8432
8433 The first two strings, after expansion, must be numbers. Call them <&'m'&> and
8434 <&'n'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is, if
8435 <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you can
8436 use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8437 .code
8438 ${hash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8439 .endd
8440 The second number is optional (in both notations). If <&'n'&> is greater than
8441 or equal to the length of the string, the expansion item returns the string.
8442 Otherwise it computes a new string of length <&'n'&> by applying a hashing
8443 function to the string. The new string consists of characters taken from the
8444 first <&'m'&> characters of the string
8445 .code
8446 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQWRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
8447 .endd
8448 If <&'m'&> is not present the value 26 is used, so that only lower case
8449 letters appear. For example:
8450 .display
8451 &`$hash{3}{monty}} `& yields &`jmg`&
8452 &`$hash{5}{monty}} `& yields &`monty`&
8453 &`$hash{4}{62}{monty python}}`& yields &`fbWx`&
8454 .endd
8455
8456 .vitem "&*$header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8457 &*$h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8458 See &*$rheader*& below.
8459
8460 .vitem "&*$bheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8461 &*$bh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8462 See &*$rheader*& below.
8463
8464 .vitem "&*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8465 &*$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8466 .cindex "expansion" "header insertion"
8467 .cindex "&$header_$&"
8468 .cindex "&$bheader_$&"
8469 .cindex "&$rheader_$&"
8470 .cindex "header lines" "in expansion strings"
8471 .cindex "header lines" "character sets"
8472 .cindex "header lines" "decoding"
8473 Substitute the contents of the named message header line, for example
8474 .code
8475 $header_reply-to:
8476 .endd
8477 The newline that terminates a header line is not included in the expansion, but
8478 internal newlines (caused by splitting the header line over several physical
8479 lines) may be present.
8480
8481 The difference between &%rheader%&, &%bheader%&, and &%header%& is in the way
8482 the data in the header line is interpreted.
8483
8484 .ilist
8485 .cindex "white space" "in header lines"
8486 &%rheader%& gives the original &"raw"& content of the header line, with no
8487 processing at all, and without the removal of leading and trailing white space.
8488
8489 .next
8490 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in header lines"
8491 &%bheader%& removes leading and trailing white space, and then decodes base64
8492 or quoted-printable MIME &"words"& within the header text, but does no
8493 character set translation. If decoding of what looks superficially like a MIME
8494 &"word"& fails, the raw string is returned. If decoding
8495 .cindex "binary zero" "in header line"
8496 produces a binary zero character, it is replaced by a question mark &-- this is
8497 what Exim does for binary zeros that are actually received in header lines.
8498
8499 .next
8500 &%header%& tries to translate the string as decoded by &%bheader%& to a
8501 standard character set. This is an attempt to produce the same string as would
8502 be displayed on a user's MUA. If translation fails, the &%bheader%& string is
8503 returned. Translation is attempted only on operating systems that support the
8504 &[iconv()]& function. This is indicated by the compile-time macro HAVE_ICONV in
8505 a system Makefile or in &_Local/Makefile_&.
8506 .endlist ilist
8507
8508 In a filter file, the target character set for &%header%& can be specified by a
8509 command of the following form:
8510 .code
8511 headers charset "UTF-8"
8512 .endd
8513 This command affects all references to &$h_$& (or &$header_$&) expansions in
8514 subsequently obeyed filter commands. In the absence of this command, the target
8515 character set in a filter is taken from the setting of the &%headers_charset%&
8516 option in the runtime configuration. The value of this option defaults to the
8517 value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The ultimate default is
8518 ISO-8859-1.
8519
8520 Header names follow the syntax of RFC 2822, which states that they may contain
8521 any printing characters except space and colon. Consequently, curly brackets
8522 &'do not'& terminate header names, and should not be used to enclose them as
8523 if they were variables. Attempting to do so causes a syntax error.
8524
8525 Only header lines that are common to all copies of a message are visible to
8526 this mechanism. These are the original header lines that are received with the
8527 message, and any that are added by an ACL &%warn%& statement or by a system
8528 filter. Header lines that are added to a particular copy of a message by a
8529 router or transport are not accessible.
8530
8531 For incoming SMTP messages, no header lines are visible in ACLs that are obeyed
8532 before the DATA ACL, because the header structure is not set up until the
8533 message is received. Header lines that are added by &%warn%& statements in a
8534 RCPT ACL (for example) are saved until the message's incoming header lines
8535 are available, at which point they are added. When a DATA ACL is running,
8536 however, header lines added by earlier ACLs are visible.
8537
8538 Upper case and lower case letters are synonymous in header names. If the
8539 following character is white space, the terminating colon may be omitted, but
8540 this is not recommended, because you may then forget it when it is needed. When
8541 white space terminates the header name, it is included in the expanded string.
8542 If the message does not contain the given header, the expansion item is
8543 replaced by an empty string. (See the &%def%& condition in section
8544 &<<SECTexpcond>>& for a means of testing for the existence of a header.)
8545
8546 If there is more than one header with the same name, they are all
8547 concatenated to form the substitution string, up to a maximum length of 64K. A
8548 newline character is inserted between each line. For the &%header%& expansion,
8549 for those headers that contain lists of addresses, a comma is also inserted at
8550 the junctions between lines. This does not happen for the &%rheader%&
8551 expansion.
8552
8553
8554 .vitem &*${hmac{*&<&'hashname'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&
8555 .cindex "expansion" "hmac hashing"
8556 .cindex &%hmac%&
8557 This function uses cryptographic hashing (either MD5 or SHA-1) to convert a
8558 shared secret and some text into a message authentication code, as specified in
8559 RFC 2104. This differs from &`${md5:secret_text...}`& or
8560 &`${sha1:secret_text...}`& in that the hmac step adds a signature to the
8561 cryptographic hash, allowing for authentication that is not possible with MD5
8562 or SHA-1 alone. The hash name must expand to either &`md5`& or &`sha1`& at
8563 present. For example:
8564 .code
8565 ${hmac{md5}{somesecret}{$primary_hostname $tod_log}}
8566 .endd
8567 For the hostname &'mail.example.com'& and time 2002-10-17 11:30:59, this
8568 produces:
8569 .code
8570 dd97e3ba5d1a61b5006108f8c8252953
8571 .endd
8572 As an example of how this might be used, you might put in the main part of
8573 an Exim configuration:
8574 .code
8575 SPAMSCAN_SECRET=cohgheeLei2thahw
8576 .endd
8577 In a router or a transport you could then have:
8578 .code
8579 headers_add = \
8580 X-Spam-Scanned: ${primary_hostname} ${message_exim_id} \
8581 ${hmac{md5}{SPAMSCAN_SECRET}\
8582 {${primary_hostname},${message_exim_id},$h_message-id:}}
8583 .endd
8584 Then given a message, you can check where it was scanned by looking at the
8585 &'X-Spam-Scanned:'& header line. If you know the secret, you can check that
8586 this header line is authentic by recomputing the authentication code from the
8587 host name, message ID and the &'Message-id:'& header line. This can be done
8588 using Exim's &%-be%& option, or by other means, for example by using the
8589 &'hmac_md5_hex()'& function in Perl.
8590
8591
8592 .vitem &*${if&~*&<&'condition'&>&*&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8593 .cindex "expansion" "conditional"
8594 .cindex "&%if%&, expansion item"
8595 If <&'condition'&> is true, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the whole
8596 item; otherwise <&'string2'&> is used. The available conditions are described
8597 in section &<<SECTexpcond>>& below. For example:
8598 .code
8599 ${if eq {$local_part}{postmaster} {yes}{no} }
8600 .endd
8601 The second string need not be present; if it is not and the condition is not
8602 true, the item is replaced with nothing. Alternatively, the word &"fail"& may
8603 be present instead of the second string (without any curly brackets). In this
8604 case, the expansion is forced to fail if the condition is not true (see section
8605 &<<SECTforexpfai>>&).
8606
8607 If both strings are omitted, the result is the string &`true`& if the condition
8608 is true, and the empty string if the condition is false. This makes it less
8609 cumbersome to write custom ACL and router conditions. For example, instead of
8610 .code
8611 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}{true}{false}}
8612 .endd
8613 you can use
8614 .code
8615 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}}
8616 .endd
8617
8618 .vitem &*${length{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8619 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
8620 .cindex "&%length%&" "expansion item"
8621 The &%length%& item is used to extract the initial portion of a string. Both
8622 strings are expanded, and the first one must yield a number, <&'n'&>, say. If
8623 you are using a fixed value for the number, that is, if <&'string1'&> does not
8624 change when expanded, you can use the simpler operator notation that avoids
8625 some of the braces:
8626 .code
8627 ${length_<n>:<string>}
8628 .endd
8629 The result of this item is either the first <&'n'&> characters or the whole
8630 of <&'string2'&>, whichever is the shorter. Do not confuse &%length%& with
8631 &%strlen%&, which gives the length of a string.
8632
8633
8634 .vitem "&*${lookup{*&<&'key'&>&*}&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~&&&
8635 {*&<&'file'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8636 This is the first of one of two different types of lookup item, which are both
8637 described in the next item.
8638
8639 .vitem "&*${lookup&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~{*&<&'query'&>&*}&~&&&
8640 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8641 .cindex "expansion" "lookup in"
8642 .cindex "file" "lookups"
8643 .cindex "lookup" "in expanded string"
8644 The two forms of lookup item specify data lookups in files and databases, as
8645 discussed in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. The first form is used for single-key
8646 lookups, and the second is used for query-style lookups. The <&'key'&>,
8647 <&'file'&>, and <&'query'&> strings are expanded before use.
8648
8649 If there is any white space in a lookup item which is part of a filter command,
8650 a retry or rewrite rule, a routing rule for the &(manualroute)& router, or any
8651 other place where white space is significant, the lookup item must be enclosed
8652 in double quotes. The use of data lookups in users' filter files may be locked
8653 out by the system administrator.
8654
8655 .cindex "&$value$&"
8656 If the lookup succeeds, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the entire item.
8657 During its expansion, the variable &$value$& contains the data returned by the
8658 lookup. Afterwards it reverts to the value it had previously (at the outer
8659 level it is empty). If the lookup fails, <&'string2'&> is expanded and replaces
8660 the entire item. If {<&'string2'&>} is omitted, the replacement is the empty
8661 string on failure. If <&'string2'&> is provided, it can itself be a nested
8662 lookup, thus providing a mechanism for looking up a default value when the
8663 original lookup fails.
8664
8665 If a nested lookup is used as part of <&'string1'&>, &$value$& contains the
8666 data for the outer lookup while the parameters of the second lookup are
8667 expanded, and also while <&'string2'&> of the second lookup is expanded, should
8668 the second lookup fail. Instead of {<&'string2'&>} the word &"fail"& can
8669 appear, and in this case, if the lookup fails, the entire expansion is forced
8670 to fail (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&). If both {<&'string1'&>} and
8671 {<&'string2'&>} are omitted, the result is the looked up value in the case of a
8672 successful lookup, and nothing in the case of failure.
8673
8674 For single-key lookups, the string &"partial"& is permitted to precede the
8675 search type in order to do partial matching, and * or *@ may follow a search
8676 type to request default lookups if the key does not match (see sections
8677 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& and &<<SECTpartiallookup>>& for details).
8678
8679 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in lookup expansion"
8680 If a partial search is used, the variables &$1$& and &$2$& contain the wild
8681 and non-wild parts of the key during the expansion of the replacement text.
8682 They return to their previous values at the end of the lookup item.
8683
8684 This example looks up the postmaster alias in the conventional alias file:
8685 .code
8686 ${lookup {postmaster} lsearch {/etc/aliases} {$value}}
8687 .endd
8688 This example uses NIS+ to look up the full name of the user corresponding to
8689 the local part of an address, forcing the expansion to fail if it is not found:
8690 .code
8691 ${lookup nisplus {[name=$local_part],passwd.org_dir:gcos} \
8692 {$value}fail}
8693 .endd
8694
8695 .vitem &*${nhash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8696 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
8697 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
8698 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
8699 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
8700 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
8701 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8702 .code
8703 ${nhash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8704 .endd
8705 The second number is optional (in both notations). If there is only one number,
8706 the result is a number in the range 0&--<&'n'&>-1. Otherwise, the string is
8707 processed by a div/mod hash function that returns two numbers, separated by a
8708 slash, in the ranges 0 to <&'n'&>-1 and 0 to <&'m'&>-1, respectively. For
8709 example,
8710 .code
8711 ${nhash{8}{64}{supercalifragilisticexpialidocious}}
8712 .endd
8713 returns the string &"6/33"&.
8714
8715
8716
8717 .vitem &*${perl{*&<&'subroutine'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&
8718 .cindex "Perl" "use in expanded string"
8719 .cindex "expansion" "calling Perl from"
8720 This item is available only if Exim has been built to include an embedded Perl
8721 interpreter. The subroutine name and the arguments are first separately
8722 expanded, and then the Perl subroutine is called with those arguments. No
8723 additional arguments need be given; the maximum number permitted, including the
8724 name of the subroutine, is nine.
8725
8726 The return value of the subroutine is inserted into the expanded string, unless
8727 the return value is &%undef%&. In that case, the expansion fails in the same
8728 way as an explicit &"fail"& on a lookup item. The return value is a scalar.
8729 Whatever you return is evaluated in a scalar context. For example, if you
8730 return the name of a Perl vector, the return value is the size of the vector,
8731 not its contents.
8732
8733 If the subroutine exits by calling Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails
8734 with the error message that was passed to &%die%&. More details of the embedded
8735 Perl facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
8736
8737 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_perl%& which locks
8738 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8739
8740
8741 .vitem &*${prvs{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'keynumber'&>&*}}*&
8742 .cindex "prvs" "expansion item"
8743 The first argument is a complete email address and the second is secret
8744 keystring. The third argument, specifying a key number, is optional. If absent,
8745 it defaults to 0. The result of the expansion is a prvs-signed email address,
8746 to be typically used with the &%return_path%& option on an &(smtp)& transport
8747 as part of a bounce address tag validation (BATV) scheme. For more discussion
8748 and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
8749
8750 .vitem "&*${prvscheck{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}&&&
8751 {*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&"
8752 .cindex "prvscheck" "expansion item"
8753 This expansion item is the complement of the &%prvs%& item. It is used for
8754 checking prvs-signed addresses. If the expansion of the first argument does not
8755 yield a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the whole item expands to the
8756 empty string. When the first argument does expand to a syntactically valid
8757 prvs-signed address, the second argument is expanded, with the prvs-decoded
8758 version of the address and the key number extracted from the address in the
8759 variables &$prvscheck_address$& and &$prvscheck_keynum$&, respectively.
8760
8761 These two variables can be used in the expansion of the second argument to
8762 retrieve the secret. The validity of the prvs-signed address is then checked
8763 against the secret. The result is stored in the variable &$prvscheck_result$&,
8764 which is empty for failure or &"1"& for success.
8765
8766 The third argument is optional; if it is missing, it defaults to an empty
8767 string. This argument is now expanded. If the result is an empty string, the
8768 result of the expansion is the decoded version of the address. This is the case
8769 whether or not the signature was valid. Otherwise, the result of the expansion
8770 is the expansion of the third argument.
8771
8772 All three variables can be used in the expansion of the third argument.
8773 However, once the expansion is complete, only &$prvscheck_result$& remains set.
8774 For more discussion and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
8775
8776 .vitem &*${readfile{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}}*&
8777 .cindex "expansion" "inserting an entire file"
8778 .cindex "file" "inserting into expansion"
8779 .cindex "&%readfile%& expansion item"
8780 The file name and end-of-line string are first expanded separately. The file is
8781 then read, and its contents replace the entire item. All newline characters in
8782 the file are replaced by the end-of-line string if it is present. Otherwise,
8783 newlines are left in the string.
8784 String expansion is not applied to the contents of the file. If you want this,
8785 you must wrap the item in an &%expand%& operator. If the file cannot be read,
8786 the string expansion fails.
8787
8788 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readfile%& which
8789 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8790
8791
8792
8793 .vitem "&*${readsocket{*&<&'name'&>&*}{*&<&'request'&>&*}&&&
8794 {*&<&'timeout'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}{*&<&'fail&~string'&>&*}}*&"
8795 .cindex "expansion" "inserting from a socket"
8796 .cindex "socket" "use of in expansion"
8797 .cindex "&%readsocket%& expansion item"
8798 This item inserts data from a Unix domain or Internet socket into the expanded
8799 string. The minimal way of using it uses just two arguments, as in these
8800 examples:
8801 .code
8802 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}}
8803 ${readsocket{inet:some.host:1234}{request string}}
8804 .endd
8805 For a Unix domain socket, the first substring must be the path to the socket.
8806 For an Internet socket, the first substring must contain &`inet:`& followed by
8807 a host name or IP address, followed by a colon and a port, which can be a
8808 number or the name of a TCP port in &_/etc/services_&. An IP address may
8809 optionally be enclosed in square brackets. This is best for IPv6 addresses. For
8810 example:
8811 .code
8812 ${readsocket{inet:[::1]:1234}{request string}}
8813 .endd
8814 Only a single host name may be given, but if looking it up yields more than
8815 one IP address, they are each tried in turn until a connection is made. For
8816 both kinds of socket, Exim makes a connection, writes the request string
8817 (unless it is an empty string) and reads from the socket until an end-of-file
8818 is read. A timeout of 5 seconds is applied. Additional, optional arguments
8819 extend what can be done. Firstly, you can vary the timeout. For example:
8820 .code
8821 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}}
8822 .endd
8823 A fourth argument allows you to change any newlines that are in the data
8824 that is read, in the same way as for &%readfile%& (see above). This example
8825 turns them into spaces:
8826 .code
8827 ${readsocket{inet:127.0.0.1:3294}{request string}{3s}{ }}
8828 .endd
8829 As with all expansions, the substrings are expanded before the processing
8830 happens. Errors in these sub-expansions cause the expansion to fail. In
8831 addition, the following errors can occur:
8832
8833 .ilist
8834 Failure to create a socket file descriptor;
8835 .next
8836 Failure to connect the socket;
8837 .next
8838 Failure to write the request string;
8839 .next
8840 Timeout on reading from the socket.
8841 .endlist
8842
8843 By default, any of these errors causes the expansion to fail. However, if
8844 you supply a fifth substring, it is expanded and used when any of the above
8845 errors occurs. For example:
8846 .code
8847 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}{\n}\
8848 {socket failure}}
8849 .endd
8850 You can test for the existence of a Unix domain socket by wrapping this
8851 expansion in &`${if exists`&, but there is a race condition between that test
8852 and the actual opening of the socket, so it is safer to use the fifth argument
8853 if you want to be absolutely sure of avoiding an expansion error for a
8854 non-existent Unix domain socket, or a failure to connect to an Internet socket.
8855
8856 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readsocket%& which
8857 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8858
8859 .vitem &*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:&~or&~$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&
8860 This item inserts &"raw"& header lines. It is described with the &%header%&
8861 expansion item above.
8862
8863 .vitem "&*${run{*&<&'command'&>&*&~*&<&'args'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&&&
8864 {*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8865 .cindex "expansion" "running a command"
8866 .cindex "&%run%& expansion item"
8867 The command and its arguments are first expanded separately, and then the
8868 command is run in a separate process, but under the same uid and gid. As in
8869 other command executions from Exim, a shell is not used by default. If you want
8870 a shell, you must explicitly code it.
8871
8872 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
8873 .cindex "&$value$&"
8874 If the command succeeds (gives a zero return code) <&'string1'&> is expanded
8875 and replaces the entire item; during this expansion, the standard output from
8876 the command is in the variable &$value$&. If the command fails, <&'string2'&>,
8877 if present, is expanded and used. Once again, during the expansion, the
8878 standard output from the command is in the variable &$value$&. If <&'string2'&>
8879 is absent, the result is empty. Alternatively, <&'string2'&> can be the word
8880 &"fail"& (not in braces) to force expansion failure if the command does not
8881 succeed. If both strings are omitted, the result is contents of the standard
8882 output on success, and nothing on failure.
8883
8884 .cindex "&$runrc$&"
8885 The return code from the command is put in the variable &$runrc$&, and this
8886 remains set afterwards, so in a filter file you can do things like this:
8887 .code
8888 if "${run{x y z}{}}$runrc" is 1 then ...
8889 elif $runrc is 2 then ...
8890 ...
8891 endif
8892 .endd
8893 If execution of the command fails (for example, the command does not exist),
8894 the return code is 127 &-- the same code that shells use for non-existent
8895 commands.
8896
8897 &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot assume the order in which
8898 option values are expanded, except for those preconditions whose order of
8899 testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot reliably expect to set &$runrc$&
8900 by the expansion of one option, and use it in another.
8901
8902 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_run%& which locks
8903 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8904
8905
8906 .vitem &*${sg{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'regex'&>&*}{*&<&'replacement'&>&*}}*&
8907 .cindex "expansion" "string substitution"
8908 .cindex "&%sg%& expansion item"
8909 This item works like Perl's substitution operator (s) with the global (/g)
8910 option; hence its name. However, unlike the Perl equivalent, Exim does not
8911 modify the subject string; instead it returns the modified string for insertion
8912 into the overall expansion. The item takes three arguments: the subject string,
8913 a regular expression, and a substitution string. For example:
8914 .code
8915 ${sg{abcdefabcdef}{abc}{xyz}}
8916 .endd
8917 yields &"xyzdefxyzdef"&. Because all three arguments are expanded before use,
8918 if any $ or \ characters are required in the regular expression or in the
8919 substitution string, they have to be escaped. For example:
8920 .code
8921 ${sg{abcdef}{^(...)(...)\$}{\$2\$1}}
8922 .endd
8923 yields &"defabc"&, and
8924 .code
8925 ${sg{1=A 4=D 3=C}{\N(\d+)=\N}{K\$1=}}
8926 .endd
8927 yields &"K1=A K4=D K3=C"&. Note the use of &`\N`& to protect the contents of
8928 the regular expression from string expansion.
8929
8930
8931
8932 .vitem &*${substr{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8933 .cindex "&%substr%&"
8934 .cindex "substring extraction"
8935 .cindex "expansion" "substring extraction"
8936 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
8937 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
8938 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
8939 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8940 .code
8941 ${substr_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8942 .endd
8943 The second number is optional (in both notations).
8944 If it is absent in the simpler format, the preceding underscore must also be
8945 omitted.
8946
8947 The &%substr%& item can be used to extract more general substrings than
8948 &%length%&. The first number, <&'n'&>, is a starting offset, and <&'m'&> is the
8949 length required. For example
8950 .code
8951 ${substr{3}{2}{$local_part}}
8952 .endd
8953 If the starting offset is greater than the string length the result is the
8954 null string; if the length plus starting offset is greater than the string
8955 length, the result is the right-hand part of the string, starting from the
8956 given offset. The first character in the string has offset zero.
8957
8958 The &%substr%& expansion item can take negative offset values to count
8959 from the right-hand end of its operand. The last character is offset -1, the
8960 second-last is offset -2, and so on. Thus, for example,
8961 .code
8962 ${substr{-5}{2}{1234567}}
8963 .endd
8964 yields &"34"&. If the absolute value of a negative offset is greater than the
8965 length of the string, the substring starts at the beginning of the string, and
8966 the length is reduced by the amount of overshoot. Thus, for example,
8967 .code
8968 ${substr{-5}{2}{12}}
8969 .endd
8970 yields an empty string, but
8971 .code
8972 ${substr{-3}{2}{12}}
8973 .endd
8974 yields &"1"&.
8975
8976 When the second number is omitted from &%substr%&, the remainder of the string
8977 is taken if the offset is positive. If it is negative, all characters in the
8978 string preceding the offset point are taken. For example, an offset of -1 and
8979 no length, as in these semantically identical examples:
8980 .code
8981 ${substr_-1:abcde}
8982 ${substr{-1}{abcde}}
8983 .endd
8984 yields all but the last character of the string, that is, &"abcd"&.
8985
8986
8987
8988 .vitem "&*${tr{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'characters'&>&*}&&&
8989 {*&<&'replacements'&>&*}}*&"
8990 .cindex "expansion" "character translation"
8991 .cindex "&%tr%& expansion item"
8992 This item does single-character translation on its subject string. The second
8993 argument is a list of characters to be translated in the subject string. Each
8994 matching character is replaced by the corresponding character from the
8995 replacement list. For example
8996 .code
8997 ${tr{abcdea}{ac}{13}}
8998 .endd
8999 yields &`1b3de1`&. If there are duplicates in the second character string, the
9000 last occurrence is used. If the third string is shorter than the second, its
9001 last character is replicated. However, if it is empty, no translation takes
9002 place.
9003 .endlist
9004
9005
9006
9007 .section "Expansion operators" "SECTexpop"
9008 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
9009 For expansion items that perform transformations on a single argument string,
9010 the &"operator"& notation is used because it is simpler and uses fewer braces.
9011 The substring is first expanded before the operation is applied to it. The
9012 following operations can be performed:
9013
9014 .vlist
9015 .vitem &*${address:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9016 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2822 address handling"
9017 .cindex "&%address%&" "expansion item"
9018 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address, as it might appear in a
9019 header line, and the effective address is extracted from it. If the string does
9020 not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9021
9022
9023 .vitem &*${base62:*&<&'digits'&>&*}*&
9024 .cindex "&%base62%&"
9025 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9026 The string must consist entirely of decimal digits. The number is converted to
9027 base 62 and output as a string of six characters, including leading zeros. In
9028 the few operating environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for
9029 its message identifiers (because those systems do not have case-sensitive file
9030 names), base 36 is used by this operator, despite its name. &*Note*&: Just to
9031 be absolutely clear: this is &'not'& base64 encoding.
9032
9033 .vitem &*${base62d:*&<&'base-62&~digits'&>&*}*&
9034 .cindex "&%base62d%&"
9035 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9036 The string must consist entirely of base-62 digits, or, in operating
9037 environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for its message
9038 identifiers, base-36 digits. The number is converted to decimal and output as a
9039 string.
9040
9041 .vitem &*${domain:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9042 .cindex "domain" "extraction"
9043 .cindex "expansion" "domain extraction"
9044 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the domain is extracted
9045 from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9046
9047
9048 .vitem &*${escape:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9049 .cindex "expansion" "escaping non-printing characters"
9050 .cindex "&%escape%&, expansion item"
9051 If the string contains any non-printing characters, they are converted to
9052 escape sequences starting with a backslash. Whether characters with the most
9053 significant bit set (so-called &"8-bit characters"&) count as printing or not
9054 is controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& option.
9055
9056
9057 .vitem &*${eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&&~and&~&*${eval10:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9058 .cindex "expansion" "expression evaluation"
9059 .cindex "expansion" "arithmetic expression"
9060 .cindex "&%eval%& expansion item"
9061 These items supports simple arithmetic in expansion strings. The string (after
9062 expansion) must be a conventional arithmetic expression, but it is limited to
9063 five basic operators (plus, minus, times, divide, remainder) and parentheses.
9064 All operations are carried out using integer arithmetic. Plus and minus have a
9065 lower priority than times, divide, and remainder; operators with the same
9066 priority are evaluated from left to right.
9067
9068 .new
9069 For &%eval%&, numbers may be decimal, octal (starting with &"0"&) or
9070 hexadecimal (starting with &"0x"&). For &%eval10%&, all numbers are taken as
9071 decimal, even if they start with a leading zero; hexadecimal numbers are not
9072 permitted. This can be useful when processing numbers extracted from dates or
9073 times, which often do have leading zeros.
9074 .wen
9075
9076 A number may be followed by &"K"& or &"M"& to multiply it by 1024 or 1024*1024,
9077 respectively. Negative numbers are supported. The result of the computation is
9078 a decimal representation of the answer (without &"K"& or &"M"&). For example:
9079
9080 .display
9081 &`${eval:1+1} `& yields 2
9082 &`${eval:1+2*3} `& yields 7
9083 &`${eval:(1+2)*3} `& yields 9
9084 &`${eval:2+42%5} `& yields 4
9085 .endd
9086
9087 As a more realistic example, in an ACL you might have
9088 .code
9089 deny message = Too many bad recipients
9090 condition = \
9091 ${if and { \
9092 {>{$rcpt_count}{10}} \
9093 { \
9094 < \
9095 {$recipients_count} \
9096 {${eval:$rcpt_count/2}} \
9097 } \
9098 }{yes}{no}}
9099 .endd
9100 The condition is true if there have been more than 10 RCPT commands and
9101 fewer than half of them have resulted in a valid recipient.
9102
9103
9104 .vitem &*${expand:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9105 .cindex "expansion" "re-expansion of substring"
9106 The &%expand%& operator causes a string to be expanded for a second time. For
9107 example,
9108 .code
9109 ${expand:${lookup{$domain}dbm{/some/file}{$value}}}
9110 .endd
9111 first looks up a string in a file while expanding the operand for &%expand%&,
9112 and then re-expands what it has found.
9113
9114
9115 .vitem &*${from_utf8:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9116 .cindex "Unicode"
9117 .cindex "UTF-8" "conversion from"
9118 .cindex "expansion" "UTF-8 conversion"
9119 .cindex "&%from_utf8%&"
9120 The world is slowly moving towards Unicode, although there are no standards for
9121 email yet. However, other applications (including some databases) are starting
9122 to store data in Unicode, using UTF-8 encoding. This operator converts from a
9123 UTF-8 string to an ISO-8859-1 string. UTF-8 code values greater than 255 are
9124 converted to underscores. The input must be a valid UTF-8 string. If it is not,
9125 the result is an undefined sequence of bytes.
9126
9127 Unicode code points with values less than 256 are compatible with ASCII and
9128 ISO-8859-1 (also known as Latin-1).
9129 For example, character 169 is the copyright symbol in both cases, though the
9130 way it is encoded is different. In UTF-8, more than one byte is needed for
9131 characters with code values greater than 127, whereas ISO-8859-1 is a
9132 single-byte encoding (but thereby limited to 256 characters). This makes
9133 translation from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1 straightforward.
9134
9135
9136 .vitem &*${hash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9137 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
9138 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
9139 The &%hash%& operator is a simpler interface to the hashing function that can
9140 be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings that
9141 change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9142 .code
9143 ${hash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9144 .endd
9145 See the description of the general &%hash%& item above for details. The
9146 abbreviation &%h%& can be used when &%hash%& is used as an operator.
9147
9148
9149
9150 .vitem &*${hex2b64:*&<&'hexstring'&>&*}*&
9151 .cindex "base64 encoding" "conversion from hex"
9152 .cindex "expansion" "hex to base64"
9153 .cindex "&%hex2b64%&"
9154 This operator converts a hex string into one that is base64 encoded. This can
9155 be useful for processing the output of the MD5 and SHA-1 hashing functions.
9156
9157
9158 .vitem &*${lc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9159 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9160 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9161 .cindex "lower casing"
9162 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9163 .cindex "&%lc%& expansion item"
9164 This forces the letters in the string into lower-case, for example:
9165 .code
9166 ${lc:$local_part}
9167 .endd
9168
9169 .vitem &*${length_*&<&'number'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9170 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
9171 .cindex "&%length%&" "expansion item"
9172 The &%length%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%length%& function that
9173 can be used when the parameter is a fixed number (as opposed to a string that
9174 changes when expanded). The effect is the same as
9175 .code
9176 ${length{<number>}{<string>}}
9177 .endd
9178 See the description of the general &%length%& item above for details. Note that
9179 &%length%& is not the same as &%strlen%&. The abbreviation &%l%& can be used
9180 when &%length%& is used as an operator.
9181
9182
9183 .vitem &*${local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9184 .cindex "expansion" "local part extraction"
9185 .cindex "&%local_part%& expansion item"
9186 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the local part is
9187 extracted from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is
9188 empty.
9189
9190
9191 .vitem &*${mask:*&<&'IP&~address'&>&*/*&<&'bit&~count'&>&*}*&
9192 .cindex "masked IP address"
9193 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
9194 .cindex "CIDR notation"
9195 .cindex "expansion" "IP address masking"
9196 .cindex "&%mask%&, expansion item"
9197 If the form of the string to be operated on is not an IP address followed by a
9198 slash and an integer (that is, a network address in CIDR notation), the
9199 expansion fails. Otherwise, this operator converts the IP address to binary,
9200 masks off the least significant bits according to the bit count, and converts
9201 the result back to text, with mask appended. For example,
9202 .code
9203 ${mask:10.111.131.206/28}
9204 .endd
9205 returns the string &"10.111.131.192/28"&. Since this operation is expected to
9206 be mostly used for looking up masked addresses in files, the result for an IPv6
9207 address uses dots to separate components instead of colons, because colon
9208 terminates a key string in lsearch files. So, for example,
9209 .code
9210 ${mask:3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031/99}
9211 .endd
9212 returns the string
9213 .code
9214 3ffe.ffff.836f.0a00.000a.0800.2000.0000/99
9215 .endd
9216 Letters in IPv6 addresses are always output in lower case.
9217
9218
9219 .vitem &*${md5:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9220 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9221 .cindex "expansion" "MD5 hash"
9222 .cindex "&%md5%& expansion item"
9223 The &%md5%& operator computes the MD5 hash value of the string, and returns it
9224 as a 32-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in lower case.
9225
9226
9227 .vitem &*${nhash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9228 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
9229 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
9230 The &%nhash%& operator is a simpler interface to the numeric hashing function
9231 that can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to
9232 strings that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9233 .code
9234 ${nhash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9235 .endd
9236 See the description of the general &%nhash%& item above for details.
9237
9238
9239 .vitem &*${quote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9240 .cindex "quoting" "in string expansions"
9241 .cindex "expansion" "quoting"
9242 .cindex "&%quote%&, expansion item"
9243 The &%quote%& operator puts its argument into double quotes if it
9244 is an empty string or
9245 contains anything other than letters, digits, underscores, dots, and hyphens.
9246 Any occurrences of double quotes and backslashes are escaped with a backslash.
9247 Newlines and carriage returns are converted to &`\n`& and &`\r`&,
9248 respectively For example,
9249 .code
9250 ${quote:ab"*"cd}
9251 .endd
9252 becomes
9253 .code
9254 "ab\"*\"cd"
9255 .endd
9256 The place where this is useful is when the argument is a substitution from a
9257 variable or a message header.
9258
9259 .vitem &*${quote_local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9260 .cindex "&%quote_local_part%& expansion item"
9261 This operator is like &%quote%&, except that it quotes the string only if
9262 required to do so by the rules of RFC 2822 for quoting local parts. For
9263 example, a plus sign would not cause quoting (but it would for &%quote%&).
9264 If you are creating a new email address from the contents of &$local_part$&
9265 (or any other unknown data), you should always use this operator.
9266
9267
9268 .vitem &*${quote_*&<&'lookup-type'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9269 .cindex "quoting" "lookup-specific"
9270 This operator applies lookup-specific quoting rules to the string. Each
9271 query-style lookup type has its own quoting rules which are described with
9272 the lookups in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example,
9273 .code
9274 ${quote_ldap:two * two}
9275 .endd
9276 returns
9277 .code
9278 two%20%5C2A%20two
9279 .endd
9280 For single-key lookup types, no quoting is ever necessary and this operator
9281 yields an unchanged string.
9282
9283
9284 .vitem &*${rfc2047:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9285 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2047"
9286 .cindex "RFC 2047" "expansion operator"
9287 .cindex "&%rfc2047%& expansion item"
9288 This operator encodes text according to the rules of RFC 2047. This is an
9289 encoding that is used in header lines to encode non-ASCII characters. It is
9290 assumed that the input string is in the encoding specified by the
9291 &%headers_charset%& option, which defaults to ISO-8859-1. If the string
9292 contains only characters in the range 33&--126, and no instances of the
9293 characters
9294 .code
9295 ? = ( ) < > @ , ; : \ " . [ ] _
9296 .endd
9297 it is not modified. Otherwise, the result is the RFC 2047 encoding of the
9298 string, using as many &"encoded words"& as necessary to encode all the
9299 characters.
9300
9301
9302
9303 .vitem &*${rxquote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9304 .cindex "quoting" "in regular expressions"
9305 .cindex "regular expressions" "quoting"
9306 .cindex "&%rxquote%& expansion item"
9307 The &%rxquote%& operator inserts a backslash before any non-alphanumeric
9308 characters in its argument. This is useful when substituting the values of
9309 variables or headers inside regular expressions.
9310
9311
9312 .vitem &*${sha1:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9313 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9314 .cindex "expansion" "SHA-1 hashing"
9315 .cindex "&%sha2%& expansion item"
9316 The &%sha1%& operator computes the SHA-1 hash value of the string, and returns
9317 it as a 40-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in upper case.
9318
9319
9320 .vitem &*${stat:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9321 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
9322 .cindex "file" "extracting characteristics"
9323 .cindex "&%stat%& expansion item"
9324 The string, after expansion, must be a file path. A call to the &[stat()]&
9325 function is made for this path. If &[stat()]& fails, an error occurs and the
9326 expansion fails. If it succeeds, the data from the stat replaces the item, as a
9327 series of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> pairs, where the values are all numerical,
9328 except for the value of &"smode"&. The names are: &"mode"& (giving the mode as
9329 a 4-digit octal number), &"smode"& (giving the mode in symbolic format as a
9330 10-character string, as for the &'ls'& command), &"inode"&, &"device"&,
9331 &"links"&, &"uid"&, &"gid"&, &"size"&, &"atime"&, &"mtime"&, and &"ctime"&. You
9332 can extract individual fields using the &%extract%& expansion item.
9333
9334 The use of the &%stat%& expansion in users' filter files can be locked out by
9335 the system administrator. &*Warning*&: The file size may be incorrect on 32-bit
9336 systems for files larger than 2GB.
9337
9338 .vitem &*${str2b64:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9339 .cindex "expansion" "base64 encoding"
9340 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in string expansion"
9341 .cindex "&%str2b64%& expansion item"
9342 This operator converts a string into one that is base64 encoded.
9343
9344
9345
9346 .vitem &*${strlen:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9347 .cindex "expansion" "string length"
9348 .cindex "string" "length in expansion"
9349 .cindex "&%strlen%& expansion item"
9350 The item is replace by the length of the expanded string, expressed as a
9351 decimal number. &*Note*&: Do not confuse &%strlen%& with &%length%&.
9352
9353
9354 .vitem &*${substr_*&<&'start'&>&*_*&<&'length'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9355 .cindex "&%substr%& expansion item"
9356 .cindex "substring extraction"
9357 .cindex "expansion" "substring expansion"
9358 The &%substr%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%substr%& function that
9359 can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings
9360 that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9361 .code
9362 ${substr{<start>}{<length>}{<string>}}
9363 .endd
9364 See the description of the general &%substr%& item above for details. The
9365 abbreviation &%s%& can be used when &%substr%& is used as an operator.
9366
9367 .vitem &*${time_eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9368 .cindex "&%time_eval%& expansion item"
9369 .cindex "time interval" "decoding"
9370 This item converts an Exim time interval such as &`2d4h5m`& into a number of
9371 seconds.
9372
9373 .vitem &*${time_interval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9374 .cindex "&%time_interval%& expansion item"
9375 .cindex "time interval" "formatting"
9376 The argument (after sub-expansion) must be a sequence of decimal digits that
9377 represents an interval of time as a number of seconds. It is converted into a
9378 number of larger units and output in Exim's normal time format, for example,
9379 &`1w3d4h2m6s`&.
9380
9381 .vitem &*${uc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9382 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9383 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9384 .cindex "upper casing"
9385 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9386 .cindex "&%uc%& expansion item"
9387 This forces the letters in the string into upper-case.
9388 .endlist
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395 .section "Expansion conditions" "SECTexpcond"
9396 .cindex "expansion" "conditions"
9397 The following conditions are available for testing by the &%${if%& construct
9398 while expanding strings:
9399
9400 .vlist
9401 .vitem &*!*&<&'condition'&>
9402 .cindex "expansion" "negating a condition"
9403 .cindex "negation" "in expansion condition"
9404 Preceding any condition with an exclamation mark negates the result of the
9405 condition.
9406
9407 .vitem <&'symbolic&~operator'&>&~&*{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9408 .cindex "numeric comparison"
9409 .cindex "expansion" "numeric comparison"
9410 There are a number of symbolic operators for doing numeric comparisons. They
9411 are:
9412 .display
9413 &`= `& equal
9414 &`== `& equal
9415 &`> `& greater
9416 &`>= `& greater or equal
9417 &`< `& less
9418 &`<= `& less or equal
9419 .endd
9420 For example:
9421 .code
9422 ${if >{$message_size}{10M} ...
9423 .endd
9424 Note that the general negation operator provides for inequality testing. The
9425 two strings must take the form of optionally signed decimal integers,
9426 optionally followed by one of the letters &"K"& or &"M"& (in either upper or
9427 lower case), signifying multiplication by 1024 or 1024*1024, respectively.
9428
9429 .vitem &*crypteq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9430 .cindex "expansion" "encrypted comparison"
9431 .cindex "encrypted strings" "comparing"
9432 .cindex "&%crypteq%& expansion condition"
9433 This condition is included in the Exim binary if it is built to support any
9434 authentication mechanisms (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). Otherwise, it is
9435 necessary to define SUPPORT_CRYPTEQ in &_Local/Makefile_& to get &%crypteq%&
9436 included in the binary.
9437
9438 The &%crypteq%& condition has two arguments. The first is encrypted and
9439 compared against the second, which is already encrypted. The second string may
9440 be in the LDAP form for storing encrypted strings, which starts with the
9441 encryption type in curly brackets, followed by the data. If the second string
9442 does not begin with &"{"& it is assumed to be encrypted with &[crypt()]& or
9443 &[crypt16()]& (see below), since such strings cannot begin with &"{"&.
9444 Typically this will be a field from a password file. An example of an encrypted
9445 string in LDAP form is:
9446 .code
9447 {md5}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==
9448 .endd
9449 If such a string appears directly in an expansion, the curly brackets have to
9450 be quoted, because they are part of the expansion syntax. For example:
9451 .code
9452 ${if crypteq {test}{\{md5\}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==}{yes}{no}}
9453 .endd
9454 The following encryption types (whose names are matched case-independently) are
9455 supported:
9456
9457 .ilist
9458 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9459 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in encrypted password"
9460 &%{md5}%& computes the MD5 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9461 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9462 length of the comparison string is 24, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded
9463 (as in the above example). If the length is 32, Exim assumes that it is a
9464 hexadecimal encoding of the MD5 digest. If the length not 24 or 32, the
9465 comparison fails.
9466
9467 .next
9468 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9469 &%{sha1}%& computes the SHA-1 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9470 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9471 length of the comparison string is 28, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded.
9472 If the length is 40, Exim assumes that it is a hexadecimal encoding of the
9473 SHA-1 digest. If the length is not 28 or 40, the comparison fails.
9474
9475 .next
9476 .cindex "&[crypt()]&"
9477 &%{crypt}%& calls the &[crypt()]& function, which traditionally used to use
9478 only the first eight characters of the password. However, in modern operating
9479 systems this is no longer true, and in many cases the entire password is used,
9480 whatever its length.
9481 .next
9482 .cindex "&[crypt16()]&"
9483 &%{crypt16}%& calls the &[crypt16()]& function (also known as &[bigcrypt()]&),
9484 which was orginally created to use up to 16 characters of the password. Again,
9485 in modern operating systems, more characters may be used.
9486 .endlist
9487
9488 Exim has its own version of &[crypt16()]& (which is just a double call to
9489 &[crypt()]&). For operating systems that have their own version, setting
9490 HAVE_CRYPT16 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim causes it to use the
9491 operating system version instead of its own. This option is set by default in
9492 the OS-dependent &_Makefile_& for those operating systems that are known to
9493 support &[crypt16()]&.
9494
9495 If you do not put any curly bracket encryption type in a &%crypteq%&
9496 comparison, the default is either &`{crypt}`& or &`{crypt16}`&, as determined
9497 by the setting of DEFAULT_CRYPT in &_Local/Makefile_&. The default default is
9498 &`{crypt}`&. Whatever the default, you can always use either function by
9499 specifying it explicitly in curly brackets.
9500
9501 Note that if a password is no longer than 8 characters, the results of
9502 encrypting it with &[crypt()]& and &[crypt16()]& are identical. That means that
9503 &[crypt16()]& is backwards compatible, as long as nobody feeds it a password
9504 longer than 8 characters.
9505
9506 .vitem &*def:*&<&'variable&~name'&>
9507 .cindex "expansion" "checking for empty variable"
9508 .cindex "&%def%& expansion condition"
9509 The &%def%& condition must be followed by the name of one of the expansion
9510 variables defined in section &<<SECTexpvar>>&. The condition is true if the
9511 variable does not contain the empty string. For example:
9512 .code
9513 ${if def:sender_ident {from $sender_ident}}
9514 .endd
9515 Note that the variable name is given without a leading &%$%& character. If the
9516 variable does not exist, the expansion fails.
9517
9518 .vitem "&*def:header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~&~or&~&&&
9519 &~&*def:h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
9520 .cindex "expansion" "checking header line existence"
9521 This condition is true if a message is being processed and the named header
9522 exists in the message. For example,
9523 .code
9524 ${if def:header_reply-to:{$h_reply-to:}{$h_from:}}
9525 .endd
9526 &*Note*&: No &%$%& appears before &%header_%& or &%h_%& in the condition, and
9527 the header name must be terminated by a colon if white space does not follow.
9528
9529 .vitem &*eq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9530 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9531 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9532 .cindex "&%eq%& expansion condition"
9533 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the two
9534 resulting strings are identical, including the case of letters.
9535
9536 .vitem &*eqi&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9537 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9538 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9539 .cindex "&%eqi%& expansion condition"
9540 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the two
9541 resulting strings are identical when compared in a case-independent way.
9542
9543 .vitem &*exists&~{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}*&
9544 .cindex "expansion" "file existence test"
9545 .cindex "file" "existence test"
9546 .cindex "&%exists%&, expansion condition"
9547 The substring is first expanded and then interpreted as an absolute path. The
9548 condition is true if the named file (or directory) exists. The existence test
9549 is done by calling the &[stat()]& function. The use of the &%exists%& test in
9550 users' filter files may be locked out by the system administrator.
9551
9552 .vitem &*first_delivery*&
9553 .cindex "delivery" "first"
9554 .cindex "first delivery"
9555 .cindex "expansion" "first delivery test"
9556 .cindex "&%first_delivery%& expansion condition"
9557 This condition, which has no data, is true during a message's first delivery
9558 attempt. It is false during any subsequent delivery attempts.
9559
9560 .vitem &*ge&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9561 .cindex "&%ge%& expansion condition"
9562 See &*gei*&.
9563
9564 .vitem &*gei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9565 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9566 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9567 .cindex "&%gei%& expansion condition"
9568 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9569 string is lexically greater than or equal to the second string: for &%ge%& the
9570 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gei%& the comparison is
9571 case-independent.
9572
9573 .vitem &*gt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9574 .cindex "&%gt%& expansion condition"
9575 See &*gti*&.
9576
9577 .vitem &*gti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9578 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9579 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9580 .cindex "&%gti%& expansion condition"
9581 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9582 string is lexically greater than the second string: for &%gt%& the comparison
9583 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gti%& the comparison is
9584 case-independent.
9585
9586 .vitem &*isip&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9587 .cindex "&%isip%& expansion condition"
9588 See &*isip6*&.
9589
9590 .vitem &*isip4&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9591 .cindex "&%isip4%& expansion condition"
9592 See &*isip6*&.
9593
9594 .vitem &*isip6&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9595 .cindex "IP address" "testing string format"
9596 .cindex "string" "testing for IP address"
9597 .cindex "&%isip6%& expansion condition"
9598 The substring is first expanded, and then tested to see if it has the form of
9599 an IP address. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are valid for &%isip%&, whereas
9600 &%isip4%& and &%isip6%& test just for IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, respectively. For
9601 example, you could use
9602 .code
9603 ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}...
9604 .endd
9605 to test which version of IP an incoming SMTP connection is using.
9606
9607
9608 .vitem &*ldapauth&~{*&<&'ldap&~query'&>&*}*&
9609 .cindex "LDAP" "use for authentication"
9610 .cindex "expansion" "LDAP authentication test"
9611 .cindex "&%ldapauth%& expansion condition"
9612 This condition supports user authentication using LDAP. See section
9613 &<<SECTldap>>& for details of how to use LDAP in lookups and the syntax of
9614 queries. For this use, the query must contain a user name and password. The
9615 query itself is not used, and can be empty. The condition is true if the
9616 password is not empty, and the user name and password are accepted by the LDAP
9617 server. An empty password is rejected without calling LDAP because LDAP binds
9618 with an empty password are considered anonymous regardless of the username, and
9619 will succeed in most configurations. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details
9620 of SMTP authentication, and chapter &<<CHAPplaintext>>& for an example of how
9621 this can be used.
9622
9623
9624 .vitem &*le&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9625 .cindex "&%le%& expansion condition"
9626 See &*lei*&.
9627
9628 .vitem &*lei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9629 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9630 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9631 .cindex "&%lei%& expansion condition"
9632 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9633 string is lexically less than or equal to the second string: for &%le%& the
9634 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lei%& the comparison is
9635 case-independent.
9636
9637 .vitem &*lt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9638 .cindex "&%lt%& expansion condition"
9639 See &*lti*&.
9640
9641 .vitem &*lti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9642 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9643 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9644 .cindex "&%lti%& expansion condition"
9645 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9646 string is lexically less than the second string: for &%lt%& the comparison
9647 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lti%& the comparison is
9648 case-independent.
9649
9650
9651 .vitem &*match&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9652 .cindex "expansion" "regular expression comparison"
9653 .cindex "regular expressions" "match in expanded string"
9654 .cindex "&%match%&, expansion condition"
9655 The two substrings are first expanded. The second is then treated as a regular
9656 expression and applied to the first. Because of the pre-expansion, if the
9657 regular expression contains dollar, or backslash characters, they must be
9658 escaped. Care must also be taken if the regular expression contains braces
9659 (curly brackets). A closing brace must be escaped so that it is not taken as a
9660 premature termination of <&'string2'&>. The easiest approach is to use the
9661 &`\N`& feature to disable expansion of the regular expression.
9662 For example,
9663 .code
9664 ${if match {$local_part}{\N^\d{3}\N} ...
9665 .endd
9666 If the whole expansion string is in double quotes, further escaping of
9667 backslashes is also required.
9668
9669 The condition is true if the regular expression match succeeds.
9670 The regular expression is not required to begin with a circumflex
9671 metacharacter, but if there is no circumflex, the expression is not anchored,
9672 and it may match anywhere in the subject, not just at the start. If you want
9673 the pattern to match at the end of the subject, you must include the &`$`&
9674 metacharacter at an appropriate point.
9675
9676 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%if%& expansion"
9677 At the start of an &%if%& expansion the values of the numeric variable
9678 substitutions &$1$& etc. are remembered. Obeying a &%match%& condition that
9679 succeeds causes them to be reset to the substrings of that condition and they
9680 will have these values during the expansion of the success string. At the end
9681 of the &%if%& expansion, the previous values are restored. After testing a
9682 combination of conditions using &%or%&, the subsequent values of the numeric
9683 variables are those of the condition that succeeded.
9684
9685 .vitem &*match_address&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9686 .cindex "&%match_address%& expansion condition"
9687 See &*match_local_part*&.
9688
9689 .vitem &*match_domain&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9690 .cindex "&%match_domain%& expansion condition"
9691 See &*match_local_part*&.
9692
9693 .vitem &*match_ip&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9694 .cindex "&%match_ip%& expansion condition"
9695 This condition matches an IP address to a list of IP address patterns. It must
9696 be followed by two argument strings. The first (after expansion) must be an IP
9697 address or an empty string. The second (after expansion) is a restricted host
9698 list that can match only an IP address, not a host name. For example:
9699 .code
9700 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{1.2.3.4:5.6.7.8}{...}{...}}
9701 .endd
9702 The specific types of host list item that are permitted in the list are:
9703
9704 .ilist
9705 An IP address, optionally with a CIDR mask.
9706 .next
9707 A single asterisk, which matches any IP address.
9708 .next
9709 An empty item, which matches only if the IP address is empty. This could be
9710 useful for testing for a locally submitted message or one from specific hosts
9711 in a single test such as
9712 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
9713 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
9714 .code
9715 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{:4.3.2.1:...}{...}{...}}
9716 .endd
9717 where the first item in the list is the empty string.
9718 .next
9719 The item @[] matches any of the local host's interface addresses.
9720 .next
9721 Lookups are assumed to be &"net-"& style lookups, even if &`net-`& is not
9722 specified. Thus, the following are equivalent:
9723 .code
9724 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{lsearch;/some/file}...
9725 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{net-lsearch;/some/file}...
9726 .endd
9727 .new
9728 You do need to specify the &`net-`& prefix if you want to specify a
9729 specific address mask, for example, by using &`net24-`&. However, unless you
9730 are combining a &%match_ip%& condition with others, it is usually neater to use
9731 an expansion lookup such as:
9732 .code
9733 ${lookup{${mask:$sender_host_address/24}}lsearch{/some/file}...
9734 .endd
9735 .wen
9736 .endlist ilist
9737
9738 Consult section &<<SECThoslispatip>>& for further details of these patterns.
9739
9740 .vitem &*match_local_part&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9741 .cindex "domain list" "in expansion condition"
9742 .cindex "address list" "in expansion condition"
9743 .cindex "local part list" "in expansion condition"
9744 .cindex "&%match_local_part%& expansion condition"
9745 This condition, together with &%match_address%& and &%match_domain%&, make it
9746 possible to test domain, address, and local part lists within expansions. Each
9747 condition requires two arguments: an item and a list to match. A trivial
9748 example is:
9749 .code
9750 ${if match_domain{a.b.c}{x.y.z:a.b.c:p.q.r}{yes}{no}}
9751 .endd
9752 In each case, the second argument may contain any of the allowable items for a
9753 list of the appropriate type. Also, because the second argument (after
9754 expansion) is a standard form of list, it is possible to refer to a named list.
9755 Thus, you can use conditions like this:
9756 .code
9757 ${if match_domain{$domain}{+local_domains}{...
9758 .endd
9759 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
9760 For address lists, the matching starts off caselessly, but the &`+caseful`&
9761 item can be used, as in all address lists, to cause subsequent items to
9762 have their local parts matched casefully. Domains are always matched
9763 caselessly.
9764
9765 &*Note*&: Host lists are &'not'& supported in this way. This is because
9766 hosts have two identities: a name and an IP address, and it is not clear
9767 how to specify cleanly how such a test would work. However, IP addresses can be
9768 matched using &%match_ip%&.
9769
9770 .vitem &*pam&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*:...}*&
9771 .cindex "PAM authentication"
9772 .cindex "AUTH" "with PAM"
9773 .cindex "Solaris" "PAM support"
9774 .cindex "expansion" "PAM authentication test"
9775 .cindex "&%pam%& expansion condition"
9776 &'Pluggable Authentication Modules'&
9777 (&url(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/)) are a facility that is
9778 available in the latest releases of Solaris and in some GNU/Linux
9779 distributions. The Exim support, which is intended for use in conjunction with
9780 the SMTP AUTH command, is available only if Exim is compiled with
9781 .code
9782 SUPPORT_PAM=yes
9783 .endd
9784 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You probably need to add &%-lpam%& to EXTRALIBS, and
9785 in some releases of GNU/Linux &%-ldl%& is also needed.
9786
9787 The argument string is first expanded, and the result must be a
9788 colon-separated list of strings. Leading and trailing white space is ignored.
9789 The PAM module is initialized with the service name &"exim"& and the user name
9790 taken from the first item in the colon-separated data string (<&'string1'&>).
9791 The remaining items in the data string are passed over in response to requests
9792 from the authentication function. In the simple case there will only be one
9793 request, for a password, so the data consists of just two strings.
9794
9795 There can be problems if any of the strings are permitted to contain colon
9796 characters. In the usual way, these have to be doubled to avoid being taken as
9797 separators. If the data is being inserted from a variable, the &%sg%& expansion
9798 item can be used to double any existing colons. For example, the configuration
9799 of a LOGIN authenticator might contain this setting:
9800 .new
9801 .code
9802 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth1:${sg{$auth2}{:}{::}}}}
9803 .endd
9804 For a PLAIN authenticator you could use:
9805 .code
9806 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth2:${sg{$auth3}{:}{::}}}}
9807 .endd
9808 .wen
9809 In some operating systems, PAM authentication can be done only from a process
9810 running as root. Since Exim is running as the Exim user when receiving
9811 messages, this means that PAM cannot be used directly in those systems.
9812 A patched version of the &'pam_unix'& module that comes with the
9813 Linux PAM package is available from &url(http://www.e-admin.de/pam_exim/).
9814 The patched module allows one special uid/gid combination, in addition to root,
9815 to authenticate. If you build the patched module to allow the Exim user and
9816 group, PAM can then be used from an Exim authenticator.
9817
9818
9819 .vitem &*pwcheck&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9820 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
9821 .cindex "Cyrus"
9822 .cindex "expansion" "&'pwcheck'& authentication test"
9823 .cindex "&%pwcheck%& expansion condition"
9824 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& daemon.
9825 This is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked by a process
9826 that is not running as root. &*Note*&: The use of &'pwcheck'& is now
9827 deprecated. Its replacement is &'saslauthd'& (see below).
9828
9829 The pwcheck support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
9830 the location of the pwcheck daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
9831 building Exim. For example:
9832 .code
9833 CYRUS_PWCHECK_SOCKET=/var/pwcheck/pwcheck
9834 .endd
9835 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
9836 the pwcheck daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
9837 from the Cyrus SASL library. Ensure that &'exim'& is the only user that has
9838 access to the &_/var/pwcheck_& directory.
9839
9840 The &%pwcheck%& condition takes one argument, which must be the user name and
9841 password, separated by a colon. For example, in a LOGIN authenticator
9842 configuration, you might have this:
9843 .new
9844 .code
9845 server_condition = ${if pwcheck{$auth1:$auth2}}
9846 .endd
9847 .wen
9848 .vitem &*queue_running*&
9849 .cindex "queue runner" "detecting when delivering from"
9850 .cindex "expansion" "queue runner test"
9851 .cindex "&%queue_runnint%& expansion condition"
9852 This condition, which has no data, is true during delivery attempts that are
9853 initiated by queue runner processes, and false otherwise.
9854
9855
9856 .vitem &*radius&~{*&<&'authentication&~string'&>&*}*&
9857 .cindex "Radius"
9858 .cindex "expansion" "Radius authentication"
9859 .cindex "&%radiu%& expansion condition"
9860 Radius authentication (RFC 2865) is supported in a similar way to PAM. You must
9861 set RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& to specify the location of
9862 the Radius client configuration file in order to build Exim with Radius
9863 support.
9864
9865 With just that one setting, Exim expects to be linked with the &%radiusclient%&
9866 library, using the original API. If you are using release 0.4.0 or later of
9867 this library, you need to set
9868 .code
9869 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADIUSCLIENTNEW
9870 .endd
9871 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. You can also link Exim with the
9872 &%libradius%& library that comes with FreeBSD. To do this, set
9873 .code
9874 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADLIB
9875 .endd
9876 in &_Local/Makefile_&, in addition to setting RADIUS_CONFIGURE_FILE.
9877 You may also have to supply a suitable setting in EXTRALIBS so that the
9878 Radius library can be found when Exim is linked.
9879
9880 The string specified by RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE is expanded and passed to the
9881 Radius client library, which calls the Radius server. The condition is true if
9882 the authentication is successful. For example:
9883 .code
9884 server_condition = ${if radius{<arguments>}}
9885 .endd
9886
9887
9888 .vitem "&*saslauthd&~{{*&<&'user'&>&*}{*&<&'password'&>&*}&&&
9889 {*&<&'service'&>&*}{*&<&'realm'&>&*}}*&"
9890 .cindex "&'saslauthd'& daemon"
9891 .cindex "Cyrus"
9892 .cindex "expansion" "&'saslauthd'& authentication test"
9893 .cindex "&%saslauthd%& expansion condition"
9894 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'saslauthd'&
9895 daemon. This replaces the older &'pwcheck'& daemon, which is now deprecated.
9896 Using this daemon is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked
9897 by a process that is not running as root.
9898
9899 The saslauthd support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
9900 the location of the saslauthd daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
9901 building Exim. For example:
9902 .code
9903 CYRUS_SASLAUTHD_SOCKET=/var/state/saslauthd/mux
9904 .endd
9905 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
9906 the saslauthd daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
9907 from the Cyrus SASL library.
9908
9909 Up to four arguments can be supplied to the &%saslauthd%& condition, but only
9910 two are mandatory. For example:
9911 .new
9912 .code
9913 server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}}
9914 .endd
9915 .wen
9916 The service and the realm are optional (which is why the arguments are enclosed
9917 in their own set of braces). For details of the meaning of the service and
9918 realm, and how to run the daemon, consult the Cyrus documentation.
9919 .endlist vlist
9920
9921
9922
9923 .section "Combining expansion conditions"
9924 .cindex "expansion" "combining conditions"
9925 Several conditions can be tested at once by combining them using the &%and%&
9926 and &%or%& combination conditions. Note that &%and%& and &%or%& are complete
9927 conditions on their own, and precede their lists of sub-conditions. Each
9928 sub-condition must be enclosed in braces within the overall braces that contain
9929 the list. No repetition of &%if%& is used.
9930
9931
9932 .vlist
9933 .vitem &*or&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
9934 .cindex "&""or""& expansion condition"
9935 .cindex "expansion" "&""or""& of conditions"
9936 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
9937 any one of the sub-conditions is true.
9938 For example,
9939 .code
9940 ${if or {{eq{$local_part}{spqr}}{eq{$domain}{testing.com}}}...
9941 .endd
9942 When a true sub-condition is found, the following ones are parsed but not
9943 evaluated. If there are several &"match"& sub-conditions the values of the
9944 numeric variables afterwards are taken from the first one that succeeds.
9945
9946 .vitem &*and&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
9947 .cindex "&""and""& expansion condition"
9948 .cindex "expansion" "&""and""& of conditions"
9949 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
9950 all of the sub-conditions are true. If there are several &"match"&
9951 sub-conditions, the values of the numeric variables afterwards are taken from
9952 the last one. When a false sub-condition is found, the following ones are
9953 parsed but not evaluated.
9954 .endlist
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959 .section "Expansion variables" "SECTexpvar"
9960 .cindex "expansion variables" "list of"
9961 This section contains an alphabetical list of all the expansion variables. Some
9962 of them are available only when Exim is compiled with specific options such as
9963 support for TLS or the content scanning extension.
9964
9965 .vlist
9966 .vitem "&$0$&, &$1$&, etc"
9967 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)"
9968 When a &%match%& expansion condition succeeds, these variables contain the
9969 captured substrings identified by the regular expression during subsequent
9970 processing of the success string of the containing &%if%& expansion item. They
9971 may also be set externally by some other matching process which precedes the
9972 expansion of the string. For example, the commands available in Exim filter
9973 files include an &%if%& command with its own regular expression matching
9974 condition.
9975
9976 .vitem "&$acl_c0$& &-- &$acl_c19$&"
9977 Values can be placed in these variables by the &%set%& modifier in an ACL. The
9978 values persist throughout the lifetime of an SMTP connection. They can be used
9979 to pass information between ACLs and between different invocations of the same
9980 ACL. When a message is received, the values of these variables are saved with
9981 the message, and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports during
9982 subsequent delivery.
9983
9984 .vitem "&$acl_m0$& &-- &$acl_m19$&"
9985 Values can be placed in these variables by the &%set%& modifier in an ACL. They
9986 retain their values while a message is being received, but are reset
9987 afterwards. They are also reset by MAIL, RSET, EHLO, HELO, and after starting a
9988 TLS session. When a message is received, the values of these variables are
9989 saved with the message, and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports
9990 during subsequent delivery.
9991
9992 .vitem &$acl_verify_message$&
9993 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
9994 After an address verification has failed, this variable contains the failure
9995 message. It retains its value for use in subsequent modifiers. The message can
9996 be preserved by coding like this:
9997 .code
9998 warn !verify = sender
9999 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
10000 .endd
10001 You can use &$acl_verify_message$& during the expansion of the &%message%& or
10002 &%log_message%& modifiers, to include information about the verification
10003 failure.
10004
10005 .vitem &$address_data$&
10006 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
10007 This variable is set by means of the &%address_data%& option in routers. The
10008 value then remains with the address while it is processed by subsequent routers
10009 and eventually a transport. If the transport is handling multiple addresses,
10010 the value from the first address is used. See chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&
10011 for more details. &*Note*&: The contents of &$address_data$& are visible in
10012 user filter files.
10013
10014 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify
10015 a recipient address, the final value is still in the variable for subsequent
10016 conditions and modifiers of the ACL statement. If routing the address caused it
10017 to be redirected to just one address, the child address is also routed as part
10018 of the verification, and in this case the final value of &$address_data$& is
10019 from the child's routing.
10020
10021 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
10022 sender address, the final value is also preserved, but this time in
10023 &$sender_address_data$&, to distinguish it from data from a recipient
10024 address.
10025
10026 In both cases (recipient and sender verification), the value does not persist
10027 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve
10028 these values for longer, you can save them in ACL variables.
10029
10030 .vitem &$address_file$&
10031 .cindex "&$address_file$&"
10032 When, as a result of aliasing, forwarding, or filtering, a message is directed
10033 to a specific file, this variable holds the name of the file when the transport
10034 is running. At other times, the variable is empty. For example, using the
10035 default configuration, if user &%r2d2%& has a &_.forward_& file containing
10036 .code
10037 /home/r2d2/savemail
10038 .endd
10039 then when the &(address_file)& transport is running, &$address_file$&
10040 contains &"/home/r2d2/savemail"&.
10041
10042 .cindex "Sieve filter" "value of &$address_file$&"
10043 For Sieve filters, the value may be &"inbox"& or a relative folder name. It is
10044 then up to the transport configuration to generate an appropriate absolute path
10045 to the relevant file.
10046
10047 .vitem &$address_pipe$&
10048 .cindex "&$address_pipe$&"
10049 When, as a result of aliasing or forwarding, a message is directed to a pipe,
10050 this variable holds the pipe command when the transport is running.
10051
10052 .vitem "&$auth1$& &-- &$auth3$&"
10053 .cindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
10054 These variables are used in SMTP authenticators (see chapters
10055 &<<CHAPplaintext>>&&--&<<CHAPspa>>&). Elsewhere, they are empty.
10056
10057 .vitem &$authenticated_id$&
10058 .cindex "authentication" "id"
10059 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
10060 When a server successfully authenticates a client it may be configured to
10061 preserve some of the authentication information in the variable
10062 &$authenticated_id$& (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). For example, a
10063 user/password authenticator configuration might preserve the user name for use
10064 in the routers. Note that this is not the same information that is saved in
10065 &$sender_host_authenticated$&.
10066 &new("When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection)
10067 the value of &$authenticated_id$& is normally the login name of the calling
10068 process. However, a trusted user can override this by means of the &%-oMai%&
10069 command line option.")
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074 .vitem &$authenticated_sender$&
10075 .cindex "sender" "authenticated"
10076 .cindex "authentication" "sender"
10077 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
10078 .cindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
10079 When acting as a server, Exim takes note of the AUTH= parameter on an incoming
10080 SMTP MAIL command if it believes the sender is sufficiently trusted, as
10081 described in section &<<SECTauthparamail>>&. Unless the data is the string
10082 &"<>"&, it is set as the authenticated sender of the message, and the value is
10083 available during delivery in the &$authenticated_sender$& variable. If the
10084 sender is not trusted, Exim accepts the syntax of AUTH=, but ignores the data.
10085
10086 .new
10087 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
10088 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection), the
10089 value of &$authenticated_sender$& is an address constructed from the login
10090 name of the calling process and &$qualify_domain$&, except that a trusted user
10091 can override this by means of the &%-oMas%& command line option.
10092 .wen
10093
10094
10095 .vitem &$authentication_failed$&
10096 .cindex "authentication" "failure"
10097 .cindex "&$authentication_failed$&"
10098 This variable is set to &"1"& in an Exim server if a client issues an AUTH
10099 command that does not succeed. Otherwise it is set to &"0"&. This makes it
10100 possible to distinguish between &"did not try to authenticate"&
10101 (&$sender_host_authenticated$& is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to
10102 &"0"&) and &"tried to authenticate but failed"& (&$sender_host_authenticated$&
10103 is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to &"1"&). Failure includes any
10104 negative response to an AUTH command, including (for example) an attempt to use
10105 an undefined mechanism.
10106
10107 .vitem &$body_linecount$&
10108 .cindex "message body" "line count"
10109 .cindex "body of message" "line count"
10110 .cindex "&$body_linecount$&"
10111 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10112 number of lines in the message's body. See also &$message_linecount$&.
10113
10114 .vitem &$body_zerocount$&
10115 .cindex "message body" "binary zero count"
10116 .cindex "body of message" "binary zero count"
10117 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10118 .cindex "&$body_zerocount$&"
10119 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10120 number of binary zero bytes in the message's body.
10121
10122 .vitem &$bounce_recipient$&
10123 .cindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
10124 This is set to the recipient address of a bounce message while Exim is creating
10125 it. It is useful if a customized bounce message text file is in use (see
10126 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10127
10128 .vitem &$bounce_return_size_limit$&
10129 .cindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
10130 This contains the value set in the &%bounce_return_size_limit%& option, rounded
10131 up to a multiple of 1000. It is useful when a customized error message text
10132 file is in use (see chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10133
10134 .vitem &$caller_gid$&
10135 .cindex "gid (group id)" "caller"
10136 .cindex "&$caller_gid$&"
10137 The real group id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10138 not the same as the group id of the originator of a message (see
10139 &$originator_gid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10140 incarnation normally contains the Exim gid.
10141
10142 .vitem &$caller_uid$&
10143 .cindex "uid (user id)" "caller"
10144 .cindex "&$caller_uid$&"
10145 The real user id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10146 not the same as the user id of the originator of a message (see
10147 &$originator_uid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10148 incarnation normally contains the Exim uid.
10149
10150 .vitem &$compile_date$&
10151 .cindex "&$compile_date$&"
10152 The date on which the Exim binary was compiled.
10153
10154 .vitem &$compile_number$&
10155 .cindex "&$compile_number$&"
10156 The building process for Exim keeps a count of the number
10157 of times it has been compiled. This serves to distinguish different
10158 compilations of the same version of the program.
10159
10160 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
10161 .cindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
10162 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with
10163 the content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For
10164 details, see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10165
10166 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
10167 .cindex "&$demime_reason$&"
10168 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10169 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10170 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10171
10172
10173 .vitem &$dnslist_domain$&
10174 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
10175 .cindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
10176 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list,
10177 the list's domain name is put into this variable so that it can be included in
10178 the rejection message.
10179
10180 .vitem &$dnslist_text$&
10181 .cindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
10182 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list, the
10183 contents of any associated TXT record are placed in this variable.
10184
10185 .vitem &$dnslist_value$&
10186 .cindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
10187 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list,
10188 the IP address from the resource record is placed in this variable.
10189 If there are multiple records, all the addresses are included, comma-space
10190 separated.
10191
10192 .vitem &$domain$&
10193 .cindex "&$domain$&"
10194 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this variable
10195 contains the domain. Global address rewriting happens when a message is
10196 received, so the value of &$domain$& during routing and delivery is the value
10197 after rewriting. &$domain$& is set during user filtering, but not during system
10198 filtering, because a message may have many recipients and the system filter is
10199 called just once.
10200
10201 When more than one address is being delivered at once (for example, several
10202 RCPT commands in one SMTP delivery), &$domain$& is set only if they all
10203 have the same domain. Transports can be restricted to handling only one domain
10204 at a time if the value of &$domain$& is required at transport time &-- this is
10205 the default for local transports. For further details of the environment in
10206 which local transports are run, see chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
10207
10208 .cindex "&%delay_warning_condition%&"
10209 At the end of a delivery, if all deferred addresses have the same domain, it is
10210 set in &$domain$& during the expansion of &%delay_warning_condition%&.
10211
10212 The &$domain$& variable is also used in some other circumstances:
10213
10214 .ilist
10215 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$domain$& contains the domain of
10216 the recipient address. The domain of the &'sender'& address is in
10217 &$sender_address_domain$& at both MAIL time and at RCPT time. &$domain$& is not
10218 normally set during the running of the MAIL ACL. However, if the sender address
10219 is verified with a callout during the MAIL ACL, the sender domain is placed in
10220 &$domain$& during the expansions of &%hosts%&, &%interface%&, and &%port%& in
10221 the &(smtp)& transport.
10222
10223 .next
10224 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10225 &$domain$& contains the domain portion of the address that is being rewritten;
10226 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example, to
10227 rewrite domains by file lookup.
10228
10229 .next
10230 With one important exception, whenever a domain list is being scanned,
10231 &$domain$& contains the subject domain. &*Exception*&: When a domain list in
10232 a &%sender_domains%& condition in an ACL is being processed, the subject domain
10233 is in &$sender_address_domain$& and not in &$domain$&. It works this way so
10234 that, in a RCPT ACL, the sender domain list can be dependent on the
10235 recipient domain (which is what is in &$domain$& at this time).
10236
10237 .next
10238 .cindex "ETRN" "value of &$domain$&"
10239 .cindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
10240 When the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option is being expanded, &$domain$& contains
10241 the complete argument of the ETRN command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&).
10242 .endlist
10243
10244
10245 .vitem &$domain_data$&
10246 .cindex "&$domain_data$&"
10247 When the &%domains%& option on a router matches a domain by
10248 means of a lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running
10249 of the router as &$domain_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the
10250 address to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the
10251 transport is handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is
10252 used.
10253
10254 &$domain_data$& is also set when the &%domains%& condition in an ACL matches a
10255 domain by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is available during
10256 the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this variable expands
10257 to nothing.
10258
10259 .vitem &$exim_gid$&
10260 .cindex "&$exim_gid$&"
10261 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim group id.
10262
10263 .vitem &$exim_path$&
10264 .cindex "&$exim_path$&"
10265 This variable contains the path to the Exim binary.
10266
10267 .vitem &$exim_uid$&
10268 .cindex "&$exim_uid$&"
10269 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim user id.
10270
10271 .vitem &$found_extension$&
10272 .cindex "&$found_extension$&"
10273 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10274 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10275 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10276
10277 .vitem &$header_$&<&'name'&>
10278 This is not strictly an expansion variable. It is expansion syntax for
10279 inserting the message header line with the given name. Note that the name must
10280 be terminated by colon or white space, because it may contain a wide variety of
10281 characters. Note also that braces must &'not'& be used.
10282
10283 .vitem &$home$&
10284 .cindex "&$home$&"
10285 When the &%check_local_user%& option is set for a router, the user's home
10286 directory is placed in &$home$& when the check succeeds. In particular, this
10287 means it is set during the running of users' filter files. A router may also
10288 explicitly set a home directory for use by a transport; this can be overridden
10289 by a setting on the transport itself.
10290
10291 When running a filter test via the &%-bf%& option, &$home$& is set to the value
10292 of the environment variable HOME.
10293
10294 .vitem &$host$&
10295 .new
10296 .cindex "&$host$&"
10297 If a router assigns an address to a transport (any transport), and passes a
10298 list of hosts with the address, the value of &$host$& when the transport starts
10299 to run is the name of the first host on the list. Note that this applies both
10300 to local and remote transports.
10301
10302 .cindex "transport" "filter"
10303 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
10304 For the &(smtp)& transport, if there is more than one host, the value of
10305 &$host$& changes as the transport works its way through the list. In
10306 particular, when the &(smtp)& transport is expanding its options for encryption
10307 using TLS, or for specifying a transport filter (see chapter
10308 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the host to which it
10309 is connected.
10310
10311 When used in the client part of an authenticator configuration (see chapter
10312 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the server to which the
10313 client is connected.
10314 .wen
10315
10316
10317 .vitem &$host_address$&
10318 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
10319 This variable is set to the remote host's IP address whenever &$host$& is set
10320 for a remote connection. It is also set to the IP address that is being checked
10321 when the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option is being processed.
10322
10323 .vitem &$host_data$&
10324 .cindex "&$host_data$&"
10325 If a &%hosts%& condition in an ACL is satisfied by means of a lookup, the
10326 result of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
10327 allows you, for example, to do things like this:
10328 .code
10329 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
10330 message = $host_data
10331 .endd
10332 .vitem &$host_lookup_deferred$&
10333 .cindex "host name lookup" "failure of"
10334 .cindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
10335 This variable normally contains &"0"&, as does &$host_lookup_failed$&. When a
10336 message comes from a remote host and there is an attempt to look up the host's
10337 name from its IP address, and the attempt is not successful, one of these
10338 variables is set to &"1"&.
10339
10340 .ilist
10341 If the lookup receives a definite negative response (for example, a DNS lookup
10342 succeeded, but no records were found), &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
10343
10344 .next
10345 If there is any kind of problem during the lookup, such that Exim cannot
10346 tell whether or not the host name is defined (for example, a timeout for a DNS
10347 lookup), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&.
10348 .endlist ilist
10349
10350 Looking up a host's name from its IP address consists of more than just a
10351 single reverse lookup. Exim checks that a forward lookup of at least one of the
10352 names it receives from a reverse lookup yields the original IP address. If this
10353 is not the case, Exim does not accept the looked up name(s), and
10354 &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&. Thus, being able to find a name from an
10355 IP address (for example, the existence of a PTR record in the DNS) is not
10356 sufficient on its own for the success of a host name lookup. If the reverse
10357 lookup succeeds, but there is a lookup problem such as a timeout when checking
10358 the result, the name is not accepted, and &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to
10359 &"1"&. See also &$sender_host_name$&.
10360
10361 .vitem &$host_lookup_failed$&
10362 .cindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
10363 See &$host_lookup_deferred$&.
10364
10365
10366 .vitem &$inode$&
10367 .cindex "&$inode$&"
10368 The only time this variable is set is while expanding the &%directory_file%&
10369 option in the &(appendfile)& transport. The variable contains the inode number
10370 of the temporary file which is about to be renamed. It can be used to construct
10371 a unique name for the file.
10372
10373 .vitem &$interface_address$&
10374 .cindex "&$interface_address$&"
10375 As soon as a server starts processing a TCP/IP connection, this variable is set
10376 to the address of the local IP interface, and &$interface_port$& is set to the
10377 port number. These values are therefore available for use in the &"connect"&
10378 ACL. See also the &%-oMi%& command line option. As well as being used in ACLs,
10379 these variable could be used, for example, to make the file name for a TLS
10380 certificate depend on which interface and/or port is being used.
10381
10382 .vitem &$interface_port$&
10383 .cindex "&$interface_port$&"
10384 See &$interface_address$&.
10385
10386 .vitem &$ldap_dn$&
10387 .cindex "&$ldap_dn$&"
10388 This variable, which is available only when Exim is compiled with LDAP support,
10389 contains the DN from the last entry in the most recently successful LDAP
10390 lookup.
10391
10392 .vitem &$load_average$&
10393 .cindex "&$load_average$&"
10394 This variable contains the system load average, multiplied by 1000 to that it
10395 is an integer. For example, if the load average is 0.21, the value of the
10396 variable is 210. The value is recomputed every time the variable is referenced.
10397
10398 .vitem &$local_part$&
10399 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
10400 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this
10401 variable contains the local part. When a number of addresses are being
10402 delivered together (for example, multiple RCPT commands in an SMTP
10403 session), &$local_part$& is not set.
10404
10405 Global address rewriting happens when a message is received, so the value of
10406 &$local_part$& during routing and delivery is the value after rewriting.
10407 &$local_part$& is set during user filtering, but not during system filtering,
10408 because a message may have many recipients and the system filter is called just
10409 once.
10410
10411 .cindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10412 .cindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10413 If a local part prefix or suffix has been recognized, it is not included in the
10414 value of &$local_part$& during routing and subsequent delivery. The values of
10415 any prefix or suffix are in &$local_part_prefix$& and
10416 &$local_part_suffix$&, respectively.
10417
10418 When a message is being delivered to a file, pipe, or autoreply transport as a
10419 result of aliasing or forwarding, &$local_part$& is set to the local part of
10420 the parent address, not to the file name or command (see &$address_file$& and
10421 &$address_pipe$&).
10422
10423 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$local_part$& contains the
10424 local part of the recipient address.
10425
10426 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10427 &$local_part$& contains the local part of the address that is being rewritten;
10428 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example.
10429
10430 In all cases, all quoting is removed from the local part. For example, for both
10431 the addresses
10432 .code
10433 "abc:xyz"@test.example
10434 abc\:xyz@test.example
10435 .endd
10436 the value of &$local_part$& is
10437 .code
10438 abc:xyz
10439 .endd
10440 If you use &$local_part$& to create another address, you should always wrap it
10441 inside a quoting operator. For example, in a &(redirect)& router you could
10442 have:
10443 .code
10444 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@new.domain.example
10445 .endd
10446 &*Note*&: The value of &$local_part$& is normally lower cased. If you want
10447 to process local parts in a case-dependent manner in a router, you can set the
10448 &%caseful_local_part%& option (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&).
10449
10450 .vitem &$local_part_data$&
10451 .cindex "&$local_part_data$&"
10452 When the &%local_parts%& option on a router matches a local part by means of a
10453 lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running of the
10454 router as &$local_part_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the address
10455 to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the transport is
10456 handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is used.
10457
10458 &$local_part_data$& is also set when the &%local_parts%& condition in an ACL
10459 matches a local part by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is
10460 available during the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this
10461 variable expands to nothing.
10462
10463 .vitem &$local_part_prefix$&
10464 .cindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10465 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10466 specific prefix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10467 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10468
10469 .vitem &$local_part_suffix$&
10470 .cindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10471 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10472 specific suffix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10473 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10474
10475 .vitem &$local_scan_data$&
10476 .cindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
10477 This variable contains the text returned by the &[local_scan()]& function when
10478 a message is received. See chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>& for more details.
10479
10480 .vitem &$local_user_gid$&
10481 .cindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
10482 See &$local_user_uid$&.
10483
10484 .vitem &$local_user_uid$&
10485 .cindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
10486 This variable and &$local_user_gid$& are set to the uid and gid after the
10487 &%check_local_user%& router precondition succeeds. This means that their values
10488 are available for the remaining preconditions (&%senders%&, &%require_files%&,
10489 and &%condition%&), for the &%address_data%& expansion, and for any
10490 router-specific expansions. At all other times, the values in these variables
10491 are &`(uid_t)(-1)`& and &`(gid_t)(-1)`&, respectively.
10492
10493 .vitem &$localhost_number$&
10494 .cindex "&$localhost_number$&"
10495 This contains the expanded value of the
10496 &%localhost_number%& option. The expansion happens after the main options have
10497 been read.
10498
10499 .vitem &$log_inodes$&
10500 .cindex "&$log_inodes$&"
10501 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's
10502 log files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is
10503 referenced. If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes,
10504 the value of is -1. See also the &%check_log_inodes%& option.
10505
10506 .vitem &$log_space$&
10507 .cindex "&$log_space$&"
10508 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk
10509 partition where Exim's log files are being written. The value is recalculated
10510 whenever the variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the
10511 ability to find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems),
10512 the space value is -1. See also the &%check_log_space%& option.
10513
10514
10515 .vitem &$mailstore_basename$&
10516 .cindex "&$mailstore_basename$&"
10517 This variable is set only when doing deliveries in &"mailstore"& format in the
10518 &(appendfile)& transport. During the expansion of the &%mailstore_prefix%&,
10519 &%mailstore_suffix%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& options, it
10520 contains the basename of the files that are being written, that is, the name
10521 without the &".tmp"&, &".env"&, or &".msg"& suffix. At all other times, this
10522 variable is empty.
10523
10524 .vitem &$malware_name$&
10525 .cindex "&$malware_name$&"
10526 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10527 content-scanning extension. It is set to the name of the virus that was found
10528 when the ACL &%malware%& condition is true (see section &<<SECTscanvirus>>&).
10529
10530
10531 .vitem &$message_age$&
10532 .cindex "message" "age of"
10533 .cindex "&$message_age$&"
10534 This variable is set at the start of a delivery attempt to contain the number
10535 of seconds since the message was received. It does not change during a single
10536 delivery attempt.
10537
10538 .vitem &$message_body$&
10539 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10540 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10541 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10542 .cindex "&$message_body$&"
10543 This variable contains the initial portion of a message's
10544 body while it is being delivered, and is intended mainly for use in filter
10545 files. The maximum number of characters of the body that are put into the
10546 variable is set by the &%message_body_visible%& configuration option; the
10547 default is 500. Newlines are converted into spaces to make it easier to search
10548 for phrases that might be split over a line break.
10549 Binary zeros are also converted into spaces.
10550
10551 .vitem &$message_body_end$&
10552 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10553 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10554 .cindex "&$message_body_end$&"
10555 This variable contains the final portion of a message's
10556 body while it is being delivered. The format and maximum size are as for
10557 &$message_body$&.
10558
10559 .vitem &$message_body_size$&
10560 .cindex "body of message" "size"
10561 .cindex "message body" "size"
10562 .cindex "&$message_body_size$&"
10563 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the size of the body
10564 in bytes. The count starts from the character after the blank line that
10565 separates the body from the header. Newlines are included in the count. See
10566 also &$message_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
10567
10568 .vitem &$message_exim_id$&
10569 .cindex "&$message_exim_id$&"
10570 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10571 unique message id that is generated and used by Exim to identify the message.
10572 An id is not created for a message until after its header has been successfully
10573 received. &*Note*&: This is &'not'& the contents of the &'Message-ID:'& header
10574 line; it is the local id that Exim assigns to the message, for example:
10575 &`1BXTIK-0001yO-VA`&.
10576
10577 .vitem &$message_headers$&
10578 This variable contains a concatenation of all the header lines when a message
10579 is being processed, except for lines added by routers or transports. The header
10580 lines are separated by newline characters.
10581
10582 .vitem &$message_id$&
10583 This is an old name for &$message_exim_id$&, which is now deprecated.
10584
10585 .vitem &$message_linecount$&
10586 .cindex "&$message_linecount$&"
10587 This variable contains the total number of lines in the header and body of the
10588 message. Compare &$body_linecount$&, which is the count for the body only.
10589 During the DATA and content-scanning ACLs, &$message_linecount$& contains the
10590 number of lines received. Before delivery happens (that is, before filters,
10591 routers, and transports run) the count is increased to include the
10592 &'Received:'& header line that Exim standardly adds, and also any other header
10593 lines that are added by ACLs. The blank line that separates the message header
10594 from the body is not counted. Here is an example of the use of this variable in
10595 a DATA ACL:
10596 .code
10597 deny message = Too many lines in message header
10598 condition = \
10599 ${if <{250}{${eval:$message_linecount - $body_linecount}}}
10600 .endd
10601 In the MAIL and RCPT ACLs, the value is zero because at that stage the
10602 message has not yet been received.
10603
10604 .vitem &$message_size$&
10605 .cindex "size" "of message"
10606 .cindex "message" "size"
10607 .cindex "&$message_size$&"
10608 When a message is being processed, this variable contains its size in bytes. In
10609 most cases, the size includes those headers that were received with the
10610 message, but not those (such as &'Envelope-to:'&) that are added to individual
10611 deliveries as they are written. However, there is one special case: during the
10612 expansion of the &%maildir_tag%& option in the &(appendfile)& transport while
10613 doing a delivery in maildir format, the value of &$message_size$& is the
10614 precise size of the file that has been written. See also
10615 &$message_body_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
10616
10617 .cindex "RCPT" "value of &$message_size$&"
10618 While running an ACL at the time of an SMTP RCPT command, &$message_size$&
10619 contains the size supplied on the MAIL command, or -1 if no size was given. The
10620 value may not, of course, be truthful.
10621
10622 .vitem &$mime_$&&'xxx'&
10623 A number of variables whose names start with &$mime$& are
10624 available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For
10625 details, see section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>&.
10626
10627 .vitem "&$n0$& &-- &$n9$&"
10628 These variables are counters that can be incremented by means
10629 of the &%add%& command in filter files.
10630
10631 .vitem &$original_domain$&
10632 .cindex "&$domain$&"
10633 .cindex "&$original_domain$&"
10634 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
10635 same value as &$domain$&. However, if a &"child"& address (for example,
10636 generated by an alias, forward, or filter file) is being processed, this
10637 variable contains the domain of the original address. This differs from
10638 &$parent_domain$& only when there is more than one level of aliasing or
10639 forwarding. When more than one address is being delivered in a single transport
10640 run, &$original_domain$& is not set.
10641
10642 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
10643 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
10644 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
10645
10646 .vitem &$original_local_part$&
10647 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
10648 .cindex "&$original_local_part$&"
10649 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
10650 same value as &$local_part$&, unless a prefix or suffix was removed from the
10651 local part, because &$original_local_part$& always contains the full local
10652 part. When a &"child"& address (for example, generated by an alias, forward, or
10653 filter file) is being processed, this variable contains the full local part of
10654 the original address.
10655
10656 If the router that did the redirection processed the local part
10657 case-insensitively, the value in &$original_local_part$& is in lower case.
10658 This variable differs from &$parent_local_part$& only when there is more than
10659 one level of aliasing or forwarding. When more than one address is being
10660 delivered in a single transport run, &$original_local_part$& is not set.
10661
10662 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
10663 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
10664 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
10665
10666 .vitem &$originator_gid$&
10667 .cindex "gid (group id)" "of originating user"
10668 .cindex "sender" "gid"
10669 .cindex "&$caller_gid$&"
10670 .cindex "&$originator_gid$&"
10671 This variable contains the value of &$caller_gid$& that was set when the
10672 message was received. For messages received via the command line, this is the
10673 gid of the sending user. For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is
10674 normally the gid of the Exim user.
10675
10676 .vitem &$originator_uid$&
10677 .cindex "uid (user id)" "of originating user"
10678 .cindex "sender" "uid"
10679 .cindex "&$caller_uid$&"
10680 .cindex "&$originaltor_uid$&"
10681 The value of &$caller_uid$& that was set when the message was received. For
10682 messages received via the command line, this is the uid of the sending user.
10683 For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is normally the uid of the Exim
10684 user.
10685
10686 .vitem &$parent_domain$&
10687 .cindex "&$parent_domain$&"
10688 This variable is similar to &$original_domain$& (see
10689 above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
10690
10691 .vitem &$parent_local_part$&
10692 .cindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
10693 This variable is similar to &$original_local_part$&
10694 (see above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
10695
10696 .vitem &$pid$&
10697 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of current process"
10698 .cindex "&$pid$&"
10699 This variable contains the current process id.
10700
10701 .vitem &$pipe_addresses$&
10702 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
10703 .cindex "transport" "filter"
10704 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
10705 This is not an expansion variable, but is mentioned here because the string
10706 &`$pipe_addresses`& is handled specially in the command specification for the
10707 &(pipe)& transport (chapter &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&) and in transport filters
10708 (described under &%transport_filter%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
10709 It cannot be used in general expansion strings, and provokes an &"unknown
10710 variable"& error if encountered.
10711
10712 .vitem &$primary_hostname$&
10713 .cindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
10714 This variable contains the value set by &%primary_hostname%& in the
10715 configuration file, or read by the &[uname()]& function. If &[uname()]& returns
10716 a single-component name, Exim calls &[gethostbyname()]& (or
10717 &[getipnodebyname()]& where available) in an attempt to acquire a fully
10718 qualified host name. See also &$smtp_active_hostname$&.
10719
10720
10721 .vitem &$prvscheck_address$&
10722 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
10723 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
10724 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
10725
10726 .vitem &$prvscheck_keynum$&
10727 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
10728 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
10729 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
10730
10731 .vitem &$prvscheck_result$&
10732 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
10733 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
10734 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
10735
10736 .vitem &$qualify_domain$&
10737 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
10738 The value set for the &%qualify_domain%& option in the configuration file.
10739
10740 .vitem &$qualify_recipient$&
10741 .cindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
10742 The value set for the &%qualify_recipient%& option in the configuration file,
10743 or if not set, the value of &$qualify_domain$&.
10744
10745 .vitem &$rcpt_count$&
10746 .cindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
10747 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
10748 RCPT commands received for the current message. If this variable is used in a
10749 RCPT ACL, its value includes the current command.
10750
10751 .vitem &$rcpt_defer_count$&
10752 .cindex "&$rcpt_defer_count$&"
10753 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
10754 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
10755 temporary (4&'xx'&) response.
10756
10757 .vitem &$rcpt_fail_count$&
10758 .cindex "&$rcpt_fail_count$&"
10759 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
10760 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
10761 permanent (5&'xx'&) response.
10762
10763 .vitem &$received_count$&
10764 .cindex "&$received_count$&"
10765 This variable contains the number of &'Received:'& header lines in the message,
10766 including the one added by Exim (so its value is always greater than zero). It
10767 is available in the DATA ACL, the non-SMTP ACL, and while routing and
10768 delivering.
10769
10770 .vitem &$received_for$&
10771 .cindex "&$received_for$&"
10772 If there is only a single recipient address in an incoming message, this
10773 variable contains that address when the &'Received:'& header line is being
10774 built. The value is copied after recipient rewriting has happened, but before
10775 the &[local_scan()]& function is run.
10776
10777 .vitem &$received_protocol$&
10778 .cindex "&$received_protocol$&"
10779 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the name of the
10780 protocol by which it was received. Most of the names used by Exim are defined
10781 by RFCs 821, 2821, and 3848. They start with &"smtp"& (the client used HELO) or
10782 &"esmtp"& (the client used EHLO). This can be followed by &"s"& for secure
10783 (encrypted) and/or &"a"& for authenticated. Thus, for example, if the protocol
10784 is set to &"esmtpsa"&, the message was received over an encrypted SMTP
10785 connection and the client was successfully authenticated.
10786
10787 Exim uses the protocol name &"smtps"& for the case when encryption is
10788 automatically set up on connection without the use of STARTTLS (see
10789 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&), and the client uses HELO to initiate the
10790 encrypted SMTP session. The name &"smtps"& is also used for the rare situation
10791 where the client initially uses EHLO, sets up an encrypted connection using
10792 STARTTLS, and then uses HELO afterwards.
10793
10794 The &%-oMr%& option provides a way of specifying a custom protocol name for
10795 messages that are injected locally by trusted callers. This is commonly used to
10796 identify messages that are being re-injected after some kind of scanning.
10797
10798 .vitem &$received_time$&
10799 .cindex "&$received_time$&"
10800 This variable contains the date and time when the current message was received,
10801 as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
10802
10803 .vitem &$recipient_data$&
10804 .cindex "&$recipient_data$&"
10805 This variable is set after an indexing lookup success in an ACL &%recipients%&
10806 condition. It contains the data from the lookup, and the value remains set
10807 until the next &%recipients%& test. Thus, you can do things like this:
10808 .display
10809 &`require recipients = cdb*@;/some/file`&
10810 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$recipient_data`&
10811 .endd
10812 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
10813 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
10814 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
10815 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
10816
10817 .vitem &$recipient_verify_failure$&
10818 .cindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
10819 In an ACL, when a recipient verification fails, this variable contains
10820 information about the failure. It is set to one of the following words:
10821
10822 .ilist
10823 &"qualify"&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
10824 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
10825
10826 .next
10827 &"route"&: Routing failed.
10828
10829 .next
10830 &"mail"&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection occurred at
10831 or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial connection, HELO, or
10832 MAIL).
10833
10834 .next
10835 &"recipient"&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
10836 .next
10837
10838 &"postmaster"&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
10839 .endlist
10840
10841 The main use of this variable is expected to be to distinguish between
10842 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT.
10843
10844 .vitem &$recipients$&
10845 .cindex "&$recipients$&"
10846 This variable contains a list of envelope recipients for a
10847 message. A comma and a space separate the addresses in the replacement text.
10848 However, the variable is not generally available, to prevent exposure of Bcc
10849 recipients in unprivileged users' filter files. You can use &$recipients$& only
10850 in these two cases:
10851
10852 .olist
10853 In a system filter file.
10854 .next
10855 .new
10856 In the ACLs associated with the DATA command and with non-SMTP messages, that
10857 is, the ACLs defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&, &%acl_smtp_data%&,
10858 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_not_smtp_start%&, &%acl_not_smtp%&, and
10859 &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&.
10860 .wen
10861 .endlist
10862
10863
10864 .vitem &$recipients_count$&
10865 .cindex "&$recipients_count$&"
10866 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the number of
10867 envelope recipients that came with the message. Duplicates are not excluded
10868 from the count. While a message is being received over SMTP, the number
10869 increases for each accepted recipient. It can be referenced in an ACL.
10870
10871
10872 .new
10873 .vitem &$regex_match_string$&
10874 .cindex "&$regex_match_string$&"
10875 This variable is set to contain the matching regular expression after a
10876 &%regex%& ACL condition has matched (see section &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
10877 .wen
10878
10879
10880 .vitem &$reply_address$&
10881 .cindex "&$reply_address$&"
10882 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the contents of the
10883 &'Reply-To:'& header line if one exists and it is not empty, or otherwise the
10884 contents of the &'From:'& header line. Apart from the removal of leading
10885 white space, the value is not processed in any way. In particular, no RFC 2047
10886 decoding or character code translation takes place.
10887
10888 .vitem &$return_path$&
10889 .cindex "&$return_path$&"
10890 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the return path &--
10891 the sender field that will be sent as part of the envelope. It is not enclosed
10892 in <> characters. At the start of routing an address, &$return_path$& has the
10893 same value as &$sender_address$&, but if, for example, an incoming message to a
10894 mailing list has been expanded by a router which specifies a different address
10895 for bounce messages, &$return_path$& subsequently contains the new bounce
10896 address, whereas &$sender_address$& always contains the original sender address
10897 that was received with the message. In other words, &$sender_address$& contains
10898 the incoming envelope sender, and &$return_path$& contains the outgoing
10899 envelope sender.
10900
10901 .vitem &$return_size_limit$&
10902 .cindex "&$return_size_limit$&"
10903 This is an obsolete name for &$bounce_return_size_limit$&.
10904
10905 .vitem &$runrc$&
10906 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
10907 .cindex "&$runrc$&"
10908 This variable contains the return code from a command that is run by the
10909 &%${run...}%& expansion item. &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot
10910 assume the order in which option values are expanded, except for those
10911 preconditions whose order of testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot
10912 reliably expect to set &$runrc$& by the expansion of one option, and use it in
10913 another.
10914
10915 .vitem &$self_hostname$&
10916 .cindex "&%self%& option" "value of host name"
10917 .cindex "&$self_hostname$&"
10918 When an address is routed to a supposedly remote host that turns out to be the
10919 local host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& generic router option.
10920 One of its values causes the address to be passed to another router. When this
10921 happens, &$self_hostname$& is set to the name of the local host that the
10922 original router encountered. In other circumstances its contents are null.
10923
10924 .vitem &$sender_address$&
10925 .cindex "&$sender_address$&"
10926 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the sender's address
10927 that was received in the message's envelope. For bounce messages, the value of
10928 this variable is the empty string. See also &$return_path$&.
10929
10930 .vitem &$sender_address_data$&
10931 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
10932 .cindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
10933 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
10934 sender address, the final value is preserved in &$sender_address_data$&, to
10935 distinguish it from data from a recipient address. The value does not persist
10936 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve it for
10937 longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
10938
10939 .vitem &$sender_address_domain$&
10940 .cindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
10941 The domain portion of &$sender_address$&.
10942
10943 .vitem &$sender_address_local_part$&
10944 .cindex "&$sender_address_local_part$&"
10945 The local part portion of &$sender_address$&.
10946
10947 .vitem &$sender_data$&
10948 .cindex "&$sender_data$&"
10949 This variable is set after a lookup success in an ACL &%senders%& condition or
10950 in a router &%senders%& option. It contains the data from the lookup, and the
10951 value remains set until the next &%senders%& test. Thus, you can do things like
10952 this:
10953 .display
10954 &`require senders = cdb*@;/some/file`&
10955 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$sender_data`&
10956 .endd
10957 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
10958 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
10959 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
10960 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
10961
10962 .vitem &$sender_fullhost$&
10963 .cindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
10964 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the host
10965 name and IP address in a single string. It ends with the IP address in square
10966 brackets, followed by a colon and a port number if the logging of ports is
10967 enabled. The format of the rest of the string depends on whether the host
10968 issued a HELO or EHLO SMTP command, and whether the host name was verified by
10969 looking up its IP address. (Looking up the IP address can be forced by the
10970 &%host_lookup%& option, independent of verification.) A plain host name at the
10971 start of the string is a verified host name; if this is not present,
10972 verification either failed or was not requested. A host name in parentheses is
10973 the argument of a HELO or EHLO command. This is omitted if it is identical to
10974 the verified host name or to the host's IP address in square brackets.
10975
10976 .vitem &$sender_helo_name$&
10977 .cindex "&$sender_helo_name$&"
10978 When a message is received from a remote host that has issued a HELO or EHLO
10979 command, the argument of that command is placed in this variable. It is also
10980 set if HELO or EHLO is used when a message is received using SMTP locally via
10981 the &%-bs%& or &%-bS%& options.
10982
10983 .vitem &$sender_host_address$&
10984 .cindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
10985 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains that
10986 host's IP address. For locally submitted messages, it is empty.
10987
10988 .vitem &$sender_host_authenticated$&
10989 .cindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
10990 This variable contains the name (not the public name) of the authenticator
10991 driver that successfully authenticated the client from which the message was
10992 received. It is empty if there was no successful authentication. See also
10993 &$authenticated_id$&.
10994
10995 .vitem &$sender_host_name$&
10996 .cindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
10997 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
10998 host's name as obtained by looking up its IP address. For messages received by
10999 other means, this variable is empty.
11000
11001 .cindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
11002 If the host name has not previously been looked up, a reference to
11003 &$sender_host_name$& triggers a lookup (for messages from remote hosts).
11004 A looked up name is accepted only if it leads back to the original IP address
11005 via a forward lookup. If either the reverse or the forward lookup fails to find
11006 any data, or if the forward lookup does not yield the original IP address,
11007 &$sender_host_name$& remains empty, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
11008
11009 .cindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
11010 However, if either of the lookups cannot be completed (for example, there is a
11011 DNS timeout), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&, and
11012 &$host_lookup_failed$& remains set to &"0"&.
11013
11014 .new
11015 Once &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&, Exim does not try to look up the
11016 host name again if there is a subsequent reference to &$sender_host_name$&
11017 in the same Exim process, but it does try again if &$host_lookup_deferred$&
11018 is set to &"1"&.
11019 .wen
11020
11021 Exim does not automatically look up every calling host's name. If you want
11022 maximum efficiency, you should arrange your configuration so that it avoids
11023 these lookups altogether. The lookup happens only if one or more of the
11024 following are true:
11025
11026 .ilist
11027 A string containing &$sender_host_name$& is expanded.
11028 .next
11029 The calling host matches the list in &%host_lookup%&. In the default
11030 configuration, this option is set to *, so it must be changed if lookups are
11031 to be avoided. (In the code, the default for &%host_lookup%& is unset.)
11032 .next
11033 Exim needs the host name in order to test an item in a host list. The items
11034 that require this are described in sections &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& and
11035 &<<SECThoslispatnamsk>>&.
11036 .next
11037 The calling host matches &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&.
11038 In this case, the host name is required to compare with the name quoted in any
11039 EHLO or HELO commands that the client issues.
11040 .next
11041 The remote host issues a EHLO or HELO command that quotes one of the
11042 domains in &%helo_lookup_domains%&. The default value of this option is
11043 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
11044 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
11045 .code
11046 helo_lookup_domains = @ : @[]
11047 .endd
11048 which causes a lookup if a remote host (incorrectly) gives the server's name or
11049 IP address in an EHLO or HELO command.
11050 .endlist
11051
11052
11053 .vitem &$sender_host_port$&
11054 .cindex "&$sender_host_port$&"
11055 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the port
11056 number that was used on the remote host.
11057
11058 .vitem &$sender_ident$&
11059 .cindex "&$sender_ident$&"
11060 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
11061 identification received in response to an RFC 1413 request. When a message has
11062 been received locally, this variable contains the login name of the user that
11063 called Exim.
11064
11065 .vitem &$sender_rate_$&&'xxx'&
11066 A number of variables whose names begin &$sender_rate_$& are set as part of the
11067 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. Details are given in section
11068 &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
11069
11070 .vitem &$sender_rcvhost$&
11071 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
11072 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
11073 .cindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
11074 This is provided specifically for use in &'Received:'& headers. It starts with
11075 either the verified host name (as obtained from a reverse DNS lookup) or, if
11076 there is no verified host name, the IP address in square brackets. After that
11077 there may be text in parentheses. When the first item is a verified host name,
11078 the first thing in the parentheses is the IP address in square brackets,
11079 followed by a colon and a port number if port logging is enabled. When the
11080 first item is an IP address, the port is recorded as &"port=&'xxxx'&"& inside
11081 the parentheses.
11082
11083 There may also be items of the form &"helo=&'xxxx'&"& if HELO or EHLO
11084 was used and its argument was not identical to the real host name or IP
11085 address, and &"ident=&'xxxx'&"& if an RFC 1413 ident string is available. If
11086 all three items are present in the parentheses, a newline and tab are inserted
11087 into the string, to improve the formatting of the &'Received:'& header.
11088
11089 .vitem &$sender_verify_failure$&
11090 .cindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
11091 In an ACL, when a sender verification fails, this variable contains information
11092 about the failure. The details are the same as for
11093 &$recipient_verify_failure$&.
11094
11095 .vitem &$smtp_active_hostname$&
11096 .cindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
11097 During an SMTP session, this variable contains the value of the active host
11098 name, as specified by the &%smtp_active_hostname%& option. The value of
11099 &$smtp_active_hostname$& is saved with any message that is received, so its
11100 value can be consulted during routing and delivery.
11101
11102 .vitem &$smtp_command$&
11103 .cindex "&$smtp_command$&"
11104 During the processing of an incoming SMTP command, this variable contains the
11105 entire command. This makes it possible to distinguish between HELO and EHLO in
11106 the HELO ACL, and also to distinguish between commands such as these:
11107 .code
11108 MAIL FROM:<>
11109 MAIL FROM: <>
11110 .endd
11111 For a MAIL command, extra parameters such as SIZE can be inspected. For a RCPT
11112 command, the address in &$smtp_command$& is the original address before any
11113 rewriting, whereas the values in &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are taken from
11114 the address after SMTP-time rewriting.
11115
11116 .vitem &$smtp_command_argument$&
11117 .cindex "SMTP command" "argument for"
11118 .cindex "&$smtp_command_argument$&"
11119 While an ACL is running to check an SMTP command, this variable contains the
11120 argument, that is, the text that follows the command name, with leading white
11121 space removed. Following the introduction of &$smtp_command$&, this variable is
11122 somewhat redundant, but is retained for backwards compatibility.
11123
11124 .vitem "&$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$&"
11125 These variables are copies of the values of the &$n0$& &-- &$n9$& accumulators
11126 that were current at the end of the system filter file. This allows a system
11127 filter file to set values that can be tested in users' filter files. For
11128 example, a system filter could set a value indicating how likely it is that a
11129 message is junk mail.
11130
11131 .vitem &$spam_$&&'xxx'&
11132 A number of variables whose names start with &$spam$& are available when Exim
11133 is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For details, see section
11134 &<<SECTscanspamass>>&.
11135
11136
11137 .vitem &$spool_directory$&
11138 .cindex "&$spool_directory$&"
11139 The name of Exim's spool directory.
11140
11141 .vitem &$spool_inodes$&
11142 .cindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
11143 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's spool files are
11144 being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is referenced.
11145 If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes, the value of
11146 is -1. See also the &%check_spool_inodes%& option.
11147
11148 .vitem &$spool_space$&
11149 .cindex "&$spool_space$&"
11150 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk partition where
11151 Exim's spool files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the
11152 variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the ability to
11153 find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems), the space
11154 value is -1. For example, to check in an ACL that there is at least 50
11155 megabytes free on the spool, you could write:
11156 .code
11157 condition = ${if > {$spool_space}{50000}}
11158 .endd
11159 See also the &%check_spool_space%& option.
11160
11161
11162 .vitem &$thisaddress$&
11163 .cindex "&$thisaddress$&"
11164 This variable is set only during the processing of the &%foranyaddress%&
11165 command in a filter file. Its use is explained in the description of that
11166 command, which can be found in the separate document entitled &'Exim's
11167 interfaces to mail filtering'&.
11168
11169 .vitem &$tls_certificate_verified$&
11170 .cindex "&$tls_certificate_verified$&"
11171 This variable is set to &"1"& if a TLS certificate was verified when the
11172 message was received, and &"0"& otherwise.
11173
11174 .vitem &$tls_cipher$&
11175 .cindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
11176 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11177 connection, this variable is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated, for
11178 example DES-CBC3-SHA. In other circumstances, in particular, for message
11179 received over unencrypted connections, the variable is empty. See chapter
11180 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS support.
11181
11182 .vitem &$tls_peerdn$&
11183 .cindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
11184 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11185 connection, and Exim is configured to request a certificate from the client,
11186 the value of the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the
11187 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing.
11188
11189 .vitem &$tod_bsdinbox$&
11190 .cindex "&$tod_bsdinbox$&"
11191 The time of day and the date, in the format required for BSD-style mailbox
11192 files, for example: Thu Oct 17 17:14:09 1995.
11193
11194 .vitem &$tod_epoch$&
11195 .cindex "&$tod_epoch$&"
11196 The time and date as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
11197
11198 .vitem &$tod_full$&
11199 .cindex "&$tod_full$&"
11200 A full version of the time and date, for example: Wed, 16 Oct 1995 09:51:40
11201 +0100. The timezone is always given as a numerical offset from UTC, with
11202 positive values used for timezones that are ahead (east) of UTC, and negative
11203 values for those that are behind (west).
11204
11205 .vitem &$tod_log$&
11206 .cindex "&$tod_log$&"
11207 The time and date in the format used for writing Exim's log files, for example:
11208 1995-10-12 15:32:29, but without a timezone.
11209
11210 .vitem &$tod_logfile$&
11211 .cindex "&$tod_logfile$&"
11212 This variable contains the date in the format yyyymmdd. This is the format that
11213 is used for datestamping log files when &%log_file_path%& contains the &`%D`&
11214 flag.
11215
11216 .vitem &$tod_zone$&
11217 .cindex "&$tod_zone$&"
11218 This variable contains the numerical value of the local timezone, for example:
11219 -0500.
11220
11221 .vitem &$tod_zulu$&
11222 .cindex "&$tod_zulu$&"
11223 This variable contains the UTC date and time in &"Zulu"& format, as specified
11224 by ISO 8601, for example: 20030221154023Z.
11225
11226 .vitem &$value$&
11227 .cindex "&$value$&"
11228 This variable contains the result of an expansion lookup, extraction operation,
11229 or external command, as described above.
11230
11231 .vitem &$version_number$&
11232 .cindex "&$version_number$&"
11233 The version number of Exim.
11234
11235 .vitem &$warn_message_delay$&
11236 .cindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
11237 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11238 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11239
11240 .vitem &$warn_message_recipients$&
11241 .cindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
11242 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11243 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11244 .endlist
11245 .ecindex IIDstrexp
11246
11247
11248
11249 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11250 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11251
11252 .chapter "Embedded Perl" "CHAPperl"
11253 .scindex IIDperl "Perl" "calling from Exim"
11254 Exim can be built to include an embedded Perl interpreter. When this is done,
11255 Perl subroutines can be called as part of the string expansion process. To make
11256 use of the Perl support, you need version 5.004 or later of Perl installed on
11257 your system. To include the embedded interpreter in the Exim binary, include
11258 the line
11259 .code
11260 EXIM_PERL = perl.o
11261 .endd
11262 in your &_Local/Makefile_& and then build Exim in the normal way.
11263
11264
11265 .section "Setting up so Perl can be used"
11266 .cindex "&%perl_startup%&"
11267 Access to Perl subroutines is via a global configuration option called
11268 &%perl_startup%& and an expansion string operator &%${perl ...}%&. If there is
11269 no &%perl_startup%& option in the Exim configuration file then no Perl
11270 interpreter is started and there is almost no overhead for Exim (since none of
11271 the Perl library will be paged in unless used). If there is a &%perl_startup%&
11272 option then the associated value is taken to be Perl code which is executed in
11273 a newly created Perl interpreter.
11274
11275 The value of &%perl_startup%& is not expanded in the Exim sense, so you do not
11276 need backslashes before any characters to escape special meanings. The option
11277 should usually be something like
11278 .code
11279 perl_startup = do '/etc/exim.pl'
11280 .endd
11281 where &_/etc/exim.pl_& is Perl code which defines any subroutines you want to
11282 use from Exim. Exim can be configured either to start up a Perl interpreter as
11283 soon as it is entered, or to wait until the first time it is needed. Starting
11284 the interpreter at the beginning ensures that it is done while Exim still has
11285 its setuid privilege, but can impose an unnecessary overhead if Perl is not in
11286 fact used in a particular run. Also, note that this does not mean that Exim is
11287 necessarily running as root when Perl is called at a later time. By default,
11288 the interpreter is started only when it is needed, but this can be changed in
11289 two ways:
11290
11291 .ilist
11292 .cindex "&%perl_at_start%&"
11293 Setting &%perl_at_start%& (a boolean option) in the configuration requests
11294 a startup when Exim is entered.
11295 .next
11296 The command line option &%-ps%& also requests a startup when Exim is entered,
11297 overriding the setting of &%perl_at_start%&.
11298 .endlist
11299
11300 There is also a command line option &%-pd%& (for delay) which suppresses the
11301 initial startup, even if &%perl_at_start%& is set.
11302
11303
11304 .section "Calling Perl subroutines"
11305 When the configuration file includes a &%perl_startup%& option you can make use
11306 of the string expansion item to call the Perl subroutines that are defined
11307 by the &%perl_startup%& code. The operator is used in any of the following
11308 forms:
11309 .code
11310 ${perl{foo}}
11311 ${perl{foo}{argument}}
11312 ${perl{foo}{argument1}{argument2} ... }
11313 .endd
11314 which calls the subroutine &%foo%& with the given arguments. A maximum of eight
11315 arguments may be passed. Passing more than this results in an expansion failure
11316 with an error message of the form
11317 .code
11318 Too many arguments passed to Perl subroutine "foo" (max is 8)
11319 .endd
11320 The return value of the Perl subroutine is evaluated in a scalar context before
11321 it is passed back to Exim to be inserted into the expanded string. If the
11322 return value is &'undef'&, the expansion is forced to fail in the same way as
11323 an explicit &"fail"& on an &%if%& or &%lookup%& item. If the subroutine aborts
11324 by obeying Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails with the error message
11325 that was passed to &%die%&.
11326
11327
11328 .section "Calling Exim functions from Perl"
11329 Within any Perl code called from Exim, the function &'Exim::expand_string()'&
11330 is available to call back into Exim's string expansion function. For example,
11331 the Perl code
11332 .code
11333 my $lp = Exim::expand_string('$local_part');
11334 .endd
11335 makes the current Exim &$local_part$& available in the Perl variable &$lp$&.
11336 Note those are single quotes and not double quotes to protect against
11337 &$local_part$& being interpolated as a Perl variable.
11338
11339 If the string expansion is forced to fail by a &"fail"& item, the result of
11340 &'Exim::expand_string()'& is &%undef%&. If there is a syntax error in the
11341 expansion string, the Perl call from the original expansion string fails with
11342 an appropriate error message, in the same way as if &%die%& were used.
11343
11344 .cindex "debugging" "from embedded Perl"
11345 .cindex "log" "writing from embedded Perl"
11346 Two other Exim functions are available for use from within Perl code.
11347 &'Exim::debug_write()'& writes a string to the standard error stream if Exim's
11348 debugging is enabled. If you want a newline at the end, you must supply it.
11349 &'Exim::log_write()'& writes a string to Exim's main log, adding a leading
11350 timestamp. In this case, you should not supply a terminating newline.
11351
11352
11353 .section "Use of standard output and error by Perl"
11354 .cindex "Perl" "standard output and error"
11355 You should not write to the standard error or output streams from within your
11356 Perl code, as it is not defined how these are set up. In versions of Exim
11357 before 4.50, it is possible for the standard output or error to refer to the
11358 SMTP connection during message reception via the daemon. Writing to this stream
11359 is certain to cause chaos. From Exim 4.50 onwards, the standard output and
11360 error streams are connected to &_/dev/null_& in the daemon. The chaos is
11361 avoided, but the output is lost.
11362
11363 .cindex "Perl" "use of &%warn%&"
11364 The Perl &%warn%& statement writes to the standard error stream by default.
11365 Calls to &%warn%& may be embedded in Perl modules that you use, but over which
11366 you have no control. When Exim starts up the Perl interpreter, it arranges for
11367 output from the &%warn%& statement to be written to the Exim main log. You can
11368 change this by including appropriate Perl magic somewhere in your Perl code.
11369 For example, to discard &%warn%& output completely, you need this:
11370 .code
11371 $SIG{__WARN__} = sub { };
11372 .endd
11373 Whenever a &%warn%& is obeyed, the anonymous subroutine is called. In this
11374 example, the code for the subroutine is empty, so it does nothing, but you can
11375 include any Perl code that you like. The text of the &%warn%& message is passed
11376 as the first subroutine argument.
11377 .ecindex IIDperl
11378
11379
11380 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11381 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11382
11383 .chapter "Starting the daemon and the use of network interfaces" &&&
11384 "CHAPinterfaces" &&&
11385 "Starting the daemon"
11386 .cindex "daemon" "starting"
11387 .cindex "interface" "listening"
11388 .cindex "network interface"
11389 .cindex "interface" "network"
11390 .cindex "IP address" "for listening"
11391 .cindex "daemon" "listening IP addresses"
11392 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
11393 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
11394 A host that is connected to a TCP/IP network may have one or more physical
11395 hardware network interfaces. Each of these interfaces may be configured as one
11396 or more &"logical"& interfaces, which are the entities that a program actually
11397 works with. Each of these logical interfaces is associated with an IP address.
11398 In addition, TCP/IP software supports &"loopback"& interfaces (127.0.0.1 in
11399 IPv4 and ::1 in IPv6), which do not use any physical hardware. Exim requires
11400 knowledge about the host's interfaces for use in three different circumstances:
11401
11402 .olist
11403 When a listening daemon is started, Exim needs to know which interfaces
11404 and ports to listen on.
11405 .next
11406 When Exim is routing an address, it needs to know which IP addresses
11407 are associated with local interfaces. This is required for the correct
11408 processing of MX lists by removing the local host and others with the
11409 same or higher priority values. Also, Exim needs to detect cases
11410 when an address is routed to an IP address that in fact belongs to the
11411 local host. Unless the &%self%& router option or the &%allow_localhost%&
11412 option of the smtp transport is set (as appropriate), this is treated
11413 as an error situation.
11414 .next
11415 When Exim connects to a remote host, it may need to know which interface to use
11416 for the outgoing connection.
11417 .endlist
11418
11419
11420 Exim's default behaviour is likely to be appropriate in the vast majority
11421 of cases. If your host has only one interface, and you want all its IP
11422 addresses to be treated in the same way, and you are using only the
11423 standard SMTP port, you should not need to take any special action. The
11424 rest of this chapter does not apply to you.
11425
11426 In a more complicated situation you may want to listen only on certain
11427 interfaces, or on different ports, and for this reason there are a number of
11428 options that can be used to influence Exim's behaviour. The rest of this
11429 chapter describes how they operate.
11430
11431 When a message is received over TCP/IP, the interface and port that were
11432 actually used are set in &$interface_address$& and &$interface_port$&.
11433
11434
11435
11436 .section "Starting a listening daemon"
11437 When a listening daemon is started (by means of the &%-bd%& command line
11438 option), the interfaces and ports on which it listens are controlled by the
11439 following options:
11440
11441 .ilist
11442 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& contains a list of default ports. (For backward
11443 compatibility, this option can also be specified in the singular.)
11444 .next
11445 &%local_interfaces%& contains list of interface IP addresses on which to
11446 listen. Each item may optionally also specify a port.
11447 .endlist
11448
11449 The default list separator in both cases is a colon, but this can be changed as
11450 described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. When IPv6 addresses are involved,
11451 it is usually best to change the separator to avoid having to double all the
11452 colons. For example:
11453 .code
11454 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; \
11455 192.168.23.65 ; \
11456 ::1 ; \
11457 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
11458 .endd
11459 There are two different formats for specifying a port along with an IP address
11460 in &%local_interfaces%&:
11461
11462 .olist
11463 The port is added onto the address with a dot separator. For example, to listen
11464 on port 1234 on two different IP addresses:
11465 .code
11466 local_interfaces = <; 192.168.23.65.1234 ; \
11467 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061.1234
11468 .endd
11469 .next
11470 The IP address is enclosed in square brackets, and the port is added
11471 with a colon separator, for example:
11472 .code
11473 local_interfaces = <; [192.168.23.65]:1234 ; \
11474 [3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061]:1234
11475 .endd
11476 .endlist
11477
11478 When a port is not specified, the value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is used. The
11479 default setting contains just one port:
11480 .code
11481 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
11482 .endd
11483 If more than one port is listed, each interface that does not have its own port
11484 specified listens on all of them. Ports that are listed in
11485 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& can be identified either by name (defined in
11486 &_/etc/services_&) or by number. However, when ports are given with individual
11487 IP addresses in &%local_interfaces%&, only numbers (not names) can be used.
11488
11489
11490
11491 .section "Special IP listening addresses"
11492 The addresses 0.0.0.0 and ::0 are treated specially. They are interpreted
11493 as &"all IPv4 interfaces"& and &"all IPv6 interfaces"&, respectively. In each
11494 case, Exim tells the TCP/IP stack to &"listen on all IPv&'x'& interfaces"&
11495 instead of setting up separate listening sockets for each interface. The
11496 default value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11497 .code
11498 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
11499 .endd
11500 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is:
11501 .code
11502 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11503 .endd
11504 Thus, by default, Exim listens on all available interfaces, on the SMTP port.
11505
11506
11507
11508 .section "Overriding local_interfaces and daemon_smtp_ports"
11509 The &%-oX%& command line option can be used to override the values of
11510 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& and/or &%local_interfaces%& for a particular daemon
11511 instance. Another way of doing this would be to use macros and the &%-D%&
11512 option. However, &%-oX%& can be used by any admin user, whereas modification of
11513 the runtime configuration by &%-D%& is allowed only when the caller is root or
11514 exim.
11515
11516 The value of &%-oX%& is a list of items. The default colon separator can be
11517 changed in the usual way if required. If there are any items that do not
11518 contain dots or colons (that is, are not IP addresses), the value of
11519 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is replaced by the list of those items. If there are any
11520 items that do contain dots or colons, the value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11521 replaced by those items. Thus, for example,
11522 .code
11523 -oX 1225
11524 .endd
11525 overrides &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, but leaves &%local_interfaces%& unchanged,
11526 whereas
11527 .code
11528 -oX 192.168.34.5.1125
11529 .endd
11530 overrides &%local_interfaces%&, leaving &%daemon_smtp_ports%& unchanged.
11531 (However, since &%local_interfaces%& now contains no items without ports, the
11532 value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is no longer relevant in this example.)
11533
11534
11535
11536 .section "Support for the obsolete SSMTP (or SMTPS) protocol" "SECTsupobssmt"
11537 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
11538 .cindex "smtps protocol"
11539 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
11540 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
11541 Exim supports the obsolete SSMTP protocol (also known as SMTPS) that was used
11542 before the STARTTLS command was standardized for SMTP. Some legacy clients
11543 still use this protocol. If the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option is set to a
11544 list of port numbers, connections to those ports must use SSMTP. The most
11545 common use of this option is expected to be
11546 .code
11547 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
11548 .endd
11549 because 465 is the usual port number used by the legacy clients. There is also
11550 a command line option &%-tls-on-connect%&, which forces all ports to behave in
11551 this way when a daemon is started.
11552
11553 &*Warning*&: Setting &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not of itself cause the
11554 daemon to listen on those ports. You must still specify them in
11555 &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%local_interfaces%&, or the &%-oX%& option. (This is
11556 because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& applies to &%inetd%& connections as well as to
11557 connections via the daemon.)
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562 .section "IPv6 address scopes"
11563 .cindex "IPv6" "address scopes"
11564 IPv6 addresses have &"scopes"&, and a host with multiple hardware interfaces
11565 can, in principle, have the same link-local IPv6 address on different
11566 interfaces. Thus, additional information is needed, over and above the IP
11567 address, to distinguish individual interfaces. A convention of using a
11568 percent sign followed by something (often the interface name) has been
11569 adopted in some cases, leading to addresses like this:
11570 .code
11571 fe80::202:b3ff:fe03:45c1%eth0
11572 .endd
11573 To accommodate this usage, a percent sign followed by an arbitrary string is
11574 allowed at the end of an IPv6 address. By default, Exim calls &[getaddrinfo()]&
11575 to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use. This function recognizes the
11576 percent convention in operating systems that support it, and it processes the
11577 address appropriately. Unfortunately, some older libraries have problems with
11578 &[getaddrinfo()]&. If
11579 .code
11580 IPV6_USE_INET_PTON=yes
11581 .endd
11582 is set in &_Local/Makefile_& (or an OS-dependent Makefile) when Exim is built,
11583 Exim uses &'inet_pton()'& to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use,
11584 instead of &[getaddrinfo()]&. (Before version 4.14, it always used this
11585 function.) Of course, this means that the additional functionality of
11586 &[getaddrinfo()]& &-- recognizing scoped addresses &-- is lost.
11587
11588 .section "Disabling IPv6"
11589 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
11590 Sometimes it happens that an Exim binary that was compiled with IPv6 support is
11591 run on a host whose kernel does not support IPv6. The binary will fall back to
11592 using IPv4, but it may waste resources looking up AAAA records, and trying to
11593 connect to IPv6 addresses, causing delays to mail delivery. If you set the
11594 .oindex "&%disable_ipv6%&"
11595 &%disable_ipv6%& option true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
11596 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
11597 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &(manualroute)& router,
11598 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
11599 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
11600
11601 On the other hand, when IPv6 is in use, there may be times when you want to
11602 disable it for certain hosts or domains. You can use the &%dns_ipv4_lookup%&
11603 option to globally suppress the lookup of AAAA records for specified domains,
11604 and you can use the &%ignore_target_hosts%& generic router option to ignore
11605 IPv6 addresses in an individual router.
11606
11607
11608
11609 .section "Examples of starting a listening daemon"
11610 The default case in an IPv6 environment is
11611 .code
11612 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
11613 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11614 .endd
11615 This specifies listening on the smtp port on all IPv6 and IPv4 interfaces.
11616 Either one or two sockets may be used, depending on the characteristics of
11617 the TCP/IP stack. (This is complicated and messy; for more information,
11618 read the comments in the &_daemon.c_& source file.)
11619
11620 To specify listening on ports 25 and 26 on all interfaces:
11621 .code
11622 daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 26
11623 .endd
11624 (leaving &%local_interfaces%& at the default setting) or, more explicitly:
11625 .code
11626 local_interfaces = <; ::0.25 ; ::0.26 \
11627 0.0.0.0.25 ; 0.0.0.0.26
11628 .endd
11629 To listen on the default port on all IPv4 interfaces, and on port 26 on the
11630 IPv4 loopback address only:
11631 .code
11632 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.1.26
11633 .endd
11634 To specify listening on the default port on specific interfaces only:
11635 .code
11636 local_interfaces = 192.168.34.67 : 192.168.34.67
11637 .endd
11638 &*Warning*&: Such a setting excludes listening on the loopback interfaces.
11639
11640
11641
11642 .section "Recognising the local host" "SECTreclocipadd"
11643 The &%local_interfaces%& option is also used when Exim needs to determine
11644 whether or not an IP address refers to the local host. That is, the IP
11645 addresses of all the interfaces on which a daemon is listening are always
11646 treated as local.
11647
11648 For this usage, port numbers in &%local_interfaces%& are ignored. If either of
11649 the items 0.0.0.0 or ::0 are encountered, Exim gets a complete list of
11650 available interfaces from the operating system, and extracts the relevant
11651 (that is, IPv4 or IPv6) addresses to use for checking.
11652
11653 Some systems set up large numbers of virtual interfaces in order to provide
11654 many virtual web servers. In this situation, you may want to listen for
11655 email on only a few of the available interfaces, but nevertheless treat all
11656 interfaces as local when routing. You can do this by setting
11657 &%extra_local_interfaces%& to a list of IP addresses, possibly including the
11658 &"all"& wildcard values. These addresses are recognized as local, but are not
11659 used for listening. Consider this example:
11660 .code
11661 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1 ; \
11662 192.168.53.235 ; \
11663 3ffe:2101:12:1:a00:20ff:fe86:a061
11664
11665 extra_local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11666 .endd
11667 The daemon listens on the loopback interfaces and just one IPv4 and one IPv6
11668 address, but all available interface addresses are treated as local when
11669 Exim is routing.
11670
11671 In some environments the local host name may be in an MX list, but with an IP
11672 address that is not assigned to any local interface. In other cases it may be
11673 desirable to treat other host names as if they referred to the local host. Both
11674 these cases can be handled by setting the &%hosts_treat_as_local%& option.
11675 This contains host names rather than IP addresses. When a host is referenced
11676 during routing, either via an MX record or directly, it is treated as the local
11677 host if its name matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, or if any of its IP
11678 addresses match &%local_interfaces%& or &%extra_local_interfaces%&.
11679
11680
11681
11682 .section "Delivering to a remote host"
11683 Delivery to a remote host is handled by the smtp transport. By default, it
11684 allows the system's TCP/IP functions to choose which interface to use (if
11685 there is more than one) when connecting to a remote host. However, the
11686 &%interface%& option can be set to specify which interface is used. See the
11687 description of the smtp transport in chapter &<<CHAPsmtptrans>>& for more
11688 details.
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11694 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11695
11696 .chapter "Main configuration" "CHAPmainconfig"
11697 .scindex IIDconfima "configuration file" "main section"
11698 .scindex IIDmaiconf "main configuration"
11699 The first part of the run time configuration file contains three types of item:
11700
11701 .ilist
11702 Macro definitions: These lines start with an upper case letter. See section
11703 &<<SECTmacrodefs>>& for details of macro processing.
11704 .next
11705 Named list definitions: These lines start with one of the words &"domainlist"&,
11706 &"hostlist"&, &"addresslist"&, or &"localpartlist"&. Their use is described in
11707 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
11708 .next
11709 Main configuration settings: Each setting occupies one line of the file
11710 (with possible continuations). If any setting is preceded by the word
11711 &"hide"&, the &%-bP%& command line option displays its value to admin users
11712 only. See section &<<SECTcos>>& for a description of the syntax of these option
11713 settings.
11714 .endlist
11715
11716 This chapter specifies all the main configuration options, along with their
11717 types and default values. For ease of finding a particular option, they appear
11718 in alphabetical order in section &<<SECTalomo>>& below. However, because there
11719 are now so many options, they are first listed briefly in functional groups, as
11720 an aid to finding the name of the option you are looking for. Some options are
11721 listed in more than one group.
11722
11723 .section "Miscellaneous"
11724 .table2
11725 .row &%bi_command%& "to run for &%-bi%& command line option"
11726 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
11727 .row &%keep_malformed%& "for broken files &-- should not happen"
11728 .row &%localhost_number%& "for unique message ids in clusters"
11729 .row &%message_body_visible%& "how much to show in &$message_body$&"
11730 .row &%mua_wrapper%& "run in &""MUA wrapper""& mode"
11731 .row &%print_topbitchars%& "top-bit characters are printing"
11732 .row &%timezone%& "force time zone"
11733 .endtable
11734
11735
11736 .section "Exim parameters"
11737 .table2
11738 .row &%exim_group%& "override compiled-in value"
11739 .row &%exim_path%& "override compiled-in value"
11740 .row &%exim_user%& "override compiled-in value"
11741 .row &%primary_hostname%& "default from &[uname()]&"
11742 .row &%split_spool_directory%& "use multiple directories"
11743 .row &%spool_directory%& "override compiled-in value"
11744 .endtable
11745
11746
11747
11748 .section "Privilege controls"
11749 .table2
11750 .row &%admin_groups%& "groups that are Exim admin users"
11751 .row &%deliver_drop_privilege%& "drop root for delivery processes"
11752 .row &%local_from_check%& "insert &'Sender:'& if necessary"
11753 .row &%local_from_prefix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
11754 .row &%local_from_suffix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
11755 .row &%local_sender_retain%& "keep &'Sender:'& from untrusted user"
11756 .row &%never_users%& "do not run deliveries as these"
11757 .row &%prod_requires_admin%& "forced delivery requires admin user"
11758 .row &%queue_list_requires_admin%& "queue listing requires admin user"
11759 .row &%trusted_groups%& "groups that are trusted"
11760 .row &%trusted_users%& "users that are trusted"
11761 .endtable
11762
11763
11764
11765 .section "Logging"
11766 .table2
11767 .row &%hosts_connection_nolog%& "exemption from connect logging"
11768 .row &%log_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
11769 .row &%log_selector%& "set/unset optional logging"
11770 .row &%log_timezone%& "add timezone to log lines"
11771 .row &%message_logs%& "create per-message logs"
11772 .row &%preserve_message_logs%& "after message completion"
11773 .row &%process_log_path%& "for SIGUSR1 and &'exiwhat'&"
11774 .row &%syslog_duplication%& "controls duplicate log lines on syslog"
11775 .row &%syslog_facility%& "set syslog &""facility""& field"
11776 .row &%syslog_processname%& "set syslog &""ident""& field"
11777 .row &%syslog_timestamp%& "timestamp syslog lines"
11778 .row &%write_rejectlog%& "control use of message log"
11779 .endtable
11780
11781
11782
11783 .section "Frozen messages"
11784 .table2
11785 .row &%auto_thaw%& "sets time for retrying frozen messages"
11786 .row &%freeze_tell%& "send message when freezing"
11787 .row &%move_frozen_messages%& "to another directory"
11788 .row &%timeout_frozen_after%& "keep frozen messages only so long"
11789 .endtable
11790
11791
11792
11793 .section "Data lookups"
11794 .table2
11795 .row &%ldap_default_servers%& "used if no server in query"
11796 .row &%ldap_version%& "set protocol version"
11797 .row &%lookup_open_max%& "lookup files held open"
11798 .row &%mysql_servers%& "as it says"
11799 .row &%oracle_servers%& "as it says"
11800 .row &%pgsql_servers%& "as it says"
11801 .row &%sqlite_lock_timeout%& "as it says"
11802 .endtable
11803
11804
11805
11806 .section "Message ids"
11807 .table2
11808 .row &%message_id_header_domain%& "used to build &'Message-ID:'& header"
11809 .row &%message_id_header_text%& "ditto"
11810 .endtable
11811
11812
11813
11814 .section "Embedded Perl Startup"
11815 .table2
11816 .row &%perl_at_start%& "always start the interpreter"
11817 .row &%perl_startup%& "code to obey when starting Perl"
11818 .endtable
11819
11820
11821
11822 .section "Daemon"
11823 .table2
11824 .row &%daemon_smtp_ports%& "default ports"
11825 .row &%daemon_startup_retries%& "number of times to retry"
11826 .row &%daemon_startup_sleep%& "time to sleep between tries"
11827 .row &%extra_local_interfaces%& "not necessarily listened on"
11828 .row &%local_interfaces%& "on which to listen, with optional ports"
11829 .row &%pid_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
11830 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
11831 .endtable
11832
11833
11834
11835 .section "Resource control"
11836 .table2
11837 .row &%check_log_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
11838 .row &%check_log_space%& "before accepting a message"
11839 .row &%check_spool_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
11840 .row &%check_spool_space%& "before accepting a message"
11841 .row &%deliver_queue_load_max%& "no queue deliveries if load high"
11842 .row &%queue_only_load%& "queue incoming if load high"
11843 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
11844 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
11845 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
11846 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nommail%& "non-mail commands"
11847 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
11848 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
11849 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
11850 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
11851 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
11852 connection"
11853 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
11854 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
11855 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
11856 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "SMTP from reserved hosts if load high"
11857 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
11858 .endtable
11859
11860
11861
11862 .section "Policy controls"
11863 .table2
11864 .row &%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
11865 .row &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
11866 .new
11867 .row &%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL for start of non-SMTP message"
11868 .wen
11869 .row &%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
11870 .row &%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for connection"
11871 .row &%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL for DATA"
11872 .row &%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
11873 .row &%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
11874 .row &%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for EHLO or HELO"
11875 .row &%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
11876 .row &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for AUTH on MAIL command"
11877 .row &%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for MIME parts"
11878 .row &%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL for start of data"
11879 .row &%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
11880 .row &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
11881 .row &%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
11882 .row &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
11883 .row &%av_scanner%& "specify virus scanner"
11884 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
11885 words""&"
11886 .row &%dns_csa_search_limit%& "control CSA parent search depth"
11887 .row &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& "en/disable CSA IP reverse search"
11888 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
11889 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
11890 .row &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& "allow syntactic junk from these hosts"
11891 .row &%helo_allow_chars%& "allow illegal chars in HELO names"
11892 .row &%helo_lookup_domains%& "lookup hostname for these HELO names"
11893 .row &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& "HELO soft-checked for these hosts"
11894 .row &%helo_verify_hosts%& "HELO hard-checked for these hosts"
11895 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
11896 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
11897 .row &%host_reject_connection%& "reject connection from these hosts"
11898 .row &%hosts_treat_as_local%& "useful in some cluster configurations"
11899 .row &%local_scan_timeout%& "timeout for &[local_scan()]&"
11900 .row &%message_size_limit%& "for all messages"
11901 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
11902 .row &%spamd_address%& "set interface to SpamAssassin"
11903 .endtable
11904
11905
11906
11907 .section "Callout cache"
11908 .table2
11909 .row &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative domain cache &&&
11910 item"
11911 .row &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive domain cache &&&
11912 item"
11913 .row &%callout_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative address cache item"
11914 .row &%callout_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive address cache item"
11915 .row &%callout_random_local_part%& "string to use for &""random""& testing"
11916 .endtable
11917
11918
11919
11920 .section "TLS"
11921 .table2
11922 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
11923 .row &%tls_certificate%& "location of server certificate"
11924 .row &%tls_crl%& "certificate revocation list"
11925 .row &%tls_dhparam%& "DH parameters for server"
11926 .row &%tls_on_connect_ports%& "specify SSMTP (SMTPS) ports"
11927 .row &%tls_privatekey%& "location of server private key"
11928 .row &%tls_remember_esmtp%& "don't reset after starting TLS"
11929 .row &%tls_require_ciphers%& "specify acceptable cipers"
11930 .row &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& "try to verify client certificate"
11931 .row &%tls_verify_certificates%& "expected client certificates"
11932 .row &%tls_verify_hosts%& "insist on client certificate verify"
11933 .endtable
11934
11935
11936
11937 .section "Local user handling"
11938 .table2
11939 .row &%finduser_retries%& "useful in NIS environments"
11940 .row &%gecos_name%& "used when creating &'Sender:'&"
11941 .row &%gecos_pattern%& "ditto"
11942 .row &%max_username_length%& "for systems that truncate"
11943 .row &%unknown_login%& "used when no login name found"
11944 .row &%unknown_username%& "ditto"
11945 .row &%uucp_from_pattern%& "for recognizing &""From ""& lines"
11946 .row &%uucp_from_sender%& "ditto"
11947 .endtable
11948
11949
11950
11951 .section "All incoming messages (SMTP and non-SMTP)"
11952 .table2
11953 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
11954 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
11955 .row &%message_size_limit%& "applies to all messages"
11956 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
11957 .row &%received_header_text%& "expanded to make &'Received:'&"
11958 .row &%received_headers_max%& "for mail loop detection"
11959 .row &%recipients_max%& "limit per message"
11960 .row &%recipients_max_reject%& "permanently reject excess"
11961 .endtable
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966 .section "Non-SMTP incoming messages"
11967 .table2
11968 .row &%receive_timeout%& "for non-SMTP messages"
11969 .endtable
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975 .section "Incoming SMTP messages"
11976 See also the &'Policy controls'& section above.
11977
11978 .table2
11979 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
11980 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
11981 .row &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified recipients"
11982 .row &%rfc1413_hosts%& "make ident calls to these hosts"
11983 .row &%rfc1413_query_timeout%& "zero disables ident calls"
11984 .row &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified senders"
11985 .row &%smtp_accept_keepalive%& "some TCP/IP magic"
11986 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
11987 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& "non-mail commands"
11988 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
11989 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
11990 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
11991 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
11992 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
11993 connection"
11994 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
11995 .row &%smtp_active_hostname%& "host name to use in messages"
11996 .row &%smtp_banner%& "text for welcome banner"
11997 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
11998 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
11999 .row &%smtp_enforce_sync%& "of SMTP command/responses"
12000 .row &%smtp_etrn_command%& "what to run for ETRN"
12001 .row &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& "only one at once"
12002 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if this load"
12003 .row &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& "before dropping connection"
12004 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& "apply ratelimiting to these hosts"
12005 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& "ratelimit for MAIL commands"
12006 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& "ratelimit for RCPT commands"
12007 .row &%smtp_receive_timeout%& "per command or data line"
12008 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
12009 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12010 .endtable
12011
12012
12013
12014 .section "SMTP extensions"
12015 .table2
12016 .row &%accept_8bitmime%& "advertise 8BITMIME"
12017 .row &%auth_advertise_hosts%& "advertise AUTH to these hosts"
12018 .row &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& "allow &""From ""& from these hosts"
12019 .row &%ignore_fromline_local%& "allow &""From ""& from local SMTP"
12020 .row &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%& "advertise pipelining to these hosts"
12021 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
12022 .endtable
12023
12024
12025
12026 .section "Processing messages"
12027 .table2
12028 .row &%allow_domain_literals%& "recognize domain literal syntax"
12029 .row &%allow_mx_to_ip%& "allow MX to point to IP address"
12030 .row &%allow_utf8_domains%& "in addresses"
12031 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
12032 words""&"
12033 .row &%delivery_date_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12034 .row &%envelope_to_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12035 .row &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& "affects &%-t%& processing"
12036 .row &%headers_charset%& "default for translations"
12037 .row &%qualify_domain%& "default for senders"
12038 .row &%qualify_recipient%& "default for recipients"
12039 .row &%return_path_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12040 .row &%strip_excess_angle_brackets%& "in addresses"
12041 .row &%strip_trailing_dot%& "at end of addresses"
12042 .row &%untrusted_set_sender%& "untrusted can set envelope sender"
12043 .endtable
12044
12045
12046
12047 .section "System filter"
12048 .table2
12049 .row &%system_filter%& "locate system filter"
12050 .row &%system_filter_directory_transport%& "transport for delivery to a &&&
12051 directory"
12052 .row &%system_filter_file_transport%& "transport for delivery to a file"
12053 .row &%system_filter_group%& "group for filter running"
12054 .row &%system_filter_pipe_transport%& "transport for delivery to a pipe"
12055 .row &%system_filter_reply_transport%& "transport for autoreply delivery"
12056 .row &%system_filter_user%& "user for filter running"
12057 .endtable
12058
12059
12060
12061 .section "Routing and delivery"
12062 .table2
12063 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
12064 .row &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& "for broken domains"
12065 .row &%dns_check_names_pattern%& "pre-DNS syntax check"
12066 .row &%dns_ipv4_lookup%& "only v4 lookup for these domains"
12067 .row &%dns_retrans%& "parameter for resolver"
12068 .row &%dns_retry%& "parameter for resolver"
12069 .row &%hold_domains%& "hold delivery for these domains"
12070 .row &%local_interfaces%& "for routing checks"
12071 .row &%queue_domains%& "no immediate delivery for these"
12072 .row &%queue_only%& "no immediate delivery at all"
12073 .row &%queue_only_file%& "no immediate delivery if file exists"
12074 .row &%queue_only_load%& "no immediate delivery if load is high"
12075 .row &%queue_only_override%& "allow command line to override"
12076 .row &%queue_run_in_order%& "order of arrival"
12077 .row &%queue_run_max%& "of simultaneous queue runners"
12078 .row &%queue_smtp_domains%& "no immediate SMTP delivery for these"
12079 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
12080 .row &%remote_sort_domains%& "order of remote deliveries"
12081 .row &%retry_data_expire%& "timeout for retry data"
12082 .row &%retry_interval_max%& "safety net for retry rules"
12083 .endtable
12084
12085
12086
12087 .section "Bounce and warning messages"
12088 .table2
12089 .row &%bounce_message_file%& "content of bounce"
12090 .row &%bounce_message_text%& "content of bounce"
12091 .row &%bounce_return_body%& "include body if returning message"
12092 .row &%bounce_return_message%& "include original message in bounce"
12093 .row &%bounce_return_size_limit%& "limit on returned message"
12094 .row &%bounce_sender_authentication%& "send authenticated sender with bounce"
12095 .row &%errors_copy%& "copy bounce messages"
12096 .row &%errors_reply_to%& "&'Reply-to:'& in bounces"
12097 .row &%delay_warning%& "time schedule"
12098 .row &%delay_warning_condition%& "condition for warning messages"
12099 .row &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& "discard undeliverable bounces"
12100 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12101 .row &%warn_message_file%& "content of warning message"
12102 .endtable
12103
12104
12105
12106 .section "Alphabetical list of main options" "SECTalomo"
12107 Those options that undergo string expansion before use are marked with
12108 &dagger;.
12109
12110 .option accept_8bitmime main boolean false
12111 .cindex "8BITMIME"
12112 .cindex "8-bit characters"
12113 This option causes Exim to send 8BITMIME in its response to an SMTP
12114 EHLO command, and to accept the BODY= parameter on MAIL commands.
12115 However, though Exim is 8-bit clean, it is not a protocol converter, and it
12116 takes no steps to do anything special with messages received by this route.
12117 Consequently, this option is turned off by default.
12118
12119 .option acl_not_smtp main string&!! unset
12120 .cindex "&ACL;" "for non-SMTP messages"
12121 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12122 This option defines the ACL that is run when a non-SMTP message has been
12123 read and is on the point of being accepted. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12124 further details.
12125
12126 .option acl_not_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12127 This option defines the ACL that is run for individual MIME parts of non-SMTP
12128 messages. It operates in exactly the same way as &%acl_smtp_mime%& operates for
12129 SMTP messages.
12130
12131 .new
12132 .option acl_not_smtp_start main string&!! unset
12133 .cindex "&ACL;" "at start of non-SMTP message"
12134 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12135 This option defines the ACL that is run before Exim starts reading a
12136 non-SMTP message. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12137 .wen
12138
12139 .option acl_smtp_auth main string&!! unset
12140 .cindex "&ACL;" "setting up for SMTP commands"
12141 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
12142 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP AUTH command is
12143 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12144
12145 .option acl_smtp_connect main string&!! unset
12146 .cindex "&ACL;" "on SMTP connection"
12147 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP connection is received.
12148 See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12149
12150 .option acl_smtp_data main string&!! unset
12151 .cindex "DATA" "ACL for"
12152 This option defines the ACL that is run after an SMTP DATA command has been
12153 processed and the message itself has been received, but before the final
12154 acknowledgement is sent. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12155
12156 .option acl_smtp_etrn main string&!! unset
12157 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
12158 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP ETRN command is
12159 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12160
12161 .option acl_smtp_expn main string&!! unset
12162 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
12163 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EXPN command is
12164 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12165
12166 .option acl_smtp_helo main string&!! unset
12167 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
12168 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
12169 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EHLO or HELO
12170 command is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12171
12172
12173 .option acl_smtp_mail main string&!! unset
12174 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
12175 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP MAIL command is
12176 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12177
12178 .option acl_smtp_mailauth main string&!! unset
12179 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
12180 This option defines the ACL that is run when there is an AUTH parameter on
12181 a MAIL command. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs, and chapter
12182 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
12183
12184 .option acl_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12185 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "ACL for"
12186 This option is available when Exim is built with the content-scanning
12187 extension. It defines the ACL that is run for each MIME part in a message. See
12188 section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>& for details.
12189
12190 .option acl_smtp_predata main string&!! unset
12191 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP DATA command is
12192 received, before the message itself is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12193 further details.
12194
12195 .option acl_smtp_quit main string&!! unset
12196 .cindex "QUIT" "ACL for"
12197 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP QUIT command is
12198 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12199
12200 .option acl_smtp_rcpt main string&!! unset
12201 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
12202 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP RCPT command is
12203 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12204
12205 .option acl_smtp_starttls main string&!! unset
12206 .cindex "STARTTLS" "ACL for"
12207 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP STARTTLS command is
12208 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12209
12210 .option acl_smtp_vrfy main string&!! unset
12211 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
12212 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP VRFY command is
12213 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12214
12215 .option admin_groups main "string list&!!" unset
12216 .cindex "admin user"
12217 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If the
12218 current group or any of the supplementary groups of an Exim caller is in this
12219 colon-separated list, the caller has admin privileges. If all your system
12220 programmers are in a specific group, for example, you can give them all Exim
12221 admin privileges by putting that group in &%admin_groups%&. However, this does
12222 not permit them to read Exim's spool files (whose group owner is the Exim gid).
12223 To permit this, you have to add individuals to the Exim group.
12224
12225 .option allow_domain_literals main boolean false
12226 .cindex "domain literal"
12227 If this option is set, the RFC 2822 domain literal format is permitted in
12228 email addresses. The option is not set by default, because the domain literal
12229 format is not normally required these days, and few people know about it. It
12230 has, however, been exploited by mail abusers.
12231
12232 Unfortunately, it seems that some DNS black list maintainers are using this
12233 format to report black listing to postmasters. If you want to accept messages
12234 addressed to your hosts by IP address, you need to set
12235 &%allow_domain_literals%& true, and also to add &`@[]`& to the list of local
12236 domains (defined in the named domain list &%local_domains%& in the default
12237 configuration). This &"magic string"& matches the domain literal form of all
12238 the local host's IP addresses.
12239
12240
12241 .option allow_mx_to_ip main boolean false
12242 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to IP address"
12243 It appears that more and more DNS zone administrators are breaking the rules
12244 and putting domain names that look like IP addresses on the right hand side of
12245 MX records. Exim follows the rules and rejects this, giving an error message
12246 that explains the mis-configuration. However, some other MTAs support this
12247 practice, so to avoid &"Why can't Exim do this?"& complaints,
12248 &%allow_mx_to_ip%& exists, in order to enable this heinous activity. It is not
12249 recommended, except when you have no other choice.
12250
12251 .option allow_utf8_domains main boolean false
12252 .cindex "domain" "UTF-8 characters in"
12253 .cindex "UTF-8" "in domain name"
12254 Lots of discussion is going on about internationalized domain names. One
12255 camp is strongly in favour of just using UTF-8 characters, and it seems
12256 that at least two other MTAs permit this. This option allows Exim users to
12257 experiment if they wish.
12258
12259 If it is set true, Exim's domain parsing function allows valid
12260 UTF-8 multicharacters to appear in domain name components, in addition to
12261 letters, digits, and hyphens. However, just setting this option is not
12262 enough; if you want to look up these domain names in the DNS, you must also
12263 adjust the value of &%dns_check_names_pattern%& to match the extended form. A
12264 suitable setting is:
12265 .code
12266 dns_check_names_pattern = (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[a-z0-9\xc0-\xff]\
12267 (?>[-a-z0-9\x80-\xff]*[a-z0-9\x80-\xbf])?)+$
12268 .endd
12269 Alternatively, you can just disable this feature by setting
12270 .code
12271 dns_check_names_pattern =
12272 .endd
12273 That is, set the option to an empty string so that no check is done.
12274
12275
12276 .option auth_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
12277 .cindex "authentication" "advertising"
12278 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising"
12279 If any server authentication mechanisms are configured, Exim advertises them in
12280 response to an EHLO command only if the calling host matches this list.
12281 Otherwise, Exim does not advertise AUTH.
12282 Exim does not accept AUTH commands from clients to which it has not
12283 advertised the availability of AUTH. The advertising of individual
12284 authentication mechanisms can be controlled by the use of the
12285 &%server_advertise_condition%& generic authenticator option on the individual
12286 authenticators. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for further details.
12287
12288 Certain mail clients (for example, Netscape) require the user to provide a name
12289 and password for authentication if AUTH is advertised, even though it may
12290 not be needed (the host may accept messages from hosts on its local LAN without
12291 authentication, for example). The &%auth_advertise_hosts%& option can be used
12292 to make these clients more friendly by excluding them from the set of hosts to
12293 which Exim advertises AUTH.
12294
12295 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising when encrypted"
12296 If you want to advertise the availability of AUTH only when the connection
12297 is encrypted using TLS, you can make use of the fact that the value of this
12298 option is expanded, with a setting like this:
12299 .code
12300 auth_advertise_hosts = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}
12301 .endd
12302 .cindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
12303 If &$tls_cipher$& is empty, the session is not encrypted, and the result of
12304 the expansion is empty, thus matching no hosts. Otherwise, the result of the
12305 expansion is *, which matches all hosts.
12306
12307
12308 .option auto_thaw main time 0s
12309 .cindex "thawing messages"
12310 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
12311 If this option is set to a time greater than zero, a queue runner will try a
12312 new delivery attempt on any frozen message, other than a bounce message, if
12313 this much time has passed since it was frozen. This may result in the message
12314 being re-frozen if nothing has changed since the last attempt. It is a way of
12315 saying &"keep on trying, even though there are big problems"&.
12316
12317 &*Note*&: This is an old option, which predates &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
12318 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. It is retained for compatibility, but it is not
12319 thought to be very useful any more, and its use should probably be avoided.
12320
12321 .option av_scanner main string "see below"
12322 This option is available if Exim is built with the content-scanning extension.
12323 It specifies which anti-virus scanner to use. The default value is:
12324 .code
12325 sophie:/var/run/sophie
12326 .endd
12327 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
12328 before use. See section &<<SECTscanvirus>>& for further details.
12329
12330
12331
12332 .option bi_command main string unset
12333 .cindex "&%-bi%& option"
12334 This option supplies the name of a command that is run when Exim is called with
12335 the &%-bi%& option (see chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&). The string value is
12336 just the command name, it is not a complete command line. If an argument is
12337 required, it must come from the &%-oA%& command line option.
12338
12339
12340 .option bounce_message_file main string unset
12341 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
12342 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
12343 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
12344 for constructing bounce messages. Details of the file's contents are given in
12345 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%warn_message_file%&.
12346
12347
12348 .option bounce_message_text main string unset
12349 When this option is set, its contents are included in the default bounce
12350 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
12351 delivery software."& It is not used if &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
12352
12353 .option bounce_return_body main boolean true
12354 .cindex "bounce message" "including body"
12355 This option controls whether the body of an incoming message is included in a
12356 bounce message when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The default setting
12357 causes the entire message, both header and body, to be returned (subject to the
12358 value of &%bounce_return_size_limit%&). If this option is false, only the
12359 message header is included. In the case of a non-SMTP message containing an
12360 error that is detected during reception, only those header lines preceding the
12361 point at which the error was detected are returned.
12362 .cindex "bounce message" "including original"
12363
12364 .option bounce_return_message main boolean true
12365 If this option is set false, none of the original message is included in
12366 bounce messages generated by Exim. See also &%bounce_return_size_limit%& and
12367 &%bounce_return_body%&.
12368
12369
12370 .option bounce_return_size_limit main integer 100K
12371 .cindex "size limit" "of bounce"
12372 .cindex "bounce message" "size limit"
12373 .cindex "limit" "bounce message size"
12374 This option sets a limit in bytes on the size of messages that are returned to
12375 senders as part of bounce messages when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The
12376 limit should be less than the value of the global &%message_size_limit%& and of
12377 any &%message_size_limit%& settings on transports, to allow for the bounce text
12378 that Exim generates. If this option is set to zero there is no limit.
12379
12380 When the body of any message that is to be included in a bounce message is
12381 greater than the limit, it is truncated, and a comment pointing this out is
12382 added at the top. The actual cutoff may be greater than the value given, owing
12383 to the use of buffering for transferring the message in chunks (typically 8K in
12384 size). The idea is to save bandwidth on those undeliverable 15-megabyte
12385 messages.
12386
12387 .option bounce_sender_authentication main string unset
12388 .cindex "bounce message" "sender authentication"
12389 .cindex "authentication" "bounce message"
12390 .cindex "AUTH" "on bounce message"
12391 This option provides an authenticated sender address that is sent with any
12392 bounce messages generated by Exim that are sent over an authenticated SMTP
12393 connection. A typical setting might be:
12394 .code
12395 bounce_sender_authentication = mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12396 .endd
12397 which would cause bounce messages to be sent using the SMTP command:
12398 .code
12399 MAIL FROM:<> AUTH=mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12400 .endd
12401 The value of &%bounce_sender_authentication%& must always be a complete email
12402 address.
12403
12404 .option callout_domain_negative_expire main time 3h
12405 .cindex "caching" "callout timeouts"
12406 .cindex "callout" "caching timeouts"
12407 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for a
12408 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12409 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12410
12411
12412 .option callout_domain_positive_expire main time 7d
12413 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for a
12414 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12415 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12416
12417
12418 .option callout_negative_expire main time 2h
12419 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for an
12420 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12421 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12422
12423
12424 .option callout_positive_expire main time 24h
12425 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for an
12426 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12427 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12428
12429
12430 .option callout_random_local_part main string&!! "see below"
12431 This option defines the &"random"& local part that can be used as part of
12432 callout verification. The default value is
12433 .code
12434 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
12435 .endd
12436 See section &<<CALLaddparcall>>& for details of how this value is used.
12437
12438
12439 .option check_log_inodes main integer 0
12440 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12441
12442
12443 .option check_log_space main integer 0
12444 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12445
12446 .oindex "&%check_rfc2047_length%&"
12447 .cindex "RFC 2047" "disabling length check"
12448 .option check_rfc2047_length " User: main" boolean true
12449 RFC 2047 defines a way of encoding non-ASCII characters in headers using a
12450 system of &"encoded words"&. The RFC specifies a maximum length for an encoded
12451 word; strings to be encoded that exceed this length are supposed to use
12452 multiple encoded words. By default, Exim does not recognize encoded words that
12453 exceed the maximum length. However, it seems that some software, in violation
12454 of the RFC, generates overlong encoded words. If &%check_rfc2047_length%& is
12455 set false, Exim recognizes encoded words of any length.
12456
12457
12458 .option check_spool_inodes main integer 0
12459 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12460
12461
12462 .option check_spool_space main integer 0
12463 .cindex "checking disk space"
12464 .cindex "disk space" "checking"
12465 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
12466 The four &%check_...%& options allow for checking of disk resources before a
12467 message is accepted.
12468
12469 .cindex "&$log_inodes$&"
12470 .cindex "&$log_space$&"
12471 .cindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
12472 .cindex "&$spool_space$&"
12473 When any of these options are set, they apply to all incoming messages. If you
12474 want to apply different checks to different kinds of message, you can do so by
12475 testing the the variables &$log_inodes$&, &$log_space$&, &$spool_inodes$&, and
12476 &$spool_space$& in an ACL with appropriate additional conditions.
12477
12478
12479 &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_spool_inodes%& check the spool partition if
12480 either value is greater than zero, for example:
12481 .code
12482 check_spool_space = 10M
12483 check_spool_inodes = 100
12484 .endd
12485 The spool partition is the one that contains the directory defined by
12486 SPOOL_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is used for holding messages in
12487 transit.
12488
12489 &%check_log_space%& and &%check_log_inodes%& check the partition in which log
12490 files are written if either is greater than zero. These should be set only if
12491 &%log_file_path%& and &%spool_directory%& refer to different partitions.
12492
12493 If there is less space or fewer inodes than requested, Exim refuses to accept
12494 incoming mail. In the case of SMTP input this is done by giving a 452 temporary
12495 error response to the MAIL command. If ESMTP is in use and there was a
12496 SIZE parameter on the MAIL command, its value is added to the
12497 &%check_spool_space%& value, and the check is performed even if
12498 &%check_spool_space%& is zero, unless &%no_smtp_check_spool_space%& is set.
12499
12500 The values for &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_log_space%& are held as a
12501 number of kilobytes. If a non-multiple of 1024 is specified, it is rounded up.
12502
12503 For non-SMTP input and for batched SMTP input, the test is done at start-up; on
12504 failure a message is written to stderr and Exim exits with a non-zero code, as
12505 it obviously cannot send an error message of any kind.
12506
12507 .option daemon_smtp_ports main string &`smtp`&
12508 .cindex "port" "for daemon"
12509 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
12510 This option specifies one or more default SMTP ports on which the Exim daemon
12511 listens. See chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& for details of how it is used. For
12512 backward compatibility, &%daemon_smtp_port%& (singular) is a synonym.
12513
12514 .option daemon_startup_retries main integer 9
12515 .cindex "daemon startup" "retrying"
12516 This option, along with &%daemon_startup_sleep%&, controls the retrying done by
12517 the daemon at startup when it cannot immediately bind a listening socket
12518 (typically because the socket is already in use): &%daemon_startup_retries%&
12519 defines the number of retries after the first failure, and
12520 &%daemon_startup_sleep%& defines the length of time to wait between retries.
12521
12522 .option daemon_startup_sleep main time 30s
12523 See &%daemon_startup_retries%&.
12524
12525 .option delay_warning main "time list" 24h
12526 .cindex "warning of delay"
12527 .cindex "delay warning" "specifying"
12528 When a message is delayed, Exim sends a warning message to the sender at
12529 intervals specified by this option. The data is a colon-separated list of times
12530 after which to send warning messages. If the value of the option is an empty
12531 string or a zero time, no warnings are sent. Up to 10 times may be given. If a
12532 message has been on the queue for longer than the last time, the last interval
12533 between the times is used to compute subsequent warning times. For example,
12534 with
12535 .code
12536 delay_warning = 4h:8h:24h
12537 .endd
12538 the first message is sent after 4 hours, the second after 8 hours, and
12539 the third one after 24 hours. After that, messages are sent every 16 hours,
12540 because that is the interval between the last two times on the list. If you set
12541 just one time, it specifies the repeat interval. For example, with:
12542 .code
12543 delay_warning = 6h
12544 .endd
12545 messages are repeated every six hours. To stop warnings after a given time, set
12546 a very large time at the end of the list. For example:
12547 .code
12548 delay_warning = 2h:12h:99d
12549 .endd
12550
12551 .option delay_warning_condition main string&!! "see below"
12552 .cindex "&$domain$&"
12553 The string is expanded at the time a warning message might be sent. If all the
12554 deferred addresses have the same domain, it is set in &$domain$& during the
12555 expansion. Otherwise &$domain$& is empty. If the result of the expansion is a
12556 forced failure, an empty string, or a string matching any of &"0"&, &"no"& or
12557 &"false"& (the comparison being done caselessly) then the warning message is
12558 not sent. The default is:
12559 .new
12560 .code
12561 delay_warning_condition = ${if or {\
12562 { !eq{$h_list-id:$h_list-post:$h_list-subscribe:}{} }\
12563 { match{$h_precedence:}{(?i)bulk|list|junk} }\
12564 { match{$h_auto-submitted:}{(?i)auto-generated|auto-replied} }\
12565 } {no}{yes}}
12566 .endd
12567 This suppresses the sending of warnings for messages that contain &'List-ID:'&,
12568 &'List-Post:'&, or &'List-Subscribe:'& headers, or have &"bulk"&, &"list"& or
12569 &"junk"& in a &'Precedence:'& header, or have &"auto-generated"& or
12570 &"auto-replied"& in an &'Auto-Submitted:'& header.
12571 .wen
12572
12573 .option deliver_drop_privilege main boolean false
12574 .cindex "unprivileged delivery"
12575 .cindex "delivery" "unprivileged"
12576 If this option is set true, Exim drops its root privilege at the start of a
12577 delivery process, and runs as the Exim user throughout. This severely restricts
12578 the kinds of local delivery that are possible, but is viable in certain types
12579 of configuration. There is a discussion about the use of root privilege in
12580 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&.
12581
12582 .option deliver_queue_load_max main fixed-point unset
12583 .cindex "load average"
12584 .cindex "queue runner" "abandoning"
12585 When this option is set, a queue run is abandoned if the system load average
12586 becomes greater than the value of the option. The option has no effect on
12587 ancient operating systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average.
12588 See also &%queue_only_load%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
12589
12590
12591 .option delivery_date_remove main boolean true
12592 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
12593 Exim's transports have an option for adding a &'Delivery-date:'& header to a
12594 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
12595 handled. &'Delivery-date:'& records the actual time of delivery. Such headers
12596 should not be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be
12597 removed at the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might
12598 occur when a delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
12599
12600
12601 .option disable_ipv6 main boolean false
12602 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
12603 If this option is set true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
12604 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
12605 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &%manualroute%& router,
12606 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
12607 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
12608
12609
12610 .option dns_again_means_nonexist main "domain list&!!" unset
12611 .cindex "DNS" "&""try again""& response; overriding"
12612 DNS lookups give a &"try again"& response for the DNS errors
12613 &"non-authoritative host not found"& and &"SERVERFAIL"&. This can cause Exim to
12614 keep trying to deliver a message, or to give repeated temporary errors to
12615 incoming mail. Sometimes the effect is caused by a badly set up name server and
12616 may persist for a long time. If a domain which exhibits this problem matches
12617 anything in &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, it is treated as if it did not exist.
12618 This option should be used with care. You can make it apply to reverse lookups
12619 by a setting such as this:
12620 .code
12621 dns_again_means_nonexist = *.in-addr.arpa
12622 .endd
12623 This option applies to all DNS lookups that Exim does. It also applies when the
12624 &[gethostbyname()]& or &[getipnodebyname()]& functions give temporary errors,
12625 since these are most likely to be caused by DNS lookup problems. The
12626 &(dnslookup)& router has some options of its own for controlling what happens
12627 when lookups for MX or SRV records give temporary errors. These more specific
12628 options are applied after this global option.
12629
12630 .option dns_check_names_pattern main string "see below"
12631 .cindex "DNS" "pre-check of name syntax"
12632 When this option is set to a non-empty string, it causes Exim to check domain
12633 names for characters that are not allowed in host names before handing them to
12634 the DNS resolver, because some resolvers give temporary errors for names that
12635 contain unusual characters. If a domain name contains any unwanted characters,
12636 a &"not found"& result is forced, and the resolver is not called. The check is
12637 done by matching the domain name against a regular expression, which is the
12638 value of this option. The default pattern is
12639 .code
12640 dns_check_names_pattern = \
12641 (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[^\W_](?>[a-z0-9/-]*[^\W_])?)+$
12642 .endd
12643 which permits only letters, digits, slashes, and hyphens in components, but
12644 they must start and end with a letter or digit. Hyphens are not, in fact,
12645 permitted in host names, but they are found in certain NS records (which can be
12646 accessed in Exim by using a &%dnsdb%& lookup). If you set
12647 &%allow_utf8_domains%&, you must modify this pattern, or set the option to an
12648 empty string.
12649
12650 .option dns_csa_search_limit main integer 5
12651 This option controls the depth of parental searching for CSA SRV records in the
12652 DNS, as described in more detail in section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
12653
12654 .option dns_csa_use_reverse main boolean true
12655 This option controls whether or not an IP address, given as a CSA domain, is
12656 reversed and looked up in the reverse DNS, as described in more detail in
12657 section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
12658
12659 .option dns_ipv4_lookup main "domain list&!!" unset
12660 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS lookup for AAAA records"
12661 .cindex "DNS" "IPv6 lookup for AAAA records"
12662 When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support and &%disable_ipv6%& is not set, it
12663 looks for IPv6 address records (AAAA records) as well as IPv4 address records
12664 (A records) when trying to find IP addresses for hosts, unless the host's
12665 domain matches this list.
12666
12667 This is a fudge to help with name servers that give big delays or otherwise do
12668 not work for the AAAA record type. In due course, when the world's name
12669 servers have all been upgraded, there should be no need for this option.
12670
12671
12672 .option dns_retrans main time 0s
12673 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
12674 The options &%dns_retrans%& and &%dns_retry%& can be used to set the
12675 retransmission and retry parameters for DNS lookups. Values of zero (the
12676 defaults) leave the system default settings unchanged. The first value is the
12677 time between retries, and the second is the number of retries. It isn't
12678 totally clear exactly how these settings affect the total time a DNS lookup may
12679 take. I haven't found any documentation about timeouts on DNS lookups; these
12680 parameter values are available in the external resolver interface structure,
12681 but nowhere does it seem to describe how they are used or what you might want
12682 to set in them.
12683
12684
12685 .option dns_retry main integer 0
12686 See &%dns_retrans%& above.
12687
12688
12689 .option drop_cr main boolean false
12690 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
12691 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
12692 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
12693
12694
12695 .option envelope_to_remove main boolean true
12696 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
12697 Exim's transports have an option for adding an &'Envelope-to:'& header to a
12698 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
12699 handled. &'Envelope-to:'& records the original recipient address from the
12700 messages's envelope that caused the delivery to happen. Such headers should not
12701 be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be removed at
12702 the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might occur when a
12703 delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
12704
12705
12706 .option errors_copy main "string list&!!" unset
12707 .cindex "bounce message" "copy to other address"
12708 .cindex "copy of bounce message"
12709 Setting this option causes Exim to send bcc copies of bounce messages that it
12710 generates to other addresses. &*Note*&: This does not apply to bounce messages
12711 coming from elsewhere. The value of the option is a colon-separated list of
12712 items. Each item consists of a pattern, terminated by white space, followed by
12713 a comma-separated list of email addresses. If a pattern contains spaces, it
12714 must be enclosed in double quotes.
12715
12716 Each pattern is processed in the same way as a single item in an address list
12717 (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). When a pattern matches the recipient of
12718 the bounce message, the message is copied to the addresses on the list. The
12719 items are scanned in order, and once a matching one is found, no further items
12720 are examined. For example:
12721 .code
12722 errors_copy = spqr@mydomain postmaster@mydomain.example :\
12723 rqps@mydomain hostmaster@mydomain.example,\
12724 postmaster@mydomain.example
12725 .endd
12726 .cindex "&$domain$&"
12727 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
12728 The address list is expanded before use. The expansion variables &$local_part$&
12729 and &$domain$& are set from the original recipient of the error message, and if
12730 there was any wildcard matching in the pattern, the expansion
12731 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%errors_copy%&"
12732 variables &$0$&, &$1$&, etc. are set in the normal way.
12733
12734
12735 .option errors_reply_to main string unset
12736 .cindex "bounce message" "&'Reply-to:'& in"
12737 By default, Exim's bounce and delivery warning messages contain the header line
12738 .display
12739 &`From: Mail Delivery System <Mailer-Daemon@`&&'qualify-domain'&&`>`&
12740 .endd
12741 .oindex &%quota_warn_message%&
12742 where &'qualify-domain'& is the value of the &%qualify_domain%& option.
12743 A warning message that is generated by the &%quota_warn_message%& option in an
12744 &(appendfile)& transport may contain its own &'From:'& header line that
12745 overrides the default.
12746
12747 Experience shows that people reply to bounce messages. If the
12748 &%errors_reply_to%& option is set, a &'Reply-To:'& header is added to bounce
12749 and warning messages. For example:
12750 .code
12751 errors_reply_to = postmaster@my.domain.example
12752 .endd
12753 The value of the option is not expanded. It must specify a valid RFC 2822
12754 address. However, if a warning message that is generated by the
12755 &%quota_warn_message%& option in an &(appendfile)& transport contain its
12756 own &'Reply-To:'& header line, the value of the &%errors_reply_to%& option is
12757 not used.
12758
12759
12760 .option exim_group main string "compile-time configured"
12761 .cindex "gid (group id)" "Exim's own"
12762 .cindex "Exim group"
12763 This option changes the gid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
12764 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. The value of this
12765 option is used only when &%exim_user%& is also set. Unless it consists entirely
12766 of digits, the string is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&, and failure causes a
12767 configuration error. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of
12768 security issues.
12769
12770
12771 .option exim_path main string "see below"
12772 .cindex "Exim binary" "path name"
12773 This option specifies the path name of the Exim binary, which is used when Exim
12774 needs to re-exec itself. The default is set up to point to the file &'exim'& in
12775 the directory configured at compile time by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting. It
12776 is necessary to change &%exim_path%& if, exceptionally, Exim is run from some
12777 other place.
12778 &*Warning*&: Do not use a macro to define the value of this option, because
12779 you will break those Exim utilities that scan the configuration file to find
12780 where the binary is. (They then use the &%-bP%& option to extract option
12781 settings such as the value of &%spool_directory%&.)
12782
12783
12784 .option exim_user main string "compile-time configured"
12785 .cindex "uid (user id)" "Exim's own"
12786 .cindex "Exim user"
12787 This option changes the uid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
12788 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. Ownership of the run
12789 time configuration file and the use of the &%-C%& and &%-D%& command line
12790 options is checked against the values in the binary, not what is set here.
12791
12792 Unless it consists entirely of digits, the string is looked up using
12793 &[getpwnam()]&, and failure causes a configuration error. If &%exim_group%& is
12794 not also supplied, the gid is taken from the result of &[getpwnam()]& if it is
12795 used. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of security issues.
12796
12797
12798 .option extra_local_interfaces main "string list" unset
12799 This option defines network interfaces that are to be considered local when
12800 routing, but which are not used for listening by the daemon. See section
12801 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>& for details.
12802
12803
12804 .option "extract_addresses_remove_ &~arguments" main boolean true
12805 .cindex "&%-t%& option"
12806 .cindex "command line" "addresses with &%-t%&"
12807 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
12808 According to some Sendmail documentation (Sun, IRIX, HP-UX), if any addresses
12809 are present on the command line when the &%-t%& option is used to build an
12810 envelope from a message's &'To:'&, &'Cc:'& and &'Bcc:'& headers, the command
12811 line addresses are removed from the recipients list. This is also how Smail
12812 behaves. However, other Sendmail documentation (the O'Reilly book) states that
12813 command line addresses are added to those obtained from the header lines. When
12814 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& is true (the default), Exim subtracts
12815 argument headers. If it is set false, Exim adds rather than removes argument
12816 addresses.
12817
12818
12819 .option finduser_retries main integer 0
12820 .cindex "NIS" "looking up users; retrying"
12821 On systems running NIS or other schemes in which user and group information is
12822 distributed from a remote system, there can be times when &[getpwnam()]& and
12823 related functions fail, even when given valid data, because things time out.
12824 Unfortunately these failures cannot be distinguished from genuine &"not found"&
12825 errors. If &%finduser_retries%& is set greater than zero, Exim will try that
12826 many extra times to find a user or a group, waiting for one second between
12827 retries.
12828
12829 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&" "multiple reading of"
12830 You should not set this option greater than zero if your user information is in
12831 a traditional &_/etc/passwd_& file, because it will cause Exim needlessly to
12832 search the file multiple times for non-existent users, and also cause delay.
12833
12834
12835
12836 .option freeze_tell main "string list, comma separated" unset
12837 .cindex "freezing messages" "sending a message when freezing"
12838 On encountering certain errors, or when configured to do so in a system filter,
12839 ACL, or special router, Exim freezes a message. This means that no further
12840 delivery attempts take place until an administrator thaws the message, or the
12841 &%auto_thaw%&, &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&, or &%timeout_frozen_after%&
12842 feature cause it to be processed. If &%freeze_tell%& is set, Exim generates a
12843 warning message whenever it freezes something, unless the message it is
12844 freezing is a locally-generated bounce message. (Without this exception there
12845 is the possibility of looping.) The warning message is sent to the addresses
12846 supplied as the comma-separated value of this option. If several of the
12847 message's addresses cause freezing, only a single message is sent. If the
12848 freezing was automatic, the reason(s) for freezing can be found in the message
12849 log. If you configure freezing in a filter or ACL, you must arrange for any
12850 logging that you require.
12851
12852
12853 .option gecos_name main string&!! unset
12854 .cindex "HP-UX"
12855 .cindex "&""gecos""& field" "parsing"
12856 Some operating systems, notably HP-UX, use the &"gecos"& field in the system
12857 password file to hold other information in addition to users' real names. Exim
12858 looks up this field for use when it is creating &'Sender:'& or &'From:'&
12859 headers. If either &%gecos_pattern%& or &%gecos_name%& are unset, the contents
12860 of the field are used unchanged, except that, if an ampersand is encountered,
12861 it is replaced by the user's login name with the first character forced to
12862 upper case, since this is a convention that is observed on many systems.
12863
12864 When these options are set, &%gecos_pattern%& is treated as a regular
12865 expression that is to be applied to the field (again with && replaced by the
12866 login name), and if it matches, &%gecos_name%& is expanded and used as the
12867 user's name.
12868
12869 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%gecos_name%&"
12870 Numeric variables such as &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. can be used in the expansion to
12871 pick up sub-fields that were matched by the pattern. In HP-UX, where the user's
12872 name terminates at the first comma, the following can be used:
12873 .code
12874 gecos_pattern = ([^,]*)
12875 gecos_name = $1
12876 .endd
12877
12878 .option gecos_pattern main string unset
12879 See &%gecos_name%& above.
12880
12881
12882 .option headers_charset main string "see below"
12883 This option sets a default character set for translating from encoded MIME
12884 &"words"& in header lines, when referenced by an &$h_xxx$& expansion item. The
12885 default is the value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
12886 ultimate default is ISO-8859-1. For more details see the description of header
12887 insertions in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
12888
12889
12890
12891 .option header_maxsize main integer "see below"
12892 .cindex "header section" "maximum size of"
12893 .cindex "limit" "size of message header section"
12894 This option controls the overall maximum size of a message's header
12895 section. The default is the value of HEADER_MAXSIZE in
12896 &_Local/Makefile_&; the default for that is 1M. Messages with larger header
12897 sections are rejected.
12898
12899
12900 .option header_line_maxsize main integer 0
12901 .cindex "header lines" "maximum size of"
12902 .cindex "limit" "size of one header line"
12903 This option limits the length of any individual header line in a message, after
12904 all the continuations have been joined together. Messages with individual
12905 header lines that are longer than the limit are rejected. The default value of
12906 zero means &"no limit"&.
12907
12908
12909
12910
12911 .option helo_accept_junk_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
12912 .cindex "HELO" "accepting junk data"
12913 .cindex "EHLO" "accepting junk data"
12914 Exim checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands for incoming SMTP
12915 mail, and gives an error response for invalid data. Unfortunately, there are
12916 some SMTP clients that send syntactic junk. They can be accommodated by setting
12917 this option. Note that this is a syntax check only. See &%helo_verify_hosts%&
12918 if you want to do semantic checking.
12919 See also &%helo_allow_chars%& for a way of extending the permitted character
12920 set.
12921
12922
12923 .option helo_allow_chars main string unset
12924 .cindex "HELO" "underscores in"
12925 .cindex "EHLO" "underscores in"
12926 .cindex "underscore in EHLO/HELO"
12927 This option can be set to a string of rogue characters that are permitted in
12928 all EHLO and HELO names in addition to the standard letters, digits,
12929 hyphens, and dots. If you really must allow underscores, you can set
12930 .code
12931 helo_allow_chars = _
12932 .endd
12933 Note that the value is one string, not a list.
12934
12935
12936 .option helo_lookup_domains main "domain list&!!" &`@:@[]`&
12937 .cindex "HELO" "forcing reverse lookup"
12938 .cindex "EHLO" "forcing reverse lookup"
12939 If the domain given by a client in a HELO or EHLO command matches this
12940 list, a reverse lookup is done in order to establish the host's true name. The
12941 default forces a lookup if the client host gives the server's name or any of
12942 its IP addresses (in brackets), something that broken clients have been seen to
12943 do.
12944
12945
12946 .option helo_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
12947 .cindex "HELO verifying" "optional"
12948 .cindex "EHLO verifying" "optional"
12949 By default, Exim just checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands (see
12950 &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& and &%helo_allow_chars%&). However, some sites like
12951 to do more extensive checking of the data supplied by these commands. The ACL
12952 condition &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& is provided to make this possible.
12953 Formerly, it was necessary also to set this option (&%helo_try_verify_hosts%&)
12954 to force the check to occur. From release 4.53 onwards, this is no longer
12955 necessary. If the check has not been done before &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& is
12956 encountered, it is done at that time. Consequently, this option is obsolete.
12957 Its specification is retained here for backwards compatibility.
12958
12959 When an EHLO or HELO command is received, if the calling host matches
12960 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, Exim checks that the host name given in the HELO or
12961 EHLO command either:
12962
12963 .ilist
12964 is an IP literal matching the calling address of the host, or
12965 .next
12966 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
12967 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
12968 matches the host name that Exim obtains by doing a reverse lookup of the
12969 calling host address, or
12970 .next
12971 when looked up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when
12972 available) yields the calling host address.
12973 .endlist
12974
12975 However, the EHLO or HELO command is not rejected if any of the checks
12976 fail. Processing continues, but the result of the check is remembered, and can
12977 be detected later in an ACL by the &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& condition.
12978
12979 .option helo_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
12980 .cindex "HELO verifying" "mandatory"
12981 .cindex "EHLO verifying" "mandatory"
12982 Like &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, this option is obsolete, and retained only for
12983 backwards compatibility. For hosts that match this option, Exim checks the host
12984 name given in the HELO or EHLO in the same way as for
12985 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&. If the check fails, the HELO or EHLO command is
12986 rejected with a 550 error, and entries are written to the main and reject logs.
12987 If a MAIL command is received before EHLO or HELO, it is rejected with a 503
12988 error.
12989
12990 .option hold_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
12991 .cindex "domain" "delaying delivery"
12992 .cindex "delivery" "delaying certain domains"
12993 This option allows mail for particular domains to be held on the queue
12994 manually. The option is overridden if a message delivery is forced with the
12995 &%-M%&, &%-qf%&, &%-Rf%& or &%-Sf%& options, and also while testing or
12996 verifying addresses using &%-bt%& or &%-bv%&. Otherwise, if a domain matches an
12997 item in &%hold_domains%&, no routing or delivery for that address is done, and
12998 it is deferred every time the message is looked at.
12999
13000 This option is intended as a temporary operational measure for delaying the
13001 delivery of mail while some problem is being sorted out, or some new
13002 configuration tested. If you just want to delay the processing of some
13003 domains until a queue run occurs, you should use &%queue_domains%& or
13004 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, not &%hold_domains%&.
13005
13006 A setting of &%hold_domains%& does not override Exim's code for removing
13007 messages from the queue if they have been there longer than the longest retry
13008 time in any retry rule. If you want to hold messages for longer than the normal
13009 retry times, insert a dummy retry rule with a long retry time.
13010
13011
13012 .option host_lookup main "host list&!!" unset
13013 .cindex "host name lookup" "forcing"
13014 Exim does not look up the name of a calling host from its IP address unless it
13015 is required to compare against some host list, or the host matches
13016 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&, or the host matches this
13017 option (which normally contains IP addresses rather than host names). The
13018 default configuration file contains
13019 .code
13020 host_lookup = *
13021 .endd
13022 which causes a lookup to happen for all hosts. If the expense of these lookups
13023 is felt to be too great, the setting can be changed or removed.
13024
13025 After a successful reverse lookup, Exim does a forward lookup on the name it
13026 has obtained, to verify that it yields the IP address that it started with. If
13027 this check fails, Exim behaves as if the name lookup failed.
13028
13029 .cindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
13030 .cindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
13031 After any kind of failure, the host name (in &$sender_host_name$&) remains
13032 unset, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to the string &"1"&. See also
13033 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, &%helo_lookup_domains%&, and &`verify`& &`=`&
13034 &`reverse_host_lookup`& in ACLs.
13035
13036
13037 .option host_lookup_order main "string list" &`bydns:byaddr`&
13038 This option specifies the order of different lookup methods when Exim is trying
13039 to find a host name from an IP address. The default is to do a DNS lookup
13040 first, and then to try a local lookup (using &[gethostbyaddr()]& or equivalent)
13041 if that fails. You can change the order of these lookups, or omit one entirely,
13042 if you want.
13043
13044 &*Warning*&: The &"byaddr"& method does not always yield aliases when there are
13045 multiple PTR records in the DNS and the IP address is not listed in
13046 &_/etc/hosts_&. Different operating systems give different results in this
13047 case. That is why the default tries a DNS lookup first.
13048
13049
13050
13051 .option host_reject_connection main "host list&!!" unset
13052 .cindex "host" "rejecting connections from"
13053 If this option is set, incoming SMTP calls from the hosts listed are rejected
13054 as soon as the connection is made.
13055 This option is obsolete, and retained only for backward compatibility, because
13056 nowadays the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& can also reject incoming
13057 connections immediately.
13058
13059 The ability to give an immediate rejection (either by this option or using an
13060 ACL) is provided for use in unusual cases. Many hosts will just try again,
13061 sometimes without much delay. Normally, it is better to use an ACL to reject
13062 incoming messages at a later stage, such as after RCPT commands. See
13063 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&.
13064
13065
13066 .option hosts_connection_nolog main "host list&!!" unset
13067 .cindex "host" "not logging connections from"
13068 This option defines a list of hosts for which connection logging does not
13069 happen, even though the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is set. For example,
13070 you might want not to log SMTP connections from local processes, or from
13071 127.0.0.1, or from your local LAN. This option is consulted in the main loop of
13072 the daemon; you should therefore strive to restrict its value to a short inline
13073 list of IP addresses and networks. To disable logging SMTP connections from
13074 local processes, you must create a host list with an empty item. For example:
13075 .code
13076 hosts_connection_nolog = :
13077 .endd
13078 If the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is not set, this option has no effect.
13079
13080
13081
13082 .option hosts_treat_as_local main "domain list&!!" unset
13083 .cindex "local host" "domains treated as"
13084 .cindex "host" "treated as local"
13085 If this option is set, any host names that match the domain list are treated as
13086 if they were the local host when Exim is scanning host lists obtained from MX
13087 records
13088 or other sources. Note that the value of this option is a domain list, not a
13089 host list, because it is always used to check host names, not IP addresses.
13090
13091 This option also applies when Exim is matching the special items
13092 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`& in a domain list (see
13093 section &<<SECTdomainlist>>&), and when checking the &%hosts%& option in the
13094 &(smtp)& transport for the local host (see the &%allow_localhost%& option in
13095 that transport). See also &%local_interfaces%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&, and
13096 chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&, which contains a discussion about local network
13097 interfaces and recognising the local host.
13098
13099
13100 .option ignore_bounce_errors_after main time 10w
13101 .cindex "bounce message" "discarding"
13102 .cindex "discarding bounce message"
13103 This option affects the processing of bounce messages that cannot be delivered,
13104 that is, those that suffer a permanent delivery failure. (Bounce messages that
13105 suffer temporary delivery failures are of course retried in the usual way.)
13106
13107 After a permanent delivery failure, bounce messages are frozen,
13108 because there is no sender to whom they can be returned. When a frozen bounce
13109 message has been on the queue for more than the given time, it is unfrozen at
13110 the next queue run, and a further delivery is attempted. If delivery fails
13111 again, the bounce message is discarded. This makes it possible to keep failed
13112 bounce messages around for a shorter time than the normal maximum retry time
13113 for frozen messages. For example,
13114 .code
13115 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 12h
13116 .endd
13117 retries failed bounce message deliveries after 12 hours, discarding any further
13118 failures. If the value of this option is set to a zero time period, bounce
13119 failures are discarded immediately. Setting a very long time (as in the default
13120 value) has the effect of disabling this option. For ways of automatically
13121 dealing with other kinds of frozen message, see &%auto_thaw%& and
13122 &%timeout_frozen_after%&.
13123
13124
13125 .option ignore_fromline_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13126 .cindex "&""From""& line"
13127 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
13128 Some broken SMTP clients insist on sending a UUCP-like &"From&~"& line before
13129 the headers of a message. By default this is treated as the start of the
13130 message's body, which means that any following headers are not recognized as
13131 such. Exim can be made to ignore it by setting &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& to
13132 match those hosts that insist on sending it. If the sender is actually a local
13133 process rather than a remote host, and is using &%-bs%& to inject the messages,
13134 &%ignore_fromline_local%& must be set to achieve this effect.
13135
13136
13137 .option ignore_fromline_local main boolean false
13138 See &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& above.
13139
13140
13141 .option keep_malformed main time 4d
13142 This option specifies the length of time to keep messages whose spool files
13143 have been corrupted in some way. This should, of course, never happen. At the
13144 next attempt to deliver such a message, it gets removed. The incident is
13145 logged.
13146
13147
13148 .option ldap_default_servers main "string list" unset
13149 .cindex "LDAP" "default servers"
13150 This option provides a list of LDAP servers which are tried in turn when an
13151 LDAP query does not contain a server. See section &<<SECTforldaque>>& for
13152 details of LDAP queries. This option is available only when Exim has been built
13153 with LDAP support.
13154
13155
13156 .option ldap_version main integer unset
13157 .cindex "LDAP protocol version" "forcing"
13158 This option can be used to force Exim to set a specific protocol version for
13159 LDAP. If it option is unset, it is shown by the &%-bP%& command line option as
13160 -1. When this is the case, the default is 3 if LDAP_VERSION3 is defined in
13161 the LDAP headers; otherwise it is 2. This option is available only when Exim
13162 has been built with LDAP support.
13163
13164
13165
13166 .option local_from_check main boolean true
13167 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "disabling addition of"
13168 .cindex "&'From:'& header line" "disabling checking of"
13169 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13170 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line, and
13171 checks that the &'From:'& header line matches the login of the calling user and
13172 the domain specified by &%qualify_domain%&.
13173
13174 &*Note*&: An unqualified address (no domain) in the &'From:'& header in a
13175 locally submitted message is automatically qualified by Exim, unless the
13176 &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
13177
13178 You can use &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& to permit affixes
13179 on the local part. If the &'From:'& header line does not match, Exim adds a
13180 &'Sender:'& header with an address constructed from the calling user's login
13181 and the default qualify domain.
13182
13183 If &%local_from_check%& is set false, the &'From:'& header check is disabled,
13184 and no &'Sender:'& header is ever added. If, in addition, you want to retain
13185 &'Sender:'& header lines supplied by untrusted users, you must also set
13186 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true.
13187
13188 .cindex "envelope sender"
13189 These options affect only the header lines in the message. The envelope sender
13190 is still forced to be the login id at the qualify domain unless
13191 &%untrusted_set_sender%& permits the user to supply an envelope sender.
13192
13193 For messages received over TCP/IP, an ACL can specify &"submission mode"& to
13194 request similar header line checking. See section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&, which
13195 has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13196
13197
13198
13199
13200 .option local_from_prefix main string unset
13201 When Exim checks the &'From:'& header line of locally submitted messages for
13202 matching the login id (see &%local_from_check%& above), it can be configured to
13203 ignore certain prefixes and suffixes in the local part of the address. This is
13204 done by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and/or &%local_from_suffix%& to
13205 appropriate lists, in the same form as the &%local_part_prefix%& and
13206 &%local_part_suffix%& router options (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). For
13207 example, if
13208 .code
13209 local_from_prefix = *-
13210 .endd
13211 is set, a &'From:'& line containing
13212 .code
13213 From: anything-user@your.domain.example
13214 .endd
13215 will not cause a &'Sender:'& header to be added if &'user@your.domain.example'&
13216 matches the actual sender address that is constructed from the login name and
13217 qualify domain.
13218
13219
13220 .option local_from_suffix main string unset
13221 See &%local_from_prefix%& above.
13222
13223
13224 .option local_interfaces main "string list" "see below"
13225 This option controls which network interfaces are used by the daemon for
13226 listening; they are also used to identify the local host when routing. Chapter
13227 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a full description of this option and the related
13228 options &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&,
13229 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, and &%tls_on_connect_ports%&. The default value for
13230 &%local_interfaces%& is
13231 .code
13232 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
13233 .endd
13234 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is
13235 .code
13236 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
13237 .endd
13238
13239 .option local_scan_timeout main time 5m
13240 .cindex "timeout" "for &[local_scan()]& function"
13241 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "timeout"
13242 This timeout applies to the &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
13243 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). Zero means &"no timeout"&. If the timeout is exceeded,
13244 the incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP
13245 message. For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a
13246 non-zero code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
13247
13248
13249
13250 .option local_sender_retain main boolean false
13251 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "retaining from local submission"
13252 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13253 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line. If you
13254 do not want this to happen, you must set &%local_sender_retain%&, and you must
13255 also set &%local_from_check%& to be false (Exim will complain if you do not).
13256 See also the ACL modifier &`control = suppress_local_fixups`&. Section
13257 &<<SECTthesenhea>>& has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13258
13259
13260
13261
13262 .option localhost_number main string&!! unset
13263 .cindex "host" "locally unique number for"
13264 .cindex "message ids" "with multiple hosts"
13265 .cindex "&$localhost_number$&"
13266 Exim's message ids are normally unique only within the local host. If
13267 uniqueness among a set of hosts is required, each host must set a different
13268 value for the &%localhost_number%& option. The string is expanded immediately
13269 after reading the configuration file (so that a number can be computed from the
13270 host name, for example) and the result of the expansion must be a number in the
13271 range 0&--16 (or 0&--10 on operating systems with case-insensitive file
13272 systems). This is available in subsequent string expansions via the variable
13273 &$localhost_number$&. When &%localhost_number is set%&, the final two
13274 characters of the message id, instead of just being a fractional part of the
13275 time, are computed from the time and the local host number as described in
13276 section &<<SECTmessiden>>&.
13277
13278
13279
13280 .option log_file_path main "string list&!!" "set at compile time"
13281 .cindex "log" "file path for"
13282 This option sets the path which is used to determine the names of Exim's log
13283 files, or indicates that logging is to be to syslog, or both. It is expanded
13284 when Exim is entered, so it can, for example, contain a reference to the host
13285 name. If no specific path is set for the log files at compile or run time, they
13286 are written in a sub-directory called &_log_& in Exim's spool directory.
13287 Chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& contains further details about Exim's logging, and
13288 section &<<SECTwhelogwri>>& describes how the contents of &%log_file_path%& are
13289 used. If this string is fixed at your installation (contains no expansion
13290 variables) it is recommended that you do not set this option in the
13291 configuration file, but instead supply the path using LOG_FILE_PATH in
13292 &_Local/Makefile_& so that it is available to Exim for logging errors detected
13293 early on &-- in particular, failure to read the configuration file.
13294
13295
13296 .option log_selector main string unset
13297 .cindex "log" "selectors"
13298 This option can be used to reduce or increase the number of things that Exim
13299 writes to its log files. Its argument is made up of names preceded by plus or
13300 minus characters. For example:
13301 .code
13302 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
13303 .endd
13304 A list of possible names and what they control is given in the chapter on
13305 logging, in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&.
13306
13307
13308 .option log_timezone main boolean false
13309 .cindex "log" "timezone for entries"
13310 .cindex "&$tod_log$&"
13311 .cindex "&$tod_zone$&"
13312 By default, the timestamps on log lines are in local time without the
13313 timezone. This means that if your timezone changes twice a year, the timestamps
13314 in log lines are ambiguous for an hour when the clocks go back. One way of
13315 avoiding this problem is to set the timezone to UTC. An alternative is to set
13316 &%log_timezone%& true. This turns on the addition of the timezone offset to
13317 timestamps in log lines. Turning on this option can add quite a lot to the size
13318 of log files because each line is extended by 6 characters. Note that the
13319 &$tod_log$& variable contains the log timestamp without the zone, but there is
13320 another variable called &$tod_zone$& that contains just the timezone offset.
13321
13322
13323 .option lookup_open_max main integer 25
13324 .cindex "too many open files"
13325 .cindex "open files" "too many"
13326 .cindex "file" "too many open"
13327 .cindex "lookup" "maximum open files"
13328 .cindex "limit" "open files for lookups"
13329 This option limits the number of simultaneously open files for single-key
13330 lookups that use regular files (that is, &(lsearch)&, &(dbm)&, and &(cdb)&).
13331 Exim normally keeps these files open during routing, because often the same
13332 file is required several times. If the limit is reached, Exim closes the least
13333 recently used file. Note that if you are using the &'ndbm'& library, it
13334 actually opens two files for each logical DBM database, though it still counts
13335 as one for the purposes of &%lookup_open_max%&. If you are getting &"too many
13336 open files"& errors with NDBM, you need to reduce the value of
13337 &%lookup_open_max%&.
13338
13339
13340 .option max_username_length main integer 0
13341 .cindex "length" "of login name"
13342 .cindex "user name" "maximum length"
13343 .cindex "limit" "user name length"
13344 Some operating systems are broken in that they truncate long arguments to
13345 &[getpwnam()]& to eight characters, instead of returning &"no such user"&. If
13346 this option is set greater than zero, any attempt to call &[getpwnam()]& with
13347 an argument that is longer behaves as if &[getpwnam()]& failed.
13348
13349
13350
13351 .option message_body_visible main integer 500
13352 .cindex "body of message" "visible size"
13353 .cindex "message body" "visible size"
13354 .cindex "&$message_body$&"
13355 .cindex "&$message_body_end$&"
13356 This option specifies how much of a message's body is to be included in the
13357 &$message_body$& and &$message_body_end$& expansion variables.
13358
13359
13360 .option message_id_header_domain main string&!! unset
13361 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
13362 If this option is set, the string is expanded and used as the right hand side
13363 (domain) of the &'Message-ID:'& header that Exim creates if a
13364 locally-originated incoming message does not have one. &"Locally-originated"&
13365 means &"not received over TCP/IP."&
13366 Otherwise, the primary host name is used.
13367 Only letters, digits, dot and hyphen are accepted; any other characters are
13368 replaced by hyphens. If the expansion is forced to fail, or if the result is an
13369 empty string, the option is ignored.
13370
13371
13372 .option message_id_header_text main string&!! unset
13373 If this variable is set, the string is expanded and used to augment the text of
13374 the &'Message-id:'& header that Exim creates if a locally-originated incoming
13375 message does not have one. The text of this header is required by RFC 2822 to
13376 take the form of an address. By default, Exim uses its internal message id as
13377 the local part, and the primary host name as the domain. If this option is set,
13378 it is expanded, and provided the expansion is not forced to fail, and does not
13379 yield an empty string, the result is inserted into the header immediately
13380 before the @, separated from the internal message id by a dot. Any characters
13381 that are illegal in an address are automatically converted into hyphens. This
13382 means that variables such as &$tod_log$& can be used, because the spaces and
13383 colons will become hyphens.
13384
13385
13386 .option message_logs main boolean true
13387 .cindex "message log" "disabling"
13388 .cindex "log" "message log; disabling"
13389 If this option is turned off, per-message log files are not created in the
13390 &_msglog_& spool sub-directory. This reduces the amount of disk I/O required by
13391 Exim, by reducing the number of files involved in handling a message from a
13392 minimum of four (header spool file, body spool file, delivery journal, and
13393 per-message log) to three. The other major I/O activity is Exim's main log,
13394 which is not affected by this option.
13395
13396
13397 .option message_size_limit main string&!! 50M
13398 .cindex "message" "size limit"
13399 .cindex "limit" "message size"
13400 .cindex "size of message" "limit"
13401 This option limits the maximum size of message that Exim will process. The
13402 value is expanded for each incoming
13403 connection so, for example, it can be made to depend on the IP address of the
13404 remote host for messages arriving via TCP/IP. &*Note*&: This limit cannot be
13405 made to depend on a message's sender or any other properties of an individual
13406 message, because it has to be advertised in the server's response to EHLO.
13407 String expansion failure causes a temporary error. A value of zero means no
13408 limit, but its use is not recommended. See also &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
13409
13410 Incoming SMTP messages are failed with a 552 error if the limit is
13411 exceeded; locally-generated messages either get a stderr message or a delivery
13412 failure message to the sender, depending on the &%-oe%& setting. Rejection of
13413 an oversized message is logged in both the main and the reject logs. See also
13414 the generic transport option &%message_size_limit%&, which limits the size of
13415 message that an individual transport can process.
13416
13417
13418 .option move_frozen_messages main boolean false
13419 .cindex "frozen messages" "moving"
13420 This option, which is available only if Exim has been built with the setting
13421 .code
13422 SUPPORT_MOVE_FROZEN_MESSAGES=yes
13423 .endd
13424 in &_Local/Makefile_&, causes frozen messages and their message logs to be
13425 moved from the &_input_& and &_msglog_& directories on the spool to &_Finput_&
13426 and &_Fmsglog_&, respectively. There is currently no support in Exim or the
13427 standard utilities for handling such moved messages, and they do not show up in
13428 lists generated by &%-bp%& or by the Exim monitor.
13429
13430
13431 .option mua_wrapper main boolean false
13432 Setting this option true causes Exim to run in a very restrictive mode in which
13433 it passes messages synchronously to a smart host. Chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&
13434 contains a full description of this facility.
13435
13436
13437
13438 .option mysql_servers main "string list" unset
13439 .cindex "MySQL" "server list"
13440 This option provides a list of MySQL servers and associated connection data, to
13441 be used in conjunction with &(mysql)& lookups (see section &<<SECTsql>>&). The
13442 option is available only if Exim has been built with MySQL support.
13443
13444
13445 .option never_users main "string list&!!" unset
13446 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. Local
13447 message deliveries are normally run in processes that are setuid to the
13448 recipient, and remote deliveries are normally run under Exim's own uid and gid.
13449 It is usually desirable to prevent any deliveries from running as root, as a
13450 safety precaution.
13451
13452 When Exim is built, an option called FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a
13453 list of users that must not be used for local deliveries. This list is fixed in
13454 the binary and cannot be overridden by the configuration file. By default, it
13455 contains just the single user name &"root"&. The &%never_users%& runtime option
13456 can be used to add more users to the fixed list.
13457
13458 If a message is to be delivered as one of the users on the fixed list or the
13459 &%never_users%& list, an error occurs, and delivery is deferred. A common
13460 example is
13461 .code
13462 never_users = root:daemon:bin
13463 .endd
13464 Including root is redundant if it is also on the fixed list, but it does no
13465 harm. This option overrides the &%pipe_as_creator%& option of the &(pipe)&
13466 transport driver.
13467
13468
13469 .option oracle_servers main "string list" unset
13470 .cindex "Oracle" "server list"
13471 This option provides a list of Oracle servers and associated connection data,
13472 to be used in conjunction with &(oracle)& lookups (see section &<<SECTsql>>&).
13473 The option is available only if Exim has been built with Oracle support.
13474
13475
13476 .option percent_hack_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13477 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
13478 .cindex "source routing" "in email address"
13479 .cindex "address" "source-routed"
13480 The &"percent hack"& is the convention whereby a local part containing a
13481 percent sign is re-interpreted as a new email address, with the percent
13482 replaced by @. This is sometimes called &"source routing"&, though that term is
13483 also applied to RFC 2822 addresses that begin with an @ character. If this
13484 option is set, Exim implements the percent facility for those domains listed,
13485 but no others. This happens before an incoming SMTP address is tested against
13486 an ACL.
13487
13488 &*Warning*&: The &"percent hack"& has often been abused by people who are
13489 trying to get round relaying restrictions. For this reason, it is best avoided
13490 if at all possible. Unfortunately, a number of less security-conscious MTAs
13491 implement it unconditionally. If you are running Exim on a gateway host, and
13492 routing mail through to internal MTAs without processing the local parts, it is
13493 a good idea to reject recipient addresses with percent characters in their
13494 local parts. Exim's default configuration does this.
13495
13496
13497 .option perl_at_start main boolean false
13498 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
13499 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
13500
13501
13502 .option perl_startup main string unset
13503 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
13504 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
13505
13506
13507 .option pgsql_servers main "string list" unset
13508 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type" "server list"
13509 This option provides a list of PostgreSQL servers and associated connection
13510 data, to be used in conjunction with &(pgsql)& lookups (see section
13511 &<<SECTsql>>&). The option is available only if Exim has been built with
13512 PostgreSQL support.
13513
13514
13515 .option pid_file_path main string&!! "set at compile time"
13516 .cindex "daemon" "pid file path"
13517 .cindex "pid file" "path for"
13518 This option sets the name of the file to which the Exim daemon writes its
13519 process id. The string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, references
13520 to the host name:
13521 .code
13522 pid_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim.pid
13523 .endd
13524 If no path is set, the pid is written to the file &_exim-daemon.pid_& in Exim's
13525 spool directory.
13526 The value set by the option can be overridden by the &%-oP%& command line
13527 option. A pid file is not written if a &"non-standard"& daemon is run by means
13528 of the &%-oX%& option, unless a path is explicitly supplied by &%-oP%&.
13529
13530
13531 .option pipelining_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
13532 .cindex "PIPELINING advertising" "suppressing"
13533 This option can be used to suppress the advertisement of the SMTP
13534 PIPELINING extension to specific hosts. When PIPELINING is not
13535 advertised and &%smtp_enforce_sync%& is true, an Exim server enforces strict
13536 synchronization for each SMTP command and response.
13537 When PIPELINING is advertised, Exim assumes that clients will use it; &"out
13538 of order"& commands that are &"expected"& do not count as protocol errors (see
13539 &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%&).
13540
13541
13542 .option preserve_message_logs main boolean false
13543 .cindex "message logs" "preserving"
13544 If this option is set, message log files are not deleted when messages are
13545 completed. Instead, they are moved to a sub-directory of the spool directory
13546 called &_msglog.OLD_&, where they remain available for statistical or debugging
13547 purposes. This is a dangerous option to set on systems with any appreciable
13548 volume of mail. Use with care!
13549
13550
13551 .option primary_hostname main string "see below"
13552 .cindex "name" "of local host"
13553 .cindex "host" "name of local"
13554 .cindex "local host" "name of"
13555 .cindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
13556 This specifies the name of the current host. It is used in the default EHLO or
13557 HELO command for outgoing SMTP messages (changeable via the &%helo_data%&
13558 option in the &(smtp)& transport), and as the default for &%qualify_domain%&.
13559 The value is also used by default in some SMTP response messages from an Exim
13560 server. This can be changed dynamically by setting &%smtp_active_hostname%&.
13561
13562 If &%primary_hostname%& is not set, Exim calls &[uname()]& to find the host
13563 name. If this fails, Exim panics and dies. If the name returned by &[uname()]&
13564 contains only one component, Exim passes it to &[gethostbyname()]& (or
13565 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) in order to obtain the fully qualified
13566 version. The variable &$primary_hostname$& contains the host name, whether set
13567 explicitly by this option, or defaulted.
13568
13569
13570 .option print_topbitchars main boolean false
13571 .cindex "printing characters"
13572 .cindex "8-bit characters"
13573 By default, Exim considers only those characters whose codes lie in the range
13574 32&--126 to be printing characters. In a number of circumstances (for example,
13575 when writing log entries) non-printing characters are converted into escape
13576 sequences, primarily to avoid messing up the layout. If &%print_topbitchars%&
13577 is set, code values of 128 and above are also considered to be printing
13578 characters.
13579
13580 This option also affects the header syntax checks performed by the
13581 &(autoreply)& transport, and whether Exim uses RFC 2047 encoding of
13582 the user's full name when constructing From: and Sender: addresses (as
13583 described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&). Setting this option can cause
13584 Exim to generate eight bit message headers that do not conform to the
13585 standards.
13586
13587
13588 .option process_log_path main string unset
13589 .cindex "process log path"
13590 .cindex "log" "process log"
13591 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
13592 This option sets the name of the file to which an Exim process writes its
13593 &"process log"& when sent a USR1 signal. This is used by the &'exiwhat'&
13594 utility script. If this option is unset, the file called &_exim-process.info_&
13595 in Exim's spool directory is used. The ability to specify the name explicitly
13596 can be useful in environments where two different Exims are running, using
13597 different spool directories.
13598
13599
13600 .option prod_requires_admin main boolean true
13601 .cindex "&%-M%& option"
13602 .cindex "&%-R%& option"
13603 .cindex "&%-q%& option"
13604 The &%-M%&, &%-R%&, and &%-q%& command-line options require the caller to be an
13605 admin user unless &%prod_requires_admin%& is set false. See also
13606 &%queue_list_requires_admin%&.
13607
13608
13609 .option qualify_domain main string "see below"
13610 .cindex "domain" "for qualifying addresses"
13611 .cindex "address" "qualification"
13612 This option specifies the domain name that is added to any envelope sender
13613 addresses that do not have a domain qualification. It also applies to
13614 recipient addresses if &%qualify_recipient%& is not set. Unqualified addresses
13615 are accepted by default only for locally-generated messages. Qualification is
13616 also applied to addresses in header lines such as &'From:'& and &'To:'& for
13617 locally-generated messages, unless the &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
13618
13619 Messages from external sources must always contain fully qualified addresses,
13620 unless the sending host matches &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or
13621 &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& (as appropriate), in which case incoming
13622 addresses are qualified with &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%& as
13623 necessary. Internally, Exim always works with fully qualified envelope
13624 addresses. If &%qualify_domain%& is not set, it defaults to the
13625 &%primary_hostname%& value.
13626
13627
13628 .option qualify_recipient main string "see below"
13629 This option allows you to specify a different domain for qualifying recipient
13630 addresses to the one that is used for senders. See &%qualify_domain%& above.
13631
13632
13633
13634 .option queue_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13635 .cindex "domain" "specifying non-immediate delivery"
13636 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13637 .cindex "message" "queueing certain domains"
13638 This option lists domains for which immediate delivery is not required.
13639 A delivery process is started whenever a message is received, but only those
13640 domains that do not match are processed. All other deliveries wait until the
13641 next queue run. See also &%hold_domains%& and &%queue_smtp_domains%&.
13642
13643
13644 .option queue_list_requires_admin main boolean true
13645 .cindex "&%-bp%& option"
13646 The &%-bp%& command-line option, which lists the messages that are on the
13647 queue, requires the caller to be an admin user unless
13648 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false. See also &%prod_requires_admin%&.
13649
13650
13651 .option queue_only main boolean false
13652 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13653 .cindex "message" "queueing unconditionally"
13654 If &%queue_only%& is set, a delivery process is not automatically started
13655 whenever a message is received. Instead, the message waits on the queue for the
13656 next queue run. Even if &%queue_only%& is false, incoming messages may not get
13657 delivered immediately when certain conditions (such as heavy load) occur.
13658
13659 The &%-odq%& command line has the same effect as &%queue_only%&. The &%-odb%&
13660 and &%-odi%& command line options override &%queue_only%& unless
13661 &%queue_only_override%& is set false. See also &%queue_only_file%&,
13662 &%queue_only_load%&, and &%smtp_accept_queue%&.
13663
13664
13665 .option queue_only_file main string unset
13666 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13667 .cindex "message" "queueing by file existence"
13668 This option can be set to a colon-separated list of absolute path names, each
13669 one optionally preceded by &"smtp"&. When Exim is receiving a message,
13670 it tests for the existence of each listed path using a call to &[stat()]&. For
13671 each path that exists, the corresponding queuing option is set.
13672 For paths with no prefix, &%queue_only%& is set; for paths prefixed by
13673 &"smtp"&, &%queue_smtp_domains%& is set to match all domains. So, for example,
13674 .code
13675 queue_only_file = smtp/some/file
13676 .endd
13677 causes Exim to behave as if &%queue_smtp_domains%& were set to &"*"& whenever
13678 &_/some/file_& exists.
13679
13680
13681 .option queue_only_load main fixed-point unset
13682 .cindex "load average"
13683 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13684 .cindex "message" "queueing by load"
13685 If the system load average is higher than this value, incoming messages from
13686 all sources are queued, and no automatic deliveries are started. If this
13687 happens during local or remote SMTP input, all subsequent messages on the same
13688 connection are queued. Deliveries will subsequently be performed by queue
13689 runner processes. This option has no effect on ancient operating systems on
13690 which Exim cannot determine the load average. See also
13691 &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
13692
13693
13694 .option queue_only_override main boolean true
13695 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13696 When this option is true, the &%-od%&&'x'& command line options override the
13697 setting of &%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%& in the configuration file. If
13698 &%queue_only_override%& is set false, the &%-od%&&'x'& options cannot be used
13699 to override; they are accepted, but ignored.
13700
13701
13702 .option queue_run_in_order main boolean false
13703 .cindex "queue runner" "processing messages in order"
13704 If this option is set, queue runs happen in order of message arrival instead of
13705 in an arbitrary order. For this to happen, a complete list of the entire queue
13706 must be set up before the deliveries start. When the queue is all held in a
13707 single directory (the default), a single list is created for both the ordered
13708 and the non-ordered cases. However, if &%split_spool_directory%& is set, a
13709 single list is not created when &%queue_run_in_order%& is false. In this case,
13710 the sub-directories are processed one at a time (in a random order), and this
13711 avoids setting up one huge list for the whole queue. Thus, setting
13712 &%queue_run_in_order%& with &%split_spool_directory%& may degrade performance
13713 when the queue is large, because of the extra work in setting up the single,
13714 large list. In most situations, &%queue_run_in_order%& should not be set.
13715
13716
13717
13718 .option queue_run_max main integer 5
13719 .cindex "queue runner" "maximum number of"
13720 This controls the maximum number of queue runner processes that an Exim daemon
13721 can run simultaneously. This does not mean that it starts them all at once,
13722 but rather that if the maximum number are still running when the time comes to
13723 start another one, it refrains from starting another one. This can happen with
13724 very large queues and/or very sluggish deliveries. This option does not,
13725 however, interlock with other processes, so additional queue runners can be
13726 started by other means, or by killing and restarting the daemon.
13727
13728 Setting this option to zero does not suppress queue runs; rather, it disables
13729 the limit, allowing any number of simultaneous queue runner processes to be
13730 run. If you do not want queue runs to occur, omit the &%-q%&&'xx'& setting on
13731 the daemon's command line.
13732
13733 .option queue_smtp_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13734 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
13735 .cindex "message" "queueing remote deliveries"
13736 When this option is set, a delivery process is started whenever a message is
13737 received, routing is performed, and local deliveries take place.
13738 However, if any SMTP deliveries are required for domains that match
13739 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, they are not immediately delivered, but instead the
13740 message waits on the queue for the next queue run. Since routing of the message
13741 has taken place, Exim knows to which remote hosts it must be delivered, and so
13742 when the queue run happens, multiple messages for the same host are delivered
13743 over a single SMTP connection. The &%-odqs%& command line option causes all
13744 SMTP deliveries to be queued in this way, and is equivalent to setting
13745 &%queue_smtp_domains%& to &"*"&. See also &%hold_domains%& and
13746 &%queue_domains%&.
13747
13748
13749 .option receive_timeout main time 0s
13750 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
13751 This option sets the timeout for accepting a non-SMTP message, that is, the
13752 maximum time that Exim waits when reading a message on the standard input. If
13753 the value is zero, it will wait for ever. This setting is overridden by the
13754 &%-or%& command line option. The timeout for incoming SMTP messages is
13755 controlled by &%smtp_receive_timeout%&.
13756
13757 .option received_header_text main string&!! "see below"
13758 .cindex "customizing" "&'Received:'& header"
13759 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "customizing"
13760 This string defines the contents of the &'Received:'& message header that is
13761 added to each message, except for the timestamp, which is automatically added
13762 on at the end (preceded by a semicolon). The string is expanded each time it is
13763 used. If the expansion yields an empty string, no &'Received:'& header line is
13764 added to the message. Otherwise, the string should start with the text
13765 &"Received:"& and conform to the RFC 2822 specification for &'Received:'&
13766 header lines. The default setting is:
13767
13768 .code
13769 received_header_text = Received: \
13770 ${if def:sender_rcvhost {from $sender_rcvhost\n\t}\
13771 {${if def:sender_ident \
13772 {from ${quote_local_part:$sender_ident} }}\
13773 ${if def:sender_helo_name {(helo=$sender_helo_name)\n\t}}}}\
13774 by $primary_hostname \
13775 ${if def:received_protocol {with $received_protocol}} \
13776 ${if def:tls_cipher {($tls_cipher)\n\t}}\
13777 (Exim $version_number)\n\t\
13778 ${if def:sender_address \
13779 {(envelope-from <$sender_address>)\n\t}}\
13780 id $message_exim_id\
13781 ${if def:received_for {\n\tfor $received_for}}
13782 .endd
13783
13784 The reference to the TLS cipher is omitted when Exim is built without TLS
13785 support. The use of conditional expansions ensures that this works for both
13786 locally generated messages and messages received from remote hosts, giving
13787 header lines such as the following:
13788 .code
13789 Received: from scrooge.carol.example ([192.168.12.25] ident=root)
13790 by marley.carol.example with esmtp (Exim 4.00)
13791 (envelope-from <bob@carol.example>)
13792 id 16IOWa-00019l-00
13793 for chas@dickens.example; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:44 +0000
13794 Received: by scrooge.carol.example with local (Exim 4.00)
13795 id 16IOWW-000083-00; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:41 +0000
13796 .endd
13797 Until the body of the message has been received, the timestamp is the time when
13798 the message started to be received. Once the body has arrived, and all policy
13799 checks have taken place, the timestamp is updated to the time at which the
13800 message was accepted.
13801
13802
13803 .option received_headers_max main integer 30
13804 .cindex "loop" "prevention"
13805 .cindex "mail loop prevention"
13806 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "counting"
13807 When a message is to be delivered, the number of &'Received:'& headers is
13808 counted, and if it is greater than this parameter, a mail loop is assumed to
13809 have occurred, the delivery is abandoned, and an error message is generated.
13810 This applies to both local and remote deliveries.
13811
13812
13813 .option recipient_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13814 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
13815 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
13816 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
13817 recipient addresses in message envelopes. The addresses are made fully
13818 qualified by the addition of the &%qualify_recipient%& value. This option also
13819 affects message header lines. Exim does not reject unqualified recipient
13820 addresses in headers, but it qualifies them only if the message came from a
13821 host that matches &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
13822 or if the message was submitted locally (not using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%&
13823 option was not set.
13824
13825
13826 .option recipients_max main integer 0
13827 .cindex "limit" "number of recipients"
13828 .cindex "recipient" "maximum number"
13829 If this option is set greater than zero, it specifies the maximum number of
13830 original recipients for any message. Additional recipients that are generated
13831 by aliasing or forwarding do not count. SMTP messages get a 452 response for
13832 all recipients over the limit; earlier recipients are delivered as normal.
13833 Non-SMTP messages with too many recipients are failed, and no deliveries are
13834 done.
13835
13836 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of incoming"
13837 &*Note*&: The RFCs specify that an SMTP server should accept at least 100
13838 RCPT commands in a single message.
13839
13840
13841 .option recipients_max_reject main boolean false
13842 If this option is set true, Exim rejects SMTP messages containing too many
13843 recipients by giving 552 errors to the surplus RCPT commands, and a 554
13844 error to the eventual DATA command. Otherwise (the default) it gives a 452
13845 error to the surplus RCPT commands and accepts the message on behalf of the
13846 initial set of recipients. The remote server should then re-send the message
13847 for the remaining recipients at a later time.
13848
13849
13850 .option remote_max_parallel main integer 2
13851 .cindex "delivery" "parallelism for remote"
13852 This option controls parallel delivery of one message to a number of remote
13853 hosts. If the value is less than 2, parallel delivery is disabled, and Exim
13854 does all the remote deliveries for a message one by one. Otherwise, if a single
13855 message has to be delivered to more than one remote host, or if several copies
13856 have to be sent to the same remote host, up to &%remote_max_parallel%&
13857 deliveries are done simultaneously. If more than &%remote_max_parallel%&
13858 deliveries are required, the maximum number of processes are started, and as
13859 each one finishes, another is begun. The order of starting processes is the
13860 same as if sequential delivery were being done, and can be controlled by the
13861 &%remote_sort_domains%& option. If parallel delivery takes place while running
13862 with debugging turned on, the debugging output from each delivery process is
13863 tagged with its process id.
13864
13865 This option controls only the maximum number of parallel deliveries for one
13866 message in one Exim delivery process. Because Exim has no central queue
13867 manager, there is no way of controlling the total number of simultaneous
13868 deliveries if the configuration allows a delivery attempt as soon as a message
13869 is received.
13870
13871 .cindex "number of deliveries"
13872 .cindex "delivery" "maximum number of"
13873 If you want to control the total number of deliveries on the system, you
13874 need to set the &%queue_only%& option. This ensures that all incoming messages
13875 are added to the queue without starting a delivery process. Then set up an Exim
13876 daemon to start queue runner processes at appropriate intervals (probably
13877 fairly often, for example, every minute), and limit the total number of queue
13878 runners by setting the &%queue_run_max%& parameter. Because each queue runner
13879 delivers only one message at a time, the maximum number of deliveries that can
13880 then take place at once is &%queue_run_max%& multiplied by
13881 &%remote_max_parallel%&.
13882
13883 If it is purely remote deliveries you want to control, use
13884 &%queue_smtp_domains%& instead of &%queue_only%&. This has the added benefit of
13885 doing the SMTP routing before queuing, so that several messages for the same
13886 host will eventually get delivered down the same connection.
13887
13888
13889 .option remote_sort_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13890 .cindex "sorting remote deliveries"
13891 .cindex "delivery" "sorting remote"
13892 When there are a number of remote deliveries for a message, they are sorted by
13893 domain into the order given by this list. For example,
13894 .code
13895 remote_sort_domains = *.cam.ac.uk:*.uk
13896 .endd
13897 would attempt to deliver to all addresses in the &'cam.ac.uk'& domain first,
13898 then to those in the &%uk%& domain, then to any others.
13899
13900
13901 .option retry_data_expire main time 7d
13902 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
13903 This option sets a &"use before"& time on retry information in Exim's hints
13904 database. Any older retry data is ignored. This means that, for example, once a
13905 host has not been tried for 7 days, Exim behaves as if it has no knowledge of
13906 past failures.
13907
13908
13909 .option retry_interval_max main time 24h
13910 .cindex "retry" "limit on interval"
13911 .cindex "limit" "on retry interval"
13912 Chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& describes Exim's mechanisms for controlling the
13913 intervals between delivery attempts for messages that cannot be delivered
13914 straight away. This option sets an overall limit to the length of time between
13915 retries. It cannot be set greater than 24 hours; any attempt to do so forces
13916 the default value.
13917
13918
13919 .option return_path_remove main boolean true
13920 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line" "removing"
13921 RFC 2821, section 4.4, states that an SMTP server must insert a
13922 &'Return-path:'& header line into a message when it makes a &"final delivery"&.
13923 The &'Return-path:'& header preserves the sender address as received in the
13924 MAIL command. This description implies that this header should not be present
13925 in an incoming message. If &%return_path_remove%& is true, any existing
13926 &'Return-path:'& headers are removed from messages at the time they are
13927 received. Exim's transports have options for adding &'Return-path:'& headers at
13928 the time of delivery. They are normally used only for final local deliveries.
13929
13930
13931 .option return_size_limit main integer 100K
13932 This option is an obsolete synonym for &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
13933
13934
13935 .option rfc1413_hosts main "host list&!!" *
13936 .cindex "RFC 1413"
13937 .cindex "host" "for RFC 1413 calls"
13938 RFC 1413 identification calls are made to any client host which matches an item
13939 in the list.
13940
13941 .option rfc1413_query_timeout main time 5s
13942 .cindex "RFC 1413" "query timeout"
13943 .cindex "timeout" "for RFC 1413 call"
13944 This sets the timeout on RFC 1413 identification calls. If it is set to zero,
13945 no RFC 1413 calls are ever made.
13946
13947
13948 .option sender_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13949 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
13950 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
13951 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
13952 sender addresses. The addresses are made fully qualified by the addition of
13953 &%qualify_domain%&. This option also affects message header lines. Exim does
13954 not reject unqualified addresses in headers that contain sender addresses, but
13955 it qualifies them only if the message came from a host that matches
13956 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%&, or if the message was submitted locally (not
13957 using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%& option was not set.
13958
13959
13960 .option smtp_accept_keepalive main boolean true
13961 .cindex "keepalive" "on incoming connection"
13962 This option controls the setting of the SO_KEEPALIVE option on incoming
13963 TCP/IP socket connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle
13964 connections periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The
13965 other end of the connection should send an acknowledgement if the connection is
13966 still okay or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing
13967 this is that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of
13968 connection that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without
13969 tidying up the TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several
13970 hours to detect unreachable hosts.
13971
13972
13973
13974 .option smtp_accept_max main integer 20
13975 .cindex "limit" "incoming SMTP connections"
13976 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
13977 .cindex "inetd"
13978 This option specifies the maximum number of simultaneous incoming SMTP calls
13979 that Exim will accept. It applies only to the listening daemon; there is no
13980 control (in Exim) when incoming SMTP is being handled by &'inetd'&. If the
13981 value is set to zero, no limit is applied. However, it is required to be
13982 non-zero if either &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& or &%smtp_accept_queue%& is
13983 set. See also &%smtp_accept_reserve%&.
13984
13985
13986
13987 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail main integer 10
13988 .cindex "limit" "non-mail SMTP commands"
13989 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting non-mail commands"
13990 Exim counts the number of &"non-mail"& commands in an SMTP session, and drops
13991 the connection if there are too many. This option defines &"too many"&. The
13992 check catches some denial-of-service attacks, repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
13993 client looping sending EHLO, for example. The check is applied only if the
13994 client host matches &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&.
13995
13996 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
13997 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
13998 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurence of HELO
13999 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
14000 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
14001 counted. The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately
14002 following STARTTLS is not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than
14003 MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
14004
14005
14006 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14007 You can control which hosts are subject to the &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
14008 check by setting this option. The default value makes it apply to all hosts. By
14009 changing the value, you can exclude any badly-behaved hosts that you have to
14010 live with.
14011
14012
14013
14014 .option smtp_accept_max_per_connection main integer 1000
14015 .cindex "SMTP incoming message count" "limiting"
14016 .cindex "limit" "messages per SMTP connection"
14017 The value of this option limits the number of MAIL commands that Exim is
14018 prepared to accept over a single SMTP connection, whether or not each command
14019 results in the transfer of a message. After the limit is reached, a 421
14020 response is given to subsequent MAIL commands. This limit is a safety
14021 precaution against a client that goes mad (incidents of this type have been
14022 seen).
14023
14024
14025 .option smtp_accept_max_per_host main string&!! unset
14026 .cindex "limit" "SMTP connections from one host"
14027 .cindex "host" "limiting SMTP connections from"
14028 This option restricts the number of simultaneous IP connections from a single
14029 host (strictly, from a single IP address) to the Exim daemon. The option is
14030 expanded, to enable different limits to be applied to different hosts by
14031 reference to &$sender_host_address$&. Once the limit is reached, additional
14032 connection attempts from the same host are rejected with error code 421. The
14033 default value of zero imposes no limit. If this option is set, it is required
14034 that &%smtp_accept_max%& be non-zero.
14035
14036 &*Warning*&: When setting this option you should not use any expansion
14037 constructions that take an appreciable amount of time. The expansion and test
14038 happen in the main daemon loop, in order to reject additional connections
14039 without forking additional processes (otherwise a denial-of-service attack
14040 could cause a vast number or processes to be created). While the daemon is
14041 doing this processing, it cannot accept any other incoming connections.
14042
14043
14044
14045 .option smtp_accept_queue main integer 0
14046 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
14047 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14048 .cindex "message" "queueing by SMTP connection count"
14049 If the number of simultaneous incoming SMTP calls handled via the listening
14050 daemon exceeds this value, messages received by SMTP are just placed on the
14051 queue; no delivery processes are started automatically. A value of zero implies
14052 no limit, and clearly any non-zero value is useful only if it is less than the
14053 &%smtp_accept_max%& value (unless that is zero). See also &%queue_only%&,
14054 &%queue_only_load%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&, and the various &%-od%&&'x'&
14055 command line options.
14056
14057
14058 .option smtp_accept_queue_per_connection main integer 10
14059 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14060 .cindex "message" "queueing by message count"
14061 This option limits the number of delivery processes that Exim starts
14062 automatically when receiving messages via SMTP, whether via the daemon or by
14063 the use of &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&. If the value of the option is greater than zero,
14064 and the number of messages received in a single SMTP session exceeds this
14065 number, subsequent messages are placed on the queue, but no delivery processes
14066 are started. This helps to limit the number of Exim processes when a server
14067 restarts after downtime and there is a lot of mail waiting for it on other
14068 systems. On large systems, the default should probably be increased, and on
14069 dial-in client systems it should probably be set to zero (that is, disabled).
14070
14071
14072 .option smtp_accept_reserve main integer 0
14073 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming call count"
14074 .cindex "host" "reserved"
14075 When &%smtp_accept_max%& is set greater than zero, this option specifies a
14076 number of SMTP connections that are reserved for connections from the hosts
14077 that are specified in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&. The value set in
14078 &%smtp_accept_max%& includes this reserve pool. The specified hosts are not
14079 restricted to this number of connections; the option specifies a minimum number
14080 of connection slots for them, not a maximum. It is a guarantee that that group
14081 of hosts can always get at least &%smtp_accept_reserve%& connections.
14082
14083 For example, if &%smtp_accept_max%& is set to 50 and &%smtp_accept_reserve%& is
14084 set to 5, once there are 45 active connections (from any hosts), new
14085 connections are accepted only from hosts listed in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&.
14086 See also &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%&.
14087
14088
14089 .option smtp_active_hostname main string&!! unset
14090 .cindex "host" "name in SMTP responses"
14091 .cindex "SMTP" "host name in responses"
14092 .cindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
14093 This option is provided for multi-homed servers that want to masquerade as
14094 several different hosts. At the start of an SMTP connection, its value is
14095 expanded and used instead of the value of &$primary_hostname$& in SMTP
14096 responses. For example, it is used as domain name in the response to an
14097 incoming HELO or EHLO command.
14098
14099 .cindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
14100 It is also used in HELO commands for callout verification. The active hostname
14101 is placed in the &$smtp_active_hostname$& variable, which is saved with any
14102 messages that are received. It is therefore available for use in routers and
14103 transports when the message is later delivered.
14104
14105 If this option is unset, or if its expansion is forced to fail, or if the
14106 expansion results in an empty string, the value of &$primary_hostname$& is
14107 used. Other expansion failures cause a message to be written to the main and
14108 panic logs, and the SMTP command receives a temporary error. Typically, the
14109 value of &%smtp_active_hostname%& depends on the incoming interface address.
14110 For example:
14111 .code
14112 smtp_active_hostname = ${if eq{$interface_address}{10.0.0.1}\
14113 {cox.mydomain}{box.mydomain}}
14114 .endd
14115
14116 .option smtp_banner main string&!! "see below"
14117 .cindex "SMTP" "welcome banner"
14118 .cindex "banner for SMTP"
14119 .cindex "welcome banner for SMTP"
14120 .cindex "customizing" "SMTP banner"
14121 This string, which is expanded every time it is used, is output as the initial
14122 positive response to an SMTP connection. The default setting is:
14123 .code
14124 smtp_banner = $smtp_active_hostname ESMTP Exim \
14125 $version_number $tod_full
14126 .endd
14127 Failure to expand the string causes a panic error. If you want to create a
14128 multiline response to the initial SMTP connection, use &"\n"& in the string at
14129 appropriate points, but not at the end. Note that the 220 code is not included
14130 in this string. Exim adds it automatically (several times in the case of a
14131 multiline response).
14132
14133
14134 .option smtp_check_spool_space main boolean true
14135 .cindex "checking disk space"
14136 .cindex "disk space" "checking"
14137 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
14138 When this option is set, if an incoming SMTP session encounters the SIZE
14139 option on a MAIL command, it checks that there is enough space in the
14140 spool directory's partition to accept a message of that size, while still
14141 leaving free the amount specified by &%check_spool_space%& (even if that value
14142 is zero). If there isn't enough space, a temporary error code is returned.
14143
14144
14145 .option smtp_connect_backlog main integer 20
14146 .cindex "connection backlog"
14147 .cindex "SMTP" "connection backlog"
14148 .cindex "backlog of connections"
14149 This option specifies a maximum number of waiting SMTP connections. Exim passes
14150 this value to the TCP/IP system when it sets up its listener. Once this number
14151 of connections are waiting for the daemon's attention, subsequent connection
14152 attempts are refused at the TCP/IP level. At least, that is what the manuals
14153 say; in some circumstances such connection attempts have been observed to time
14154 out instead. For large systems it is probably a good idea to increase the
14155 value (to 50, say). It also gives some protection against denial-of-service
14156 attacks by SYN flooding.
14157
14158
14159 .option smtp_enforce_sync main boolean true
14160 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
14161 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
14162 The SMTP protocol specification requires the client to wait for a response from
14163 the server at certain points in the dialogue. Without PIPELINING these
14164 synchronization points are after every command; with PIPELINING they are
14165 fewer, but they still exist.
14166
14167 Some spamming sites send out a complete set of SMTP commands without waiting
14168 for any response. Exim protects against this by rejecting a message if the
14169 client has sent further input when it should not have. The error response &"554
14170 SMTP synchronization error"& is sent, and the connection is dropped. Testing
14171 for this error cannot be perfect because of transmission delays (unexpected
14172 input may be on its way but not yet received when Exim checks). However, it
14173 does detect many instances.
14174
14175 The check can be globally disabled by setting &%smtp_enforce_sync%& false.
14176 If you want to disable the check selectively (for example, only for certain
14177 hosts), you can do so by an appropriate use of a &%control%& modifier in an ACL
14178 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&). See also &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&.
14179
14180
14181
14182 .option smtp_etrn_command main string&!! unset
14183 .cindex "ETRN" "command to be run"
14184 .cindex "&$domain$&"
14185 If this option is set, the given command is run whenever an SMTP ETRN
14186 command is received from a host that is permitted to issue such commands (see
14187 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). The string is split up into separate arguments which
14188 are independently expanded. The expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the
14189 argument of the ETRN command, and no syntax checking is done on it. For
14190 example:
14191 .code
14192 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
14193 $sender_host_address
14194 .endd
14195 A new process is created to run the command, but Exim does not wait for it to
14196 complete. Consequently, its status cannot be checked. If the command cannot be
14197 run, a line is written to the panic log, but the ETRN caller still receives
14198 a 250 success response. Exim is normally running under its own uid when
14199 receiving SMTP, so it is not possible for it to change the uid before running
14200 the command.
14201
14202
14203 .option smtp_etrn_serialize main boolean true
14204 .cindex "ETRN" "serializing"
14205 When this option is set, it prevents the simultaneous execution of more than
14206 one identical command as a result of ETRN in an SMTP connection. See
14207 section &<<SECTETRN>>& for details.
14208
14209
14210 .option smtp_load_reserve main fixed-point unset
14211 .cindex "load average"
14212 If the system load average ever gets higher than this, incoming SMTP calls are
14213 accepted only from those hosts that match an entry in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&.
14214 If &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& is not set, no incoming SMTP calls are accepted when
14215 the load is over the limit. The option has no effect on ancient operating
14216 systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average. See also
14217 &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and &%queue_only_load%&.
14218
14219
14220
14221 .option smtp_max_synprot_errors main integer 3
14222 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting syntax and protocol errors"
14223 .cindex "limit" "SMTP syntax and protocol errors"
14224 Exim rejects SMTP commands that contain syntax or protocol errors. In
14225 particular, a syntactically invalid email address, as in this command:
14226 .code
14227 RCPT TO:<abc xyz@a.b.c>
14228 .endd
14229 causes immediate rejection of the command, before any other tests are done.
14230 (The ACL cannot be run if there is no valid address to set up for it.) An
14231 example of a protocol error is receiving RCPT before MAIL. If there are
14232 too many syntax or protocol errors in one SMTP session, the connection is
14233 dropped. The limit is set by this option.
14234
14235 .cindex "PIPELINING" "expected errors"
14236 When the PIPELINING extension to SMTP is in use, some protocol errors are
14237 &"expected"&, for instance, a RCPT command after a rejected MAIL command.
14238 Exim assumes that PIPELINING will be used if it advertises it (see
14239 &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&), and in this situation, &"expected"& errors do
14240 not count towards the limit.
14241
14242
14243
14244 .option smtp_max_unknown_commands main integer 3
14245 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting unknown commands"
14246 .cindex "limit" "unknown SMTP commands"
14247 If there are too many unrecognized commands in an incoming SMTP session, an
14248 Exim server drops the connection. This is a defence against some kinds of abuse
14249 that subvert web
14250 clients
14251 into making connections to SMTP ports; in these circumstances, a number of
14252 non-SMTP command lines are sent first.
14253
14254
14255
14256 .option smtp_ratelimit_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14257 .cindex "SMTP" "rate limiting"
14258 .cindex "limit" "rate of message arrival"
14259 .cindex "RCPT" "rate limiting"
14260 Some sites find it helpful to be able to limit the rate at which certain hosts
14261 can send them messages, and the rate at which an individual message can specify
14262 recipients.
14263
14264 Exim has two rate-limiting facilities. This section describes the older
14265 facility, which can limit rates within a single connection. The newer
14266 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can limit rates across all connections. See section
14267 &<<SECTratelimiting>>& for details of the newer facility.
14268
14269 When a host matches &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%&, the values of
14270 &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& and &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& are used to control the
14271 rate of acceptance of MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session,
14272 respectively. Each option, if set, must contain a set of four comma-separated
14273 values:
14274
14275 .ilist
14276 A threshold, before which there is no rate limiting.
14277 .next
14278 An initial time delay. Unlike other times in Exim, numbers with decimal
14279 fractional parts are allowed here.
14280 .next
14281 A factor by which to increase the delay each time.
14282 .next
14283 A maximum value for the delay. This should normally be less than 5 minutes,
14284 because after that time, the client is liable to timeout the SMTP command.
14285 .endlist
14286
14287 For example, these settings have been used successfully at the site which
14288 first suggested this feature, for controlling mail from their customers:
14289 .code
14290 smtp_ratelimit_mail = 2,0.5s,1.05,4m
14291 smtp_ratelimit_rcpt = 4,0.25s,1.015,4m
14292 .endd
14293 The first setting specifies delays that are applied to MAIL commands after
14294 two have been received over a single connection. The initial delay is 0.5
14295 seconds, increasing by a factor of 1.05 each time. The second setting applies
14296 delays to RCPT commands when more than four occur in a single message.
14297
14298
14299 .option smtp_ratelimit_mail main string unset
14300 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14301
14302
14303 .option smtp_ratelimit_rcpt main string unset
14304 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14305
14306
14307 .option smtp_receive_timeout main time 5m
14308 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
14309 .cindex "SMTP timeout" "input"
14310 This sets a timeout value for SMTP reception. It applies to all forms of SMTP
14311 input, including batch SMTP. If a line of input (either an SMTP command or a
14312 data line) is not received within this time, the SMTP connection is dropped and
14313 the message is abandoned.
14314 A line is written to the log containing one of the following messages:
14315 .code
14316 SMTP command timeout on connection from...
14317 SMTP data timeout on connection from...
14318 .endd
14319 The former means that Exim was expecting to read an SMTP command; the latter
14320 means that it was in the DATA phase, reading the contents of a message.
14321
14322
14323 .cindex "&%-os%& option"
14324 The value set by this option can be overridden by the
14325 &%-os%& command-line option. A setting of zero time disables the timeout, but
14326 this should never be used for SMTP over TCP/IP. (It can be useful in some cases
14327 of local input using &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&.) For non-SMTP input, the reception
14328 timeout is controlled by &%receive_timeout%& and &%-or%&.
14329
14330
14331 .option smtp_reserve_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14332 This option defines hosts for which SMTP connections are reserved; see
14333 &%smtp_accept_reserve%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%& above.
14334
14335
14336 .option smtp_return_error_details main boolean false
14337 .cindex "SMTP" "details policy failures"
14338 .cindex "policy control rejection" "returning details"
14339 In the default state, Exim uses bland messages such as
14340 &"Administrative prohibition"& when it rejects SMTP commands for policy
14341 reasons. Many sysadmins like this because it gives away little information
14342 to spammers. However, some other syadmins who are applying strict checking
14343 policies want to give out much fuller information about failures. Setting
14344 &%smtp_return_error_details%& true causes Exim to be more forthcoming. For
14345 example, instead of &"Administrative prohibition"&, it might give:
14346 .code
14347 550-Rejected after DATA: '>' missing at end of address:
14348 550 failing address in "From" header is: <user@dom.ain
14349 .endd
14350
14351 .option spamd_address main string "see below"
14352 This option is available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning
14353 extension. It specifies how Exim connects to SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon.
14354 The default value is
14355 .code
14356 127.0.0.1 783
14357 .endd
14358 See section &<<SECTscanspamass>>& for more details.
14359
14360
14361
14362 .option split_spool_directory main boolean false
14363 .cindex "multiple spool directories"
14364 .cindex "spool directory" "split"
14365 .cindex "directories" "multiple"
14366 If this option is set, it causes Exim to split its input directory into 62
14367 subdirectories, each with a single alphanumeric character as its name. The
14368 sixth character of the message id is used to allocate messages to
14369 subdirectories; this is the least significant base-62 digit of the time of
14370 arrival of the message.
14371
14372 Splitting up the spool in this way may provide better performance on systems
14373 where there are long mail queues, by reducing the number of files in any one
14374 directory. The msglog directory is also split up in a similar way to the input
14375 directory; however, if &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, all old msglog files
14376 are still placed in the single directory &_msglog.OLD_&.
14377
14378 It is not necessary to take any special action for existing messages when
14379 changing &%split_spool_directory%&. Exim notices messages that are in the
14380 &"wrong"& place, and continues to process them. If the option is turned off
14381 after a period of being on, the subdirectories will eventually empty and be
14382 automatically deleted.
14383
14384 When &%split_spool_directory%& is set, the behaviour of queue runner processes
14385 changes. Instead of creating a list of all messages in the queue, and then
14386 trying to deliver each one in turn, it constructs a list of those in one
14387 sub-directory and tries to deliver them, before moving on to the next
14388 sub-directory. The sub-directories are processed in a random order. This
14389 spreads out the scanning of the input directories, and uses less memory. It is
14390 particularly beneficial when there are lots of messages on the queue. However,
14391 if &%queue_run_in_order%& is set, none of this new processing happens. The
14392 entire queue has to be scanned and sorted before any deliveries can start.
14393
14394
14395 .option spool_directory main string&!! "set at compile time"
14396 .cindex "spool directory" "path to"
14397 This defines the directory in which Exim keeps its spool, that is, the messages
14398 it is waiting to deliver. The default value is taken from the compile-time
14399 configuration setting, if there is one. If not, this option must be set. The
14400 string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, a reference to
14401 &$primary_hostname$&.
14402
14403 If the spool directory name is fixed on your installation, it is recommended
14404 that you set it at build time rather than from this option, particularly if the
14405 log files are being written to the spool directory (see &%log_file_path%&).
14406 Otherwise log files cannot be used for errors that are detected early on, such
14407 as failures in the configuration file.
14408
14409 By using this option to override the compiled-in path, it is possible to run
14410 tests of Exim without using the standard spool.
14411
14412 .option sqlite_lock_timeout main time 5s
14413 .cindex "sqlite" "lock timeout"
14414 This option controls the timeout that the &(sqlite)& lookup uses when trying to
14415 access an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>& for more details.
14416
14417 .option strip_excess_angle_brackets main boolean false
14418 .cindex "angle brackets" "excess"
14419 If this option is set, redundant pairs of angle brackets round &"route-addr"&
14420 items in addresses are stripped. For example, &'<<xxx@a.b.c.d>>'& is
14421 treated as &'<xxx@a.b.c.d>'&. If this is in the envelope and the message is
14422 passed on to another MTA, the excess angle brackets are not passed on. If this
14423 option is not set, multiple pairs of angle brackets cause a syntax error.
14424
14425
14426 .option strip_trailing_dot main boolean false
14427 .cindex "trailing dot on domain"
14428 .cindex "dot" "trailing on domain"
14429 If this option is set, a trailing dot at the end of a domain in an address is
14430 ignored. If this is in the envelope and the message is passed on to another
14431 MTA, the dot is not passed on. If this option is not set, a dot at the end of a
14432 domain causes a syntax error.
14433 However, addresses in header lines are checked only when an ACL requests header
14434 syntax checking.
14435
14436
14437 .option syslog_duplication main boolean true
14438 .cindex "syslog" "duplicate log lines; suppressing"
14439 When Exim is logging to syslog, it writes the log lines for its three
14440 separate logs at different syslog priorities so that they can in principle
14441 be separated on the logging hosts. Some installations do not require this
14442 separation, and in those cases, the duplication of certain log lines is a
14443 nuisance. If &%syslog_duplication%& is set false, only one copy of any
14444 particular log line is written to syslog. For lines that normally go to
14445 both the main log and the reject log, the reject log version (possibly
14446 containing message header lines) is written, at LOG_NOTICE priority.
14447 Lines that normally go to both the main and the panic log are written at
14448 the LOG_ALERT priority.
14449
14450
14451 .option syslog_facility main string unset
14452 .cindex "syslog" "facility; setting"
14453 This option sets the syslog &"facility"& name, used when Exim is logging to
14454 syslog. The value must be one of the strings &"mail"&, &"user"&, &"news"&,
14455 &"uucp"&, &"daemon"&, or &"local&'x'&"& where &'x'& is a digit between 0 and 7.
14456 If this option is unset, &"mail"& is used. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
14457 details of Exim's logging.
14458
14459
14460
14461 .option syslog_processname main string &`exim`&
14462 .cindex "syslog" "process name; setting"
14463 This option sets the syslog &"ident"& name, used when Exim is logging to
14464 syslog. The value must be no longer than 32 characters. See chapter
14465 &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of Exim's logging.
14466
14467
14468
14469 .option syslog_timestamp main boolean true
14470 .cindex "syslog" "timestamps"
14471 If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on Exim's log lines are
14472 omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
14473 details of Exim's logging.
14474
14475
14476 .option system_filter main string&!! unset
14477 .cindex "filter" "system filter"
14478 .cindex "system filter" "specifying"
14479 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
14480 This option specifies an Exim filter file that is applied to all messages at
14481 the start of each delivery attempt, before any routing is done. System filters
14482 must be Exim filters; they cannot be Sieve filters. If the system filter
14483 generates any deliveries to files or pipes, or any new mail messages, the
14484 appropriate &%system_filter_..._transport%& option(s) must be set, to define
14485 which transports are to be used. Details of this facility are given in chapter
14486 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&.
14487
14488
14489 .option system_filter_directory_transport main string&!! unset
14490 .cindex "&$address_file$&"
14491 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the
14492 &%save%& command in a system message filter specifies a path ending in &"/"&,
14493 implying delivery of each message into a separate file in some directory.
14494 During the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
14495
14496
14497 .option system_filter_file_transport main string&!! unset
14498 .cindex "file" "transport for system filter"
14499 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the &%save%&
14500 command in a system message filter specifies a path not ending in &"/"&. During
14501 the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
14502
14503 .option system_filter_group main string unset
14504 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
14505 This option is used only when &%system_filter_user%& is also set. It sets the
14506 gid under which the system filter is run, overriding any gid that is associated
14507 with the user. The value may be numerical or symbolic.
14508
14509 .option system_filter_pipe_transport main string&!! unset
14510 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "for system filter"
14511 .cindex "&$address_pipe$&"
14512 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%pipe%& command
14513 is used in a system filter. During the delivery, the variable &$address_pipe$&
14514 contains the pipe command.
14515
14516
14517 .option system_filter_reply_transport main string&!! unset
14518 .cindex "&(autoreply)& transport" "for system filter"
14519 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%mail%& command
14520 is used in a system filter.
14521
14522 .option system_filter_user main string unset
14523 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
14524 If this option is not set, the system filter is run in the main Exim delivery
14525 process, as root. When the option is set, the system filter runs in a separate
14526 process, as the given user. Unless the string consists entirely of digits, it
14527 is looked up in the password data. Failure to find the named user causes a
14528 configuration error. The gid is either taken from the password data, or
14529 specified by &%system_filter_group%&. When the uid is specified numerically,
14530 &%system_filter_group%& is required to be set.
14531
14532 If the system filter generates any pipe, file, or reply deliveries, the uid
14533 under which the filter is run is used when transporting them, unless a
14534 transport option overrides. Normally you should set &%system_filter_user%& if
14535 your system filter generates these kinds of delivery.
14536
14537
14538 .option tcp_nodelay main boolean true
14539 .cindex "daemon" "TCP_NODELAY on sockets"
14540 .cindex "Nagle algorithm"
14541 .cindex "TCP_NODELAY on listening sockets"
14542 If this option is set false, it stops the Exim daemon setting the
14543 TCP_NODELAY option on its listening sockets. Setting TCP_NODELAY
14544 turns off the &"Nagle algorithm"&, which is a way of improving network
14545 performance in interactive (character-by-character) situations. Turning it off
14546 should improve Exim's performance a bit, so that is what happens by default.
14547 However, it appears that some broken clients cannot cope, and time out. Hence
14548 this option. It affects only those sockets that are set up for listening by the
14549 daemon. Sockets created by the smtp transport for delivering mail always set
14550 TCP_NODELAY.
14551
14552
14553 .option timeout_frozen_after main time 0s
14554 .cindex "frozen messages" "timing out"
14555 .cindex "timeout" "frozen messages"
14556 If &%timeout_frozen_after%& is set to a time greater than zero, a frozen
14557 message of any kind that has been on the queue for longer than the given
14558 time is automatically cancelled at the next queue run. If it is a bounce
14559 message, it is just discarded; otherwise, a bounce is sent to the sender, in a
14560 similar manner to cancellation by the &%-Mg%& command line option. If you want
14561 to timeout frozen bounce messages earlier than other kinds of frozen message,
14562 see &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&.
14563
14564
14565 .option timezone main string unset
14566 .cindex "timezone" "setting"
14567 The value of &%timezone%& is used to set the environment variable TZ while
14568 running Exim (if it is different on entry). This ensures that all timestamps
14569 created by Exim are in the required timezone. If you want all your timestamps
14570 to be in UTC (aka GMT) you should set
14571 .code
14572 timezone = UTC
14573 .endd
14574 The default value is taken from TIMEZONE_DEFAULT in &_Local/Makefile_&,
14575 or, if that is not set, from the value of the TZ environment variable when Exim
14576 is built. If &%timezone%& is set to the empty string, either at build or run
14577 time, any existing TZ variable is removed from the environment when Exim
14578 runs. This is appropriate behaviour for obtaining wall-clock time on some, but
14579 unfortunately not all, operating systems.
14580
14581
14582 .option tls_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14583 .cindex "TLS" "advertising"
14584 .cindex "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
14585 .cindex "SMTP" "encrypted connection"
14586 When Exim is built with support for TLS encrypted connections, the availability
14587 of the STARTTLS command to set up an encrypted session is advertised in
14588 response to EHLO only to those client hosts that match this option. See
14589 chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of Exim's support for TLS.
14590
14591
14592 .option tls_certificate main string&!! unset
14593 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate; location of"
14594 .cindex "certificate for server" "location of"
14595 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
14596 file which contains the server's certificates. The server's private key is also
14597 assumed to be in this file if &%tls_privatekey%& is unset. See chapter
14598 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
14599
14600 &*Note*&: The certificates defined by this option are used only when Exim is
14601 receiving incoming messages as a server. If you want to supply certificates for
14602 use when sending messages as a client, you must set the &%tls_certificate%&
14603 option in the relevant &(smtp)& transport.
14604
14605
14606 .option tls_crl main string&!! unset
14607 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate revocation list"
14608 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for server"
14609 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
14610 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
14611
14612
14613 .option tls_dhparam main string&!! unset
14614 .cindex "TLS" "D-H parameters for server"
14615 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
14616 a file which contains the server's DH parameter values.
14617 This is used only for OpenSSL. When Exim is linked with GnuTLS, this option is
14618 ignored. See section &<<SECTopenvsgnu>>& for further details.
14619
14620
14621 .option tls_on_connect_ports main "string list" unset
14622 This option specifies a list of incoming SSMTP (aka SMTPS) ports that should
14623 operate the obsolete SSMTP (SMTPS) protocol, where a TLS session is immediately
14624 set up without waiting for the client to issue a STARTTLS command. For
14625 further details, see section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&.
14626
14627
14628
14629 .option tls_privatekey main string&!! unset
14630 .cindex "TLS" "server private key; location of"
14631 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
14632 file which contains the server's private key. If this option is unset, or if
14633 the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the private
14634 key is assumed to be in the same file as the server's certificates. See chapter
14635 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
14636
14637
14638 .option tls_remember_esmtp main boolean false
14639 .cindex "TLS" "esmtp state; remembering"
14640 .cindex "TLS" "broken clients"
14641 If this option is set true, Exim violates the RFCs by remembering that it is in
14642 &"esmtp"& state after successfully negotiating a TLS session. This provides
14643 support for broken clients that fail to send a new EHLO after starting a
14644 TLS session.
14645
14646
14647 .option tls_require_ciphers main string&!! unset
14648 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
14649 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
14650 This option controls which ciphers can be used for incoming TLS connections.
14651 The &(smtp)& transport has an option of the same name for controlling outgoing
14652 connections. This option is expanded for each connection, so can be varied for
14653 different clients if required. The value of this option must be a list of
14654 permitted cipher suites. The OpenSSL and GnuTLS libraries handle cipher control
14655 in somewhat different ways. If GnuTLS is being used, the client controls the
14656 preference order of the available ciphers. Details are given in sections
14657 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
14658
14659
14660 .option tls_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14661 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
14662 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
14663 See &%tls_verify_hosts%& below.
14664
14665
14666 .option tls_verify_certificates main string&!! unset
14667 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
14668 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
14669 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
14670 a file containing permitted certificates for clients that
14671 match &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. Alternatively, if you
14672 are using OpenSSL, you can set &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a
14673 directory containing certificate files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the
14674 option must be set to the name of a single file if you are using GnuTLS.
14675
14676
14677 .option tls_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14678 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
14679 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
14680 This option, along with &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, controls the checking of
14681 certificates from clients.
14682 The expected certificates are defined by &%tls_verify_certificates%&, which
14683 must be set. A configuration error occurs if either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or
14684 &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is set and &%tls_verify_certificates%& is not set.
14685
14686 Any client that matches &%tls_verify_hosts%& is constrained by
14687 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. The client must present one of the listed
14688 certificates. If it does not, the connection is aborted.
14689
14690 A weaker form of checking is provided by &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. If a client
14691 matches this option (but not &%tls_verify_hosts%&), Exim requests a
14692 certificate and checks it against &%tls_verify_certificates%&, but does not
14693 abort the connection if there is no certificate or if it does not match. This
14694 state can be detected in an ACL, which makes it possible to implement policies
14695 such as &"accept for relay only if a verified certificate has been received,
14696 but accept for local delivery if encrypted, even without a verified
14697 certificate"&.
14698
14699 Client hosts that match neither of these lists are not asked to present
14700 certificates.
14701
14702
14703 .option trusted_groups main "string list&!!" unset
14704 .cindex "trusted group"
14705 .cindex "group" "trusted"
14706 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
14707 option is set, any process that is running in one of the listed groups, or
14708 which has one of them as a supplementary group, is trusted. The groups can be
14709 specified numerically or by name. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for
14710 details of what trusted callers are permitted to do. If neither
14711 &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the Exim user
14712 are trusted.
14713
14714 .option trusted_users main "string list&!!" unset
14715 .cindex "trusted user"
14716 .cindex "user" "trusted"
14717 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
14718 option is set, any process that is running as one of the listed users is
14719 trusted. The users can be specified numerically or by name. See section
14720 &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of what trusted callers are permitted to do.
14721 If neither &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the
14722 Exim user are trusted.
14723
14724 .option unknown_login main string&!! unset
14725 .cindex "uid (user id)" "unknown caller"
14726 .cindex "&$caller_uid$&"
14727 This is a specialized feature for use in unusual configurations. By default, if
14728 the uid of the caller of Exim cannot be looked up using &[getpwuid()]&, Exim
14729 gives up. The &%unknown_login%& option can be used to set a login name to be
14730 used in this circumstance. It is expanded, so values like &%user$caller_uid%&
14731 can be set. When &%unknown_login%& is used, the value of &%unknown_username%&
14732 is used for the user's real name (gecos field), unless this has been set by the
14733 &%-F%& option.
14734
14735 .option unknown_username main string unset
14736 See &%unknown_login%&.
14737
14738 .option untrusted_set_sender main "address list&!!" unset
14739 .cindex "trusted user"
14740 .cindex "sender" "setting by untrusted user"
14741 .cindex "untrusted user" "setting sender"
14742 .cindex "user" "untrusted setting sender"
14743 .cindex "envelope sender"
14744 When an untrusted user submits a message to Exim using the standard input, Exim
14745 normally creates an envelope sender address from the user's login and the
14746 default qualification domain. Data from the &%-f%& option (for setting envelope
14747 senders on non-SMTP messages) or the SMTP MAIL command (if &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&
14748 is used) is ignored.
14749
14750 However, untrusted users are permitted to set an empty envelope sender address,
14751 to declare that a message should never generate any bounces. For example:
14752 .code
14753 exim -f '<>' user@domain.example
14754 .endd
14755 .cindex "&$sender_ident$&"
14756 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option allows you to permit untrusted users to set
14757 other envelope sender addresses in a controlled way. When it is set, untrusted
14758 users are allowed to set envelope sender addresses that match any of the
14759 patterns in the list. Like all address lists, the string is expanded. The
14760 identity of the user is in &$sender_ident$&, so you can, for example, restrict
14761 users to setting senders that start with their login ids
14762 followed by a hyphen
14763 by a setting like this:
14764 .code
14765 untrusted_set_sender = ^$sender_ident-
14766 .endd
14767 If you want to allow untrusted users to set envelope sender addresses without
14768 restriction, you can use
14769 .code
14770 untrusted_set_sender = *
14771 .endd
14772 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option applies to all forms of local input, but
14773 only to the setting of the envelope sender. It does not permit untrusted users
14774 to use the other options which trusted user can use to override message
14775 parameters. Furthermore, it does not stop Exim from removing an existing
14776 &'Sender:'& header in the message, or from adding a &'Sender:'& header if
14777 necessary. See &%local_sender_retain%& and &%local_from_check%& for ways of
14778 overriding these actions. The handling of the &'Sender:'& header is also
14779 described in section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&.
14780
14781 The log line for a message's arrival shows the envelope sender following
14782 &"<="&. For local messages, the user's login always follows, after &"U="&. In
14783 &%-bp%& displays, and in the Exim monitor, if an untrusted user sets an
14784 envelope sender address, the user's login is shown in parentheses after the
14785 sender address.
14786
14787
14788 .option uucp_from_pattern main string "see below"
14789 .cindex "&""From""& line"
14790 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
14791 Some applications that pass messages to an MTA via a command line interface use
14792 an initial line starting with &"From&~"& to pass the envelope sender. In
14793 particular, this is used by UUCP software. Exim recognizes such a line by means
14794 of a regular expression that is set in &%uucp_from_pattern%&. When the pattern
14795 matches, the sender address is constructed by expanding the contents of
14796 &%uucp_from_sender%&, provided that the caller of Exim is a trusted user. The
14797 default pattern recognizes lines in the following two forms:
14798 .code
14799 From ph10 Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
14800 From ph10 Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
14801 .endd
14802 The pattern can be seen by running
14803 .code
14804 exim -bP uucp_from_pattern
14805 .endd
14806 It checks only up to the hours and minutes, and allows for a 2-digit or 4-digit
14807 year in the second case. The first word after &"From&~"& is matched in the
14808 regular expression by a parenthesized subpattern. The default value for
14809 &%uucp_from_sender%& is &"$1"&, which therefore just uses this first word
14810 (&"ph10"& in the example above) as the message's sender. See also
14811 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%&.
14812
14813
14814 .option uucp_from_sender main string&!! &`$1`&
14815 See &%uucp_from_pattern%& above.
14816
14817
14818 .option warn_message_file main string unset
14819 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
14820 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
14821 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
14822 for constructing the warning message which is sent by Exim when a message has
14823 been on the queue for a specified amount of time, as specified by
14824 &%delay_warning%&. Details of the file's contents are given in chapter
14825 &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%bounce_message_file%&.
14826
14827
14828 .option write_rejectlog main boolean true
14829 .cindex "reject log" "disabling"
14830 If this option is set false, Exim no longer writes anything to the reject log.
14831 See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of what Exim writes to its logs.
14832 .ecindex IIDconfima
14833 .ecindex IIDmaiconf
14834
14835
14836
14837
14838 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
14839 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
14840
14841 .chapter "Generic options for routers" "CHAProutergeneric"
14842 .scindex IIDgenoprou1 "options" "generic; for routers"
14843 .scindex IIDgenoprou2 "generic options" "router"
14844 This chapter describes the generic options that apply to all routers.
14845 Those that are preconditions are marked with &Dagger; in the &"use"& field.
14846
14847 For a general description of how a router operates, see sections
14848 &<<SECTrunindrou>>& and &<<SECTrouprecon>>&. The latter specifies the order in
14849 which the preconditions are tested. The order of expansion of the options that
14850 provide data for a transport is: &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&,
14851 &%headers_remove%&, &%transport%&.
14852
14853
14854
14855 .option address_data routers string&!! unset
14856 .cindex "router" "data attached to address"
14857 The string is expanded just before the router is run, that is, after all the
14858 precondition tests have succeeded. If the expansion is forced to fail, the
14859 router declines, the value of &%address_data%& remains unchanged, and the
14860 &%more%& option controls what happens next. Other expansion failures cause
14861 delivery of the address to be deferred.
14862
14863 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
14864 When the expansion succeeds, the value is retained with the address, and can be
14865 accessed using the variable &$address_data$& in the current router, subsequent
14866 routers, and the eventual transport.
14867
14868 &*Warning*&: If the current or any subsequent router is a &(redirect)& router
14869 that runs a user's filter file, the contents of &$address_data$& are accessible
14870 in the filter. This is not normally a problem, because such data is usually
14871 either not confidential or it &"belongs"& to the current user, but if you do
14872 put confidential data into &$address_data$& you need to remember this point.
14873
14874 Even if the router declines or passes, the value of &$address_data$& remains
14875 with the address, though it can be changed by another &%address_data%& setting
14876 on a subsequent router. If a router generates child addresses, the value of
14877 &$address_data$& propagates to them. This also applies to the special kind of
14878 &"child"& that is generated by a router with the &%unseen%& option.
14879
14880 The idea of &%address_data%& is that you can use it to look up a lot of data
14881 for the address once, and then pick out parts of the data later. For example,
14882 you could use a single LDAP lookup to return a string of the form
14883 .code
14884 uid=1234 gid=5678 mailbox=/mail/xyz forward=/home/xyz/.forward
14885 .endd
14886 In the transport you could pick out the mailbox by a setting such as
14887 .code
14888 file = ${extract{mailbox}{$address_data}}
14889 .endd
14890 This makes the configuration file less messy, and also reduces the number of
14891 lookups (though Exim does cache lookups).
14892
14893 The &%address_data%& facility is also useful as a means of passing information
14894 from one router to another, and from a router to a transport. In addition, if
14895
14896 .cindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
14897 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
14898 When &$address_data$& is set by a router when verifying a recipient address
14899 from an ACL, it remains available for use in the rest of the ACL statement.
14900 After verifying a sender, the value is transferred to &$sender_address_data$&.
14901
14902
14903
14904
14905 .option address_test routers&!? boolean true
14906 .cindex "&%-bt%& option"
14907 .cindex "router" "skipping when address testing"
14908 If this option is set false, the router is skipped when routing is being tested
14909 by means of the &%-bt%& command line option. This can be a convenience when
14910 your first router sends messages to an external scanner, because it saves you
14911 having to set the &"already scanned"& indicator when testing real address
14912 routing.
14913
14914
14915
14916 .option cannot_route_message routers string&!! unset
14917 .cindex "router" "customizing &""cannot route""& message"
14918 .cindex "customizing" "&""cannot route""& message"
14919 This option specifies a text message that is used when an address cannot be
14920 routed because Exim has run out of routers. The default message is
14921 &"Unrouteable address"&. This option is useful only on routers that have
14922 &%more%& set false, or on the very last router in a configuration, because the
14923 value that is used is taken from the last router that is considered. This
14924 includes a router that is skipped because its preconditions are not met, as
14925 well as a router that declines. For example, using the default configuration,
14926 you could put:
14927 .code
14928 cannot_route_message = Remote domain not found in DNS
14929 .endd
14930 on the first router, which is a &(dnslookup)& router with &%more%& set false,
14931 and
14932 .code
14933 cannot_route_message = Unknown local user
14934 .endd
14935 on the final router that checks for local users. If string expansion fails for
14936 this option, the default message is used. Unless the expansion failure was
14937 explicitly forced, a message about the failure is written to the main and panic
14938 logs, in addition to the normal message about the routing failure.
14939
14940
14941 .option caseful_local_part routers boolean false
14942 .cindex "case of local parts"
14943 .cindex "router" "case of local parts"
14944 By default, routers handle the local parts of addresses in a case-insensitive
14945 manner, though the actual case is preserved for transmission with the message.
14946 If you want the case of letters to be significant in a router, you must set
14947 this option true. For individual router options that contain address or local
14948 part lists (for example, &%local_parts%&), case-sensitive matching can be
14949 turned on by &"+caseful"& as a list item. See section &<<SECTcasletadd>>& for
14950 more details.
14951
14952 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
14953 .cindex "&$original_local_part$&"
14954 .cindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
14955 The value of the &$local_part$& variable is forced to lower case while a
14956 router is running unless &%caseful_local_part%& is set. When a router assigns
14957 an address to a transport, the value of &$local_part$& when the transport runs
14958 is the same as it was in the router. Similarly, when a router generates child
14959 addresses by aliasing or forwarding, the values of &$original_local_part$&
14960 and &$parent_local_part$& are those that were used by the redirecting router.
14961
14962 This option applies to the processing of an address by a router. When a
14963 recipient address is being processed in an ACL, there is a separate &%control%&
14964 modifier that can be used to specify case-sensitive processing within the ACL
14965 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&).
14966
14967
14968
14969 .option check_local_user routers&!? boolean false
14970 .cindex "local user" "checking in router"
14971 .cindex "router" "checking for local user"
14972 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
14973 .cindex "&$home$&"
14974 When this option is true, Exim checks that the local part of the recipient
14975 address (with affixes removed if relevant) is the name of an account on the
14976 local system. The check is done by calling the &[getpwnam()]& function rather
14977 than trying to read &_/etc/passwd_& directly. This means that other methods of
14978 holding password data (such as NIS) are supported. If the local part is a local
14979 user, &$home$& is set from the password data, and can be tested in other
14980 preconditions that are evaluated after this one (the order of evaluation is
14981 given in section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). However, the value of &$home$& can be
14982 overridden by &%router_home_directory%&. If the local part is not a local user,
14983 the router is skipped.
14984
14985 If you want to check that the local part is either the name of a local user
14986 or matches something else, you cannot combine &%check_local_user%& with a
14987 setting of &%local_parts%&, because that specifies the logical &'and'& of the
14988 two conditions. However, you can use a &(passwd)& lookup in a &%local_parts%&
14989 setting to achieve this. For example:
14990 .code
14991 local_parts = passwd;$local_part : lsearch;/etc/other/users
14992 .endd
14993 Note, however, that the side effects of &%check_local_user%& (such as setting
14994 up a home directory) do not occur when a &(passwd)& lookup is used in a
14995 &%local_parts%& (or any other) precondition.
14996
14997
14998
14999 .option condition routers&!? string&!! unset
15000 .cindex "router" "customized precondition"
15001 This option specifies a general precondition test that has to succeed for the
15002 router to be called. The &%condition%& option is the last precondition to be
15003 evaluated (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). The string is expanded, and if the
15004 result is a forced failure, or an empty string, or one of the strings &"0"& or
15005 &"no"& or &"false"& (checked without regard to the case of the letters), the
15006 router is skipped, and the address is offered to the next one.
15007
15008 If the result is any other value, the router is run (as this is the last
15009 precondition to be evaluated, all the other preconditions must be true).
15010
15011 The &%condition%& option provides a means of applying custom conditions to the
15012 running of routers. Note that in the case of a simple conditional expansion,
15013 the default expansion values are exactly what is wanted. For example:
15014 .code
15015 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}}
15016 .endd
15017 Because of the default behaviour of the string expansion, this is equivalent to
15018 .code
15019 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}{true}{}}
15020 .endd
15021 If the expansion fails (other than forced failure) delivery is deferred. Some
15022 of the other precondition options are common special cases that could in fact
15023 be specified using &%condition%&.
15024
15025
15026
15027 .option debug_print routers string&!! unset
15028 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
15029 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
15030 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output.
15031 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
15032 output, and Exim carries on processing.
15033 This option is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
15034 so on when debugging router configurations. For example, if a &%condition%&
15035 option appears not to be working, &%debug_print%& can be used to output the
15036 variables it references. The output happens after checks for &%domains%&,
15037 &%local_parts%&, and &%check_local_user%& but before any other preconditions
15038 are tested. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with one.
15039
15040
15041
15042 .option disable_logging routers boolean false
15043 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any routing errors
15044 or for any deliveries caused by this router. You should not set this option
15045 unless you really, really know what you are doing. See also the generic
15046 transport option of the same name.
15047
15048
15049 .option domains routers&!? "domain list&!!" unset
15050 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific domains"
15051 .cindex "&$domain_data$&"
15052 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the current domain matches
15053 the list. If the match is achieved by means of a file lookup, the data that the
15054 lookup returned for the domain is placed in &$domain_data$& for use in string
15055 expansions of the driver's private options. See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for
15056 a list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.
15057
15058
15059
15060 .option driver routers string unset
15061 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available routers is
15062 to be used.
15063
15064
15065
15066 .option errors_to routers string&!! unset
15067 .cindex "envelope sender"
15068 .cindex "router" "changing address for errors"
15069 If a router successfully handles an address, it may assign the address to a
15070 transport for delivery or it may generate child addresses. In both cases, if
15071 there is a delivery problem during later processing, the resulting bounce
15072 message is sent to the address that results from expanding this string,
15073 provided that the address verifies successfully. The &%errors_to%& option is
15074 expanded before &%headers_add%&, &%headers_remove%&, and &%transport%&.
15075
15076 The &%errors_to%& setting associated with an address can be overridden if it
15077 subsequently passes through other routers that have their own &%errors_to%&
15078 settings, or if the message is delivered by a transport with a &%return_path%&
15079 setting.
15080
15081 If &%errors_to%& is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the result of
15082 the expansion fails to verify, the errors address associated with the incoming
15083 address is used. At top level, this is the envelope sender. A non-forced
15084 expansion failure causes delivery to be deferred.
15085
15086 If an address for which &%errors_to%& has been set ends up being delivered over
15087 SMTP, the envelope sender for that delivery is the &%errors_to%& value, so that
15088 any bounces that are generated by other MTAs on the delivery route are also
15089 sent there. You can set &%errors_to%& to the empty string by either of these
15090 settings:
15091 .code
15092 errors_to =
15093 errors_to = ""
15094 .endd
15095 An expansion item that yields an empty string has the same effect. If you do
15096 this, a locally detected delivery error for addresses processed by this router
15097 no longer gives rise to a bounce message; the error is discarded. If the
15098 address is delivered to a remote host, the return path is set to &`<>`&, unless
15099 overridden by the &%return_path%& option on the transport.
15100
15101 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
15102 If for some reason you want to discard local errors, but use a non-empty
15103 MAIL command for remote delivery, you can preserve the original return
15104 path in &$address_data$& in the router, and reinstate it in the transport by
15105 setting &%return_path%&.
15106
15107 The most common use of &%errors_to%& is to direct mailing list bounces to the
15108 manager of the list, as described in section &<<SECTmailinglists>>&, or to
15109 implement VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) (see section &<<SECTverp>>&).
15110
15111
15112
15113 .option expn routers&!? boolean true
15114 .cindex "address" "testing"
15115 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
15116 .cindex "EXPN" "router skipping"
15117 .cindex "router" "skipping for EXPN"
15118 If this option is turned off, the router is skipped when testing an address
15119 as a result of processing an SMTP EXPN command. You might, for example,
15120 want to turn it off on a router for users' &_.forward_& files, while leaving it
15121 on for the system alias file.
15122 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15123 are evaluated.
15124
15125 The use of the SMTP EXPN command is controlled by an ACL (see chapter
15126 &<<CHAPACL>>&). When Exim is running an EXPN command, it is similar to testing
15127 an address with &%-bt%&. Compare VRFY, whose counterpart is &%-bv%&.
15128
15129
15130
15131 .option fail_verify routers boolean false
15132 .cindex "router" "forcing verification failure"
15133 Setting this option has the effect of setting both &%fail_verify_sender%& and
15134 &%fail_verify_recipient%& to the same value.
15135
15136
15137
15138 .option fail_verify_recipient routers boolean false
15139 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15140 verifying a recipient, verification fails.
15141
15142
15143
15144 .option fail_verify_sender routers boolean false
15145 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15146 verifying a sender, verification fails.
15147
15148
15149
15150 .option fallback_hosts routers "string list" unset
15151 .cindex "router" "fallback hosts"
15152 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on router"
15153 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
15154 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses. The list separator can be
15155 changed (see section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&), and a port can be specified with
15156 each name or address. In fact, the format of each item is exactly the same as
15157 defined for the list of hosts in a &(manualroute)& router (see section
15158 &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&).
15159
15160 If a router queues an address for a remote transport, this host list is
15161 associated with the address, and used instead of the transport's fallback host
15162 list. If &%hosts_randomize%& is set on the transport, the order of the list is
15163 randomized for each use. See the &%fallback_hosts%& option of the &(smtp)&
15164 transport for further details.
15165
15166
15167 .option group routers string&!! "see below"
15168 .cindex "gid (group id)" "local delivery"
15169 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15170 .cindex "transport" "local"
15171 .cindex "router" "setting group"
15172 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
15173 specify a group, the group given here is used when running the delivery
15174 process.
15175 The group may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
15176 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
15177 The default is unset, unless &%check_local_user%& is set, when the default
15178 is taken from the password information. See also &%initgroups%& and &%user%&
15179 and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15180
15181
15182
15183 .option headers_add routers string&!! unset
15184 .cindex "header lines" "adding"
15185 .cindex "router" "adding header lines"
15186 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15187 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15188 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15189 the text is used to add header lines at transport time is described in section
15190 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. New header lines are not actually added until the
15191 message is in the process of being transported. This means that references to
15192 header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration do not
15193 &"see"& the added header lines.
15194
15195 The &%headers_add%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%&, but before
15196 &%headers_remove%& and &%transport%&. If the expanded string is empty, or if
15197 the expansion is forced to fail, the option has no effect. Other expansion
15198 failures are treated as configuration errors.
15199
15200 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_add%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15201 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15202
15203 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15204 additions are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent routers.
15205
15206
15207
15208 .option headers_remove routers string&!! unset
15209 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
15210 .cindex "router" "removing header lines"
15211 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15212 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15213 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15214 the text is used to remove header lines at transport time is described in
15215 section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header lines are not actually removed until
15216 the message is in the process of being transported. This means that references
15217 to header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration still
15218 &"see"& the original header lines.
15219
15220 The &%headers_remove%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%& and
15221 &%headers_add%&, but before &%transport%&. If the expansion is forced to fail,
15222 the option has no effect. Other expansion failures are treated as configuration
15223 errors.
15224
15225 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_remove%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15226 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15227
15228 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15229 removal requests are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent
15230 routers.
15231
15232
15233 .option ignore_target_hosts routers "host list&!!" unset
15234 .cindex "IP address" "discarding"
15235 .cindex "router" "discarding IP addresses"
15236 Although this option is a host list, it should normally contain IP address
15237 entries rather than names. If any host that is looked up by the router has an
15238 IP address that matches an item in this list, Exim behaves as if that IP
15239 address did not exist. This option allows you to cope with rogue DNS entries
15240 like
15241 .code
15242 remote.domain.example. A 127.0.0.1
15243 .endd
15244 by setting
15245 .code
15246 ignore_target_hosts = 127.0.0.1
15247 .endd
15248 on the relevant router. If all the hosts found by a &(dnslookup)& router are
15249 discarded in this way, the router declines. In a conventional configuration, an
15250 attempt to mail to such a domain would normally provoke the &"unrouteable
15251 domain"& error, and an attempt to verify an address in the domain would fail.
15252 Similarly, if &%ignore_target_hosts%& is set on an &(ipliteral)& router, the
15253 router declines if presented with one of the listed addresses.
15254
15255 You can use this option to disable the use of IPv4 or IPv6 for mail delivery by
15256 means of the first or the second of the following settings, respectively:
15257 .code
15258 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0/0
15259 ignore_target_hosts = <; 0::0/0
15260 .endd
15261 The pattern in the first line matches all IPv4 addresses, whereas the pattern
15262 in the second line matches all IPv6 addresses.
15263
15264 This option may also be useful for ignoring link-local and site-local IPv6
15265 addresses. Because, like all host lists, the value of &%ignore_target_hosts%&
15266 is expanded before use as a list, it is possible to make it dependent on the
15267 domain that is being routed.
15268
15269 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
15270 During its expansion, &$host_address$& is set to the IP address that is being
15271 checked.
15272
15273 .option initgroups routers boolean false
15274 .cindex "additional groups"
15275 .cindex "groups" "additional"
15276 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15277 .cindex "transport" "local"
15278 If the router queues an address for a transport, and this option is true, and
15279 the uid supplied by the router is not overridden by the transport, the
15280 &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport to ensure that
15281 any additional groups associated with the uid are set up. See also &%group%&
15282 and &%user%& and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15283
15284
15285
15286 .option local_part_prefix routers&!? "string list" unset
15287 .cindex "router" "prefix for local part"
15288 .cindex "prefix" "for local part; used in router"
15289 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the local part starts with
15290 one of the given strings, or &%local_part_prefix_optional%& is true. See
15291 section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions are
15292 evaluated.
15293
15294 The list is scanned from left to right, and the first prefix that matches is
15295 used. A limited form of wildcard is available; if the prefix begins with an
15296 asterisk, it matches the longest possible sequence of arbitrary characters at
15297 the start of the local part. An asterisk should therefore always be followed by
15298 some character that does not occur in normal local parts.
15299 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
15300 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
15301 Wildcarding can be used to set up multiple user mailboxes, as described in
15302 section &<<SECTmulbox>>&.
15303
15304 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
15305 .cindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
15306 During the testing of the &%local_parts%& option, and while the router is
15307 running, the prefix is removed from the local part, and is available in the
15308 expansion variable &$local_part_prefix$&. When a message is being delivered, if
15309 the router accepts the address, this remains true during subsequent delivery by
15310 a transport. In particular, the local part that is transmitted in the RCPT
15311 command for LMTP, SMTP, and BSMTP deliveries has the prefix removed by default.
15312 This behaviour can be overridden by setting &%rcpt_include_affixes%& true on
15313 the relevant transport.
15314
15315 When an address is being verified, &%local_part_prefix%& affects only the
15316 behaviour of the router. If the callout feature of verification is in use, this
15317 means that the full address, including the prefix, will be used during the
15318 callout.
15319
15320 The prefix facility is commonly used to handle local parts of the form
15321 &%owner-something%&. Another common use is to support local parts of the form
15322 &%real-username%& to bypass a user's &_.forward_& file &-- helpful when trying
15323 to tell a user their forwarding is broken &-- by placing a router like this one
15324 immediately before the router that handles &_.forward_& files:
15325 .code
15326 real_localuser:
15327 driver = accept
15328 local_part_prefix = real-
15329 check_local_user
15330 transport = local_delivery
15331 .endd
15332 If both &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& are set for a router,
15333 both conditions must be met if not optional. Care must be taken if wildcards
15334 are used in both a prefix and a suffix on the same router. Different
15335 separator characters must be used to avoid ambiguity.
15336
15337
15338 .option local_part_prefix_optional routers boolean false
15339 See &%local_part_prefix%& above.
15340
15341
15342
15343 .option local_part_suffix routers&!? "string list" unset
15344 .cindex "router" "suffix for local part"
15345 .cindex "suffix for local part" "used in router"
15346 This option operates in the same way as &%local_part_prefix%&, except that the
15347 local part must end (rather than start) with the given string, the
15348 &%local_part_suffix_optional%& option determines whether the suffix is
15349 mandatory, and the wildcard * character, if present, must be the last
15350 character of the suffix. This option facility is commonly used to handle local
15351 parts of the form &%something-request%& and multiple user mailboxes of the form
15352 &%username-foo%&.
15353
15354
15355 .option local_part_suffix_optional routers boolean false
15356 See &%local_part_suffix%& above.
15357
15358
15359
15360 .option local_parts routers&!? "local part list&!!" unset
15361 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific local parts"
15362 .cindex "local part" "checking in router"
15363 The router is run only if the local part of the address matches the list.
15364 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15365 are evaluated, and
15366 section &<<SECTlocparlis>>& for a discussion of local part lists. Because the
15367 string is expanded, it is possible to make it depend on the domain, for
15368 example:
15369 .code
15370 local_parts = dbm;/usr/local/specials/$domain
15371 .endd
15372 .cindex "&$local_part_data$&"
15373 If the match is achieved by a lookup, the data that the lookup returned
15374 for the local part is placed in the variable &$local_part_data$& for use in
15375 expansions of the router's private options. You might use this option, for
15376 example, if you have a large number of local virtual domains, and you want to
15377 send all postmaster mail to the same place without having to set up an alias in
15378 each virtual domain:
15379 .code
15380 postmaster:
15381 driver = redirect
15382 local_parts = postmaster
15383 data = postmaster@real.domain.example
15384 .endd
15385
15386
15387 .option log_as_local routers boolean "see below"
15388 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
15389 .cindex "delivery" "log line format"
15390 Exim has two logging styles for delivery, the idea being to make local
15391 deliveries stand out more visibly from remote ones. In the &"local"& style, the
15392 recipient address is given just as the local part, without a domain. The use of
15393 this style is controlled by this option. It defaults to true for the &(accept)&
15394 router, and false for all the others. This option applies only when a
15395 router assigns an address to a transport. It has no effect on routers that
15396 redirect addresses.
15397
15398
15399
15400 .option more routers boolean&!! true
15401 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
15402 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
15403 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
15404 fail, the default value for the option (true) is used. Other failures cause
15405 delivery to be deferred.
15406
15407 If this option is set false, and the router declines to handle the address, no
15408 further routers are tried, routing fails, and the address is bounced.
15409 .cindex "&%self%& option"
15410 However, if the router explicitly passes an address to the following router by
15411 means of the setting
15412 .code
15413 self = pass
15414 .endd
15415 or otherwise, the setting of &%more%& is ignored. Also, the setting of &%more%&
15416 does not affect the behaviour if one of the precondition tests fails. In that
15417 case, the address is always passed to the next router.
15418
15419 Note that &%address_data%& is not considered to be a precondition. If its
15420 expansion is forced to fail, the router declines, and the value of &%more%&
15421 controls what happens next.
15422
15423
15424 .option pass_on_timeout routers boolean false
15425 .cindex "timeout" "of router"
15426 .cindex "router" "timeout"
15427 If a router times out during a host lookup, it normally causes deferral of the
15428 address. If &%pass_on_timeout%& is set, the address is passed on to the next
15429 router, overriding &%no_more%&. This may be helpful for systems that are
15430 intermittently connected to the Internet, or those that want to pass to a smart
15431 host any messages that cannot immediately be delivered.
15432
15433 There are occasional other temporary errors that can occur while doing DNS
15434 lookups. They are treated in the same way as a timeout, and this option
15435 applies to all of them.
15436
15437
15438
15439 .option pass_router routers string unset
15440 .cindex "router" "go to after &""pass""&"
15441 When a router returns &"pass"&, the address is normally handed on to the next
15442 router in sequence. This can be changed by setting &%pass_router%& to the name
15443 of another router. However (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router must
15444 be below the current router, to avoid loops. Note that this option applies only
15445 to the special case of &"pass"&. It does not apply when a router returns
15446 &"decline"&.
15447
15448
15449
15450 .option redirect_router routers string unset
15451 .cindex "router" "start at after redirection"
15452 Sometimes an administrator knows that it is pointless to reprocess addresses
15453 generated from alias or forward files with the same router again. For
15454 example, if an alias file translates real names into login ids there is no
15455 point searching the alias file a second time, especially if it is a large file.
15456
15457 The &%redirect_router%& option can be set to the name of any router instance.
15458 It causes the routing of any generated addresses to start at the named router
15459 instead of at the first router. This option has no effect if the router in
15460 which it is set does not generate new addresses.
15461
15462
15463
15464 .option require_files routers&!? "string list&!!" unset
15465 .cindex "file" "requiring for router"
15466 .cindex "router" "requiring file existence"
15467 This option provides a general mechanism for predicating the running of a
15468 router on the existence or non-existence of certain files or directories.
15469 Before running a router, as one of its precondition tests, Exim works its way
15470 through the &%require_files%& list, expanding each item separately.
15471
15472 Because the list is split before expansion, any colons in expansion items must
15473 be doubled, or the facility for using a different list separator must be used.
15474 If any expansion is forced to fail, the item is ignored. Other expansion
15475 failures cause routing of the address to be deferred.
15476
15477 If any expanded string is empty, it is ignored. Otherwise, except as described
15478 below, each string must be a fully qualified file path, optionally preceded by
15479 &"!"&. The paths are passed to the &[stat()]& function to test for the
15480 existence of the files or directories. The router is skipped if any paths not
15481 preceded by &"!"& do not exist, or if any paths preceded by &"!"& do exist.
15482
15483 .cindex "NFS"
15484 If &[stat()]& cannot determine whether a file exists or not, delivery of
15485 the message is deferred. This can happen when NFS-mounted filesystems are
15486 unavailable.
15487
15488 This option is checked after the &%domains%&, &%local_parts%&, and &%senders%&
15489 options, so you cannot use it to check for the existence of a file in which to
15490 look up a domain, local part, or sender. (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a
15491 full list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.) However, as
15492 these options are all expanded, you can use the &%exists%& expansion condition
15493 to make such tests. The &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files
15494 that the router may be going to use internally, or which are needed by a
15495 transport (for example &_.procmailrc_&).
15496
15497 During delivery, the &[stat()]& function is run as root, but there is a
15498 facility for some checking of the accessibility of a file by another user.
15499 This is not a proper permissions check, but just a &"rough"& check that
15500 operates as follows:
15501
15502 If an item in a &%require_files%& list does not contain any forward slash
15503 characters, it is taken to be the user (and optional group, separated by a
15504 comma) to be checked for subsequent files in the list. If no group is specified
15505 but the user is specified symbolically, the gid associated with the uid is
15506 used. For example:
15507 .code
15508 require_files = mail:/some/file
15509 require_files = $local_part:$home/.procmailrc
15510 .endd
15511 If a user or group name in a &%require_files%& list does not exist, the
15512 &%require_files%& condition fails.
15513
15514 Exim performs the check by scanning along the components of the file path, and
15515 checking the access for the given uid and gid. It checks for &"x"& access on
15516 directories, and &"r"& access on the final file. Note that this means that file
15517 access control lists, if the operating system has them, are ignored.
15518
15519 &*Warning 1*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an
15520 incoming SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. This
15521 may affect the result of a &%require_files%& check. In particular, &[stat()]&
15522 may yield the error EACCES (&"Permission denied"&). This means that the Exim
15523 user is not permitted to read one of the directories on the file's path.
15524
15525 &*Warning 2*&: Even when Exim is running as root while delivering a message,
15526 &[stat()]& can yield EACCES for a file in an NFS directory that is mounted
15527 without root access. In this case, if a check for access by a particular user
15528 is requested, Exim creates a subprocess that runs as that user, and tries the
15529 check again in that process.
15530
15531 The default action for handling an unresolved EACCES is to consider it to
15532 be caused by a configuration error, and routing is deferred because the
15533 existence or non-existence of the file cannot be determined. However, in some
15534 circumstances it may be desirable to treat this condition as if the file did
15535 not exist. If the file name (or the exclamation mark that precedes the file
15536 name for non-existence) is preceded by a plus sign, the EACCES error is treated
15537 as if the file did not exist. For example:
15538 .code
15539 require_files = +/some/file
15540 .endd
15541 If the router is not an essential part of verification (for example, it
15542 handles users' &_.forward_& files), another solution is to set the &%verify%&
15543 option false so that the router is skipped when verifying.
15544
15545
15546
15547 .option retry_use_local_part routers boolean "see below"
15548 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
15549 .cindex "local part" "in retry keys"
15550 When a delivery suffers a temporary routing failure, a retry record is created
15551 in Exim's hints database. For addresses whose routing depends only on the
15552 domain, the key for the retry record should not involve the local part, but for
15553 other addresses, both the domain and the local part should be included.
15554 Usually, remote routing is of the former kind, and local routing is of the
15555 latter kind.
15556
15557 This option controls whether the local part is used to form the key for retry
15558 hints for addresses that suffer temporary errors while being handled by this
15559 router. The default value is true for any router that has &%check_local_user%&
15560 set, and false otherwise. Note that this option does not apply to hints keys
15561 for transport delays; they are controlled by a generic transport option of the
15562 same name.
15563
15564 The setting of &%retry_use_local_part%& applies only to the router on which it
15565 appears. If the router generates child addresses, they are routed
15566 independently; this setting does not become attached to them.
15567
15568
15569
15570 .option router_home_directory routers string&!! unset
15571 .cindex "router" "home directory for"
15572 .cindex "home directory" "for router"
15573 .cindex "&$home$&"
15574 This option sets a home directory for use while the router is running. (Compare
15575 &%transport_home_directory%&, which sets a home directory for later
15576 transporting.) In particular, if used on a &(redirect)& router, this option
15577 sets a value for &$home$& while a filter is running. The value is expanded;
15578 forced expansion failure causes the option to be ignored &-- other failures
15579 cause the router to defer.
15580
15581 Expansion of &%router_home_directory%& happens immediately after the
15582 &%check_local_user%& test (if configured), before any further expansions take
15583 place.
15584 (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15585 are evaluated.)
15586 While the router is running, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the value of
15587 &$home$& that came from &%check_local_user%&.
15588
15589 When a router accepts an address and assigns it to a local transport (including
15590 the cases when a &(redirect)& router generates a pipe, file, or autoreply
15591 delivery), the home directory setting for the transport is taken from the first
15592 of these values that is set:
15593
15594 .ilist
15595 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
15596 .next
15597 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
15598 .next
15599 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
15600 .next
15601 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
15602 .endlist
15603
15604 In other words, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the password data for the
15605 router, but not for the transport.
15606
15607
15608
15609 .option self routers string freeze
15610 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
15611 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
15612 This option applies to those routers that use a recipient address to find a
15613 list of remote hosts. Currently, these are the &(dnslookup)&, &(ipliteral)&,
15614 and &(manualroute)& routers.
15615 Certain configurations of the &(queryprogram)& router can also specify a list
15616 of remote hosts.
15617 Usually such routers are configured to send the message to a remote host via an
15618 &(smtp)& transport. The &%self%& option specifies what happens when the first
15619 host on the list turns out to be the local host.
15620 The way in which Exim checks for the local host is described in section
15621 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
15622
15623 Normally this situation indicates either an error in Exim's configuration (for
15624 example, the router should be configured not to process this domain), or an
15625 error in the DNS (for example, the MX should not point to this host). For this
15626 reason, the default action is to log the incident, defer the address, and
15627 freeze the message. The following alternatives are provided for use in special
15628 cases:
15629
15630 .vlist
15631 .vitem &%defer%&
15632 Delivery of the message is tried again later, but the message is not frozen.
15633
15634 .vitem "&%reroute%&: <&'domain'&>"
15635 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to
15636 be reprocessed by the routers. No rewriting of headers takes place. This
15637 behaviour is essentially a redirection.
15638
15639 .vitem "&%reroute: rewrite:%& <&'domain'&>"
15640 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to be
15641 reprocessed by the routers. Any headers that contain the original domain are
15642 rewritten.
15643
15644 .vitem &%pass%&
15645 .cindex "&%more%& option"
15646 .cindex "&$self_hostname$&"
15647 The router passes the address to the next router, or to the router named in the
15648 &%pass_router%& option if it is set. This overrides &%no_more%&. During
15649 subsequent routing and delivery, the variable &$self_hostname$& contains the
15650 name of the local host that the router encountered. This can be used to
15651 distinguish between different cases for hosts with multiple names. The
15652 combination
15653 .code
15654 self = pass
15655 no_more
15656 .endd
15657 ensures that only those addresses that routed to the local host are passed on.
15658 Without &%no_more%&, addresses that were declined for other reasons would also
15659 be passed to the next router.
15660
15661 .vitem &%fail%&
15662 Delivery fails and an error report is generated.
15663
15664 .vitem &%send%&
15665 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
15666 The anomaly is ignored and the address is queued for the transport. This
15667 setting should be used with extreme caution. For an &(smtp)& transport, it
15668 makes sense only in cases where the program that is listening on the SMTP port
15669 is not this version of Exim. That is, it must be some other MTA, or Exim with a
15670 different configuration file that handles the domain in another way.
15671 .endlist
15672
15673
15674
15675 .option senders routers&!? "address list&!!" unset
15676 .cindex "router" "checking senders"
15677 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the message's sender
15678 address matches something on the list.
15679 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15680 are evaluated.
15681
15682 There are issues concerning verification when the running of routers is
15683 dependent on the sender. When Exim is verifying the address in an &%errors_to%&
15684 setting, it sets the sender to the null string. When using the &%-bt%& option
15685 to check a configuration file, it is necessary also to use the &%-f%& option to
15686 set an appropriate sender. For incoming mail, the sender is unset when
15687 verifying the sender, but is available when verifying any recipients. If the
15688 SMTP VRFY command is enabled, it must be used after MAIL if the sender address
15689 matters.
15690
15691
15692 .option translate_ip_address routers string&!! unset
15693 .cindex "IP address" "translating"
15694 .cindex "packet radio"
15695 .cindex "router" "IP address translation"
15696 There exist some rare networking situations (for example, packet radio) where
15697 it is helpful to be able to translate IP addresses generated by normal routing
15698 mechanisms into other IP addresses, thus performing a kind of manual IP
15699 routing. This should be done only if the normal IP routing of the TCP/IP stack
15700 is inadequate or broken. Because this is an extremely uncommon requirement, the
15701 code to support this option is not included in the Exim binary unless
15702 SUPPORT_TRANSLATE_IP_ADDRESS=yes is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
15703
15704 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
15705 The &%translate_ip_address%& string is expanded for every IP address generated
15706 by the router, with the generated address set in &$host_address$&. If the
15707 expansion is forced to fail, no action is taken.
15708 For any other expansion error, delivery of the message is deferred.
15709 If the result of the expansion is an IP address, that replaces the original
15710 address; otherwise the result is assumed to be a host name &-- this is looked
15711 up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) to
15712 produce one or more replacement IP addresses. For example, to subvert all IP
15713 addresses in some specific networks, this could be added to a router:
15714 .code
15715 translate_ip_address = \
15716 ${lookup{${mask:$host_address/26}}lsearch{/some/file}\
15717 {$value}fail}}
15718 .endd
15719 The file would contain lines like
15720 .code
15721 10.2.3.128/26 some.host
15722 10.8.4.34/26 10.44.8.15
15723 .endd
15724 You should not make use of this facility unless you really understand what you
15725 are doing.
15726
15727
15728
15729 .option transport routers string&!! unset
15730 This option specifies the transport to be used when a router accepts an address
15731 and sets it up for delivery. A transport is never needed if a router is used
15732 only for verification. The value of the option is expanded at routing time,
15733 after the expansion of &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&, and &%headers_remove%&,
15734 and result must be the name of one of the configured transports. If it is not,
15735 delivery is deferred.
15736
15737 The &%transport%& option is not used by the &(redirect)& router, but it does
15738 have some private options that set up transports for pipe and file deliveries
15739 (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>&).
15740
15741
15742
15743 .option transport_current_directory routers string&!! unset
15744 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
15745 This option associates a current directory with any address that is routed
15746 to a local transport. This can happen either because a transport is
15747 explicitly configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a
15748 file or a pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), this
15749 option string is expanded and is set as the current directory, unless
15750 overridden by a setting on the transport.
15751 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
15752 logged, and delivery is deferred.
15753 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for details of the local delivery
15754 environment.
15755
15756
15757
15758
15759 .option transport_home_directory routers string&!! "see below"
15760 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
15761 This option associates a home directory with any address that is routed to a
15762 local transport. This can happen either because a transport is explicitly
15763 configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a file or a
15764 pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), the option
15765 string is expanded and is set as the home directory, unless overridden by a
15766 setting of &%home_directory%& on the transport.
15767 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
15768 logged, and delivery is deferred.
15769
15770 If the transport does not specify a home directory, and
15771 &%transport_home_directory%& is not set for the router, the home directory for
15772 the tranport is taken from the password data if &%check_local_user%& is set for
15773 the router. Otherwise it is taken from &%router_home_directory%& if that option
15774 is set; if not, no home directory is set for the transport.
15775
15776 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for further details of the local delivery
15777 environment.
15778
15779
15780
15781
15782 .option unseen routers boolean&!! false
15783 .cindex "router" "carrying on after success"
15784 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
15785 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
15786 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
15787 fail, the default value for the option (false) is used. Other failures cause
15788 delivery to be deferred.
15789
15790 When this option is set true, routing does not cease if the router accepts the
15791 address. Instead, a copy of the incoming address is passed to the next router,
15792 overriding a false setting of &%more%&. There is little point in setting
15793 &%more%& false if &%unseen%& is always true, but it may be useful in cases when
15794 the value of &%unseen%& contains expansion items (and therefore, presumably, is
15795 sometimes true and sometimes false).
15796
15797 .cindex "copy of message (&%unseen%& option)"
15798 The &%unseen%& option can be used to cause copies of messages to be delivered
15799 to some other destination, while also carrying out a normal delivery. In
15800 effect, the current address is made into a &"parent"& that has two children &--
15801 one that is delivered as specified by this router, and a clone that goes on to
15802 be routed further. For this reason, &%unseen%& may not be combined with the
15803 &%one_time%& option in a &(redirect)& router.
15804
15805 &*Warning*&: Header lines added to the address (or specified for removal) by
15806 this router or by previous routers affect the &"unseen"& copy of the message
15807 only. The clone that continues to be processed by further routers starts with
15808 no added headers and none specified for removal. However, any data that was set
15809 by the &%address_data%& option in the current or previous routers is passed on.
15810 Setting the &%unseen%& option has a similar effect to the &%unseen%& command
15811 qualifier in filter files.
15812
15813
15814
15815 .option user routers string&!! "see below"
15816 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
15817 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15818 .cindex "transport" "local"
15819 .cindex "router" "user for filter processing"
15820 .cindex "filter" "user for processing"
15821 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
15822 specify a user, the user given here is used when running the delivery process.
15823 The user may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
15824 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
15825 This user is also used by the &(redirect)& router when running a filter file.
15826 The default is unset, except when &%check_local_user%& is set. In this case,
15827 the default is taken from the password information. If the user is specified as
15828 a name, and &%group%& is not set, the group associated with the user is used.
15829 See also &%initgroups%& and &%group%& and the discussion in chapter
15830 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15831
15832
15833
15834 .option verify routers&!? boolean true
15835 Setting this option has the effect of setting &%verify_sender%& and
15836 &%verify_recipient%& to the same value.
15837
15838
15839 .option verify_only routers&!? boolean false
15840 .cindex "EXPN" "with &%verify_only%&"
15841 .cindex "&%-bv%& option"
15842 .cindex "router" "used only when verifying"
15843 If this option is set, the router is used only when verifying an address or
15844 testing with the &%-bv%& option, not when actually doing a delivery, testing
15845 with the &%-bt%& option, or running the SMTP EXPN command. It can be further
15846 restricted to verifying only senders or recipients by means of
15847 &%verify_sender%& and &%verify_recipient%&.
15848
15849 &*Warning*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an incoming
15850 SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. If the router
15851 accesses any files, you need to make sure that they are accessible to the Exim
15852 user or group.
15853
15854
15855 .option verify_recipient routers&!? boolean true
15856 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying recipient
15857 addresses
15858 or testing recipient verification using &%-bv%&.
15859 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15860 are evaluated.
15861
15862
15863 .option verify_sender routers&!? boolean true
15864 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying sender addresses
15865 or testing sender verification using &%-bvs%&.
15866 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15867 are evaluated.
15868 .ecindex IIDgenoprou1
15869 .ecindex IIDgenoprou2
15870
15871
15872
15873
15874
15875
15876 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15877 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15878
15879 .chapter "The accept router"
15880 .cindex "&(accept)& router"
15881 .cindex "routers" "&(accept)&"
15882 The &(accept)& router has no private options of its own. Unless it is being
15883 used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to
15884 be defined by the generic &%transport%& option. If the preconditions that are
15885 specified by generic options are met, the router accepts the address and queues
15886 it for the given transport. The most common use of this router is for setting
15887 up deliveries to local mailboxes. For example:
15888 .code
15889 localusers:
15890 driver = accept
15891 domains = mydomain.example
15892 check_local_user
15893 transport = local_delivery
15894 .endd
15895 The &%domains%& condition in this example checks the domain of the address, and
15896 &%check_local_user%& checks that the local part is the login of a local user.
15897 When both preconditions are met, the &(accept)& router runs, and queues the
15898 address for the &(local_delivery)& transport.
15899
15900
15901
15902
15903
15904
15905 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15906 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15907
15908 .chapter "The dnslookup router" "CHAPdnslookup"
15909 .scindex IIDdnsrou1 "&(dnslookup)& router"
15910 .scindex IIDdnsrou2 "routers" "&(dnslookup)&"
15911 The &(dnslookup)& router looks up the hosts that handle mail for the
15912 recipient's domain in the DNS. A transport must always be set for this router,
15913 unless &%verify_only%& is set.
15914
15915 If SRV support is configured (see &%check_srv%& below), Exim first searches for
15916 SRV records. If none are found, or if SRV support is not configured,
15917 MX records are looked up. If no MX records exist, address records are sought.
15918 However, &%mx_domains%& can be set to disable the direct use of address
15919 records.
15920
15921 MX records of equal priority are sorted by Exim into a random order. Exim then
15922 looks for address records for the host names obtained from MX or SRV records.
15923 When a host has more than one IP address, they are sorted into a random order,
15924 except that IPv6 addresses are always sorted before IPv4 addresses. If all the
15925 IP addresses found are discarded by a setting of the &%ignore_target_hosts%&
15926 generic option, the router declines.
15927
15928 Unless they have the highest priority (lowest MX value), MX records that point
15929 to the local host, or to any host name that matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&,
15930 are discarded, together with any other MX records of equal or lower priority.
15931
15932 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
15933 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
15934 .cindex "&%self%& option" "in &(dnslookup)& router"
15935 If the host pointed to by the highest priority MX record, or looked up as an
15936 address record, is the local host, or matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, what
15937 happens is controlled by the generic &%self%& option.
15938
15939
15940 .section "Problems with DNS lookups" "SECTprowitdnsloo"
15941 There have been problems with DNS servers when SRV records are looked up.
15942 Some mis-behaving servers return a DNS error or timeout when a non-existent
15943 SRV record is sought. Similar problems have in the past been reported for
15944 MX records. The global &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& option can help with this
15945 problem, but it is heavy-handed because it is a global option.
15946
15947 For this reason, there are two options, &%srv_fail_domains%& and
15948 &%mx_fail_domains%&, that control what happens when a DNS lookup in a
15949 &(dnslookup)& router results in a DNS failure or a &"try again"& response. If
15950 an attempt to look up an SRV or MX record causes one of these results, and the
15951 domain matches the relevant list, Exim behaves as if the DNS had responded &"no
15952 such record"&. In the case of an SRV lookup, this means that the router
15953 proceeds to look for MX records; in the case of an MX lookup, it proceeds to
15954 look for A or AAAA records, unless the domain matches &%mx_domains%&, in which
15955 case routing fails.
15956
15957
15958
15959
15960 .section "Private options for dnslookup"
15961 .cindex "options" "&(dnslookup)& router"
15962 The private options for the &(dnslookup)& router are as follows:
15963
15964 .option check_secondary_mx dnslookup boolean false
15965 .cindex "MX record" "checking for secondary"
15966 If this option is set, the router declines unless the local host is found in
15967 (and removed from) the list of hosts obtained by MX lookup. This can be used to
15968 process domains for which the local host is a secondary mail exchanger
15969 differently to other domains. The way in which Exim decides whether a host is
15970 the local host is described in section &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
15971
15972
15973 .option check_srv dnslookup string&!! unset
15974 .cindex "SRV record" "enabling use of"
15975 The &(dnslookup)& router supports the use of SRV records (see RFC 2782) in
15976 addition to MX and address records. The support is disabled by default. To
15977 enable SRV support, set the &%check_srv%& option to the name of the service
15978 required. For example,
15979 .code
15980 check_srv = smtp
15981 .endd
15982 looks for SRV records that refer to the normal smtp service. The option is
15983 expanded, so the service name can vary from message to message or address
15984 to address. This might be helpful if SRV records are being used for a
15985 submission service. If the expansion is forced to fail, the &%check_srv%&
15986 option is ignored, and the router proceeds to look for MX records in the
15987 normal way.
15988
15989 When the expansion succeeds, the router searches first for SRV records for
15990 the given service (it assumes TCP protocol). A single SRV record with a
15991 host name that consists of just a single dot indicates &"no such service for
15992 this domain"&; if this is encountered, the router declines. If other kinds of
15993 SRV record are found, they are used to construct a host list for delivery
15994 according to the rules of RFC 2782. MX records are not sought in this case.
15995
15996 When no SRV records are found, MX records (and address records) are sought in
15997 the traditional way. In other words, SRV records take precedence over MX
15998 records, just as MX records take precedence over address records. Note that
15999 this behaviour is not sanctioned by RFC 2782, though a previous draft RFC
16000 defined it. It is apparently believed that MX records are sufficient for email
16001 and that SRV records should not be used for this purpose. However, SRV records
16002 have an additional &"weight"& feature which some people might find useful when
16003 trying to split an SMTP load between hosts of different power.
16004
16005 See section &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& above for a discussion of Exim's behaviour
16006 when there is a DNS lookup error.
16007
16008
16009
16010 .option mx_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16011 .cindex "MX record" "required to exist"
16012 .cindex "SRV record" "required to exist"
16013 A domain that matches &%mx_domains%& is required to have either an MX or an SRV
16014 record in order to be recognised. (The name of this option could be improved.)
16015 For example, if all the mail hosts in &'fict.example'& are known to have MX
16016 records, except for those in &'discworld.fict.example'&, you could use this
16017 setting:
16018 .code
16019 mx_domains = ! *.discworld.fict.example : *.fict.example
16020 .endd
16021 This specifies that messages addressed to a domain that matches the list but
16022 has no MX record should be bounced immediately instead of being routed using
16023 the address record.
16024
16025
16026 .option mx_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16027 If the DNS lookup for MX records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16028 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no MX records were found. See section
16029 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034 .option qualify_single dnslookup boolean true
16035 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16036 .cindex "DNS" "qualifying single-component names"
16037 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DEFNAMES is set for DNS
16038 lookups. Typically, but not standardly, this causes the resolver to qualify
16039 single-component names with the default domain. For example, on a machine
16040 called &'dictionary.ref.example'&, the domain &'thesaurus'& would be changed to
16041 &'thesaurus.ref.example'& inside the resolver. For details of what your
16042 resolver actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and
16043 &'resolv.conf'&.
16044
16045
16046
16047 .option rewrite_headers dnslookup boolean true
16048 .cindex "rewriting" "header lines"
16049 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting"
16050 If the domain name in the address that is being processed is not fully
16051 qualified, it may be expanded to its full form by a DNS lookup. For example, if
16052 an address is specified as &'dormouse@teaparty'&, the domain might be
16053 expanded to &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. Domain expansion can also
16054 occur as a result of setting the &%widen_domains%& option. If
16055 &%rewrite_headers%& is true, all occurrences of the abbreviated domain name in
16056 any &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-to:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&
16057 header lines of the message are rewritten with the full domain name.
16058
16059 This option should be turned off only when it is known that no message is
16060 ever going to be sent outside an environment where the abbreviation makes
16061 sense.
16062
16063 When an MX record is looked up in the DNS and matches a wildcard record, name
16064 servers normally return a record containing the name that has been looked up,
16065 making it impossible to detect whether a wildcard was present or not. However,
16066 some name servers have recently been seen to return the wildcard entry. If the
16067 name returned by a DNS lookup begins with an asterisk, it is not used for
16068 header rewriting.
16069
16070
16071 .option same_domain_copy_routing dnslookup boolean false
16072 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
16073 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(dnslookup)& router
16074 to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the router
16075 options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
16076 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
16077 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
16078 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
16079
16080 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
16081 domain, and you are using a &(dnslookup)& router which is independent of the
16082 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
16083 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when &(dnslookup)&
16084 routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted addresses in the
16085 message that have the same domain are automatically given the same routing
16086 without processing them independently,
16087 provided the following conditions are met:
16088
16089 .ilist
16090 No router that processed the address specified &%headers_add%& or
16091 &%headers_remove%&.
16092 .next
16093 The router did not change the address in any way, for example, by &"widening"&
16094 the domain.
16095 .endlist
16096
16097
16098
16099
16100 .option search_parents dnslookup boolean false
16101 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16102 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DNSRCH is set for DNS
16103 lookups. This is different from the &%qualify_single%& option in that it
16104 applies to domains containing dots. Typically, but not standardly, it causes
16105 the resolver to search for the name in the current domain and in parent
16106 domains. For example, on a machine in the &'fict.example'& domain, if looking
16107 up &'teaparty.wonderland'& failed, the resolver would try
16108 &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. For details of what your resolver
16109 actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and &'resolv.conf'&.
16110
16111 Setting this option true can cause problems in domains that have a wildcard MX
16112 record, because any domain that does not have its own MX record matches the
16113 local wildcard.
16114
16115
16116
16117 .option srv_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16118 If the DNS lookup for SRV records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16119 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no SRV records were found. See section
16120 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125 .option widen_domains dnslookup "string list" unset
16126 .cindex "domain" "partial; widening"
16127 If a DNS lookup fails and this option is set, each of its strings in turn is
16128 added onto the end of the domain, and the lookup is tried again. For example,
16129 if
16130 .code
16131 widen_domains = fict.example:ref.example
16132 .endd
16133 is set and a lookup of &'klingon.dictionary'& fails,
16134 &'klingon.dictionary.fict.example'& is looked up, and if this fails,
16135 &'klingon.dictionary.ref.example'& is tried. Note that the &%qualify_single%&
16136 and &%search_parents%& options can cause some widening to be undertaken inside
16137 the DNS resolver. &%widen_domains%& is not applied to sender addresses
16138 when verifying, unless &%rewrite_headers%& is false (not the default).
16139
16140
16141 .section "Effect of qualify_single and search_parents"
16142 When a domain from an envelope recipient is changed by the resolver as a result
16143 of the &%qualify_single%& or &%search_parents%& options, Exim rewrites the
16144 corresponding address in the message's header lines unless &%rewrite_headers%&
16145 is set false. Exim then re-routes the address, using the full domain.
16146
16147 These two options affect only the DNS lookup that takes place inside the router
16148 for the domain of the address that is being routed. They do not affect lookups
16149 such as that implied by
16150 .code
16151 domains = @mx_any
16152 .endd
16153 that may happen while processing a router precondition before the router is
16154 entered. No widening ever takes place for these lookups.
16155 .ecindex IIDdnsrou1
16156 .ecindex IIDdnsrou2
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16167 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16168
16169 .chapter "The ipliteral router"
16170 .cindex "&(ipliteral)& router"
16171 .cindex "domain literal" "routing"
16172 .cindex "routers" "&(ipliteral)&"
16173 This router has no private options. Unless it is being used purely for
16174 verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to be defined by the
16175 generic &%transport%& option. The router accepts the address if its domain part
16176 takes the form of an RFC 2822 domain literal. For example, the &(ipliteral)&
16177 router handles the address
16178 .code
16179 root@[192.168.1.1]
16180 .endd
16181 by setting up delivery to the host with that IP address. IPv4 domain literals
16182 consist of an IPv4 address enclosed in square brackets. IPv6 domain literals
16183 are similar, but the address is preceded by &`ipv6:`&. For example:
16184 .code
16185 postmaster@[ipv6:fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678]
16186 .endd
16187 Exim allows &`ipv4:`& before IPv4 addresses, for consistency, and on the
16188 grounds that sooner or later somebody will try it.
16189
16190 .cindex "&%self%& option" "in &(ipliteral)& router"
16191 If the IP address matches something in &%ignore_target_hosts%&, the router
16192 declines. If an IP literal turns out to refer to the local host, the generic
16193 &%self%& option determines what happens.
16194
16195 The RFCs require support for domain literals; however, their use is
16196 controversial in today's Internet. If you want to use this router, you must
16197 also set the main configuration option &%allow_domain_literals%&. Otherwise,
16198 Exim will not recognize the domain literal syntax in addresses.
16199
16200
16201
16202 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16203 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16204
16205 .chapter "The iplookup router"
16206 .cindex "&(iplookup)& router"
16207 .cindex "routers" "&(iplookup)&"
16208 The &(iplookup)& router was written to fulfil a specific requirement in
16209 Cambridge University (which in fact no longer exists). For this reason, it is
16210 not included in the binary of Exim by default. If you want to include it, you
16211 must set
16212 .code
16213 ROUTER_IPLOOKUP=yes
16214 .endd
16215 in your &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file.
16216
16217 The &(iplookup)& router routes an address by sending it over a TCP or UDP
16218 connection to one or more specific hosts. The host can then return the same or
16219 a different address &-- in effect rewriting the recipient address in the
16220 message's envelope. The new address is then passed on to subsequent routers. If
16221 this process fails, the address can be passed on to other routers, or delivery
16222 can be deferred. Since &(iplookup)& is just a rewriting router, a transport
16223 must not be specified for it.
16224
16225 .cindex "options" "&(iplookup)& router"
16226 .option hosts iplookup string unset
16227 This option must be supplied. Its value is a colon-separated list of host
16228 names. The hosts are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
16229 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
16230 and are tried in order until one responds to the query. If none respond, what
16231 happens is controlled by &%optional%&.
16232
16233
16234 .option optional iplookup boolean false
16235 If &%optional%& is true, if no response is obtained from any host, the address
16236 is passed to the next router, overriding &%no_more%&. If &%optional%& is false,
16237 delivery to the address is deferred.
16238
16239
16240 .option port iplookup integer 0
16241 .cindex "port" "&(iplookup)& router"
16242 This option must be supplied. It specifies the port number for the TCP or UDP
16243 call.
16244
16245
16246 .option protocol iplookup string udp
16247 This option can be set to &"udp"& or &"tcp"& to specify which of the two
16248 protocols is to be used.
16249
16250
16251 .option query iplookup string&!! "&`$local_part@$domain $local_part@$domain`&"
16252 This defines the content of the query that is sent to the remote hosts. The
16253 repetition serves as a way of checking that a response is to the correct query
16254 in the default case (see &%response_pattern%& below).
16255
16256
16257 .option reroute iplookup string&!! unset
16258 If this option is not set, the rerouted address is precisely the byte string
16259 returned by the remote host, up to the first white space, if any. If set, the
16260 string is expanded to form the rerouted address. It can include parts matched
16261 in the response by &%response_pattern%& by means of numeric variables such as
16262 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. The variable &$0$& refers to the entire input string,
16263 whether or not a pattern is in use. In all cases, the rerouted address must end
16264 up in the form &'local_part@domain'&.
16265
16266
16267 .option response_pattern iplookup string unset
16268 This option can be set to a regular expression that is applied to the string
16269 returned from the remote host. If the pattern does not match the response, the
16270 router declines. If &%response_pattern%& is not set, no checking of the
16271 response is done, unless the query was defaulted, in which case there is a
16272 check that the text returned after the first white space is the original
16273 address. This checks that the answer that has been received is in response to
16274 the correct question. For example, if the response is just a new domain, the
16275 following could be used:
16276 .code
16277 response_pattern = ^([^@]+)$
16278 reroute = $local_part@$1
16279 .endd
16280
16281 .option timeout iplookup time 5s
16282 This specifies the amount of time to wait for a response from the remote
16283 machine. The same timeout is used for the &[connect()]& function for a TCP
16284 call. It does not apply to UDP.
16285
16286
16287
16288
16289 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16290 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16291
16292 .chapter "The manualroute router"
16293 .scindex IIDmanrou1 "&(manualroute)& router"
16294 .scindex IIDmanrou2 "routers" "&(manualroute)&"
16295 .cindex "domain" "manually routing"
16296 The &(manualroute)& router is so-called because it provides a way of manually
16297 routing an address according to its domain. It is mainly used when you want to
16298 route addresses to remote hosts according to your own rules, bypassing the
16299 normal DNS routing that looks up MX records. However, &(manualroute)& can also
16300 route to local transports, a facility that may be useful if you want to save
16301 messages for dial-in hosts in local files.
16302
16303 The &(manualroute)& router compares a list of domain patterns with the domain
16304 it is trying to route. If there is no match, the router declines. Each pattern
16305 has associated with it a list of hosts and some other optional data, which may
16306 include a transport. The combination of a pattern and its data is called a
16307 &"routing rule"&. For patterns that do not have an associated transport, the
16308 generic &%transport%& option must specify a transport, unless the router is
16309 being used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&).
16310
16311 .cindex "&$host$&"
16312 In the case of verification, matching the domain pattern is sufficient for the
16313 router to accept the address. When actually routing an address for delivery,
16314 an address that matches a domain pattern is queued for the associated
16315 transport. If the transport is not a local one, a host list must be associated
16316 with the pattern; IP addresses are looked up for the hosts, and these are
16317 passed to the transport along with the mail address. For local transports, a
16318 host list is optional. If it is present, it is passed in &$host$& as a single
16319 text string.
16320
16321 The list of routing rules can be provided as an inline string in
16322 &%route_list%&, or the data can be obtained by looking up the domain in a file
16323 or database by setting &%route_data%&. Only one of these settings may appear in
16324 any one instance of &(manualroute)&. The format of routing rules is described
16325 below, following the list of private options.
16326
16327
16328 .section "Private options for manualroute" "SECTprioptman"
16329
16330 .cindex "options" "&(manualroute)& router"
16331 The private options for the &(manualroute)& router are as follows:
16332
16333
16334 .option host_find_failed manualroute string freeze
16335 This option controls what happens when &(manualroute)& tries to find an IP
16336 address for a host, and the host does not exist. The option can be set to one
16337 of
16338 .code
16339 decline
16340 defer
16341 fail
16342 freeze
16343 pass
16344 .endd
16345 The default assumes that this state is a serious configuration error. The
16346 difference between &"pass"& and &"decline"& is that the former forces the
16347 address to be passed to the next router (or the router defined by
16348 &%pass_router%&),
16349 .cindex "&%more%& option"
16350 overriding &%no_more%&, whereas the latter passes the address to the next
16351 router only if &%more%& is true.
16352
16353 This option applies only to a definite &"does not exist"& state; if a host
16354 lookup gets a temporary error, delivery is deferred unless the generic
16355 &%pass_on_timeout%& option is set.
16356
16357
16358 .option hosts_randomize manualroute boolean false
16359 .cindex "randomized host list"
16360 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
16361 If this option is set, the order of the items in a host list in a routing rule
16362 is randomized each time the list is used, unless an option in the routing rule
16363 overrides (see below). Randomizing the order of a host list can be used to do
16364 crude load sharing. However, if more than one mail address is routed by the
16365 same router to the same host list, the host lists are considered to be the same
16366 (even though they may be randomized into different orders) for the purpose of
16367 deciding whether to batch the deliveries into a single SMTP transaction.
16368
16369 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split
16370 into groups whose order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to
16371 set up MX-like behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an
16372 item that is just &`+`& in the host list. For example:
16373 .code
16374 route_list = * host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
16375 .endd
16376 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
16377 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
16378 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored. If a
16379 randomized host list is passed to an &(smtp)& transport that also has
16380 &%hosts_randomize set%&, the list is not re-randomized.
16381
16382
16383 .option route_data manualroute string&!! unset
16384 If this option is set, it must expand to yield the data part of a routing rule.
16385 Typically, the expansion string includes a lookup based on the domain. For
16386 example:
16387 .code
16388 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/etc/routes}}
16389 .endd
16390 If the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the
16391 router declines. Other kinds of expansion failure cause delivery to be
16392 deferred.
16393
16394
16395 .option route_list manualroute " "string list" " semicolon-separated""
16396 This string is a list of routing rules, in the form defined below. Note that,
16397 unlike most string lists, the items are separated by semicolons. This is so
16398 that they may contain colon-separated host lists.
16399
16400
16401 .option same_domain_copy_routing manualroute boolean false
16402 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
16403 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(manualroute)&
16404 router to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the
16405 router options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
16406 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
16407 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
16408 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
16409
16410 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
16411 domain, and you are using a &(manualroute)& router which is independent of the
16412 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
16413 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when
16414 &(manualroute)& routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted
16415 addresses in the message that have the same domain are automatically given the
16416 same routing without processing them independently. However, this is only done
16417 if &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& are unset.
16418
16419
16420
16421
16422 .section "Routing rules in route_list"
16423 The value of &%route_list%& is a string consisting of a sequence of routing
16424 rules, separated by semicolons. If a semicolon is needed in a rule, it can be
16425 entered as two semicolons. Alternatively, the list separator can be changed as
16426 described (for colon-separated lists) in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
16427 Empty rules are ignored. The format of each rule is
16428 .display
16429 <&'domain pattern'&> <&'list of hosts'&> <&'options'&>
16430 .endd
16431 The following example contains two rules, each with a simple domain pattern and
16432 no options:
16433 .code
16434 route_list = \
16435 dict.ref.example mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example ; \
16436 thes.ref.example mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
16437 .endd
16438 The three parts of a rule are separated by white space. The pattern and the
16439 list of hosts can be enclosed in quotes if necessary, and if they are, the
16440 usual quoting rules apply. Each rule in a &%route_list%& must start with a
16441 single domain pattern, which is the only mandatory item in the rule. The
16442 pattern is in the same format as one item in a domain list (see section
16443 &<<SECTdomainlist>>&),
16444 except that it may not be the name of an interpolated file.
16445 That is, it may be wildcarded, or a regular expression, or a file or database
16446 lookup (with semicolons doubled, because of the use of semicolon as a separator
16447 in a &%route_list%&).
16448
16449 The rules in &%route_list%& are searched in order until one of the patterns
16450 matches the domain that is being routed. The list of hosts and then options are
16451 then used as described below. If there is no match, the router declines. When
16452 &%route_list%& is set, &%route_data%& must not be set.
16453
16454
16455
16456 .section "Routing rules in route_data"
16457 The use of &%route_list%& is convenient when there are only a small number of
16458 routing rules. For larger numbers, it is easier to use a file or database to
16459 hold the routing information, and use the &%route_data%& option instead.
16460 The value of &%route_data%& is a list of hosts, followed by (optional) options.
16461 Most commonly, &%route_data%& is set as a string that contains an
16462 expansion lookup. For example, suppose we place two routing rules in a file
16463 like this:
16464 .code
16465 dict.ref.example: mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example
16466 thes.ref.example: mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
16467 .endd
16468 This data can be accessed by setting
16469 .code
16470 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/the/file/name}}
16471 .endd
16472 Failure of the lookup results in an empty string, causing the router to
16473 decline. However, you do not have to use a lookup in &%route_data%&. The only
16474 requirement is that the result of expanding the string is a list of hosts,
16475 possibly followed by options, separated by white space. The list of hosts must
16476 be enclosed in quotes if it contains white space.
16477
16478
16479
16480
16481 .section "Format of the list of hosts"
16482 A list of hosts, whether obtained via &%route_data%& or &%route_list%&, is
16483 always separately expanded before use. If the expansion fails, the router
16484 declines. The result of the expansion must be a colon-separated list of names
16485 and/or IP addresses, optionally also including ports. The format of each item
16486 in the list is described in the next section. The list separator can be changed
16487 as described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
16488
16489 If the list of hosts was obtained from a &%route_list%& item, the following
16490 variables are set during its expansion:
16491
16492 .ilist
16493 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(manualroute)& router"
16494 If the domain was matched against a regular expression, the numeric variables
16495 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set. For example:
16496 .code
16497 route_list = ^domain(\d+) host-$1.text.example
16498 .endd
16499 .next
16500 &$0$& is always set to the entire domain.
16501 .next
16502 &$1$& is also set when partial matching is done in a file lookup.
16503
16504 .next
16505 .cindex "&$value$&"
16506 If the pattern that matched the domain was a lookup item, the data that was
16507 looked up is available in the expansion variable &$value$&. For example:
16508 .code
16509 route_list = lsearch;;/some/file.routes $value
16510 .endd
16511 .endlist
16512
16513 Note the doubling of the semicolon in the pattern that is necessary because
16514 semicolon is the default route list separator.
16515
16516
16517
16518 .section "Format of one host item" "SECTformatonehostitem"
16519 Each item in the list of hosts is either a host name or an IP address,
16520 optionally with an attached port number. When no port is given, an IP address
16521 is not enclosed in brackets. When a port is specified, it overrides the port
16522 specification on the transport. The port is separated from the name or address
16523 by a colon. This leads to some complications:
16524
16525 .ilist
16526 Because colon is the default separator for the list of hosts, either
16527 the colon that specifies a port must be doubled, or the list separator must
16528 be changed. The following two examples have the same effect:
16529 .code
16530 route_list = * "host1.tld::1225 : host2.tld::1226"
16531 route_list = * "<+ host1.tld:1225 + host2.tld:1226"
16532 .endd
16533 .next
16534 When IPv6 addresses are involved, it gets worse, because they contain
16535 colons of their own. To make this case easier, it is permitted to
16536 enclose an IP address (either v4 or v6) in square brackets if a port
16537 number follows. For example:
16538 .code
16539 route_list = * "</ [10.1.1.1]:1225 / [::1]:1226"
16540 .endd
16541 .endlist
16542
16543 .section "How the list of hosts is used" "SECThostshowused"
16544 When an address is routed to an &(smtp)& transport by &(manualroute)&, each of
16545 the hosts is tried, in the order specified, when carrying out the SMTP
16546 delivery. However, the order can be changed by setting the &%hosts_randomize%&
16547 option, either on the router (see section &<<SECTprioptman>>& above), or on the
16548 transport.
16549
16550 Hosts may be listed by name or by IP address. An unadorned name in the list of
16551 hosts is interpreted as a host name. A name that is followed by &`/MX`& is
16552 interpreted as an indirection to a sublist of hosts obtained by looking up MX
16553 records in the DNS. For example:
16554 .code
16555 route_list = * x.y.z:p.q.r/MX:e.f.g
16556 .endd
16557 If this feature is used with a port specifier, the port must come last. For
16558 example:
16559 .code
16560 route_list = * dom1.tld/mx::1225
16561 .endd
16562 If the &%hosts_randomize%& option is set, the order of the items in the list is
16563 randomized before any lookups are done. Exim then scans the list; for any name
16564 that is not followed by &`/MX`& it looks up an IP address. If this turns out to
16565 be an interface on the local host and the item is not the first in the list,
16566 Exim discards it and any subsequent items. If it is the first item, what
16567 happens is controlled by the
16568 .cindex "&%self%& option" "in &(manualroute)& router"
16569 &%self%& option of the router.
16570
16571 A name on the list that is followed by &`/MX`& is replaced with the list of
16572 hosts obtained by looking up MX records for the name. This is always a DNS
16573 lookup; the &%bydns%& and &%byname%& options (see section &<<SECThowoptused>>&
16574 below) are not relevant here. The order of these hosts is determined by the
16575 preference values in the MX records, according to the usual rules. Because
16576 randomizing happens before the MX lookup, it does not affect the order that is
16577 defined by MX preferences.
16578
16579 If the local host is present in the sublist obtained from MX records, but is
16580 not the most preferred host in that list, it and any equally or less
16581 preferred hosts are removed before the sublist is inserted into the main list.
16582
16583 If the local host is the most preferred host in the MX list, what happens
16584 depends on where in the original list of hosts the &`/MX`& item appears. If it
16585 is not the first item (that is, there are previous hosts in the main list),
16586 Exim discards this name and any subsequent items in the main list.
16587
16588 If the MX item is first in the list of hosts, and the local host is the
16589 most preferred host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& option of the
16590 router.
16591
16592 DNS failures when lookup up the MX records are treated in the same way as DNS
16593 failures when looking up IP addresses: &%pass_on_timeout%& and
16594 &%host_find_failed%& are used when relevant.
16595
16596 The generic &%ignore_target_hosts%& option applies to all hosts in the list,
16597 whether obtained from an MX lookup or not.
16598
16599
16600
16601 .section "How the options are used" "SECThowoptused"
16602 The options are a sequence of words; in practice no more than three are ever
16603 present. One of the words can be the name of a transport; this overrides the
16604 &%transport%& option on the router for this particular routing rule only. The
16605 other words (if present) control randomization of the list of hosts on a
16606 per-rule basis, and how the IP addresses of the hosts are to be found when
16607 routing to a remote transport. These options are as follows:
16608
16609 .ilist
16610 &%randomize%&: randomize the order of the hosts in this list, overriding the
16611 setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
16612 .next
16613 &%no_randomize%&: do not randomize the order of the hosts in this list,
16614 overriding the setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
16615 .next
16616 &%byname%&: use &[getipnodebyname()]& (&[gethostbyname()]& on older systems) to
16617 find IP addresses. This function may ultimately cause a DNS lookup, but it may
16618 also look in &_/etc/hosts_& or other sources of information.
16619 .next
16620 &%bydns%&: look up address records for the hosts directly in the DNS; fail if
16621 no address records are found. If there is a temporary DNS error (such as a
16622 timeout), delivery is deferred.
16623 .endlist
16624
16625 For example:
16626 .code
16627 route_list = domain1 host1:host2:host3 randomize bydns;\
16628 domain2 host4:host5
16629 .endd
16630 If neither &%byname%& nor &%bydns%& is given, Exim behaves as follows: First, a
16631 DNS lookup is done. If this yields anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that
16632 result is used. Otherwise, Exim goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]&
16633 or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the result of the lookup is the result of that
16634 call.
16635
16636 &*Warning*&: It has been discovered that on some systems, if a DNS lookup
16637 called via &[getipnodebyname()]& times out, HOST_NOT_FOUND is returned
16638 instead of TRY_AGAIN. That is why the default action is to try a DNS
16639 lookup first. Only if that gives a definite &"no such host"& is the local
16640 function called.
16641
16642
16643
16644 If no IP address for a host can be found, what happens is controlled by the
16645 &%host_find_failed%& option.
16646
16647 .cindex "&$host$&"
16648 When an address is routed to a local transport, IP addresses are not looked up.
16649 The host list is passed to the transport in the &$host$& variable.
16650
16651
16652
16653 .section "Manualroute examples"
16654 In some of the examples that follow, the presence of the &%remote_smtp%&
16655 transport, as defined in the default configuration file, is assumed:
16656
16657 .ilist
16658 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
16659 The &(manualroute)& router can be used to forward all external mail to a
16660 &'smart host'&. If you have set up, in the main part of the configuration, a
16661 named domain list that contains your local domains, for example:
16662 .code
16663 domainlist local_domains = my.domain.example
16664 .endd
16665 You can arrange for all other domains to be routed to a smart host by making
16666 your first router something like this:
16667 .code
16668 smart_route:
16669 driver = manualroute
16670 domains = !+local_domains
16671 transport = remote_smtp
16672 route_list = * smarthost.ref.example
16673 .endd
16674 This causes all non-local addresses to be sent to the single host
16675 &'smarthost.ref.example'&. If a colon-separated list of smart hosts is given,
16676 they are tried in order
16677 (but you can use &%hosts_randomize%& to vary the order each time).
16678 Another way of configuring the same thing is this:
16679 .code
16680 smart_route:
16681 driver = manualroute
16682 transport = remote_smtp
16683 route_list = !+local_domains smarthost.ref.example
16684 .endd
16685 There is no difference in behaviour between these two routers as they stand.
16686 However, they behave differently if &%no_more%& is added to them. In the first
16687 example, the router is skipped if the domain does not match the &%domains%&
16688 precondition; the following router is always tried. If the router runs, it
16689 always matches the domain and so can never decline. Therefore, &%no_more%&
16690 would have no effect. In the second case, the router is never skipped; it
16691 always runs. However, if it doesn't match the domain, it declines. In this case
16692 &%no_more%& would prevent subsequent routers from running.
16693
16694 .next
16695 .cindex "mail hub example"
16696 A &'mail hub'& is a host which receives mail for a number of domains via MX
16697 records in the DNS and delivers it via its own private routing mechanism. Often
16698 the final destinations are behind a firewall, with the mail hub being the one
16699 machine that can connect to machines both inside and outside the firewall. The
16700 &(manualroute)& router is usually used on a mail hub to route incoming messages
16701 to the correct hosts. For a small number of domains, the routing can be inline,
16702 using the &%route_list%& option, but for a larger number a file or database
16703 lookup is easier to manage.
16704
16705 If the domain names are in fact the names of the machines to which the mail is
16706 to be sent by the mail hub, the configuration can be quite simple. For
16707 example:
16708 .code
16709 hub_route:
16710 driver = manualroute
16711 transport = remote_smtp
16712 route_list = *.rhodes.tvs.example $domain
16713 .endd
16714 This configuration routes domains that match &`*.rhodes.tvs.example`& to hosts
16715 whose names are the same as the mail domains. A similar approach can be taken
16716 if the host name can be obtained from the domain name by a string manipulation
16717 that the expansion facilities can handle. Otherwise, a lookup based on the
16718 domain can be used to find the host:
16719 .code
16720 through_firewall:
16721 driver = manualroute
16722 transport = remote_smtp
16723 route_data = ${lookup {$domain} cdb {/internal/host/routes}}
16724 .endd
16725 The result of the lookup must be the name or IP address of the host (or
16726 hosts) to which the address is to be routed. If the lookup fails, the route
16727 data is empty, causing the router to decline. The address then passes to the
16728 next router.
16729
16730 .next
16731 .cindex "batched SMTP output example"
16732 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing; example"
16733 You can use &(manualroute)& to deliver messages to pipes or files in batched
16734 SMTP format for onward transportation by some other means. This is one way of
16735 storing mail for a dial-up host when it is not connected. The route list entry
16736 can be as simple as a single domain name in a configuration like this:
16737 .code
16738 save_in_file:
16739 driver = manualroute
16740 transport = batchsmtp_appendfile
16741 route_list = saved.domain.example
16742 .endd
16743 though often a pattern is used to pick up more than one domain. If there are
16744 several domains or groups of domains with different transport requirements,
16745 different transports can be listed in the routing information:
16746 .code
16747 save_in_file:
16748 driver = manualroute
16749 route_list = \
16750 *.saved.domain1.example $domain batch_appendfile; \
16751 *.saved.domain2.example \
16752 ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/domain2/hosts}{$value}fail} \
16753 batch_pipe
16754 .endd
16755 .cindex "&$domain$&"
16756 .cindex "&$host$&"
16757 The first of these just passes the domain in the &$host$& variable, which
16758 doesn't achieve much (since it is also in &$domain$&), but the second does a
16759 file lookup to find a value to pass, causing the router to decline to handle
16760 the address if the lookup fails.
16761
16762 .next
16763 .cindex "UUCP" "example of router for"
16764 Routing mail directly to UUCP software is a specific case of the use of
16765 &(manualroute)& in a gateway to another mail environment. This is an example of
16766 one way it can be done:
16767 .code
16768 # Transport
16769 uucp:
16770 driver = pipe
16771 user = nobody
16772 command = /usr/local/bin/uux -r - \
16773 ${substr_-5:$host}!rmail ${local_part}
16774 return_fail_output = true
16775
16776 # Router
16777 uucphost:
16778 transport = uucp
16779 driver = manualroute
16780 route_data = \
16781 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/usr/local/exim/uucphosts}}
16782 .endd
16783 The file &_/usr/local/exim/uucphosts_& contains entries like
16784 .code
16785 darksite.ethereal.example: darksite.UUCP
16786 .endd
16787 It can be set up more simply without adding and removing &".UUCP"& but this way
16788 makes clear the distinction between the domain name
16789 &'darksite.ethereal.example'& and the UUCP host name &'darksite'&.
16790 .endlist
16791 .ecindex IIDmanrou1
16792 .ecindex IIDmanrou2
16793
16794
16795
16796
16797
16798
16799
16800
16801 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16802 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16803
16804 .chapter "The queryprogram router" "CHAPdriverlast"
16805 .scindex IIDquerou1 "&(queryprogram)& router"
16806 .scindex IIDquerou2 "routers" "&(queryprogram)&"
16807 .cindex "routing" "by external program"
16808 The &(queryprogram)& router routes an address by running an external command
16809 and acting on its output. This is an expensive way to route, and is intended
16810 mainly for use in lightly-loaded systems, or for performing experiments.
16811 However, if it is possible to use the precondition options (&%domains%&,
16812 &%local_parts%&, etc) to skip this router for most addresses, it could sensibly
16813 be used in special cases, even on a busy host. There are the following private
16814 options:
16815 .cindex "options" "&(queryprogram)& router"
16816
16817 .option command queryprogram string&!! unset
16818 This option must be set. It specifies the command that is to be run. The
16819 command is split up into a command name and arguments, and then each is
16820 expanded separately (exactly as for a &(pipe)& transport, described in chapter
16821 &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&).
16822
16823
16824 .option command_group queryprogram string unset
16825 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in &(queryprogram)& router"
16826 This option specifies a gid to be set when running the command while routing an
16827 address for deliver. It must be set if &%command_user%& specifies a numerical
16828 uid. If it begins with a digit, it is interpreted as the numerical value of the
16829 gid. Otherwise it is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&.
16830
16831
16832 .option command_user queryprogram string unset
16833 .cindex "uid (user id)" "for &(queryprogram)&"
16834 This option must be set. It specifies the uid which is set when running the
16835 command while routing an address for delivery. If the value begins with a digit,
16836 it is interpreted as the numerical value of the uid. Otherwise, it is looked up
16837 using &[getpwnam()]& to obtain a value for the uid and, if &%command_group%& is
16838 not set, a value for the gid also.
16839
16840 &*Warning:*& Changing uid and gid is possible only when Exim is running as
16841 root, which it does during a normal delivery in a conventional configuration.
16842 However, when an address is being verified during message reception, Exim is
16843 usually running as the Exim user, not as root. If the &(queryprogram)& router
16844 is called from a non-root process, Exim cannot change uid or gid before running
16845 the command. In this circumstance the command runs under the current uid and
16846 gid.
16847
16848
16849 .option current_directory queryprogram string /
16850 This option specifies an absolute path which is made the current directory
16851 before running the command.
16852
16853
16854 .option timeout queryprogram time 1h
16855 If the command does not complete within the timeout period, its process group
16856 is killed and the message is frozen. A value of zero time specifies no
16857 timeout.
16858
16859
16860 The standard output of the command is connected to a pipe, which is read when
16861 the command terminates. It should consist of a single line of output,
16862 containing up to five fields, separated by white space. The maximum length of
16863 the line is 1023 characters. Longer lines are silently truncated. The first
16864 field is one of the following words (case-insensitive):
16865
16866 .ilist
16867 &'Accept'&: routing succeeded; the remaining fields specify what to do (see
16868 below).
16869 .next
16870 &'Decline'&: the router declines; pass the address to the next router, unless
16871 &%no_more%& is set.
16872 .next
16873 &'Fail'&: routing failed; do not pass the address to any more routers. Any
16874 subsequent text on the line is an error message. If the router is run as part
16875 of address verification during an incoming SMTP message, the message is
16876 included in the SMTP response.
16877 .next
16878 &'Defer'&: routing could not be completed at this time; try again later. Any
16879 subsequent text on the line is an error message which is logged. It is not
16880 included in any SMTP response.
16881 .next
16882 &'Freeze'&: the same as &'defer'&, except that the message is frozen.
16883 .next
16884 &'Pass'&: pass the address to the next router (or the router specified by
16885 &%pass_router%&), overriding &%no_more%&.
16886 .next
16887 &'Redirect'&: the message is redirected. The remainder of the line is a list of
16888 new addresses, which are routed independently, starting with the first router,
16889 or the router specified by &%redirect_router%&, if set.
16890 .endlist
16891
16892 When the first word is &'accept'&, the remainder of the line consists of a
16893 number of keyed data values, as follows (split into two lines here, to fit on
16894 the page):
16895 .code
16896 ACCEPT TRANSPORT=<transport> HOSTS=<list of hosts>
16897 LOOKUP=byname|bydns DATA=<text>
16898 .endd
16899 The data items can be given in any order, and all are optional. If no transport
16900 is included, the transport specified by the generic &%transport%& option is
16901 used. The list of hosts and the lookup type are needed only if the transport is
16902 an &(smtp)& transport that does not itself supply a list of hosts.
16903
16904 The format of the list of hosts is the same as for the &(manualroute)& router.
16905 As well as host names and IP addresses with optional port numbers, as described
16906 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&, it may contain names followed by
16907 &`/MX`& to specify sublists of hosts that are obtained by looking up MX records
16908 (see section &<<SECThostshowused>>&).
16909
16910 If the lookup type is not specified, Exim behaves as follows when trying to
16911 find an IP address for each host: First, a DNS lookup is done. If this yields
16912 anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that result is used. Otherwise, Exim
16913 goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]& or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the
16914 result of the lookup is the result of that call.
16915
16916 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
16917 If the DATA field is set, its value is placed in the &$address_data$&
16918 variable. For example, this return line
16919 .code
16920 accept hosts=x1.y.example:x2.y.example data="rule1"
16921 .endd
16922 routes the address to the default transport, passing a list of two hosts. When
16923 the transport runs, the string &"rule1"& is in &$address_data$&.
16924 .ecindex IIDquerou1
16925 .ecindex IIDquerou2
16926
16927
16928
16929
16930 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16931 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16932
16933 .chapter "The redirect router" "CHAPredirect"
16934 .scindex IIDredrou1 "&(redirect)& router"
16935 .scindex IIDredrou2 "routers" "&(redirect)&"
16936 .cindex "alias file" "in a &(redirect)& router"
16937 .cindex "address redirection" "&(redirect)& router"
16938 The &(redirect)& router handles several kinds of address redirection. Its most
16939 common uses are for resolving local part aliases from a central alias file
16940 (usually called &_/etc/aliases_&) and for handling users' personal &_.forward_&
16941 files, but it has many other potential uses. The incoming address can be
16942 redirected in several different ways:
16943
16944 .ilist
16945 It can be replaced by one or more new addresses which are themselves routed
16946 independently.
16947 .next
16948 It can be routed to be delivered to a given file or directory.
16949 .next
16950 It can be routed to be delivered to a specified pipe command.
16951 .next
16952 It can cause an automatic reply to be generated.
16953 .next
16954 It can be forced to fail, with a custom error message.
16955 .next
16956 It can be temporarily deferred.
16957 .next
16958 It can be discarded.
16959 .endlist
16960
16961 The generic &%transport%& option must not be set for &(redirect)& routers.
16962 However, there are some private options which define transports for delivery to
16963 files and pipes, and for generating autoreplies. See the &%file_transport%&,
16964 &%pipe_transport%& and &%reply_transport%& descriptions below.
16965
16966
16967
16968 .section "Redirection data"
16969 The router operates by interpreting a text string which it obtains either by
16970 expanding the contents of the &%data%& option, or by reading the entire
16971 contents of a file whose name is given in the &%file%& option. These two
16972 options are mutually exclusive. The first is commonly used for handling system
16973 aliases, in a configuration like this:
16974 .code
16975 system_aliases:
16976 driver = redirect
16977 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
16978 .endd
16979 If the lookup fails, the expanded string in this example is empty. When the
16980 expansion of &%data%& results in an empty string, the router declines. A forced
16981 expansion failure also causes the router to decline; other expansion failures
16982 cause delivery to be deferred.
16983
16984 A configuration using &%file%& is commonly used for handling users'
16985 &_.forward_& files, like this:
16986 .code
16987 userforward:
16988 driver = redirect
16989 check_local_user
16990 file = $home/.forward
16991 no_verify
16992 .endd
16993 If the file does not exist, or causes no action to be taken (for example, it is
16994 empty or consists only of comments), the router declines. &*Warning*&: This
16995 is not the case when the file contains syntactically valid items that happen to
16996 yield empty addresses, for example, items containing only RFC 2822 address
16997 comments.
16998
16999
17000
17001 .section "Forward files and address verification"
17002 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
17003 It is usual to set &%no_verify%& on &(redirect)& routers which handle users'
17004 &_.forward_& files, as in the example above. There are two reasons for this:
17005
17006 .ilist
17007 When Exim is receiving an incoming SMTP message from a remote host, it is
17008 running under the Exim uid, not as root. Exim is unable to change uid to read
17009 the file as the user, and it may not be able to read it as the Exim user. So in
17010 practice the router may not be able to operate.
17011 .next
17012 However, even when the router can operate, the existence of a &_.forward_& file
17013 is unimportant when verifying an address. What should be checked is whether the
17014 local part is a valid user name or not. Cutting out the redirection processing
17015 saves some resources.
17016 .endlist
17017
17018
17019
17020
17021
17022
17023 .section "Interpreting redirection data"
17024 .cindex "Sieve filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17025 .cindex "filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17026 The contents of the data string, whether obtained from &%data%& or &%file%&,
17027 can be interpreted in two different ways:
17028
17029 .ilist
17030 If the &%allow_filter%& option is set true, and the data begins with the text
17031 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, it is interpreted as a list of
17032 &'filtering'& instructions in the form of an Exim or Sieve filter file,
17033 respectively. Details of the syntax and semantics of filter files are described
17034 in a separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&; this
17035 document is intended for use by end users.
17036 .next
17037 Otherwise, the data must be a comma-separated list of redirection items, as
17038 described in the next section.
17039 .endlist
17040
17041 When a message is redirected to a file (a &"mail folder"&), the file name given
17042 in a non-filter redirection list must always be an absolute path. A filter may
17043 generate a relative path &-- how this is handled depends on the transport's
17044 configuration. See section &<<SECTfildiropt>>& for a discussion of this issue
17045 for the &(appendfile)& transport.
17046
17047
17048
17049 .section "Items in a non-filter redirection list" "SECTitenonfilred"
17050 .cindex "address redirection" "non-filter list items"
17051 When the redirection data is not an Exim or Sieve filter, for example, if it
17052 comes from a conventional alias or forward file, it consists of a list of
17053 addresses, file names, pipe commands, or certain special items (see section
17054 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& below). The special items can be individually enabled or
17055 disabled by means of options whose names begin with &%allow_%& or &%forbid_%&,
17056 depending on their default values. The items in the list are separated by
17057 commas or newlines.
17058 If a comma is required in an item, the entire item must be enclosed in double
17059 quotes.
17060
17061 Lines starting with a # character are comments, and are ignored, and # may
17062 also appear following a comma, in which case everything between the # and the
17063 next newline character is ignored.
17064
17065 If an item is entirely enclosed in double quotes, these are removed. Otherwise
17066 double quotes are retained because some forms of mail address require their use
17067 (but never to enclose the entire address). In the following description,
17068 &"item"& refers to what remains after any surrounding double quotes have been
17069 removed.
17070
17071 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
17072 &*Warning*&: If you use an Exim expansion to construct a redirection address,
17073 and the expansion contains a reference to &$local_part$&, you should make use
17074 of the &%quote_local_part%& expansion operator, in case the local part contains
17075 special characters. For example, to redirect all mail for the domain
17076 &'obsolete.example'&, retaining the existing local part, you could use this
17077 setting:
17078 .code
17079 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@newdomain.example
17080 .endd
17081
17082
17083 .section "Redirecting to a local mailbox" "SECTredlocmai"
17084 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
17085 .cindex "loop while routing" "avoidance of"
17086 .cindex "address redirection" "to local mailbox"
17087 A redirection item may safely be the same as the address currently under
17088 consideration. This does not cause a routing loop, because a router is
17089 automatically skipped if any ancestor of the address that is being processed
17090 is the same as the current address and was processed by the current router.
17091 Such an address is therefore passed to the following routers, so it is handled
17092 as if there were no redirection. When making this loop-avoidance test, the
17093 complete local part, including any prefix or suffix, is used.
17094
17095 .cindex "address redirection" "local part without domain"
17096 Specifying the same local part without a domain is a common usage in personal
17097 filter files when the user wants to have messages delivered to the local
17098 mailbox and also forwarded elsewhere. For example, the user whose login is
17099 &'cleo'& might have a &_.forward_& file containing this:
17100 .code
17101 cleo, cleopatra@egypt.example
17102 .endd
17103 .cindex "backslash in alias file"
17104 .cindex "alias file" "backslash in"
17105 For compatibility with other MTAs, such unqualified local parts may be
17106 preceeded by &"\"&, but this is not a requirement for loop prevention. However,
17107 it does make a difference if more than one domain is being handled
17108 synonymously.
17109
17110 If an item begins with &"\"& and the rest of the item parses as a valid RFC
17111 2822 address that does not include a domain, the item is qualified using the
17112 domain of the incoming address. In the absence of a leading &"\"&, unqualified
17113 addresses are qualified using the value in &%qualify_recipient%&, but you can
17114 force the incoming domain to be used by setting &%qualify_preserve_domain%&.
17115
17116 Care must be taken if there are alias names for local users.
17117 Consider an MTA handling a single local domain where the system alias file
17118 contains:
17119 .code
17120 Sam.Reman: spqr
17121 .endd
17122 Now suppose that Sam (whose login id is &'spqr'&) wants to save copies of
17123 messages in the local mailbox, and also forward copies elsewhere. He creates
17124 this forward file:
17125 .code
17126 Sam.Reman, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17127 .endd
17128 With these settings, an incoming message addressed to &'Sam.Reman'& fails. The
17129 &(redirect)& router for system aliases does not process &'Sam.Reman'& the
17130 second time round, because it has previously routed it,
17131 and the following routers presumably cannot handle the alias. The forward file
17132 should really contain
17133 .code
17134 spqr, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17135 .endd
17136 but because this is such a common error, the &%check_ancestor%& option (see
17137 below) exists to provide a way to get round it. This is normally set on a
17138 &(redirect)& router that is handling users' &_.forward_& files.
17139
17140
17141
17142 .section "Special items in redirection lists" "SECTspecitredli"
17143 In addition to addresses, the following types of item may appear in redirection
17144 lists (that is, in non-filter redirection data):
17145
17146 .ilist
17147 .cindex "pipe" "in redirection list"
17148 .cindex "address redirection" "to pipe"
17149 An item is treated as a pipe command if it begins with &"|"& and does not parse
17150 as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. A transport for running the
17151 command must be specified by the &%pipe_transport%& option.
17152 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17153 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17154
17155 Single or double quotes can be used for enclosing the individual arguments of
17156 the pipe command; no interpretation of escapes is done for single quotes. If
17157 the command contains a comma character, it is necessary to put the whole item
17158 in double quotes, for example:
17159 .code
17160 "|/some/command ready,steady,go"
17161 .endd
17162 since items in redirection lists are terminated by commas. Do not, however,
17163 quote just the command. An item such as
17164 .code
17165 |"/some/command ready,steady,go"
17166 .endd
17167 is interpreted as a pipe with a rather strange command name, and no arguments.
17168
17169 .next
17170 .cindex "file" "in redirection list"
17171 .cindex "address redirection" "to file"
17172 An item is interpreted as a path name if it begins with &"/"& and does not
17173 parse as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. For example,
17174 .code
17175 /home/world/minbari
17176 .endd
17177 is treated as a file name, but
17178 .code
17179 /s=molari/o=babylon/@x400gate.way
17180 .endd
17181 is treated as an address. For a file name, a transport must be specified using
17182 the &%file_transport%& option. However, if the generated path name ends with a
17183 forward slash character, it is interpreted as a directory name rather than a
17184 file name, and &%directory_transport%& is used instead.
17185
17186 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17187 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17188
17189 .cindex "&_/dev/null_&"
17190 However, if a redirection item is the path &_/dev/null_&, delivery to it is
17191 bypassed at a high level, and the log entry shows &"**bypassed**"&
17192 instead of a transport name. In this case the user and group are not used.
17193
17194 .next
17195 .cindex "included address list"
17196 .cindex "address redirection" "included external list"
17197 If an item is of the form
17198 .code
17199 :include:<path name>
17200 .endd
17201 a list of further items is taken from the given file and included at that
17202 point. &*Note*&: Such a file can not be a filter file; it is just an
17203 out-of-line addition to the list. The items in the included list are separated
17204 by commas or newlines and are not subject to expansion. If this is the first
17205 item in an alias list in an &(lsearch)& file, a colon must be used to terminate
17206 the alias name. This example is incorrect:
17207 .code
17208 list1 :include:/opt/lists/list1
17209 .endd
17210 It must be given as
17211 .code
17212 list1: :include:/opt/lists/list1
17213 .endd
17214 .next
17215 .cindex "address redirection" "to black hole"
17216 Sometimes you want to throw away mail to a particular local part. Making the
17217 &%data%& option expand to an empty string does not work, because that causes
17218 the router to decline. Instead, the alias item
17219 .cindex "black hole"
17220 .cindex "abandoning mail"
17221 .code
17222 :blackhole:
17223 .endd
17224 can be used. It does what its name implies. No delivery is done, and no error
17225 message is generated. This has the same effect as specifing &_/dev/null_&, but
17226 can be independently disabled.
17227
17228 &*Warning*&: If &`:blackhole:`& appears anywhere in a redirection list, no
17229 delivery is done for the original local part, even if other redirection items
17230 are present. If you are generating a multi-item list (for example, by reading a
17231 database) and need the ability to provide a no-op item, you must use
17232 &_/dev/null_&.
17233
17234 .next
17235 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
17236 .cindex "delivery" "forcing deferral"
17237 .cindex "failing delivery" "forcing"
17238 .cindex "deferred delivery" "forcing"
17239 .cindex "customizing" "failure message"
17240 An attempt to deliver a particular address can be deferred or forced to fail by
17241 redirection items of the form
17242 .code
17243 :defer:
17244 :fail:
17245 .endd
17246 respectively. When a redirection list contains such an item, it applies to the
17247 entire redirection; any other items in the list are ignored (&':blackhole:'& is
17248 different). Any text following &':fail:'& or &':defer:'& is placed in the error
17249 text associated with the failure. For example, an alias file might contain:
17250 .code
17251 X.Employee: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
17252 .endd
17253 .new
17254 In the case of an address that is being verified from an ACL or as the subject
17255 of a
17256 .cindex "VRFY error text" "display of"
17257 VRFY command, the text is included in the SMTP error response by
17258 default.
17259 .cindex "EXPN error text" "display of"
17260 The text is not included in the response to an EXPN command. In non-SMTP cases
17261 the text is included in the error message that Exim generates.
17262
17263 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
17264 By default, Exim sends a 451 SMTP code for a &':defer:'&, and 550 for
17265 &':fail:'&. However, if the message starts with three digits followed by a
17266 space, optionally followed by an extended code of the form &'n.n.n'&, also
17267 followed by a space, and the very first digit is the same as the default error
17268 code, the code from the message is used instead. If the very first digit is
17269 incorrect, a panic error is logged, and the default code is used. You can
17270 suppress the use of the supplied code in a redirect router by setting the
17271 &%forbid_smtp_code%& option true. In this case, any SMTP code is quietly
17272 ignored.
17273
17274 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
17275 In an ACL, an explicitly provided message overrides the default, but the
17276 default message is available in the variable &$acl_verify_message$& and can
17277 therefore be included in a custom message if this is desired.
17278 .wen
17279
17280 Normally the error text is the rest of the redirection list &-- a comma does
17281 not terminate it &-- but a newline does act as a terminator. Newlines are not
17282 normally present in alias expansions. In &(lsearch)& lookups they are removed
17283 as part of the continuation process, but they may exist in other kinds of
17284 lookup and in &':include:'& files.
17285
17286 During routing for message delivery (as opposed to verification), a redirection
17287 containing &':fail:'& causes an immediate failure of the incoming address,
17288 whereas &':defer:'& causes the message to remain on the queue so that a
17289 subsequent delivery attempt can happen at a later time. If an address is
17290 deferred for too long, it will ultimately fail, because the normal retry
17291 rules still apply.
17292
17293 .next
17294 .cindex "alias file" "exception to default"
17295 Sometimes it is useful to use a single-key search type with a default (see
17296 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&) to look up aliases. However, there may be a need
17297 for exceptions to the default. These can be handled by aliasing them to
17298 .code
17299 :unknown:
17300 .endd
17301 This differs from &':fail:'& in that it causes the &(redirect)& router to
17302 decline, whereas &':fail:'& forces routing to fail. A lookup which results in
17303 an empty redirection list has the same effect.
17304 .endlist
17305
17306
17307 .section "Duplicate addresses"
17308 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
17309 .cindex "address duplicate" "discarding"
17310 .cindex "pipe" "duplicated"
17311 Exim removes duplicate addresses from the list to which it is delivering, so as
17312 to deliver just one copy to each address. This does not apply to deliveries
17313 routed to pipes by different immediate parent addresses, but an indirect
17314 aliasing scheme of the type
17315 .code
17316 pipe: |/some/command $local_part
17317 localpart1: pipe
17318 localpart2: pipe
17319 .endd
17320 does not work with a message that is addressed to both local parts, because
17321 when the second is aliased to the intermediate local part &"pipe"& it gets
17322 discarded as being the same as a previously handled address. However, a scheme
17323 such as
17324 .code
17325 localpart1: |/some/command $local_part
17326 localpart2: |/some/command $local_part
17327 .endd
17328 does result in two different pipe deliveries, because the immediate parents of
17329 the pipes are distinct.
17330
17331
17332
17333 .section "Repeated redirection expansion"
17334 .cindex "repeated redirection expansion"
17335 .cindex "address redirection" "repeated for each delivery attempt"
17336 When a message cannot be delivered to all of its recipients immediately,
17337 leading to two or more delivery attempts, redirection expansion is carried out
17338 afresh each time for those addresses whose children were not all previously
17339 delivered. If redirection is being used as a mailing list, this can lead to new
17340 members of the list receiving copies of old messages. The &%one_time%& option
17341 can be used to avoid this.
17342
17343
17344 .section "Errors in redirection lists"
17345 .cindex "address redirection" "errors"
17346 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, a malformed address that causes a parsing
17347 error is skipped, and an entry is written to the main log. This may be useful
17348 for mailing lists that are automatically managed. Otherwise, if an error is
17349 detected while generating the list of new addresses, the original address is
17350 deferred. See also &%syntax_errors_to%&.
17351
17352
17353
17354 .section "Private options for the redirect router"
17355
17356 .cindex "options" "&(redirect)& router"
17357 The private options for the &(redirect)& router are as follows:
17358
17359
17360 .option allow_defer redirect boolean false
17361 Setting this option allows the use of &':defer:'& in non-filter redirection
17362 data, or the &%defer%& command in an Exim filter file.
17363
17364
17365 .option allow_fail redirect boolean false
17366 .cindex "failing delivery" "from filter"
17367 If this option is true, the &':fail:'& item can be used in a redirection list,
17368 and the &%fail%& command may be used in an Exim filter file.
17369
17370
17371 .option allow_filter redirect boolean false
17372 .cindex "filter" "enabling use of"
17373 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling use of"
17374 Setting this option allows Exim to interpret redirection data that starts with
17375 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"& as a set of filtering instructions. There
17376 are some features of Exim filter files that some administrators may wish to
17377 lock out; see the &%forbid_filter_%&&'xxx'& options below.
17378
17379 It is also possible to lock out Exim filters or Sieve filters while allowing
17380 the other type; see &%forbid_exim_filter%& and &%forbid_sieve_filter%&.
17381
17382
17383 The filter is run using the uid and gid set by the generic &%user%& and
17384 &%group%& options. These take their defaults from the password data if
17385 &%check_local_user%& is set, so in the normal case of users' personal filter
17386 files, the filter is run as the relevant user. When &%allow_filter%& is set
17387 true, Exim insists that either &%check_local_user%& or &%user%& is set.
17388
17389
17390
17391 .option allow_freeze redirect boolean false
17392 .cindex "freezing messages" "allowing in filter"
17393 Setting this option allows the use of the &%freeze%& command in an Exim filter.
17394 This command is more normally encountered in system filters, and is disabled by
17395 default for redirection filters because it isn't something you usually want to
17396 let ordinary users do.
17397
17398
17399
17400 .option check_ancestor redirect boolean false
17401 This option is concerned with handling generated addresses that are the same
17402 as some address in the list of redirection ancestors of the current address.
17403 Although it is turned off by default in the code, it is set in the default
17404 configuration file for handling users' &_.forward_& files. It is recommended
17405 for this use of the &(redirect)& router.
17406
17407 When &%check_ancestor%& is set, if a generated address (including the domain)
17408 is the same as any ancestor of the current address, it is replaced by a copy of
17409 the current address. This helps in the case where local part A is aliased to B,
17410 and B has a &_.forward_& file pointing back to A. For example, within a single
17411 domain, the local part &"Joe.Bloggs"& is aliased to &"jb"& and
17412 &_&~jb/.forward_& contains:
17413 .code
17414 \Joe.Bloggs, <other item(s)>
17415 .endd
17416 Without the &%check_ancestor%& setting, either local part (&"jb"& or
17417 &"joe.bloggs"&) gets processed once by each router and so ends up as it was
17418 originally. If &"jb"& is the real mailbox name, mail to &"jb"& gets delivered
17419 (having been turned into &"joe.bloggs"& by the &_.forward_& file and back to
17420 &"jb"& by the alias), but mail to &"joe.bloggs"& fails. Setting
17421 &%check_ancestor%& on the &(redirect)& router that handles the &_.forward_&
17422 file prevents it from turning &"jb"& back into &"joe.bloggs"& when that was the
17423 original address. See also the &%repeat_use%& option below.
17424
17425
17426 .option check_group redirect boolean "see below"
17427 When the &%file%& option is used, the group owner of the file is checked only
17428 when this option is set. The permitted groups are those listed in the
17429 &%owngroups%& option, together with the user's default group if
17430 &%check_local_user%& is set. If the file has the wrong group, routing is
17431 deferred. The default setting for this option is true if &%check_local_user%&
17432 is set and the &%modemask%& option permits the group write bit, or if the
17433 &%owngroups%& option is set. Otherwise it is false, and no group check occurs.
17434
17435
17436
17437 .option check_owner redirect boolean "see below"
17438 When the &%file%& option is used, the owner of the file is checked only when
17439 this option is set. If &%check_local_user%& is set, the local user is
17440 permitted; otherwise the owner must be one of those listed in the &%owners%&
17441 option. The default value for this option is true if &%check_local_user%& or
17442 &%owners%& is set. Otherwise the default is false, and no owner check occurs.
17443
17444
17445 .option data redirect string&!! unset
17446 This option is mutually exclusive with &%file%&. One or other of them must be
17447 set, but not both. The contents of &%data%& are expanded, and then used as the
17448 list of forwarding items, or as a set of filtering instructions. If the
17449 expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string or a string that
17450 has no effect (consists entirely of comments), the router declines.
17451
17452 When filtering instructions are used, the string must begin with &"#Exim
17453 filter"&, and all comments in the string, including this initial one, must be
17454 terminated with newline characters. For example:
17455 .code
17456 data = #Exim filter\n\
17457 if $h_to: contains Exim then save $home/mail/exim endif
17458 .endd
17459 If you are reading the data from a database where newlines cannot be included,
17460 you can use the &${sg}$& expansion item to turn the escape string of your
17461 choice into a newline.
17462
17463
17464 .option directory_transport redirect string&!! unset
17465 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a directory when a path name
17466 ending with a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
17467 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
17468 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport.
17469
17470
17471 .option file redirect string&!! unset
17472 This option specifies the name of a file that contains the redirection data. It
17473 is mutually exclusive with the &%data%& option. The string is expanded before
17474 use; if the expansion is forced to fail, the router declines. Other expansion
17475 failures cause delivery to be deferred. The result of a successful expansion
17476 must be an absolute path. The entire file is read and used as the redirection
17477 data. If the data is an empty string or a string that has no effect (consists
17478 entirely of comments), the router declines.
17479
17480 .cindex "NFS" "checking for file existence"
17481 If the attempt to open the file fails with a &"does not exist"& error, Exim
17482 runs a check on the containing directory,
17483 unless &%ignore_enotdir%& is true (see below).
17484 If the directory does not appear to exist, delivery is deferred. This can
17485 happen when users' &_.forward_& files are in NFS-mounted directories, and there
17486 is a mount problem. If the containing directory does exist, but the file does
17487 not, the router declines.
17488
17489
17490 .option file_transport redirect string&!! unset
17491 .cindex "&$address_file$&"
17492 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a file when a path name not
17493 ending in a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
17494 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
17495 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport. When
17496 it is running, the file name is in &$address_file$&.
17497
17498
17499 .new
17500 .option filter_prepend_home redirect boolean true
17501 When this option is true, if a &(save)& command in an Exim filter specifies a
17502 relative path, and &$home$& is defined, it is automatically prepended to the
17503 relative path. If this option is set false, this action does not happen. The
17504 relative path is then passed to the transport unmodified.
17505 .wen
17506
17507
17508 .option forbid_blackhole redirect boolean false
17509 If this option is true, the &':blackhole:'& item may not appear in a
17510 redirection list.
17511
17512
17513 .option forbid_exim_filter redirect boolean false
17514 If this option is set true, only Sieve filters are permitted when
17515 &%allow_filter%& is true.
17516
17517
17518
17519
17520 .option forbid_file redirect boolean false
17521 .cindex "delivery" "to file; forbidding"
17522 .cindex "Sieve filter" "forbidding delivery to a file"
17523 .cindex "Sieve filter" "&""keep""& facility; disabling"
17524 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address that
17525 specifies delivery to a local file or directory, either from a filter or from a
17526 conventional forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is
17527 set. It applies to Sieve filters as well as to Exim filters, but if true, it
17528 locks out the Sieve's &"keep"& facility.
17529
17530
17531 .option forbid_filter_dlfunc redirect boolean false
17532 .cindex "filter" "locking out certain features"
17533 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
17534 make use of the &%dlfunc%& expansion facility to run dynamically loaded
17535 functions.
17536
17537 .option forbid_filter_existstest redirect boolean false
17538 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
17539 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
17540 make use of the &%exists%& condition or the &%stat%& expansion item.
17541
17542 .option forbid_filter_logwrite redirect boolean false
17543 If this option is true, use of the logging facility in Exim filters is not
17544 permitted. Logging is in any case available only if the filter is being run
17545 under some unprivileged uid (which is normally the case for ordinary users'
17546 &_.forward_& files).
17547
17548
17549 .option forbid_filter_lookup redirect boolean false
17550 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
17551 to make use of &%lookup%& items.
17552
17553
17554 .option forbid_filter_perl redirect boolean false
17555 This option has an effect only if Exim is built with embedded Perl support. If
17556 it is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed to make use
17557 of the embedded Perl support.
17558
17559
17560 .option forbid_filter_readfile redirect boolean false
17561 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
17562 to make use of &%readfile%& items.
17563
17564
17565 .option forbid_filter_readsocket redirect boolean false
17566 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
17567 to make use of &%readsocket%& items.
17568
17569
17570 .option forbid_filter_reply redirect boolean false
17571 If this option is true, this router may not generate an automatic reply
17572 message. Automatic replies can be generated only from Exim or Sieve filter
17573 files, not from traditional forward files. This option is forced to be true if
17574 &%one_time%& is set.
17575
17576
17577 .option forbid_filter_run redirect boolean false
17578 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
17579 to make use of &%run%& items.
17580
17581
17582 .option forbid_include redirect boolean false
17583 If this option is true, items of the form
17584 .code
17585 :include:<path name>
17586 .endd
17587 are not permitted in non-filter redirection lists.
17588
17589
17590 .option forbid_pipe redirect boolean false
17591 .cindex "delivery" "to pipe; forbidding"
17592 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address which
17593 specifies delivery to a pipe, either from an Exim filter or from a conventional
17594 forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is set.
17595
17596
17597 .option forbid_sieve_filter redirect boolean false
17598 If this option is set true, only Exim filters are permitted when
17599 &%allow_filter%& is true.
17600
17601
17602 .new
17603 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
17604 .option forbid_smtp_code redirect boolean false
17605 If this option is set true, any SMTP error codes that are present at the start
17606 of messages specified for &`:defer:`& or &`:fail:`& are quietly ignored, and
17607 the default codes (451 and 550, respectively) are always used.
17608 .wen
17609
17610
17611
17612
17613 .option hide_child_in_errmsg redirect boolean false
17614 .cindex "bounce message" "redirection details; suppressing"
17615 If this option is true, it prevents Exim from quoting a child address if it
17616 generates a bounce or delay message for it. Instead it says &"an address
17617 generated from <&'the top level address'&>"&. Of course, this applies only to
17618 bounces generated locally. If a message is forwarded to another host, &'its'&
17619 bounce may well quote the generated address.
17620
17621
17622 .option ignore_eacces redirect boolean false
17623 .cindex "EACCES"
17624 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
17625 EACCES error (permission denied), the &(redirect)& router behaves as if the
17626 file did not exist.
17627
17628
17629 .option ignore_enotdir redirect boolean false
17630 .cindex "ENOTDIR"
17631 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
17632 ENOTDIR error (something on the path is not a directory), the &(redirect)&
17633 router behaves as if the file did not exist.
17634
17635 Setting &%ignore_enotdir%& has another effect as well: When a &(redirect)&
17636 router that has the &%file%& option set discovers that the file does not exist
17637 (the ENOENT error), it tries to &[stat()]& the parent directory, as a check
17638 against unmounted NFS directories. If the parent can not be statted, delivery
17639 is deferred. However, it seems wrong to do this check when &%ignore_enotdir%&
17640 is set, because that option tells Exim to ignore &"something on the path is not
17641 a directory"& (the ENOTDIR error). This is a confusing area, because it seems
17642 that some operating systems give ENOENT where others give ENOTDIR.
17643
17644
17645
17646 .option include_directory redirect string unset
17647 If this option is set, the path names of any &':include:'& items in a
17648 redirection list must start with this directory.
17649
17650
17651 .option modemask redirect "octal integer" 022
17652 This specifies mode bits which must not be set for a file specified by the
17653 &%file%& option. If any of the forbidden bits are set, delivery is deferred.
17654
17655
17656 .option one_time redirect boolean false
17657 .cindex "one-time aliasing/forwarding expansion"
17658 .cindex "alias file" "one-time expansion"
17659 .cindex "forward file" "one-time expansion"
17660 .cindex "mailing lists" "one-time expansion"
17661 .cindex "address redirection" "one-time expansion"
17662 Sometimes the fact that Exim re-evaluates aliases and reprocesses redirection
17663 files each time it tries to deliver a message causes a problem when one or more
17664 of the generated addresses fails be delivered at the first attempt. The problem
17665 is not one of duplicate delivery &-- Exim is clever enough to handle that &--
17666 but of what happens when the redirection list changes during the time that the
17667 message is on Exim's queue. This is particularly true in the case of mailing
17668 lists, where new subscribers might receive copies of messages that were posted
17669 before they subscribed.
17670
17671 If &%one_time%& is set and any addresses generated by the router fail to
17672 deliver at the first attempt, the failing addresses are added to the message as
17673 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
17674 &"delivered"&. Thus, redirection does not happen again at the next delivery
17675 attempt.
17676
17677 &*Warning 1*&: Any header line addition or removal that is specified by this
17678 router would be lost if delivery did not succeed at the first attempt. For this
17679 reason, the &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& generic options are not
17680 permitted when &%one_time%& is set.
17681
17682 &*Warning 2*&: To ensure that the router generates only addresses (as opposed
17683 to pipe or file deliveries or auto-replies) &%forbid_file%&, &%forbid_pipe%&,
17684 and &%forbid_filter_reply%& are forced to be true when &%one_time%& is set.
17685
17686 &*Warning 3*&: The &%unseen%& generic router option may not be set with
17687 &%one_time%&.
17688
17689 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
17690 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
17691 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if
17692 &%all_parents%& log selector is set. It is expected that &%one_time%& will
17693 typically be used for mailing lists, where there is normally just one level of
17694 expansion.
17695
17696
17697 .option owners redirect "string list" unset
17698 .cindex "ownership" "alias file"
17699 .cindex "ownership" "forward file"
17700 .cindex "alias file" "ownership"
17701 .cindex "forward file" "ownership"
17702 This specifies a list of permitted owners for the file specified by &%file%&.
17703 This list is in addition to the local user when &%check_local_user%& is set.
17704 See &%check_owner%& above.
17705
17706
17707 .option owngroups redirect "string list" unset
17708 This specifies a list of permitted groups for the file specified by &%file%&.
17709 The list is in addition to the local user's primary group when
17710 &%check_local_user%& is set. See &%check_group%& above.
17711
17712
17713 .option pipe_transport redirect string&!! unset
17714 .cindex "&$address_pipe$&"
17715 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a pipe when a string
17716 starting with a vertical bar character is specified as a new &"address"&. The
17717 transport used is specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the
17718 name of a configured transport. This should normally be a &(pipe)& transport.
17719 When the transport is run, the pipe command is in &$address_pipe$&.
17720
17721
17722 .option qualify_domain redirect string&!! unset
17723 .cindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
17724 If this option is set, and an unqualified address (one without a domain) is
17725 generated, and that address would normally be qualified by the global setting
17726 in &%qualify_recipient%&, it is instead qualified with the domain specified by
17727 expanding this string. If the expansion fails, the router declines. If you want
17728 to revert to the default, you can have the expansion generate
17729 &$qualify_recipient$&.
17730
17731 This option applies to all unqualified addresses generated by Exim filters,
17732 but for traditional &_.forward_& files, it applies only to addresses that are
17733 not preceded by a backslash. Sieve filters cannot generate unqualified
17734 addresses.
17735
17736 .option qualify_preserve_domain redirect boolean false
17737 .cindex "domain" "in redirection; preserving"
17738 .cindex "preserving domain in redirection"
17739 .cindex "address redirection" "domain; preserving"
17740 If this option is set, the router's local &%qualify_domain%& option must not be
17741 set (a configuration error occurs if it is). If an unqualified address (one
17742 without a domain) is generated, it is qualified with the domain of the parent
17743 address (the immediately preceding ancestor) instead of the global
17744 &%qualify_recipient%& value. In the case of a traditional &_.forward_& file,
17745 this applies whether or not the address is preceded by a backslash.
17746
17747
17748 .option repeat_use redirect boolean true
17749 If this option is set false, the router is skipped for a child address that has
17750 any ancestor that was routed by this router. This test happens before any of
17751 the other preconditions are tested. Exim's default anti-looping rules skip
17752 only when the ancestor is the same as the current address. See also
17753 &%check_ancestor%& above and the generic &%redirect_router%& option.
17754
17755
17756 .option reply_transport redirect string&!! unset
17757 A &(redirect)& router sets up an automatic reply when a &%mail%& or
17758 &%vacation%& command is used in a filter file. The transport used is specified
17759 by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a configured
17760 transport. This should normally be an &(autoreply)& transport. Other transports
17761 are unlikely to do anything sensible or useful.
17762
17763
17764 .option rewrite redirect boolean true
17765 .cindex "address redirection" "disabling rewriting"
17766 If this option is set false, addresses generated by the router are not
17767 subject to address rewriting. Otherwise, they are treated like new addresses
17768 and are rewritten according to the global rewriting rules.
17769
17770
17771 .option sieve_subaddress redirect string&!! unset
17772 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the
17773 :subaddress part of an address.
17774
17775 .option sieve_useraddress redirect string&!! unset
17776 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the :user part
17777 of an address. However, if it is unset, the entire original local part
17778 (including any prefix or suffix) is used for :user.
17779
17780
17781 .option sieve_vacation_directory redirect string&!! unset
17782 .cindex "Sieve filter" "vacation directory"
17783 To enable the &"vacation"& extension for Sieve filters, you must set
17784 &%sieve_vacation_directory%& to the directory where vacation databases are held
17785 (do not put anything else in that directory), and ensure that the
17786 &%reply_transport%& option refers to an &(autoreply)& transport. Each user
17787 needs their own directory; Exim will create it if necessary.
17788
17789
17790
17791 .option skip_syntax_errors redirect boolean false
17792 .cindex "forward file" "broken"
17793 .cindex "address redirection" "broken files"
17794 .cindex "alias file" "broken"
17795 .cindex "broken alias or forward files"
17796 .cindex "ignoring faulty addresses"
17797 .cindex "skipping faulty addresses"
17798 .cindex "error" "skipping bad syntax"
17799 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, syntactically malformed addresses in
17800 non-filter redirection data are skipped, and each failing address is logged. If
17801 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set, a message is sent to the address it defines,
17802 giving details of the failures. If &%syntax_errors_text%& is set, its contents
17803 are expanded and placed at the head of the error message generated by
17804 &%syntax_errors_to%&. Usually it is appropriate to set &%syntax_errors_to%& to
17805 be the same address as the generic &%errors_to%& option. The
17806 &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is often used when handling mailing lists.
17807
17808 If all the addresses in a redirection list are skipped because of syntax
17809 errors, the router declines to handle the original address, and it is passed to
17810 the following routers.
17811
17812 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set when an Exim filter is interpreted, any syntax
17813 error in the filter causes filtering to be abandoned without any action being
17814 taken. The incident is logged, and the router declines to handle the address,
17815 so it is passed to the following routers.
17816
17817 .cindex "Sieve filter" "syntax errors in"
17818 Syntax errors in a Sieve filter file cause the &"keep"& action to occur. This
17819 action is specified by RFC 3028. The values of &%skip_syntax_errors%&,
17820 &%syntax_errors_to%&, and &%syntax_errors_text%& are not used.
17821
17822 &%skip_syntax_errors%& can be used to specify that errors in users' forward
17823 lists or filter files should not prevent delivery. The &%syntax_errors_to%&
17824 option, used with an address that does not get redirected, can be used to
17825 notify users of these errors, by means of a router like this:
17826 .code
17827 userforward:
17828 driver = redirect
17829 allow_filter
17830 check_local_user
17831 file = $home/.forward
17832 file_transport = address_file
17833 pipe_transport = address_pipe
17834 reply_transport = address_reply
17835 no_verify
17836 skip_syntax_errors
17837 syntax_errors_to = real-$local_part@$domain
17838 syntax_errors_text = \
17839 This is an automatically generated message. An error has\n\
17840 been found in your .forward file. Details of the error are\n\
17841 reported below. While this error persists, you will receive\n\
17842 a copy of this message for every message that is addressed\n\
17843 to you. If your .forward file is a filter file, or if it is\n\
17844 a non-filter file containing no valid forwarding addresses,\n\
17845 a copy of each incoming message will be put in your normal\n\
17846 mailbox. If a non-filter file contains at least one valid\n\
17847 forwarding address, forwarding to the valid addresses will\n\
17848 happen, and those will be the only deliveries that occur.
17849 .endd
17850 You also need a router to ensure that local addresses that are prefixed by
17851 &`real-`& are recognized, but not forwarded or filtered. For example, you could
17852 put this immediately before the &(userforward)& router:
17853 .code
17854 real_localuser:
17855 driver = accept
17856 check_local_user
17857 local_part_prefix = real-
17858 transport = local_delivery
17859 .endd
17860
17861 .option syntax_errors_text redirect string&!! unset
17862 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
17863
17864
17865 .option syntax_errors_to redirect string unset
17866 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
17867 .ecindex IIDredrou1
17868 .ecindex IIDredrou2
17869
17870
17871
17872
17873
17874
17875 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17876 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17877
17878 .chapter "Environment for running local transports" "CHAPenvironment" &&&
17879 "Environment for local transports"
17880 .scindex IIDenvlotra1 "local transports" "environment for"
17881 .scindex IIDenvlotra2 "environment for local transports"
17882 .scindex IIDenvlotra3 "transport" "local; environment for"
17883 Local transports handle deliveries to files and pipes. (The &(autoreply)&
17884 transport can be thought of as similar to a pipe.) Exim always runs transports
17885 in subprocesses, under specified uids and gids. Typical deliveries to local
17886 mailboxes run under the uid and gid of the local user.
17887
17888 Exim also sets a specific current directory while running the transport; for
17889 some transports a home directory setting is also relevant. The &(pipe)&
17890 transport is the only one that sets up environment variables; see section
17891 &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for details.
17892
17893 The values used for the uid, gid, and the directories may come from several
17894 different places. In many cases, the router that handles the address associates
17895 settings with that address as a result of its &%check_local_user%&, &%group%&,
17896 or &%user%& options. However, values may also be given in the transport's own
17897 configuration, and these override anything that comes from the router.
17898
17899
17900
17901 .section "Concurrent deliveries"
17902 .cindex "concurrent deliveries"
17903 .cindex "simultaneous deliveries"
17904 If two different messages for the same local recpient arrive more or less
17905 simultaneously, the two delivery processes are likely to run concurrently. When
17906 the &(appendfile)& transport is used to write to a file, Exim applies locking
17907 rules to stop concurrent processes from writing to the same file at the same
17908 time.
17909
17910 However, when you use a &(pipe)& transport, it is up to you to arrange any
17911 locking that is needed. Here is a silly example:
17912 .code
17913 my_transport:
17914 driver = pipe
17915 command = /bin/sh -c 'cat >>/some/file'
17916 .endd
17917 This is supposed to write the message at the end of the file. However, if two
17918 messages arrive at the same time, the file will be scrambled. You can use the
17919 &%exim_lock%& utility program (see section &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>&) to lock a
17920 file using the same algorithm that Exim itself uses.
17921
17922
17923
17924
17925 .section "Uids and gids" "SECTenvuidgid"
17926 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
17927 .cindex "transport" "local; uid and gid"
17928 All transports have the options &%group%& and &%user%&. If &%group%& is set, it
17929 overrides any group that the router set in the address, even if &%user%& is not
17930 set for the transport. This makes it possible, for example, to run local mail
17931 delivery under the uid of the recipient (set by the router), but in a special
17932 group (set by the transport). For example:
17933 .code
17934 # Routers ...
17935 # User/group are set by check_local_user in this router
17936 local_users:
17937 driver = accept
17938 check_local_user
17939 transport = group_delivery
17940
17941 # Transports ...
17942 # This transport overrides the group
17943 group_delivery:
17944 driver = appendfile
17945 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
17946 group = mail
17947 .endd
17948 If &%user%& is set for a transport, its value overrides what is set in the
17949 address by the router. If &%user%& is non-numeric and &%group%& is not set, the
17950 gid associated with the user is used. If &%user%& is numeric, &%group%& must be
17951 set.
17952
17953 .cindex "&%initgroups%& option"
17954 When the uid is taken from the transport's configuration, the &[initgroups()]&
17955 function is called for the groups associated with that uid if the
17956 &%initgroups%& option is set for the transport. When the uid is not specified
17957 by the transport, but is associated with the address by a router, the option
17958 for calling &[initgroups()]& is taken from the router configuration.
17959
17960 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "uid for"
17961 The &(pipe)& transport contains the special option &%pipe_as_creator%&. If this
17962 is set and &%user%& is not set, the uid of the process that called Exim to
17963 receive the message is used, and if &%group%& is not set, the corresponding
17964 original gid is also used.
17965
17966 This is the detailed preference order for obtaining a gid; the first of the
17967 following that is set is used:
17968
17969 .ilist
17970 A &%group%& setting of the transport;
17971 .next
17972 A &%group%& setting of the router;
17973 .next
17974 A gid associated with a user setting of the router, either as a result of
17975 &%check_local_user%& or an explicit non-numeric &%user%& setting;
17976 .next
17977 The group associated with a non-numeric &%user%& setting of the transport;
17978 .next
17979 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's gid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set and
17980 the uid is the creator's uid;
17981 .next
17982 The Exim gid if the Exim uid is being used as a default.
17983 .endlist
17984
17985 If, for example, the user is specified numerically on the router and there are
17986 no group settings, no gid is available. In this situation, an error occurs.
17987 This is different for the uid, for which there always is an ultimate default.
17988 The first of the following that is set is used:
17989
17990 .ilist
17991 A &%user%& setting of the transport;
17992 .next
17993 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's uid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set;
17994 .next
17995 A &%user%& setting of the router;
17996 .next
17997 A &%check_local_user%& setting of the router;
17998 .next
17999 The Exim uid.
18000 .endlist
18001
18002 Of course, an error will still occur if the uid that is chosen is on the
18003 &%never_users%& list.
18004
18005
18006
18007
18008
18009 .section "Current and home directories"
18010 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
18011 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
18012 .cindex "transport" "local; home directory for"
18013 .cindex "transport" "local; current directory for"
18014 Routers may set current and home directories for local transports by means of
18015 the &%transport_current_directory%& and &%transport_home_directory%& options.
18016 However, if the transport's &%current_directory%& or &%home_directory%& options
18017 are set, they override the router's values. In detail, the home directory
18018 for a local transport is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18019
18020 .ilist
18021 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
18022 .next
18023 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
18024 .next
18025 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
18026 .next
18027 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
18028 .endlist
18029
18030 The current directory is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18031
18032 .ilist
18033 The &%current_directory%& option on the transport;
18034 .next
18035 The &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router.
18036 .endlist
18037
18038
18039 If neither the router nor the transport sets a current directory, Exim uses the
18040 value of the home directory, if it is set. Otherwise it sets the current
18041 directory to &_/_& before running a local transport.
18042
18043
18044
18045 .section "Expansion variables derived from the address"
18046 .cindex "&$domain$&"
18047 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
18048 .cindex "&$original_domain$&"
18049 Normally a local delivery is handling a single address, and in that case the
18050 variables such as &$domain$& and &$local_part$& are set during local
18051 deliveries. However, in some circumstances more than one address may be handled
18052 at once (for example, while writing batch SMTP for onward transmission by some
18053 other means). In this case, the variables associated with the local part are
18054 never set, &$domain$& is set only if all the addresses have the same domain,
18055 and &$original_domain$& is never set.
18056 .ecindex IIDenvlotra1
18057 .ecindex IIDenvlotra2
18058 .ecindex IIDenvlotra3
18059
18060
18061
18062
18063
18064
18065
18066 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18067 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18068
18069 .chapter "Generic options for transports" "CHAPtransportgeneric"
18070 .scindex IIDgenoptra1 "generic options" "transport"
18071 .scindex IIDgenoptra2 "options" "generic; for transports"
18072 .scindex IIDgenoptra3 "transport" "generic options for"
18073 The following generic options apply to all transports:
18074
18075
18076 .option body_only transports boolean false
18077 .cindex "transport" "body only"
18078 .cindex "message" "transporting body only"
18079 .cindex "body of message" "transporting"
18080 If this option is set, the message's headers are not transported. It is
18081 mutually exclusive with &%headers_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)&
18082 or &(pipe)& transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and
18083 &%message_suffix%& should be checked, because this option does not
18084 automatically suppress them.
18085
18086
18087 .option current_directory transports string&!! unset
18088 .cindex "transport" "current directory for"
18089 This specifies the current directory that is to be set while running the
18090 transport, overriding any value that may have been set by the router.
18091 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
18092 logged, and delivery is deferred.
18093
18094
18095 .option disable_logging transports boolean false
18096 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any
18097 deliveries by the transport or for any
18098 transport errors. You should not set this option unless you really, really know
18099 what you are doing.
18100
18101
18102 .option debug_print transports string&!! unset
18103 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
18104 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
18105 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output when the
18106 transport is run.
18107 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
18108 output, and Exim carries on processing.
18109 This facility is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
18110 so on when debugging driver configurations. For example, if a &%headers_add%&
18111 option is not working properly, &%debug_print%& could be used to output the
18112 variables it references. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with
18113 one.
18114
18115
18116 .option delivery_date_add transports boolean false
18117 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
18118 If this option is true, a &'Delivery-date:'& header is added to the message.
18119 This gives the actual time the delivery was made. As this is not a standard
18120 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%delivery_date_remove%&) which
18121 requests its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can
18122 safely be resent to other recipients.
18123
18124
18125 .option driver transports string unset
18126 This specifies which of the available transport drivers is to be used.
18127 There is no default, and this option must be set for every transport.
18128
18129
18130 .option envelope_to_add transports boolean false
18131 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
18132 If this option is true, an &'Envelope-to:'& header is added to the message.
18133 This gives the original address(es) in the incoming envelope that caused this
18134 delivery to happen. More than one address may be present if the transport is
18135 configured to handle several addresses at once, or if more than one original
18136 address was redirected to the same final address. As this is not a standard
18137 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%envelope_to_remove%&) which requests
18138 its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be
18139 resent to other recipients.
18140
18141
18142 .option group transports string&!! "Exim group"
18143 .cindex "transport" "group; specifying"
18144 This option specifies a gid for running the transport process, overriding any
18145 value that the router supplies, and also overriding any value associated with
18146 &%user%& (see below).
18147
18148
18149 .option headers_add transports string&!! unset
18150 .cindex "header lines" "adding in transport"
18151 .cindex "transport" "header lines; adding"
18152 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded and added to the header
18153 portion of a message as it is transported, as described in section
18154 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Additional header lines can also be specified by
18155 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18156 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18157 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18158
18159
18160
18161 .option headers_only transports boolean false
18162 .cindex "transport" "header lines only"
18163 .cindex "message" "transporting headers only"
18164 .cindex "header lines" "transporting"
18165 If this option is set, the message's body is not transported. It is mutually
18166 exclusive with &%body_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)& or &(pipe)&
18167 transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& should be
18168 checked, since this option does not automatically suppress them.
18169
18170
18171 .option headers_remove transports string&!! unset
18172 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
18173 .cindex "transport" "header lines; removing"
18174 This option specifies a string that is expanded into a list of header names;
18175 these headers are omitted from the message as it is transported, as described
18176 in section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header removal can also be specified by
18177 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18178 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18179 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18180
18181
18182
18183 .option headers_rewrite transports string unset
18184 .cindex "transport" "header lines; rewriting"
18185 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
18186 This option allows addresses in header lines to be rewritten at transport time,
18187 that is, as the message is being copied to its destination. The contents of the
18188 option are a colon-separated list of rewriting rules. Each rule is in exactly
18189 the same form as one of the general rewriting rules that are applied when a
18190 message is received. These are described in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. For
18191 example,
18192 .code
18193 headers_rewrite = a@b c@d f : \
18194 x@y w@z
18195 .endd
18196 changes &'a@b'& into &'c@d'& in &'From:'& header lines, and &'x@y'& into
18197 &'w@z'& in all address-bearing header lines. The rules are applied to the
18198 header lines just before they are written out at transport time, so they affect
18199 only those copies of the message that pass through the transport. However, only
18200 the message's original header lines, and any that were added by a system
18201 filter, are rewritten. If a router or transport adds header lines, they are not
18202 affected by this option. These rewriting rules are &'not'& applied to the
18203 envelope. You can change the return path using &%return_path%&, but you cannot
18204 change envelope recipients at this time.
18205
18206
18207 .option home_directory transports string&!! unset
18208 .cindex "transport" "home directory for"
18209 .cindex "&$home$&"
18210 This option specifies a home directory setting for a local transport,
18211 overriding any value that may be set by the router. The home directory is
18212 placed in &$home$& while expanding the transport's private options. It is also
18213 used as the current directory if no current directory is set by the
18214 &%current_directory%& option on the transport or the
18215 &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router. If the expansion fails
18216 for any reason, including forced failure, an error is logged, and delivery is
18217 deferred.
18218
18219
18220 .option initgroups transports boolean false
18221 .cindex "additional groups"
18222 .cindex "groups" "additional"
18223 .cindex "transport" "group; additional"
18224 If this option is true and the uid for the delivery process is provided by the
18225 transport, the &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport
18226 to ensure that any additional groups associated with the uid are set up.
18227
18228
18229 .option message_size_limit transports string&!! 0
18230 .cindex "limit" "message size per transport"
18231 .cindex "size of message" "limit"
18232 .cindex "transport" "message size; limiting"
18233 This option controls the size of messages passed through the transport. It is
18234 expanded before use; the result of the expansion must be a sequence of digits,
18235 optionally followed by K or M.
18236 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, or if the
18237 result is not of the required form, delivery is deferred.
18238 If the value is greater than zero and the size of a message exceeds this
18239 limit, the address is failed. If there is any chance that the resulting bounce
18240 message could be routed to the same transport, you should ensure that
18241 &%return_size_limit%& is less than the transport's &%message_size_limit%&, as
18242 otherwise the bounce message will fail to get delivered.
18243
18244
18245
18246 .option rcpt_include_affixes transports boolean false
18247 .cindex "prefix" "for local part; including in envelope"
18248 .cindex "suffix" "for local part; including in envelope"
18249 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
18250 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
18251 When this option is false (the default), and an address that has had any
18252 affixes (prefixes or suffixes) removed from the local part is delivered by any
18253 form of SMTP or LMTP, the affixes are not included. For example, if a router
18254 that contains
18255 .code
18256 local_part_prefix = *-
18257 .endd
18258 routes the address &'abc-xyz@some.domain'& to an SMTP transport, the envelope
18259 is delivered with
18260 .code
18261 RCPT TO:<xyz@some.domain>
18262 .endd
18263 This is also the case when an ACL-time callout is being used to verify a
18264 recipient address. However, if &%rcpt_include_affixes%& is set true, the
18265 whole local part is included in the RCPT command. This option applies to BSMTP
18266 deliveries by the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports as well as to the
18267 &(lmtp)& and &(smtp)& transports.
18268
18269
18270 .option retry_use_local_part transports boolean "see below"
18271 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
18272 When a delivery suffers a temporary failure, a retry record is created
18273 in Exim's hints database. For remote deliveries, the key for the retry record
18274 is based on the name and/or IP address of the failing remote host. For local
18275 deliveries, the key is normally the entire address, including both the local
18276 part and the domain. This is suitable for most common cases of local delivery
18277 temporary failure &-- for example, exceeding a mailbox quota should delay only
18278 deliveries to that mailbox, not to the whole domain.
18279
18280 However, in some special cases you may want to treat a temporary local delivery
18281 as a failure associated with the domain, and not with a particular local part.
18282 (For example, if you are storing all mail for some domain in files.) You can do
18283 this by setting &%retry_use_local_part%& false.
18284
18285 For all the local transports, its default value is true. For remote transports,
18286 the default value is false for tidiness, but changing the value has no effect
18287 on a remote transport in the current implementation.
18288
18289
18290 .option return_path transports string&!! unset
18291 .cindex "envelope sender"
18292 .cindex "transport" "return path; changing"
18293 .cindex "return path" "changing in transport"
18294 If this option is set, the string is expanded at transport time and replaces
18295 the existing return path (envelope sender) value in the copy of the message
18296 that is being delivered. An empty return path is permitted. This feature is
18297 designed for remote deliveries, where the value of this option is used in the
18298 SMTP MAIL command. If you set &%return_path%& for a local transport, the
18299 only effect is to change the address that is placed in the &'Return-path:'&
18300 header line, if one is added to the message (see the next option).
18301
18302 .new
18303 &*Note:*& A changed return path is not logged unless you add
18304 &%return_path_on_delivery%& to the log selector.
18305 .wen
18306
18307 .cindex "&$return_path$&"
18308 The expansion can refer to the existing value via &$return_path$&. This is
18309 either the message's envelope sender, or an address set by the
18310 &%errors_to%& option on a router. If the expansion is forced to fail, no
18311 replacement occurs; if it fails for another reason, delivery is deferred. This
18312 option can be used to support VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) &-- see
18313 section &<<SECTverp>>&.
18314
18315 &*Note*&: If a delivery error is detected locally, including the case when a
18316 remote server rejects a message at SMTP time, the bounce message is not sent to
18317 the value of this option. It is sent to the previously set errors address.
18318 This defaults to the incoming sender address, but can be changed by setting
18319 &%errors_to%& in a router.
18320
18321
18322
18323 .option return_path_add transports boolean false
18324 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
18325 If this option is true, a &'Return-path:'& header is added to the message.
18326 Although the return path is normally available in the prefix line of BSD
18327 mailboxes, this is commonly not displayed by MUAs, and so the user does not
18328 have easy access to it.
18329
18330 RFC 2821 states that the &'Return-path:'& header is added to a message &"when
18331 the delivery SMTP server makes the final delivery"&. This implies that this
18332 header should not be present in incoming messages. Exim has a configuration
18333 option, &%return_path_remove%&, which requests removal of this header from
18334 incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be resent to other
18335 recipients.
18336
18337
18338 .option shadow_condition transports string&!! unset
18339 See &%shadow_transport%& below.
18340
18341
18342 .option shadow_transport transports string unset
18343 .cindex "shadow transport"
18344 .cindex "transport" "shadow"
18345 A local transport may set the &%shadow_transport%& option to the name of
18346 another local transport. Shadow remote transports are not supported.
18347
18348 Whenever a delivery to the main transport succeeds, and either
18349 &%shadow_condition%& is unset, or its expansion does not result in the empty
18350 string or one of the strings &"0"& or &"no"& or &"false"&, the message is also
18351 passed to the shadow transport, with the same delivery address or addresses. If
18352 expansion fails, no action is taken except that non-forced expansion failures
18353 cause a log line to be written.
18354
18355 The result of the shadow transport is discarded and does not affect the
18356 subsequent processing of the message. Only a single level of shadowing is
18357 provided; the &%shadow_transport%& option is ignored on any transport when it
18358 is running as a shadow. Options concerned with output from pipes are also
18359 ignored. The log line for the successful delivery has an item added on the end,
18360 of the form
18361 .code
18362 ST=<shadow transport name>
18363 .endd
18364 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
18365 parentheses afterwards. Shadow transports can be used for a number of different
18366 purposes, including keeping more detailed log information than Exim normally
18367 provides, and implementing automatic acknowledgement policies based on message
18368 headers that some sites insist on.
18369
18370
18371 .option transport_filter transports string&!! unset
18372 .cindex "transport" "filter"
18373 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
18374 This option sets up a filtering (in the Unix shell sense) process for messages
18375 at transport time. It should not be confused with mail filtering as set up by
18376 individual users or via a system filter.
18377
18378 When the message is about to be written out, the command specified by
18379 &%transport_filter%& is started up in a separate, parallel process, and
18380 the entire message, including the header lines, is passed to it on its standard
18381 input (this in fact is done from a third process, to avoid deadlock). The
18382 command must be specified as an absolute path.
18383
18384 The lines of the message that are written to the transport filter are
18385 terminated by newline (&"\n"&). The message is passed to the filter before any
18386 SMTP-specific processing, such as turning &"\n"& into &"\r\n"& and escaping
18387 lines beginning with a dot, and also before any processing implied by the
18388 settings of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& in the &(appendfile)& or
18389 &(pipe)& transports.
18390
18391 The standard error for the filter process is set to the same destination as its
18392 standard output; this is read and written to the message's ultimate
18393 destination. The process that writes the message to the filter, the
18394 filter itself, and the original process that reads the result and delivers it
18395 are all run in parallel, like a shell pipeline.
18396
18397 The filter can perform any transformations it likes, but of course should take
18398 care not to break RFC 2822 syntax. A demonstration Perl script is provided in
18399 &_util/transport-filter.pl_&; this makes a few arbitrary modifications just to
18400 show the possibilities. Exim does not check the result, except to test for a
18401 final newline when SMTP is in use. All messages transmitted over SMTP must end
18402 with a newline, so Exim supplies one if it is missing.
18403
18404 .cindex "content scanning" "per user"
18405 A transport filter can be used to provide content-scanning on a per-user basis
18406 at delivery time if the only required effect of the scan is to modify the
18407 message. For example, a content scan could insert a new header line containing
18408 a spam score. This could be interpreted by a filter in the user's MUA. It is
18409 not possible to discard a message at this stage.
18410
18411 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
18412 A problem might arise if the filter increases the size of a message that is
18413 being sent down an SMTP connection. If the receiving SMTP server has indicated
18414 support for the SIZE parameter, Exim will have sent the size of the message
18415 at the start of the SMTP session. If what is actually sent is substantially
18416 more, the server might reject the message. This can be worked round by setting
18417 the &%size_addition%& option on the &(smtp)& transport, either to allow for
18418 additions to the message, or to disable the use of SIZE altogether.
18419
18420 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
18421 The value of the &%transport_filter%& option is the command string for starting
18422 the filter, which is run directly from Exim, not under a shell. The string is
18423 parsed by Exim in the same way as a command string for the &(pipe)& transport:
18424 Exim breaks it up into arguments and then expands each argument separately (see
18425 section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&). Any kind of expansion failure causes delivery
18426 to be deferred. The special argument &$pipe_addresses$& is replaced by a number
18427 of arguments, one for each address that applies to this delivery. (This isn't
18428 an ideal name for this feature here, but as it was already implemented for the
18429 &(pipe)& transport, it seemed sensible not to change it.)
18430
18431 .cindex "&$host$&"
18432 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
18433 The expansion variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available when the
18434 transport is a remote one. They contain the name and IP address of the host to
18435 which the message is being sent. For example:
18436 .code
18437 transport_filter = /some/directory/transport-filter.pl \
18438 $host $host_address $sender_address $pipe_addresses
18439 .endd
18440
18441 Two problems arise if you want to use more complicated expansion items to
18442 generate transport filter commands, both of which due to the fact that the
18443 command is split up &'before'& expansion.
18444 .ilist
18445 If an expansion item contains white space, you must quote it, so that it is all
18446 part of the same command item. If the entire option setting is one such
18447 expansion item, you have to take care what kind of quoting you use. For
18448 example:
18449 .code
18450 transport_filter = '/bin/cmd${if eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}}'
18451 .endd
18452 This runs the command &(/bin/cmd1)& if the host name is &'a.b.c'&, and
18453 &(/bin/cmd2)& otherwise. If double quotes had been used, they would have been
18454 stripped by Exim when it read the option's value. When the value is used, if
18455 the single quotes were missing, the line would be split into two items,
18456 &`/bin/cmd${if`& and &`eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}`&, and an error would occur when
18457 Exim tried to expand the first one.
18458 .next
18459 Except for the special case of &$pipe_addresses$& that is mentioned above, an
18460 expansion cannot generate multiple arguments, or a command name followed by
18461 arguments. Consider this example:
18462 .code
18463 transport_filter = ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/some/file}\
18464 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
18465 .endd
18466 The result of the lookup is interpreted as the name of the command, even
18467 if it contains white space. The simplest way round this is to use a shell:
18468 .code
18469 transport_filter = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/some/file}\
18470 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
18471 .endd
18472 .endlist
18473
18474 The filter process is run under the same uid and gid as the normal delivery.
18475 For remote deliveries this is the Exim uid/gid by default. The command should
18476 normally yield a zero return code. Transport filters are not supposed to fail.
18477 A non-zero code is taken to mean that the transport filter encountered some
18478 serious problem. Delivery of the message is deferred; the message remains on
18479 the queue and is tried again later. It is not possible to cause a message to be
18480 bounced from a transport filter.
18481
18482 If a transport filter is set on an autoreply transport, the original message is
18483 passed through the filter as it is being copied into the newly generated
18484 message, which happens if the &%return_message%& option is set.
18485
18486
18487 .option transport_filter_timeout transports time 5m
18488 .cindex "transport filter" "timeout"
18489 When Exim is reading the output of a transport filter, it a applies a timeout
18490 that can be set by this option. Exceeding the timeout is normally treated as a
18491 temporary delivery failure. However, if a transport filter is used with a
18492 &(pipe)& transport, a timeout in the transport filter is treated in the same
18493 way as a timeout in the pipe command itself. By default, a timeout is a hard
18494 error, but if the &(pipe)& transport's &%timeout_defer%& option is set true, it
18495 becomes a temporary error.
18496
18497
18498 .option user transports string&!! "Exim user"
18499 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
18500 .cindex "transport user" "specifying"
18501 This option specifies the user under whose uid the delivery process is to be
18502 run, overriding any uid that may have been set by the router. If the user is
18503 given as a name, the uid is looked up from the password data, and the
18504 associated group is taken as the value of the gid to be used if the &%group%&
18505 option is not set.
18506
18507 For deliveries that use local transports, a user and group are normally
18508 specified explicitly or implicitly (for example, as a result of
18509 &%check_local_user%&) by the router or transport.
18510
18511 .cindex "hints database" "access by remote transport"
18512 For remote transports, you should leave this option unset unless you really are
18513 sure you know what you are doing. When a remote transport is running, it needs
18514 to be able to access Exim's hints databases, because each host may have its own
18515 retry data.
18516 .ecindex IIDgenoptra1
18517 .ecindex IIDgenoptra2
18518 .ecindex IIDgenoptra3
18519
18520
18521
18522
18523
18524
18525 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18526 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18527
18528 .chapter "Address batching in local transports" "CHAPbatching" &&&
18529 "Address batching"
18530 .cindex "transport" "local; address batching in"
18531 The only remote transport (&(smtp)&) is normally configured to handle more than
18532 one address at a time, so that when several addresses are routed to the same
18533 remote host, just one copy of the message is sent. Local transports, however,
18534 normally handle one address at a time. That is, a separate instance of the
18535 transport is run for each address that is routed to the transport. A separate
18536 copy of the message is delivered each time.
18537
18538 .cindex "batched local delivery"
18539 .cindex "&%batch_max%&"
18540 .cindex "&%batch_id%&"
18541 In special cases, it may be desirable to handle several addresses at once in a
18542 local transport, for example:
18543
18544 .ilist
18545 In an &(appendfile)& transport, when storing messages in files for later
18546 delivery by some other means, a single copy of the message with multiple
18547 recipients saves space.
18548 .next
18549 In an &(lmtp)& transport, when delivering over &"local SMTP"& to some process,
18550 a single copy saves time, and is the normal way LMTP is expected to work.
18551 .next
18552 In a &(pipe)& transport, when passing the message
18553 to a scanner program or
18554 to some other delivery mechanism such as UUCP, multiple recipients may be
18555 acceptable.
18556 .endlist
18557
18558 These three local transports all have the same options for controlling multiple
18559 (&"batched"&) deliveries, namely &%batch_max%& and &%batch_id%&. To save
18560 repeating the information for each transport, these options are described here.
18561
18562 The &%batch_max%& option specifies the maximum number of addresses that can be
18563 delivered together in a single run of the transport. Its default value is one
18564 (no batching). When more than one address is routed to a transport that has a
18565 &%batch_max%& value greater than one, the addresses are delivered in a batch
18566 (that is, in a single run of the transport with multiple recipients), subject
18567 to certain conditions:
18568
18569 .ilist
18570 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
18571 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$local_part$&, no
18572 batching is possible.
18573 .next
18574 .cindex "&$domain$&"
18575 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$domain$&, only
18576 addresses with the same domain are batched.
18577 .next
18578 .cindex "customizing" "batching condition"
18579 If &%batch_id%& is set, it is expanded for each address, and only those
18580 addresses with the same expanded value are batched. This allows you to specify
18581 customized batching conditions. Failure of the expansion for any reason,
18582 including forced failure, disables batching, but it does not stop the delivery
18583 from taking place.
18584 .next
18585 Batched addresses must also have the same errors address (where to send
18586 delivery errors), the same header additions and removals, the same user and
18587 group for the transport, and if a host list is present, the first host must
18588 be the same.
18589 .endlist
18590
18591 In the case of the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports, batching applies
18592 both when the file or pipe command is specified in the transport, and when it
18593 is specified by a &(redirect)& router, but all the batched addresses must of
18594 course be routed to the same file or pipe command. These two transports have an
18595 option called &%use_bsmtp%&, which causes them to deliver the message in
18596 &"batched SMTP"& format, with the envelope represented as SMTP commands. The
18597 &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& options are forced to the values
18598 .code
18599 check_string = "."
18600 escape_string = ".."
18601 .endd
18602 when batched SMTP is in use. A full description of the batch SMTP mechanism is
18603 given in section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&. The &(lmtp)& transport does not have a
18604 &%use_bsmtp%& option, because it always delivers using the SMTP protocol.
18605
18606 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
18607 If the generic &%envelope_to_add%& option is set for a batching transport, the
18608 &'Envelope-to:'& header that is added to the message contains all the addresses
18609 that are being processed together. If you are using a batching &(appendfile)&
18610 transport without &%use_bsmtp%&, the only way to preserve the recipient
18611 addresses is to set the &%envelope_to_add%& option.
18612
18613 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "with multiple addresses"
18614 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
18615 If you are using a &(pipe)& transport without BSMTP, and setting the
18616 transport's &%command%& option, you can include &$pipe_addresses$& as part of
18617 the command. This is not a true variable; it is a bit of magic that causes each
18618 of the recipient addresses to be inserted into the command as a separate
18619 argument. This provides a way of accessing all the addresses that are being
18620 delivered in the batch. &*Note:*& This is not possible for pipe commands that
18621 are specififed by a &(redirect)& router.
18622
18623
18624
18625
18626 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18627 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18628
18629 .chapter "The appendfile transport" "CHAPappendfile"
18630 .scindex IIDapptra1 "&(appendfile)& transport"
18631 .scindex IIDapptra2 "transports" "&(appendfile)&"
18632 .cindex "directory creation"
18633 .cindex "creating directories"
18634 The &(appendfile)& transport delivers a message by appending it to an existing
18635 file, or by creating an entirely new file in a specified directory. Single
18636 files to which messages are appended can be in the traditional Unix mailbox
18637 format, or optionally in the MBX format supported by the Pine MUA and
18638 University of Washington IMAP daemon, &'inter alia'&. When each message is
18639 being delivered as a separate file, &"maildir"& format can optionally be used
18640 to give added protection against failures that happen part-way through the
18641 delivery. A third form of separate-file delivery known as &"mailstore"& is also
18642 supported. For all file formats, Exim attempts to create as many levels of
18643 directory as necessary, provided that &%create_directory%& is set.
18644
18645 The code for the optional formats is not included in the Exim binary by
18646 default. It is necessary to set SUPPORT_MBX, SUPPORT_MAILDIR and/or
18647 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE in &_Local/Makefile_& to have the appropriate code
18648 included.
18649
18650 .cindex "quota" "system"
18651 Exim recognises system quota errors, and generates an appropriate message. Exim
18652 also supports its own quota control within the transport, for use when the
18653 system facility is unavailable or cannot be used for some reason.
18654
18655 If there is an error while appending to a file (for example, quota exceeded or
18656 partition filled), Exim attempts to reset the file's length and last
18657 modification time back to what they were before. If there is an error while
18658 creating an entirely new file, the new file is removed.
18659
18660 Before appending to a file, a number of security checks are made, and the
18661 file is locked. A detailed description is given below, after the list of
18662 private options.
18663
18664 The &(appendfile)& transport is most commonly used for local deliveries to
18665 users' mailboxes. However, it can also be used as a pseudo-remote transport for
18666 putting messages into files for remote delivery by some means other than Exim.
18667 &"Batch SMTP"& format is often used in this case (see the &%use_bsmtp%&
18668 option).
18669
18670
18671
18672 .section "The file and directory options" "SECTfildiropt"
18673 The &%file%& option specifies a single file, to which the message is appended;
18674 the &%directory%& option specifies a directory, in which a new file containing
18675 the message is created. Only one of these two options can be set, and for
18676 normal deliveries to mailboxes, one of them &'must'& be set.
18677
18678 .cindex "&$address_file$&"
18679 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
18680 However, &(appendfile)& is also used for delivering messages to files or
18681 directories whose names (or parts of names) are obtained from alias,
18682 forwarding, or filtering operations (for example, a &%save%& command in a
18683 user's Exim filter). When such a transport is running, &$local_part$& contains
18684 the local part that was aliased or forwarded, and &$address_file$& contains the
18685 name (or partial name) of the file or directory generated by the redirection
18686 operation. There are two cases:
18687
18688 .ilist
18689 If neither &%file%& nor &%directory%& is set, the redirection operation
18690 must specify an absolute path (one that begins with &`/`&). This is the most
18691 common case when users with local accounts use filtering to sort mail into
18692 different folders. See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the
18693 default configuration. If the path ends with a slash, it is assumed to be the
18694 name of a directory. A delivery to a directory can also be forced by setting
18695 &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%&.
18696 .next
18697 If &%file%& or &%directory%& is set for a delivery from a redirection, it is
18698 used to determine the file or directory name for the delivery. Normally, the
18699 contents of &$address_file$& are used in some way in the string expansion.
18700 .endlist
18701
18702
18703 .cindex "Sieve filter" "configuring &(appendfile)&"
18704 .cindex "Sieve filter" "relative mailbox path handling"
18705 As an example of the second case, consider an environment where users do not
18706 have home directories. They may be permitted to use Exim filter commands of the
18707 form:
18708 .code
18709 save folder23
18710 .endd
18711 or Sieve filter commands of the form:
18712 .code
18713 require "fileinto";
18714 fileinto "folder23";
18715 .endd
18716 In this situation, the expansion of &%file%& or &%directory%& in the transport
18717 must transform the relative path into an appropriate absolute file name. In the
18718 case of Sieve filters, the name &'inbox'& must be handled. It is the name that
18719 is used as a result of a &"keep"& action in the filter. This example shows one
18720 way of handling this requirement:
18721 .code
18722 file = ${if eq{$address_file}{inbox} \
18723 {/var/mail/$local_part} \
18724 {${if eq{${substr_0_1:$address_file}}{/} \
18725 {$address_file} \
18726 {$home/mail/$address_file} \
18727 }} \
18728 }
18729 .endd
18730 With this setting of &%file%&, &'inbox'& refers to the standard mailbox
18731 location, absolute paths are used without change, and other folders are in the
18732 &_mail_& directory within the home directory.
18733
18734 &*Note 1*&: While processing an Exim filter, a relative path such as
18735 &_folder23_& is turned into an absolute path if a home directory is known to
18736 the router. In particular, this is the case if &%check_local_user%& is set. If
18737 you want to prevent this happening at routing time, you can set
18738 &%router_home_directory%& empty. This forces the router to pass the relative
18739 path to the transport.
18740
18741 &*Note 2*&: An absolute path in &$address_file$& is not treated specially;
18742 the &%file%& or &%directory%& option is still used if it is set.
18743
18744
18745
18746
18747 .section "Private options for appendfile"
18748 .cindex "options" "&(appendfile)& transport"
18749
18750
18751
18752 .option allow_fifo appendfile boolean false
18753 .cindex "fifo (named pipe)"
18754 .cindex "named pipe (fifo)"
18755 .cindex "pipe" "named (fifo)"
18756 Setting this option permits delivery to named pipes (FIFOs) as well as to
18757 regular files. If no process is reading the named pipe at delivery time, the
18758 delivery is deferred.
18759
18760
18761 .option allow_symlink appendfile boolean false
18762 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
18763 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
18764 By default, &(appendfile)& will not deliver if the path name for the file is
18765 that of a symbolic link. Setting this option relaxes that constraint, but there
18766 are security issues involved in the use of symbolic links. Be sure you know
18767 what you are doing if you set this. Details of exactly what this option affects
18768 are included in the discussion which follows this list of options.
18769
18770
18771 .option batch_id appendfile string&!! unset
18772 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
18773 However, batching is automatically disabled for &(appendfile)& deliveries that
18774 happen as a result of forwarding or aliasing or other redirection directly to a
18775 file.
18776
18777
18778 .option batch_max appendfile integer 1
18779 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
18780
18781
18782 .option check_group appendfile boolean false
18783 When this option is set, the group owner of the file defined by the &%file%&
18784 option is checked to see that it is the same as the group under which the
18785 delivery process is running. The default setting is false because the default
18786 file mode is 0600, which means that the group is irrelevant.
18787
18788
18789 .option check_owner appendfile boolean true
18790 When this option is set, the owner of the file defined by the &%file%& option
18791 is checked to ensure that it is the same as the user under which the delivery
18792 process is running.
18793
18794
18795 .option check_string appendfile string "see below"
18796 .cindex "&""From""& line"
18797 As &(appendfile)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for
18798 matching &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are
18799 replaced by the contents of &%escape_string%&. The value of &%check_string%& is
18800 a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of any letters it
18801 contains is significant.
18802
18803 If &%use_bsmtp%& is set the values of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%&
18804 are forced to &"."& and &".."& respectively, and any settings in the
18805 configuration are ignored. Otherwise, they default to &"From&~"& and
18806 &">From&~"& when the &%file%& option is set, and unset when any of the
18807 &%directory%&, &%maildir%&, or &%mailstore%& options are set.
18808
18809 The default settings, along with &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, are
18810 suitable for traditional &"BSD"& mailboxes, where a line beginning with
18811 &"From&~"& indicates the start of a new message. All four options need changing
18812 if another format is used. For example, to deliver to mailboxes in MMDF format:
18813 .cindex "MMDF format mailbox"
18814 .cindex "mailbox" "MMDF format"
18815 .code
18816 check_string = "\1\1\1\1\n"
18817 escape_string = "\1\1\1\1 \n"
18818 message_prefix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
18819 message_suffix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
18820 .endd
18821 .option create_directory appendfile boolean true
18822 .cindex "directory creation"
18823 When this option is true, Exim attempts to create any missing superior
18824 directories for the file that it is about to write. A created directory's mode
18825 is given by the &%directory_mode%& option.
18826
18827 The group ownership of a newly created directory is highly dependent on the
18828 operating system (and possibly the file system) that is being used. For
18829 example, in Solaris, if the parent directory has the setgid bit set, its group
18830 is propagated to the child; if not, the currently set group is used. However,
18831 in FreeBSD, the parent's group is always used.
18832
18833
18834
18835 .option create_file appendfile string anywhere
18836 This option constrains the location of files and directories that are created
18837 by this transport. It applies to files defined by the &%file%& option and
18838 directories defined by the &%directory%& option. In the case of maildir
18839 delivery, it applies to the top level directory, not the maildir directories
18840 beneath.
18841
18842 The option must be set to one of the words &"anywhere"&, &"inhome"&, or
18843 &"belowhome"&. In the second and third cases, a home directory must have been
18844 set for the transport. This option is not useful when an explicit file name is
18845 given for normal mailbox deliveries. It is intended for the case when file
18846 names are generated from users' &_.forward_& files. These are usually handled
18847 by an &(appendfile)& transport called &%address_file%&. See also
18848 &%file_must_exist%&.
18849
18850
18851 .option directory appendfile string&!! unset
18852 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%file%& option, but one of &%file%&
18853 or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result of a
18854 redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&).
18855
18856 When &%directory%& is set, the string is expanded, and the message is delivered
18857 into a new file or files in or below the given directory, instead of being
18858 appended to a single mailbox file. A number of different formats are provided
18859 (see &%maildir_format%& and &%mailstore_format%&), and see section
18860 &<<SECTopdir>>& for further details of this form of delivery.
18861
18862
18863 .option directory_file appendfile string&!! &`q${base62:$tod_epoch}-$inode`&
18864 .cindex "base62"
18865 .cindex "&$inode$&"
18866 When &%directory%& is set, but neither &%maildir_format%& nor
18867 &%mailstore_format%& is set, &(appendfile)& delivers each message into a file
18868 whose name is obtained by expanding this string. The default value generates a
18869 unique name from the current time, in base 62 form, and the inode of the file.
18870 The variable &$inode$& is available only when expanding this option.
18871
18872
18873 .option directory_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0700
18874 If &(appendfile)& creates any directories as a result of the
18875 &%create_directory%& option, their mode is specified by this option.
18876
18877
18878 .option escape_string appendfile string "see description"
18879 See &%check_string%& above.
18880
18881
18882 .option file appendfile string&!! unset
18883 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%directory%& option, but one of
18884 &%file%& or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result
18885 of a redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&). The &%file%& option
18886 specifies a single file, to which the message is appended. One or more of
18887 &%use_fcntl_lock%&, &%use_flock_lock%&, or &%use_lockfile%& must be set with
18888 &%file%&.
18889
18890 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
18891 .cindex "locking files"
18892 .cindex "lock files"
18893 If you are using more than one host to deliver over NFS into the same
18894 mailboxes, you should always use lock files.
18895
18896 The string value is expanded for each delivery, and must yield an absolute
18897 path. The most common settings of this option are variations on one of these
18898 examples:
18899 .code
18900 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
18901 file = /home/$local_part/inbox
18902 file = $home/inbox
18903 .endd
18904 .cindex "&""sticky""& bit"
18905 In the first example, all deliveries are done into the same directory. If Exim
18906 is configured to use lock files (see &%use_lockfile%& below) it must be able to
18907 create a file in the directory, so the &"sticky"& bit must be turned on for
18908 deliveries to be possible, or alternatively the &%group%& option can be used to
18909 run the delivery under a group id which has write access to the directory.
18910
18911
18912
18913 .option file_format appendfile string unset
18914 .cindex "file" "mailbox; checking existing format"
18915 This option requests the transport to check the format of an existing file
18916 before adding to it. The check consists of matching a specific string at the
18917 start of the file. The value of the option consists of an even number of
18918 colon-separated strings. The first of each pair is the test string, and the
18919 second is the name of a transport. If the transport associated with a matched
18920 string is not the current transport, control is passed over to the other
18921 transport. For example, suppose the standard &(local_delivery)& transport has
18922 this added to it:
18923 .code
18924 file_format = "From : local_delivery :\
18925 \1\1\1\1\n : local_mmdf_delivery"
18926 .endd
18927 Mailboxes that begin with &"From"& are still handled by this transport, but if
18928 a mailbox begins with four binary ones followed by a newline, control is passed
18929 to a transport called &%local_mmdf_delivery%&, which presumably is configured
18930 to do the delivery in MMDF format. If a mailbox does not exist or is empty, it
18931 is assumed to match the current transport. If the start of a mailbox doesn't
18932 match any string, or if the transport named for a given string is not defined,
18933 delivery is deferred.
18934
18935
18936 .option file_must_exist appendfile boolean false
18937 .new
18938 If this option is true, the file specified by the &%file%& option must exist.
18939 A temporary error occurs if it does not, causing delivery to be deferred.
18940 If this option is false, the file is created if it does not exist.
18941 .wen
18942
18943
18944 .option lock_fcntl_timeout appendfile time 0s
18945 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
18946 .cindex "mailbox locking" "blocking and non-blocking"
18947 .cindex "locking files"
18948 By default, the &(appendfile)& transport uses non-blocking calls to &[fcntl()]&
18949 when locking an open mailbox file. If the call fails, the delivery process
18950 sleeps for &%lock_interval%& and tries again, up to &%lock_retries%& times.
18951 Non-blocking calls are used so that the file is not kept open during the wait
18952 for the lock; the reason for this is to make it as safe as possible for
18953 deliveries over NFS in the case when processes might be accessing an NFS
18954 mailbox without using a lock file. This should not be done, but
18955 misunderstandings and hence misconfigurations are not unknown.
18956
18957 On a busy system, however, the performance of a non-blocking lock approach is
18958 not as good as using a blocking lock with a timeout. In this case, the waiting
18959 is done inside the system call, and Exim's delivery process acquires the lock
18960 and can proceed as soon as the previous lock holder releases it.
18961
18962 If &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set to a non-zero time, blocking locks, with that
18963 timeout, are used. There may still be some retrying: the maximum number of
18964 retries is
18965 .code
18966 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / lock_fcntl_timeout
18967 .endd
18968 rounded up to the next whole number. In other words, the total time during
18969 which &(appendfile)& is trying to get a lock is roughly the same, unless
18970 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set very large.
18971
18972 You should consider setting this option if you are getting a lot of delayed
18973 local deliveries because of errors of the form
18974 .code
18975 failed to lock mailbox /some/file (fcntl)
18976 .endd
18977
18978 .option lock_flock_timeout appendfile time 0s
18979 This timeout applies to file locking when using &[flock()]& (see
18980 &%use_flock%&); the timeout operates in a similar manner to
18981 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%&.
18982
18983
18984 .option lock_interval appendfile time 3s
18985 This specifies the time to wait between attempts to lock the file. See below
18986 for details of locking.
18987
18988
18989 .option lock_retries appendfile integer 10
18990 This specifies the maximum number of attempts to lock the file. A value of zero
18991 is treated as 1. See below for details of locking.
18992
18993
18994 .option lockfile_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
18995 This specifies the mode of the created lock file, when a lock file is being
18996 used (see &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_mbx_lock%&).
18997
18998
18999 .option lockfile_timeout appendfile time 30m
19000 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
19001 When a lock file is being used (see &%use_lockfile%&), if a lock file already
19002 exists and is older than this value, it is assumed to have been left behind by
19003 accident, and Exim attempts to remove it.
19004
19005
19006 .option mailbox_filecount appendfile string&!! unset
19007 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19008 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19009 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19010 number of files in the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally
19011 followed by K or M. This provides a way of obtaining this information from an
19012 external source that maintains the data.
19013
19014
19015 .option mailbox_size appendfile string&!! unset
19016 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19017 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19018 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19019 size the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally followed by K or M.
19020 This provides a way of obtaining this information from an external source that
19021 maintains the data. This is likely to be helpful for maildir deliveries where
19022 it is computationally expensive to compute the size of a mailbox.
19023
19024
19025
19026 .option maildir_format appendfile boolean false
19027 .cindex "maildir format" "specifying"
19028 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into a new
19029 file, in the &"maildir"& format that is used by other mail software. When the
19030 transport is activated directly from a &(redirect)& router (for example, the
19031 &(address_file)& transport in the default configuration), setting
19032 &%maildir_format%& causes the path received from the router to be treated as a
19033 directory, whether or not it ends with &`/`&. This option is available only if
19034 SUPPORT_MAILDIR is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section
19035 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19036
19037
19038 .option maildir_quota_directory_regex appendfile string "See below"
19039 .cindex "maildir format" "quota; directories included in"
19040 .cindex "quota" "maildir; directories included in"
19041 This option is relevant only when &%maildir_use_size_file%& is set. It defines
19042 a regular expression for specifying directories, relative to the quota
19043 directory (see &%quota_directory%&), that should be included in the quota
19044 calculation. The default value is:
19045 .code
19046 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\..*)$
19047 .endd
19048 This includes the &_cur_& and &_new_& directories, and any maildir++ folders
19049 (directories whose names begin with a dot). If you want to exclude the
19050 &_Trash_&
19051 folder from the count (as some sites do), you need to change this setting to
19052 .code
19053 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\.(?!Trash).*)$
19054 .endd
19055 This uses a negative lookahead in the regular expression to exclude the
19056 directory whose name is &_.Trash_&. When a directory is excluded from quota
19057 calculations, quota processing is bypassed for any messages that are delivered
19058 directly into that directory.
19059
19060
19061 .option maildir_retries appendfile integer 10
19062 This option specifies the number of times to retry when writing a file in
19063 &"maildir"& format. See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19064
19065
19066 .option maildir_tag appendfile string&!! unset
19067 This option applies only to deliveries in maildir format, and is described in
19068 section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19069
19070
19071 .option maildir_use_size_file appendfile boolean false
19072 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
19073 Setting this option true enables support for &_maildirsize_& files. Exim
19074 creates a &_maildirsize_& file in a maildir if one does not exist, taking the
19075 quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If &%quota%& is unset, the
19076 value is zero. See &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& above and section
19077 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19078
19079 .option maildirfolder_create_regex appendfile string unset
19080 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirfolder_& file"
19081 .cindex "&_maildirfolder_&, creating"
19082 The value of this option is a regular expression. If it is unset, it has no
19083 effect. Otherwise, before a maildir delivery takes place place, the pattern is
19084 matched against the name of the maildir directory, that is, the directory
19085 containing the &_new_& and &_tmp_& subdirectories that will be used for the
19086 delivery. If there is a match, Exim checks for the existence of a file called
19087 &_maildirfolder_& in the directory, and creates it if it does not exist.
19088 See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& for more details.
19089
19090
19091 .option mailstore_format appendfile boolean false
19092 .cindex "mailstore format" "specifying"
19093 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into two
19094 new files in &"mailstore"& format. The option is available only if
19095 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section &<<SECTopdir>>&
19096 below for further details.
19097
19098
19099 .option mailstore_prefix appendfile string&!! unset
19100 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19101 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19102
19103
19104 .option mailstore_suffix appendfile string&!! unset
19105 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19106 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19107
19108
19109 .option mbx_format appendfile boolean false
19110 .cindex "locking files"
19111 .cindex "file" "locking"
19112 .cindex "file" "MBX format"
19113 .cindex "MBX format" "specifying"
19114 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
19115 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. If &%mbx_format%& is set with the &%file%& option,
19116 the message is appended to the mailbox file in MBX format instead of
19117 traditional Unix format. This format is supported by Pine4 and its associated
19118 IMAP and POP daemons, by means of the &'c-client'& library that they all use.
19119
19120 &*Note*&: The &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are not
19121 automatically changed by the use of &%mbx_format%&. They should normally be set
19122 empty when using MBX format, so this option almost always appears in this
19123 combination:
19124 .code
19125 mbx_format = true
19126 message_prefix =
19127 message_suffix =
19128 .endd
19129 If none of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration,
19130 &%use_mbx_lock%& is assumed and the other locking options default to false. It
19131 is possible to specify the other kinds of locking with &%mbx_format%&, but
19132 &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_mbx_lock%& are mutually exclusive. MBX locking
19133 interworks with &'c-client'&, providing for shared access to the mailbox. It
19134 should not be used if any program that does not use this form of locking is
19135 going to access the mailbox, nor should it be used if the mailbox file is NFS
19136 mounted, because it works only when the mailbox is accessed from a single host.
19137
19138 If you set &%use_fcntl_lock%& with an MBX-format mailbox, you cannot use
19139 the standard version of &'c-client'&, because as long as it has a mailbox open
19140 (this means for the whole of a Pine or IMAP session), Exim will not be able to
19141 append messages to it.
19142
19143
19144 .option message_prefix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19145 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19146 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
19147 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19148 in which case it is:
19149 .code
19150 message_prefix = "From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}\
19151 {MAILER-DAEMON}} $tod_bsdinbox\n"
19152 .endd
19153
19154
19155 .option message_suffix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19156 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
19157 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19158 in which case it is a single newline character. The suffix can be suppressed by
19159 setting
19160 .code
19161 message_suffix =
19162 .endd
19163
19164 .option mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
19165 If the output file is created, it is given this mode. If it already exists and
19166 has wider permissions, they are reduced to this mode. If it has narrower
19167 permissions, an error occurs unless &%mode_fail_narrower%& is false. However,
19168 if the delivery is the result of a &%save%& command in a filter file specifing
19169 a particular mode, the mode of the output file is always forced to take that
19170 value, and this option is ignored.
19171
19172
19173 .option mode_fail_narrower appendfile boolean true
19174 This option applies in the case when an existing mailbox file has a narrower
19175 mode than that specified by the &%mode%& option. If &%mode_fail_narrower%& is
19176 true, the delivery is deferred (&"mailbox has the wrong mode"&); otherwise Exim
19177 continues with the delivery attempt, using the existing mode of the file.
19178
19179
19180 .option notify_comsat appendfile boolean false
19181 If this option is true, the &'comsat'& daemon is notified after every
19182 successful delivery to a user mailbox. This is the daemon that notifies logged
19183 on users about incoming mail.
19184
19185
19186 .option quota appendfile string&!! unset
19187 .cindex "quota" "imposed by Exim"
19188 This option imposes a limit on the size of the file to which Exim is appending,
19189 or to the total space used in the directory tree when the &%directory%& option
19190 is set. In the latter case, computation of the space used is expensive, because
19191 all the files in the directory (and any sub-directories) have to be
19192 individually inspected and their sizes summed. (See &%quota_size_regex%& and
19193 &%maildir_use_size_file%& for ways to avoid this in environments where users
19194 have no shell access to their mailboxes).
19195
19196 As there is no interlock against two simultaneous deliveries into a
19197 multi-file mailbox, it is possible for the quota to be overrun in this case.
19198 For single-file mailboxes, of course, an interlock is a necessity.
19199
19200 A file's size is taken as its &'used'& value. Because of blocking effects, this
19201 may be a lot less than the actual amount of disk space allocated to the file.
19202 If the sizes of a number of files are being added up, the rounding effect can
19203 become quite noticeable, especially on systems that have large block sizes.
19204 Nevertheless, it seems best to stick to the &'used'& figure, because this is
19205 the obvious value which users understand most easily.
19206
19207 The value of the option is expanded, and must then be a numerical value
19208 (decimal point allowed), optionally followed by one of the letters K, M, or G,
19209 for kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes. If Exim is running on a system with
19210 large file support (Linux and FreeBSD have this), mailboxes larger than 2G can
19211 be handled.
19212
19213 &*Note*&: A value of zero is interpreted as &"no quota"&.
19214
19215 The expansion happens while Exim is running as root, before it changes uid for
19216 the delivery. This means that files that are inaccessible to the end user can
19217 be used to hold quota values that are looked up in the expansion. When delivery
19218 fails because this quota is exceeded, the handling of the error is as for
19219 system quota failures.
19220
19221 By default, Exim's quota checking mimics system quotas, and restricts the
19222 mailbox to the specified maximum size, though the value is not accurate to the
19223 last byte, owing to separator lines and additional headers that may get added
19224 during message delivery. When a mailbox is nearly full, large messages may get
19225 refused even though small ones are accepted, because the size of the current
19226 message is added to the quota when the check is made. This behaviour can be
19227 changed by setting &%quota_is_inclusive%& false. When this is done, the check
19228 for exceeding the quota does not include the current message. Thus, deliveries
19229 continue until the quota has been exceeded; thereafter, no further messages are
19230 delivered. See also &%quota_warn_threshold%&.
19231
19232
19233 .option quota_directory appendfile string&!! unset
19234 This option defines the directory to check for quota purposes when delivering
19235 into individual files. The default is the delivery directory, or, if a file
19236 called &_maildirfolder_& exists in a maildir directory, the parent of the
19237 delivery directory.
19238
19239
19240 .option quota_filecount appendfile string&!! 0
19241 This option applies when the &%directory%& option is set. It limits the total
19242 number of files in the directory (compare the inode limit in system quotas). It
19243 can only be used if &%quota%& is also set. The value is expanded; an expansion
19244 failure causes delivery to be deferred. A value of zero is interpreted as
19245 &"no quota"&.
19246
19247
19248 .option quota_is_inclusive appendfile boolean true
19249 See &%quota%& above.
19250
19251
19252 .option quota_size_regex appendfile string unset
19253 This option applies when one of the delivery modes that writes a separate file
19254 for each message is being used. When Exim wants to find the size of one of
19255 these files in order to test the quota, it first checks &%quota_size_regex%&.
19256 If this is set to a regular expression that matches the file name, and it
19257 captures one string, that string is interpreted as a representation of the
19258 file's size. The value of &%quota_size_regex%& is not expanded.
19259
19260 This feature is useful only when users have no shell access to their mailboxes
19261 &-- otherwise they could defeat the quota simply by renaming the files. This
19262 facility can be used with maildir deliveries, by setting &%maildir_tag%& to add
19263 the file length to the file name. For example:
19264 .code
19265 maildir_tag = ,S=$message_size
19266 quota_size_regex = ,S=(\d+)
19267 .endd
19268 An alternative to &$message_size$& is &$message_linecount$&, which contains the
19269 number of lines in the message.
19270
19271 The regular expression should not assume that the length is at the end of the
19272 file name (even though &%maildir_tag%& puts it there) because maildir MUAs
19273 sometimes add other information onto the ends of message file names.
19274
19275
19276
19277 .option quota_warn_message appendfile string&!! "see below"
19278 See below for the use of this option. If it is not set when
19279 &%quota_warn_threshold%& is set, it defaults to
19280 .code
19281 quota_warn_message = "\
19282 To: $local_part@$domain\n\
19283 Subject: Your mailbox\n\n\
19284 This message is automatically created \
19285 by mail delivery software.\n\n\
19286 The size of your mailbox has exceeded \
19287 a warning threshold that is\n\
19288 set by the system administrator.\n"
19289 .endd
19290
19291
19292 .option quota_warn_threshold appendfile string&!! 0
19293 .cindex "quota" "warning threshold"
19294 .cindex "mailbox" "size warning"
19295 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19296 This option is expanded in the same way as &%quota%& (see above). If the
19297 resulting value is greater than zero, and delivery of the message causes the
19298 size of the file or total space in the directory tree to cross the given
19299 threshold, a warning message is sent. If &%quota%& is also set, the threshold
19300 may be specified as a percentage of it by following the value with a percent
19301 sign. For example:
19302 .code
19303 quota = 10M
19304 quota_warn_threshold = 75%
19305 .endd
19306 If &%quota%& is not set, a setting of &%quota_warn_threshold%& that ends with a
19307 percent sign is ignored.
19308
19309 The warning message itself is specified by the &%quota_warn_message%& option,
19310 and it must start with a &'To:'& header line containing the recipient(s) of the
19311 warning message. These do not necessarily have to include the recipient(s) of
19312 the original message. A &'Subject:'& line should also normally be supplied. You
19313 can include any other header lines that you want. If you do not include a
19314 &'From:'& line, the default is:
19315 .code
19316 From: Mail Delivery System <mailer-daemon@$qualify_domain_sender>
19317 .endd
19318 .oindex &%errors_reply_to%&
19319 If you supply a &'Reply-To:'& line, it overrides the global &%errors_reply_to%&
19320 option.
19321
19322 The &%quota%& option does not have to be set in order to use this option; they
19323 are independent of one another except when the threshold is specified as a
19324 percentage.
19325
19326
19327 .option use_bsmtp appendfile boolean false
19328 .cindex "envelope sender"
19329 If this option is set true, &(appendfile)& writes messages in &"batch SMTP"&
19330 format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP commands. If
19331 you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages, you can do
19332 so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&
19333 for details of batch SMTP.
19334
19335
19336 .option use_crlf appendfile boolean false
19337 .cindex "carriage return"
19338 .cindex "linefeed"
19339 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
19340 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
19341 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the file is then an exact image
19342 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
19343
19344 The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are
19345 written verbatim, so must contain their own carriage return characters if these
19346 are needed. In cases where these options have non-empty defaults, the values
19347 end with a single linefeed, so they must be changed to end with &`\r\n`& if
19348 &%use_crlf%& is set.
19349
19350
19351 .option use_fcntl_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
19352 This option controls the use of the &[fcntl()]& function to lock a file for
19353 exclusive use when a message is being appended. It is set by default unless
19354 &%use_flock_lock%& is set. Otherwise, it should be turned off only if you know
19355 that all your MUAs use lock file locking. When both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
19356 &%use_flock_lock%& are unset, &%use_lockfile%& must be set.
19357
19358
19359 .option use_flock_lock appendfile boolean false
19360 This option is provided to support the use of &[flock()]& for file locking, for
19361 the few situations where it is needed. Most modern operating systems support
19362 &[fcntl()]& and &[lockf()]& locking, and these two functions interwork with
19363 each other. Exim uses &[fcntl()]& locking by default.
19364
19365 This option is required only if you are using an operating system where
19366 &[flock()]& is used by programs that access mailboxes (typically MUAs), and
19367 where &[flock()]& does not correctly interwork with &[fcntl()]&. You can use
19368 both &[fcntl()]& and &[flock()]& locking simultaneously if you want.
19369
19370 .cindex "Solaris" "&[flock()]& support"
19371 Not all operating systems provide &[flock()]&. Some versions of Solaris do not
19372 have it (and some, I think, provide a not quite right version built on top of
19373 &[lockf()]&). If the OS does not have &[flock()]&, Exim will be built without
19374 the ability to use it, and any attempt to do so will cause a configuration
19375 error.
19376
19377 &*Warning*&: &[flock()]& locks do not work on NFS files (unless &[flock()]&
19378 is just being mapped onto &[fcntl()]& by the OS).
19379
19380
19381 .option use_lockfile appendfile boolean "see below"
19382 If this option is turned off, Exim does not attempt to create a lock file when
19383 appending to a mailbox file. In this situation, the only locking is by
19384 &[fcntl()]&. You should only turn &%use_lockfile%& off if you are absolutely
19385 sure that every MUA that is ever going to look at your users' mailboxes uses
19386 &[fcntl()]& rather than a lock file, and even then only when you are not
19387 delivering over NFS from more than one host.
19388
19389 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19390 In order to append to an NFS file safely from more than one host, it is
19391 necessary to take out a lock &'before'& opening the file, and the lock file
19392 achieves this. Otherwise, even with &[fcntl()]& locking, there is a risk of
19393 file corruption.
19394
19395 The &%use_lockfile%& option is set by default unless &%use_mbx_lock%& is set.
19396 It is not possible to turn both &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_fcntl_lock%& off,
19397 except when &%mbx_format%& is set.
19398
19399
19400 .option use_mbx_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
19401 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
19402 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Setting the option specifies that special MBX
19403 locking rules be used. It is set by default if &%mbx_format%& is set and none
19404 of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration. The locking rules
19405 are the same as are used by the &'c-client'& library that underlies Pine and
19406 the IMAP4 and POP daemons that come with it (see the discussion below). The
19407 rules allow for shared access to the mailbox. However, this kind of locking
19408 does not work when the mailbox is NFS mounted.
19409
19410 You can set &%use_mbx_lock%& with either (or both) of &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
19411 &%use_flock_lock%& to control what kind of locking is used in implementing the
19412 MBX locking rules. The default is to use &[fcntl()]& if &%use_mbx_lock%& is set
19413 without &%use_fcntl_lock%& or &%use_flock_lock%&.
19414
19415
19416
19417
19418 .section "Operational details for appending" "SECTopappend"
19419 .cindex "appending to a file"
19420 .cindex "file" "appending"
19421 Before appending to a file, the following preparations are made:
19422
19423 .ilist
19424 If the name of the file is &_/dev/null_&, no action is taken, and a success
19425 return is given.
19426
19427 .next
19428 .cindex "directory creation"
19429 If any directories on the file's path are missing, Exim creates them if the
19430 &%create_directory%& option is set. A created directory's mode is given by the
19431 &%directory_mode%& option.
19432
19433 .next
19434 If &%file_format%& is set, the format of an existing file is checked. If this
19435 indicates that a different transport should be used, control is passed to that
19436 transport.
19437
19438 .next
19439 .cindex "file" "locking"
19440 .cindex "locking files"
19441 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19442 If &%use_lockfile%& is set, a lock file is built in a way that will work
19443 reliably over NFS, as follows:
19444
19445 .olist
19446 Create a &"hitching post"& file whose name is that of the lock file with the
19447 current time, primary host name, and process id added, by opening for writing
19448 as a new file. If this fails with an access error, delivery is deferred.
19449 .next
19450 Close the hitching post file, and hard link it to the lock file name.
19451 .next
19452 If the call to &[link()]& succeeds, creation of the lock file has succeeded.
19453 Unlink the hitching post name.
19454 .next
19455 Otherwise, use &[stat()]& to get information about the hitching post file, and
19456 then unlink hitching post name. If the number of links is exactly two, creation
19457 of the lock file succeeded but something (for example, an NFS server crash and
19458 restart) caused this fact not to be communicated to the &[link()]& call.
19459 .next
19460 If creation of the lock file failed, wait for &%lock_interval%& and try again,
19461 up to &%lock_retries%& times. However, since any program that writes to a
19462 mailbox should complete its task very quickly, it is reasonable to time out old
19463 lock files that are normally the result of user agent and system crashes. If an
19464 existing lock file is older than &%lockfile_timeout%& Exim attempts to unlink
19465 it before trying again.
19466 .endlist olist
19467
19468 .next
19469 A call is made to &[lstat()]& to discover whether the main file exists, and if
19470 so, what its characteristics are. If &[lstat()]& fails for any reason other
19471 than non-existence, delivery is deferred.
19472
19473 .next
19474 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
19475 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
19476 If the file does exist and is a symbolic link, delivery is deferred, unless the
19477 &%allow_symlink%& option is set, in which case the ownership of the link is
19478 checked, and then &[stat()]& is called to find out about the real file, which
19479 is then subjected to the checks below. The check on the top-level link
19480 ownership prevents one user creating a link for another's mailbox in a sticky
19481 directory, though allowing symbolic links in this case is definitely not a good
19482 idea. If there is a chain of symbolic links, the intermediate ones are not
19483 checked.
19484
19485 .next
19486 If the file already exists but is not a regular file, or if the file's owner
19487 and group (if the group is being checked &-- see &%check_group%& above) are
19488 different from the user and group under which the delivery is running,
19489 delivery is deferred.
19490
19491 .next
19492 If the file's permissions are more generous than specified, they are reduced.
19493 If they are insufficient, delivery is deferred, unless &%mode_fail_narrower%&
19494 is set false, in which case the delivery is tried using the existing
19495 permissions.
19496
19497 .next
19498 The file's inode number is saved, and the file is then opened for appending.
19499 If this fails because the file has vanished, &(appendfile)& behaves as if it
19500 hadn't existed (see below). For any other failures, delivery is deferred.
19501
19502 .next
19503 If the file is opened successfully, check that the inode number hasn't
19504 changed, that it is still a regular file, and that the owner and permissions
19505 have not changed. If anything is wrong, defer delivery and freeze the message.
19506
19507 .next
19508 If the file did not exist originally, defer delivery if the &%file_must_exist%&
19509 option is set. Otherwise, check that the file is being created in a permitted
19510 directory if the &%create_file%& option is set (deferring on failure), and then
19511 open for writing as a new file, with the O_EXCL and O_CREAT options,
19512 except when dealing with a symbolic link (the &%allow_symlink%& option must be
19513 set). In this case, which can happen if the link points to a non-existent file,
19514 the file is opened for writing using O_CREAT but not O_EXCL, because
19515 that prevents link following.
19516
19517 .next
19518 .cindex "loop" "while file testing"
19519 If opening fails because the file exists, obey the tests given above for
19520 existing files. However, to avoid looping in a situation where the file is
19521 being continuously created and destroyed, the exists/not-exists loop is broken
19522 after 10 repetitions, and the message is then frozen.
19523
19524 .next
19525 If opening fails with any other error, defer delivery.
19526
19527 .next
19528 .cindex "file" "locking"
19529 .cindex "locking files"
19530 Once the file is open, unless both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_flock_lock%&
19531 are false, it is locked using &[fcntl()]& or &[flock()]& or both. If
19532 &%use_mbx_lock%& is false, an exclusive lock is requested in each case.
19533 However, if &%use_mbx_lock%& is true, Exim takes out a shared lock on the open
19534 file, and an exclusive lock on the file whose name is
19535 .code
19536 /tmp/.<device-number>.<inode-number>
19537 .endd
19538 using the device and inode numbers of the open mailbox file, in accordance with
19539 the MBX locking rules. This file is created with a mode that is specified by
19540 the &%lockfile_mode%& option.
19541
19542 If Exim fails to lock the file, there are two possible courses of action,
19543 depending on the value of the locking timeout. This is obtained from
19544 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& or &%lock_flock_timeout%&, as appropriate.
19545
19546 If the timeout value is zero, the file is closed, Exim waits for
19547 &%lock_interval%&, and then goes back and re-opens the file as above and tries
19548 to lock it again. This happens up to &%lock_retries%& times, after which the
19549 delivery is deferred.
19550
19551 If the timeout has a value greater than zero, blocking calls to &[fcntl()]& or
19552 &[flock()]& are used (with the given timeout), so there has already been some
19553 waiting involved by the time locking fails. Nevertheless, Exim does not give up
19554 immediately. It retries up to
19555 .code
19556 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / <timeout>
19557 .endd
19558 times (rounded up).
19559 .endlist
19560
19561 At the end of delivery, Exim closes the file (which releases the &[fcntl()]&
19562 and/or &[flock()]& locks) and then deletes the lock file if one was created.
19563
19564
19565 .section "Operational details for delivery to a new file" "SECTopdir"
19566 .cindex "delivery" "to single file"
19567 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19568 When the &%directory%& option is set instead of &%file%&, each message is
19569 delivered into a newly-created file or set of files. When &(appendfile)& is
19570 activated directly from a &(redirect)& router, neither &%file%& nor
19571 &%directory%& is normally set, because the path for delivery is supplied by the
19572 router. (See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the default
19573 configuration.) In this case, delivery is to a new file if either the path name
19574 ends in &`/`&, or the &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%& option is set.
19575
19576 No locking is required while writing the message to a new file, so the various
19577 locking options of the transport are ignored. The &"From"& line that by default
19578 separates messages in a single file is not normally needed, nor is the escaping
19579 of message lines that start with &"From"&, and there is no need to ensure a
19580 newline at the end of each message. Consequently, the default values for
19581 &%check_string%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& are all unset when
19582 any of &%directory%&, &%maildir_format%&, or &%mailstore_format%& is set.
19583
19584 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting, it adds up the sizes of all
19585 the files in the delivery directory by default. However, you can specify a
19586 different directory by setting &%quota_directory%&. Also, for maildir
19587 deliveries (see below) the &_maildirfolder_& convention is honoured.
19588
19589
19590 .cindex "maildir format"
19591 .cindex "mailstore format"
19592 There are three different ways in which delivery to individual files can be
19593 done, controlled by the settings of the &%maildir_format%& and
19594 &%mailstore_format%& options. Note that code to support maildir or mailstore
19595 formats is not included in the binary unless SUPPORT_MAILDIR or
19596 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE, respectively, is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
19597
19598 .cindex "directory creation"
19599 In all three cases an attempt is made to create the directory and any necessary
19600 sub-directories if they do not exist, provided that the &%create_directory%&
19601 option is set (the default). The location of a created directory can be
19602 constrained by setting &%create_file%&. A created directory's mode is given by
19603 the &%directory_mode%& option. If creation fails, or if the
19604 &%create_directory%& option is not set when creation is required, delivery is
19605 deferred.
19606
19607
19608
19609 .section "Maildir delivery" "SECTmaildirdelivery"
19610 .cindex "maildir format" "description of"
19611 If the &%maildir_format%& option is true, Exim delivers each message by writing
19612 it to a file whose name is &_tmp/<stime>.H<mtime>P<pid>.<host>_& in the
19613 directory that is defined by the &%directory%& option (the &"delivery
19614 directory"&). If the delivery is successful, the file is renamed into the
19615 &_new_& subdirectory.
19616
19617 In the file name, <&'stime'&> is the current time of day in seconds, and
19618 <&'mtime'&> is the microsecond fraction of the time. After a maildir delivery,
19619 Exim checks that the time-of-day clock has moved on by at least one microsecond
19620 before terminating the delivery process. This guarantees uniqueness for the
19621 file name. However, as a precaution, Exim calls &[stat()]& for the file before
19622 opening it. If any response other than ENOENT (does not exist) is given,
19623 Exim waits 2 seconds and tries again, up to &%maildir_retries%& times.
19624
19625 Before Exim carries out a maildir delivery, it ensures that subdirectories
19626 called &_new_&, &_cur_&, and &_tmp_& exist in the delivery directory. If they
19627 do not exist, Exim tries to create them and any superior directories in their
19628 path, subject to the &%create_directory%& and &%create_file%& options. If the
19629 &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& option is set, and the regular expression it
19630 contains matches the delivery directory, Exim also ensures that a file called
19631 &_maildirfolder_& exists in the delivery directory. If a missing directory or
19632 &_maildirfolder_& file cannot be created, delivery is deferred.
19633
19634 These features make it possible to use Exim to create all the necessary files
19635 and directories in a maildir mailbox, including subdirectories for maildir++
19636 folders. Consider this example:
19637 .code
19638 maildir_format = true
19639 directory = /var/mail/$local_part\
19640 ${if eq{$local_part_suffix}{}{}\
19641 {/.${substr_1:$local_part_suffix}}}
19642 maildirfolder_create_regex = /\.[^/]+$
19643 .endd
19644 If &$local_part_suffix$& is empty (there was no suffix for the local part),
19645 delivery is into a toplevel maildir with a name like &_/var/mail/pimbo_& (for
19646 the user called &'pimbo'&). The pattern in &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& does
19647 not match this name, so Exim will not look for or create the file
19648 &_/var/mail/pimbo/maildirfolder_&, though it will create
19649 &_/var/mail/pimbo/{cur,new,tmp}_& if necessary.
19650
19651 However, if &$local_part_suffix$& contains &`-eximusers`& (for example),
19652 delivery is into the maildir++ folder &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers_&, which
19653 does match &%maildirfolder_create_regex%&. In this case, Exim will create
19654 &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/maildirfolder_& as well as the three maildir
19655 directories &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/{cur,new,tmp}_&.
19656
19657 &*Warning:*& Take care when setting &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& that it does
19658 not inadvertently match the toplevel maildir directory, because a
19659 &_maildirfolder_& file at top level would completely break quota calculations.
19660
19661 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
19662 .cindex "maildir++"
19663 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting before a maildir delivery, and
19664 &%quota_directory%& is not set, it looks for a file called &_maildirfolder_& in
19665 the maildir directory (alongside &_new_&, &_cur_&, &_tmp_&). If this exists,
19666 Exim assumes the directory is a maildir++ folder directory, which is one level
19667 down from the user's top level mailbox directory. This causes it to start at
19668 the parent directory instead of the current directory when calculating the
19669 amount of space used.
19670
19671 One problem with delivering into a multi-file mailbox is that it is
19672 computationally expensive to compute the size of the mailbox for quota
19673 checking. Various approaches have been taken to reduce the amount of work
19674 needed. The next two sections describe two of them. A third alternative is to
19675 use some external process for maintaining the size data, and use the expansion
19676 of the &%mailbox_size%& option as a way of importing it into Exim.
19677
19678
19679
19680
19681 .section "Using tags to record message sizes"
19682 If &%maildir_tag%& is set, the string is expanded for each delivery.
19683 When the maildir file is renamed into the &_new_& sub-directory, the
19684 tag is added to its name. However, if adding the tag takes the length of the
19685 name to the point where the test &[stat()]& call fails with ENAMETOOLONG,
19686 the tag is dropped and the maildir file is created with no tag.
19687
19688 .cindex "&$message_size$&"
19689 Tags can be used to encode the size of files in their names; see
19690 &%quota_size_regex%& above for an example. The expansion of &%maildir_tag%&
19691 happens after the message has been written. The value of the &$message_size$&
19692 variable is set to the number of bytes actually written. If the expansion is
19693 forced to fail, the tag is ignored, but a non-forced failure causes delivery to
19694 be deferred. The expanded tag may contain any printing characters except &"/"&.
19695 Non-printing characters in the string are ignored; if the resulting string is
19696 empty, it is ignored. If it starts with an alphanumeric character, a leading
19697 colon is inserted.
19698
19699
19700
19701 .section "Using a maildirsize file"
19702 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
19703 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
19704 If &%maildir_use_size_file%& is true, Exim implements the maildir++ rules for
19705 storing quota and message size information in a file called &_maildirsize_&
19706 within the toplevel maildir directory. If this file does not exist, Exim
19707 creates it, setting the quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If
19708 the maildir directory itself does not exist, it is created before any attempt
19709 to write a &_maildirsize_& file.
19710
19711 The &_maildirsize_& file is used to hold information about the sizes of
19712 messages in the maildir, thus speeding up quota calculations. The quota value
19713 in the file is just a cache; if the quota is changed in the transport, the new
19714 value overrides the cached value when the next message is delivered. The cache
19715 is maintained for the benefit of other programs that access the maildir and
19716 need to know the quota.
19717
19718 If the &%quota%& option in the transport is unset or zero, the &_maildirsize_&
19719 file is maintained (with a zero quota setting), but no quota is imposed.
19720
19721 A regular expression is available for controlling which directories in the
19722 maildir participate in quota calculations when a &_maildirsizefile_& is in use.
19723 See the description of the &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& option above for
19724 details.
19725
19726
19727 .section "Mailstore delivery"
19728 .cindex "mailstore format" "description of"
19729 If the &%mailstore_format%& option is true, each message is written as two
19730 files in the given directory. A unique base name is constructed from the
19731 message id and the current delivery process, and the files that are written use
19732 this base name plus the suffixes &_.env_& and &_.msg_&. The &_.env_& file
19733 contains the message's envelope, and the &_.msg_& file contains the message
19734 itself. The base name is placed in the variable &$mailstore_basename$&.
19735
19736 During delivery, the envelope is first written to a file with the suffix
19737 &_.tmp_&. The &_.msg_& file is then written, and when it is complete, the
19738 &_.tmp_& file is renamed as the &_.env_& file. Programs that access messages in
19739 mailstore format should wait for the presence of both a &_.msg_& and a &_.env_&
19740 file before accessing either of them. An alternative approach is to wait for
19741 the absence of a &_.tmp_& file.
19742
19743 The envelope file starts with any text defined by the &%mailstore_prefix%&
19744 option, expanded and terminated by a newline if there isn't one. Then follows
19745 the sender address on one line, then all the recipient addresses, one per line.
19746 There can be more than one recipient only if the &%batch_max%& option is set
19747 greater than one. Finally, &%mailstore_suffix%& is expanded and the result
19748 appended to the file, followed by a newline if it does not end with one.
19749
19750 If expansion of &%mailstore_prefix%& or &%mailstore_suffix%& ends with a forced
19751 failure, it is ignored. Other expansion errors are treated as serious
19752 configuration errors, and delivery is deferred. The variable
19753 &$mailstore_basename$& is available for use during these expansions.
19754
19755
19756 .section "Non-special new file delivery"
19757 If neither &%maildir_format%& nor &%mailstore_format%& is set, a single new
19758 file is created directly in the named directory. For example, when delivering
19759 messages into files in batched SMTP format for later delivery to some host (see
19760 section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&), a setting such as
19761 .code
19762 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
19763 .endd
19764 might be used. A message is written to a file with a temporary name, which is
19765 then renamed when the delivery is complete. The final name is obtained by
19766 expanding the contents of the &%directory_file%& option.
19767 .ecindex IIDapptra1
19768 .ecindex IIDapptra2
19769
19770
19771
19772
19773
19774
19775 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19776 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19777
19778 .chapter "The autoreply transport"
19779 .scindex IIDauttra1 "transports" "&(autoreply)&"
19780 .scindex IIDauttra2 "&(autoreply)& transport"
19781 The &(autoreply)& transport is not a true transport in that it does not cause
19782 the message to be transmitted. Instead, it generates a new mail message as an
19783 automatic reply to the incoming message. &'References:'& and
19784 &'Auto-Submitted:'& header lines are included. These are constructed according
19785 to the rules in RFCs 2822 and 3834, respectively.
19786
19787 If the router that passes the message to this transport does not have the
19788 &%unseen%& option set, the original message (for the current recipient) is not
19789 delivered anywhere. However, when the &%unseen%& option is set on the router
19790 that passes the message to this transport, routing of the address continues, so
19791 another router can set up a normal message delivery.
19792
19793
19794 The &(autoreply)& transport is usually run as the result of mail filtering, a
19795 &"vacation"& message being the standard example. However, it can also be run
19796 directly from a router like any other transport. To reduce the possibility of
19797 message cascades, messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport always have
19798 empty envelope sender addresses, like bounce messages.
19799
19800 The parameters of the message to be sent can be specified in the configuration
19801 by options described below. However, these are used only when the address
19802 passed to the transport does not contain its own reply information. When the
19803 transport is run as a consequence of a
19804 &%mail%&
19805 or &%vacation%& command in a filter file, the parameters of the message are
19806 supplied by the filter, and passed with the address. The transport's options
19807 that define the message are then ignored (so they are not usually set in this
19808 case). The message is specified entirely by the filter or by the transport; it
19809 is never built from a mixture of options. However, the &%file_optional%&,
19810 &%mode%&, and &%return_message%& options apply in all cases.
19811
19812 &(Autoreply)& is implemented as a local transport. When used as a result of a
19813 command in a user's filter file, &(autoreply)& normally runs under the uid and
19814 gid of the user, and with appropriate current and home directories (see chapter
19815 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&).
19816
19817 There is a subtle difference between routing a message to a &(pipe)& transport
19818 that generates some text to be returned to the sender, and routing it to an
19819 &(autoreply)& transport. This difference is noticeable only if more than one
19820 address from the same message is so handled. In the case of a pipe, the
19821 separate outputs from the different addresses are gathered up and returned to
19822 the sender in a single message, whereas if &(autoreply)& is used, a separate
19823 message is generated for each address that is passed to it.
19824
19825 Non-printing characters are not permitted in the header lines generated for the
19826 message that &(autoreply)& creates, with the exception of newlines that are
19827 immediately followed by white space. If any non-printing characters are found,
19828 the transport defers.
19829 Whether characters with the top bit set count as printing characters or not is
19830 controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& global option.
19831
19832 If any of the generic options for manipulating headers (for example,
19833 &%headers_add%&) are set on an &(autoreply)& transport, they apply to the copy
19834 of the original message that is included in the generated message when
19835 &%return_message%& is set. They do not apply to the generated message itself.
19836
19837 .cindex "&$sender_address$&"
19838 If the &(autoreply)& transport receives return code 2 from Exim when it submits
19839 the message, indicating that there were no recipients, it does not treat this
19840 as an error. This means that autoreplies sent to &$sender_address$& when this
19841 is empty (because the incoming message is a bounce message) do not cause
19842 problems. They are just discarded.
19843
19844
19845
19846 .section "Private options for autoreply"
19847 .cindex "options" "&(autoreply)& transport"
19848
19849 .option bcc autoreply string&!! unset
19850 This specifies the addresses that are to receive &"blind carbon copies"& of the
19851 message when the message is specified by the transport.
19852
19853
19854 .option cc autoreply string&!! unset
19855 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'Cc:'& header
19856 when the message is specified by the transport.
19857
19858
19859 .option file autoreply string&!! unset
19860 The contents of the file are sent as the body of the message when the message
19861 is specified by the transport. If both &%file%& and &%text%& are set, the text
19862 string comes first.
19863
19864
19865 .option file_expand autoreply boolean false
19866 If this is set, the contents of the file named by the &%file%& option are
19867 subjected to string expansion as they are added to the message.
19868
19869
19870 .option file_optional autoreply boolean false
19871 If this option is true, no error is generated if the file named by the &%file%&
19872 option or passed with the address does not exist or cannot be read.
19873
19874
19875 .option from autoreply string&!! unset
19876 This specifies the contents of the &'From:'& header when the message is
19877 specified by the transport.
19878
19879
19880 .option headers autoreply string&!! unset
19881 This specifies additional RFC 2822 headers that are to be added to the message
19882 when the message is specified by the transport. Several can be given by using
19883 &"\n"& to separate them. There is no check on the format.
19884
19885
19886 .option log autoreply string&!! unset
19887 This option names a file in which a record of every message sent is logged when
19888 the message is specified by the transport.
19889
19890
19891 .option mode autoreply "octal integer" 0600
19892 If either the log file or the &"once"& file has to be created, this mode is
19893 used.
19894
19895
19896 .option never_mail autoreply "address list&!!" unset
19897 If any run of the transport creates a message with a recipient that matches any
19898 item in the list, that recipient is quietly discarded. If all recipients are
19899 discarded, no message is created. This applies both when the recipients are
19900 generated by a filter and when they are specified in the transport.
19901
19902
19903
19904 .option once autoreply string&!! unset
19905 This option names a file or DBM database in which a record of each &'To:'&
19906 recipient is kept when the message is specified by the transport. &*Note*&:
19907 This does not apply to &'Cc:'& or &'Bcc:'& recipients.
19908
19909 If &%once%& is unset, or is set to an empty string, the message is always sent.
19910 By default, if &%once%& is set to a non-empty file name, the message
19911 is not sent if a potential recipient is already listed in the database.
19912 However, if the &%once_repeat%& option specifies a time greater than zero, the
19913 message is sent if that much time has elapsed since a message was last sent to
19914 this recipient. A setting of zero time for &%once_repeat%& (the default)
19915 prevents a message from being sent a second time &-- in this case, zero means
19916 infinity.
19917
19918 If &%once_file_size%& is zero, a DBM database is used to remember recipients,
19919 and it is allowed to grow as large as necessary. If &%once_file_size%& is set
19920 greater than zero, it changes the way Exim implements the &%once%& option.
19921 Instead of using a DBM file to record every recipient it sends to, it uses a
19922 regular file, whose size will never get larger than the given value.
19923
19924 In the file, Exim keeps a linear list of recipient addresses and the times at
19925 which they were sent messages. If the file is full when a new address needs to
19926 be added, the oldest address is dropped. If &%once_repeat%& is not set, this
19927 means that a given recipient may receive multiple messages, but at
19928 unpredictable intervals that depend on the rate of turnover of addresses in the
19929 file. If &%once_repeat%& is set, it specifies a maximum time between repeats.
19930
19931
19932 .option once_file_size autoreply integer 0
19933 See &%once%& above.
19934
19935
19936 .option once_repeat autoreply time&!! 0s
19937 See &%once%& above.
19938 After expansion, the value of this option must be a valid time value.
19939
19940
19941 .option reply_to autoreply string&!! unset
19942 This specifies the contents of the &'Reply-To:'& header when the message is
19943 specified by the transport.
19944
19945
19946 .option return_message autoreply boolean false
19947 If this is set, a copy of the original message is returned with the new
19948 message, subject to the maximum size set in the &%return_size_limit%& global
19949 configuration option.
19950
19951
19952 .option subject autoreply string&!! unset
19953 This specifies the contents of the &'Subject:'& header when the message is
19954 specified by the transport. It is tempting to quote the original subject in
19955 automatic responses. For example:
19956 .code
19957 subject = Re: $h_subject:
19958 .endd
19959 There is a danger in doing this, however. It may allow a third party to
19960 subscribe your users to an opt-in mailing list, provided that the list accepts
19961 bounce messages as subscription confirmations. Well-managed lists require a
19962 non-bounce message to confirm a subscription, so the danger is relatively
19963 small.
19964
19965
19966
19967 .option text autoreply string&!! unset
19968 This specifies a single string to be used as the body of the message when the
19969 message is specified by the transport. If both &%text%& and &%file%& are set,
19970 the text comes first.
19971
19972
19973 .option to autoreply string&!! unset
19974 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'To:'& header
19975 when the message is specified by the transport.
19976 .ecindex IIDauttra1
19977 .ecindex IIDauttra2
19978
19979
19980
19981
19982 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19983 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19984
19985 .chapter "The lmtp transport" "CHAPLMTP"
19986 .cindex "transports" "&(lmtp)&"
19987 .cindex "&(lmtp)& transport"
19988 .cindex "LMTP" "over a pipe"
19989 .cindex "LMTP" "over a socket"
19990 The &(lmtp)& transport runs the LMTP protocol (RFC 2033) over a pipe to a
19991 specified command
19992 or by interacting with a Unix domain socket.
19993 This transport is something of a cross between the &(pipe)& and &(smtp)&
19994 transports. Exim also has support for using LMTP over TCP/IP; this is
19995 implemented as an option for the &(smtp)& transport. Because LMTP is expected
19996 to be of minority interest, the default build-time configure in &_src/EDITME_&
19997 has it commented out. You need to ensure that
19998 .code
19999 TRANSPORT_LMTP=yes
20000 .endd
20001 .cindex "options" "&(lmtp)& transport"
20002 is present in your &_Local/Makefile_& in order to have the &(lmtp)& transport
20003 included in the Exim binary. The private options of the &(lmtp)& transport are
20004 as follows:
20005
20006 .option batch_id lmtp string&!! unset
20007 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20008
20009
20010 .option batch_max lmtp integer 1
20011 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20012 Most LMTP servers can handle several addresses at once, so it is normally a
20013 good idea to increase this value. See the description of local delivery
20014 batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20015
20016
20017 .option command lmtp string&!! unset
20018 This option must be set if &%socket%& is not set. The string is a command which
20019 is run in a separate process. It is split up into a command name and list of
20020 arguments, each of which is separately expanded (so expansion cannot change the
20021 number of arguments). The command is run directly, not via a shell. The message
20022 is passed to the new process using the standard input and output to operate the
20023 LMTP protocol.
20024
20025 .option ignore_quota lmtp boolean false
20026 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
20027 If this option is set true, the string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT
20028 commands, provided that the LMTP server has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA
20029 in its response to the LHLO command.
20030
20031 .option socket lmtp string&!! unset
20032 This option must be set if &%command%& is not set. The result of expansion must
20033 be the name of a Unix domain socket. The transport connects to the socket and
20034 delivers the message to it using the LMTP protocol.
20035
20036
20037 .option timeout lmtp time 5m
20038 The transport is aborted if the created process
20039 or Unix domain socket
20040 does not respond to LMTP commands or message input within this timeout.
20041
20042
20043 Here is an example of a typical LMTP transport:
20044 .code
20045 lmtp:
20046 driver = lmtp
20047 command = /some/local/lmtp/delivery/program
20048 batch_max = 20
20049 user = exim
20050 .endd
20051 This delivers up to 20 addresses at a time, in a mixture of domains if
20052 necessary, running as the user &'exim'&.
20053
20054
20055
20056 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20057 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20058
20059 .chapter "The pipe transport" "CHAPpipetransport"
20060 .scindex IIDpiptra1 "transports" "&(pipe)&"
20061 .scindex IIDpiptra2 "&(pipe)& transport"
20062 The &(pipe)& transport is used to deliver messages via a pipe to a command
20063 running in another process. One example is the use of &(pipe)& as a
20064 pseudo-remote transport for passing messages to some other delivery mechanism
20065 (such as UUCP). Another is the use by individual users to automatically process
20066 their incoming messages. The &(pipe)& transport can be used in one of the
20067 following ways:
20068
20069 .ilist
20070 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
20071 A router routes one address to a transport in the normal way, and the
20072 transport is configured as a &(pipe)& transport. In this case, &$local_part$&
20073 contains the local part of the address (as usual), and the command that is run
20074 is specified by the &%command%& option on the transport.
20075 .next
20076 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20077 If the &%batch_max%& option is set greater than 1 (the default is 1), the
20078 transport can handle more than one address in a single run. In this case, when
20079 more than one address is routed to the transport, &$local_part$& is not set
20080 (because it is not unique). However, the pseudo-variable &$pipe_addresses$&
20081 (described in section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& below) contains all the addresses
20082 that are routed to the transport.
20083 .next
20084 .cindex "&$address_pipe$&"
20085 A router redirects an address directly to a pipe command (for example, from an
20086 alias or forward file). In this case, &$address_pipe$& contains the text of the
20087 pipe command, and the &%command%& option on the transport is ignored. If only
20088 one address is being transported (&%batch_max%& is not greater than one, or
20089 only one address was redirected to this pipe command), &$local_part$& contains
20090 the local part that was redirected.
20091 .endlist
20092
20093
20094 The &(pipe)& transport is a non-interactive delivery method. Exim can also
20095 deliver messages over pipes using the LMTP interactive protocol. This is
20096 implemented by the &(lmtp)& transport.
20097
20098 In the case when &(pipe)& is run as a consequence of an entry in a local user's
20099 &_.forward_& file, the command runs under the uid and gid of that user. In
20100 other cases, the uid and gid have to be specified explicitly, either on the
20101 transport or on the router that handles the address. Current and &"home"&
20102 directories are also controllable. See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for
20103 details of the local delivery environment and chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&
20104 for a discussion of local delivery batching.
20105
20106
20107 .section "Concurrent delivery"
20108 If two messages arrive at almost the same time, and both are routed to a pipe
20109 delivery, the two pipe transports may be run concurrently. You must ensure that
20110 any pipe commands you set up are robust against this happening. If the commands
20111 write to a file, the &%exim_lock%& utility might be of use.
20112
20113
20114
20115
20116 .section "Returned status and data"
20117 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "returned data"
20118 If the command exits with a non-zero return code, the delivery is deemed to
20119 have failed, unless either the &%ignore_status%& option is set (in which case
20120 the return code is treated as zero), or the return code is one of those listed
20121 in the &%temp_errors%& option, which are interpreted as meaning &"try again
20122 later"&. In this case, delivery is deferred. Details of a permanent failure are
20123 logged, but are not included in the bounce message, which merely contains
20124 &"local delivery failed"&.
20125
20126 If the return code is greater than 128 and the command being run is a shell
20127 script, it normally means that the script was terminated by a signal whose
20128 value is the return code minus 128.
20129
20130 If Exim is unable to run the command (that is, if &[execve()]& fails), the
20131 return code is set to 127. This is the value that a shell returns if it is
20132 asked to run a non-existent command. The wording for the log line suggests that
20133 a non-existent command may be the problem.
20134
20135 The &%return_output%& option can affect the result of a pipe delivery. If it is
20136 set and the command produces any output on its standard output or standard
20137 error streams, the command is considered to have failed, even if it gave a zero
20138 return code or if &%ignore_status%& is set. The output from the command is
20139 included as part of the bounce message. The &%return_fail_output%& option is
20140 similar, except that output is returned only when the command exits with a
20141 failure return code, that is, a value other than zero or a code that matches
20142 &%temp_errors%&.
20143
20144
20145
20146 .section "How the command is run" "SECThowcommandrun"
20147 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "path for command"
20148 The command line is (by default) broken down into a command name and arguments
20149 by the &(pipe)& transport itself. The &%allow_commands%& and
20150 &%restrict_to_path%& options can be used to restrict the commands that may be
20151 run.
20152
20153 .cindex "quoting" "in pipe command"
20154 Unquoted arguments are delimited by white space. If an argument appears in
20155 double quotes, backslash is interpreted as an escape character in the usual
20156 way. If an argument appears in single quotes, no escaping is done.
20157
20158 String expansion is applied to the command line except when it comes from a
20159 traditional &_.forward_& file (commands from a filter file are expanded). The
20160 expansion is applied to each argument in turn rather than to the whole line.
20161 For this reason, any string expansion item that contains white space must be
20162 quoted so as to be contained within a single argument. A setting such as
20163 .code
20164 command = /some/path ${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}
20165 .endd
20166 will not work, because the expansion item gets split between several
20167 arguments. You have to write
20168 .code
20169 command = /some/path "${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}"
20170 .endd
20171 to ensure that it is all in one argument. The expansion is done in this way,
20172 argument by argument, so that the number of arguments cannot be changed as a
20173 result of expansion, and quotes or backslashes in inserted variables do not
20174 interact with external quoting. However, this leads to problems if you want to
20175 generate multiple arguments (or the command name plus arguments) from a single
20176 expansion. In this situation, the simplest solution is to use a shell. For
20177 example:
20178 .code
20179 command = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/some/file}}
20180 .endd
20181
20182 .cindex "transport" "filter"
20183 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
20184 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20185 Special handling takes place when an argument consists of precisely the text
20186 &`$pipe_addresses`&. This is not a general expansion variable; the only
20187 place this string is recognized is when it appears as an argument for a pipe or
20188 transport filter command. It causes each address that is being handled to be
20189 inserted in the argument list at that point &'as a separate argument'&. This
20190 avoids any problems with spaces or shell metacharacters, and is of use when a
20191 &(pipe)& transport is handling groups of addresses in a batch.
20192
20193 After splitting up into arguments and expansion, the resulting command is run
20194 in a subprocess directly from the transport, &'not'& under a shell. The
20195 message that is being delivered is supplied on the standard input, and the
20196 standard output and standard error are both connected to a single pipe that is
20197 read by Exim. The &%max_output%& option controls how much output the command
20198 may produce, and the &%return_output%& and &%return_fail_output%& options
20199 control what is done with it.
20200
20201 Not running the command under a shell (by default) lessens the security risks
20202 in cases when a command from a user's filter file is built out of data that was
20203 taken from an incoming message. If a shell is required, it can of course be
20204 explicitly specified as the command to be run. However, there are circumstances
20205 where existing commands (for example, in &_.forward_& files) expect to be run
20206 under a shell and cannot easily be modified. To allow for these cases, there is
20207 an option called &%use_shell%&, which changes the way the &(pipe)& transport
20208 works. Instead of breaking up the command line as just described, it expands it
20209 as a single string and passes the result to &_/bin/sh_&. The
20210 &%restrict_to_path%& option and the &$pipe_addresses$& facility cannot be used
20211 with &%use_shell%&, and the whole mechanism is inherently less secure.
20212
20213
20214
20215 .section "Environment variables" "SECTpipeenv"
20216 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20217 .cindex "environment for pipe transport"
20218 The environment variables listed below are set up when the command is invoked.
20219 This list is a compromise for maximum compatibility with other MTAs. Note that
20220 the &%environment%& option can be used to add additional variables to this
20221 environment.
20222 .display
20223 &`DOMAIN `& the domain of the address
20224 &`HOME `& the home directory, if set
20225 &`HOST `& the host name when called from a router (see below)
20226 &`LOCAL_PART `& see below
20227 &`LOCAL_PART_PREFIX `& see below
20228 &`LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX `& see below
20229 &`LOGNAME `& see below
20230 &`MESSAGE_ID `& Exim's local ID for the message
20231 &`PATH `& as specified by the &%path%& option below
20232 &`QUALIFY_DOMAIN `& the sender qualification domain
20233 &`RECIPIENT `& the complete recipient address
20234 &`SENDER `& the sender of the message (empty if a bounce)
20235 &`SHELL `& &`/bin/sh`&
20236 &`TZ `& the value of the &%timezone%& option, if set
20237 &`USER `& see below
20238 .endd
20239 When a &(pipe)& transport is called directly from (for example) an &(accept)&
20240 router, LOCAL_PART is set to the local part of the address. When it is
20241 called as a result of a forward or alias expansion, LOCAL_PART is set to
20242 the local part of the address that was expanded. In both cases, any affixes are
20243 removed from the local part, and made available in LOCAL_PART_PREFIX and
20244 LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX, respectively. LOGNAME and USER are set to the
20245 same value as LOCAL_PART for compatibility with other MTAs.
20246
20247 .cindex "HOST"
20248 HOST is set only when a &(pipe)& transport is called from a router that
20249 associates hosts with an address, typically when using &(pipe)& as a
20250 pseudo-remote transport. HOST is set to the first host name specified by
20251 the router.
20252
20253 .cindex "HOME"
20254 If the transport's generic &%home_directory%& option is set, its value is used
20255 for the HOME environment variable. Otherwise, a home directory may be set
20256 by the router's &%transport_home_directory%& option, which defaults to the
20257 user's home directory if &%check_local_user%& is set.
20258
20259
20260 .section "Private options for pipe"
20261 .cindex "options" "&(pipe)& transport"
20262
20263
20264
20265 .option allow_commands pipe "string list&!!" unset
20266 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "permitted commands"
20267 The string is expanded, and is then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20268 permitted commands. If &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only commands
20269 permitted are those in the &%allow_commands%& list. They need not be absolute
20270 paths; the &%path%& option is still used for relative paths. If
20271 &%restrict_to_path%& is set with &%allow_commands%&, the command must either be
20272 in the &%allow_commands%& list, or a name without any slashes that is found on
20273 the path. In other words, if neither &%allow_commands%& nor
20274 &%restrict_to_path%& is set, there is no restriction on the command, but
20275 otherwise only commands that are permitted by one or the other are allowed. For
20276 example, if
20277 .code
20278 allow_commands = /usr/bin/vacation
20279 .endd
20280 and &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only permitted command is
20281 &_/usr/bin/vacation_&. The &%allow_commands%& option may not be set if
20282 &%use_shell%& is set.
20283
20284
20285 .option batch_id pipe string&!! unset
20286 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20287
20288
20289 .option batch_max pipe integer 1
20290 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20291 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20292
20293
20294 .option check_string pipe string unset
20295 As &(pipe)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for matching
20296 &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are replaced
20297 by the contents of &%escape_string%&, provided both are set. The value of
20298 &%check_string%& is a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of
20299 any letters it contains is significant. When &%use_bsmtp%& is set, the contents
20300 of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& are forced to values that implement
20301 the SMTP escaping protocol. Any settings made in the configuration file are
20302 ignored.
20303
20304
20305 .option command pipe string&!! unset
20306 This option need not be set when &(pipe)& is being used to deliver to pipes
20307 obtained directly from address redirections. In other cases, the option must be
20308 set, to provide a command to be run. It need not yield an absolute path (see
20309 the &%path%& option below). The command is split up into separate arguments by
20310 Exim, and each argument is separately expanded, as described in section
20311 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& above.
20312
20313
20314 .option environment pipe string&!! unset
20315 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20316 .cindex "environment for &(pipe)& transport"
20317 This option is used to add additional variables to the environment in which the
20318 command runs (see section &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for the default list). Its value is
20319 a string which is expanded, and then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20320 environment settings of the form <&'name'&>=<&'value'&>.
20321
20322
20323 .option escape_string pipe string unset
20324 See &%check_string%& above.
20325
20326
20327 .option freeze_exec_fail pipe boolean false
20328 .cindex "exec failure"
20329 .cindex "failure of exec"
20330 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "failure of exec"
20331 Failure to exec the command in a pipe transport is by default treated like
20332 any other failure while running the command. However, if &%freeze_exec_fail%&
20333 is set, failure to exec is treated specially, and causes the message to be
20334 frozen, whatever the setting of &%ignore_status%&.
20335
20336
20337 .option ignore_status pipe boolean false
20338 If this option is true, the status returned by the subprocess that is set up to
20339 run the command is ignored, and Exim behaves as if zero had been returned.
20340 Otherwise, a non-zero status or termination by signal causes an error return
20341 from the transport unless the status value is one of those listed in
20342 &%temp_errors%&; these cause the delivery to be deferred and tried again later.
20343
20344 &*Note*&: This option does not apply to timeouts, which do not return a status.
20345 See the &%timeout_defer%& option for how timeouts are handled.
20346
20347 .option log_defer_output pipe boolean false
20348 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "logging output"
20349 If this option is set, and the status returned by the command is
20350 one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that is, delivery was deferred),
20351 and any output was produced, the first line of it is written to the main log.
20352
20353
20354 .option log_fail_output pipe boolean false
20355 If this option is set, and the command returns any output, and also ends with a
20356 return code that is neither zero nor one of the return codes listed in
20357 &%temp_errors%& (that is, the delivery failed), the first line of output is
20358 written to the main log. This option and &%log_output%& are mutually exclusive.
20359 Only one of them may be set.
20360
20361
20362
20363 .option log_output pipe boolean false
20364 If this option is set and the command returns any output, the first line of
20365 output is written to the main log, whatever the return code. This option and
20366 &%log_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
20367
20368
20369
20370 .option max_output pipe integer 20K
20371 This specifies the maximum amount of output that the command may produce on its
20372 standard output and standard error file combined. If the limit is exceeded, the
20373 process running the command is killed. This is intended as a safety measure to
20374 catch runaway processes. The limit is applied independently of the settings of
20375 the options that control what is done with such output (for example,
20376 &%return_output%&). Because of buffering effects, the amount of output may
20377 exceed the limit by a small amount before Exim notices.
20378
20379
20380 .option message_prefix pipe string&!! "see below"
20381 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
20382 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is
20383 .code
20384 message_prefix = \
20385 From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}{MAILER-DAEMON}}\
20386 ${tod_bsdinbox}\n
20387 .endd
20388 .cindex "Cyrus"
20389 .cindex "&%tmail%&"
20390 .cindex "&""From""& line"
20391 This is required by the commonly used &_/usr/bin/vacation_& program.
20392 However, it must &'not'& be present if delivery is to the Cyrus IMAP server,
20393 or to the &%tmail%& local delivery agent. The prefix can be suppressed by
20394 setting
20395 .code
20396 message_prefix =
20397 .endd
20398
20399 .option message_suffix pipe string&!! "see below"
20400 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
20401 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is a single newline.
20402 The suffix can be suppressed by setting
20403 .code
20404 message_suffix =
20405 .endd
20406
20407 .option path pipe string &`/bin:/usr/bin`&
20408 This option specifies the string that is set up in the PATH environment
20409 variable of the subprocess. If the &%command%& option does not yield an
20410 absolute path name, the command is sought in the PATH directories, in the usual
20411 way. &*Warning*&: This does not apply to a command specified as a transport
20412 filter.
20413
20414
20415 .option pipe_as_creator pipe boolean false
20416 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
20417 If the generic &%user%& option is not set and this option is true, the delivery
20418 process is run under the uid that was in force when Exim was originally called
20419 to accept the message. If the group id is not otherwise set (via the generic
20420 &%group%& option), the gid that was in force when Exim was originally called to
20421 accept the message is used.
20422
20423
20424 .option restrict_to_path pipe boolean false
20425 When this option is set, any command name not listed in &%allow_commands%& must
20426 contain no slashes. The command is searched for only in the directories listed
20427 in the &%path%& option. This option is intended for use in the case when a pipe
20428 command has been generated from a user's &_.forward_& file. This is usually
20429 handled by a &(pipe)& transport called &%address_pipe%&.
20430
20431
20432 .option return_fail_output pipe boolean false
20433 If this option is true, and the command produced any output and ended with a
20434 return code other than zero or one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that
20435 is, the delivery failed), the output is returned in the bounce message.
20436 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is itself a bounce
20437 message), output from the command is discarded. This option and
20438 &%return_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
20439
20440
20441
20442 .option return_output pipe boolean false
20443 If this option is true, and the command produced any output, the delivery is
20444 deemed to have failed whatever the return code from the command, and the output
20445 is returned in the bounce message. Otherwise, the output is just discarded.
20446 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is a bounce message),
20447 output from the command is always discarded, whatever the setting of this
20448 option. This option and &%return_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one
20449 of them may be set.
20450
20451
20452
20453 .option temp_errors pipe "string list" "see below"
20454 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "temporary failure"
20455 This option contains either a colon-separated list of numbers, or a single
20456 asterisk. If &%ignore_status%& is false
20457 and &%return_output%& is not set,
20458 and the command exits with a non-zero return code, the failure is treated as
20459 temporary and the delivery is deferred if the return code matches one of the
20460 numbers, or if the setting is a single asterisk. Otherwise, non-zero return
20461 codes are treated as permanent errors. The default setting contains the codes
20462 defined by EX_TEMPFAIL and EX_CANTCREAT in &_sysexits.h_&. If Exim is
20463 compiled on a system that does not define these macros, it assumes values of 75
20464 and 73, respectively.
20465
20466
20467 .option timeout pipe time 1h
20468 If the command fails to complete within this time, it is killed. This normally
20469 causes the delivery to fail (but see &%timeout_defer%&). A zero time interval
20470 specifies no timeout. In order to ensure that any subprocesses created by the
20471 command are also killed, Exim makes the initial process a process group leader,
20472 and kills the whole process group on a timeout. However, this can be defeated
20473 if one of the processes starts a new process group.
20474
20475 .option timeout_defer pipe boolean false
20476 A timeout in a &(pipe)& transport, either in the command that the transport
20477 runs, or in a transport filter that is associated with it, is by default
20478 treated as a hard error, and the delivery fails. However, if &%timeout_defer%&
20479 is set true, both kinds of timeout become temporary errors, causing the
20480 delivery to be deferred.
20481
20482 .option umask pipe "octal integer" 022
20483 This specifies the umask setting for the subprocess that runs the command.
20484
20485
20486 .option use_bsmtp pipe boolean false
20487 .cindex "envelope sender"
20488 If this option is set true, the &(pipe)& transport writes messages in &"batch
20489 SMTP"& format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP
20490 commands. If you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages,
20491 you can do so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section
20492 &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>& for details of batch SMTP.
20493
20494 .option use_classresources pipe boolean false
20495 .cindex "class resources (BSD)"
20496 This option is available only when Exim is running on FreeBSD, NetBSD, or
20497 BSD/OS. If it is set true, the &[setclassresources()]& function is used to set
20498 resource limits when a &(pipe)& transport is run to perform a delivery. The
20499 limits for the uid under which the pipe is to run are obtained from the login
20500 class database.
20501
20502
20503 .option use_crlf pipe boolean false
20504 .cindex "carriage return"
20505 .cindex "linefeed"
20506 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
20507 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
20508 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the pipe is then an exact image
20509 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
20510
20511 The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are
20512 written verbatim, so must contain their own carriage return characters if these
20513 are needed. Since the default values for both &%message_prefix%& and
20514 &%message_suffix%& end with a single linefeed, their values must be changed to
20515 end with &`\r\n`& if &%use_crlf%& is set.
20516
20517
20518 .option use_shell pipe boolean false
20519 .cindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20520 If this option is set, it causes the command to be passed to &_/bin/sh_&
20521 instead of being run directly from the transport, as described in section
20522 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&. This is less secure, but is needed in some situations
20523 where the command is expected to be run under a shell and cannot easily be
20524 modified. The &%allow_commands%& and &%restrict_to_path%& options, and the
20525 &`$pipe_addresses`& facility are incompatible with &%use_shell%&. The
20526 command is expanded as a single string, and handed to &_/bin/sh_& as data for
20527 its &%-c%& option.
20528
20529
20530
20531 .section "Using an external local delivery agent"
20532 .cindex "local delivery" "using an external agent"
20533 .cindex "&'procmail'&"
20534 .cindex "external local delivery"
20535 .cindex "delivery" "&'procmail'&"
20536 .cindex "delivery" "by external agent"
20537 The &(pipe)& transport can be used to pass all messages that require local
20538 delivery to a separate local delivery agent such as &%procmail%&. When doing
20539 this, care must be taken to ensure that the pipe is run under an appropriate
20540 uid and gid. In some configurations one wants this to be a uid that is trusted
20541 by the delivery agent to supply the correct sender of the message. It may be
20542 necessary to recompile or reconfigure the delivery agent so that it trusts an
20543 appropriate user. The following is an example transport and router
20544 configuration for &%procmail%&:
20545 .code
20546 # transport
20547 procmail_pipe:
20548 driver = pipe
20549 command = /usr/local/bin/procmail -d $local_part
20550 return_path_add
20551 delivery_date_add
20552 envelope_to_add
20553 check_string = "From "
20554 escape_string = ">From "
20555 user = $local_part
20556 group = mail
20557
20558 # router
20559 procmail:
20560 driver = accept
20561 check_local_user
20562 transport = procmail_pipe
20563 .endd
20564 In this example, the pipe is run as the local user, but with the group set to
20565 &'mail'&. An alternative is to run the pipe as a specific user such as &'mail'&
20566 or &'exim'&, but in this case you must arrange for &%procmail%& to trust that
20567 user to supply a correct sender address. If you do not specify either a
20568 &%group%& or a &%user%& option, the pipe command is run as the local user. The
20569 home directory is the user's home directory by default.
20570
20571 &*Note*&: The command that the pipe transport runs does &'not'& begin with
20572 .code
20573 IFS=" "
20574 .endd
20575 as shown in some &%procmail%& documentation, because Exim does not by default
20576 use a shell to run pipe commands.
20577
20578 .cindex "Cyrus"
20579 The next example shows a transport and a router for a system where local
20580 deliveries are handled by the Cyrus IMAP server.
20581 .code
20582 # transport
20583 local_delivery_cyrus:
20584 driver = pipe
20585 command = /usr/cyrus/bin/deliver \
20586 -m ${substr_1:$local_part_suffix} -- $local_part
20587 user = cyrus
20588 group = mail
20589 return_output
20590 log_output
20591 message_prefix =
20592 message_suffix =
20593
20594 # router
20595 local_user_cyrus:
20596 driver = accept
20597 check_local_user
20598 local_part_suffix = .*
20599 transport = local_delivery_cyrus
20600 .endd
20601 Note the unsetting of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, and the use of
20602 &%return_output%& to cause any text written by Cyrus to be returned to the
20603 sender.
20604 .ecindex IIDpiptra1
20605 .ecindex IIDpiptra2
20606
20607
20608 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20609 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20610
20611 .chapter "The smtp transport" "CHAPsmtptrans"
20612 .scindex IIDsmttra1 "transports" "&(smtp)&"
20613 .scindex IIDsmttra2 "&(smtp)& transport"
20614 The &(smtp)& transport delivers messages over TCP/IP connections using the SMTP
20615 or LMTP protocol. The list of hosts to try can either be taken from the address
20616 that is being processed (having been set up by the router), or specified
20617 explicitly for the transport. Timeout and retry processing (see chapter
20618 &<<CHAPretry>>&) is applied to each IP address independently.
20619
20620
20621 .section "Multiple messages on a single connection"
20622 The sending of multiple messages over a single TCP/IP connection can arise in
20623 two ways:
20624
20625 .ilist
20626 If a message contains more than &%max_rcpt%& (see below) addresses that are
20627 routed to the same host, more than one copy of the message has to be sent to
20628 that host. In this situation, multiple copies may be sent in a single run of
20629 the &(smtp)& transport over a single TCP/IP connection. (What Exim actually
20630 does when it has too many addresses to send in one message also depends on the
20631 value of the global &%remote_max_parallel%& option. Details are given in
20632 section &<<SECToutSMTPTCP>>&.)
20633 .next
20634 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
20635 When a message has been successfully delivered over a TCP/IP connection, Exim
20636 looks in its hints database to see if there are any other messages awaiting a
20637 connection to the same host. If there are, a new delivery process is started
20638 for one of them, and the current TCP/IP connection is passed on to it. The new
20639 process may in turn send multiple copies and possibly create yet another
20640 process.
20641 .endlist
20642
20643
20644 For each copy sent over the same TCP/IP connection, a sequence counter is
20645 incremented, and if it ever gets to the value of &%connection_max_messages%&,
20646 no further messages are sent over that connection.
20647
20648
20649
20650 .section "Use of the $host variable"
20651 .cindex "&$host$&"
20652 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
20653 At the start of a run of the &(smtp)& transport, the values of &$host$& and
20654 &$host_address$& are the name and IP address of the first host on the host list
20655 passed by the router. However, when the transport is about to connect to a
20656 specific host, and while it is connected to that host, &$host$& and
20657 &$host_address$& are set to the values for that host. These are the values
20658 that are in force when the &%helo_data%&, &%hosts_try_auth%&, &%interface%&,
20659 &%serialize_hosts%&, and the various TLS options are expanded.
20660
20661
20662
20663 .section "Private options for smtp"
20664 .cindex "options" "&(smtp)& transport"
20665 The private options of the &(smtp)& transport are as follows:
20666
20667
20668 .option allow_localhost smtp boolean false
20669 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
20670 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
20671 When a host specified in &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& (see below) turns out
20672 to be the local host, or is listed in &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, delivery is
20673 deferred by default. However, if &%allow_localhost%& is set, Exim goes on to do
20674 the delivery anyway. This should be used only in special cases when the
20675 configuration ensures that no looping will result (for example, a differently
20676 configured Exim is listening on the port to which the message is sent).
20677
20678
20679 .option authenticated_sender smtp string&!! unset
20680 .cindex "Cyrus"
20681 When Exim has authenticated as a client, or if &%authenticated_sender_force%&
20682 is true, this option sets a value for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands,
20683 overriding any existing authenticated sender value. If the string expansion is
20684 forced to fail, the option is ignored. Other expansion failures cause delivery
20685 to be deferred. If the result of expansion is an empty string, that is also
20686 ignored.
20687
20688 If the SMTP session is not authenticated, the expansion of
20689 &%authenticated_sender%& still happens (and can cause the delivery to be
20690 deferred if it fails), but no AUTH= item is added to MAIL commands
20691 unless &%authenticated_sender_force%& is true.
20692
20693 This option allows you to use the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode to
20694 deliver mail to Cyrus IMAP and provide the proper local part as the
20695 &"authenticated sender"&, via a setting such as:
20696 .code
20697 authenticated_sender = $local_part
20698 .endd
20699 This removes the need for IMAP subfolders to be assigned special ACLs to
20700 allow direct delivery to those subfolders.
20701
20702 Because of expected uses such as that just described for Cyrus (when no
20703 domain is involved), there is no checking on the syntax of the provided
20704 value.
20705
20706
20707 .option authenticated_sender_force smtp boolean false
20708 If this option is set true, the &%authenticated_sender%& option's value
20709 is used for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands, even if Exim has not
20710 authenticated as a client.
20711
20712
20713 .option command_timeout smtp time 5m
20714 This sets a timeout for receiving a response to an SMTP command that has been
20715 sent out. It is also used when waiting for the initial banner line from the
20716 remote host. Its value must not be zero.
20717
20718
20719 .option connect_timeout smtp time 5m
20720 This sets a timeout for the &[connect()]& function, which sets up a TCP/IP call
20721 to a remote host. A setting of zero allows the system timeout (typically
20722 several minutes) to act. To have any effect, the value of this option must be
20723 less than the system timeout. However, it has been observed that on some
20724 systems there is no system timeout, which is why the default value for this
20725 option is 5 minutes, a value recommended by RFC 1123.
20726
20727
20728 .option connection_max_messages smtp integer 500
20729 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
20730 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
20731 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
20732 This controls the maximum number of separate message deliveries that are sent
20733 over a single TCP/IP connection. If the value is zero, there is no limit.
20734 For testing purposes, this value can be overridden by the &%-oB%& command line
20735 option.
20736
20737
20738 .option data_timeout smtp time 5m
20739 This sets a timeout for the transmission of each block in the data portion of
20740 the message. As a result, the overall timeout for a message depends on the size
20741 of the message. Its value must not be zero. See also &%final_timeout%&.
20742
20743
20744 .option delay_after_cutoff smtp boolean true
20745 This option controls what happens when all remote IP addresses for a given
20746 domain have been inaccessible for so long that they have passed their retry
20747 cutoff times.
20748
20749 In the default state, if the next retry time has not been reached for any of
20750 them, the address is bounced without trying any deliveries. In other words,
20751 Exim delays retrying an IP address after the final cutoff time until a new
20752 retry time is reached, and can therefore bounce an address without ever trying
20753 a delivery, when machines have been down for a long time. Some people are
20754 unhappy at this prospect, so...
20755
20756 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
20757 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those
20758 IP addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
20759 none, of if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other words, it does not
20760 delay when a new message arrives, but immediately tries those expired IP
20761 addresses that haven't been tried since the message arrived. If there is a
20762 continuous stream of messages for the dead hosts, unsetting
20763 &%delay_after_cutoff%& means that there will be many more attempts to deliver
20764 to them.
20765
20766
20767 .option dns_qualify_single smtp boolean true
20768 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used,
20769 and the &%gethostbyname%& option is false,
20770 the RES_DEFNAMES resolver option is set. See the &%qualify_single%& option
20771 in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more details.
20772
20773
20774 .option dns_search_parents smtp boolean false
20775 .cindex "&%search_parents%&"
20776 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used, and the
20777 &%gethostbyname%& option is false, the RES_DNSRCH resolver option is set.
20778 See the &%search_parents%& option in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more
20779 details.
20780
20781
20782
20783 .option fallback_hosts smtp "string list" unset
20784 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
20785 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
20786 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses, optionally also including
20787 port numbers, though the separator can be changed, as described in section
20788 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
20789 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
20790 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&.
20791
20792 Fallback hosts can also be specified on routers, which associate them with the
20793 addresses they process. As for the &%hosts%& option without &%hosts_override%&,
20794 &%fallback_hosts%& specified on the transport is used only if the address does
20795 not have its own associated fallback host list. Unlike &%hosts%&, a setting of
20796 &%fallback_hosts%& on an address is not overridden by &%hosts_override%&.
20797 However, &%hosts_randomize%& does apply to fallback host lists.
20798
20799 If Exim is unable to deliver to any of the hosts for a particular address, and
20800 the errors are not permanent rejections, the address is put on a separate
20801 transport queue with its host list replaced by the fallback hosts, unless the
20802 address was routed via MX records and the current host was in the original MX
20803 list. In that situation, the fallback host list is not used.
20804
20805 Once normal deliveries are complete, the fallback queue is delivered by
20806 re-running the same transports with the new host lists. If several failing
20807 addresses have the same fallback hosts (and &%max_rcpt%& permits it), a single
20808 copy of the message is sent.
20809
20810 The resolution of the host names on the fallback list is controlled by the
20811 &%gethostbyname%& option, as for the &%hosts%& option. Fallback hosts apply
20812 both to cases when the host list comes with the address and when it is taken
20813 from &%hosts%&. This option provides a &"use a smart host only if delivery
20814 fails"& facility.
20815
20816
20817 .option final_timeout smtp time 10m
20818 This is the timeout that applies while waiting for the response to the final
20819 line containing just &"."& that terminates a message. Its value must not be
20820 zero.
20821
20822
20823 .option gethostbyname smtp boolean false
20824 If this option is true when the &%hosts%& and/or &%fallback_hosts%& options are
20825 being used, names are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
20826 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
20827 instead of using the DNS. Of course, that function may in fact use the DNS, but
20828 it may also consult other sources of information such as &_/etc/hosts_&.
20829
20830 .option helo_data smtp string&!! &`$primary_hostname`&
20831 .cindex "HELO argument" "setting"
20832 .cindex "EHLO argument" "setting"
20833 .cindex "LHLO argument" "setting"
20834 The value of this option is expanded, and used as the argument for the EHLO,
20835 HELO, or LHLO command that starts the outgoing SMTP or LMTP session. The
20836 variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to the identity of the remote
20837 host, and can be used to generate different values for different servers.
20838
20839 .option hosts smtp "string list&!!" unset
20840 Hosts are associated with an address by a router such as &(dnslookup)&, which
20841 finds the hosts by looking up the address domain in the DNS, or by
20842 &(manualroute)&, which has lists of hosts in its configuration. However,
20843 email addresses can be passed to the &(smtp)& transport by any router, and not
20844 all of them can provide an associated list of hosts.
20845
20846 The &%hosts%& option specifies a list of hosts to be used if the address being
20847 processed does not have any hosts associated with it. The hosts specified by
20848 &%hosts%& are also used, whether or not the address has its own hosts, if
20849 &%hosts_override%& is set.
20850
20851 The string is first expanded, before being interpreted as a colon-separated
20852 list of host names or IP addresses, possibly including port numbers. The
20853 separator may be changed to something other than colon, as described in section
20854 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
20855 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
20856 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&. However, note that the &`/MX`& facility
20857 of the &(manualroute)& router is not available here.
20858
20859 If the expansion fails, delivery is deferred. Unless the failure was caused by
20860 the inability to complete a lookup, the error is logged to the panic log as
20861 well as the main log. Host names are looked up either by searching directly for
20862 address records in the DNS or by calling &[gethostbyname()]& (or
20863 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available), depending on the setting of the
20864 &%gethostbyname%& option. When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, if a host
20865 that is looked up in the DNS has both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, both types of
20866 address are used.
20867
20868 During delivery, the hosts are tried in order, subject to their retry status,
20869 unless &%hosts_randomize%& is set.
20870
20871
20872 .option hosts_avoid_esmtp smtp "host list&!!" unset
20873 .cindex "ESMTP" "avoiding use of"
20874 .cindex "HELO" "forcing use of"
20875 .cindex "EHLO" "avoiding use of"
20876 .cindex "PIPELINING" "avoiding the use of"
20877 This option is for use with broken hosts that announce ESMTP facilities (for
20878 example, PIPELINING) and then fail to implement them properly. When a host
20879 matches &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%&, Exim sends HELO rather than EHLO at the
20880 start of the SMTP session. This means that it cannot use any of the ESMTP
20881 facilities such as AUTH, PIPELINING, SIZE, and STARTTLS.
20882
20883
20884 .option hosts_avoid_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
20885 .cindex "TLS" "avoiding for certain hosts"
20886 Exim will not try to start a TLS session when delivering to any host that
20887 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
20888
20889
20890 .option hosts_max_try smtp integer 5
20891 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
20892 .cindex "limit" "number of hosts tried"
20893 .cindex "limit" "number of MX tried"
20894 .cindex "MX record" "maximum tried"
20895 This option limits the number of IP addresses that are tried for any one
20896 delivery in cases where there are temporary delivery errors. Section
20897 &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes in detail how the value of this option is used.
20898
20899
20900 .option hosts_max_try_hardlimit smtp integer 50
20901 This is an additional check on the maximum number of IP addresses that Exim
20902 tries for any one delivery. Section &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes its use and
20903 why it exists.
20904
20905
20906
20907 .option hosts_nopass_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
20908 .cindex "TLS" "passing connection"
20909 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
20910 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
20911 For any host that matches this list, a connection on which a TLS session has
20912 been started will not be passed to a new delivery process for sending another
20913 message on the same connection. See section &<<SECTmulmessam>>& for an
20914 explanation of when this might be needed.
20915
20916
20917 .option hosts_override smtp boolean false
20918 If this option is set and the &%hosts%& option is also set, any hosts that are
20919 attached to the address are ignored, and instead the hosts specified by the
20920 &%hosts%& option are always used. This option does not apply to
20921 &%fallback_hosts%&.
20922
20923
20924 .option hosts_randomize smtp boolean false
20925 .cindex "randomized host list"
20926 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
20927 .cindex "fallback" "randomized hosts"
20928 If this option is set, and either the list of hosts is taken from the
20929 &%hosts%& or the &%fallback_hosts%& option, or the hosts supplied by the router
20930 were not obtained from MX records (this includes fallback hosts from the
20931 router), and were not randomizied by the router, the order of trying the hosts
20932 is randomized each time the transport runs. Randomizing the order of a host
20933 list can be used to do crude load sharing.
20934
20935 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split into groups whose
20936 order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to set up MX-like
20937 behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an item that is just
20938 &`+`& in the host list. For example:
20939 .code
20940 hosts = host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
20941 .endd
20942 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
20943 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
20944 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored.
20945
20946 .option hosts_require_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
20947 .cindex "authentication" "required by client"
20948 This option provides a list of servers for which authentication must succeed
20949 before Exim will try to transfer a message. If authentication fails for
20950 servers which are not in this list, Exim tries to send unauthenticated. If
20951 authentication fails for one of these servers, delivery is deferred. This
20952 temporary error is detectable in the retry rules, so it can be turned into a
20953 hard failure if required. See also &%hosts_try_auth%&, and chapter
20954 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
20955
20956
20957 .option hosts_require_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
20958 .cindex "TLS" "requiring for certain servers"
20959 Exim will insist on using a TLS session when delivering to any host that
20960 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
20961 &*Note*&: This option affects outgoing mail only. To insist on TLS for
20962 incoming messages, use an appropriate ACL.
20963
20964 .option hosts_try_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
20965 .cindex "authentication" "optional in client"
20966 This option provides a list of servers to which, provided they announce
20967 authentication support, Exim will attempt to authenticate as a client when it
20968 connects. If authentication fails, Exim will try to transfer the message
20969 unauthenticated. See also &%hosts_require_auth%&, and chapter
20970 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
20971
20972 .option interface smtp "string list&!!" unset
20973 .cindex "bind IP address"
20974 .cindex "IP address" "binding"
20975 .cindex "&$host$&"
20976 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
20977 This option specifies which interface to bind to when making an outgoing SMTP
20978 call. The variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& refer to the host to which a
20979 connection is about to be made during the expansion of the string. Forced
20980 expansion failure, or an empty string result causes the option to be ignored.
20981 Otherwise, after expansion,
20982 the string must be a list of IP addresses, colon-separated by default, but the
20983 separator can be changed in the usual way.
20984 For example:
20985 .code
20986 interface = <; 192.168.123.123 ; 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
20987 .endd
20988 The first interface of the correct type (IPv4 or IPv6) is used for the outgoing
20989 connection. If none of them are the correct type, the option is ignored. If
20990 &%interface%& is not set, or is ignored, the system's IP functions choose which
20991 interface to use if the host has more than one.
20992
20993
20994 .option keepalive smtp boolean true
20995 .cindex "keepalive" "on outgoing connection"
20996 This option controls the setting of SO_KEEPALIVE on outgoing TCP/IP socket
20997 connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle connections
20998 periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The other end
20999 of the connection should send a acknowledgement if the connection is still okay
21000 or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing this is
21001 that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of connection
21002 that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without tidying up the
21003 TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several hours to detect
21004 unreachable hosts.
21005
21006
21007 .option lmtp_ignore_quota smtp boolean false
21008 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
21009 If this option is set true when the &%protocol%& option is set to &"lmtp"&, the
21010 string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT commands, provided that the LMTP server
21011 has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA in its response to the LHLO command.
21012
21013 .option max_rcpt smtp integer 100
21014 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of outgoing"
21015 This option limits the number of RCPT commands that are sent in a single
21016 SMTP message transaction. Each set of addresses is treated independently, and
21017 so can cause parallel connections to the same host if &%remote_max_parallel%&
21018 permits this.
21019
21020
21021 .option multi_domain smtp boolean true
21022 .cindex "&$domain$&"
21023 When this option is set, the &(smtp)& transport can handle a number of
21024 addresses containing a mixture of different domains provided they all resolve
21025 to the same list of hosts. Turning the option off restricts the transport to
21026 handling only one domain at a time. This is useful if you want to use
21027 &$domain$& in an expansion for the transport, because it is set only when there
21028 is a single domain involved in a remote delivery.
21029
21030
21031 .option port smtp string&!! "see below"
21032 .cindex "port" "sending TCP/IP"
21033 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting outgoing port"
21034 This option specifies the TCP/IP port on the server to which Exim connects. If
21035 it begins with a digit it is taken as a port number; otherwise it is looked up
21036 using &[getservbyname()]&. The default value is normally &"smtp"&, but if
21037 &%protocol%& is set to &"lmtp"&, the default is &"lmtp"&.
21038 If the expansion fails, or if a port number cannot be found, delivery is
21039 deferred.
21040
21041
21042
21043 .option protocol smtp string smtp
21044 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
21045 If this option is set to &"lmtp"& instead of &"smtp"&, the default value for
21046 the &%port%& option changes to &"lmtp"&, and the transport operates the LMTP
21047 protocol (RFC 2033) instead of SMTP. This protocol is sometimes used for local
21048 deliveries into closed message stores. Exim also has support for running LMTP
21049 over a pipe to a local process &-- see chapter &<<CHAPLMTP>>&.
21050
21051
21052 .option retry_include_ip_address smtp boolean true
21053 Exim normally includes both the host name and the IP address in the key it
21054 constructs for indexing retry data after a temporary delivery failure. This
21055 means that when one of several IP addresses for a host is failing, it gets
21056 tried periodically (controlled by the retry rules), but use of the other IP
21057 addresses is not affected.
21058
21059 However, in some dialup environments hosts are assigned a different IP address
21060 each time they connect. In this situation the use of the IP address as part of
21061 the retry key leads to undesirable behaviour. Setting this option false causes
21062 Exim to use only the host name. This should normally be done on a separate
21063 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, set up specially to handle the dialup
21064 hosts.
21065
21066
21067 .option serialize_hosts smtp "host list&!!" unset
21068 .cindex "serializing connections"
21069 .cindex "host" "serializing connections"
21070 Because Exim operates in a distributed manner, if several messages for the same
21071 host arrive at around the same time, more than one simultaneous connection to
21072 the remote host can occur. This is not usually a problem except when there is a
21073 slow link between the hosts. In that situation it may be helpful to restrict
21074 Exim to one connection at a time. This can be done by setting
21075 &%serialize_hosts%& to match the relevant hosts.
21076
21077 .cindex "hints database" "serializing deliveries to a host"
21078 Exim implements serialization by means of a hints database in which a record is
21079 written whenever a process connects to one of the restricted hosts. The record
21080 is deleted when the connection is completed. Obviously there is scope for
21081 records to get left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To
21082 guard against this, Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
21083
21084 If you set up this kind of serialization, you should also arrange to delete the
21085 relevant hints database whenever your system reboots. The names of the files
21086 start with &_misc_& and they are kept in the &_spool/db_& directory. There
21087 may be one or two files, depending on the type of DBM in use. The same files
21088 are used for ETRN serialization.
21089
21090
21091 .option size_addition smtp integer 1024
21092 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
21093 .cindex "message" "size issue for transport filter"
21094 .cindex "size" "of message"
21095 .cindex "transport" "filter"
21096 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
21097 If a remote SMTP server indicates that it supports the SIZE option of the
21098 MAIL command, Exim uses this to pass over the message size at the start of
21099 an SMTP transaction. It adds the value of &%size_addition%& to the value it
21100 sends, to allow for headers and other text that may be added during delivery by
21101 configuration options or in a transport filter. It may be necessary to increase
21102 this if a lot of text is added to messages.
21103
21104 Alternatively, if the value of &%size_addition%& is set negative, it disables
21105 the use of the SIZE option altogether.
21106
21107
21108 .option tls_certificate smtp string&!! unset
21109 .cindex "TLS client certificate" "location of"
21110 .cindex "certificate for client" "location of"
21111 .cindex "&$host$&"
21112 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
21113 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21114 client's certificate, for possible use when sending a message over an encrypted
21115 connection. The values of &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to the name and
21116 address of the server during the expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for
21117 details of TLS.
21118
21119 &*Note*&: This option must be set if you want Exim to be able to use a TLS
21120 certificate when sending messages as a client. The global option of the same
21121 name specifies the certificate for Exim as a server; it is not automatically
21122 assumed that the same certificate should be used when Exim is operating as a
21123 client.
21124
21125
21126 .option tls_crl smtp string&!! unset
21127 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate revocation list"
21128 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for client"
21129 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
21130 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
21131
21132
21133 .option tls_privatekey smtp string&!! unset
21134 .cindex "TLS client private key" "location of"
21135 .cindex "&$host$&"
21136 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
21137 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21138 client's private key. This is used when sending a message over an encrypted
21139 connection using a client certificate. The values of &$host$& and
21140 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21141 expansion. If this option is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the
21142 result is an empty string, the private key is assumed to be in the same file as
21143 the certificate. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21144
21145
21146 .option tls_require_ciphers smtp string&!! unset
21147 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
21148 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
21149 .cindex "&$host$&"
21150 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
21151 The value of this option must be a list of permitted cipher suites, for use
21152 when setting up an outgoing encrypted connection. (There is a global option of
21153 the same name for controlling incoming connections.) The values of &$host$& and
21154 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21155 expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS; note that this option
21156 is used in different ways by OpenSSL and GnuTLS (see sections
21157 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&). For GnuTLS, the order of the
21158 ciphers is a preference order.
21159
21160
21161
21162 .option tls_tempfail_tryclear smtp boolean true
21163 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, and there is a problem in
21164 setting up a TLS session, this option determines whether or not Exim should try
21165 to deliver the message unencrypted. If it is set false, delivery to the
21166 current host is deferred; if there are other hosts, they are tried. If this
21167 option is set true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'&
21168 response to STARTTLS. Also, if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent
21169 TLS negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
21170 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
21171 in clear.
21172
21173
21174 .option tls_verify_certificates smtp string&!! unset
21175 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate verification"
21176 .cindex "certificate" "verification of server"
21177 .cindex "&$host$&"
21178 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
21179 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file containing
21180 permitted server certificates, for use when setting up an encrypted connection.
21181 Alternatively, if you are using OpenSSL, you can set
21182 &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a directory containing certificate
21183 files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the option must be set to the name of a
21184 single file if you are using GnuTLS. The values of &$host$& and
21185 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21186 expansion of this option. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21187
21188
21189
21190
21191 .section "How the limits for the number of hosts to try are used" &&&
21192 "SECTvalhosmax"
21193 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
21194 .cindex "limit" "hosts; maximum number tried"
21195 There are two options that are concerned with the number of hosts that are
21196 tried when an SMTP delivery takes place. They are &%hosts_max_try%& and
21197 &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%&.
21198
21199
21200 The &%hosts_max_try%& option limits the number of hosts that are tried
21201 for a single delivery. However, despite the term &"host"& in its name, the
21202 option actually applies to each IP address independently. In other words, a
21203 multihomed host is treated as several independent hosts, just as it is for
21204 retrying.
21205
21206 Many of the larger ISPs have multiple MX records which often point to
21207 multihomed hosts. As a result, a list of a dozen or more IP addresses may be
21208 created as a result of routing one of these domains.
21209
21210 Trying every single IP address on such a long list does not seem sensible; if
21211 several at the top of the list fail, it is reasonable to assume there is some
21212 problem that is likely to affect all of them. Roughly speaking, the value of
21213 &%hosts_max_try%& is the maximum number that are tried before deferring the
21214 delivery. However, the logic cannot be quite that simple.
21215
21216 Firstly, IP addresses that are skipped because their retry times have not
21217 arrived do not count, and in addition, addresses that are past their retry
21218 limits are also not counted, even when they are tried. This means that when
21219 some IP addresses are past their retry limits, more than the value of
21220 &%hosts_max_retry%& may be tried. The reason for this behaviour is to ensure
21221 that all IP addresses are considered before timing out an email address (but
21222 see below for an exception).
21223
21224 Secondly, when the &%hosts_max_try%& limit is reached, Exim looks down the host
21225 list to see if there is a subsequent host with a different (higher valued) MX.
21226 If there is, that host is considered next, and the current IP address is used
21227 but not counted. This behaviour helps in the case of a domain with a retry rule
21228 that hardly ever delays any hosts, as is now explained:
21229
21230 Consider the case of a long list of hosts with one MX value, and a few with a
21231 higher MX value. If &%hosts_max_try%& is small (the default is 5) only a few
21232 hosts at the top of the list are tried at first. With the default retry rule,
21233 which specifies increasing retry times, the higher MX hosts are eventually
21234 tried when those at the top of the list are skipped because they have not
21235 reached their retry times.
21236
21237 However, it is common practice to put a fixed short retry time on domains for
21238 large ISPs, on the grounds that their servers are rarely down for very long.
21239 Unfortunately, these are exactly the domains that tend to resolve to long lists
21240 of hosts. The short retry time means that the lowest MX hosts are tried every
21241 time. The attempts may be in a different order because of random sorting, but
21242 without the special MX check, the higher MX hosts would never be tried until
21243 all the lower MX hosts had timed out (which might be several days), because
21244 there are always some lower MX hosts that have reached their retry times. With
21245 the special check, Exim considers at least one IP address from each MX value at
21246 every delivery attempt, even if the &%hosts_max_try%& limit has already been
21247 reached.
21248
21249 The above logic means that &%hosts_max_try%& is not a hard limit, and in
21250 particular, Exim normally eventually tries all the IP addresses before timing
21251 out an email address. When &%hosts_max_try%& was implemented, this seemed a
21252 reasonable thing to do. Recently, however, some lunatic DNS configurations have
21253 been set up with hundreds of IP addresses for some domains. It can
21254 take a very long time indeed for an address to time out in these cases.
21255
21256 The &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%& option was added to help with this problem.
21257 Exim never tries more than this number of IP addresses; if it hits this limit
21258 and they are all timed out, the email address is bounced, even though not all
21259 possible IP addresses have been tried.
21260 .ecindex IIDsmttra1
21261 .ecindex IIDsmttra2
21262
21263
21264
21265
21266
21267 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21268 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21269
21270 .chapter "Address rewriting" "CHAPrewrite"
21271 .scindex IIDaddrew "rewriting" "addresses"
21272 There are some circumstances in which Exim automatically rewrites domains in
21273 addresses. The two most common are when an address is given without a domain
21274 (referred to as an &"unqualified address"&) or when an address contains an
21275 abbreviated domain that is expanded by DNS lookup.
21276
21277 Unqualified envelope addresses are accepted only for locally submitted
21278 messages, or for messages that are received from hosts matching
21279 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
21280 appropriate. Unqualified addresses in header lines are qualified if they are in
21281 locally submitted messages, or messages from hosts that are permitted to send
21282 unqualified envelope addresses. Otherwise, unqualified addresses in header
21283 lines are neither qualified nor rewritten.
21284
21285 One situation in which Exim does &'not'& automatically rewrite a domain is
21286 when it is the name of a CNAME record in the DNS. The older RFCs suggest that
21287 such a domain should be rewritten using the &"canonical"& name, and some MTAs
21288 do this. The new RFCs do not contain this suggestion.
21289
21290
21291 .section "Explicitly configured address rewriting"
21292 This chapter describes the rewriting rules that can be used in the
21293 main rewrite section of the configuration file, and also in the generic
21294 &%headers_rewrite%& option that can be set on any transport.
21295
21296 Some people believe that configured address rewriting is a Mortal Sin.
21297 Others believe that life is not possible without it. Exim provides the
21298 facility; you do not have to use it.
21299
21300 The main rewriting rules that appear in the &"rewrite"& section of the
21301 configuration file are applied to addresses in incoming messages, both envelope
21302 addresses and addresses in header lines. Each rule specifies the types of
21303 address to which it applies.
21304
21305 .new
21306 Whether or not addresses in header lines are rewritten depends on the origin of
21307 the headers and the type of rewriting. Global rewriting, that is, rewriting
21308 rules from the rewrite section of the configuration file, is applied only to
21309 those headers that were received with the message. Header lines that are added
21310 by ACLs or by a system filter or by individual routers or transports (which
21311 are specific to individual recipient addresses) are not rewritten by the global
21312 rules.
21313
21314 Rewriting at transport time, by means of the &%headers_rewrite%& option,
21315 applies all headers except those added by routers and transports. That is, as
21316 well as the headers that were received with the message, it also applies to
21317 headers that were added by an ACL or a system filter.
21318 .wen
21319
21320
21321 In general, rewriting addresses from your own system or domain has some
21322 legitimacy. Rewriting other addresses should be done only with great care and
21323 in special circumstances. The author of Exim believes that rewriting should be
21324 used sparingly, and mainly for &"regularizing"& addresses in your own domains.
21325 Although it can sometimes be used as a routing tool, this is very strongly
21326 discouraged.
21327
21328 There are two commonly encountered circumstances where rewriting is used, as
21329 illustrated by these examples:
21330
21331 .ilist
21332 The company whose domain is &'hitch.fict.example'& has a number of hosts that
21333 exchange mail with each other behind a firewall, but there is only a single
21334 gateway to the outer world. The gateway rewrites &'*.hitch.fict.example'& as
21335 &'hitch.fict.example'& when sending mail off-site.
21336 .next
21337 A host rewrites the local parts of its own users so that, for example,
21338 &'fp42@hitch.fict.example'& becomes &'Ford.Prefect@hitch.fict.example'&.
21339 .endlist
21340
21341
21342
21343 .section "When does rewriting happen?"
21344 .cindex "rewriting" "timing of"
21345 .cindex "&ACL;" "rewriting addresses in"
21346 Configured address rewriting can take place at several different stages of a
21347 message's processing.
21348
21349 .cindex "&$sender_address$&"
21350 At the start of an ACL for MAIL, the sender address may have been rewritten
21351 by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule (see section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&), but no
21352 ordinary rewrite rules have yet been applied. If, however, the sender address
21353 is verified in the ACL, it is rewritten before verification, and remains
21354 rewritten thereafter. The subsequent value of &$sender_address$& is the
21355 rewritten address. This also applies if sender verification happens in a
21356 RCPT ACL. Otherwise, when the sender address is not verified, it is
21357 rewritten as soon as a message's header lines have been received.
21358
21359 .cindex "&$domain$&"
21360 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
21361 Similarly, at the start of an ACL for RCPT, the current recipient's address
21362 may have been rewritten by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule, but no ordinary
21363 rewrite rules have yet been applied to it. However, the behaviour is different
21364 from the sender address when a recipient is verified. The address is rewritten
21365 for the verification, but the rewriting is not remembered at this stage. The
21366 value of &$local_part$& and &$domain$& after verification are always the same
21367 as they were before (that is, they contain the unrewritten &-- except for
21368 SMTP-time rewriting &-- address).
21369
21370 As soon as a message's header lines have been received, all the envelope
21371 recipient addresses are permanently rewritten, and rewriting is also applied to
21372 the addresses in the header lines (if configured). This happens before adding
21373 any header lines that were specified in MAIL or RCPT ACLs, and
21374 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "address rewriting; timing of"
21375 before the DATA ACL and &[local_scan()]& functions are run.
21376
21377 When an address is being routed, either for delivery or for verification,
21378 rewriting is applied immediately to child addresses that are generated by
21379 redirection, unless &%no_rewrite%& is set on the router.
21380
21381 .cindex "envelope sender" "rewriting at transport time"
21382 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
21383 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting at transport time"
21384 At transport time, additional rewriting of addresses in header lines can be
21385 specified by setting the generic &%headers_rewrite%& option on a transport.
21386 This option contains rules that are identical in form to those in the rewrite
21387 section of the configuration file. They are applied to the original message
21388 header lines and any that were added by ACLs or a system filter. They are not
21389 applied to header lines that are added by routers or the transport.
21390
21391 The outgoing envelope sender can be rewritten by means of the &%return_path%&
21392 transport option. However, it is not possible to rewrite envelope recipients at
21393 transport time.
21394
21395
21396
21397
21398 .section "Testing the rewriting rules that apply on input"
21399 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
21400 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
21401 Exim's input rewriting configuration appears in a part of the run time
21402 configuration file headed by &"begin rewrite"&. It can be tested by the
21403 &%-brw%& command line option. This takes an address (which can be a full RFC
21404 2822 address) as its argument. The output is a list of how the address would be
21405 transformed by the rewriting rules for each of the different places it might
21406 appear in an incoming message, that is, for each different header and for the
21407 envelope sender and recipient fields. For example,
21408 .code
21409 exim -brw ph10@exim.workshop.example
21410 .endd
21411 might produce the output
21412 .code
21413 sender: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21414 from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21415 to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21416 cc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21417 bcc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21418 reply-to: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21419 env-from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21420 env-to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21421 .endd
21422 which shows that rewriting has been set up for that address when used in any of
21423 the source fields, but not when it appears as a recipient address. At the
21424 present time, there is no equivalent way of testing rewriting rules that are
21425 set for a particular transport.
21426
21427
21428 .section "Rewriting rules"
21429 .cindex "rewriting" "rules"
21430 The rewrite section of the configuration file consists of lines of rewriting
21431 rules in the form
21432 .display
21433 <&'source pattern'&> <&'replacement'&> <&'flags'&>
21434 .endd
21435 Rewriting rules that are specified for the &%headers_rewrite%& generic
21436 transport option are given as a colon-separated list. Each item in the list
21437 takes the same form as a line in the main rewriting configuration (except that
21438 any colons must be doubled, of course).
21439
21440 The formats of source patterns and replacement strings are described below.
21441 Each is terminated by white space, unless enclosed in double quotes, in which
21442 case normal quoting conventions apply inside the quotes. The flags are single
21443 characters which may appear in any order. Spaces and tabs between them are
21444 ignored.
21445
21446 For each address that could potentially be rewritten, the rules are scanned in
21447 order, and replacements for the address from earlier rules can themselves be
21448 replaced by later rules (but see the &"q"& and &"R"& flags).
21449
21450 The order in which addresses are rewritten is undefined, may change between
21451 releases, and must not be relied on, with one exception: when a message is
21452 received, the envelope sender is always rewritten first, before any header
21453 lines are rewritten. For example, the replacement string for a rewrite of an
21454 address in &'To:'& must not assume that the message's address in &'From:'& has
21455 (or has not) already been rewritten. However, a rewrite of &'From:'& may assume
21456 that the envelope sender has already been rewritten.
21457
21458 .cindex "&$domain$&"
21459 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
21460 The variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used in the replacement
21461 string to refer to the address that is being rewritten. Note that lookup-driven
21462 rewriting can be done by a rule of the form
21463 .code
21464 *@* ${lookup ...
21465 .endd
21466 where the lookup key uses &$1$& and &$2$& or &$local_part$& and &$domain$& to
21467 refer to the address that is being rewritten.
21468
21469
21470 .section "Rewriting patterns"
21471 .cindex "rewriting" "patterns"
21472 .cindex "address list" "in a rewriting pattern"
21473 The source pattern in a rewriting rule is any item which may appear in an
21474 address list (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a
21475 single-item address list, which means that it is expanded before being tested
21476 against the address. As always, if you use a regular expression as a pattern,
21477 you must take care to escape dollar and backslash characters, or use the &`\N`&
21478 facility to suppress string expansion within the regular expression.
21479
21480 Domains in patterns should be given in lower case. Local parts in patterns are
21481 case-sensitive. If you want to do case-insensitive matching of local parts, you
21482 can use a regular expression that starts with &`^(?i)`&.
21483
21484 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in rewriting rules"
21485 After matching, the numerical variables &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set,
21486 depending on the type of match which occurred. These can be used in the
21487 replacement string to insert portions of the incoming address. &$0$& always
21488 refers to the complete incoming address. When a regular expression is used, the
21489 numerical variables are set from its capturing subexpressions. For other types
21490 of pattern they are set as follows:
21491
21492 .ilist
21493 If a local part or domain starts with an asterisk, the numerical variables
21494 refer to the character strings matched by asterisks, with &$1$& associated with
21495 the first asterisk, and &$2$& with the second, if present. For example, if the
21496 pattern
21497 .code
21498 *queen@*.fict.example
21499 .endd
21500 is matched against the address &'hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example'& then
21501 .code
21502 $0 = hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example
21503 $1 = hearts-
21504 $2 = wonderland
21505 .endd
21506 Note that if the local part does not start with an asterisk, but the domain
21507 does, it is &$1$& that contains the wild part of the domain.
21508
21509 .next
21510 If the domain part of the pattern is a partial lookup, the wild and fixed parts
21511 of the domain are placed in the next available numerical variables. Suppose,
21512 for example, that the address &'foo@bar.baz.example'& is processed by a
21513 rewriting rule of the form
21514 .display
21515 &`*@partial-dbm;/some/dbm/file`& <&'replacement string'&>
21516 .endd
21517 and the key in the file that matches the domain is &`*.baz.example`&. Then
21518 .code
21519 $1 = foo
21520 $2 = bar
21521 $3 = baz.example
21522 .endd
21523 If the address &'foo@baz.example'& is looked up, this matches the same
21524 wildcard file entry, and in this case &$2$& is set to the empty string, but
21525 &$3$& is still set to &'baz.example'&. If a non-wild key is matched in a
21526 partial lookup, &$2$& is again set to the empty string and &$3$& is set to the
21527 whole domain. For non-partial domain lookups, no numerical variables are set.
21528 .endlist
21529
21530
21531 .section "Rewriting replacements"
21532 .cindex "rewriting" "replacements"
21533 If the replacement string for a rule is a single asterisk, addresses that
21534 match the pattern and the flags are &'not'& rewritten, and no subsequent
21535 rewriting rules are scanned. For example,
21536 .code
21537 hatta@lookingglass.fict.example * f
21538 .endd
21539 specifies that &'hatta@lookingglass.fict.example'& is never to be rewritten in
21540 &'From:'& headers.
21541
21542 .cindex "&$domain$&"
21543 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
21544 If the replacement string is not a single asterisk, it is expanded, and must
21545 yield a fully qualified address. Within the expansion, the variables
21546 &$local_part$& and &$domain$& refer to the address that is being rewritten.
21547 Any letters they contain retain their original case &-- they are not lower
21548 cased. The numerical variables are set up according to the type of pattern that
21549 matched the address, as described above. If the expansion is forced to fail by
21550 the presence of &"fail"& in a conditional or lookup item, rewriting by the
21551 current rule is abandoned, but subsequent rules may take effect. Any other
21552 expansion failure causes the entire rewriting operation to be abandoned, and an
21553 entry written to the panic log.
21554
21555
21556
21557 .section "Rewriting flags"
21558 There are three different kinds of flag that may appear on rewriting rules:
21559
21560 .ilist
21561 Flags that specify which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite: E, F, T, b,
21562 c, f, h, r, s, t.
21563 .next
21564 A flag that specifies rewriting at SMTP time: S.
21565 .next
21566 Flags that control the rewriting process: Q, q, R, w.
21567 .endlist
21568
21569 For rules that are part of the &%headers_rewrite%& generic transport option,
21570 E, F, T, and S are not permitted.
21571
21572
21573
21574 .section "Flags specifying which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite"
21575 .cindex "rewriting" "flags"
21576 If none of the following flag letters, nor the &"S"& flag (see section
21577 &<<SECTrewriteS>>&) are present, a main rewriting rule applies to all headers
21578 and to both the sender and recipient fields of the envelope, whereas a
21579 transport-time rewriting rule just applies to all headers. Otherwise, the
21580 rewriting rule is skipped unless the relevant addresses are being processed.
21581 .display
21582 &`E`& rewrite all envelope fields
21583 &`F`& rewrite the envelope From field
21584 &`T`& rewrite the envelope To field
21585 &`b`& rewrite the &'Bcc:'& header
21586 &`c`& rewrite the &'Cc:'& header
21587 &`f`& rewrite the &'From:'& header
21588 &`h`& rewrite all headers
21589 &`r`& rewrite the &'Reply-To:'& header
21590 &`s`& rewrite the &'Sender:'& header
21591 &`t`& rewrite the &'To:'& header
21592 .endd
21593 You should be particularly careful about rewriting &'Sender:'& headers, and
21594 restrict this to special known cases in your own domains.
21595
21596
21597 .section "The SMTP-time rewriting flag" "SECTrewriteS"
21598 .cindex "SMTP" "rewriting malformed addresses"
21599 .cindex "RCPT" "rewriting argument of"
21600 .cindex "MAIL" "rewriting argument of"
21601 The rewrite flag &"S"& specifies a rewrite of incoming envelope addresses at
21602 SMTP time, as soon as an address is received in a MAIL or RCPT command, and
21603 before any other processing; even before syntax checking. The pattern is
21604 required to be a regular expression, and it is matched against the whole of the
21605 data for the command, including any surrounding angle brackets.
21606
21607 .cindex "&$domain$&"
21608 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
21609 This form of rewrite rule allows for the handling of addresses that are not
21610 compliant with RFCs 2821 and 2822 (for example, &"bang paths"& in batched SMTP
21611 input). Because the input is not required to be a syntactically valid address,
21612 the variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are not available during the
21613 expansion of the replacement string. The result of rewriting replaces the
21614 original address in the MAIL or RCPT command.
21615
21616
21617 .section "Flags controlling the rewriting process"
21618 There are four flags which control the way the rewriting process works. These
21619 take effect only when a rule is invoked, that is, when the address is of the
21620 correct type (matches the flags) and matches the pattern:
21621
21622 .ilist
21623 If the &"Q"& flag is set on a rule, the rewritten address is permitted to be an
21624 unqualified local part. It is qualified with &%qualify_recipient%&. In the
21625 absence of &"Q"& the rewritten address must always include a domain.
21626 .next
21627 If the &"q"& flag is set on a rule, no further rewriting rules are considered,
21628 even if no rewriting actually takes place because of a &"fail"& in the
21629 expansion. The &"q"& flag is not effective if the address is of the wrong type
21630 (does not match the flags) or does not match the pattern.
21631 .next
21632 The &"R"& flag causes a successful rewriting rule to be re-applied to the new
21633 address, up to ten times. It can be combined with the &"q"& flag, to stop
21634 rewriting once it fails to match (after at least one successful rewrite).
21635 .next
21636 .cindex "rewriting" "whole addresses"
21637 When an address in a header is rewritten, the rewriting normally applies only
21638 to the working part of the address, with any comments and RFC 2822 &"phrase"&
21639 left unchanged. For example, rewriting might change
21640 .code
21641 From: Ford Prefect <fp42@restaurant.hitch.fict.example>
21642 .endd
21643 into
21644 .code
21645 From: Ford Prefect <prefectf@hitch.fict.example>
21646 .endd
21647 .cindex "RFC 2047"
21648 Sometimes there is a need to replace the whole address item, and this can be
21649 done by adding the flag letter &"w"& to a rule. If this is set on a rule that
21650 causes an address in a header line to be rewritten, the entire address is
21651 replaced, not just the working part. The replacement must be a complete RFC
21652 2822 address, including the angle brackets if necessary. If text outside angle
21653 brackets contains a character whose value is greater than 126 or less than 32
21654 (except for tab), the text is encoded according to RFC 2047. The character set
21655 is taken from &%headers_charset%&, which defaults to ISO-8859-1.
21656
21657 When the &"w"& flag is set on a rule that causes an envelope address to be
21658 rewritten, all but the working part of the replacement address is discarded.
21659 .endlist
21660
21661
21662 .section "Rewriting examples"
21663 Here is an example of the two common rewriting paradigms:
21664 .code
21665 *@*.hitch.fict.example $1@hitch.fict.example
21666 *@hitch.fict.example ${lookup{$1}dbm{/etc/realnames}\
21667 {$value}fail}@hitch.fict.example bctfrF
21668 .endd
21669 Note the use of &"fail"& in the lookup expansion in the second rule, forcing
21670 the string expansion to fail if the lookup does not succeed. In this context it
21671 has the effect of leaving the original address unchanged, but Exim goes on to
21672 consider subsequent rewriting rules, if any, because the &"q"& flag is not
21673 present in that rule. An alternative to &"fail"& would be to supply &$1$&
21674 explicitly, which would cause the rewritten address to be the same as before,
21675 at the cost of a small bit of processing. Not supplying either of these is an
21676 error, since the rewritten address would then contain no local part.
21677
21678 The first example above replaces the domain with a superior, more general
21679 domain. This may not be desirable for certain local parts. If the rule
21680 .code
21681 root@*.hitch.fict.example *
21682 .endd
21683 were inserted before the first rule, rewriting would be suppressed for the
21684 local part &'root'& at any domain ending in &'hitch.fict.example'&.
21685
21686 Rewriting can be made conditional on a number of tests, by making use of
21687 &${if$& in the expansion item. For example, to apply a rewriting rule only to
21688 messages that originate outside the local host:
21689 .code
21690 *@*.hitch.fict.example "${if !eq {$sender_host_address}{}\
21691 {$1@hitch.fict.example}fail}"
21692 .endd
21693 The replacement string is quoted in this example because it contains white
21694 space.
21695
21696 .cindex "rewriting" "bang paths"
21697 .cindex "bang paths" "rewriting"
21698 Exim does not handle addresses in the form of &"bang paths"&. If it sees such
21699 an address it treats it as an unqualified local part which it qualifies with
21700 the local qualification domain (if the source of the message is local or if the
21701 remote host is permitted to send unqualified addresses). Rewriting can
21702 sometimes be used to handle simple bang paths with a fixed number of
21703 components. For example, the rule
21704 .code
21705 \N^([^!]+)!(.*)@your.domain.example$\N $2@$1
21706 .endd
21707 rewrites a two-component bang path &'host.name!user'& as the domain address
21708 &'user@host.name'&. However, there is a security implication in using this as
21709 a global rewriting rule for envelope addresses. It can provide a backdoor
21710 method for using your system as a relay, because the incoming addresses appear
21711 to be local. If the bang path addresses are received via SMTP, it is safer to
21712 use the &"S"& flag to rewrite them as they are received, so that relay checking
21713 can be done on the rewritten addresses.
21714 .ecindex IIDaddrew
21715
21716
21717
21718
21719
21720 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21721 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21722
21723 .chapter "Retry configuration" "CHAPretry"
21724 .scindex IIDretconf1 "retry configuration" "description of"
21725 .scindex IIDregconf2 "configuration file" "retry section"
21726 The &"retry"& section of the run time configuration file contains a list of
21727 retry rules that control how often Exim tries to deliver messages that cannot
21728 be delivered at the first attempt. If there are no retry rules, temporary
21729 errors are treated as permanent. The &%-brt%& command line option can be used
21730 to test which retry rule will be used for a given address, domain and error.
21731
21732 The most common cause of retries is temporary failure to deliver to a remote
21733 host because the host is down, or inaccessible because of a network problem.
21734 Exim's retry processing in this case is applied on a per-host (strictly, per IP
21735 address) basis, not on a per-message basis. Thus, if one message has recently
21736 been delayed, delivery of a new message to the same host is not immediately
21737 tried, but waits for the host's retry time to arrive. If the &%retry_defer%&
21738 log selector is set, the message
21739 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
21740 &"retry time not reached"& is written to the main log whenever a delivery is
21741 skipped for this reason. Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& contains more details of
21742 the handling of errors during remote deliveries.
21743
21744 Retry processing applies to routing as well as to delivering, except as covered
21745 in the next paragraph. The retry rules do not distinguish between these
21746 actions. It is not possible, for example, to specify different behaviour for
21747 failures to route the domain &'snark.fict.example'& and failures to deliver to
21748 the host &'snark.fict.example'&. I didn't think anyone would ever need this
21749 added complication, so did not implement it. However, although they share the
21750 same retry rule, the actual retry times for routing and transporting a given
21751 domain are maintained independently.
21752
21753 When a delivery is not part of a queue run (typically an immediate delivery on
21754 receipt of a message), the routers are always run, and local deliveries are
21755 always attempted, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for better
21756 behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example, causing
21757 quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file). If such a delivery
21758 suffers a temporary failure, the retry data is updated as normal, and
21759 subsequent delivery attempts from queue runs occur only when the retry time for
21760 the local address is reached.
21761
21762 .new
21763 .section "Changing retry rules"
21764 If you change the retry rules in your configuration, you should consider
21765 whether or not to delete the retry data that is stored in Exim's spool area in
21766 files with names like &_db/retry_&. Deleting any of Exim's hints files is
21767 always safe; that is why they are called &"hints"&.
21768
21769 The hints retry data contains suggested retry times based on the previous
21770 rules. In the case of a long-running problem with a remote host, it might
21771 record the fact that the host has timed out. If your new rules increase the
21772 timeout time for such a host, you should definitely remove the old retry data
21773 and let Exim recreate it, based on the new rules. Otherwise Exim might bounce
21774 messages that it should now be retaining.
21775 .wen
21776
21777
21778
21779 .section "Format of retry rules"
21780 .cindex "retry" "rules"
21781 Each retry rule occupies one line and consists of three or four parts,
21782 separated by white space: a pattern, an error name, an optional list of sender
21783 addresses, and a list of retry parameters. The pattern and sender lists must be
21784 enclosed in double quotes if they contain white space. The rules are searched
21785 in order until one is found where the pattern, error name, and sender list (if
21786 present) match the failing host or address, the error that occurred, and the
21787 message's sender, respectively.
21788
21789
21790 The pattern is any single item that may appear in an address list (see section
21791 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a one-item address list,
21792 which means that it is expanded before being tested against the address that
21793 has been delayed. &new("A negated address list item is permitted.") Address
21794 list processing treats a plain domain name as if it were preceded by &"*@"&,
21795 which makes it possible for many retry rules to start with just a domain. For
21796 example,
21797 .code
21798 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
21799 .endd
21800 provides a rule for any address in the &'lookingglass.fict.example'& domain,
21801 whereas
21802 .code
21803 alice@lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
21804 .endd
21805 applies only to temporary failures involving the local part &%alice%&.
21806 In practice, almost all rules start with a domain name pattern without a local
21807 part.
21808
21809 .cindex "regular expressions" "in retry rules"
21810 &*Warning*&: If you use a regular expression in a routing rule pattern, it
21811 must match a complete address, not just a domain, because that is how regular
21812 expressions work in address lists.
21813 .display
21814 &`^\Nxyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Wrong%&
21815 &`^\N[^@]+@xyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Right%&
21816 .endd
21817
21818
21819 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for address errors"
21820 When Exim is looking for a retry rule after a routing attempt has failed (for
21821 example, after a DNS timeout), each line in the retry configuration is tested
21822 against the complete address only if &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the
21823 router. Otherwise, only the domain is used, except when matching against a
21824 regular expression, when the local part of the address is replaced with &"*"&.
21825 A domain on its own can match a domain pattern, or a pattern that starts with
21826 &"*@"&. By default, &%retry_use_local_part%& is true for routers where
21827 &%check_local_user%& is true, and false for other routers.
21828
21829 Similarly, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a local delivery has
21830 failed (for example, after a mailbox full error), each line in the retry
21831 configuration is tested against the complete address only if
21832 &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the transport (it defaults true for all
21833 local transports).
21834
21835 However, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a remote delivery attempt
21836 suffers an address error (a 4&'xx'& SMTP response for a recipient address), the
21837 whole address is always used as the key when searching the retry rules. The
21838 rule that is found is used to create a retry time for the failing address.
21839
21840
21841 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for host and message errors"
21842 For a temporary error that is not related to an individual address (for
21843 example, a connection timeout), each line in the retry configuration is checked
21844 twice. First, the name of the remote host is used as a domain name (preceded by
21845 &"*@"& when matching a regular expression). If this does not match the line,
21846 the domain from the email address is tried in a similar fashion. For example,
21847 suppose the MX records for &'a.b.c.example'& are
21848 .code
21849 a.b.c.example MX 5 x.y.z.example
21850 MX 6 p.q.r.example
21851 MX 7 m.n.o.example
21852 .endd
21853 and the retry rules are
21854 .code
21855 p.q.r.example * F,24h,30m;
21856 a.b.c.example * F,4d,45m;
21857 .endd
21858 and a delivery to the host &'x.y.z.example'& suffers a connection failure. The
21859 first rule matches neither the host nor the domain, so Exim looks at the second
21860 rule. This does not match the host, but it does match the domain, so it is used
21861 to calculate the retry time for the host &'x.y.z.example'&. Meanwhile, Exim
21862 tries to deliver to &'p.q.r.example'&. If this also suffers a host error, the
21863 first retry rule is used, because it matches the host.
21864
21865 In other words, temporary failures to deliver to host &'p.q.r.example'& use the
21866 first rule to determine retry times, but for all the other hosts for the domain
21867 &'a.b.c.example'&, the second rule is used. The second rule is also used if
21868 routing to &'a.b.c.example'& suffers a temporary failure.
21869
21870 &*Note*&: The host name is used when matching the patterns, not its IP address.
21871 However, if a message is routed directly to an IP address without the use of a
21872 host name, for example, if a &(manualroute)& router contains a setting such as:
21873 .code
21874 route_list = *.a.example 192.168.34.23
21875 .endd
21876 then the &"host name"& that is used when searching for a retry rule is the
21877 textual form of the IP address.
21878
21879 .section "Retry rules for specific errors"
21880 .cindex "retry" "specific errors; specifying"
21881 The second field in a retry rule is the name of a particular error, or an
21882 asterisk, which matches any error. The errors that can be tested for are:
21883
21884 .vlist
21885 .vitem &%auth_failed%&
21886 Authentication failed when trying to send to a host in the
21887 &%hosts_require_auth%& list in an &(smtp)& transport.
21888
21889 .vitem &%data_4xx%&
21890 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing DATA command, either immediately
21891 after the command, or after sending the message's data.
21892
21893 .vitem &%mail_4xx%&
21894 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing MAIL command.
21895
21896 .vitem &%rcpt_4xx%&
21897 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing RCPT command.
21898 .endlist
21899
21900 For the three 4&'xx'& errors, either the first or both of the x's can be given
21901 as specific digits, for example: &`mail_45x`& or &`rcpt_436`&. For example, to
21902 recognize 452 errors given to RCPT commands for addresses in a certain domain,
21903 and have retries every ten minutes with a one-hour timeout, you could set up a
21904 retry rule of this form:
21905 .code
21906 the.domain.name rcpt_452 F,1h,10m
21907 .endd
21908 These errors apply to both outgoing SMTP (the &(smtp)& transport) and outgoing
21909 LMTP (either the &(lmtp)& transport, or the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode).
21910
21911 .vlist
21912 .vitem &%lost_connection%&
21913 A server unexpectedly closed the SMTP connection. There may, of course,
21914 legitimate reasons for this (host died, network died), but if it repeats a lot
21915 for the same host, it indicates something odd.
21916
21917 .vitem &%refused_MX%&
21918 A connection to a host obtained from an MX record was refused.
21919
21920 .vitem &%refused_A%&
21921 A connection to a host not obtained from an MX record was refused.
21922
21923 .vitem &%refused%&
21924 A connection was refused.
21925
21926 .vitem &%timeout_connect_MX%&
21927 A connection attempt to a host obtained from an MX record timed out.
21928
21929 .vitem &%timeout_connect_A%&
21930 A connection attempt to a host not obtained from an MX record timed out.
21931
21932 .vitem &%timeout_connect%&
21933 A connection attempt timed out.
21934
21935 .vitem &%timeout_MX%&
21936 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host
21937 obtained from an MX record.
21938
21939 .vitem &%timeout_A%&
21940 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host not
21941 obtained from an MX record.
21942
21943 .vitem &%timeout%&
21944 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session.
21945
21946 .vitem &%tls_required%&
21947 The server was required to use TLS (it matched &%hosts_require_tls%& in the
21948 &(smtp)& transport), but either did not offer TLS, or it responded with 4&'xx'&
21949 to STARTTLS, or there was a problem setting up the TLS connection.
21950
21951 .vitem &%quota%&
21952 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
21953 transport.
21954
21955 .vitem &%quota_%&<&'time'&>
21956 .cindex "quota" "error testing in retry rule"
21957 .cindex "retry" "quota error testing"
21958 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
21959 transport, and the mailbox has not been accessed for <&'time'&>. For example,
21960 &'quota_4d'& applies to a quota error when the mailbox has not been accessed
21961 for four days.
21962 .endlist
21963
21964 .cindex "mailbox" "time of last read"
21965 The idea of &%quota_%&<&'time'&> is to make it possible to have shorter
21966 timeouts when the mailbox is full and is not being read by its owner. Ideally,
21967 it should be based on the last time that the user accessed the mailbox.
21968 However, it is not always possible to determine this. Exim uses the following
21969 heuristic rules:
21970
21971 .ilist
21972 If the mailbox is a single file, the time of last access (the &"atime"&) is
21973 used. As no new messages are being delivered (because the mailbox is over
21974 quota), Exim does not access the file, so this is the time of last user access.
21975 .next
21976 .cindex "maildir format" "time of last read"
21977 For a maildir delivery, the time of last modification of the &_new_&
21978 subdirectory is used. As the mailbox is over quota, no new files are created in
21979 the &_new_& subdirectory, because no new messages are being delivered. Any
21980 change to the &_new_& subdirectory is therefore assumed to be the result of an
21981 MUA moving a new message to the &_cur_& directory when it is first read. The
21982 time that is used is therefore the last time that the user read a new message.
21983 .next
21984 For other kinds of multi-file mailbox, the time of last access cannot be
21985 obtained, so a retry rule that uses this type of error field is never matched.
21986 .endlist
21987
21988 The quota errors apply both to system-enforced quotas and to Exim's own quota
21989 mechanism in the &(appendfile)& transport. The &'quota'& error also applies
21990 when a local delivery is deferred because a partition is full (the ENOSPC
21991 error).
21992
21993
21994
21995 .section "Retry rules for specified senders"
21996 .cindex "retry" "rules; sender-specific"
21997 You can specify retry rules that apply only when the failing message has a
21998 specific sender. In particular, this can be used to define retry rules that
21999 apply only to bounce messages. The third item in a retry rule can be of this
22000 form:
22001 .display
22002 &`senders=`&<&'address list'&>
22003 .endd
22004 The retry timings themselves are then the fourth item. For example:
22005 .code
22006 * rcpt_4xx senders=: F,1h,30m
22007 .endd
22008 matches recipient 4&'xx'& errors for bounce messages sent to any address at any
22009 host. If the address list contains white space, it must be enclosed in quotes.
22010 For example:
22011 .code
22012 a.domain rcpt_452 senders="xb.dom : yc.dom" G,8h,10m,1.5
22013 .endd
22014 &*Warning*&: This facility can be unhelpful if it is used for host errors
22015 (which do not depend on the recipient). The reason is that the sender is used
22016 only to match the retry rule. Once the rule has been found for a host error,
22017 its contents are used to set a retry time for the host, and this will apply to
22018 all messages, not just those with specific senders.
22019
22020 When testing retry rules using &%-brt%&, you can supply a sender using the
22021 &%-f%& command line option, like this:
22022 .code
22023 exim -f "" -brt user@dom.ain
22024 .endd
22025 If you do not set &%-f%& with &%-brt%&, a retry rule that contains a senders
22026 list is never matched.
22027
22028
22029
22030
22031
22032 .section "Retry parameters"
22033 .cindex "retry" "parameters in rules"
22034 The third (or fourth, if a senders list is present) field in a retry rule is a
22035 sequence of retry parameter sets, separated by semicolons. Each set consists of
22036 .display
22037 <&'letter'&>,<&'cutoff time'&>,<&'arguments'&>
22038 .endd
22039 The letter identifies the algorithm for computing a new retry time; the cutoff
22040 time is the time beyond which this algorithm no longer applies, and the
22041 arguments vary the algorithm's action. The cutoff time is measured from the
22042 time that the first failure for the domain (combined with the local part if
22043 relevant) was detected, not from the time the message was received.
22044
22045 .cindex "retry" "algorithms"
22046 .cindex "retry" "fixed intervals"
22047 .cindex "retry" "increasing intervals"
22048 .cindex "retry" "random intervals"
22049 The available algorithms are:
22050
22051 .ilist
22052 &'F'&: retry at fixed intervals. There is a single time parameter specifying
22053 the interval.
22054 .next
22055 &'G'&: retry at geometrically increasing intervals. The first argument
22056 specifies a starting value for the interval, and the second a multiplier, which
22057 is used to increase the size of the interval at each retry.
22058 .next
22059 &'H'&: retry at randomized intervals. The arguments are as for &'G'&. For each
22060 retry, the previous interval is multiplied by the factor in order to get a
22061 maximum for the next interval. The mininum interval is the first argument of
22062 the parameter, and an actual interval is chosen randomly between them. Such a
22063 rule has been found to be helpful in cluster configurations when all the
22064 members of the cluster restart at once, and may therefore synchronize their
22065 queue processing times.
22066 .endlist
22067
22068 When computing the next retry time, the algorithm definitions are scanned in
22069 order until one whose cutoff time has not yet passed is reached. This is then
22070 used to compute a new retry time that is later than the current time. In the
22071 case of fixed interval retries, this simply means adding the interval to the
22072 current time. For geometrically increasing intervals, retry intervals are
22073 computed from the rule's parameters until one that is greater than the previous
22074 interval is found. The main configuration variable
22075 .cindex "limit" "retry interval"
22076 .cindex "retry interval" "maximum"
22077 .cindex "&%retry_interval_max%&"
22078 &%retry_interval_max%& limits the maximum interval between retries. It
22079 cannot be set greater than &`24h`&, which is its default value.
22080
22081 A single remote domain may have a number of hosts associated with it, and each
22082 host may have more than one IP address. Retry algorithms are selected on the
22083 basis of the domain name, but are applied to each IP address independently. If,
22084 for example, a host has two IP addresses and one is unusable, Exim will
22085 generate retry times for it and will not try to use it until its next retry
22086 time comes. Thus the good IP address is likely to be tried first most of the
22087 time.
22088
22089 .cindex "hints database" "use for retrying"
22090 Retry times are hints rather than promises. Exim does not make any attempt to
22091 run deliveries exactly at the computed times. Instead, a queue runner process
22092 starts delivery processes for delayed messages periodically, and these attempt
22093 new deliveries only for those addresses that have passed their next retry time.
22094 If a new message arrives for a deferred address, an immediate delivery attempt
22095 occurs only if the address has passed its retry time. In the absence of new
22096 messages, the minimum time between retries is the interval between queue runner
22097 processes. There is not much point in setting retry times of five minutes if
22098 your queue runners happen only once an hour, unless there are a significant
22099 number of incoming messages (which might be the case on a system that is
22100 sending everything to a smart host, for example).
22101
22102 The data in the retry hints database can be inspected by using the
22103 &'exim_dumpdb'& or &'exim_fixdb'& utility programs (see chapter
22104 &<<CHAPutils>>&). The latter utility can also be used to change the data. The
22105 &'exinext'& utility script can be used to find out what the next retry times
22106 are for the hosts associated with a particular mail domain, and also for local
22107 deliveries that have been deferred.
22108
22109
22110 .section "Retry rule examples"
22111 Here are some example retry rules:
22112 .code
22113 alice@wonderland.fict.example quota_5d F,7d,3h
22114 wonderland.fict.example quota_5d
22115 wonderland.fict.example * F,1h,15m; G,2d,1h,2;
22116 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22117 * refused_A F,2h,20m;
22118 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,5d,8h
22119 .endd
22120 The first rule sets up special handling for mail to
22121 &'alice@wonderland.fict.example'& when there is an over-quota error and the
22122 mailbox has not been read for at least 5 days. Retries continue every three
22123 hours for 7 days. The second rule handles over-quota errors for all other local
22124 parts at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; the absence of a local part has the same
22125 effect as supplying &"*@"&. As no retry algorithms are supplied, messages that
22126 fail are bounced immediately if the mailbox has not been read for at least 5
22127 days.
22128
22129 The third rule handles all other errors at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; retries
22130 happen every 15 minutes for an hour, then with geometrically increasing
22131 intervals until two days have passed since a delivery first failed. After the
22132 first hour there is a delay of one hour, then two hours, then four hours, and
22133 so on (this is a rather extreme example).
22134
22135 The fourth rule controls retries for the domain &'lookingglass.fict.example'&.
22136 They happen every 30 minutes for 24 hours only. The remaining two rules handle
22137 all other domains, with special action for connection refusal from hosts that
22138 were not obtained from an MX record.
22139
22140 The final rule in a retry configuration should always have asterisks in the
22141 first two fields so as to provide a general catch-all for any addresses that do
22142 not have their own special handling. This example tries every 15 minutes for 2
22143 hours, then with intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
22144 1.5 up to 16 hours, then every 8 hours up to 5 days.
22145
22146
22147
22148 .section "Timeout of retry data"
22149 .cindex "timeout" "of retry data"
22150 .cindex "&%retry_data_expire%&"
22151 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
22152 .cindex "retry" "timeout of data"
22153 Exim timestamps the data that it writes to its retry hints database. When it
22154 consults the data during a delivery it ignores any that is older than the value
22155 set in &%retry_data_expire%& (default 7 days). If, for example, a host hasn't
22156 been tried for 7 days, Exim will try to deliver to it immediately a message
22157 arrives, and if that fails, it will calculate a retry time as if it were
22158 failing for the first time.
22159
22160 This improves the behaviour for messages routed to rarely-used hosts such as MX
22161 backups. If such a host was down at one time, and happens to be down again when
22162 Exim tries a month later, using the old retry data would imply that it had been
22163 down all the time, which is not a justified assumption.
22164
22165 If a host really is permanently dead, this behaviour causes a burst of retries
22166 every now and again, but only if messages routed to it are rare. It there is a
22167 message at least once every 7 days the retry data never expires.
22168
22169
22170
22171
22172 .section "Long-term failures"
22173 .cindex "delivery failure" "long-term"
22174 .cindex "retry" "after long-term failure"
22175 Special processing happens when an email address has been failing for so long
22176 that the cutoff time for the last algorithm is reached. For example, using the
22177 default retry rule:
22178 .code
22179 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
22180 .endd
22181 the cutoff time is four days. Reaching the retry cutoff is independent of how
22182 long any specific message has been failing; it is the length of continuous
22183 failure for the recipient address that counts.
22184
22185 When the cutoff time is reached for a local delivery, or for all the IP
22186 addresses associated with a remote delivery, a subsequent delivery failure
22187 causes Exim to give up on the address, and a bounce message is generated.
22188 In order to cater for new messages that use the failing address, a next retry
22189 time is still computed from the final algorithm, and is used as follows:
22190
22191 For local deliveries, one delivery attempt is always made for any subsequent
22192 messages. If this delivery fails, the address fails immediately. The
22193 post-cutoff retry time is not used.
22194
22195 If the delivery is remote, there are two possibilities, controlled by the
22196 .cindex "&%delay_after_cutoff%&"
22197 &%delay_after_cutoff%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. The option is true by
22198 default. Until the post-cutoff retry time for one of the IP addresses is
22199 reached, the failing email address is bounced immediately, without a delivery
22200 attempt taking place. After that time, one new delivery attempt is made to
22201 those IP addresses that are past their retry times, and if that still fails,
22202 the address is bounced and new retry times are computed.
22203
22204 In other words, when all the hosts for a given email address have been failing
22205 for a long time, Exim bounces rather then defers until one of the hosts' retry
22206 times is reached. Then it tries once, and bounces if that attempt fails. This
22207 behaviour ensures that few resources are wasted in repeatedly trying to deliver
22208 to a broken destination, but if the host does recover, Exim will eventually
22209 notice.
22210
22211 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
22212 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those IP
22213 addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
22214 no suitable IP addresses, or if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other
22215 words, it does not delay when a new message arrives, but tries the expired
22216 addresses immediately, unless they have been tried since the message arrived.
22217 If there is a continuous stream of messages for the failing domains, setting
22218 &%delay_after_cutoff%& false means that there will be many more attempts to
22219 deliver to permanently failing IP addresses than when &%delay_after_cutoff%& is
22220 true.
22221
22222 .section "Deliveries that work intermittently"
22223 .cindex "retry" "intermittently working deliveries"
22224 Some additional logic is needed to cope with cases where a host is
22225 intermittently available, or when a message has some attribute that prevents
22226 its delivery when others to the same address get through. In this situation,
22227 because some messages are successfully delivered, the &"retry clock"& for the
22228 host or address keeps getting reset by the successful deliveries, and so
22229 failing messages remain on the queue for ever because the cutoff time is never
22230 reached.
22231
22232 Two exceptional actions are applied to prevent this happening. The first
22233 applies to errors that are related to a message rather than a remote host.
22234 Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& has a discussion of the different kinds of error;
22235 examples of message-related errors are 4&'xx'& responses to MAIL or DATA
22236 commands, and quota failures. For this type of error, if a message's arrival
22237 time is earlier than the &"first failed"& time for the error, the earlier time
22238 is used when scanning the retry rules to decide when to try next and when to
22239 time out the address.
22240
22241 The exceptional second action applies in all cases. If a message has been on
22242 the queue for longer than the cutoff time of any applicable retry rule for a
22243 given address, a delivery is attempted for that address, even if it is not yet
22244 time, and if this delivery fails, the address is timed out. A new retry time is
22245 not computed in this case, so that other messages for the same address are
22246 considered immediately.
22247 .ecindex IIDretconf1
22248 .ecindex IIDregconf2
22249
22250
22251
22252
22253
22254
22255 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22256 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22257
22258 .chapter "SMTP authentication" "CHAPSMTPAUTH"
22259 .scindex IIDauthconf1 "SMTP" "authentication configuration"
22260 .scindex IIDauthconf2 "authentication"
22261 The &"authenticators"& section of Exim's run time configuration is concerned
22262 with SMTP authentication. This facility is an extension to the SMTP protocol,
22263 described in RFC 2554, which allows a client SMTP host to authenticate itself
22264 to a server. This is a common way for a server to recognize clients that are
22265 permitted to use it as a relay. SMTP authentication is not of relevance to the
22266 transfer of mail between servers that have no managerial connection with each
22267 other.
22268
22269 .cindex "AUTH" "description of"
22270 Very briefly, the way SMTP authentication works is as follows:
22271
22272 .ilist
22273 The server advertises a number of authentication &'mechanisms'& in response to
22274 the client's EHLO command.
22275 .next
22276 The client issues an AUTH command, naming a specific mechanism. The command
22277 may, optionally, contain some authentication data.
22278 .next
22279 The server may issue one or more &'challenges'&, to which the client must send
22280 appropriate responses. In simple authentication mechanisms, the challenges are
22281 just prompts for user names and passwords. The server does not have to issue
22282 any challenges &-- in some mechanisms the relevant data may all be transmitted
22283 with the AUTH command.
22284 .next
22285 The server either accepts or denies authentication.
22286 .next
22287 If authentication succeeds, the client may optionally make use of the AUTH
22288 option on the MAIL command to pass an authenticated sender in subsequent
22289 mail transactions. Authentication lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
22290 connection.
22291 .next
22292 If authentication fails, the client may give up, or it may try a different
22293 authentication mechanism, or it may try transferring mail over the
22294 unauthenticated connection.
22295 .endlist
22296
22297 If you are setting up a client, and want to know which authentication
22298 mechanisms the server supports, you can use Telnet to connect to port 25 (the
22299 SMTP port) on the server, and issue an EHLO command. The response to this
22300 includes the list of supported mechanisms. For example:
22301 .display
22302 &`$ `&&*&`telnet server.example 25`&*&
22303 &`Trying 192.168.34.25...`&
22304 &`Connected to server.example.`&
22305 &`Escape character is '^]'.`&
22306 &`220 server.example ESMTP Exim 4.20 ...`&
22307 &*&`ehlo client.example`&*&
22308 &`250-server.example Hello client.example [10.8.4.5]`&
22309 &`250-SIZE 52428800`&
22310 &`250-PIPELINING`&
22311 &`250-AUTH PLAIN`&
22312 &`250 HELP`&
22313 .endd
22314 The second-last line of this example output shows that the server supports
22315 authentication using the PLAIN mechanism. In Exim, the different authentication
22316 mechanisms are configured by specifying &'authenticator'& drivers. Like the
22317 routers and transports, which authenticators are included in the binary is
22318 controlled by build-time definitions. The following are currently available,
22319 included by setting
22320 .code
22321 AUTH_CRAM_MD5=yes
22322 AUTH_CYRUS_SASL=yes
22323 AUTH_PLAINTEXT=yes
22324 AUTH_SPA=yes
22325 .endd
22326 in &_Local/Makefile_&, respectively. The first of these supports the CRAM-MD5
22327 authentication mechanism (RFC 2195), and the second provides an interface to
22328 the Cyrus SASL authentication library. The third can be configured to support
22329 the PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) or the LOGIN mechanism, which is
22330 not formally documented, but used by several MUAs. The fourth authenticator
22331 supports Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& mechanism.
22332
22333 The authenticators are configured using the same syntax as other drivers (see
22334 section &<<SECTfordricon>>&). If no authenticators are required, no
22335 authentication section need be present in the configuration file. Each
22336 authenticator can in principle have both server and client functions. When Exim
22337 is receiving SMTP mail, it is acting as a server; when it is sending out
22338 messages over SMTP, it is acting as a client. Authenticator configuration
22339 options are provided for use in both these circumstances.
22340
22341 To make it clear which options apply to which situation, the prefixes
22342 &%server_%& and &%client_%& are used on option names that are specific to
22343 either the server or the client function, respectively. Server and client
22344 functions are disabled if none of their options are set. If an authenticator is
22345 to be used for both server and client functions, a single definition, using
22346 both sets of options, is required. For example:
22347 .code
22348 cram:
22349 driver = cram_md5
22350 public_name = CRAM-MD5
22351 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret1}fail}
22352 client_name = ph10
22353 client_secret = secret2
22354 .endd
22355 The &%server_%& option is used when Exim is acting as a server, and the
22356 &%client_%& options when it is acting as a client.
22357
22358 Descriptions of the individual authenticators are given in subsequent chapters.
22359 The remainder of this chapter covers the generic options for the
22360 authenticators, followed by general discussion of the way authentication works
22361 in Exim.
22362
22363
22364
22365 .section "Generic options for authenticators"
22366 .cindex "authentication" "generic options"
22367 .cindex "options" "generic; for authenticators"
22368
22369
22370 .option driver authenticators string unset
22371 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available
22372 authenticators is to be used.
22373
22374
22375 .option public_name authenticators string unset
22376 This option specifies the name of the authentication mechanism that the driver
22377 implements, and by which it is known to the outside world. These names should
22378 contain only upper case letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (RFC 2222),
22379 but Exim in fact matches them caselessly. If &%public_name%& is not set, it
22380 defaults to the driver's instance name.
22381
22382
22383 .option server_advertise_condition authenticators string&!! unset
22384 When a server is about to advertise an authentication mechanism, the condition
22385 is expanded. If it yields the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the
22386 mechanism is not advertised.
22387 If the expansion fails, the mechanism is not advertised. If the failure was not
22388 forced, and was not caused by a lookup defer, the incident is logged.
22389 See section &<<SECTauthexiser>>& below for further discussion.
22390
22391
22392 .option server_debug_print authenticators string&!! unset
22393 If this option is set and authentication debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%&
22394 command line option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging
22395 output when the authenticator is run as a server. This can help with checking
22396 out the values of variables.
22397 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
22398 output, and Exim carries on processing.
22399
22400
22401 .option server_set_id authenticators string&!! unset
22402 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
22403 When an Exim server successfully authenticates a client, this string is
22404 expanded using data from the authentication, and preserved for any incoming
22405 messages in the variable &$authenticated_id$&. It is also included in the log
22406 lines for incoming messages. For example, a user/password authenticator
22407 configuration might preserve the user name that was used to authenticate, and
22408 refer to it subsequently during delivery of the message.
22409 If expansion fails, the option is ignored.
22410
22411
22412 .option server_mail_auth_condition authenticators string&!! unset
22413 This option allows a server to discard authenticated sender addresses supplied
22414 as part of MAIL commands in SMTP connections that are authenticated by the
22415 driver on which &%server_mail_auth_condition%& is set. The option is not used
22416 as part of the authentication process; instead its (unexpanded) value is
22417 remembered for later use.
22418 How it is used is described in the following section.
22419
22420
22421
22422
22423
22424 .section "The AUTH parameter on MAIL commands" "SECTauthparamail"
22425 .cindex "authentication" "sender; authenticated"
22426 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
22427 When a client supplied an AUTH= item on a MAIL command, Exim applies
22428 the following checks before accepting it as the authenticated sender of the
22429 message:
22430
22431 .ilist
22432 If the connection is not using extended SMTP (that is, HELO was used rather
22433 than EHLO), the use of AUTH= is a syntax error.
22434 .next
22435 If the value of the AUTH= parameter is &"<>"&, it is ignored.
22436 .next
22437 .cindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
22438 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is defined, the ACL it specifies is run. While it is
22439 running, the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is set to the value obtained
22440 from the AUTH= parameter. If the ACL does not yield &"accept"&, the value of
22441 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. The &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& ACL may not
22442 return &"drop"& or &"discard"&. If it defers, a temporary error code (451) is
22443 given for the MAIL command.
22444 .next
22445 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is not defined, the value of the AUTH= parameter
22446 is accepted and placed in &$authenticated_sender$& only if the client has
22447 authenticated.
22448 .next
22449 If the AUTH= value was accepted by either of the two previous rules, and
22450 the client has authenticated, and the authenticator has a setting for the
22451 &%server_mail_auth_condition%&, the condition is checked at this point. The
22452 valued that was saved from the authenticator is expanded. If the expansion
22453 fails, or yields an empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the value of
22454 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. If the expansion yields any other value,
22455 the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is retained and passed on with the
22456 message.
22457 .endlist
22458
22459
22460 When &$authenticated_sender$& is set for a message, it is passed on to other
22461 hosts to which Exim authenticates as a client. Do not confuse this value with
22462 &$authenticated_id$&, which is a string obtained from the authentication
22463 process, and which is not usually a complete email address.
22464
22465 .cindex "&$sender_address$&"
22466 Whenever an AUTH= value is ignored, the incident is logged. The ACL for
22467 MAIL, if defined, is run after AUTH= is accepted or ignored. It can
22468 therefore make use of &$authenticated_sender$&. The converse is not true: the
22469 value of &$sender_address$& is not yet set up when the &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&
22470 ACL is run.
22471
22472
22473
22474 .section "Authentication on an Exim server" "SECTauthexiser"
22475 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim server"
22476 When Exim receives an EHLO command, it advertises the public names of those
22477 authenticators that are configured as servers, subject to the following
22478 conditions:
22479
22480 .ilist
22481 The client host must match &%auth_advertise_hosts%& (default *).
22482 .next
22483 It the &%server_advertise_condition%& option is set, its expansion must not
22484 yield the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&.
22485 .endlist
22486
22487 The order in which the authenticators are defined controls the order in which
22488 the mechanisms are advertised.
22489
22490 Some mail clients (for example, some versions of Netscape) require the user to
22491 provide a name and password for authentication whenever AUTH is advertised,
22492 even though authentication may not in fact be needed (for example, Exim may be
22493 set up to allow unconditional relaying from the client by an IP address check).
22494 You can make such clients more friendly by not advertising AUTH to them.
22495 For example, if clients on the 10.9.8.0/24 network are permitted (by the ACL
22496 that runs for RCPT) to relay without authentication, you should set
22497 .code
22498 auth_advertise_hosts = ! 10.9.8.0/24
22499 .endd
22500 so that no authentication mechanisms are advertised to them.
22501
22502 The &%server_advertise_condition%& controls the advertisement of individual
22503 authentication mechanisms. For example, it can be used to restrict the
22504 advertisement of a patricular mechanism to encrypted connections, by a setting
22505 such as:
22506 .code
22507 server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{no}{yes}}
22508 .endd
22509 .cindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
22510 If the session is encrypted, &$tls_cipher$& is not empty, and so the expansion
22511 yields &"yes"&, which allows the advertisement to happen.
22512
22513 When an Exim server receives an AUTH command from a client, it rejects it
22514 immediately if AUTH was not advertised in response to an earlier EHLO
22515 command. This is the case if
22516
22517 .ilist
22518 The client host does not match &%auth_advertise_hosts%&; or
22519 .next
22520 No authenticators are configured with server options; or
22521 .next
22522 Expansion of &%server_advertise_condition%& blocked the advertising of all the
22523 server authenticators.
22524 .endlist
22525
22526
22527 Otherwise, Exim runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_auth%& in order
22528 to decide whether to accept the command. If &%acl_smtp_auth%& is not set,
22529 AUTH is accepted from any client host.
22530
22531 If AUTH is not rejected by the ACL, Exim searches its configuration for a
22532 server authentication mechanism that was advertised in response to EHLO and
22533 that matches the one named in the AUTH command. If it finds one, it runs
22534 the appropriate authentication protocol, and authentication either succeeds or
22535 fails. If there is no matching advertised mechanism, the AUTH command is
22536 rejected with a 504 error.
22537
22538 .cindex "&$received_protocol$&"
22539 .cindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
22540 When a message is received from an authenticated host, the value of
22541 &$received_protocol$& is set to &"esmtpa"& or &"esmtpsa"& instead of &"esmtp"&
22542 or &"esmtps"&, and &$sender_host_authenticated$& contains the name (not the
22543 public name) of the authenticator driver that successfully authenticated the
22544 client from which the message was received. This variable is empty if there was
22545 no successful authentication.
22546
22547
22548
22549
22550 .section "Testing server authentication"
22551 .cindex "authentication" "testing a server"
22552 .cindex "AUTH" "testing a server"
22553 .cindex "base64 encoding" "creating authentication test data"
22554 Exim's &%-bh%& option can be useful for testing server authentication
22555 configurations. The data for the AUTH command has to be sent using base64
22556 encoding. A quick way to produce such data for testing is the following Perl
22557 script:
22558 .code
22559 use MIME::Base64;
22560 printf ("%s", encode_base64(eval "\"$ARGV[0]\""));
22561 .endd
22562 .cindex "binary zero" "in authentication data"
22563 This interprets its argument as a Perl string, and then encodes it. The
22564 interpretation as a Perl string allows binary zeros, which are required for
22565 some kinds of authentication, to be included in the data. For example, a
22566 command line to run this script on such data might be
22567 .code
22568 encode '\0user\0password'
22569 .endd
22570 Note the use of single quotes to prevent the shell interpreting the
22571 backslashes, so that they can be interpreted by Perl to specify characters
22572 whose code value is zero.
22573
22574 &*Warning 1*&: If either of the user or password strings starts with an octal
22575 digit, you must use three zeros instead of one after the leading backslash. If
22576 you do not, the octal digit that starts your string will be incorrectly
22577 interpreted as part of the code for the first character.
22578
22579 &*Warning 2*&: If there are characters in the strings that Perl interprets
22580 specially, you must use a Perl escape to prevent them being misinterpreted. For
22581 example, a command such as
22582 .code
22583 encode '\0user@domain.com\0pas$$word'
22584 .endd
22585 gives an incorrect answer because of the unescaped &"@"& and &"$"& characters.
22586
22587 If you have the &%mimencode%& command installed, another way to do produce
22588 base64-encoded strings is to run the command
22589 .code
22590 echo -e -n `\0user\0password' | mimencode
22591 .endd
22592 The &%-e%& option of &%echo%& enables the interpretation of backslash escapes
22593 in the argument, and the &%-n%& option specifies no newline at the end of its
22594 output. However, not all versions of &%echo%& recognize these options, so you
22595 should check your version before relying on this suggestion.
22596
22597
22598
22599 .section "Authentication by an Exim client"
22600 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim client"
22601 The &(smtp)& transport has two options called &%hosts_require_auth%& and
22602 &%hosts_try_auth%&. When the &(smtp)& transport connects to a server that
22603 announces support for authentication, and the host matches an entry in either
22604 of these options, Exim (as a client) tries to authenticate as follows:
22605
22606 .ilist
22607 For each authenticator that is configured as a client, it searches the
22608 authentication mechanisms announced by the server for one whose name
22609 matches the public name of the authenticator.
22610 .next
22611 .cindex "&$host$&"
22612 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
22613 When it finds one that matches, it runs the authenticator's client code.
22614 The variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available for any string
22615 expansions that the client might do. They are set to the server's name and
22616 IP address. If any expansion is forced to fail, the authentication attempt
22617 is abandoned,
22618 and Exim moves on to the next authenticator.
22619 Otherwise an expansion failure causes delivery to be
22620 deferred.
22621 .next
22622 If the result of the authentication attempt is a temporary error or a timeout,
22623 Exim abandons trying to send the message to the host for the moment. It will
22624 try again later. If there are any backup hosts available, they are tried in the
22625 usual way.
22626 .next
22627 If the response to authentication is a permanent error (5&'xx'& code), Exim
22628 carries on searching the list of authenticators and tries another one if
22629 possible. If all authentication attempts give permanent errors, or if there are
22630 no attempts because no mechanisms match (or option expansions force failure),
22631 what happens depends on whether the host matches &%hosts_require_auth%& or
22632 &%hosts_try_auth%&. In the first case, a temporary error is generated, and
22633 delivery is deferred. The error can be detected in the retry rules, and thereby
22634 turned into a permanent error if you wish. In the second case, Exim tries to
22635 deliver the message unauthenticated.
22636 .endlist
22637
22638 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
22639 When Exim has authenticated itself to a remote server, it adds the AUTH
22640 parameter to the MAIL commands it sends, if it has an authenticated sender for
22641 the message. If the message came from a remote host, the authenticated sender
22642 is the one that was receiving on an incoming MAIL command, provided that the
22643 incoming connection was authenticated and the &%server_mail_auth%& condition
22644 allowed the authenticated sender to be retained. If a local process calls Exim
22645 to send a message, the sender address that is built from the login name and
22646 &%qualify_domain%& is treated as authenticated. However, if the
22647 &%authenticated_sender%& option is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it overrides
22648 the authenticated sender that was received with the message.
22649 .ecindex IIDauthconf1
22650 .ecindex IIDauthconf2
22651
22652
22653
22654
22655
22656
22657 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22658 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22659
22660 .chapter "The plaintext authenticator" "CHAPplaintext"
22661 .scindex IIDplaiauth1 "&(plaintext)& authenticator"
22662 .scindex IIDplaiauth2 "authenticators" "&(plaintext)&"
22663 The &(plaintext)& authenticator can be configured to support the PLAIN and
22664 LOGIN authentication mechanisms, both of which transfer authentication data as
22665 plain (unencrypted) text (though base64 encoded). The use of plain text is a
22666 security risk; you are strongly advised to insist on the use of SMTP encryption
22667 (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&) if you use the PLAIN or LOGIN mechanisms. If you do
22668 use unencrypted plain text, you should not use the same passwords for SMTP
22669 connections as you do for login accounts.
22670
22671 .section "Using plaintext in a server"
22672 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (server)"
22673 When running as a server, &(plaintext)& performs the authentication test by
22674 expanding a string. It has the following options:
22675
22676 .option server_prompts plaintext string&!! unset
22677 The contents of this option, after expansion, must be a colon-separated list of
22678 prompt strings. If expansion fails, a temporary authentication rejection is
22679 given.
22680
22681 .option server_condition plaintext string&!! unset
22682 This option must be set in order to configure the driver as a server. Its use
22683 is described below.
22684
22685 .cindex "AUTH" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
22686 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
22687 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" &&&
22688 "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
22689 .cindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
22690 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
22691 The data sent by the client with the AUTH command, or in response to
22692 subsequent prompts, is base64 encoded, and so may contain any byte values
22693 when decoded. If any data is supplied with the command, it is treated as a
22694 list of strings, separated by NULs (binary zeros), the first three of which are
22695 placed in the expansion variables &$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, and &$auth3$& (neither
22696 LOGIN nor PLAIN uses more than three strings).
22697
22698 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the values are also placed in
22699 the expansion variables &$1$&, &$2$&, and &$3$&. However, the use of these
22700 variables for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in
22701 string expansions that also use them for other things.
22702
22703 If there are more strings in &%server_prompts%& than the number of strings
22704 supplied with the AUTH command, the remaining prompts are used to obtain more
22705 data. Each response from the client may be a list of NUL-separated strings.
22706
22707 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
22708 Once a sufficient number of data strings have been received,
22709 &%server_condition%& is expanded. If the expansion is forced to fail,
22710 authentication fails. Any other expansion failure causes a temporary error code
22711 to be returned. If the result of a successful expansion is an empty string,
22712 &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, authentication fails. If the result of the
22713 expansion is &"1"&, &"yes"&, or &"true"&, authentication succeeds and the
22714 generic &%server_set_id%& option is expanded and saved in &$authenticated_id$&.
22715 For any other result, a temporary error code is returned, with the expanded
22716 string as the error text.
22717
22718 &*Warning*&: If you use a lookup in the expansion to find the user's
22719 password, be sure to make the authentication fail if the user is unknown.
22720 There are good and bad examples at the end of the next section.
22721
22722
22723
22724 .section "The PLAIN authentication mechanism"
22725 .cindex "PLAIN authentication mechanism"
22726 .cindex "authentication" "PLAIN mechanism"
22727 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
22728 The PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) specifies that three strings be
22729 sent as one item of data (that is, one combined string containing two NUL
22730 separators). The data is sent either as part of the AUTH command, or
22731 subsequently in response to an empty prompt from the server.
22732
22733 The second and third strings are a user name and a corresponding password.
22734 Using a single fixed user name and password as an example, this could be
22735 configured as follows:
22736 .code
22737 fixed_plain:
22738 driver = plaintext
22739 public_name = PLAIN
22740 server_prompts = :
22741 server_condition = \
22742 ${if and {{eq{$auth2}{username}}{eq{$auth3}{mysecret}}}}
22743 server_set_id = $auth2
22744 .endd
22745 .new
22746 Note that the default result strings from &%if%& (&"true"& or an empty string)
22747 are exactly what we want here, so they need not be specified. Obviously, if the
22748 password contains expansion-significant characters such as dollar, backslash,
22749 or closing brace, they have to be escaped.
22750 .wen
22751
22752 The &%server_prompts%& setting specifies a single, empty prompt (empty items at
22753 the end of a string list are ignored). If all the data comes as part of the
22754 AUTH command, as is commonly the case, the prompt is not used. This
22755 authenticator is advertised in the response to EHLO as
22756 .code
22757 250-AUTH PLAIN
22758 .endd
22759 and a client host can authenticate itself by sending the command
22760 .code
22761 AUTH PLAIN AHVzZXJuYW1lAG15c2VjcmV0
22762 .endd
22763 As this contains three strings (more than the number of prompts), no further
22764 data is required from the client. Alternatively, the client may just send
22765 .code
22766 AUTH PLAIN
22767 .endd
22768 to initiate authentication, in which case the server replies with an empty
22769 prompt. The client must respond with the combined data string.
22770
22771 The data string is base64 encoded, as required by the RFC. This example,
22772 when decoded, is <&'NUL'&>&`username`&<&'NUL'&>&`mysecret`&, where <&'NUL'&>
22773 represents a zero byte. This is split up into three strings, the first of which
22774 is empty. The &%server_condition%& option in the authenticator checks that the
22775 second two are &`username`& and &`mysecret`& respectively.
22776
22777 Having just one fixed user name and password, as in this example, is not very
22778 realistic, though for a small organization with only a handful of
22779 authenticating clients it could make sense.
22780
22781 A more sophisticated instance of this authenticator could use the user name in
22782 &$auth2$& to look up a password in a file or database, and maybe do an encrypted
22783 comparison (see &%crypteq%& in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). Here is a example of
22784 this approach, where the passwords are looked up in a DBM file. &*Warning*&:
22785 This is an incorrect example:
22786 .new
22787 .code
22788 server_condition = \
22789 ${if eq{$auth3}{${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}}}}
22790 .endd
22791 .wen
22792 The expansion uses the user name (&$auth2$&) as the key to look up a password,
22793 which it then compares to the supplied password (&$auth3$&). Why is this example
22794 incorrect? It works fine for existing users, but consider what happens if a
22795 non-existent user name is given. The lookup fails, but as no success/failure
22796 strings are given for the lookup, it yields an empty string. Thus, to defeat
22797 the authentication, all a client has to do is to supply a non-existent user
22798 name and an empty password. The correct way of writing this test is:
22799 .new
22800 .code
22801 server_condition = ${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}\
22802 {${if eq{$value}{$auth3}}} {false}}
22803 .endd
22804 In this case, if the lookup succeeds, the result is checked; if the lookup
22805 fails, &"false"& is returned and authentication fails. If &%crypteq%& is being
22806 used instead of &%eq%&, the first example is in fact safe, because &%crypteq%&
22807 always fails if its second argument is empty. However, the second way of
22808 writing the test makes the logic clearer.
22809 .wen
22810
22811
22812 .section "The LOGIN authentication mechanism"
22813 .cindex "LOGIN authentication mechanism"
22814 .cindex "authentication" "LOGIN mechanism"
22815 The LOGIN authentication mechanism is not documented in any RFC, but is in use
22816 in a number of programs. No data is sent with the AUTH command. Instead, a
22817 user name and password are supplied separately, in response to prompts. The
22818 plaintext authenticator can be configured to support this as in this example:
22819 .code
22820 fixed_login:
22821 driver = plaintext
22822 public_name = LOGIN
22823 server_prompts = User Name : Password
22824 server_condition = \
22825 ${if and {{eq{$auth1}{username}}{eq{$auth2}{mysecret}}}}
22826 server_set_id = $auth1
22827 .endd
22828 Because of the way plaintext operates, this authenticator accepts data supplied
22829 with the AUTH command (in contravention of the specification of LOGIN), but
22830 if the client does not supply it (as is the case for LOGIN clients), the prompt
22831 strings are used to obtain two data items.
22832
22833 Some clients are very particular about the precise text of the prompts. For
22834 example, Outlook Express is reported to recognize only &"Username:"& and
22835 &"Password:"&. Here is an example of a LOGIN authenticator that uses those
22836 strings. It uses the &%ldapauth%& expansion condition to check the user
22837 name and password by binding to an LDAP server:
22838 .code
22839 login:
22840 driver = plaintext
22841 public_name = LOGIN
22842 server_prompts = Username:: : Password::
22843 server_condition = ${if ldapauth \
22844 {user="cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$auth1},ou=people,o=example.org" \
22845 pass=${quote:$auth2} \
22846 ldap://ldap.example.org/}}
22847 server_set_id = uid=$auth1,ou=people,o=example.org
22848 .endd
22849 Note the use of the &%quote_ldap_dn%& operator to correctly quote the DN for
22850 authentication. However, the basic &%quote%& operator, rather than any of the
22851 LDAP quoting operators, is the correct one to use for the password, because
22852 quoting is needed only to make the password conform to the Exim syntax. At the
22853 LDAP level, the password is an uninterpreted string.
22854
22855
22856
22857 .section "Support for different kinds of authentication"
22858 A number of string expansion features are provided for the purpose of
22859 interfacing to different ways of user authentication. These include checking
22860 traditionally encrypted passwords from &_/etc/passwd_& (or equivalent), PAM,
22861 Radius, &%ldapauth%&, &'pwcheck'&, and &'saslauthd'&. For details see section
22862 &<<SECTexpcond>>&.
22863
22864
22865
22866
22867 .section "Using plaintext in a client"
22868 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (client)"
22869 The &(plaintext)& authenticator has two client options:
22870
22871 .option client_ignore_invalid_base64 plaintext boolean false
22872 If the client receives a server prompt that is not a valid base64 string,
22873 authentication is abandoned by default. However, if this option is set true,
22874 the error in the challenge is ignored and the client sends the response as
22875 usual.
22876
22877 .option client_send plaintext string&!! unset
22878 The string is a colon-separated list of authentication data strings. Each
22879 string is independently expanded before being sent to the server. The first
22880 string is sent with the AUTH command; any more strings are sent in response
22881 to prompts from the server. Before each string is expanded, the value of the
22882 most recent prompt is placed in the next &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable, starting
22883 with &$auth1$& for the first prompt. Up to three prompts are stored in this
22884 way. Thus, the prompt that is received in response to sending the first string
22885 (with the AUTH command) can be used in the expansion of the second string, and
22886 so on. If an invalid base64 string is received when
22887 &%client_ignore_invalid_base64%& is set, an empty string is put in the
22888 &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable.
22889
22890 &*Note*&: You cannot use expansion to create multiple strings, because
22891 splitting takes priority and happens first.
22892
22893 Because the PLAIN authentication mechanism requires NUL (binary zero) bytes in
22894 the data, further processing is applied to each string before it is sent. If
22895 there are any single circumflex characters in the string, they are converted to
22896 NULs. Should an actual circumflex be required as data, it must be doubled in
22897 the string.
22898
22899 This is an example of a client configuration that implements the PLAIN
22900 authentication mechanism with a fixed user name and password:
22901 .code
22902 fixed_plain:
22903 driver = plaintext
22904 public_name = PLAIN
22905 client_send = ^username^mysecret
22906 .endd
22907 The lack of colons means that the entire text is sent with the AUTH
22908 command, with the circumflex characters converted to NULs. A similar example
22909 that uses the LOGIN mechanism is:
22910 .code
22911 fixed_login:
22912 driver = plaintext
22913 public_name = LOGIN
22914 client_send = : username : mysecret
22915 .endd
22916 The initial colon means that the first string is empty, so no data is sent with
22917 the AUTH command itself. The remaining strings are sent in response to
22918 prompts.
22919 .ecindex IIDplaiauth1
22920 .ecindex IIDplaiauth2
22921
22922
22923
22924
22925 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22926 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22927
22928 .chapter "The cram_md5 authenticator"
22929 .scindex IIDcramauth1 "&(cram_md5)& authenticator"
22930 .scindex IIDcramauth2 "authenticators" "&(cram_md5)&"
22931 .cindex "CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism"
22932 .cindex "authentication" "CRAM-MD5 mechanism"
22933 The CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism is described in RFC 2195. The server
22934 sends a challenge string to the client, and the response consists of a user
22935 name and the CRAM-MD5 digest of the challenge string combined with a secret
22936 string (password) which is known to both server and client. Thus, the secret
22937 is not sent over the network as plain text, which makes this authenticator more
22938 secure than &(plaintext)&. However, the downside is that the secret has to be
22939 available in plain text at either end.
22940
22941
22942 .section "Using cram_md5 as a server"
22943 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (server)"
22944 This authenticator has one server option, which must be set to configure the
22945 authenticator as a server:
22946
22947 .option server_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
22948 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(cram_md5)& authenticator"
22949 When the server receives the client's response, the user name is placed in
22950 the expansion variable &$auth1$&, and &%server_secret%& is expanded to
22951 obtain the password for that user. The server then computes the CRAM-MD5 digest
22952 that the client should have sent, and checks that it received the correct
22953 string. If the expansion of &%server_secret%& is forced to fail, authentication
22954 fails. If the expansion fails for some other reason, a temporary error code is
22955 returned to the client.
22956
22957 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed
22958 in &$1$&. However, the use of this variables for this purpose is now
22959 deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use
22960 numeric variables for other things.
22961
22962 For example, the following authenticator checks that the user name given by the
22963 client is &"ph10"&, and if so, uses &"secret"& as the password. For any other
22964 user name, authentication fails.
22965 .code
22966 fixed_cram:
22967 driver = cram_md5
22968 public_name = CRAM-MD5
22969 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret}fail}
22970 server_set_id = $auth1
22971 .endd
22972 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
22973 If authentication succeeds, the setting of &%server_set_id%& preserves the user
22974 name in &$authenticated_id$&. A more tyical configuration might look up the
22975 secret string in a file, using the user name as the key. For example:
22976 .code
22977 lookup_cram:
22978 driver = cram_md5
22979 public_name = CRAM-MD5
22980 server_secret = ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/authpwd}{$value}fail}
22981 server_set_id = $auth1
22982 .endd
22983 Note that this expansion explicitly forces failure if the lookup fails
22984 because &$1$& contains an unknown user name.
22985
22986
22987 .section "Using cram_md5 as a client"
22988 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (client)"
22989 When used as a client, the &(cram_md5)& authenticator has two options:
22990
22991
22992
22993 .option client_name cram_md5 string&!! "the primary host name"
22994 This string is expanded, and the result used as the user name data when
22995 computing the response to the server's challenge.
22996
22997
22998 .option client_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
22999 This option must be set for the authenticator to work as a client. Its value is
23000 expanded and the result used as the secret string when computing the response.
23001
23002
23003 .cindex "&$host$&"
23004 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
23005 Different user names and secrets can be used for different servers by referring
23006 to &$host$& or &$host_address$& in the options. Forced failure of either
23007 expansion string is treated as an indication that this authenticator is not
23008 prepared to handle this case. Exim moves on to the next configured client
23009 authenticator. Any other expansion failure causes Exim to give up trying to
23010 send the message to the current server.
23011
23012 A simple example configuration of a &(cram_md5)& authenticator, using fixed
23013 strings, is:
23014 .code
23015 fixed_cram:
23016 driver = cram_md5
23017 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23018 client_name = ph10
23019 client_secret = secret
23020 .endd
23021 .ecindex IIDcramauth1
23022 .ecindex IIDcramauth2
23023
23024
23025
23026 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23027 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23028
23029 .chapter "The cyrus_sasl authenticator"
23030 .scindex IIDcyrauth1 "&(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator"
23031 .scindex IIDcyrauth2 "authenticators" "&(cyrus_sasl)&"
23032 .cindex "Cyrus" "SASL library"
23033 The code for this authenticator was provided by Matthew Byng-Maddick of A L
23034 Digital Ltd (&url(http://www.aldigital.co.uk)).
23035
23036 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides server support for the Cyrus SASL
23037 library implementation of the RFC 2222 (&"Simple Authentication and Security
23038 Layer"&). This library supports a number of authentication mechanisms,
23039 including PLAIN and LOGIN, but also several others that Exim does not support
23040 directly. In particular, there is support for Kerberos authentication.
23041
23042 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides a gatewaying mechanism directly to
23043 the Cyrus interface, so if your Cyrus library can do, for example, CRAM-MD5,
23044 then so can the &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator. By default it uses the public
23045 name of the driver to determine which mechanism to support.
23046
23047 Where access to some kind of secret file is required, for example in GSSAPI
23048 or CRAM-MD5, it is worth noting that the authenticator runs as the Exim
23049 user, and that the Cyrus SASL library has no way of escalating privileges
23050 by default. You may also find you need to set environment variables,
23051 depending on the driver you are using.
23052
23053
23054 .section "Using cyrus_sasl as a server"
23055 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator has four private options. It puts the username
23056 (on a successful authentication) into &$auth1$&. For compatibility with
23057 previous releases of Exim, the username is also placed in &$1$&. However, the
23058 use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to
23059 confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables for other
23060 things.
23061
23062
23063 .option server_hostname cyrus_sasl string&!! &`$primary_hostname`&
23064 This option selects the hostname that is used when communicating with
23065 the library. It is up to the underlying SASL plug-in what it does with
23066 this data.
23067
23068
23069 .option server_mech cyrus_sasl string &`public_name`&
23070 This option selects the authentication mechanism this driver should
23071 use. It allows you to use a different underlying mechanism from the
23072 advertised name. For example:
23073 .code
23074 sasl:
23075 driver = cyrus_sasl
23076 public_name = X-ANYTHING
23077 server_mech = CRAM-MD5
23078 server_set_id = $auth1
23079 .endd
23080
23081 .option server_realm cyrus_sasl string unset
23082 This specifies the SASL realm that the server claims to be in.
23083
23084
23085 .option server_service cyrus_sasl string &`smtp`&
23086 This is the SASL service that the server claims to implement.
23087
23088
23089 For straightforward cases, you do not need to set any of the authenticator's
23090 private options. All you need to do is to specify an appropriate mechanism as
23091 the public name. Thus, if you have a SASL library that supports CRAM-MD5 and
23092 PLAIN, you could have two authenticators as follows:
23093 .code
23094 sasl_cram_md5:
23095 driver = cyrus_sasl
23096 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23097 server_set_id = $auth1
23098
23099 sasl_plain:
23100 driver = cyrus_sasl
23101 public_name = PLAIN
23102 server_set_id = $auth1
23103 .endd
23104 Cyrus SASL does implement the LOGIN authentication method, even though it is
23105 not a standard method. It is disabled by default in the source distribution,
23106 but it is present in many binary distributions.
23107 .ecindex IIDcyrauth1
23108 .ecindex IIDcyrauth2
23109
23110
23111
23112
23113 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23114 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23115
23116 .chapter "The spa authenticator" "CHAPspa"
23117 .scindex IIDspaauth1 "&(spa)& authenticator"
23118 .scindex IIDspaauth2 "authenticators" "&(spa)&"
23119 .cindex "authentication" "Microsoft Secure Password"
23120 .cindex "authentication" "NTLM"
23121 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
23122 .cindex "NTLM authentication"
23123 The &(spa)& authenticator provides client support for Microsoft's &'Secure
23124 Password Authentication'& mechanism,
23125 which is also sometimes known as NTLM (NT LanMan). The code for client side of
23126 this authenticator was contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux, and much of it is
23127 taken from the Samba project (&url(http://www.samba.org)). The code for the
23128 server side was subsequently contributed by Tom Kistner. The mechanism works as
23129 follows:
23130
23131 .ilist
23132 After the AUTH command has been accepted, the client sends an SPA
23133 authentication request based on the user name and optional domain.
23134 .next
23135 The server sends back a challenge.
23136 .next
23137 The client builds a challenge response which makes use of the user's password
23138 and sends it to the server, which then accepts or rejects it.
23139 .endlist
23140
23141 Encryption is used to protect the password in transit.
23142
23143
23144
23145 .section "Using spa as a server"
23146 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (server)"
23147 The &(spa)& authenticator has just one server option:
23148
23149 .option server_password spa string&!! unset
23150 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(spa)& authenticator"
23151 This option is expanded, and the result must be the cleartext password for the
23152 authenticating user, whose name is at this point in &$auth1$&. For
23153 compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed in
23154 &$1$&. However, the use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as
23155 it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables
23156 for other things. For example:
23157 .code
23158 spa:
23159 driver = spa
23160 public_name = NTLM
23161 server_password = \
23162 ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/exim/spa_clearpass}{$value}fail}
23163 .endd
23164 If the expansion is forced to fail, authentication fails. Any other expansion
23165 failure causes a temporary error code to be returned.
23166
23167
23168
23169
23170
23171 .section "Using spa as a client"
23172 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (client)"
23173 The &(spa)& authenticator has the following client options:
23174
23175
23176
23177 .option client_domain spa string&!! unset
23178 This option specifies an optional domain for the authentication.
23179
23180
23181 .option client_password spa string&!! unset
23182 This option specifies the user's password, and must be set.
23183
23184
23185 .option client_username spa string&!! unset
23186 This option specifies the user name, and must be set. Here is an example of a
23187 configuration of this authenticator for use with the mail servers at
23188 &'msn.com'&:
23189 .code
23190 msn:
23191 driver = spa
23192 public_name = MSN
23193 client_username = msn/msn_username
23194 client_password = msn_plaintext_password
23195 client_domain = DOMAIN_OR_UNSET
23196 .endd
23197 .ecindex IIDspaauth1
23198 .ecindex IIDspaauth2
23199
23200
23201
23202
23203
23204 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23205 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23206
23207 .chapter "Encrypted SMTP connections using TLS/SSL" "CHAPTLS" &&&
23208 "Encrypted SMTP connections"
23209 .scindex IIDencsmtp1 "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
23210 .scindex IIDencsmtp2 "SMTP" "encryption"
23211 .cindex "TLS" "on SMTP connection"
23212 .cindex "OpenSSL"
23213 .cindex "GnuTLS"
23214 Support for TLS (Transport Layer Security), formerly known as SSL (Secure
23215 Sockets Layer), is implemented by making use of the OpenSSL library or the
23216 GnuTLS library (Exim requires GnuTLS release 1.0 or later). There is no
23217 cryptographic code in the Exim distribution itself for implementing TLS. In
23218 order to use this feature you must install OpenSSL or GnuTLS, and then build a
23219 version of Exim that includes TLS support (see section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&).
23220 You also need to understand the basic concepts of encryption at a managerial
23221 level, and in particular, the way that public keys, private keys, and
23222 certificates are used.
23223
23224 RFC 3207 defines how SMTP connections can make use of encryption. Once a
23225 connection is established, the client issues a STARTTLS command. If the
23226 server accepts this, the client and the server negotiate an encryption
23227 mechanism. If the negotiation succeeds, the data that subsequently passes
23228 between them is encrypted.
23229
23230 Exim's ACLs can detect whether the current SMTP session is encrypted or not,
23231 and if so, what cipher suite is in use, whether the client supplied a
23232 certificate, and whether or not that certificate was verified. This makes it
23233 possible for an Exim server to deny or accept certain commands based on the
23234 encryption state.
23235
23236 &*Warning*&: Certain types of firewall and certain anti-virus products can
23237 disrupt TLS connections. You need to turn off SMTP scanning for these products
23238 in order to get TLS to work.
23239
23240
23241
23242 .section "Support for the legacy &""ssmtp""& (aka &""smtps""&) protocol"
23243 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
23244 .cindex "smtps protocol"
23245 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
23246 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
23247 Early implementations of encrypted SMTP used a different TCP port from normal
23248 SMTP, and expected an encryption negotiation to start immediately, instead of
23249 waiting for a STARTTLS command from the client using the standard SMTP
23250 port. The protocol was called &"ssmtp"& or &"smtps"&, and port 465 was
23251 allocated for this purpose.
23252
23253 This approach was abandoned when encrypted SMTP was standardised, but there are
23254 still some legacy clients that use it. Exim supports these clients by means of
23255 the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& global option. Its value must be a list of port
23256 numbers; the most common use is expected to be:
23257 .code
23258 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
23259 .endd
23260 The port numbers specified by this option apply to all SMTP connections, both
23261 via the daemon and via &'inetd'&. You still need to specify all the ports that
23262 the daemon uses (by setting &%daemon_smtp_ports%& or &%local_interfaces%& or
23263 the &%-oX%& command line option) because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not add
23264 an extra port &-- rather, it specifies different behaviour on a port that is
23265 defined elsewhere.
23266
23267 There is also a &%-tls-on-connect%& command line option. This overrides
23268 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&; it forces the legacy behaviour for all ports.
23269
23270
23271
23272
23273
23274
23275 .section "OpenSSL vs GnuTLS" "SECTopenvsgnu"
23276 .cindex "TLS" "OpenSSL &'vs'& GnuTLS"
23277 The first TLS support in Exim was implemented using OpenSSL. Support for GnuTLS
23278 followed later, when the first versions of GnuTLS were released. To build Exim
23279 to use GnuTLS, you need to set
23280 .code
23281 USE_GNUTLS=yes
23282 .endd
23283 in Local/Makefile, in addition to
23284 .code
23285 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
23286 .endd
23287 You must also set TLS_LIBS and TLS_INCLUDE appropriately, so that the
23288 include files and libraries for GnuTLS can be found.
23289
23290 There are some differences in usage when using GnuTLS instead of OpenSSL:
23291
23292 .ilist
23293 The &%tls_verify_certificates%& option must contain the name of a file, not the
23294 name of a directory (for OpenSSL it can be either).
23295 .next
23296 The &%tls_dhparam%& option is ignored, because early versions of GnuTLS had no
23297 facility for varying its Diffie-Hellman parameters. I understand that this has
23298 changed, but Exim has not been updated to provide this facility.
23299 .next
23300 .cindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
23301 Distinguished Name (DN) strings reported by the OpenSSL library use a slash for
23302 separating fields; GnuTLS uses commas, in accordance with RFC 2253. This
23303 affects the value of the &$tls_peerdn$& variable.
23304 .next
23305 OpenSSL identifies cipher suites using hyphens as separators, for example:
23306 DES-CBC3-SHA. GnuTLS uses underscores, for example: RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA. What is
23307 more, OpenSSL complains if underscores are present in a cipher list. To make
23308 life simpler, Exim changes underscores to hyhens for OpenSSL and hyphens to
23309 underscores for GnuTLS when processing lists of cipher suites in the
23310 &%tls_require_ciphers%& options (the global option and the &(smtp)& transport
23311 option).
23312 .next
23313 The &%tls_require_ciphers%& options operate differently, as described in the
23314 sections &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
23315 .endlist
23316
23317
23318 .section "GnuTLS parameter computation"
23319 GnuTLS uses RSA and D-H parameters that take a substantial amount of time to
23320 compute. It is unreasonable to re-compute them for every TLS session.
23321 Therefore, Exim keeps this data in a file in its spool directory, called
23322 &_gnutls-params_&. The file is owned by the Exim user and is readable only by
23323 its owner. Every Exim process that start up GnuTLS reads the RSA and D-H
23324 parameters from this file. If the file does not exist, the first Exim process
23325 that needs it computes the data and writes it to a temporary file which is
23326 renamed once it is complete. It does not matter if several Exim processes do
23327 this simultaneously (apart from wasting a few resources). Once a file is in
23328 place, new Exim processes immediately start using it.
23329
23330 For maximum security, the parameters that are stored in this file should be
23331 recalculated periodically, the frequency depending on your paranoia level.
23332 Arranging this is easy in principle; just delete the file when you want new
23333 values to be computed. However, there may be a problem. The calculation of new
23334 parameters needs random numbers, and these are obtained from &_/dev/random_&.
23335 If the system is not very active, &_/dev/random_& may delay returning data
23336 until enough randomness (entropy) is available. This may cause Exim to hang for
23337 a substantial amount of time, causing timeouts on incoming connections.
23338
23339 The solution is to generate the parameters externally to Exim. They are stored
23340 in &_gnutls-params_& in PEM format, which means that they can be generated
23341 externally using the &(certtool)& command that is part of GnuTLS.
23342
23343 To replace the parameters with new ones, instead of deleting the file
23344 and letting Exim re-create it, you can generate new parameters using
23345 &(certtool)& and, when this has been done, replace Exim's cache file by
23346 renaming. The relevant commands are something like this:
23347 .code
23348 # rm -f new-params
23349 # touch new-params
23350 # chown exim:exim new-params
23351 # chmod 0400 new-params
23352 # certtool --generate-privkey --bits 512 >new-params
23353 # echo "" >>new-params
23354 # certtool --generate-dh-params --bits 1024 >> new-params
23355 # mv new-params gnutls-params
23356 .endd
23357 If Exim never has to generate the parameters itself, the possibility of
23358 stalling is removed.
23359
23360
23361 .section "Requiring specific ciphers in OpenSSL" "SECTreqciphssl"
23362 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers (OpenSSL)"
23363 .cindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "OpenSSL"
23364 There is a function in the OpenSSL library that can be passed a list of cipher
23365 suites before the cipher negotiation takes place. This specifies which ciphers
23366 are acceptable. The list is colon separated and may contain names like
23367 DES-CBC3-SHA. Exim passes the expanded value of &%tls_require_ciphers%&
23368 directly to this function call. The following quotation from the OpenSSL
23369 documentation specifies what forms of item are allowed in the cipher string:
23370
23371 .ilist
23372 It can consist of a single cipher suite such as RC4-SHA.
23373 .next
23374 It can represent a list of cipher suites containing a certain algorithm,
23375 or cipher suites of a certain type. For example SHA1 represents all
23376 ciphers suites using the digest algorithm SHA1 and SSLv3 represents all
23377 SSL v3 algorithms.
23378 .next
23379 Lists of cipher suites can be combined in a single cipher string using
23380 the + character. This is used as a logical and operation. For example
23381 SHA1+DES represents all cipher suites containing the SHA1 and the DES
23382 algorithms.
23383 .endlist
23384
23385 Each cipher string can be optionally preceded by one of the characters &`!`&,
23386 &`-`& or &`+`&.
23387 .ilist
23388 If &`!`& is used, the ciphers are permanently deleted from the list. The
23389 ciphers deleted can never reappear in the list even if they are explicitly
23390 stated.
23391 .next
23392 If &`-`& is used, the ciphers are deleted from the list, but some or all
23393 of the ciphers can be added again by later options.
23394 .next
23395 If &`+`& is used, the ciphers are moved to the end of the list. This
23396 option does not add any new ciphers; it just moves matching existing ones.
23397 .endlist
23398
23399 If none of these characters is present, the string is interpreted as
23400 a list of ciphers to be appended to the current preference list. If the list
23401 includes any ciphers already present they will be ignored: that is, they will
23402 not be moved to the end of the list.
23403 .endlist
23404
23405
23406
23407
23408 .section "Requiring specific ciphers in GnuTLS" "SECTreqciphgnu"
23409 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers (GnuTLS)"
23410 .cindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "GnuTLS"
23411 The GnuTLS library does not have a combined function like OpenSSL. Instead,
23412 it allows the caller to specify separate lists of key-exchange methods,
23413 main cipher algorithms, and MAC algorithms. Unfortunately, these lists are
23414 numerical, and the library does not have a function for turning names into
23415 numbers. Consequently, the list of recognized names has to be built into
23416 the application.
23417
23418 At present, Exim permits only the list of main cipher algorithms to be
23419 changed. The &%tls_require_ciphers%& option is in the same format as for
23420 OpenSSL. Exim searches each item for the name of available algorithm. For
23421 example, if the list contains RSA_AES_SHA then AES is recognized.
23422
23423 The cipher algorithms list starts out with a default set of algorithms. If
23424 the first item in &%tls_require_ciphers%& does &'not'& start with an
23425 exclamation mark, all the default items are deleted. Thus, only those specified
23426 can be used. If the first item in &%tls_require_ciphers%& &'does'& start with
23427 an exclamation mark, the defaults are left on the list.
23428
23429 Then, any item that starts with an exclamation mark causes the relevant
23430 algorithms to be removed from the list, and any item that does not start
23431 with an exclamation mark causes the relevant algorithms to be added to the
23432 list. Thus,
23433 .code
23434 tls_require_ciphers = !RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA
23435 .endd
23436 allows all the defaults except those that use ARCFOUR, whereas
23437 .code
23438 tls_require_ciphers = AES : 3DES
23439 .endd
23440 allows only cipher suites that use AES and 3DES. The currently recognized
23441 algorithms are: AES_256, AES_128, AES (both of the preceding), 3DES, and
23442 ARCFOUR_128. Unrecognized algorithms are ignored. In a server, the order of the
23443 list is unimportant; the server will advertise the availability of all the
23444 relevant cipher suites. However, in a client, the order of the list specifies a
23445 preference order for the algorithms. The first one in the client's list that is
23446 also advertised by the server is tried first. The default order is as listed
23447 above.
23448
23449
23450
23451
23452 .section "Configuring an Exim server to use TLS"
23453 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim server"
23454 When Exim has been built with TLS support, it advertises the availability of
23455 the STARTTLS command to client hosts that match &%tls_advertise_hosts%&,
23456 but not to any others. The default value of this option is unset, which means
23457 that STARTTLS is not advertised at all. This default is chosen because you
23458 need to set some other options in order to make TLS avaliable, and also it is
23459 sensible for systems that want to use TLS only as a client.
23460
23461 If a client issues a STARTTLS command and there is some configuration
23462 problem in the server, the command is rejected with a 454 error. If the client
23463 persists in trying to issue SMTP commands, all except QUIT are rejected
23464 with the error
23465 .code
23466 554 Security failure
23467 .endd
23468 If a STARTTLS command is issued within an existing TLS session, it is
23469 rejected with a 554 error code.
23470
23471 To enable TLS operations on a server, you must set &%tls_advertise_hosts%& to
23472 match some hosts. You can, of course, set it to * to match all hosts.
23473 However, this is not all you need to do. TLS sessions to a server won't work
23474 without some further configuration at the server end.
23475
23476 It is rumoured that all existing clients that support TLS/SSL use RSA
23477 encryption. To make this work you need to set, in the server,
23478 .code
23479 tls_certificate = /some/file/name
23480 tls_privatekey = /some/file/name
23481 .endd
23482 These options are, in fact, expanded strings, so you can make them depend on
23483 the identity of the client that is connected if you wish. The first file
23484 contains the server's X509 certificate, and the second contains the private key
23485 that goes with it. These files need to be readable by the Exim user, and must
23486 always be given as full path names. They can be the same file if both the
23487 certificate and the key are contained within it. If &%tls_privatekey%& is not
23488 set, or if its expansion is forced to fail or results in an empty string, this
23489 is assumed to be the case. The certificate file may also contain intermediate
23490 certificates that need to be sent to the client to enable it to authenticate
23491 the server's certificate.
23492
23493 If you do not understand about certificates and keys, please try to find a
23494 source of this background information, which is not Exim-specific. (There are a
23495 few comments below in section &<<SECTcerandall>>&.)
23496
23497 &*Note*&: These options do not apply when Exim is operating as a client &--
23498 they apply only in the case of a server. If you need to use a certificate in an
23499 Exim client, you must set the options of the same names in an &(smtp)&
23500 transport.
23501
23502 With just these options, an Exim server will be able to use TLS. It does not
23503 require the client to have a certificate (but see below for how to insist on
23504 this). There is one other option that may be needed in other situations. If
23505 .code
23506 tls_dhparam = /some/file/name
23507 .endd
23508 is set, the SSL library is initialized for the use of Diffie-Hellman ciphers
23509 with the parameters contained in the file. This increases the set of cipher
23510 suites that the server supports. See the command
23511 .code
23512 openssl dhparam
23513 .endd
23514 for a way of generating this data. At present, &%tls_dhparam%& is used only
23515 when Exim is linked with OpenSSL. It is ignored if GnuTLS is being used.
23516
23517 The strings supplied for these three options are expanded every time a client
23518 host connects. It is therefore possible to use different certificates and keys
23519 for different hosts, if you so wish, by making use of the client's IP address
23520 in &$sender_host_address$& to control the expansion. If a string expansion is
23521 forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the option is not set.
23522
23523 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
23524 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
23525 .cindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
23526 The variable &$tls_cipher$& is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated for
23527 an incoming TLS connection. It is included in the &'Received:'& header of an
23528 incoming message (by default &-- you can, of course, change this), and it is
23529 also included in the log line that records a message's arrival, keyed by
23530 &"X="&, unless the &%tls_cipher%& log selector is turned off. The &%encrypted%&
23531 condition can be used to test for specific cipher suites in ACLs.
23532
23533 The ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands can check the name of the cipher
23534 suite and vary their actions accordingly. The cipher suite names are those used
23535 by OpenSSL. These may differ from the names used elsewhere. For example,
23536 OpenSSL uses the name DES-CBC3-SHA for the cipher suite which in other contexts
23537 is known as TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA. Check the OpenSSL
23538 documentation for more details.
23539
23540
23541
23542 .section "Requesting and verifying client certificates"
23543 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
23544 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
23545 If you want an Exim server to request a certificate when negotiating a TLS
23546 session with a client, you must set either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or
23547 &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. You can, of course, set either of them to * to
23548 apply to all TLS connections. For any host that matches one of these options,
23549 Exim requests a certificate as part of the setup of the TLS session. The
23550 contents of the certificate are verified by comparing it with a list of
23551 expected certificates. These must be available in a file or,
23552 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, identified by
23553 &%tls_verify_certificates%&.
23554
23555 A file can contain multiple certificates, concatenated end to end. If a
23556 directory is used
23557 (OpenSSL only),
23558 each certificate must be in a separate file, with a name (or a symbolic link)
23559 of the form <&'hash'&>.0, where <&'hash'&> is a hash value constructed from the
23560 certificate. You can compute the relevant hash by running the command
23561 .code
23562 openssl x509 -hash -noout -in /cert/file
23563 .endd
23564 where &_/cert/file_& contains a single certificate.
23565
23566 The difference between &%tls_verify_hosts%& and &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is
23567 what happens if the client does not supply a certificate, or if the certificate
23568 does not match any of the certificates in the collection named by
23569 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. If the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&, the
23570 attempt to set up a TLS session is aborted, and the incoming connection is
23571 dropped. If the client matches &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, the (encrypted) SMTP
23572 session continues. ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands can detect the
23573 fact that no certificate was verified, and vary their actions accordingly. For
23574 example, you can insist on a certificate before accepting a message for
23575 relaying, but not when the message is destined for local delivery.
23576
23577 .cindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
23578 When a client supplies a certificate (whether it verifies or not), the value of
23579 the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the variable
23580 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing of the message.
23581
23582 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
23583 Because it is often a long text string, it is not included in the log line or
23584 &'Received:'& header by default. You can arrange for it to be logged, keyed by
23585 &"DN="&, by setting the &%tls_peerdn%& log selector, and you can use
23586 &%received_header_text%& to change the &'Received:'& header. When no
23587 certificate is supplied, &$tls_peerdn$& is empty.
23588
23589
23590 .section "Revoked certificates"
23591 .cindex "TLS" "revoked certificates"
23592 .cindex "revocation list"
23593 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list"
23594 Certificate issuing authorities issue Certificate Revocation Lists (CRLs) when
23595 certificates are revoked. If you have such a list, you can pass it to an Exim
23596 server using the global option called &%tls_crl%& and to an Exim client using
23597 an identically named option for the &(smtp)& transport. In each case, the value
23598 of the option is expanded and must then be the name of a file that contains a
23599 CRL in PEM format.
23600
23601
23602 .section "Configuring an Exim client to use TLS"
23603 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
23604 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
23605 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
23606 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim client"
23607 The &%tls_cipher%& and &%tls_peerdn%& log selectors apply to outgoing SMTP
23608 deliveries as well as to incoming, the latter one causing logging of the
23609 server certificate's DN. The remaining client configuration for TLS is all
23610 within the &(smtp)& transport.
23611
23612 It is not necessary to set any options to have TLS work in the &(smtp)&
23613 transport. If Exim is built with TLS support, and TLS is advertised by a
23614 server, the &(smtp)& transport always tries to start a TLS session. However,
23615 this can be prevented by setting &%hosts_avoid_tls%& (an option of the
23616 transport) to a list of server hosts for which TLS should not be used.
23617
23618 If you do not want Exim to attempt to send messages unencrypted when an attempt
23619 to set up an encrypted connection fails in any way, you can set
23620 &%hosts_require_tls%& to a list of hosts for which encryption is mandatory. For
23621 those hosts, delivery is always deferred if an encrypted connection cannot be
23622 set up. If there are any other hosts for the address, they are tried in the
23623 usual way.
23624
23625 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, Exim may try to deliver
23626 the message unencrypted. It always does this if the response to STARTTLS is
23627 a 5&'xx'& code. For a temporary error code, or for a failure to negotiate a TLS
23628 session after a success response code, what happens is controlled by the
23629 &%tls_tempfail_tryclear%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. If it is false,
23630 delivery to this host is deferred, and other hosts (if available) are tried. If
23631 it is true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'& response to
23632 STARTTLS, and if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent TLS
23633 negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
23634 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
23635 unencrypted.
23636
23637
23638 The &%tls_certificate%& and &%tls_privatekey%& options of the &(smtp)&
23639 transport provide the client with a certificate, which is passed to the server
23640 if it requests it. If the server is Exim, it will request a certificate only if
23641 &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& matches the client. &*Note*&:
23642 These options must be set in the &(smtp)& transport for Exim to use TLS when it
23643 is operating as a client. Exim does not assume that a server certificate (set
23644 by the global options of the same name) should also be used when operating as a
23645 client.
23646
23647 If &%tls_verify_certificates%& is set, it must name a file or,
23648 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, that contains a collection of
23649 expected server certificates. The client verifies the server's certificate
23650 against this collection, taking into account any revoked certificates that are
23651 in the list defined by &%tls_crl%&.
23652
23653 If
23654 &%tls_require_ciphers%& is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it must contain a
23655 list of permitted cipher suites. If either of these checks fails, delivery to
23656 the current host is abandoned, and the &(smtp)& transport tries to deliver to
23657 alternative hosts, if any.
23658
23659 .cindex "&$host$&"
23660 .cindex "&$host_address$&"
23661 All the TLS options in the &(smtp)& transport are expanded before use, with
23662 &$host$& and &$host_address$& containing the name and address of the server to
23663 which the client is connected. Forced failure of an expansion causes Exim to
23664 behave as if the relevant option were unset.
23665
23666
23667
23668 .section "Multiple messages on the same encrypted TCP/IP connection" &&&
23669 "SECTmulmessam"
23670 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries with TLS"
23671 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
23672 Exim sends multiple messages down the same TCP/IP connection by starting up
23673 an entirely new delivery process for each message, passing the socket from
23674 one process to the next. This implementation does not fit well with the use
23675 of TLS, because there is quite a lot of state information associated with a TLS
23676 connection, not just a socket identification. Passing all the state information
23677 to a new process is not feasible. Consequently, Exim shuts down an existing TLS
23678 session before passing the socket to a new process. The new process may then
23679 try to start a new TLS session, and if successful, may try to re-authenticate
23680 if AUTH is in use, before sending the next message.
23681
23682 The RFC is not clear as to whether or not an SMTP session continues in clear
23683 after TLS has been shut down, or whether TLS may be restarted again later, as
23684 just described. However, if the server is Exim, this shutdown and
23685 reinitialization works. It is not known which (if any) other servers operate
23686 successfully if the client closes a TLS session and continues with unencrypted
23687 SMTP, but there are certainly some that do not work. For such servers, Exim
23688 should not pass the socket to another process, because the failure of the
23689 subsequent attempt to use it would cause Exim to record a temporary host error,
23690 and delay other deliveries to that host.
23691
23692 To test for this case, Exim sends an EHLO command to the server after
23693 closing down the TLS session. If this fails in any way, the connection is
23694 closed instead of being passed to a new delivery process, but no retry
23695 information is recorded.
23696
23697 There is also a manual override; you can set &%hosts_nopass_tls%& on the
23698 &(smtp)& transport to match those hosts for which Exim should not pass
23699 connections to new processes if TLS has been used.
23700
23701
23702
23703
23704 .section "Certificates and all that" "SECTcerandall"
23705 .cindex "certificate" "references to discussion"
23706 In order to understand fully how TLS works, you need to know about
23707 certificates, certificate signing, and certificate authorities. This is not the
23708 place to give a tutorial, especially as I do not know very much about it
23709 myself. Some helpful introduction can be found in the FAQ for the SSL addition
23710 to Apache, currently at
23711 .display
23712 &url(http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.7/ssl_faq.html#ToC24)
23713 .endd
23714 Other parts of the &'modssl'& documentation are also helpful, and have
23715 links to further files.
23716 Eric Rescorla's book, &'SSL and TLS'&, published by Addison-Wesley (ISBN
23717 0-201-61598-3), contains both introductory and more in-depth descriptions.
23718 Some sample programs taken from the book are available from
23719 .display
23720 &url(http://www.rtfm.com/openssl-examples/)
23721 .endd
23722
23723
23724 .section "Certificate chains"
23725 The file named by &%tls_certificate%& may contain more than one
23726 certificate. This is useful in the case where the certificate that is being
23727 sent is validated by an intermediate certificate which the other end does
23728 not have. Multiple certificates must be in the correct order in the file.
23729 First the host's certificate itself, then the first intermediate
23730 certificate to validate the issuer of the host certificate, then the next
23731 intermediate certificate to validate the issuer of the first intermediate
23732 certificate, and so on, until finally (optionally) the root certificate.
23733 The root certificate must already be trusted by the recipient for
23734 validation to succeed, of course, but if it's not preinstalled, sending the
23735 root certificate along with the rest makes it available for the user to
23736 install if the receiving end is a client MUA that can interact with a user.
23737
23738
23739 .section "Self-signed certificates"
23740 .cindex "certificate" "self-signed"
23741 You can create a self-signed certificate using the &'req'& command provided
23742 with OpenSSL, like this:
23743 .code
23744 openssl req -x509 -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout file1 -out file2 \
23745 -days 9999 -nodes
23746 .endd
23747 &_file1_& and &_file2_& can be the same file; the key and the certificate are
23748 delimited and so can be identified independently. The &%-days%& option
23749 specifies a period for which the certificate is valid. The &%-nodes%& option is
23750 important: if you do not set it, the key is encrypted with a passphrase
23751 that you are prompted for, and any use that is made of the key causes more
23752 prompting for the passphrase. This is not helpful if you are going to use
23753 this certificate and key in an MTA, where prompting is not possible.
23754
23755 A self-signed certificate made in this way is sufficient for testing, and
23756 may be adequate for all your requirements if you are mainly interested in
23757 encrypting transfers, and not in secure identification.
23758
23759 However, many clients require that the certificate presented by the server be a
23760 user (also called &"leaf"& or &"site"&) certificate, and not a self-signed
23761 certificate. In this situation, the self-signed certificate described above
23762 must be installed on the client host as a trusted root &'certification
23763 authority'& (CA), and the certificate used by Exim must be a user certificate
23764 signed with that self-signed certificate.
23765
23766 For information on creating self-signed CA certificates and using them to sign
23767 user certificates, see the &'General implementation overview'& chapter of the
23768 Open-source PKI book, available online at
23769 &url(http://ospkibook.sourceforge.net/).
23770 .ecindex IIDencsmtp1
23771 .ecindex IIDencsmtp2
23772
23773
23774
23775 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23776 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23777
23778 .chapter "Access control lists" "CHAPACL"
23779 .scindex IIDacl "&ACL;" "description"
23780 .cindex "control of incoming mail"
23781 .cindex "message" "controlling incoming"
23782 .cindex "policy control" "access control lists"
23783 Access Control Lists (ACLs) are defined in a separate section of the run time
23784 configuration file, headed by &"begin acl"&. Each ACL definition starts with a
23785 name, terminated by a colon. Here is a complete ACL section that contains just
23786 one very small ACL:
23787 .code
23788 begin acl
23789
23790 small_acl:
23791 accept hosts = one.host.only
23792 .endd
23793 You can have as many lists as you like in the ACL section, and the order in
23794 which they appear does not matter. The lists are self-terminating.
23795
23796 The majority of ACLs are used to control Exim's behaviour when it receives
23797 certain SMTP commands. This applies both to incoming TCP/IP connections, and
23798 when a local process submits a message using SMTP by specifying the &%-bs%&
23799 option. The most common use is for controlling which recipients are accepted
23800 in incoming messages. In addition, you can define an ACL that is used to check
23801 local non-SMTP messages. The default configuration file contains an example of
23802 a realistic ACL for checking RCPT commands. This is discussed in chapter
23803 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
23804
23805
23806 .section "Testing ACLs"
23807 The &%-bh%& command line option provides a way of testing your ACL
23808 configuration locally by running a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
23809 The host &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a service for checking your
23810 relaying configuration (see section &<<SECTcheralcon>>& for more details).
23811
23812
23813
23814 .section "Specifying when ACLs are used"
23815 .cindex "&ACL;" "options for specifying"
23816 In order to cause an ACL to be used, you have to name it in one of the relevant
23817 options in the main part of the configuration. These options are:
23818 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
23819 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
23820 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
23821 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
23822 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
23823 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
23824 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
23825 .cindex "QUIT" "ACL for"
23826 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
23827 .cindex "STARTTLS" "ACL for"
23828 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
23829 .cindex "SMTP connection" "ACL for"
23830 .cindex "non-smtp message" "ACLs for"
23831 .cindex "MIME parts" "ACL for"
23832
23833 .table2 140pt
23834 .row &~&%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
23835 .new
23836 .row &~&%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
23837 .row &~&%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL at start of non-SMTP message"
23838 .wen
23839 .row &~&%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
23840 .row &~&%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for start of SMTP connection"
23841 .row &~&%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL after DATA is complete"
23842 .row &~&%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
23843 .row &~&%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
23844 .row &~&%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for HELO or EHLO"
23845 .row &~&%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
23846 .row &~&%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL"
23847 .row &~&%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for content-scanning MIME parts"
23848 .row &~&%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL at start of DATA command"
23849 .row &~&%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
23850 .row &~&%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
23851 .row &~&%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
23852 .row &~&%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
23853 .endtable
23854
23855 For example, if you set
23856 .code
23857 acl_smtp_rcpt = small_acl
23858 .endd
23859 the little ACL defined above is used whenever Exim receives a RCPT command
23860 in an SMTP dialogue. The majority of policy tests on incoming messages can be
23861 done when RCPT commands arrive. A rejection of RCPT should cause the
23862 sending MTA to give up on the recipient address contained in the RCPT
23863 command, whereas rejection at other times may cause the client MTA to keep on
23864 trying to deliver the message. It is therefore recommended that you do as much
23865 testing as possible at RCPT time.
23866
23867
23868 .new
23869 .section "The non-SMTP ACLs"
23870 .cindex "non-smtp message" "ACLs for"
23871 The non-SMTP ACLs apply to all non-interactive incoming messages, that is, they
23872 apply to batched SMTP as well as to non-SMTP messages. (Batched SMTP is not
23873 really SMTP.) Many of the ACL conditions (for example, host tests, and tests on
23874 the state of the SMTP connection such as encryption and authentication) are not
23875 relevant and are forbidden in these ACLs. However, the sender and recipients
23876 are known, so the &%senders%& and &%sender_domains%& conditions and the
23877 &$sender_address$& and &$recipients$& variables can be used. Variables such as
23878 &$authenticated_sender$& are also available. You can specify added header lines
23879 in any of these ACLs.
23880
23881 The &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACL is run right at the start of receiving a
23882 non-SMTP message, before any of the message has been read. (This is the
23883 analogue of the &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL for SMTP input.) The result of this
23884 ACL is ignored; it cannot be used to reject a message. If you really need to,
23885 you could set a value in an ACL variable here and reject based on that in the
23886 &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL. However, this ACL can be used to set controls, and in
23887 particular, it can be used to set
23888 .code
23889 control = suppress_local_fixups
23890 .endd
23891 This cannot be used in the other non-SMTP ACLs because by the time they are
23892 run, it is too late.
23893
23894 The &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& ACL is available only when Exim is compiled with the
23895 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
23896
23897 The &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL is run just before the &[local_scan()]& function. Any
23898 kind of rejection is treated as permanent, because there is no way of sending a
23899 temporary error for these kinds of message.
23900
23901
23902 .section "The SMTP connect ACL"
23903 .cindex "SMTP connection" "ACL for"
23904 The ACL test specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& happens at the start of an SMTP
23905 session, after the test specified by &%host_reject_connection%& (which is now
23906 an anomaly) and any TCP Wrappers testing (if configured).
23907 .wen
23908
23909
23910 .section "The DATA ACLs"
23911 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
23912 Two ACLs are associated with the DATA command, because it is two-stage
23913 command, with two responses being sent to the client.
23914 When the DATA command is received, the ACL defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&
23915 is obeyed. This gives you control after all the RCPT commands, but before
23916 the message itself is received. It offers the opportunity to give a negative
23917 response to the DATA command before the data is transmitted. Header lines
23918 added by MAIL or RCPT ACLs are not visible at this time, but any that
23919 are defined here are visible when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is run.
23920
23921 You cannot test the contents of the message, for example, to verify addresses
23922 in the headers, at RCPT time or when the DATA command is received. Such
23923 tests have to appear in the ACL that is run after the message itself has been
23924 received, before the final response to the DATA command is sent. This is
23925 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%&, which is the second ACL that is
23926 associated with the DATA command.
23927
23928 For both of these ACLs, it is not possible to reject individual recipients. An
23929 error response rejects the entire message. Unfortunately, it is known that some
23930 MTAs do not treat hard (5&'xx'&) responses to the DATA command (either
23931 before or after the data) correctly &-- they keep the message on their queues
23932 and try again later, but that is their problem, though it does waste some of
23933 your resources.
23934
23935
23936 .section "The SMTP MIME ACL"
23937 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& option is available only when Exim is compiled with the
23938 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
23939
23940
23941 .section "The QUIT ACL" "SECTQUITACL"
23942 .cindex "QUIT" "ACL for"
23943 The ACL for the SMTP QUIT command is anomalous, in that the outcome of the ACL
23944 does not affect the response code to QUIT, which is always 221. Thus, the ACL
23945 does not in fact control any access. For this reason, the only verbs that are
23946 permitted are &%accept%& and &%warn%&.
23947
23948 This ACL can be used for tasks such as custom logging at the end of an SMTP
23949 session. For example, you can use ACL variables in other ACLs to count
23950 messages, recipients, etc., and log the totals at QUIT time using one or
23951 more &%logwrite%& modifiers on a &%warn%& verb.
23952
23953 &*Warning*&: Only the &$acl_c$&&'x'& variables can be used for this, because
23954 the &$acl_m$&&'x'& variables are reset at the end of each incoming message.
23955
23956 You do not need to have a final &%accept%&, but if you do, you can use a
23957 &%message%& modifier to specify custom text that is sent as part of the 221
23958 response to QUIT.
23959
23960 This ACL is run only for a &"normal"& QUIT. For certain kinds of disastrous
23961 failure (for example, failure to open a log file, or when Exim is bombing out
23962 because it has detected an unrecoverable error), all SMTP commands from the
23963 client are given temporary error responses until QUIT is received or the
23964 connection is closed. In these special cases, the QUIT ACL does not run.
23965
23966
23967
23968 .section "Finding an ACL to use"
23969 .cindex "&ACL;" "finding which to use"
23970 The value of an &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& option is expanded before use, so
23971 you can use different ACLs in different circumstances. For example,
23972 .code
23973 acl_smtp_rcpt = ${if ={25}{$interface_port} \
23974 {acl_check_rcpt} {acl_check_rcpt_submit} }
23975 .endd
23976 In the default configuration file there are some example settings for
23977 providing an RFC 4409 message submission service on port 587 and a
23978 non-standard &"smtps"& service on port 465. You can use a string
23979 expansion like this to choose an ACL for MUAs on these ports which is
23980 more appropriate for this purpose than the default ACL on port 25.
23981
23982 The expanded string does not have to be the name of an ACL in the
23983 configuration file; there are other possibilities. Having expanded the
23984 string, Exim searches for an ACL as follows:
23985
23986 .ilist
23987 If the string begins with a slash, Exim uses it as a file name, and reads its
23988 contents as an ACL. The lines are processed in the same way as lines in the
23989 Exim configuration file. In particular, continuation lines are supported, blank
23990 lines are ignored, as are lines whose first non-whitespace character is &"#"&.
23991 If the file does not exist or cannot be read, an error occurs (typically
23992 causing a temporary failure of whatever caused the ACL to be run). For example:
23993 .code
23994 acl_smtp_data = /etc/acls/\
23995 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch\
23996 {/etc/acllist}{$value}{default}}
23997 .endd
23998 This looks up an ACL file to use on the basis of the host's IP address, falling
23999 back to a default if the lookup fails. If an ACL is successfully read from a
24000 file, it is retained in memory for the duration of the Exim process, so that it
24001 can be re-used without having to re-read the file.
24002 .next
24003 If the string does not start with a slash, and does not contain any spaces,
24004 Exim searches the ACL section of the configuration for an ACL whose name
24005 matches the string.
24006 .next
24007 If no named ACL is found, or if the string contains spaces, Exim parses
24008 the string as an inline ACL. This can save typing in cases where you just
24009 want to have something like
24010 .code
24011 acl_smtp_vrfy = accept
24012 .endd
24013 in order to allow free use of the VRFY command. Such a string may contain
24014 newlines; it is processed in the same way as an ACL that is read from a file.
24015 .endlist
24016
24017
24018
24019
24020 .section "ACL return codes"
24021 .cindex "&ACL;" "return codes"
24022 Except for the QUIT ACL, which does not affect the SMTP return code (see
24023 section &<<SECTQUITACL>>& above), the result of running an ACL is either
24024 &"accept"& or &"deny"&, or, if some test cannot be completed (for example, if a
24025 database is down), &"defer"&. These results cause 2&'xx'&, 5&'xx'&, and 4&'xx'&
24026 return codes, respectively, to be used in the SMTP dialogue. A fourth return,
24027 &"error"&, occurs when there is an error such as invalid syntax in the ACL.
24028 This also causes a 4&'xx'& return code.
24029
24030 For the non-SMTP ACL, &"defer"& and &"error"& are treated in the same way as
24031 &"deny"&, because there is no mechanism for passing temporary errors to the
24032 submitters of non-SMTP messages.
24033
24034
24035 ACLs that are relevant to message reception may also return &"discard"&. This
24036 has the effect of &"accept"&, but causes either the entire message or an
24037 individual recipient address to be discarded. In other words, it is a
24038 blackholing facility. Use it with care.
24039
24040 If the ACL for MAIL returns &"discard"&, all recipients are discarded, and no
24041 ACL is run for subsequent RCPT commands. The effect of &"discard"& in a
24042 RCPT ACL is to discard just the one recipient address. If there are no
24043 recipients left when the message's data is received, the DATA ACL is not
24044 run. A &"discard"& return from the DATA or the non-SMTP ACL discards all the
24045 remaining recipients. The &"discard"& return is not permitted for the
24046 &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL.
24047
24048
24049 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "when all recipients discarded"
24050 The &[local_scan()]& function is always run, even if there are no remaining
24051 recipients; it may create new recipients.
24052
24053
24054
24055 .section "Unset ACL options"
24056 .cindex "&ACL;" "unset options"
24057 The default actions when any of the &%acl_%&&'xxx'& options are unset are not
24058 all the same. &*Note*&: These defaults apply only when the relevant ACL is
24059 not defined at all. For any defined ACL, the default action when control
24060 reaches the end of the ACL statements is &"deny"&.
24061
24062 .new
24063 For &%acl_smtp_quit%& and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& there is no default because
24064 these two are ACLs that are used only for their side effects. They cannot be
24065 used to accept or reject anything.
24066 .wen
24067
24068 For &%acl_not_smtp%&, &%acl_smtp_auth%&, &%acl_smtp_connect%&,
24069 &%acl_smtp_data%&, &%acl_smtp_helo%&, &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&,
24070 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&, and &%acl_smtp_starttls%&, the action
24071 when the ACL is not defined is &"accept"&.
24072
24073 For the others (&%acl_smtp_etrn%&, &%acl_smtp_expn%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, and
24074 &%acl_smtp_vrfy%&), the action when the ACL is not defined is &"deny"&.
24075 This means that &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& must be defined in order to receive any
24076 messages over an SMTP connection. For an example, see the ACL in the default
24077 configuration file.
24078
24079
24080
24081
24082 .section "Data for message ACLs"
24083 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for message ACL"
24084 .cindex &$domain$&
24085 .cindex &$local_part$&
24086 .cindex &$sender_address$&
24087 .cindex &$sender_host_address$&
24088 .cindex &$smtp_command$&
24089 When a MAIL or RCPT ACL, or either of the DATA ACLs, is running, the variables
24090 that contain information about the host and the message's sender (for example,
24091 &$sender_host_address$& and &$sender_address$&) are set, and can be used in ACL
24092 statements. In the case of RCPT (but not MAIL or DATA), &$domain$& and
24093 &$local_part$& are set from the argument address. The entire SMTP command
24094 is available in &$smtp_command$&.
24095
24096 When an ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL is running, the variables that
24097 contain information about the host are set, but &$sender_address$& is not yet
24098 set. Section &<<SECTauthparamail>>& contains a discussion of this parameter and
24099 how it is used.
24100
24101 .cindex "&$message_size$&"
24102 The &$message_size$& variable is set to the value of the SIZE parameter on
24103 the MAIL command at MAIL, RCPT and pre-data time, or to -1 if
24104 that parameter is not given. The value is updated to the true message size by
24105 the time the final DATA ACL is run (after the message data has been
24106 received).
24107
24108 .cindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
24109 .cindex "&$recipients_count$&"
24110 The &$rcpt_count$& variable increases by one for each RCPT command received.
24111 The &$recipients_count$& variable increases by one each time a RCPT command is
24112 accepted, so while an ACL for RCPT is being processed, it contains the number
24113 of previously accepted recipients. At DATA time (for both the DATA ACLs),
24114 &$rcpt_count$& contains the total number of RCPT commands, and
24115 &$recipients_count$& contains the total number of accepted recipients.
24116
24117
24118
24119
24120
24121 .section "Data for non-message ACLs" "SECTdatfornon"
24122 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for non-message ACL"
24123 .cindex &$smtp_command_argument$&
24124 .cindex &$smtp_command$&
24125 When an ACL is being run for AUTH, EHLO, ETRN, EXPN, HELO, STARTTLS, or VRFY,
24126 the remainder of the SMTP command line is placed in &$smtp_command_argument$&,
24127 and the entire SMTP command is available in &$smtp_command$&.
24128 These variables can be tested using a &%condition%& condition. For example,
24129 here is an ACL for use with AUTH, which insists that either the session is
24130 encrypted, or the CRAM-MD5 authentication method is used. In other words, it
24131 does not permit authentication methods that use cleartext passwords on
24132 unencrypted connections.
24133 .code
24134 acl_check_auth:
24135 accept encrypted = *
24136 accept condition = ${if eq{${uc:$smtp_command_argument}}\
24137 {CRAM-MD5}}
24138 deny message = TLS encryption or CRAM-MD5 required
24139 .endd
24140 (Another way of applying this restriction is to arrange for the authenticators
24141 that use cleartext passwords not to be advertised when the connection is not
24142 encrypted. You can use the generic &%server_advertise_condition%& authenticator
24143 option to do this.)
24144
24145
24146
24147 .section "Format of an ACL"
24148 .cindex "&ACL;" "format of"
24149 .cindex "&ACL;" "verbs; definition of"
24150 An individual ACL consists of a number of statements. Each statement starts
24151 with a verb, optionally followed by a number of conditions and &"modifiers"&.
24152 Modifiers can change the way the verb operates, define error and log messages,
24153 set variables, insert delays, and vary the processing of accepted messages.
24154
24155 If all the conditions are met, the verb is obeyed. The same condition may be
24156 used (with different arguments) more than once in the same statement. This
24157 provides a means of specifying an &"and"& conjunction between conditions. For
24158 example:
24159 .code
24160 deny dnslists = list1.example
24161 dnslists = list2.example
24162 .endd
24163 If there are no conditions, the verb is always obeyed. Exim stops evaluating
24164 the conditions and modifiers when it reaches a condition that fails. What
24165 happens then depends on the verb (and in one case, on a special modifier). Not
24166 all the conditions make sense at every testing point. For example, you cannot
24167 test a sender address in the ACL that is run for a VRFY command.
24168
24169
24170 .section "ACL verbs"
24171 The ACL verbs are as follows:
24172
24173 .ilist
24174 .cindex "&%accept%&" "ACL verb"
24175 &%accept%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"accept"&. If any
24176 of the conditions are not met, what happens depends on whether &%endpass%&
24177 appears among the conditions (for syntax see below). If the failing condition
24178 is before &%endpass%&, control is passed to the next ACL statement; if it is
24179 after &%endpass%&, the ACL returns &"deny"&. Consider this statement, used to
24180 check a RCPT command:
24181 .code
24182 accept domains = +local_domains
24183 endpass
24184 verify = recipient
24185 .endd
24186 If the recipient domain does not match the &%domains%& condition, control
24187 passes to the next statement. If it does match, the recipient is verified, and
24188 the command is accepted if verification succeeds. However, if verification
24189 fails, the ACL yields &"deny"&, because the failing condition is after
24190 &%endpass%&.
24191
24192 .next
24193 .cindex "&%defer%&" "ACL verb"
24194 &%defer%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"defer"& which, in
24195 an SMTP session, causes a 4&'xx'& response to be given. For a non-SMTP ACL,
24196 &%defer%& is the same as &%deny%&, because there is no way of sending a
24197 temporary error. For a RCPT command, &%defer%& is much the same as using a
24198 &(redirect)& router and &`:defer:`& while verifying, but the &%defer%& verb can
24199 be used in any ACL, and even for a recipient it might be a simpler approach.
24200 .next
24201 .cindex "&%deny%&" "ACL verb"
24202 &%deny%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. If any of
24203 the conditions are not met, control is passed to the next ACL statement. For
24204 example,
24205 .code
24206 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
24207 .endd
24208 rejects commands from hosts that are on a DNS black list.
24209
24210 .next
24211 .cindex "&%discard%&" "ACL verb"
24212 &%discard%&: This verb behaves like &%accept%&, except that it returns
24213 &"discard"& from the ACL instead of &"accept"&. It is permitted only on ACLs
24214 that are concerned with receiving messages, and it causes recipients to be
24215 discarded. If the &%log_message%& modifier is set when &%discard%& operates,
24216 its contents are added to the line that is automatically written to the log.
24217
24218 If &%discard%& is used in an ACL for RCPT, just the one recipient is
24219 discarded; if used for MAIL, DATA or in the non-SMTP ACL, all the
24220 message's recipients are discarded. Recipients that are discarded before
24221 DATA do not appear in the log line when the &%log_recipients%& log selector
24222 is set.
24223 .next
24224 .cindex "&%drop%&" "ACL verb"
24225 &%drop%&: This verb behaves like &%deny%&, except that an SMTP connection is
24226 forcibly closed after the 5&'xx'& error message has been sent. For example:
24227 .code
24228 drop message = I don't take more than 20 RCPTs
24229 condition = ${if > {$rcpt_count}{20}}
24230 .endd
24231 There is no difference between &%deny%& and &%drop%& for the connect-time ACL.
24232 The connection is always dropped after sending a 550 response.
24233
24234 .next
24235 .cindex "&%require%&" "ACL verb"
24236 &%require%&: If all the conditions are met, control is passed to the next ACL
24237 statement. If any of the conditions are not met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. For
24238 example, when checking a RCPT command,
24239 .code
24240 require verify = sender
24241 .endd
24242 passes control to subsequent statements only if the message's sender can be
24243 verified. Otherwise, it rejects the command.
24244
24245 .next
24246 .new
24247 .cindex "&%warn%&" "ACL verb"
24248 &%warn%&: If all the conditions are true, a line specified by the
24249 &%log_message%& modifier is written to Exim's main log. Control always passes
24250 to the next ACL statement. If any condition is false, the log line is not
24251 written. If an identical log line is requested several times in the same
24252 message, only one copy is actually written to the log. If you want to force
24253 duplicates to be written, use the &%logwrite%& modifier instead.
24254
24255 If &%log_message%& is not present, a &%warn%& verb just checks its conditions
24256 and obeys any &"immediate"& modifiers (such as &%control%&, &%set%&,
24257 &%logwrite%&, and &%add_header%&) that appear before any failing conditions.
24258 There is more about adding header lines in section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
24259
24260 If any condition on a &%warn%& statement cannot be completed (that is, there is
24261 some sort of defer), the log line specified by &%log_message%& is not written.
24262 No further conditions or modifiers in the &%warn%& statement are processed. The
24263 incident is logged, and the ACL continues to be processed, from the next
24264 statement onwards.
24265 .wen
24266
24267
24268 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
24269 When one of the &%warn%& conditions is an address verification that fails, the
24270 text of the verification failure message is in &$acl_verify_message$&. If you
24271 want this logged, you must set it up explicitly. For example:
24272 .code
24273 warn !verify = sender
24274 log_message = sender verify failed: $acl_verify_message
24275 .endd
24276 .endlist
24277
24278 At the end of each ACL there is an implicit unconditional &%deny%&.
24279
24280 As you can see from the examples above, the conditions and modifiers are
24281 written one to a line, with the first one on the same line as the verb, and
24282 subsequent ones on following lines. If you have a very long condition, you can
24283 continue it onto several physical lines by the usual backslash continuation
24284 mechanism. It is conventional to align the conditions vertically.
24285
24286
24287
24288 .section "ACL variables" "SECTaclvariables"
24289 .cindex "&ACL;" "variables"
24290 There are some special variables that can be set during ACL processing. They
24291 can be used to pass information between different ACLs, different invocations
24292 of the same ACL in the same SMTP connection, and between ACLs and the routers,
24293 transports, and filters that are used to deliver a message. There are two sets
24294 of these variables:
24295
24296 .ilist
24297 The values of &$acl_c0$& to &$acl_c19$& persist throughout an SMTP
24298 connection. They are never reset. Thus, a value that is set while receiving one
24299 message is still available when receiving the next message on the same SMTP
24300 connection.
24301 .next
24302 The values of &$acl_m0$& to &$acl_m19$& persist only while a message is
24303 being received. They are reset afterwards. They are also reset by MAIL, RSET,
24304 EHLO, HELO, and after starting up a TLS session.
24305 .endlist
24306
24307 When a message is accepted, the current values of all the ACL variables are
24308 preserved with the message and are subsequently made available at delivery
24309 time. The ACL variables are set by a modifier called &%set%&. For example:
24310 .code
24311 accept hosts = whatever
24312 set acl_m4 = some value
24313 .endd
24314 &*Note*&: A leading dollar sign is not used when naming a variable that is to
24315 be set. If you want to set a variable without taking any action, you can use a
24316 &%warn%& verb without any other modifiers or conditions.
24317
24318
24319
24320 .section "Condition and modifier processing"
24321 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; processing"
24322 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; processing"
24323 An exclamation mark preceding a condition negates its result. For example:
24324 .code
24325 deny domains = *.dom.example
24326 !verify = recipient
24327 .endd
24328 causes the ACL to return &"deny"& if the recipient domain ends in
24329 &'dom.example'& and the recipient address cannot be verified. Sometimes
24330 negation can be used on the right-hand side of a condition. For example, these
24331 two statements are equivalent:
24332 .code
24333 deny hosts = !192.168.3.4
24334 deny !hosts = 192.168.3.4
24335 .endd
24336 However, for many conditions (&%verify%& being a good example), only left-hand
24337 side negation of the whole condition is possible.
24338
24339 The arguments of conditions and modifiers are expanded. A forced failure
24340 of an expansion causes a condition to be ignored, that is, it behaves as if the
24341 condition is true. Consider these two statements:
24342 .code
24343 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
24344 {/some/file}{$value}fail}
24345 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
24346 {/some/file}{$value}{}}
24347 .endd
24348 Each attempts to look up a list of acceptable senders. If the lookup succeeds,
24349 the returned list is searched, but if the lookup fails the behaviour is
24350 different in the two cases. The &%fail%& in the first statement causes the
24351 condition to be ignored, leaving no further conditions. The &%accept%& verb
24352 therefore succeeds. The second statement, however, generates an empty list when
24353 the lookup fails. No sender can match an empty list, so the condition fails,
24354 and therefore the &%accept%& also fails.
24355
24356 ACL modifiers appear mixed in with conditions in ACL statements. Some of them
24357 specify actions that are taken as the conditions for a statement are checked;
24358 others specify text for messages that are used when access is denied or a
24359 warning is generated. The &%control%& modifier affects the way an incoming
24360 message is handled.
24361
24362 The positioning of the modifiers in an ACL statement important, because the
24363 processing of a verb ceases as soon as its outcome is known. Only those
24364 modifiers that have already been encountered will take effect. For example,
24365 consider this use of the &%message%& modifier:
24366 .code
24367 require message = Can't verify sender
24368 verify = sender
24369 message = Can't verify recipient
24370 verify = recipient
24371 message = This message cannot be used
24372 .endd
24373 If sender verification fails, Exim knows that the result of the statement is
24374 &"deny"&, so it goes no further. The first &%message%& modifier has been seen,
24375 so its text is used as the error message. If sender verification succeeds, but
24376 recipient verification fails, the second message is used. If recipient
24377 verification succeeds, the third message becomes &"current"&, but is never used
24378 because there are no more conditions to cause failure.
24379
24380 For the &%deny%& verb, on the other hand, it is always the last &%message%&
24381 modifier that is used, because all the conditions must be true for rejection to
24382 happen. Specifying more than one &%message%& modifier does not make sense, and
24383 the message can even be specified after all the conditions. For example:
24384 .code
24385 deny hosts = ...
24386 !senders = *@my.domain.example
24387 message = Invalid sender from client host
24388 .endd
24389 The &"deny"& result does not happen until the end of the statement is reached,
24390 by which time Exim has set up the message.
24391
24392
24393
24394 .section "ACL modifiers" "SECTACLmodi"
24395 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; list of"
24396 The ACL modifiers are as follows:
24397
24398 .vlist
24399 .vitem &*add_header*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
24400 This modifier specifies one or more header lines that are to be added to an
24401 incoming message, assuming, of course, that the message is ultimately
24402 accepted. For details, see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
24403
24404 .vitem &*control*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
24405 .cindex "&%control%&" "ACL modifier"
24406 This modifier affects the subsequent processing of the SMTP connection or of an
24407 incoming message that is accepted. The effect of the first type of control
24408 lasts for the duration of the connection, whereas the effect of the second type
24409 lasts only until the current message has been received. The message-specific
24410 controls always apply to the whole message, not to individual recipients,
24411 even if the &%control%& modifier appears in a RCPT ACL.
24412
24413 As there are now quite a few controls that can be applied, they are described
24414 separately in section &<<SECTcontrols>>&. The &%control%& modifier can be used
24415 in several different ways. For example:
24416
24417 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
24418 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
24419
24420 .ilist
24421 It can be at the end of an &%accept%& statement:
24422 .code
24423 accept ...some conditions
24424 control = queue_only
24425 .endd
24426 In this case, the control is applied when this statement yields &"accept"&, in
24427 other words, when the conditions are all true.
24428
24429 .next
24430 It can be in the middle of an &%accept%& statement:
24431 .code
24432 accept ...some conditions...
24433 control = queue_only
24434 ...some more conditions...
24435 .endd
24436 If the first set of conditions are true, the control is applied, even if the
24437 statement does not accept because one of the second set of conditions is false.
24438 In this case, some subsequent statement must yield &"accept"& for the control
24439 to be relevant.
24440
24441 .next
24442 It can be used with &%warn%& to apply the control, leaving the
24443 decision about accepting or denying to a subsequent verb. For
24444 example:
24445 .code
24446 warn ...some conditions...
24447 control = freeze
24448 accept ...
24449 .endd
24450 This example of &%warn%& does not contain &%message%&, &%log_message%&, or
24451 &%logwrite%&, so it does not add anything to the message and does not write a
24452 log entry.
24453
24454 .next
24455 If you want to apply a control unconditionally, you can use it with a
24456 &%require%& verb. For example:
24457 .code
24458 require control = no_multiline_response
24459 .endd
24460 .endlist
24461
24462 .vitem &*delay*&&~=&~<&'time'&>
24463 .cindex "&%delay%&" "ACL modifier"
24464 .cindex "&%-bh%& option"
24465 This modifier causes Exim to wait for the time interval before proceeding. The
24466 time is given in the usual Exim notation. This modifier may appear in any ACL.
24467 The delay happens as soon as the modifier is processed. However, when testing
24468 Exim using the &%-bh%& option, the delay is not actually imposed (an
24469 appropriate message is output instead).
24470
24471 Like &%control%&, &%delay%& can be used with &%accept%& or &%deny%&, for
24472 example:
24473 .code
24474 deny ...some conditions...
24475 delay = 30s
24476 .endd
24477 The delay happens if all the conditions are true, before the statement returns
24478 &"deny"&. Compare this with:
24479 .code
24480 deny delay = 30s
24481 ...some conditions...
24482 .endd
24483 which waits for 30s before processing the conditions. The &%delay%& modifier
24484 can also be used with &%warn%& and together with &%control%&:
24485 .code
24486 warn ...some conditions...
24487 delay = 2m
24488 control = freeze
24489 accept ...
24490 .endd
24491
24492 .vitem &*endpass*&
24493 .cindex "&%endpass%&" "ACL modifier"
24494 This modifier, which has no argument, is recognized only in &%accept%&
24495 statements. It marks the boundary between the conditions whose failure causes
24496 control to pass to the next statement, and the conditions whose failure causes
24497 the ACL to return &"deny"&. See the description of &%accept%& above.
24498
24499 .vitem &*log_message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
24500 .cindex "&%log_message%&" "ACL modifier"
24501 This modifier sets up a message that is used as part of the log message if the
24502 ACL denies access or a &%warn%& statement's conditions are true. For example:
24503 .code
24504 require log_message = wrong cipher suite $tls_cipher
24505 encrypted = DES-CBC3-SHA
24506 .endd
24507 &%log_message%& adds to any underlying error message that may exist because of
24508 the condition failure. For example, while verifying a recipient address, a
24509 &':fail:'& redirection might have already set up a message. Although the
24510 message is usually defined before the conditions to which it applies, the
24511 expansion does not happen until Exim decides that access is to be denied. This
24512 means that any variables that are set by the condition are available for
24513 inclusion in the message. For example, the &$dnslist_$&<&'xxx'&> variables are
24514 set after a DNS black list lookup succeeds. If the expansion of &%log_message%&
24515 fails, or if the result is an empty string, the modifier is ignored.
24516
24517 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
24518 If you want to use a &%warn%& statement to log the result of an address
24519 verification, you can use &$acl_verify_message$& to include the verification
24520 error message.
24521
24522 If &%log_message%& is used with a &%warn%& statement, &"Warning:"& is added to
24523 the start of the logged message. If the same warning log message is requested
24524 more than once while receiving a single email message, only one copy is
24525 actually logged. If you want to log multiple copies, use &%logwrite%& instead
24526 of &%log_message%&. In the absence of &%log_message%& and &%logwrite%&, nothing
24527 is logged for a succesful &%warn%& statement.
24528
24529 If &%log_message%& is not present and there is no underlying error message (for
24530 example, from the failure of address verification), but &%message%& is present,
24531 the &%message%& text is used for logging rejections. However, if any text for
24532 logging contains newlines, only the first line is logged. In the absence of
24533 both &%log_message%& and &%message%&, a default built-in message is used for
24534 logging rejections.
24535
24536 .vitem &*logwrite*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
24537 .cindex "&%logwrite%&" "ACL modifier"
24538 .cindex "logging in ACL" "immediate"
24539 This modifier writes a message to a log file as soon as it is encountered when
24540 processing an ACL. (Compare &%log_message%&, which, except in the case of
24541 &%warn%&, is used only if the ACL statement denies access.) The &%logwrite%&
24542 modifier can be used to log special incidents in ACLs. For example:
24543 .display
24544 &`accept `&<&'some special conditions'&>
24545 &` control = freeze`&
24546 &` logwrite = froze message because ...`&
24547 .endd
24548 By default, the message is written to the main log. However, it may begin
24549 with a colon, followed by a comma-separated list of log names, and then
24550 another colon, to specify exactly which logs are to be written. For
24551 example:
24552 .code
24553 logwrite = :main,reject: text for main and reject logs
24554 logwrite = :panic: text for panic log only
24555 .endd
24556
24557 .vitem &*message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
24558 .cindex "&%message%&" "ACL modifier"
24559 This modifier sets up a text string that is expanded and used as an error
24560 message if the current statement causes the ACL to deny access. The expansion
24561 happens at the time Exim decides that access is to be denied, not at the time
24562 it processes &%message%&. If the expansion fails, or generates an empty string,
24563 the modifier is ignored. For ACLs that are triggered by SMTP commands, the
24564 message is returned as part of the SMTP error response.
24565
24566 .new
24567 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
24568 By default, Exim uses a 550 SMTP code when it denies access. However, if the
24569 message starts with three digits followed by a space, optionally followed by an
24570 extended code of the form &'n.n.n'&, also followed by a space, and the very
24571 first digit is the same as the default error code, the code from the message is
24572 used instead. If the very first digit is incorrect, a panic error is logged,
24573 and the default code is used.
24574 .wen
24575
24576 The text is literal; any quotes are taken as literals, but because the string
24577 is expanded, backslash escapes are processed anyway. If the message contains
24578 newlines, this gives rise to a multi-line SMTP response. Like &%log_message%&,
24579 the contents of &%message%& are not expanded until after a condition has
24580 failed.
24581
24582 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
24583 If &%message%& is used on a statement that verifies an address, the message
24584 specified overrides any message that is generated by the verification process.
24585 However, the original message is available in the variable
24586 &$acl_verify_message$&, so you can incorporate it into your message if you
24587 wish. In particular, if you want the text from &%:fail:%& items in &(redirect)&
24588 routers to be passed back as part of the SMTP response, you should either not
24589 use a &%message%& modifier, or make use of &$acl_verify_message$&.
24590
24591 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, a &%message%& modifier that
24592 is used with a &%warn%& verb behaves in a similar way to the &%add_header%&
24593 modifier, but this usage is now deprecated. However, &%message%& acts only when
24594 all the conditions are true, wherever it appears in an ACL command, whereas
24595 &%add_header%& acts as soon as it is encountered. If &%message%& is used with
24596 &%warn%& in an ACL that is not concerned with receiving a message, it has no
24597 effect.
24598
24599 .vitem &*set*&&~<&'acl_name'&>&~=&~<&'value'&>
24600 .cindex "&%set%&" "ACL modifier"
24601 This modifier puts a value into one of the ACL variables (see section
24602 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&).
24603 .endlist
24604
24605
24606
24607
24608
24609 .section "Use of the control modifier" "SECTcontrols"
24610 .cindex "&%control%&" "ACL modifier"
24611 The &%control%& modifier supports the following settings:
24612
24613 .vlist
24614 .vitem &*control&~=&~allow_auth_unadvertised*&
24615 This modifier allows a client host to use the SMTP AUTH command even when it
24616 has not been advertised in response to EHLO. Furthermore, because there are
24617 apparently some really broken clients that do this, Exim will accept AUTH after
24618 HELO (rather than EHLO) when this control is set. It should be used only if you
24619 really need it, and you should limit its use to those broken clients that do
24620 not work without it. For example:
24621 .code
24622 warn hosts = 192.168.34.25
24623 control = allow_auth_unadvertised
24624 .endd
24625 Normally, when an Exim server receives an AUTH command, it checks the name of
24626 the authentication mechanism that is given in the command to ensure that it
24627 matches an advertised mechanism. When this control is set, the check that a
24628 mechanism has been advertised is bypassed. Any configured mechanism can be used
24629 by the client. This control is permitted only in the connection and HELO ACLs.
24630
24631
24632 .vitem &*control&~=&~caseful_local_part*&
24633 See below.
24634
24635 .vitem &*control&~=&~caselower_local_part*&
24636 .cindex "&ACL;" "case of local part in"
24637 .cindex "case of local parts"
24638 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
24639 These two controls are permitted only in the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
24640 (that is, during RCPT processing). By default, the contents of &$local_part$&
24641 are lower cased before ACL processing. If &"caseful_local_part"& is specified,
24642 any uppercase letters in the original local part are restored in &$local_part$&
24643 for the rest of the ACL, or until a control that sets &"caselower_local_part"&
24644 is encountered.
24645
24646 These controls affect only the current recipient. Moreover, they apply only to
24647 local part handling that takes place directly in the ACL (for example, as a key
24648 in lookups). If a test to verify the recipient is obeyed, the case-related
24649 handling of the local part during the verification is controlled by the router
24650 configuration (see the &%caseful_local_part%& generic router option).
24651
24652 This facility could be used, for example, to add a spam score to local parts
24653 containing upper case letters. For example, using &$acl_m4$& to accumulate the
24654 spam score:
24655 .code
24656 warn control = caseful_local_part
24657 set acl_m4 = ${eval:\
24658 $acl_m4 + \
24659 ${if match{$local_part}{[A-Z]}{1}{0}}\
24660 }
24661 control = caselower_local_part
24662 .endd
24663 Notice that we put back the lower cased version afterwards, assuming that
24664 is what is wanted for subsequent tests.
24665
24666 .vitem &*control&~=&~enforce_sync*&
24667 See below.
24668
24669 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_enforce_sync*&
24670 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
24671 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
24672 These controls make it possible to be selective about when SMTP synchronization
24673 is enforced. The global option &%smtp_enforce_sync%& specifies the initial
24674 state of the switch (it is true by default). See the description of this option
24675 in chapter &<<CHAPmainconfig>>& for details of SMTP synchronization checking.
24676
24677 The effect of these two controls lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
24678 connection. They can appear in any ACL except the one for the non-SMTP
24679 messages. The most straightforward place to put them is in the ACL defined by
24680 &%acl_smtp_connect%&, which is run at the start of an incoming SMTP connection,
24681 before the first synchronization check. The expected use is to turn off the
24682 synchronization checks for badly-behaved hosts that you nevertheless need to
24683 work with.
24684
24685
24686 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakedefer/*&<&'message'&>
24687 .cindex "fake defer"
24688 .cindex "defer" "fake"
24689 This control works in exactly the same way as &%fakereject%& (described below)
24690 except that it causes an SMTP 450 response after the message data instead of a
24691 550 response. You must take care when using &%fakedefer%& because it causes the
24692 messages to be duplicated when the sender retries. Therefore, you should not
24693 use &%fakedefer%& if the message is to be delivered normally.
24694
24695 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakereject/*&<&'message'&>
24696 .cindex "fake rejection"
24697 .cindex "rejection" "fake"
24698 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and DATA ACLs, in other
24699 words, only when an SMTP message is being received. If Exim accepts the
24700 message, instead the final 250 response, a 550 rejection message is sent.
24701 However, Exim proceeds to deliver the message as normal. The control applies
24702 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
24703 the same SMTP connection.
24704
24705 The text for the 550 response is taken from the &%control%& modifier. If no
24706 message is supplied, the following is used:
24707 .code
24708 550-Your message has been rejected but is being
24709 550-kept for evaluation.
24710 550-If it was a legitimate message, it may still be
24711 550 delivered to the target recipient(s).
24712 .endd
24713 This facilty should be used with extreme caution.
24714
24715 .vitem &*control&~=&~freeze*&
24716 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing in ACL"
24717 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
24718 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
24719 it is placed on Exim's queue and frozen. The control applies only to the
24720 current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the same
24721 SMTP connection.
24722
24723 This modifier can optionally be followed by &`/no_tell`&. If the global option
24724 &%freeze_tell%& is set, it is ignored for the current message (that is, nobody
24725 is told about the freezing), provided all the &*control=freeze*& modifiers that
24726 are obeyed for the current message have the &`/no_tell`& option.
24727
24728
24729 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_mbox_unspool*&
24730 This control is available when Exim is compiled with the content scanning
24731 extension. Content scanning may require a copy of the current message, or parts
24732 of it, to be written in &"mbox format"& to a spool file, for passing to a virus
24733 or spam scanner. Normally, such copies are deleted when they are no longer
24734 needed. If this control is set, the copies are not deleted. The control applies
24735 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
24736 the same SMTP connection. It is provided for debugging purposes and is unlikely
24737 to be useful in production.
24738
24739 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_multiline_response*&
24740 .cindex "multiline responses" "suppressing"
24741 This control is permitted for any ACL except the one for non-SMTP messages.
24742 It seems that there are broken clients in use that cannot handle multiline
24743 SMTP responses, despite the fact that RFC 821 defined them over 20 years ago.
24744
24745 If this control is set, multiline SMTP responses from ACL rejections are
24746 suppressed. One way of doing this would have been to put out these responses as
24747 one long line. However, RFC 2821 specifies a maximum of 512 bytes per response
24748 (&"use multiline responses for more"& it says &-- ha!), and some of the
24749 responses might get close to that. So this facility, which is after all only a
24750 sop to broken clients, is implemented by doing two very easy things:
24751
24752 .ilist
24753 Extra information that is normally output as part of a rejection caused by
24754 sender verification failure is omitted. Only the final line (typically &"sender
24755 verification failed"&) is sent.
24756 .next
24757 If a &%message%& modifier supplies a multiline response, only the first
24758 line is output.
24759 .endlist
24760
24761 The setting of the switch can, of course, be made conditional on the
24762 calling host. Its effect lasts until the end of the SMTP connection.
24763
24764 .vitem &*control&~=&~queue_only*&
24765 .cindex "&%queue_only%&"
24766 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
24767 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
24768 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
24769 it is placed on Exim's queue and left there for delivery by a subsequent queue
24770 runner. No immediate delivery process is started. In other words, it has the
24771 effect as the &%queue_only%& global option. However, the control applies only
24772 to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the
24773 same SMTP connection.
24774
24775 .vitem &*control&~=&~submission/*&<&'options'&>
24776 .cindex "message" "submission"
24777 .cindex "submission mode"
24778 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and start of data ACLs (the
24779 latter is the one defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&). Setting it tells Exim that
24780 the current message is a submission from a local MUA. In this case, Exim
24781 operates in &"submission mode"&, and applies certain fixups to the message if
24782 necessary. For example, it add a &'Date:'& header line if one is not present.
24783 This control is not permitted in the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL, because that is too
24784 late (the message has already been created).
24785
24786 Chapter &<<CHAPmsgproc>>& describes the processing that Exim applies to
24787 messages. Section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>& covers the processing that happens in
24788 submission mode; the available options for this control are described there.
24789 The control applies only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones
24790 that may be received in the same SMTP connection.
24791
24792 .vitem &*control&~=&~suppress_local_fixups*&
24793 .cindex "submission fixups" "suppressing"
24794 This control applies to locally submitted (non TCP/IP) messages, and is the
24795 complement of &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&. It disables the fixups that are
24796 normally applied to locally-submitted messages. Specifically:
24797
24798 .ilist
24799 Any &'Sender:'& header line is left alone (in this respect, it is a
24800 dynamic version of &%local_sender_retain%&).
24801 .next
24802 No &'Message-ID:'&, &'From:'&, or &'Date:'& header lines are added.
24803 .next
24804 There is no check that &'From:'& corresponds to the actual sender.
24805 .endlist ilist
24806
24807 .new
24808 This control may be useful when a remotely-originated message is accepted,
24809 passed to some scanning program, and then re-submitted for delivery. It can be
24810 used only in the &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&,
24811 and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACLs, because it has to be set before the message's
24812 data is read.
24813 .wen
24814 .endlist vlist
24815
24816 All four possibilities for message fixups can be specified:
24817
24818 .ilist
24819 Locally submitted, fixups applied: the default.
24820 .next
24821 Locally submitted, no fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`&
24822 &`suppress_local_fixups`&.
24823 .next
24824 Remotely submitted, no fixups applied: the default.
24825 .next
24826 Remotely submitted, fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&.
24827 .endlist
24828
24829
24830
24831 .section "Adding header lines in ACLs" "SECTaddheadacl"
24832 .cindex "header lines" "adding in an ACL"
24833 .cindex "header lines" "position of added lines"
24834 .cindex "&%message%&" "ACL modifier"
24835 The &%add_header%& modifier can be used to add one or more extra header lines
24836 to an incoming message, as in this example:
24837 .code
24838 warn dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
24839 dialup.mail-abuse.org
24840 add_header = X-blacklisted-at: $dnslist_domain
24841 .endd
24842 The &%add_header%& modifier is permitted in the MAIL, RCPT, PREDATA, DATA,
24843 MIME, and non-SMTP ACLs (in other words, those that are concerned with
24844 receiving a message). The message must ultimately be accepted for
24845 &%add_header%& to have any significant effect. You can use &%add_header%& with
24846 any ACL verb, including &%deny%& (though this is potentially useful only in a
24847 RCPT ACL).
24848
24849 If the data for the &%add_header%& modifier contains one or more newlines that
24850 are not followed by a space or a tab, it is assumed to contain multiple header
24851 lines. Each one is checked for valid syntax; &`X-ACL-Warn:`& is added to the
24852 front of any line that is not a valid header line.
24853
24854 Added header lines are accumulated during the MAIL, RCPT, and predata ACLs.
24855 They are added to the message before processing the DATA and MIME ACLs.
24856 However, if an identical header line is requested more than once, only one copy
24857 is actually added to the message. Further header lines may be accumulated
24858 during the DATA and MIME ACLs, after which they are added to the message, again
24859 with duplicates suppressed. Thus, it is possible to add two identical header
24860 lines to an SMTP message, but only if one is added before DATA and one after.
24861 In the case of non-SMTP messages, new headers are accumulated during the
24862 non-SMTP ACLs, and are added to the message after all the ACLs have run. If a
24863 message is rejected after DATA or by the non-SMTP ACL, all added header lines
24864 are included in the entry that is written to the reject log.
24865
24866 .cindex "header lines" "added; visibility of"
24867 Header lines are not visible in string expansions until they are added to the
24868 message. It follows that header lines defined in the MAIL, RCPT, and predata
24869 ACLs are not visible until the DATA ACL and MIME ACLs are run. Similarly,
24870 header lines that are added by the DATA or MIME ACLs are not visible in those
24871 ACLs. Because of this restriction, you cannot use header lines as a way of
24872 passing data between (for example) the MAIL and RCPT ACLs. If you want to do
24873 this, you can use ACL variables, as described in section
24874 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&.
24875
24876 The &%add_header%& modifier acts immediately it is encountered during the
24877 processing of an ACL. Notice the difference between these two cases:
24878 .display
24879 &`accept add_header = ADDED: some text`&
24880 &` `&<&'some condition'&>
24881
24882 &`accept `&<&'some condition'&>
24883 &` add_header = ADDED: some text`&
24884 .endd
24885 In the first case, the header line is always added, whether or not the
24886 condition is true. In the second case, the header line is added only if the
24887 condition is true. Multiple occurrences of &%add_header%& may occur in the same
24888 ACL statement. All those that are encountered before a condition fails are
24889 honoured.
24890
24891 .cindex "&%warn%&" "ACL verb"
24892 For compatibility with previous versions of Exim, a &%message%& modifier for a
24893 &%warn%& verb acts in the same way as &%add_header%&, except that it takes
24894 effect only if all the conditions are true, even if it appears before some of
24895 them. Furthermore, only the last occurrence of &%message%& is honoured. This
24896 usage of &%message%& is now deprecated. If both &%add_header%& and &%message%&
24897 are present on a &%warn%& verb, both are processed according to their
24898 specifications.
24899
24900 By default, new header lines are added to a message at the end of the existing
24901 header lines. However, you can specify that any particular header line should
24902 be added right at the start (before all the &'Received:'& lines), immediately
24903 after the first block of &'Received:'& lines, or immediately before any line
24904 that is not a &'Received:'& or &'Resent-something:'& header.
24905
24906 This is done by specifying &":at_start:"&, &":after_received:"&, or
24907 &":at_start_rfc:"& (or, for completeness, &":at_end:"&) before the text of the
24908 header line, respectively. (Header text cannot start with a colon, as there has
24909 to be a header name first.) For example:
24910 .code
24911 warn add_header = \
24912 :after_received:X-My-Header: something or other...
24913 .endd
24914 If more than one header line is supplied in a single &%add_header%& modifier,
24915 each one is treated independently and can therefore be placed differently. If
24916 you add more than one line at the start, or after the Received: block, they end
24917 up in reverse order.
24918
24919 &*Warning*&: This facility currently applies only to header lines that are
24920 added in an ACL. It does NOT work for header lines that are added in a
24921 system filter or in a router or transport.
24922
24923
24924
24925
24926 .section "ACL conditions" "SECTaclconditions"
24927 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; list of"
24928 Some of conditions listed in this section are available only when Exim is
24929 compiled with the content-scanning extension. They are included here briefly
24930 for completeness. More detailed descriptions can be found in the discussion on
24931 content scanning in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24932
24933 Not all conditions are relevant in all circumstances. For example, testing
24934 senders and recipients does not make sense in an ACL that is being run as the
24935 result of the arrival of an ETRN command, and checks on message headers can be
24936 done only in the ACLs specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& and &%acl_not_smtp%&. You
24937 can use the same condition (with different parameters) more than once in the
24938 same ACL statement. This provides a way of specifying an &"and"& conjunction.
24939 The conditions are as follows:
24940
24941
24942 .vlist
24943 .vitem &*acl&~=&~*&<&'name&~of&~acl&~or&~ACL&~string&~or&~file&~name&~'&>
24944 .cindex "&ACL;" "nested"
24945 .cindex "&ACL;" "indirect"
24946 .cindex "&%acl%&" "ACL condition"
24947 The possible values of the argument are the same as for the
24948 &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& options. The named or inline ACL is run. If it returns
24949 &"accept"& the condition is true; if it returns &"deny"& the condition is
24950 false. If it returns &"defer"&, the current ACL returns &"defer"& unless the
24951 condition is on a &%warn%& verb. In that case, a &"defer"& return makes the
24952 condition false. This means that further processing of the &%warn%& verb
24953 ceases, but processing of the ACL continues.
24954
24955 If the nested &%acl%& returns &"drop"& and the outer condition denies access,
24956 the connection is dropped. If it returns &"discard"&, the verb must be
24957 &%accept%& or &%discard%&, and the action is taken immediately &-- no further
24958 conditions are tested.
24959
24960 ACLs may be nested up to 20 deep; the limit exists purely to catch runaway
24961 loops. This condition allows you to use different ACLs in different
24962 circumstances. For example, different ACLs can be used to handle RCPT commands
24963 for different local users or different local domains.
24964
24965 .vitem &*authenticated&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
24966 .cindex "&%authenticated%&" "ACL condition"
24967 .cindex "authentication" "ACL checking"
24968 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for authentication"
24969 If the SMTP connection is not authenticated, the condition is false. Otherwise,
24970 the name of the authenticator is tested against the list. To test for
24971 authentication by any authenticator, you can set
24972 .code
24973 authenticated = *
24974 .endd
24975
24976 .vitem &*condition&~=&~*&<&'string'&>
24977 .cindex "&%condition%&" "ACL condition"
24978 .cindex "customizing" "ACL condition"
24979 .cindex "&ACL;" "customized test"
24980 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing; customized"
24981 This feature allows you to make up custom conditions. If the result of
24982 expanding the string is an empty string, the number zero, or one of the strings
24983 &"no"& or &"false"&, the condition is false. If the result is any non-zero
24984 number, or one of the strings &"yes"& or &"true"&, the condition is true. For
24985 any other value, some error is assumed to have occurred, and the ACL returns
24986 &"defer"&. &new("However, if the expansion is forced to fail, the condition is
24987 ignored. The effect is to treat it as true, whether it is positive or
24988 negative.")
24989
24990 .vitem &*decode&~=&~*&<&'location'&>
24991 .cindex "&%decode%&" "ACL condition"
24992 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
24993 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only the the ACL defined by
24994 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be decoded into a file.
24995 For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24996
24997 .vitem &*demime&~=&~*&<&'extension&~list'&>
24998 .cindex "&%demime%&" "ACL condition"
24999 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25000 content-scanning extension. Its use is described in section
25001 &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
25002
25003 .vitem &*dnslists&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~domain&~names&~and&~other&~data'&>
25004 .cindex "&%dnslists%&" "ACL condition"
25005 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
25006 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
25007 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
25008 This condition checks for entries in DNS black lists. These are also known as
25009 &"RBL lists"&, after the original Realtime Blackhole List, but note that the
25010 use of the lists at &'mail-abuse.org'& now carries a charge. There are too many
25011 different variants of this condition to describe briefly here. See sections
25012 &<<SECTmorednslists>>&--&<<SECTmorednslistslast>>& for details.
25013
25014 .vitem &*domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
25015 .cindex "&%domains%&" "ACL condition"
25016 .cindex "domain" "ACL checking"
25017 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient domain"
25018 .cindex "&$domain_data$&"
25019 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the domain
25020 of the recipient address is in the domain list. If percent-hack processing is
25021 enabled, it is done before this test is done. If the check succeeds with a
25022 lookup, the result of the lookup is placed in &$domain_data$& until the next
25023 &%domains%& test.
25024
25025 .vitem &*encrypted&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
25026 .cindex "&%encrypted%&" "ACL condition"
25027 .cindex "encryption" "checking in an ACL"
25028 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for encryption"
25029 If the SMTP connection is not encrypted, the condition is false. Otherwise, the
25030 name of the cipher suite in use is tested against the list. To test for
25031 encryption without testing for any specific cipher suite(s), set
25032 .code
25033 encrypted = *
25034 .endd
25035
25036 .vitem &*hosts&~=&~*&<&'&~host&~list'&>
25037 .cindex "&%hosts%&" "ACL condition"
25038 .cindex "host" "ACL checking"
25039 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing the client host"
25040 This condition tests that the calling host matches the host list. If you have
25041 name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same host list,
25042 you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, you could have:
25043 .code
25044 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
25045 .endd
25046 The reason for this lies in the left-to-right way that Exim processes lists.
25047 It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups, but when it reaches an
25048 item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot find a host name to
25049 compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the opposite order, the
25050 &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be found, even if its
25051 IP address is 10.9.8.7.
25052
25053 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
25054 address even if the name lookup fails, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
25055 .code
25056 accept hosts = dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
25057 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
25058 .endd
25059 The default action on failing to find the host name is to assume that the host
25060 is not in the list, so the first &%accept%& statement fails. The second
25061 statement can then check the IP address.
25062
25063 .cindex "&$host_data$&"
25064 If a &%hosts%& condition is satisfied by means of a lookup, the result
25065 of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
25066 allows you, for example, to set up a statement like this:
25067 .code
25068 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
25069 message = $host_data
25070 .endd
25071 which gives a custom error message for each denied host.
25072
25073 .vitem &*local_parts&~=&~*&<&'local&~part&~list'&>
25074 .cindex "&%local_parts%&" "ACL condition"
25075 .cindex "local part" "ACL checking"
25076 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a local part"
25077 .cindex "&$local_part_data$&"
25078 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the local
25079 part of the recipient address is in the list. If percent-hack processing is
25080 enabled, it is done before this test. If the check succeeds with a lookup, the
25081 result of the lookup is placed in &$local_part_data$&, which remains set until
25082 the next &%local_parts%& test.
25083
25084 .vitem &*malware&~=&~*&<&'option'&>
25085 .cindex "&%malware%&" "ACL condition"
25086 .cindex "&ACL;" "virus scanning"
25087 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for viruses"
25088 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25089 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for
25090 viruses. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25091
25092 .vitem &*mime_regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
25093 .cindex "&%mime_regex%&" "ACL condition"
25094 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
25095 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25096 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only the the ACL defined by
25097 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be scanned for a match
25098 with any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter
25099 &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25100
25101 .vitem &*ratelimit&~=&~*&<&'parameters'&>
25102 .cindex "rate limiting"
25103 This condition can be used to limit the rate at which a user or host submits
25104 messages. Details are given in section &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
25105
25106 .vitem &*recipients&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
25107 .cindex "&%recipients%&" "ACL condition"
25108 .cindex "recipient" "ACL checking"
25109 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient"
25110 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks the entire
25111 recipient address against a list of recipients.
25112
25113 .vitem &*regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
25114 .cindex "&%regex%&" "ACL condition"
25115 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
25116 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25117 content-scanning extension, and is available only in the DATA, MIME, and
25118 non-SMTP ACLs. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for a match with
25119 any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25120
25121 .vitem &*sender_domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
25122 .cindex "&%sender_domains%&" "ACL condition"
25123 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
25124 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender domain"
25125 .cindex "&$domain$&"
25126 .cindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
25127 This condition tests the domain of the sender of the message against the given
25128 domain list. &*Note*&: The domain of the sender address is in
25129 &$sender_address_domain$&. It is &'not'& put in &$domain$& during the testing
25130 of this condition. This is an exception to the general rule for testing domain
25131 lists. It is done this way so that, if this condition is used in an ACL for a
25132 RCPT command, the recipient's domain (which is in &$domain$&) can be used to
25133 influence the sender checking.
25134
25135 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
25136 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
25137
25138 .vitem &*senders&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
25139 .cindex "&%senders%&" "ACL condition"
25140 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
25141 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender"
25142 This condition tests the sender of the message against the given list. To test
25143 for a bounce message, which has an empty sender, set
25144 .code
25145 senders = :
25146 .endd
25147 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
25148 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
25149
25150 .vitem &*spam&~=&~*&<&'username'&>
25151 .cindex "&%spam%&" "ACL condition"
25152 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for spam"
25153 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25154 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned by
25155 SpamAssassin. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25156
25157 .vitem &*verify&~=&~certificate*&
25158 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25159 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
25160 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
25161 .cindex "&ACL;" "certificate verification"
25162 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a TLS certificate"
25163 This condition is true in an SMTP session if the session is encrypted, and a
25164 certificate was received from the client, and the certificate was verified. The
25165 server requests a certificate only if the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&
25166 or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&).
25167
25168 .vitem &*verify&~=&~csa*&
25169 .cindex "CSA verification"
25170 This condition checks whether the sending host (the client) is authorized to
25171 send email. Details of how this works are given in section
25172 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
25173
25174 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_sender/*&<&'options'&>
25175 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25176 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender in the header"
25177 .cindex "header lines" "verifying the sender in"
25178 .cindex "sender" "verifying in header"
25179 .cindex "verifying" "sender in header"
25180 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
25181 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
25182 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks that there is a verifiable address in at least one
25183 of the &'Sender:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, or &'From:'& header lines. Such an address
25184 is loosely thought of as a &"sender"& address (hence the name of the test).
25185 However, an address that appears in one of these headers need not be an address
25186 that accepts bounce messages; only sender addresses in envelopes are required
25187 to accept bounces. Therefore, if you use the callout option on this check, you
25188 might want to arrange for a non-empty address in the MAIL command.
25189
25190 Details of address verification and the options are given later, starting at
25191 section &<<SECTaddressverification>>& (callouts are described in section
25192 &<<SECTcallver>>&). You can combine this condition with the &%senders%&
25193 condition to restrict it to bounce messages only:
25194 .code
25195 deny senders = :
25196 message = A valid sender header is required for bounces
25197 !verify = header_sender
25198 .endd
25199
25200 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_syntax*&
25201 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25202 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying header syntax"
25203 .cindex "header lines" "verifying syntax"
25204 .cindex "verifying" "header syntax"
25205 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
25206 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
25207 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks the syntax of all header lines that can contain
25208 lists of addresses (&'Sender:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&,
25209 and &'Bcc:'&). Unqualified addresses (local parts without domains) are
25210 permitted only in locally generated messages and from hosts that match
25211 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
25212 appropriate.
25213
25214 Note that this condition is a syntax check only. However, a common spamming
25215 ploy used to be to send syntactically invalid headers such as
25216 .code
25217 To: @
25218 .endd
25219 and this condition can be used to reject such messages, though they are not as
25220 common as they used to be.
25221
25222 .vitem &*verify&~=&~helo*&
25223 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25224 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying HELO/EHLO"
25225 .cindex "HELO" "verifying"
25226 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying"
25227 .cindex "verifying" "EHLO"
25228 .cindex "verifying" "HELO"
25229 This condition is true if a HELO or EHLO command has been received from the
25230 client host, and its contents have been verified. It there has been no previous
25231 attempt to verify the the HELO/EHLO contents, it is carried out when this
25232 condition is encountered. See the description of the &%helo_verify_hosts%& and
25233 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& options for details of how to request verification
25234 independently of this condition.
25235
25236 .vitem &*verify&~=&~not_blind*&
25237 .cindex "verifying" "not blind"
25238 .cindex "bcc recipients" "verifying none"
25239 This condition checks that there are no blind (bcc) recipients in the message.
25240 Every envelope recipient must appear either in a &'To:'& header line or in a
25241 &'Cc:'& header line for this condition to be true. Local parts are checked
25242 case-sensitively; domains are checked case-insensitively. If &'Resent-To:'& or
25243 &'Resent-Cc:'& header lines exist, they are also checked. This condition can be
25244 used only in a DATA or non-SMTP ACL.
25245
25246 There are, of course, many legitimate messages that make use of blind (bcc)
25247 recipients. This check should not be used on its own for blocking messages.
25248
25249
25250 .vitem &*verify&~=&~recipient/*&<&'options'&>
25251 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25252 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying recipient"
25253 .cindex "recipient" "verifying"
25254 .cindex "verifying" "recipient"
25255 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
25256 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It verifies the current
25257 recipient. Details of address verification are given later, starting at section
25258 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. After a recipient has been verified, the value
25259 of &$address_data$& is the last value that was set while routing the address.
25260 This applies even if the verification fails. When an address that is being
25261 verified is redirected to a single address, verification continues with the new
25262 address, and in that case, the subsequent value of &$address_data$& is the
25263 value for the child address.
25264
25265 .vitem &*verify&~=&~reverse_host_lookup*&
25266 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25267 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying host reverse lookup"
25268 .cindex "host" "verifying reverse lookup"
25269 This condition ensures that a verified host name has been looked up from the IP
25270 address of the client host. (This may have happened already if the host name
25271 was needed for checking a host list, or if the host matched &%host_lookup%&.)
25272 Verification ensures that the host name obtained from a reverse DNS lookup, or
25273 one of its aliases, does, when it is itself looked up in the DNS, yield the
25274 original IP address.
25275
25276 If this condition is used for a locally generated message (that is, when there
25277 is no client host involved), it always succeeds.
25278
25279 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender/*&<&'options'&>
25280 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25281 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender"
25282 .cindex "sender" "verifying"
25283 .cindex "verifying" "sender"
25284 This condition is relevant only after a MAIL or RCPT command, or after a
25285 message has been received (the &%acl_smtp_data%& or &%acl_not_smtp%& ACLs). If
25286 the message's sender is empty (that is, this is a bounce message), the
25287 condition is true. Otherwise, the sender address is verified.
25288
25289 .cindex "&$address_data$&"
25290 .cindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
25291 If there is data in the &$address_data$& variable at the end of routing, its
25292 value is placed in &$sender_address_data$& at the end of verification. This
25293 value can be used in subsequent conditions and modifiers in the same ACL
25294 statement. It does not persist after the end of the current statement. If you
25295 want to preserve the value for longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
25296
25297 Details of verification are given later, starting at section
25298 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. Exim caches the result of sender verification,
25299 to avoid doing it more than once per message.
25300
25301 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender=*&<&'address'&>&*/*&<&'options'&>
25302 .cindex "&%verify%&" "ACL condition"
25303 This is a variation of the previous option, in which a modified address is
25304 verified as a sender.
25305 .endlist
25306
25307
25308
25309 .section "Using DNS lists" "SECTmorednslists"
25310 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
25311 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
25312 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
25313 In its simplest form, the &%dnslists%& condition tests whether the calling host
25314 is on at least one of a number of DNS lists by looking up the inverted IP
25315 address in one or more DNS domains. For example, if the calling host's IP
25316 address is 192.168.62.43, and the ACL statement is
25317 .code
25318 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org : \
25319 dialups.mail-abuse.org
25320 .endd
25321 the following records are looked up:
25322 .code
25323 43.62.168.192.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
25324 43.62.168.192.dialups.mail-abuse.org
25325 .endd
25326 As soon as Exim finds an existing DNS record, processing of the list stops.
25327 Thus, multiple entries on the list provide an &"or"& conjunction. If you want
25328 to test that a host is on more than one list (an &"and"& conjunction), you can
25329 use two separate conditions:
25330 .code
25331 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
25332 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
25333 .endd
25334 If a DNS lookup times out or otherwise fails to give a decisive answer, Exim
25335 behaves as if the host does not match the list item, that is, as if the DNS
25336 record does not exist. If there are further items in the DNS list, they are
25337 processed.
25338
25339 This is usually the required action when &%dnslists%& is used with &%deny%&
25340 (which is the most common usage), because it prevents a DNS failure from
25341 blocking mail. However, you can change this behaviour by putting one of the
25342 following special items in the list:
25343 .display
25344 &`+include_unknown `& behave as if the item is on the list
25345 &`+exclude_unknown `& behave as if the item is not on the list (default)
25346 &`+defer_unknown `& give a temporary error
25347 .endd
25348 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
25349 .cindex "&`+exclude_unknown`&"
25350 .cindex "&`+defer_unknown`&"
25351 Each of these applies to any subsequent items on the list. For example:
25352 .code
25353 deny dnslists = +defer_unknown : foo.bar.example
25354 .endd
25355 Testing the list of domains stops as soon as a match is found. If you want to
25356 warn for one list and block for another, you can use two different statements:
25357 .code
25358 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
25359 warn message = X-Warn: sending host is on dialups list
25360 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
25361 .endd
25362 DNS list lookups are cached by Exim for the duration of the SMTP session,
25363 so a lookup based on the IP address is done at most once for any incoming
25364 connection. Exim does not share information between multiple incoming
25365 connections (but your local name server cache should be active).
25366
25367
25368
25369 .section "Specifying the IP address for a DNS list lookup"
25370 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by explicit IP address"
25371 By default, the IP address that is used in a DNS list lookup is the IP address
25372 of the calling host. However, you can specify another IP address by listing it
25373 after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example:
25374 .code
25375 deny dnslists = black.list.tld/192.168.1.2
25376 .endd
25377 This feature is not very helpful with explicit IP addresses; it is intended for
25378 use with IP addresses that are looked up, for example, the IP addresses of the
25379 MX hosts or nameservers of an email sender address. For an example, see section
25380 &<<SECTmulkeyfor>>& below.
25381
25382
25383
25384
25385 .section "DNS lists keyed on domain names"
25386 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by domain name"
25387 There are some lists that are keyed on domain names rather than inverted IP
25388 addresses (see for example the &'domain based zones'& link at
25389 &url(http://www.rfc-ignorant.org/)). No reversing of components is used
25390 with these lists. You can change the name that is looked up in a DNS list by
25391 listing it after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example,
25392 .code
25393 deny message = Sender's domain is listed at $dnslist_domain
25394 dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
25395 .endd
25396 This particular example is useful only in ACLs that are obeyed after the
25397 RCPT or DATA commands, when a sender address is available. If (for
25398 example) the message's sender is &'user@tld.example'& the name that is looked
25399 up by this example is
25400 .code
25401 tld.example.dsn.rfc-ignorant.org
25402 .endd
25403 A single &%dnslists%& condition can contain entries for both names and IP
25404 addresses. For example:
25405 .code
25406 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
25407 dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
25408 .endd
25409 The first item checks the sending host's IP address; the second checks a domain
25410 name. The whole condition is true if either of the DNS lookups succeeds.
25411
25412
25413
25414
25415 .section "Multiple explicit keys for a DNS list" "SECTmulkeyfor"
25416 .cindex "DNS list" "multiple keys for"
25417 The syntax described above for looking up explicitly-defined values (either
25418 names or IP addresses) in a DNS blacklist is a simplification. After the domain
25419 name for the DNS list, what follows the slash can in fact be a list of items.
25420 As with all lists in Exim, the default separator is a colon. However, because
25421 this is a sublist within the list of DNS blacklist domains, it is necessary
25422 either to double the separators like this:
25423 .code
25424 dnslists = black.list.tld/name.1::name.2
25425 .endd
25426 or to change the separator character, like this:
25427 .code
25428 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;name.1;name.2
25429 .endd
25430 If an item in the list is an IP address, it is inverted before the DNS
25431 blacklist domain is appended. If it is not an IP address, no inversion
25432 occurs. Consider this condition:
25433 .code
25434 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;192.168.1.2;a.domain
25435 .endd
25436 The DNS lookups that occur are:
25437 .code
25438 2.1.168.192.black.list.tld
25439 a.domain.black.list.tld
25440 .endd
25441 Once a DNS record has been found (that matches a specific IP return
25442 address, if specified &-- see section &<<SECTaddmatcon>>&), no further lookups
25443 are done. If there is a temporary DNS error, the rest of the sublist of domains
25444 or IP addresses is tried. A temporary error for the whole dnslists item occurs
25445 only if no other DNS lookup in this sublist succeeds. In other words, a
25446 successful lookup for any of the items in the sublist overrides a temporary
25447 error for a previous item.
25448
25449 The ability to supply a list of items after the slash is in some sense just a
25450 syntactic convenience. These two examples have the same effect:
25451 .code
25452 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain : black.list.tld/b.domain
25453 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain::b.domain
25454 .endd
25455 However, when the data for the list is obtained from a lookup, the second form
25456 is usually much more convenient. Consider this example:
25457 .code
25458 deny message = The mail servers for the domain \
25459 $sender_address_domain \
25460 are listed at $dnslist_domain ($dnslist_value); \
25461 see $dnslist_text.
25462 dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org/<|${lookup dnsdb {>|a=<|\
25463 ${lookup dnsdb {>|mxh=\
25464 $sender_address_domain} }} }
25465 .endd
25466 Note the use of &`>|`& in the dnsdb lookup to specify the separator for
25467 multiple DNS records. The inner dnsdb lookup produces a list of MX hosts
25468 and the outer dnsdb lookup finds the IP addresses for these hosts. The result
25469 of expanding the condition might be something like this:
25470 .code
25471 dnslists = sbl.spahmaus.org/<|192.168.2.3|192.168.5.6|...
25472 .endd
25473 Thus, this example checks whether or not the IP addresses of the sender
25474 domain's mail servers are on the Spamhaus black list.
25475
25476
25477
25478
25479
25480 .section "Data returned by DNS lists"
25481 .cindex "DNS list" "data returned from"
25482 DNS lists are constructed using address records in the DNS. The original RBL
25483 just used the address 127.0.0.1 on the right hand side of each record, but the
25484 RBL+ list and some other lists use a number of values with different meanings.
25485 The values used on the RBL+ list are:
25486 .display
25487 127.1.0.1 RBL
25488 127.1.0.2 DUL
25489 127.1.0.3 DUL and RBL
25490 127.1.0.4 RSS
25491 127.1.0.5 RSS and RBL
25492 127.1.0.6 RSS and DUL
25493 127.1.0.7 RSS and DUL and RBL
25494 .endd
25495 Some DNS lists may return more than one address record.
25496
25497
25498 .section "Variables set from DNS lists"
25499 .cindex "DNS list" "variables set from"
25500 .cindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
25501 .cindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
25502 .cindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
25503 When an entry is found in a DNS list, the variable &$dnslist_domain$&
25504 contains the name of the domain that matched, &$dnslist_value$& contains the
25505 data from the entry, and &$dnslist_text$& contains the contents of any
25506 associated TXT record. If more than one address record is returned by the DNS
25507 lookup, all the IP addresses are included in &$dnslist_value$&, separated by
25508 commas and spaces.
25509
25510 You can use these variables in &%message%& or &%log_message%& modifiers &--
25511 although these appear before the condition in the ACL, they are not expanded
25512 until after it has failed. For example:
25513 .code
25514 deny hosts = !+local_networks
25515 message = $sender_host_address is listed \
25516 at $dnslist_domain
25517 dnslists = rbl-plus.mail-abuse.example
25518 .endd
25519
25520
25521
25522 .section "Additional matching conditions for DNS lists" "SECTaddmatcon"
25523 .cindex "DNS list" "matching specific returned data"
25524 You can add an equals sign and an IP address after a &%dnslists%& domain name
25525 in order to restrict its action to DNS records with a matching right hand side.
25526 For example,
25527 .code
25528 deny dnslists = rblplus.mail-abuse.org=127.0.0.2
25529 .endd
25530 rejects only those hosts that yield 127.0.0.2. Without this additional data,
25531 any address record is considered to be a match. If more than one address record
25532 is found on the list, they are all checked for a matching right-hand side.
25533
25534 More than one IP address may be given for checking, using a comma as a
25535 separator. These are alternatives &-- if any one of them matches, the
25536 &%dnslists%& condition is true. For example:
25537 .code
25538 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
25539 .endd
25540 If you want to specify a constraining address list and also specify names or IP
25541 addresses to be looked up, the constraining address list must be specified
25542 first. For example:
25543 .code
25544 deny dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org\
25545 =127.0.0.2/$sender_address_domain
25546 .endd
25547
25548 If the character &`&&`& is used instead of &`=`&, the comparison for each
25549 listed IP address is done by a bitwise &"and"& instead of by an equality test.
25550 In other words, the listed addresses are used as bit masks. The comparison is
25551 true if all the bits in the mask are present in the address that is being
25552 tested. For example:
25553 .code
25554 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.3
25555 .endd
25556 matches if the address is &'x.x.x.'&3, &'x.x.x.'&7, &'x.x.x.'&11, etc. If you
25557 want to test whether one bit or another bit is present (as opposed to both
25558 being present), you must use multiple values. For example:
25559 .code
25560 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.1,0.0.0.2
25561 .endd
25562 matches if the final component of the address is an odd number or two times
25563 an odd number.
25564
25565
25566
25567 .section "Negated DNS matching conditions"
25568 You can supply a negative list of IP addresses as part of a &%dnslists%&
25569 condition. Whereas
25570 .code
25571 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
25572 .endd
25573 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
25574 IP address yielded by the list is either 127.0.0.2 or 127.0.0.3"&,
25575 .code
25576 deny dnslists = a.b.c!=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
25577 .endd
25578 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
25579 IP address yielded by the list is not 127.0.0.2 and not 127.0.0.3"&. In other
25580 words, the result of the test is inverted if an exclamation mark appears before
25581 the &`=`& (or the &`&&`&) sign.
25582
25583 &*Note*&: This kind of negation is not the same as negation in a domain,
25584 host, or address list (which is why the syntax is different).
25585
25586 If you are using just one list, the negation syntax does not gain you much. The
25587 previous example is precisely equivalent to
25588 .code
25589 deny dnslists = a.b.c
25590 !dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
25591 .endd
25592 However, if you are using multiple lists, the negation syntax is clearer.
25593 Consider this example:
25594 .code
25595 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
25596 list.dsbl.org : \
25597 dnsbl.njabl.org!=127.0.0.3 : \
25598 relays.ordb.org
25599 .endd
25600 Using only positive lists, this would have to be:
25601 .code
25602 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
25603 list.dsbl.org
25604 deny dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org
25605 !dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org=127.0.0.3
25606 deny dnslists = relays.ordb.org
25607 .endd
25608 which is less clear, and harder to maintain.
25609
25610
25611
25612
25613 .section "DNS lists and IPv6" "SECTmorednslistslast"
25614 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS black lists"
25615 .cindex "DNS list" "IPv6 usage"
25616 If Exim is asked to do a dnslist lookup for an IPv6 address, it inverts it
25617 nibble by nibble. For example, if the calling host's IP address is
25618 3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031, Exim might look up
25619 .code
25620 1.3.0.c.a.0.0.2.0.0.8.0.a.0.0.0.0.0.a.0.f.6.3.8.
25621 f.f.f.f.e.f.f.3.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
25622 .endd
25623 (split over two lines here to fit on the page). Unfortunately, some of the DNS
25624 lists contain wildcard records, intended for IPv4, that interact badly with
25625 IPv6. For example, the DNS entry
25626 .code
25627 *.3.some.list.example. A 127.0.0.1
25628 .endd
25629 is probably intended to put the entire 3.0.0.0/8 IPv4 network on the list.
25630 Unfortunately, it also matches the entire 3::/4 IPv6 network.
25631
25632 You can exclude IPv6 addresses from DNS lookups by making use of a suitable
25633 &%condition%& condition, as in this example:
25634 .code
25635 deny condition = ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}}
25636 dnslists = some.list.example
25637 .endd
25638
25639 .section "Rate limiting senders" "SECTratelimiting"
25640 .cindex "rate limiting" "client sending"
25641 .cindex "limiting client sending rates"
25642 .oindex "&%smpt_ratelimit_*%&"
25643 The &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can be used to measure and control the rate at
25644 which clients can send email. This is more powerful than the
25645 &%smtp_ratelimit_*%& options, because those options control the rate of
25646 commands in a single SMTP session only, whereas the &%ratelimit%& condition
25647 works across all connections (concurrent and sequential) from the same client
25648 host. The syntax of the &%ratelimit%& condition is:
25649 .display
25650 &`ratelimit =`& <&'m'&> &`/`& <&'p'&> &`/`& <&'options'&> &`/`& <&'key'&>
25651 .endd
25652 If the average client sending rate is less than &'m'& messages per time
25653 period &'p'& then the condition is false; otherwise it is true.
25654
25655 As a side-effect, the &%ratelimit%& condition sets the expansion variable
25656 &$sender_rate$& to the client's computed rate, &$sender_rate_limit$& to the
25657 configured value of &'m'&, and &$sender_rate_period$& to the configured value
25658 of &'p'&.
25659
25660 The parameter &'p'& is the smoothing time constant, in the form of an Exim
25661 time interval, for example, &`8h`& for eight hours. A larger time constant
25662 means that it takes Exim longer to forget a client's past behaviour. The
25663 parameter &'m'& is the maximum number of messages that a client is permitted to
25664 send in each time interval. It also specifies the number of messages permitted
25665 in a fast burst. By increasing both &'m'& and &'p'& but keeping &'m/p'&
25666 constant, you can allow a client to send more messages in a burst without
25667 changing its overall sending rate limit. Conversely, if &'m'& and &'p'& are
25668 both small, messages must be sent at an even rate.
25669
25670 There is a script in &_util/ratelimit.pl_& which extracts sending rates from
25671 log files, to assist with choosing appropriate settings for &'m'& and &'p'&
25672 when deploying the &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. The script prints usage
25673 instructions when it is run with no arguments.
25674
25675 The key is used to look up the data for calculating the client's average
25676 sending rate. This data is stored in a database maintained by Exim in its spool
25677 directory, alongside the retry and other hints databases. The default key is
25678 &$sender_host_address$&, which applies the limit to each client host IP address.
25679 By changing the key you can change how Exim identifies clients for the purpose
25680 of ratelimiting. For example, to limit the sending rate of each authenticated
25681 user, independent of the computer they are sending from, set the key to
25682 &$authenticated_id$&. You must ensure that the lookup key is meaningful; for
25683 example, &$authenticated_id$& is only meaningful if the client has
25684 authenticated, and you can check with with the &%authenticated%& ACL condition.
25685
25686 Internally, Exim includes the smoothing constant &'p'& and the options in the
25687 lookup key because they alter the meaning of the stored data. This is not true
25688 for the limit &'m'&, so you can alter the configured maximum rate and Exim will
25689 still remember clients' past behaviour, but if you alter the other ratelimit
25690 parameters Exim forgets past behaviour.
25691
25692 Each &%ratelimit%& condition can have up to two options. The first option
25693 specifies what Exim measures the rate of, and the second specifies how Exim
25694 handles excessively fast clients. The options are separated by a slash, like
25695 the other parameters.
25696
25697 The &%per_conn%& option limits the client's connection rate.
25698
25699 The &%per_mail%& option limits the client's rate of sending messages. This is
25700 the default if none of the &%per_*%& options is specified.
25701
25702 The &%per_byte%& option limits the sender's email bandwidth. Note that it is
25703 best to use this option in the DATA ACL; if it is used in an earlier ACL it
25704 relies on the SIZE parameter on the MAIL command, which may be inaccurate or
25705 completely missing. You can follow the limit &'m'& in the configuration with K,
25706 M, or G to specify limits in kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes, respectively.
25707
25708 The &%per_cmd%& option causes Exim to recompute the rate every time the
25709 condition is processed. This can be used to limit the SMTP command rate. The
25710 alias &%per_rcpt%& is provided for use in the RCPT ACL instead of &%per_cmd%&
25711 to make it clear that the effect is to limit the rate at which recipients are
25712 accepted. Note that in this case the rate limiting engine will see a message
25713 with many recipients as a large high-speed burst.
25714
25715 If a client's average rate is greater than the maximum, the rate limiting
25716 engine can react in two possible ways, depending on the presence of the
25717 &%strict%& or &%leaky%& options. This is independent of the other
25718 counter-measures (such as rejecting the message) that may be specified by the
25719 rest of the ACL. The default mode is leaky, which avoids a sender's
25720 over-aggressive retry rate preventing it from getting any email through.
25721
25722 The &%strict%& option means that the client's recorded rate is always updated.
25723 The effect of this is that Exim measures the client's average rate of attempts
25724 to send email, which can be much higher than the maximum. If the client is over
25725 the limit it will be subjected to counter-measures until it slows down below
25726 the maximum rate. The smoothing period determines the time it takes for a high
25727 sending rate to decay exponentially to 37% of its peak value, which means that
25728 you can work out the time (the number of smoothing periods) that a client is
25729 subjected to counter-measures after an over-limit burst with this formula:
25730 .code
25731 ln(peakrate/maxrate)
25732 .endd
25733 The &%leaky%& option means that the client's recorded rate is not updated if it
25734 is above the limit. The effect of this is that Exim measures the client's
25735 average rate of successfully sent email, which cannot be greater than the
25736 maximum. If the client is over the limit it will suffer some counter-measures,
25737 but it will still be able to send email at the configured maximum rate,
25738 whatever the rate of its attempts. This is generally the better choice if you
25739 have clients that retry automatically.
25740
25741 Exim's other ACL facilities are used to define what counter-measures are taken
25742 when the rate limit is exceeded. This might be anything from logging a warning
25743 (for example, while measuring existing sending rates in order to define
25744 policy), through time delays to slow down fast senders, up to rejecting the
25745 message. For example:
25746 .code
25747 # Log all senders' rates
25748 warn ratelimit = 0 / 1h / strict
25749 log_message = Sender rate $sender_rate / $sender_rate_period
25750
25751 # Slow down fast senders; note the need to truncate $sender_rate
25752 # at the decimal point.
25753 warn ratelimit = 100 / 1h / per_rcpt / strict
25754 delay = ${eval: ${sg{$sender_rate}{[.].*}{}} - \
25755 $sender_rate_limit }s
25756
25757 # Keep authenticated users under control
25758 deny authenticated = *
25759 ratelimit = 100 / 1d / strict / $authenticated_id
25760
25761 # System-wide rate limit
25762 defer message = Sorry, too busy. Try again later.
25763 ratelimit = 10 / 1s / $primary_hostname
25764
25765 # Restrict incoming rate from each host, with a default
25766 # set using a macro and special cases looked up in a table.
25767 defer message = Sender rate exceeds $sender_rate_limit \
25768 messages per $sender_rate_period
25769 ratelimit = ${lookup {$sender_host_address} \
25770 cdb {DB/ratelimits.cdb} \
25771 {$value} {RATELIMIT} }
25772 .endd
25773 &*Warning*&: If you have a busy server with a lot of &%ratelimit%& tests,
25774 especially with the &%per_rcpt%& option, you may suffer from a performance
25775 bottleneck caused by locking on the ratelimit hints database. Apart from
25776 making your ACLs less complicated, you can reduce the problem by using a
25777 RAM disk for Exim's hints directory (usually &_/var/spool/exim/db/_&). However
25778 this means that Exim will lose its hints data after a reboot (including retry
25779 hints, the callout cache, and ratelimit data).
25780
25781
25782 .section "Address verification" "SECTaddressverification"
25783 .cindex "verifying address" "options for"
25784 .cindex "policy control" "address verification"
25785 Several of the &%verify%& conditions described in section
25786 &<<SECTaclconditions>>& cause addresses to be verified. These conditions can be
25787 followed by options that modify the verification process. The options are
25788 separated from the keyword and from each other by slashes, and some of them
25789 contain parameters. For example:
25790 .code
25791 verify = sender/callout
25792 verify = recipient/defer_ok/callout=10s,defer_ok
25793 .endd
25794 The first stage of address verification, which always happens, is to run the
25795 address through the routers, in &"verify mode"&. Routers can detect the
25796 difference between verification and routing for delivery, and their actions can
25797 be varied by a number of generic options such as &%verify%& and &%verify_only%&
25798 (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). If routing fails, verification fails.
25799 The available options are as follows:
25800
25801 .ilist
25802 If the &%callout%& option is specified, successful routing to one or more
25803 remote hosts is followed by a &"callout"& to those hosts as an additional
25804 check. Callouts and their sub-options are discussed in the next section.
25805 .next
25806 If there is a defer error while doing verification routing, the ACL
25807 normally returns &"defer"&. However, if you include &%defer_ok%& in the
25808 options, the condition is forced to be true instead. Note that this is a main
25809 verification option as well as a suboption for callouts.
25810 .next
25811 The &%no_details%& option is covered in section &<<SECTsenaddver>>&, which
25812 discusses the reporting of sender address verification failures.
25813 .next
25814 The &%success_on_redirect%& option causes verification always to succeed
25815 immediately after a successful redirection. By default, if a redirection
25816 generates just one address, that address is also verified. See further
25817 discussion in section &<<SECTredirwhilveri>>&.
25818 .endlist
25819
25820 .cindex "verifying address" "differentiating failures"
25821 .cindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
25822 .cindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
25823 .cindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25824 After an address verification failure, &$acl_verify_message$& contains the
25825 error message that is associated with the failure. It can be preserved by
25826 coding like this:
25827 .code
25828 warn !verify = sender
25829 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
25830 .endd
25831 If you are writing your own custom rejection message or log message when
25832 denying access, you can use this variable to include information about the
25833 verification failure.
25834
25835 In addition, &$sender_verify_failure$& or &$recipient_verify_failure$& (as
25836 appropriate) contains one of the following words:
25837
25838 .ilist
25839 &%qualify%&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
25840 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
25841 .next
25842 &%route%&: Routing failed.
25843 .next
25844 &%mail%&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection
25845 occurred at or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial
25846 connection, HELO, or MAIL).
25847 .next
25848 &%recipient%&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
25849 .next
25850 &%postmaster%&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
25851 .endlist
25852
25853 The main use of these variables is expected to be to distinguish between
25854 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT in callouts.
25855
25856
25857
25858
25859 .section "Callout verification" "SECTcallver"
25860 .cindex "verifying address" "by callout"
25861 .cindex "callout" "verification"
25862 .cindex "SMTP" "callout verification"
25863 For non-local addresses, routing verifies the domain, but is unable to do any
25864 checking of the local part. There are situations where some means of verifying
25865 the local part is desirable. One way this can be done is to make an SMTP
25866 &'callback'& to a delivery host for the sender address or a &'callforward'& to
25867 a subsequent host for a recipient address, to see if the host accepts the
25868 address. We use the term &'callout'& to cover both cases. Note that for a
25869 sender address, the callback is not to the client host that is trying to
25870 deliver the message, but to one of the hosts that accepts incoming mail for the
25871 sender's domain.
25872
25873 Exim does not do callouts by default. If you want them to happen, you must
25874 request them by setting appropriate options on the &%verify%& condition, as
25875 described below. This facility should be used with care, because it can add a
25876 lot of resource usage to the cost of verifying an address. However, Exim does
25877 cache the results of callouts, which helps to reduce the cost. Details of
25878 caching are in section &<<SECTcallvercache>>&.
25879
25880 Recipient callouts are usually used only between hosts that are controlled by
25881 the same administration. For example, a corporate gateway host could use
25882 callouts to check for valid recipients on an internal mailserver. A successful
25883 callout does not guarantee that a real delivery to the address would succeed;
25884 on the other hand, a failing callout does guarantee that a delivery would fail.
25885
25886 If the &%callout%& option is present on a condition that verifies an address, a
25887 second stage of verification occurs if the address is successfully routed to
25888 one or more remote hosts. The usual case is routing by a &(dnslookup)& or a
25889 &(manualroute)& router, where the router specifies the hosts. However, if a
25890 router that does not set up hosts routes to an &(smtp)& transport with a
25891 &%hosts%& setting, the transport's hosts are used. If an &(smtp)& transport has
25892 &%hosts_override%& set, its hosts are always used, whether or not the router
25893 supplies a host list.
25894
25895 The port that is used is taken from the transport, if it is specified and is a
25896 remote transport. (For routers that do verification only, no transport need be
25897 specified.) Otherwise, the default SMTP port is used. If a remote transport
25898 specifies an outgoing interface, this is used; otherwise the interface is not
25899 specified.
25900
25901 For a sender callout check, Exim makes SMTP connections to the remote hosts, to
25902 test whether a bounce message could be delivered to the sender address. The
25903 following SMTP commands are sent:
25904 .display
25905 &`HELO `&<&'smtp active host name'&>
25906 &`MAIL FROM:<>`&
25907 &`RCPT TO:`&<&'the address to be tested'&>
25908 &`QUIT`&
25909 .endd
25910 LHLO is used instead of HELO if the transport's &%protocol%& option is
25911 set to &"lmtp"&.
25912
25913 A recipient callout check is similar. By default, it also uses an empty address
25914 for the sender. This default is chosen because most hosts do not make use of
25915 the sender address when verifying a recipient. Using the same address means
25916 that a single cache entry can be used for each recipient. Some sites, however,
25917 do make use of the sender address when verifying. These are catered for by the
25918 &%use_sender%& and &%use_postmaster%& options, described in the next section.
25919
25920 If the response to the RCPT command is a 2&'xx'& code, the verification
25921 succeeds. If it is 5&'xx'&, the verification fails. For any other condition,
25922 Exim tries the next host, if any. If there is a problem with all the remote
25923 hosts, the ACL yields &"defer"&, unless the &%defer_ok%& parameter of the
25924 &%callout%& option is given, in which case the condition is forced to succeed.
25925
25926
25927
25928
25929
25930 .section "Additional parameters for callouts" "CALLaddparcall"
25931 .cindex "callout" "additional parameters for"
25932 The &%callout%& option can be followed by an equals sign and a number of
25933 optional parameters, separated by commas. For example:
25934 .code
25935 verify = recipient/callout=10s,defer_ok
25936 .endd
25937 The old syntax, which had &%callout_defer_ok%& and &%check_postmaster%& as
25938 separate verify options, is retained for backwards compatibility, but is now
25939 deprecated. The additional parameters for &%callout%& are as follows:
25940
25941
25942 .vlist
25943 .vitem <&'a&~time&~interval'&>
25944 .cindex "callout timeout" "specifying"
25945 This specifies the timeout that applies for the callout attempt to each host.
25946 For example:
25947 .code
25948 verify = sender/callout=5s
25949 .endd
25950 The default is 30 seconds. The timeout is used for each response from the
25951 remote host. It is also used for the intial connection, unless overridden by
25952 the &%connect%& parameter.
25953
25954
25955 .vitem &*connect&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
25956 .cindex "callout connection timeout" "specifying"
25957 This parameter makes it possible to set a different (usually smaller) timeout
25958 for making the SMTP connection. For example:
25959 .code
25960 verify = sender/callout=5s,connect=1s
25961 .endd
25962 If not specified, this timeout defaults to the general timeout value.
25963
25964 .vitem &*defer_ok*&
25965 .cindex "callout defer" "action on"
25966 When this parameter is present, failure to contact any host, or any other kind
25967 of temporary error, is treated as success by the ACL. However, the cache is not
25968 updated in this circumstance.
25969
25970 .vitem &*fullpostmaster*&
25971 .cindex "callout" "full postmaster check"
25972 This operates like the &%postmaster%& option (see below), but if the check for
25973 &'postmaster@domain'& fails, it tries just &'postmaster'&, without a domain, in
25974 accordance with the specification in RFC 2821. The RFC states that the
25975 unqualified address &'postmaster'& should be accepted.
25976
25977
25978 .vitem &*mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
25979 .cindex "callout" "sender when verifying header"
25980 When verifying addresses in header lines using the &%header_sender%&
25981 verification option, Exim behaves by default as if the addresses are envelope
25982 sender addresses from a message. Callout verification therefore tests to see
25983 whether a bounce message could be delivered, by using an empty address in the
25984 MAIL command. However, it is arguable that these addresses might never be used
25985 as envelope senders, and could therefore justifiably reject bounce messages
25986 (empty senders). The &%mailfrom%& callout parameter allows you to specify what
25987 address to use in the MAIL command. For example:
25988 .code
25989 require verify = header_sender/callout=mailfrom=abcd@x.y.z
25990 .endd
25991 This parameter is available only for the &%header_sender%& verification option.
25992
25993
25994 .vitem &*maxwait&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
25995 .cindex "callout overall timeout" "specifying"
25996 This parameter sets an overall timeout for performing a callout verification.
25997 For example:
25998 .code
25999 verify = sender/callout=5s,maxwait=30s
26000 .endd
26001 This timeout defaults to four times the callout timeout for individual SMTP
26002 commands. The overall timeout applies when there is more than one host that can
26003 be tried. The timeout is checked before trying the next host. This prevents
26004 very long delays if there are a large number of hosts and all are timing out
26005 (for example, when network connections are timing out).
26006
26007
26008 .vitem &*no_cache*&
26009 .cindex "callout cache" "suppressing"
26010 .cindex "caching callout" "suppressing"
26011 When this parameter is given, the callout cache is neither read nor updated.
26012
26013 .vitem &*postmaster*&
26014 .cindex "callout" "postmaster; checking"
26015 When this parameter is set, a sucessful callout check is followed by a similar
26016 check for the local part &'postmaster'& at the same domain. If this address is
26017 rejected, the callout fails (but see &%fullpostmaster%& above). The result of
26018 the postmaster check is recorded in a cache record; if it is a failure, this is
26019 used to fail subsequent callouts for the domain without a connection being
26020 made, until the cache record expires.
26021
26022 .vitem &*postmaster_mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
26023 The postmaster check uses an empty sender in the MAIL command by default.
26024 You can use this parameter to do a postmaster check using a different address.
26025 For example:
26026 .code
26027 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=abc@x.y.z
26028 .endd
26029 If both &%postmaster%& and &%postmaster_mailfrom%& are present, the rightmost
26030 one overrides. The &%postmaster%& parameter is equivalent to this example:
26031 .code
26032 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=
26033 .endd
26034 &*Warning*&: The caching arrangements for postmaster checking do not take
26035 account of the sender address. It is assumed that either the empty address or
26036 a fixed non-empty address will be used. All that Exim remembers is that the
26037 postmaster check for the domain succeeded or failed.
26038
26039
26040 .vitem &*random*&
26041 .cindex "callout" "&""random""& check"
26042 When this parameter is set, before doing the normal callout check, Exim does a
26043 check for a &"random"& local part at the same domain. The local part is not
26044 really random &-- it is defined by the expansion of the option
26045 &%callout_random_local_part%&, which defaults to
26046 .code
26047 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
26048 .endd
26049 The idea here is to try to determine whether the remote host accepts all local
26050 parts without checking. If it does, there is no point in doing callouts for
26051 specific local parts. If the &"random"& check succeeds, the result is saved in
26052 a cache record, and used to force the current and subsequent callout checks to
26053 succeed without a connection being made, until the cache record expires.
26054
26055 .vitem &*use_postmaster*&
26056 .cindex "callout" "sender for recipient check"
26057 This parameter applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
26058 .code
26059 deny !verify = recipient/callout=use_postmaster
26060 .endd
26061 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
26062 It causes a non-empty postmaster address to be used in the MAIL command when
26063 performing the callout for the recipient, and also for a &"random"& check if
26064 that is configured. The local part of the address is &`postmaster`& and the
26065 domain is the contents of &$qualify_domain$&.
26066
26067 .vitem &*use_sender*&
26068 This option applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
26069 .code
26070 require verify = recipient/callout=use_sender
26071 .endd
26072 It causes the message's actual sender address to be used in the MAIL
26073 command when performing the callout, instead of an empty address. There is no
26074 need to use this option unless you know that the called hosts make use of the
26075 sender when checking recipients. If used indiscriminately, it reduces the
26076 usefulness of callout caching.
26077 .endlist
26078
26079 If you use any of the parameters that set a non-empty sender for the MAIL
26080 command (&%mailfrom%&, &%postmaster_mailfrom%&, &%use_postmaster%&, or
26081 &%use_sender%&), you should think about possible loops. Recipient checking is
26082 usually done between two hosts that are under the same management, and the host
26083 that receives the callouts is not normally configured to do callouts itself.
26084 Therefore, it is normally safe to use &%use_postmaster%& or &%use_sender%& in
26085 these circumstances.
26086
26087 However, if you use a non-empty sender address for a callout to an arbitrary
26088 host, there is the likelihood that the remote host will itself initiate a
26089 callout check back to your host. As it is checking what appears to be a message
26090 sender, it is likely to use an empty address in MAIL, thus avoiding a
26091 callout loop. However, to be on the safe side it would be best to set up your
26092 own ACLs so that they do not do sender verification checks when the recipient
26093 is the address you use for header sender or postmaster callout checking.
26094
26095 Another issue to think about when using non-empty senders for callouts is
26096 caching. When you set &%mailfrom%& or &%use_sender%&, the cache record is keyed
26097 by the sender/recipient combination; thus, for any given recipient, many more
26098 actual callouts are performed than when an empty sender or postmaster is used.
26099
26100
26101
26102
26103 .section "Callout caching" "SECTcallvercache"
26104 .cindex "hints database" "callout cache"
26105 .cindex "callout" "caching"
26106 .cindex "caching" "callout"
26107 Exim caches the results of callouts in order to reduce the amount of resources
26108 used, unless you specify the &%no_cache%& parameter with the &%callout%&
26109 option. A hints database called &"callout"& is used for the cache. Two
26110 different record types are used: one records the result of a callout check for
26111 a specific address, and the other records information that applies to the
26112 entire domain (for example, that it accepts the local part &'postmaster'&).
26113
26114 When an original callout fails, a detailed SMTP error message is given about
26115 the failure. However, for subsequent failures use the cache data, this message
26116 is not available.
26117
26118 The expiry times for negative and positive address cache records are
26119 independent, and can be set by the global options &%callout_negative_expire%&
26120 (default 2h) and &%callout_positive_expire%& (default 24h), respectively.
26121
26122 If a host gives a negative response to an SMTP connection, or rejects any
26123 commands up to and including
26124 .code
26125 MAIL FROM:<>
26126 .endd
26127 (but not including the MAIL command with a non-empty address),
26128 any callout attempt is bound to fail. Exim remembers such failures in a
26129 domain cache record, which it uses to fail callouts for the domain without
26130 making new connections, until the domain record times out. There are two
26131 separate expiry times for domain cache records:
26132 &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& (default 3h) and
26133 &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& (default 7d).
26134
26135 Domain records expire when the negative expiry time is reached if callouts
26136 cannot be made for the domain, or if the postmaster check failed.
26137 Otherwise, they expire when the positive expiry time is reached. This
26138 ensures that, for example, a host that stops accepting &"random"& local parts
26139 will eventually be noticed.
26140
26141 The callout caching mechanism is based on the domain of the address that is
26142 being tested. If the domain routes to several hosts, it is assumed that their
26143 behaviour will be the same.
26144
26145
26146
26147 .section "Sender address verification reporting" "SECTsenaddver"
26148 .cindex "verifying" "suppressing error details"
26149 When sender verification fails in an ACL, the details of the failure are
26150 given as additional output lines before the 550 response to the relevant
26151 SMTP command (RCPT or DATA). For example, if sender callout is in use,
26152 you might see:
26153 .code
26154 MAIL FROM:<xyz@abc.example>
26155 250 OK
26156 RCPT TO:<pqr@def.example>
26157 550-Verification failed for <xyz@abc.example>
26158 550-Called: 192.168.34.43
26159 550-Sent: RCPT TO:<xyz@abc.example>
26160 550-Response: 550 Unknown local part xyz in <xyz@abc.example>
26161 550 Sender verification failed
26162 .endd
26163 If more than one RCPT command fails in the same way, the details are given
26164 only for the first of them. However, some administrators do not want to send
26165 out this much information. You can suppress the details by adding
26166 &`/no_details`& to the ACL statement that requests sender verification. For
26167 example:
26168 .code
26169 verify = sender/no_details
26170 .endd
26171
26172 .section "Redirection while verifying" "SECTredirwhilveri"
26173 .cindex "verifying" "redirection while"
26174 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
26175 A dilemma arises when a local address is redirected by aliasing or forwarding
26176 during verification: should the generated addresses themselves be verified,
26177 or should the successful expansion of the original address be enough to verify
26178 it? By default, Exim takes the following pragmatic approach:
26179
26180 .ilist
26181 When an incoming address is redirected to just one child address, verification
26182 continues with the child address, and if that fails to verify, the original
26183 verification also fails.
26184 .next
26185 When an incoming address is redirected to more than one child address,
26186 verification does not continue. A success result is returned.
26187 .endlist
26188
26189 This seems the most reasonable behaviour for the common use of aliasing as a
26190 way of redirecting different local parts to the same mailbox. It means, for
26191 example, that a pair of alias entries of the form
26192 .code
26193 A.Wol: aw123
26194 aw123: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
26195 .endd
26196 work as expected, with both local parts causing verification failure. When a
26197 redirection generates more than one address, the behaviour is more like a
26198 mailing list, where the existence of the alias itself is sufficient for
26199 verification to succeed.
26200
26201 It is possible, however, to change the default behaviour so that all successful
26202 redirections count as successful verifications, however many new addresses are
26203 generated. This is specified by the &%success_on_redirect%& verification
26204 option. For example:
26205 .code
26206 require verify = recipient/success_on_redirect/callout=10s
26207 .endd
26208 In this example, verification succeeds if a router generates a new address, and
26209 the callout does not occur, because no address was routed to a remote host.
26210
26211
26212
26213
26214 .section "Client SMTP authorization (CSA)" "SECTverifyCSA"
26215 .cindex "CSA" "verifying"
26216 Client SMTP Authorization is a system that allows a site to advertise
26217 which machines are and are not permitted to send email. This is done by placing
26218 special SRV records in the DNS; these are looked up using the client's HELO
26219 domain. At the time of writing, CSA is still an Internet Draft. Client SMTP
26220 Authorization checks in Exim are performed by the ACL condition:
26221 .code
26222 verify = csa
26223 .endd
26224 This fails if the client is not authorized. If there is a DNS problem, or if no
26225 valid CSA SRV record is found, or if the client is authorized, the condition
26226 succeeds. These three cases can be distinguished using the expansion variable
26227 &$csa_status$&, which can take one of the values &"fail"&, &"defer"&,
26228 &"unknown"&, or &"ok"&. The condition does not itself defer because that would
26229 be likely to cause problems for legitimate email.
26230
26231 The error messages produced by the CSA code include slightly more
26232 detail. If &$csa_status$& is &"defer"&, this may be because of problems
26233 looking up the CSA SRV record, or problems looking up the CSA target
26234 address record. There are four reasons for &$csa_status$& being &"fail"&:
26235
26236 .ilist
26237 The client's host name is explicitly not authorized.
26238 .next
26239 The client's IP address does not match any of the CSA target IP addresses.
26240 .next
26241 The client's host name is authorized but it has no valid target IP addresses
26242 (for example, the target's addresses are IPv6 and the client is using IPv4).
26243 .next
26244 The client's host name has no CSA SRV record but a parent domain has asserted
26245 that all subdomains must be explicitly authorized.
26246 .endlist
26247
26248 The &%csa%& verification condition can take an argument which is the domain to
26249 use for the DNS query. The default is:
26250 .code
26251 verify = csa/$sender_helo_name
26252 .endd
26253 This implementation includes an extension to CSA. If the query domain
26254 is an address literal such as [192.0.2.95], or if it is a bare IP
26255 address, Exim searches for CSA SRV records in the reverse DNS as if
26256 the HELO domain was (for example) &'95.2.0.192.in-addr.arpa'&. Therefore it is
26257 meaningful to say:
26258 .code
26259 verify = csa/$sender_host_address
26260 .endd
26261 In fact, this is the check that Exim performs if the client does not say HELO.
26262 This extension can be turned off by setting the main configuration option
26263 &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& to be false.
26264
26265 If a CSA SRV record is not found for the domain itself, a search
26266 is performed through its parent domains for a record which might be
26267 making assertions about subdomains. The maximum depth of this search is limited
26268 using the main configuration option &%dns_csa_search_limit%&, which is 5 by
26269 default. Exim does not look for CSA SRV records in a top level domain, so the
26270 default settings handle HELO domains as long as seven
26271 (&'hostname.five.four.three.two.one.com'&). This encompasses the vast majority
26272 of legitimate HELO domains.
26273
26274 The &'dnsdb'& lookup also has support for CSA. Although &'dnsdb'& also supports
26275 direct SRV lookups, this is not sufficient because of the extra parent domain
26276 search behaviour of CSA, and (as with PTR lookups) &'dnsdb'& also turns IP
26277 addresses into lookups in the reverse DNS space. The result of a successful
26278 lookup such as:
26279 .code
26280 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
26281 .endd
26282 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
26283 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
26284 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
26285
26286
26287
26288
26289 .section "Bounce address tag validation" "SECTverifyPRVS"
26290 .cindex "BATV" "verifying"
26291 Bounce address tag validation (BATV) is a scheme whereby the envelope senders
26292 of outgoing messages have a cryptographic, timestamped &"tag"& added to them.
26293 Genuine incoming bounce messages should therefore always be addressed to
26294 recipients that have a valid tag. This scheme is a way of detecting unwanted
26295 bounce messages caused by sender address forgeries (often called &"collateral
26296 spam"&), because the recipients of such messages do not include valid tags.
26297
26298 There are two expansion items to help with the implementation of the BATV
26299 &"prvs"& (private signature) scheme in an Exim configuration. This scheme signs
26300 the original envelope sender address by using a simple key to add a hash of the
26301 address and some time-based randomizing information. The &%prvs%& expansion
26302 item creates a signed address, and the &%prvscheck%& expansion item checks one.
26303 The syntax of these expansion items is described in section
26304 &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
26305
26306 As an example, suppose the secret per-address keys are stored in an MySQL
26307 database. A query to look up the key for an address could be defined as a macro
26308 like this:
26309 .code
26310 PRVSCHECK_SQL = ${lookup mysql{SELECT secret FROM batv_prvs \
26311 WHERE sender='${quote_mysql:$prvscheck_address}'\
26312 }{$value}}
26313 .endd
26314 Suppose also that the senders who make use of BATV are defined by an address
26315 list called &%batv_senders%&. Then, in the ACL for RCPT commands, you could
26316 use this:
26317 .code
26318 # Bounces: drop unsigned addresses for BATV senders
26319 deny message = This address does not send an unsigned reverse path.
26320 senders = :
26321 recipients = +batv_senders
26322
26323 # Bounces: In case of prvs-signed address, check signature.
26324 deny message = Invalid reverse path signature.
26325 senders = :
26326 condition = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}\
26327 {PRVSCHECK_SQL}{1}}
26328 !condition = $prvscheck_result
26329 .endd
26330 The first statement rejects recipients for bounce messages that are addressed
26331 to plain BATV sender addresses, because it is known that BATV senders do not
26332 send out messages with plain sender addresses. The second statement rejects
26333 recipients that are prvs-signed, but with invalid signatures (either because
26334 the key is wrong, or the signature has timed out).
26335
26336 A non-prvs-signed address is not rejected by the second statement, because the
26337 &%prvscheck%& expansion yields an empty string if its first argument is not a
26338 prvs-signed address, thus causing the &%condition%& condition to be false. If
26339 the first argument is a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the yield is
26340 the third string (in this case &"1"&), whether or not the cryptographic and
26341 timeout checks succeed. The &$prvscheck_result$& variable contains the result
26342 of the checks (empty for failure, &"1"& for success).
26343
26344 There are two more issues you must consider when implementing prvs-signing.
26345 Firstly, you need to ensure that prvs-signed addresses are not blocked by your
26346 ACLs. A prvs-signed address contains a slash character, but the default Exim
26347 configuration contains this statement in the RCPT ACL:
26348 .code
26349 deny message = Restricted characters in address
26350 domains = +local_domains
26351 local_parts = ^[.] : ^.*[@%!/|]
26352 .endd
26353 This is a conservative rule that blocks local parts that contain slashes. You
26354 should remove the slash in the last line.
26355
26356 Secondly, you have to ensure that the routers accept prvs-signed addresses and
26357 deliver them correctly. The easiest way to handle this is to use a &(redirect)&
26358 router to remove the signature with a configuration along these lines:
26359 .code
26360 batv_redirect:
26361 driver = redirect
26362 data = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}{PRVSCHECK_SQL}}
26363 .endd
26364 This works because, if the third argument of &%prvscheck%& is empty, the result
26365 of the expansion of a prvs-signed address is the decoded value of the original
26366 address. This router should probably be the first of your routers that handles
26367 local addresses.
26368
26369 To create BATV-signed addresses in the first place, a transport of this form
26370 can be used:
26371 .code
26372 external_smtp_batv:
26373 driver = smtp
26374 return_path = ${prvs {$return_path} \
26375 {${lookup mysql{SELECT \
26376 secret FROM batv_prvs WHERE \
26377 sender='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'} \
26378 {$value}fail}}}
26379 .endd
26380 If no key can be found for the existing return path, no signing takes place.
26381
26382
26383
26384 .section "Using an ACL to control relaying" "SECTrelaycontrol"
26385 .cindex "&ACL;" "relay control"
26386 .cindex "relaying" "control by ACL"
26387 .cindex "policy control" "relay control"
26388 An MTA is said to &'relay'& a message if it receives it from some host and
26389 delivers it directly to another host as a result of a remote address contained
26390 within it. Redirecting a local address via an alias or forward file and then
26391 passing the message on to another host is not relaying,
26392 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
26393 but a redirection as a result of the &"percent hack"& is.
26394
26395 Two kinds of relaying exist, which are termed &"incoming"& and &"outgoing"&.
26396 A host which is acting as a gateway or an MX backup is concerned with incoming
26397 relaying from arbitrary hosts to a specific set of domains. On the other hand,
26398 a host which is acting as a smart host for a number of clients is concerned
26399 with outgoing relaying from those clients to the Internet at large. Often the
26400 same host is fulfilling both functions,
26401 . ///
26402 . as illustrated in the diagram below,
26403 . ///
26404 but in principle these two kinds of relaying are entirely independent. What is
26405 not wanted is the transmission of mail from arbitrary remote hosts through your
26406 system to arbitrary domains.
26407
26408
26409 You can implement relay control by means of suitable statements in the ACL that
26410 runs for each RCPT command. For convenience, it is often easiest to use
26411 Exim's named list facility to define the domains and hosts involved. For
26412 example, suppose you want to do the following:
26413
26414 .ilist
26415 Deliver a number of domains to mailboxes on the local host (or process them
26416 locally in some other way). Let's say these are &'my.dom1.example'& and
26417 &'my.dom2.example'&.
26418 .next
26419 Relay mail for a number of other domains for which you are the secondary MX.
26420 These might be &'friend1.example'& and &'friend2.example'&.
26421 .next
26422 Relay mail from the hosts on your local LAN, to whatever domains are involved.
26423 Suppose your LAN is 192.168.45.0/24.
26424 .endlist
26425
26426
26427 In the main part of the configuration, you put the following definitions:
26428 .code
26429 domainlist local_domains = my.dom1.example : my.dom2.example
26430 domainlist relay_domains = friend1.example : friend2.example
26431 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.45.0/24
26432 .endd
26433 Now you can use these definitions in the ACL that is run for every RCPT
26434 command:
26435 .code
26436 acl_check_rcpt:
26437 accept domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
26438 accept hosts = +relay_hosts
26439 .endd
26440 The first statement accepts any RCPT command that contains an address in
26441 the local or relay domains. For any other domain, control passes to the second
26442 statement, which accepts the command only if it comes from one of the relay
26443 hosts. In practice, you will probably want to make your ACL more sophisticated
26444 than this, for example, by including sender and recipient verification. The
26445 default configuration includes a more comprehensive example, which is described
26446 in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
26447
26448
26449
26450 .section "Checking a relay configuration" "SECTcheralcon"
26451 .cindex "relaying" "checking control of"
26452 You can check the relay characteristics of your configuration in the same way
26453 that you can test any ACL behaviour for an incoming SMTP connection, by using
26454 the &%-bh%& option to run a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
26455
26456 For specifically testing for unwanted relaying, the host
26457 &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a useful service. If you telnet to this
26458 host from the host on which Exim is running, using the normal telnet port, you
26459 will see a normal telnet connection message and then quite a long delay. Be
26460 patient. The remote host is making an SMTP connection back to your host, and
26461 trying a number of common probes to test for open relay vulnerability. The
26462 results of the tests will eventually appear on your terminal.
26463 .ecindex IIDacl
26464
26465
26466
26467 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26468 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26469
26470 .chapter "Content scanning at ACL time" "CHAPexiscan"
26471 .scindex IIDcosca "content scanning" "at ACL time"
26472 The extension of Exim to include content scanning at ACL time, formerly known
26473 as &"exiscan"&, was originally implemented as a patch by Tom Kistner. The code
26474 was integrated into the main source for Exim release 4.50, and Tom continues to
26475 maintain it. Most of the wording of this chapter is taken from Tom's
26476 specification.
26477
26478 It is also possible to scan the content of messages at other times. The
26479 &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) allows for content
26480 scanning after all the ACLs have run. A transport filter can be used to scan
26481 messages at delivery time (see the &%transport_filter%& option, described in
26482 chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
26483
26484 If you want to include the ACL-time content-scanning features when you compile
26485 Exim, you need to arrange for WITH_CONTENT_SCAN to be defined in your
26486 &_Local/Makefile_&. When you do that, the Exim binary is built with:
26487
26488 .ilist
26489 Two additional ACLs (&%acl_smtp_mime%& and &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&) that are run
26490 for all MIME parts for SMTP and non-SMTP messages, respectively.
26491 .next
26492 Additional ACL conditions and modifiers: &%decode%&, &%malware%&,
26493 &%mime_regex%&, &%regex%&, and &%spam%&. These can be used in the ACL that is
26494 run at the end of message reception (the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL).
26495 .next
26496 An additional control feature (&"no_mbox_unspool"&) that saves spooled copies
26497 of messages, or parts of messages, for debugging purposes.
26498 .next
26499 Additional expansion variables that are set in the new ACL and by the new
26500 conditions.
26501 .next
26502 Two new main configuration options: &%av_scanner%& and &%spamd_address%&.
26503 .endlist
26504
26505 There is another content-scanning configuration option for &_Local/Makefile_&,
26506 called WITH_OLD_DEMIME. If this is set, the old, deprecated &%demime%& ACL
26507 condition is compiled, in addition to all the other content-scanning features.
26508
26509 Content-scanning is continually evolving, and new features are still being
26510 added. While such features are still unstable and liable to incompatible
26511 changes, they are made available in Exim by setting options whose names begin
26512 EXPERIMENTAL_ in &_Local/Makefile_&. Such features are not documented in
26513 this manual. You can find out about them by reading the file called
26514 &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
26515
26516 All the content-scanning facilites work on a MBOX copy of the message that is
26517 temporarily created in a file called:
26518 .display
26519 <&'spool_directory'&>&`/scan/`&<&'message_id'&>/<&'message_id'&>&`.eml`&
26520 .endd
26521 The &_.eml_& extension is a friendly hint to virus scanners that they can
26522 expect an MBOX-like structure inside that file. The file is created when the
26523 first content scanning facility is called. Subsequent calls to content
26524 scanning conditions open the same file again. The directory is recursively
26525 removed when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL has finished running, unless
26526 .code
26527 control = no_mbox_unspool
26528 .endd
26529 has been encountered. When the MIME ACL decodes files, they are put into the
26530 same directory by default.
26531
26532
26533
26534 .section "Scanning for viruses" "SECTscanvirus"
26535 .cindex "virus scanning"
26536 .cindex "content scanning" "for viruses"
26537 .cindex "content scanning" "the &%malware%& condition"
26538 The &%malware%& ACL condition lets you connect virus scanner software to Exim.
26539 It supports a &"generic"& interface to scanners called via the shell, and
26540 specialized interfaces for &"daemon"& type virus scanners, which are resident
26541 in memory and thus are much faster.
26542
26543 .cindex "&%av_scanner%&"
26544 You can set the &%av_scanner%& option in first part of the Exim configuration
26545 file to specify which scanner to use, together with any additional options that
26546 are needed. The basic syntax is as follows:
26547 .display
26548 &`av_scanner = <`&&'scanner-type'&&`>:<`&&'option1'&&`>:<`&&'option2'&&`>:[...]`&
26549 .endd
26550 If you do not set &%av_scanner%&, it defaults to
26551 .code
26552 av_scanner = sophie:/var/run/sophie
26553 .endd
26554 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
26555 before use. The following scanner types are supported in this release:
26556
26557 .vlist
26558 .vitem &%aveserver%&
26559 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
26560 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 5. You can get a trial version
26561 at &url(http://www.kaspersky.com). This scanner type takes one option,
26562 which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket. The default is shown in this
26563 example:
26564 .code
26565 av_scanner = aveserver:/var/run/aveserver
26566 .endd
26567
26568 .vitem &%clamd%&
26569 .cindex "virus scanners" "clamd"
26570 This daemon-type scanner is GPL and free. You can get it at
26571 &url(http://www.clamav.net/). Some older versions of clamd do not seem to
26572 unpack MIME containers, so it used to be recommended to unpack MIME attachments
26573 in the MIME ACL. This no longer believed to be necessary. One option is
26574 required: either the path and name of a UNIX socket file, or a hostname or IP
26575 number, and a port, separated by space, as in the second of these examples:
26576 .code
26577 av_scanner = clamd:/opt/clamd/socket
26578 av_scanner = clamd:192.168.2.100 1234
26579 .endd
26580 If the option is unset, the default is &_/tmp/clamd_&. Thanks to David Saez for
26581 contributing the code for this scanner.
26582
26583 .vitem &%cmdline%&
26584 .cindex "virus scanners" "command line interface"
26585 This is the keyword for the generic command line scanner interface. It can be
26586 used to attach virus scanners that are invoked from the shell. This scanner
26587 type takes 3 mandatory options:
26588
26589 .olist
26590 The full path and name of the scanner binary, with all command line options,
26591 and a placeholder (&`%s`&) for the directory to scan.
26592
26593 .next
26594 A regular expression to match against the STDOUT and STDERR output of the
26595 virus scanner. If the expression matches, a virus was found. You must make
26596 absolutely sure that this expression matches on &"virus found"&. This is called
26597 the &"trigger"& expression.
26598
26599 .next
26600 Another regular expression, containing exactly one pair of parentheses, to
26601 match the name of the virus found in the scanners output. This is called the
26602 &"name"& expression.
26603 .endlist olist
26604
26605 For example, Sophos Sweep reports a virus on a line like this:
26606 .code
26607 Virus 'W32/Magistr-B' found in file ./those.bat
26608 .endd
26609 For the trigger expression, we can just match the word &"found"&. For the name
26610 expression, we want to extract the W32/Magistr-B string, so we can match for
26611 the single quotes left and right of it. Altogether, this makes the
26612 configuration setting:
26613 .code
26614 av_scanner = cmdline:\
26615 /path/to/sweep -all -rec -archive %s:\
26616 found:'(.+)'
26617 .endd
26618 .vitem &%drweb%&
26619 .cindex "virus scanners" "DrWeb"
26620 The DrWeb daemon scanner (&url(http://www.sald.com/)) interface takes one
26621 argument, either a full path to a UNIX socket, or an IP address and port
26622 separated by white space, as in these examples:
26623 .code
26624 av_scanner = drweb:/var/run/drwebd.sock
26625 av_scanner = drweb:192.168.2.20 31337
26626 .endd
26627 If you omit the argument, the default path &_/usr/local/drweb/run/drwebd.sock_&
26628 is used. Thanks to Alex Miller for contributing the code for this scanner.
26629
26630 .vitem &%fsecure%&
26631 .cindex "virus scanners" "F-Secure"
26632 The F-Secure daemon scanner (&url(http://www.f-secure.com)) takes one
26633 argument which is the path to a UNIX socket. For example:
26634 .code
26635 av_scanner = fsecure:/path/to/.fsav
26636 .endd
26637 If no argument is given, the default is &_/var/run/.fsav_&. Thanks to Johan
26638 Thelmen for contributing the code for this scanner.
26639
26640 .vitem &%kavdaemon%&
26641 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
26642 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 4. This version of the
26643 Kaspersky scanner is outdated. Please upgrade (see &%aveserver%& above). This
26644 scanner type takes one option, which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket.
26645 For example:
26646 .code
26647 av_scanner = kavdaemon:/opt/AVP/AvpCtl
26648 .endd
26649 The default path is &_/var/run/AvpCtl_&.
26650
26651 .vitem &%mksd%&
26652 .cindex "virus scanners" "mksd"
26653 This is a daemon type scanner that is aimed mainly at Polish users, though some
26654 parts of documentation are now available in English. You can get it at
26655 &url(http://linux.mks.com.pl/). The only option for this scanner type is
26656 the maximum number of processes used simultaneously to scan the attachments,
26657 provided that the demime facility is employed and also provided that mksd has
26658 been run with at least the same number of child processes. For example:
26659 .code
26660 av_scanner = mksd:2
26661 .endd
26662 You can safely omit this option (the default value is 1).
26663
26664 .vitem &%sophie%&
26665 .new
26666 .cindex "virus scanners" "Sophos and Sophie"
26667 Sophie is a daemon that uses Sophos' &%libsavi%& library to scan for viruses.
26668 You can get Sophie at &url(http://www.clanfield.info/sophie/). The only option
26669 for this scanner type is the path to the UNIX socket that Sophie uses for
26670 client communication. For example:
26671 .wen
26672 .code
26673 av_scanner = sophie:/tmp/sophie
26674 .endd
26675 The default path is &_/var/run/sophie_&, so if you are using this, you can omit
26676 the option.
26677 .endlist
26678
26679 When &%av_scanner%& is correctly set, you can use the &%malware%& condition in
26680 the DATA ACL. &*Note*&: You cannot use the &%malware%& condition in the MIME
26681 ACL.
26682
26683 The &%av_scanner%& option is expanded each time &%malware%& is called. This
26684 makes it possible to use different scanners. See further below for an example.
26685 The &%malware%& condition caches its results, so when you use it multiple times
26686 for the same message, the actual scanning process is only carried out once.
26687 However, using expandable items in &%av_scanner%& disables this caching, in
26688 which case each use of the &%malware%& condition causes a new scan of the
26689 message.
26690
26691 The &%malware%& condition takes a right-hand argument that is expanded before
26692 use. It can then be one of
26693
26694 .ilist
26695 &"true"&, &"*"&, or &"1"&, in which case the message is scanned for viruses.
26696 The condition succeeds if a virus was found, and fail otherwise. This is the
26697 recommended usage.
26698 .next
26699 .new
26700 &"false"& or &"0"& or an empty string, in which case no scanning is done and
26701 the condition fails immediately.
26702 .wen
26703 .next
26704 A regular expression, in which case the message is scanned for viruses. The
26705 condition succeeds if a virus is found and its name matches the regular
26706 expression. This allows you to take special actions on certain types of virus.
26707 .endlist
26708
26709 .new
26710 You can append &`/defer_ok`& to the &%malware%& condition to accept messages
26711 even if there is a problem with the virus scanner. Otherwise, such a problem
26712 causes the ACL to defer.
26713 .wen
26714
26715 .cindex "&$malware_name$&"
26716 When a virus is found, the condition sets up an expansion variable called
26717 &$malware_name$& that contains the name of the virus. You can use it in a
26718 &%message%& modifier that specifies the error returned to the sender, and/or in
26719 logging data.
26720
26721 If your virus scanner cannot unpack MIME and TNEF containers itself, you should
26722 use the &%demime%& condition (see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&) before the
26723 &%malware%& condition.
26724
26725 Here is a very simple scanning example:
26726 .code
26727 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
26728 demime = *
26729 malware = *
26730 .endd
26731 The next example accepts messages when there is a problem with the scanner:
26732 .code
26733 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
26734 demime = *
26735 malware = */defer_ok
26736 .endd
26737 The next example shows how to use an ACL variable to scan with both sophie and
26738 aveserver. It assumes you have set:
26739 .code
26740 av_scanner = $acl_m0
26741 .endd
26742 in the main Exim configuration.
26743 .code
26744 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
26745 set acl_m0 = sophie
26746 malware = *
26747
26748 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
26749 set acl_m0 = aveserver
26750 malware = *
26751 .endd
26752
26753
26754 .section "Scanning with SpamAssassin" "SECTscanspamass"
26755 .cindex "content scanning" "for spam"
26756 .cindex "spam scanning"
26757 .cindex "SpamAssassin" "scanning with"
26758 The &%spam%& ACL condition calls SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon to get a spam
26759 score and a report for the message. You can get SpamAssassin at
26760 &url(http://www.spamassassin.org), or, if you have a working Perl
26761 installation, you can use CPAN by running:
26762 .code
26763 perl -MCPAN -e 'install Mail::SpamAssassin'
26764 .endd
26765 SpamAssassin has its own set of configuration files. Please review its
26766 documentation to see how you can tweak it. The default installation should work
26767 nicely, however.
26768
26769 .cindex "&%spamd_address%&"
26770 After having installed and configured SpamAssassin, start the &%spamd%& daemon.
26771 By default, it listens on 127.0.0.1, TCP port 783. If you use another host or
26772 port for &%spamd%&, you must set the &%spamd_address%& option in the global
26773 part of the Exim configuration as follows (example):
26774 .code
26775 spamd_address = 192.168.99.45 387
26776 .endd
26777 You do not need to set this option if you use the default. As of version 2.60,
26778 &%spamd%& also supports communication over UNIX sockets. If you want to use
26779 these, supply &%spamd_address%& with an absolute file name instead of a
26780 address/port pair:
26781 .code
26782 spamd_address = /var/run/spamd_socket
26783 .endd
26784 You can have multiple &%spamd%& servers to improve scalability. These can
26785 reside on other hardware reachable over the network. To specify multiple
26786 &%spamd%& servers, put multiple address/port pairs in the &%spamd_address%&
26787 option, separated with colons:
26788 .code
26789 spamd_address = 192.168.2.10 783 : \
26790 192.168.2.11 783 : \
26791 192.168.2.12 783
26792 .endd
26793 Up to 32 &%spamd%& servers are supported. The servers are queried in a random
26794 fashion. When a server fails to respond to the connection attempt, all other
26795 servers are tried until one succeeds. If no server responds, the &%spam%&
26796 condition defers.
26797
26798 &*Warning*&: It is not possible to use the UNIX socket connection method with
26799 multiple &%spamd%& servers.
26800
26801
26802 .section "Calling SpamAssassin from an Exim ACL"
26803 Here is a simple example of the use of the &%spam%& condition in a DATA ACL:
26804 .code
26805 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
26806 spam = joe
26807 .endd
26808 The right-hand side of the &%spam%& condition specifies the username that
26809 SpamAssassin should scan for. If you do not want to scan for a particular user,
26810 but rather use the SpamAssassin system-wide default profile, you can scan for
26811 an unknown user, or simply use &"nobody"&. However, you must put something on
26812 the right-hand side.
26813
26814 The username allows you to use per-domain or per-user antispam profiles. The
26815 right-hand side is expanded before being used, so you can put lookups or
26816 conditions there. When the right-hand side evaluates to &"0"& or &"false"&, no
26817 scanning is done and the condition fails immediately.
26818
26819 Scanning with SpamAssassin uses a lot of resources. If you scan every message,
26820 large ones may cause significant performance degredation. As most spam messages
26821 are quite small, it is recommended that you do not scan the big ones. For
26822 example:
26823 .code
26824 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
26825 condition = ${if < {$message_size}{10K}}
26826 spam = nobody
26827 .endd
26828
26829 The &%spam%& condition returns true if the threshold specified in the user's
26830 SpamAssassin profile has been matched or exceeded. If you want to use the
26831 &%spam%& condition for its side effects (see the variables below), you can make
26832 it always return &"true"& by appending &`:true`& to the username.
26833
26834 .cindex "spam scanning" "returned variables"
26835 When the &%spam%& condition is run, it sets up a number of expansion
26836 variables. With the exception of &$spam_score_int$&, these are usable only
26837 within ACLs; their values are not retained with the message and so cannot be
26838 used at delivery time.
26839
26840 .vlist
26841 .vitem &$spam_score$&
26842 The spam score of the message, for example &"3.4"& or &"30.5"&. This is useful
26843 for inclusion in log or reject messages.
26844
26845 .vitem &$spam_score_int$&
26846 The spam score of the message, multiplied by ten, as an integer value. For
26847 example &"34"& or &"305"&. This is useful for numeric comparisons in
26848 conditions. This variable is special; its value is saved with the message, and
26849 written to Exim's spool file. This means that it can be used during the whole
26850 life of the message on your Exim system, in particular, in routers or
26851 transports during the later delivery phase.
26852
26853 .vitem &$spam_bar$&
26854 A string consisting of a number of &"+"& or &"-"& characters, representing the
26855 integer part of the spam score value. A spam score of 4.4 would have a
26856 &$spam_bar$& value of &"++++"&. This is useful for inclusion in warning
26857 headers, since MUAs can match on such strings.
26858
26859 .vitem &$spam_report$&
26860 A multiline text table, containing the full SpamAssassin report for the
26861 message. Useful for inclusion in headers or reject messages.
26862 .endlist
26863
26864 The &%spam%& condition caches its results. If you call it again with the same
26865 user name, it does not scan again, but rather returns the same values as
26866 before.
26867
26868 The &%spam%& condition returns DEFER if there is any error while running the
26869 message through SpamAssassin. If you want to treat DEFER as FAIL (to pass on to
26870 the next ACL statement block), append &`/defer_ok`& to the right-hand side of
26871 the spam condition, like this:
26872 .code
26873 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
26874 spam = joe/defer_ok
26875 .endd
26876 This causes messages to be accepted even if there is a problem with &%spamd%&.
26877
26878 Here is a longer, commented example of the use of the &%spam%&
26879 condition:
26880 .new
26881 .code
26882 # put headers in all messages (no matter if spam or not)
26883 warn spam = nobody:true
26884 add_header = X-Spam-Score: $spam_score ($spam_bar)
26885 add_header = X-Spam-Report: $spam_report
26886
26887 # add second subject line with *SPAM* marker when message
26888 # is over threshold
26889 warn spam = nobody
26890 add_header = Subject: *SPAM* $h_Subject:
26891
26892 # reject spam at high scores (> 12)
26893 deny message = This message scored $spam_score spam points.
26894 spam = nobody:true
26895 condition = ${if >{$spam_score_int}{120}{1}{0}}
26896 .endd
26897 .wen
26898
26899
26900
26901 .section "Scanning MIME parts" "SECTscanmimepart"
26902 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME parts"
26903 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
26904 .cindex "&%acl_smtp_mime%&"
26905 .cindex "&%acl_not_smtp_mime%&"
26906 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& global option specifies an ACL that is called once for
26907 each MIME part of an SMTP message, including multipart types, in the sequence
26908 of their position in the message. Similarly, the &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& option
26909 specifies an ACL that is used for the MIME parts of non-SMTP messages. These
26910 options may both refer to the same ACL if you want the same processing in both
26911 cases.
26912
26913 &new("These ACLs are called (possibly many times) just before the
26914 &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL in the case of an SMTP message, or just before the
26915 &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL in the case of a non-SMTP message.") However, a MIME ACL
26916 is called only if the message contains a &'MIME-Version:'& header line. When a
26917 call to a MIME ACL does not yield &"accept"&, ACL processing is aborted and the
26918 appropriate result code is sent to the client. In the case of an SMTP message,
26919 the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is not called when this happens.
26920
26921 You cannot use the &%malware%& or &%spam%& conditions in a MIME ACL; these can
26922 only be used in the DATA or non-SMTP ACLs. However, you can use the &%regex%&
26923 condition to match against the raw MIME part. You can also use the
26924 &%mime_regex%& condition to match against the decoded MIME part (see section
26925 &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
26926
26927 At the start of a MIME ACL, a number of variables are set from the header
26928 information for the relevant MIME part. These are described below. The contents
26929 of the MIME part are not by default decoded into a disk file except for MIME
26930 parts whose content-type is &"message/rfc822"&. If you want to decode a MIME
26931 part into a disk file, you can use the &%decode%& modifier. The general syntax
26932 is:
26933 .display
26934 &`decode = [/`&<&'path'&>&`/]`&<&'filename'&>
26935 .endd
26936 The right hand side is expanded before use. After expansion,
26937 the value can be:
26938
26939 .olist
26940 &"0"& or &"false"&, in which case no decoding is done.
26941 .next
26942 The string &"default"&. In that case, the file is put in the temporary
26943 &"default"& directory <&'spool_directory'&>&_/scan/_&<&'message_id'&>&_/_& with
26944 a sequential file name consisting of the message id and a sequence number. The
26945 full path and name is available in &$mime_decoded_filename$& after decoding.
26946 .next
26947 A full path name starting with a slash. If the full name is an existing
26948 directory, it is used as a replacement for the default directory. The filename
26949 is then sequentially assigned. If the path does not exist, it is used as
26950 the full path and file name.
26951 .next
26952 If the string does not start with a slash, it is used as the
26953 filename, and the default path is then used.
26954 .endlist
26955
26956 You can easily decode a file with its original, proposed filename using
26957 .code
26958 decode = $mime_filename
26959 .endd
26960 However, you should keep in mind that &$mime_filename$& might contain
26961 anything. If you place files outside of the default path, they are not
26962 automatically unlinked.
26963
26964 For RFC822 attachments (these are messages attached to messages, with a
26965 content-type of &"message/rfc822"&), the ACL is called again in the same manner
26966 as for the primary message, only that the &$mime_is_rfc822$& expansion
26967 variable is set (see below). Attached messages are always decoded to disk
26968 before being checked, and the files are unlinked once the check is done.
26969
26970 The MIME ACL supports the &%regex%& and &%mime_regex%& conditions. These can be
26971 used to match regular expressions against raw and decoded MIME parts,
26972 respectively. They are described in section &<<SECTscanregex>>&.
26973
26974 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "returned variables"
26975 The following list describes all expansion variables that are
26976 available in the MIME ACL:
26977
26978 .vlist
26979 .vitem &$mime_boundary$&
26980 If the current part is a multipart (see &$mime_is_multipart$&) below, it should
26981 have a boundary string, which is stored in this variable. If the current part
26982 has no boundary parameter in the &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable
26983 contains the empty string.
26984
26985 .vitem &$mime_charset$&
26986 This variable contains the character set identifier, if one was found in the
26987 &'Content-Type:'& header. Examples for charset identifiers are:
26988 .code
26989 us-ascii
26990 gb2312 (Chinese)
26991 iso-8859-1
26992 .endd
26993 Please note that this value is not normalized, so you should do matches
26994 case-insensitively.
26995
26996 .vitem &$mime_content_description$&
26997 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Description:'&
26998 header. It can contain a human-readable description of the parts content. Some
26999 implementations repeat the filename for attachments here, but they are usually
27000 only used for display purposes.
27001
27002 .vitem &$mime_content_disposition$&
27003 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Disposition:'&
27004 header. You can expect strings like &"attachment"& or &"inline"& here.
27005
27006 .vitem &$mime_content_id$&
27007 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-ID:'& header.
27008 This is a unique ID that can be used to reference a part from another part.
27009
27010 .vitem &$mime_content_size$&
27011 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
27012 successfully run. It contains the size of the decoded part in kilobytes. The
27013 size is always rounded up to full kilobytes, so only a completely empty part
27014 has a &$mime_content_size$& of zero.
27015
27016 .vitem &$mime_content_transfer_encoding$&
27017 This variable contains the normalized content of the
27018 &'Content-transfer-encoding:'& header. This is a symbolic name for an encoding
27019 type. Typical values are &"base64"& and &"quoted-printable"&.
27020
27021 .vitem &$mime_content_type$&
27022 If the MIME part has a &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains its
27023 value, lowercased, and without any options (like &"name"& or &"charset"&). Here
27024 are some examples of popular MIME types, as they may appear in this variable:
27025 .code
27026 text/plain
27027 text/html
27028 application/octet-stream
27029 image/jpeg
27030 audio/midi
27031 .endd
27032 If the MIME part has no &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains the
27033 empty string.
27034
27035 .vitem &$mime_decoded_filename$&
27036 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
27037 successfully run. It contains the full path and file name of the file
27038 containing the decoded data.
27039 .endlist
27040
27041 .cindex "RFC 2047"
27042 .vlist
27043 .vitem &$mime_filename$&
27044 This is perhaps the most important of the MIME variables. It contains a
27045 proposed filename for an attachment, if one was found in either the
27046 &'Content-Type:'& or &'Content-Disposition:'& headers. The filename will be
27047 RFC2047 decoded, but no additional sanity checks are done. If no filename was
27048 found, this variable contains the empty string.
27049
27050 .vitem &$mime_is_coverletter$&
27051 This variable attempts to differentiate the &"cover letter"& of an e-mail from
27052 attached data. It can be used to clamp down on flashy or unneccessarily encoded
27053 content in the cover letter, while not restricting attachments at all.
27054
27055 The variable contains 1 (true) for a MIME part believed to be part of the
27056 cover letter, and 0 (false) for an attachment. At present, the algorithm is as
27057 follows:
27058
27059 .olist
27060 The outermost MIME part of a message is always a cover letter.
27061
27062 .next
27063 If a multipart/alternative or multipart/related MIME part is a cover letter,
27064 so are all MIME subparts within that multipart.
27065
27066 .next
27067 If any other multipart is a cover letter, the first subpart is a cover letter,
27068 and the rest are attachments.
27069
27070 .next
27071 All parts contained within an attachment multipart are attachments.
27072 .endlist olist
27073
27074 As an example, the following will ban &"HTML mail"& (including that sent with
27075 alternative plain text), while allowing HTML files to be attached. HTML
27076 coverletter mail attached to non-HMTL coverletter mail will also be allowed:
27077 .code
27078 deny message = HTML mail is not accepted here
27079 !condition = $mime_is_rfc822
27080 condition = $mime_is_coverletter
27081 condition = ${if eq{$mime_content_type}{text/html}{1}{0}}
27082 .endd
27083 .vitem &$mime_is_multipart$&
27084 This variable has the value 1 (true) when the current part has the main type
27085 &"multipart"&, for example &"multipart/alternative"& or &"multipart/mixed"&.
27086 Since multipart entities only serve as containers for other parts, you may not
27087 want to carry out specific actions on them.
27088
27089 .vitem &$mime_is_rfc822$&
27090 This variable has the value 1 (true) if the current part is not a part of the
27091 checked message itself, but part of an attached message. Attached message
27092 decoding is fully recursive.
27093
27094 .vitem &$mime_part_count$&
27095 This variable is a counter that is raised for each processed MIME part. It
27096 starts at zero for the very first part (which is usually a multipart). The
27097 counter is per-message, so it is reset when processing RFC822 attachments (see
27098 &$mime_is_rfc822$&). The counter stays set after &%acl_smtp_mime%& is
27099 complete, so you can use it in the DATA ACL to determine the number of MIME
27100 parts of a message. For non-MIME messages, this variable contains the value -1.
27101 .endlist
27102
27103
27104
27105 .section "Scanning with regular expressions" "SECTscanregex"
27106 .cindex "content scanning" "with regular expressions"
27107 .cindex "regular expressions" "content scanning with"
27108 You can specify your own custom regular expression matches on the full body of
27109 the message, or on individual MIME parts.
27110
27111 The &%regex%& condition takes one or more regular expressions as arguments and
27112 matches them against the full message (when called in the DATA ACL) or a raw
27113 MIME part (when called in the MIME ACL). The &%regex%& condition matches
27114 linewise, with a maximum line length of 32K characters. That means you cannot
27115 have multiline matches with the &%regex%& condition.
27116
27117 The &%mime_regex%& condition can be called only in the MIME ACL. It matches up
27118 to 32K of decoded content (the whole content at once, not linewise). If the
27119 part has not been decoded with the &%decode%& modifier earlier in the ACL, it
27120 is decoded automatically when &%mime_regex%& is executed (using default path
27121 and filename values). If the decoded data is larger than 32K, only the first
27122 32K characters are checked.
27123
27124 The regular expressions are passed as a colon-separated list. To include a
27125 literal colon, you must double it. Since the whole right-hand side string is
27126 expanded before being used, you must also escape dollar signs and backslashes
27127 with more backslashes, or use the &`\N`& facility to disable expansion.
27128 Here is a simple example that contains two regular expressions:
27129 .code
27130 deny message = contains blacklisted regex ($regex_match_string)
27131 regex = [Mm]ortgage : URGENT BUSINESS PROPOSAL
27132 .endd
27133 The conditions returns true if any one of the regular expressions matches. The
27134 &$regex_match_string$& expansion variable is then set up and contains the
27135 matching regular expression.
27136
27137 &*Warning*&: With large messages, these conditions can be fairly
27138 CPU-intensive.
27139
27140
27141
27142
27143 .section "The demime condition" "SECTdemimecond"
27144 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME checking"
27145 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
27146 The &%demime%& ACL condition provides MIME unpacking, sanity checking and file
27147 extension blocking. It is usable only in the DATA and non-SMTP ACLs. The
27148 &%demime%& condition uses a simpler interface to MIME decoding than the MIME
27149 ACL functionality, but provides no additional facilities. Please note that this
27150 condition is deprecated and kept only for backward compatibility. You must set
27151 the WITH_OLD_DEMIME option in &_Local/Makefile_& at build time to be able to
27152 use the &%demime%& condition.
27153
27154 The &%demime%& condition unpacks MIME containers in the message. It detects
27155 errors in MIME containers and can match file extensions found in the message
27156 against a list. Using this facility produces files containing the unpacked MIME
27157 parts of the message in the temporary scan directory. If you do antivirus
27158 scanning, it is recommened that you use the &%demime%& condition before the
27159 antivirus (&%malware%&) condition.
27160
27161 On the right-hand side of the &%demime%& condition you can pass a
27162 colon-separated list of file extensions that it should match against. For
27163 example:
27164 .code
27165 deny message = Found blacklisted file attachment
27166 demime = vbs:com:bat:pif:prf:lnk
27167 .endd
27168 If one of the file extensions is found, the condition is true, otherwise it is
27169 false. If there is a temporary error while demimeing (for example, &"disk
27170 full"&), the condition defers, and the message is temporarily rejected (unless
27171 the condition is on a &%warn%& verb).
27172
27173 The right-hand side is expanded before being treated as a list, so you can have
27174 conditions and lookups there. If it expands to an empty string, &"false"&, or
27175 zero (&"0"&), no demimeing is done and the condition is false.
27176
27177 The &%demime%& condition set the following variables:
27178
27179 .vlist
27180 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
27181 .cindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
27182 When an error is detected in a MIME container, this variable contains the
27183 severity of the error, as an integer number. The higher the value, the more
27184 severe the error (the current maximum value is 3). If this variable is unset or
27185 zero, no error occurred.
27186
27187 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
27188 .cindex "&$demime_reason$&"
27189 When &$demime_errorlevel$& is greater than zero, this variable contains a
27190 human-readable text string describing the MIME error that occurred.
27191 .endlist
27192
27193 .vlist
27194 .vitem &$found_extension$&
27195 .cindex "&$found_extension$&"
27196 When the &%demime%& condition is true, this variable contains the file
27197 extension it found.
27198 .endlist
27199
27200 Both &$demime_errorlevel$& and &$demime_reason$& are set by the first call of
27201 the &%demime%& condition, and are not changed on subsequent calls.
27202
27203 If you do not want to check for file extensions, but rather use the &%demime%&
27204 condition for unpacking or error checking purposes, pass &"*"& as the
27205 right-hand side value. Here is a more elaborate example of how to use this
27206 facility:
27207 .code
27208 # Reject messages with serious MIME container errors
27209 deny message = Found MIME error ($demime_reason).
27210 demime = *
27211 condition = ${if >{$demime_errorlevel}{2}{1}{0}}
27212
27213 # Reject known virus spreading file extensions.
27214 # Accepting these is pretty much braindead.
27215 deny message = contains $found_extension file (blacklisted).
27216 demime = com:vbs:bat:pif:scr
27217
27218 # Freeze .exe and .doc files. Postmaster can
27219 # examine them and eventually thaw them.
27220 deny log_message = Another $found_extension file.
27221 demime = exe:doc
27222 control = freeze
27223 .endd
27224 .ecindex IIDcosca
27225
27226
27227
27228
27229 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27230 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27231
27232 .chapter "Adding a local scan function to Exim" "CHAPlocalscan" &&&
27233 "Local scan function"
27234 .scindex IIDlosca "&[local_scan()]& function" "description of"
27235 .cindex "customizing" "input scan using C function"
27236 .cindex "policy control" "by local scan function"
27237 In these days of email worms, viruses, and ever-increasing spam, some sites
27238 want to apply a lot of checking to messages before accepting them.
27239
27240 The content scanning extension (chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&) has facilities for
27241 passing messages to external virus and spam scanning software. You can also do
27242 a certain amount in Exim itself through string expansions and the &%condition%&
27243 condition in the ACL that runs after the SMTP DATA command or the ACL for
27244 non-SMTP messages (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), but this has its limitations.
27245
27246 To allow for further customization to a site's own requirements, there is the
27247 possibility of linking Exim with a private message scanning function, written
27248 in C. If you want to run code that is written in something other than C, you
27249 can of course use a little C stub to call it.
27250
27251 The local scan function is run once for every incoming message, at the point
27252 when Exim is just about to accept the message.
27253 It can therefore be used to control non-SMTP messages from local processes as
27254 well as messages arriving via SMTP.
27255
27256 Exim applies a timeout to calls of the local scan function, and there is an
27257 option called &%local_scan_timeout%& for setting it. The default is 5 minutes.
27258 Zero means &"no timeout"&.
27259 Exim also sets up signal handlers for SIGSEGV, SIGILL, SIGFPE, and SIGBUS
27260 before calling the local scan function, so that the most common types of crash
27261 are caught. If the timeout is exceeded or one of those signals is caught, the
27262 incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP message.
27263 For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a non-zero
27264 code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
27265
27266
27267
27268 .section "Building Exim to use a local scan function"
27269 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "building Exim to use"
27270 To make use of the local scan function feature, you must tell Exim where your
27271 function is before building Exim, by setting LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE in your
27272 &_Local/Makefile_&. A recommended place to put it is in the &_Local_&
27273 directory, so you might set
27274 .code
27275 LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE=Local/local_scan.c
27276 .endd
27277 for example. The function must be called &[local_scan()]&. It is called by
27278 Exim after it has received a message, when the success return code is about to
27279 be sent. This is after all the ACLs have been run. The return code from your
27280 function controls whether the message is actually accepted or not. There is a
27281 commented template function (that just accepts the message) in the file
27282 _src/local_scan.c_.
27283
27284 If you want to make use of Exim's run time configuration file to set options
27285 for your &[local_scan()]& function, you must also set
27286 .code
27287 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
27288 .endd
27289 in &_Local/Makefile_& (see section &<<SECTconoptloc>>& below).
27290
27291
27292
27293
27294 .section "API for local_scan()" "SECTapiforloc"
27295 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "API description"
27296 You must include this line near the start of your code:
27297 .code
27298 #include "local_scan.h"
27299 .endd
27300 This header file defines a number of variables and other values, and the
27301 prototype for the function itself. Exim is coded to use unsigned char values
27302 almost exclusively, and one of the things this header defines is a shorthand
27303 for &`unsigned char`& called &`uschar`&.
27304 It also contains the following macro definitions, to simplify casting character
27305 strings and pointers to character strings:
27306 .code
27307 #define CS (char *)
27308 #define CCS (const char *)
27309 #define CSS (char **)
27310 #define US (unsigned char *)
27311 #define CUS (const unsigned char *)
27312 #define USS (unsigned char **)
27313 .endd
27314 The function prototype for &[local_scan()]& is:
27315 .code
27316 extern int local_scan(int fd, uschar **return_text);
27317 .endd
27318 The arguments are as follows:
27319
27320 .ilist
27321 &%fd%& is a file descriptor for the file that contains the body of the message
27322 (the -D file). The file is open for reading and writing, but updating it is not
27323 recommended. &*Warning*&: You must &'not'& close this file descriptor.
27324
27325 The descriptor is positioned at character 19 of the file, which is the first
27326 character of the body itself, because the first 19 characters are the message
27327 id followed by &`-D`& and a newline. If you rewind the file, you should use the
27328 macro SPOOL_DATA_START_OFFSET to reset to the start of the data, just in
27329 case this changes in some future version.
27330 .next
27331 &%return_text%& is an address which you can use to return a pointer to a text
27332 string at the end of the function. The value it points to on entry is NULL.
27333 .endlist
27334
27335 The function must return an &%int%& value which is one of the following macros:
27336
27337 .vlist
27338 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&
27339 .cindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
27340 The message is accepted. If you pass back a string of text, it is saved with
27341 the message, and made available in the variable &$local_scan_data$&. No
27342 newlines are permitted (if there are any, they are turned into spaces) and the
27343 maximum length of text is 1000 characters.
27344
27345 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_FREEZE`&
27346 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
27347 queued without immediate delivery, and is frozen.
27348
27349 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_QUEUE`&
27350 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
27351 queued without immediate delivery.
27352
27353 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT`&
27354 The message is rejected; the returned text is used as an error message which is
27355 passed back to the sender and which is also logged. Newlines are permitted &--
27356 they cause a multiline response for SMTP rejections, but are converted to
27357 &`\n`& in log lines. If no message is given, &"Administrative prohibition"& is
27358 used.
27359
27360 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT`&
27361 The message is temporarily rejected; the returned text is used as an error
27362 message as for LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT. If no message is given, &"Temporary local
27363 problem"& is used.
27364
27365 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
27366 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, except that the header of the rejected
27367 message is not written to the reject log. It has the effect of unsetting the
27368 &%rejected_header%& log selector for just this rejection. If
27369 &%rejected_header%& is already unset (see the discussion of the
27370 &%log_selection%& option in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&), this code is the
27371 same as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
27372
27373 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
27374 This code is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT in the same way that
27375 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
27376 .endlist
27377
27378 If the message is not being received by interactive SMTP, rejections are
27379 reported by writing to &%stderr%& or by sending an email, as configured by the
27380 &%-oe%& command line options.
27381
27382
27383
27384 .section "Configuration options for local_scan()" "SECTconoptloc"
27385 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "configuration options"
27386 It is possible to have option settings in the main configuration file
27387 that set values in static variables in the &[local_scan()]& module. If you
27388 want to do this, you must have the line
27389 .code
27390 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
27391 .endd
27392 in your &_Local/Makefile_& when you build Exim. (This line is in
27393 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&, commented out). Then, in the &[local_scan()]& source
27394 file, you must define static variables to hold the option values, and a table
27395 to define them.
27396
27397 The table must be a vector called &%local_scan_options%&, of type
27398 &`optionlist`&. Each entry is a triplet, consisting of a name, an option type,
27399 and a pointer to the variable that holds the value. The entries must appear in
27400 alphabetical order. Following &%local_scan_options%& you must also define a
27401 variable called &%local_scan_options_count%& that contains the number of
27402 entries in the table. Here is a short example, showing two kinds of option:
27403 .code
27404 static int my_integer_option = 42;
27405 static uschar *my_string_option = US"a default string";
27406
27407 optionlist local_scan_options[] = {
27408 { "my_integer", opt_int, &my_integer_option },
27409 { "my_string", opt_stringptr, &my_string_option }
27410 };
27411
27412 int local_scan_options_count =
27413 sizeof(local_scan_options)/sizeof(optionlist);
27414 .endd
27415 The values of the variables can now be changed from Exim's runtime
27416 configuration file by including a local scan section as in this example:
27417 .code
27418 begin local_scan
27419 my_integer = 99
27420 my_string = some string of text...
27421 .endd
27422 The available types of option data are as follows:
27423
27424 .vlist
27425 .vitem &*opt_bool*&
27426 This specifies a boolean (true/false) option. The address should point to a
27427 variable of type &`BOOL`&, which will be set to TRUE or FALSE, which are macros
27428 that are defined as &"1"& and &"0"&, respectively. If you want to detect
27429 whether such a variable has been set at all, you can initialize it to
27430 TRUE_UNSET. (BOOL variables are integers underneath, so can hold more than two
27431 values.)
27432
27433 .vitem &*opt_fixed*&
27434 This specifies a fixed point number, such as is used for load averages.
27435 The address should point to a variable of type &`int`&. The value is stored
27436 multiplied by 1000, so, for example, 1.4142 is truncated and stored as 1414.
27437
27438 .vitem &*opt_int*&
27439 This specifies an integer; the address should point to a variable of type
27440 &`int`&. The value may be specified in any of the integer formats accepted by
27441 Exim.
27442
27443 .vitem &*opt_mkint*&
27444 This is the same as &%opt_int%&, except that when such a value is output in a
27445 &%-bP%& listing, if it is an exact number of kilobytes or megabytes, it is
27446 printed with the suffix K or M.
27447
27448 .vitem &*opt_octint*&
27449 This also specifies an integer, but the value is always interpeted as an
27450 octal integer, whether or not it starts with the digit zero, and it is
27451 always output in octal.
27452
27453 .vitem &*opt_stringptr*&
27454 This specifies a string value; the address must be a pointer to a
27455 variable that points to a string (for example, of type &`uschar *`&).
27456
27457 .vitem &*opt_time*&
27458 This specifies a time interval value. The address must point to a variable of
27459 type &`int`&. The value that is placed there is a number of seconds.
27460 .endlist
27461
27462 If the &%-bP%& command line option is followed by &`local_scan`&, Exim prints
27463 out the values of all the &[local_scan()]& options.
27464
27465
27466
27467 .section "Available Exim variables"
27468 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim variables"
27469 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of C variables. These
27470 are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to release.
27471 Note, however, that you can obtain the value of any Exim variable by calling
27472 &'expand_string()'&. The exported variables are as follows:
27473
27474 .vlist
27475 .vitem &*unsigned&~int&~debug_selector*&
27476 This variable is set to zero when no debugging is taking place. Otherwise, it
27477 is a bitmap of debugging selectors. Two bits are identified for use in
27478 &[local_scan()]&; they are defined as macros:
27479
27480 .ilist
27481 The &`D_v`& bit is set when &%-v%& was present on the command line. This is a
27482 testing option that is not privileged &-- any caller may set it. All the
27483 other selector bits can be set only by admin users.
27484
27485 .next
27486 The &`D_local_scan`& bit is provided for use by &[local_scan()]&; it is set
27487 by the &`+local_scan`& debug selector. It is not included in the default set
27488 of debugging bits.
27489 .endlist ilist
27490
27491 Thus, to write to the debugging output only when &`+local_scan`& has been
27492 selected, you should use code like this:
27493 .code
27494 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
27495 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
27496 .endd
27497 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string_message*&
27498 After a failing call to &'expand_string()'& (returned value NULL), the
27499 variable &%expand_string_message%& contains the error message, zero-terminated.
27500
27501 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_list*&
27502 A pointer to a chain of header lines. The &%header_line%& structure is
27503 discussed below.
27504
27505 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_last*&
27506 A pointer to the last of the header lines.
27507
27508 .vitem &*uschar&~*headers_charset*&
27509 The value of the &%headers_charset%& configuration option.
27510
27511 .vitem &*BOOL&~host_checking*&
27512 This variable is TRUE during a host checking session that is initiated by the
27513 &%-bh%& command line option.
27514
27515 .vitem &*uschar&~*interface_address*&
27516 The IP address of the interface that received the message, as a string. This
27517 is NULL for locally submitted messages.
27518
27519 .vitem &*int&~interface_port*&
27520 The port on which this message was received.
27521
27522 .vitem &*uschar&~*message_id*&
27523 This variable contains Exim's message id for the incoming message (the value of
27524 &$message_exim_id$&) as a zero-terminated string.
27525
27526 .vitem &*uschar&~*received_protocol*&
27527 The name of the protocol by which the message was received.
27528
27529 .vitem &*int&~recipients_count*&
27530 The number of accepted recipients.
27531
27532 .vitem &*recipient_item&~*recipients_list*&
27533 .cindex "recipient" "adding in local scan"
27534 .cindex "recipient" "removing in local scan"
27535 The list of accepted recipients, held in a vector of length
27536 &%recipients_count%&. The &%recipient_item%& structure is discussed below. You
27537 can add additional recipients by calling &'receive_add_recipient()'& (see
27538 below). You can delete recipients by removing them from the vector and adusting
27539 the value in &%recipients_count%&. In particular, by setting
27540 &%recipients_count%& to zero you remove all recipients. If you then return the
27541 value &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&, the message is accepted, but immediately
27542 blackholed. To replace the recipients, you can set &%recipients_count%& to zero
27543 and then call &'receive_add_recipient()'& as often as needed.
27544
27545 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_address*&
27546 The envelope sender address. For bounce messages this is the empty string.
27547
27548 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_address*&
27549 The IP address of the sending host, as a string. This is NULL for
27550 locally-submitted messages.
27551
27552 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_authenticated*&
27553 The name of the authentication mechanism that was used, or NULL if the message
27554 was not received over an authenticated SMTP connection.
27555
27556 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_name*&
27557 The name of the sending host, if known.
27558
27559 .vitem &*int&~sender_host_port*&
27560 The port on the sending host.
27561
27562 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_input*&
27563 This variable is TRUE for all SMTP input, including BSMTP.
27564
27565 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_batched_input*&
27566 This variable is TRUE for BSMTP input.
27567
27568 .vitem &*int&~store_pool*&
27569 The contents of this variable control which pool of memory is used for new
27570 requests. See section &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& for details.
27571 .endlist
27572
27573
27574 .section "Structure of header lines"
27575 The &%header_line%& structure contains the members listed below.
27576 You can add additional header lines by calling the &'header_add()'& function
27577 (see below). You can cause header lines to be ignored (deleted) by setting
27578 their type to *.
27579
27580
27581 .vlist
27582 .vitem &*struct&~header_line&~*next*&
27583 A pointer to the next header line, or NULL for the last line.
27584
27585 .vitem &*int&~type*&
27586 A code identifying certain headers that Exim recognizes. The codes are printing
27587 characters, and are documented in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>& of this manual.
27588 Notice in particular that any header line whose type is * is not transmitted
27589 with the message. This flagging is used for header lines that have been
27590 rewritten, or are to be removed (for example, &'Envelope-sender:'& header
27591 lines.) Effectively, * means &"deleted"&.
27592
27593 .vitem &*int&~slen*&
27594 The number of characters in the header line, including the terminating and any
27595 internal newlines.
27596
27597 .vitem &*uschar&~*text*&
27598 A pointer to the text of the header. It always ends with a newline, followed by
27599 a zero byte. Internal newlines are preserved.
27600 .endlist
27601
27602
27603
27604 .section "Structure of recipient items"
27605 The &%recipient_item%& structure contains these members:
27606
27607 .vlist
27608 .vitem &*uschar&~*address*&
27609 This is a pointer to the recipient address as it was received.
27610
27611 .vitem &*int&~pno*&
27612 This is used in later Exim processing when top level addresses are created by
27613 the &%one_time%& option. It is not relevant at the time &[local_scan()]& is run
27614 and must always contain -1 at this stage.
27615
27616 .vitem &*uschar&~*errors_to*&
27617 If this value is not NULL, bounce messages caused by failing to deliver to the
27618 recipient are sent to the address it contains. In other words, it overrides the
27619 envelope sender for this one recipient. (Compare the &%errors_to%& generic
27620 router option.) If a &[local_scan()]& function sets an &%errors_to%& field to
27621 an unqualified address, Exim qualifies it using the domain from
27622 &%qualify_recipient%&. When &[local_scan()]& is called, the &%errors_to%& field
27623 is NULL for all recipients.
27624 .endlist
27625
27626
27627
27628 .section "Available Exim functions"
27629 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim functions"
27630 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of Exim functions.
27631 These are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to
27632 release:
27633
27634 .vlist
27635 .vitem "&*pid_t&~child_open(uschar&~**argv,&~uschar&~**envp,&~int&~newumask,&&&
27636 &~int&~*infdptr,&~int&~*outfdptr, &~&~BOOL&~make_leader)*&"
27637
27638 This function creates a child process that runs the command specified by
27639 &%argv%&. The environment for the process is specified by &%envp%&, which can
27640 be NULL if no environment variables are to be passed. A new umask is supplied
27641 for the process in &%newumask%&.
27642
27643 Pipes to the standard input and output of the new process are set up
27644 and returned to the caller via the &%infdptr%& and &%outfdptr%& arguments. The
27645 standard error is cloned to the standard output. If there are any file
27646 descriptors &"in the way"& in the new process, they are closed. If the final
27647 argument is TRUE, the new process is made into a process group leader.
27648
27649 The function returns the pid of the new process, or -1 if things go wrong.
27650
27651 .vitem &*int&~child_close(pid_t&~pid,&~int&~timeout)*&
27652 This function waits for a child process to terminate, or for a timeout (in
27653 seconds) to expire. A timeout value of zero means wait as long as it takes. The
27654 return value is as follows:
27655
27656 .ilist
27657 >= 0
27658
27659 The process terminated by a normal exit and the value is the process
27660 ending status.
27661
27662 .next
27663 < 0 and > &--256
27664
27665 The process was terminated by a signal and the value is the negation of the
27666 signal number.
27667
27668 .next
27669 &--256
27670
27671 The process timed out.
27672 .next
27673 &--257
27674
27675 The was some other error in wait(); &%errno%& is still set.
27676 .endlist
27677
27678 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim(int&~*fd)*&
27679 This function provide you with a means of submitting a new message to
27680 Exim. (Of course, you can also call &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& yourself if you
27681 want, but this packages it all up for you.) The function creates a pipe,
27682 forks a subprocess that is running
27683 .code
27684 exim -t -oem -oi -f <>
27685 .endd
27686 and returns to you (via the &`int *`& argument) a file descriptor for the pipe
27687 that is connected to the standard input. The yield of the function is the PID
27688 of the subprocess. You can then write a message to the file descriptor, with
27689 recipients in &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and/or &'Bcc:'& header lines.
27690
27691 When you have finished, call &'child_close()'& to wait for the process to
27692 finish and to collect its ending status. A timeout value of zero is usually
27693 fine in this circumstance. Unless you have made a mistake with the recipient
27694 addresses, you should get a return code of zero.
27695
27696
27697 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim2(int&~*fd,&~uschar&~*sender,&~uschar&~&&&
27698 *sender_authentication)*&
27699 This function is a more sophisticated version of &'child_open()'&. The command
27700 that it runs is:
27701 .display
27702 &`exim -t -oem -oi -f `&&'sender'&&` -oMas `&&'sender_authentication'&
27703 .endd
27704 The third argument may be NULL, in which case the &%-oMas%& option is omitted.
27705
27706
27707 .vitem &*void&~debug_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
27708 This is Exim's debugging function, with arguments as for &'(printf()'&. The
27709 output is written to the standard error stream. If no debugging is selected,
27710 calls to &'debug_printf()'& have no effect. Normally, you should make calls
27711 conditional on the &`local_scan`& debug selector by coding like this:
27712 .code
27713 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
27714 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
27715 .endd
27716
27717 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string(uschar&~*string)*&
27718 This is an interface to Exim's string expansion code. The return value is the
27719 expanded string, or NULL if there was an expansion failure.
27720 The C variable &%expand_string_message%& contains an error message after an
27721 expansion failure. If expansion does not change the string, the return value is
27722 the pointer to the input string. Otherwise, the return value points to a new
27723 block of memory that was obtained by a call to &'store_get()'&. See section
27724 &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& below for a discussion of memory handling.
27725
27726 .vitem &*void&~header_add(int&~type,&~char&~*format,&~...)*&
27727 This function allows you to an add additional header line at the end of the
27728 existing ones. The first argument is the type, and should normally be a space
27729 character. The second argument is a format string and any number of
27730 substitution arguments as for &[sprintf()]&. You may include internal newlines
27731 if you want, and you must ensure that the string ends with a newline.
27732
27733 .vitem "&*void&~header_add_at_position(BOOL&~after,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
27734 BOOL&~topnot,&~int&~type,&~char&~*format, &~&~...)*&"
27735 This function adds a new header line at a specified point in the header
27736 chain. The header itself is specified as for &'header_add()'&.
27737
27738 If &%name%& is NULL, the new header is added at the end of the chain if
27739 &%after%& is true, or at the start if &%after%& is false. If &%name%& is not
27740 NULL, the header lines are searched for the first non-deleted header that
27741 matches the name. If one is found, the new header is added before it if
27742 &%after%& is false. If &%after%& is true, the new header is added after the
27743 found header and any adjacent subsequent ones with the same name (even if
27744 marked &"deleted"&). If no matching non-deleted header is found, the &%topnot%&
27745 option controls where the header is added. If it is true, addition is at the
27746 top; otherwise at the bottom. Thus, to add a header after all the &'Received:'&
27747 headers, or at the top if there are no &'Received:'& headers, you could use
27748 .code
27749 header_add_at_position(TRUE, US"Received", TRUE,
27750 ' ', "X-xxx: ...");
27751 .endd
27752 Normally, there is always at least one non-deleted &'Received:'& header, but
27753 there may not be if &%received_header_text%& expands to an empty string.
27754
27755
27756 .vitem &*void&~header_remove(int&~occurrence,&~uschar&~*name)*&
27757 This function removes header lines. If &%occurrence%& is zero or negative, all
27758 occurrences of the header are removed. If occurrence is greater than zero, that
27759 particular instance of the header is removed. If no header(s) can be found that
27760 match the specification, the function does nothing.
27761
27762
27763 .vitem "&*BOOL&~header_testname(header_line&~*hdr,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
27764 int&~length,&~BOOL&~notdel)*&"
27765 This function tests whether the given header has the given name. It is not just
27766 a string comparison, because white space is permitted between the name and the
27767 colon. If the &%notdel%& argument is true, a false return is forced for all
27768 &"deleted"& headers; otherwise they are not treated specially. For example:
27769 .code
27770 if (header_testname(h, US"X-Spam", 6, TRUE)) ...
27771 .endd
27772 .vitem &*uschar&~*lss_b64encode(uschar&~*cleartext,&~int&~length)*&
27773 .cindex "base64 encoding" "functions for &[local_scan()]& use"
27774 This function base64-encodes a string, which is passed by address and length.
27775 The text may contain bytes of any value, including zero. The result is passed
27776 back in dynamic memory that is obtained by calling &'store_get()'&. It is
27777 zero-terminated.
27778
27779 .vitem &*int&~lss_b64decode(uschar&~*codetext,&~uschar&~**cleartext)*&
27780 This function decodes a base64-encoded string. Its arguments are a
27781 zero-terminated base64-encoded string and the address of a variable that is set
27782 to point to the result, which is in dynamic memory. The length of the decoded
27783 string is the yield of the function. If the input is invalid base64 data, the
27784 yield is -1. A zero byte is added to the end of the output string to make it
27785 easy to interpret as a C string (assuming it contains no zeros of its own). The
27786 added zero byte is not included in the returned count.
27787
27788 .vitem &*int&~lss_match_domain(uschar&~*domain,&~uschar&~*list)*&
27789 This function checks for a match in a domain list. Domains are always
27790 matched caselessly. The return value is one of the following:
27791 .display
27792 &`OK `& match succeeded
27793 &`FAIL `& match failed
27794 &`DEFER `& match deferred
27795 .endd
27796 DEFER is usually caused by some kind of lookup defer, such as the
27797 inability to contact a database.
27798
27799 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_local_part(uschar&~*localpart,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
27800 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
27801 This function checks for a match in a local part list. The third argument
27802 controls case-sensitivity. The return values are as for
27803 &'lss_match_domain()'&.
27804
27805 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_address(uschar&~*address,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
27806 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
27807 This function checks for a match in an address list. The third argument
27808 controls the case-sensitivity of the local part match. The domain is always
27809 matched caselessly. The return values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&.
27810
27811 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_host(uschar&~*host_name,&~uschar&~*host_address,&~&&&
27812 uschar&~*list)*&"
27813 This function checks for a match in a host list. The most common usage is
27814 expected to be
27815 .code
27816 lss_match_host(sender_host_name, sender_host_address, ...)
27817 .endd
27818 .cindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
27819 An empty address field matches an empty item in the host list. If the host name
27820 is NULL, the name corresponding to &$sender_host_address$& is automatically
27821 looked up if a host name is required to match an item in the list. The return
27822 values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&, but in addition, &'lss_match_host()'&
27823 returns ERROR in the case when it had to look up a host name, but the lookup
27824 failed.
27825
27826 .vitem "&*void&~log_write(unsigned&~int&~selector,&~int&~which,&~char&~&&&
27827 *format,&~...)*&"
27828 This function writes to Exim's log files. The first argument should be zero (it
27829 is concerned with &%log_selector%&). The second argument can be &`LOG_MAIN`& or
27830 &`LOG_REJECT`& or &`LOG_PANIC`& or the inclusive &"or"& of any combination of
27831 them. It specifies to which log or logs the message is written. The remaining
27832 arguments are a format and relevant insertion arguments. The string should not
27833 contain any newlines, not even at the end.
27834
27835
27836 .vitem &*void&~receive_add_recipient(uschar&~*address,&~int&~pno)*&
27837 This function adds an additional recipient to the message. The first argument
27838 is the recipient address. If it is unqualified (has no domain), it is qualified
27839 with the &%qualify_recipient%& domain. The second argument must always be -1.
27840
27841 This function does not allow you to specify a private &%errors_to%& address (as
27842 described with the structure of &%recipient_item%& above), because it pre-dates
27843 the addition of that field to the structure. However, it is easy to add such a
27844 value afterwards. For example:
27845 .code
27846 receive_add_recipient(US"monitor@mydom.example", -1);
27847 recipients_list[recipients_count-1].errors_to =
27848 US"postmaster@mydom.example";
27849 .endd
27850
27851 .vitem &*BOOL&~receive_remove_recipient(uschar&~*recipient)*&
27852 This is a convenience function to remove a named recipient from the list of
27853 recipients. It returns true if a recipient was removed, and false if no
27854 matching recipient could be found. The argument must be a complete email
27855 address.
27856 .endlist
27857
27858
27859 .cindex "RFC 2047"
27860 .vlist
27861 .vitem "&*uschar&~rfc2047_decode(uschar&~*string,&~BOOL&~lencheck,&&&
27862 &~uschar&~*target,&~int&~zeroval,&~int&~*lenptr, &~&~uschar&~**error)*&"
27863 This function decodes strings that are encoded according to RFC 2047. Typically
27864 these are the contents of header lines. First, each &"encoded word"& is decoded
27865 from the Q or B encoding into a byte-string. Then, if provided with the name of
27866 a charset encoding, and if the &[iconv()]& function is available, an attempt is
27867 made to translate the result to the named character set. If this fails, the
27868 binary string is returned with an error message.
27869
27870 The first argument is the string to be decoded. If &%lencheck%& is TRUE, the
27871 maximum MIME word length is enforced. The third argument is the target
27872 encoding, or NULL if no translation is wanted.
27873
27874 .cindex "binary zero" "in RFC 2047 decoding"
27875 .cindex "RFC 2047" "binary zero in"
27876 If a binary zero is encountered in the decoded string, it is replaced by the
27877 contents of the &%zeroval%& argument. For use with Exim headers, the value must
27878 not be 0 because header lines are handled as zero-terminated strings.
27879
27880 The function returns the result of processing the string, zero-terminated; if
27881 &%lenptr%& is not NULL, the length of the result is set in the variable to
27882 which it points. When &%zeroval%& is 0, &%lenptr%& should not be NULL.
27883
27884 If an error is encountered, the function returns NULL and uses the &%error%&
27885 argument to return an error message. The variable pointed to by &%error%& is
27886 set to NULL if there is no error; it may be set non-NULL even when the function
27887 returns a non-NULL value if decoding was successful, but there was a problem
27888 with translation.
27889
27890
27891 .vitem &*int&~smtp_fflush(void)*&
27892 This function is used in conjunction with &'smtp_printf()'&, as described
27893 below.
27894
27895 .vitem &*void&~smtp_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
27896 The arguments of this function are like &[printf()]&; it writes to the SMTP
27897 output stream. You should use this function only when there is an SMTP output
27898 stream, that is, when the incoming message is being received via interactive
27899 SMTP. This is the case when &%smtp_input%& is TRUE and &%smtp_batched_input%&
27900 is FALSE. If you want to test for an incoming message from another host (as
27901 opposed to a local process that used the &%-bs%& command line option), you can
27902 test the value of &%sender_host_address%&, which is non-NULL when a remote host
27903 is involved.
27904
27905 If an SMTP TLS connection is established, &'smtp_printf()'& uses the TLS
27906 output function, so it can be used for all forms of SMTP connection.
27907
27908 Strings that are written by &'smtp_printf()'& from within &[local_scan()]&
27909 must start with an appropriate response code: 550 if you are going to return
27910 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, 451 if you are going to return
27911 LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT, and 250 otherwise. Because you are writing the
27912 initial lines of a multi-line response, the code must be followed by a hyphen
27913 to indicate that the line is not the final response line. You must also ensure
27914 that the lines you write terminate with CRLF. For example:
27915 .code
27916 smtp_printf("550-this is some extra info\r\n");
27917 return LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT;
27918 .endd
27919 Note that you can also create multi-line responses by including newlines in
27920 the data returned via the &%return_text%& argument. The added value of using
27921 &'smtp_printf()'& is that, for instance, you could introduce delays between
27922 multiple output lines.
27923
27924 The &'smtp_printf()'& function does not return any error indication, because it
27925 does not automatically flush pending output, and therefore does not test
27926 the state of the stream. (In the main code of Exim, flushing and error
27927 detection is done when Exim is ready for the next SMTP input command.) If
27928 you want to flush the output and check for an error (for example, the
27929 dropping of a TCP/IP connection), you can call &'smtp_fflush()'&, which has no
27930 arguments. It flushes the output stream, and returns a non-zero value if there
27931 is an error.
27932
27933 .vitem &*void&~*store_get(int)*&
27934 This function accesses Exim's internal store (memory) manager. It gets a new
27935 chunk of memory whose size is given by the argument. Exim bombs out if it ever
27936 runs out of memory. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
27937
27938 .vitem &*void&~*store_get_perm(int)*&
27939 This function is like &'store_get()'&, but it always gets memory from the
27940 permanent pool. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
27941
27942 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copy(uschar&~*string)*&
27943 See below.
27944
27945 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copyn(uschar&~*string,&~int&~length)*&
27946 See below.
27947
27948 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_sprintf(char&~*format,&~...)*&
27949 These three functions create strings using Exim's dynamic memory facilities.
27950 The first makes a copy of an entire string. The second copies up to a maximum
27951 number of characters, indicated by the second argument. The third uses a format
27952 and insertion arguments to create a new string. In each case, the result is a
27953 pointer to a new string in the current memory pool. See the next section for
27954 more discussion.
27955 .endlist
27956
27957
27958
27959 .section "More about Exim's memory handling" "SECTmemhanloc"
27960 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "memory handling"
27961 No function is provided for freeing memory, because that is never needed.
27962 The dynamic memory that Exim uses when receiving a message is automatically
27963 recycled if another message is received by the same process (this applies only
27964 to incoming SMTP connections &-- other input methods can supply only one
27965 message at a time). After receiving the last message, a reception process
27966 terminates.
27967
27968 Because it is recycled, the normal dynamic memory cannot be used for holding
27969 data that must be preserved over a number of incoming messages on the same SMTP
27970 connection. However, Exim in fact uses two pools of dynamic memory; the second
27971 one is not recycled, and can be used for this purpose.
27972
27973 If you want to allocate memory that remains available for subsequent messages
27974 in the same SMTP connection, you should set
27975 .code
27976 store_pool = POOL_PERM
27977 .endd
27978 before calling the function that does the allocation. There is no need to
27979 restore the value if you do not need to; however, if you do want to revert to
27980 the normal pool, you can either restore the previous value of &%store_pool%& or
27981 set it explicitly to POOL_MAIN.
27982
27983 The pool setting applies to all functions that get dynamic memory, including
27984 &'expand_string()'&, &'store_get()'&, and the &'string_xxx()'& functions.
27985 There is also a convenience function called &'store_get_perm()'& that gets a
27986 block of memory from the permanent pool while preserving the value of
27987 &%store_pool%&.
27988 .ecindex IIDlosca
27989
27990
27991
27992
27993 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27994 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27995
27996 .chapter "System-wide message filtering" "CHAPsystemfilter"
27997 .scindex IIDsysfil1 "filter" "system filter"
27998 .scindex IIDsysfil2 "filtering all mail"
27999 .scindex IIDsysfil3 "system filter"
28000 The previous chapters (on ACLs and the local scan function) describe checks
28001 that can be applied to messages before they are accepted by a host. There is
28002 also a mechanism for checking messages once they have been received, but before
28003 they are delivered. This is called the &'system filter'&.
28004
28005 The system filter operates in a similar manner to users' filter files, but it
28006 is run just once per message (however many recipients the message has).
28007 It should not normally be used as a substitute for routing, because &%deliver%&
28008 commands in a system router provide new envelope recipient addresses.
28009 The system filter must be an Exim filter. It cannot be a Sieve filter.
28010
28011 The system filter is run at the start of a delivery attempt, before any routing
28012 is done. If a message fails to be completely delivered at the first attempt,
28013 the system filter is run again at the start of every retry.
28014 If you want your filter to do something only once per message, you can make use
28015 of the &%first_delivery%& condition in an &%if%& command in the filter to
28016 prevent it happening on retries.
28017
28018 .cindex "&$domain$&"
28019 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
28020 &*Warning*&: Because the system filter runs just once, variables that are
28021 specific to individual recipient addresses, such as &$local_part$& and
28022 &$domain$&, are not set, and the &"personal"& condition is not meaningful. If
28023 you want to run a centrally-specified filter for each recipient address
28024 independently, you can do so by setting up a suitable &(redirect)& router, as
28025 described in section &<<SECTperaddfil>>& below.
28026
28027
28028 .section "Specifying a system filter"
28029 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
28030 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
28031 The name of the file that contains the system filter must be specified by
28032 setting &%system_filter%&. If you want the filter to run under a uid and gid
28033 other than root, you must also set &%system_filter_user%& and
28034 &%system_filter_group%& as appropriate. For example:
28035 .code
28036 system_filter = /etc/mail/exim.filter
28037 system_filter_user = exim
28038 .endd
28039 If a system filter generates any deliveries directly to files or pipes (via the
28040 &%save%& or &%pipe%& commands), transports to handle these deliveries must be
28041 specified by setting &%system_filter_file_transport%& and
28042 &%system_filter_pipe_transport%&, respectively. Similarly,
28043 &%system_filter_reply_transport%& must be set to handle any messages generated
28044 by the &%reply%& command.
28045
28046
28047 .section "Testing a system filter"
28048 You can run simple tests of a system filter in the same way as for a user
28049 filter, but you should use &%-bF%& rather than &%-bf%&, so that features that
28050 are permitted only in system filters are recognized.
28051
28052 If you want to test the combined effect of a system filter and a user filter,
28053 you can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command line.
28054
28055
28056
28057 .section "Contents of a system filter"
28058 The language used to specify system filters is the same as for users' filter
28059 files. It is described in the separate end-user document &'Exim's interface to
28060 mail filtering'&. However, there are some additional features that are
28061 available only in system filters; these are described in subsequent sections.
28062 If they are encountered in a user's filter file or when testing with &%-bf%&,
28063 they cause errors.
28064
28065 .cindex "frozen messages" "manual thaw; testing in filter"
28066 There are two special conditions which, though available in users' filter
28067 files, are designed for use in system filters. The condition &%first_delivery%&
28068 is true only for the first attempt at delivering a message, and
28069 &%manually_thawed%& is true only if the message has been frozen, and
28070 subsequently thawed by an admin user. An explicit forced delivery counts as a
28071 manual thaw, but thawing as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& setting does not.
28072
28073 &*Warning*&: If a system filter uses the &%first_delivery%& condition to
28074 specify an &"unseen"& (non-significant) delivery, and that delivery does not
28075 succeed, it will not be tried again.
28076 If you want Exim to retry an unseen delivery until it succeeds, you should
28077 arrange to set it up every time the filter runs.
28078
28079 When a system filter finishes running, the values of the variables &$n0$& &--
28080 &$n9$& are copied into &$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$& and are thereby made available to
28081 users' filter files. Thus a system filter can, for example, set up &"scores"&
28082 to which users' filter files can refer.
28083
28084
28085
28086 .section "Additional variable for system filters"
28087 .cindex "&$recipients$&"
28088 The expansion variable &$recipients$&, containing a list of all the recipients
28089 of the message (separated by commas and white space), is available in system
28090 filters. It is not available in users' filters for privacy reasons.
28091
28092
28093
28094 .section "Defer, freeze, and fail commands for system filters"
28095 .cindex "freezing messages"
28096 .cindex "message" "freezing"
28097 .cindex "message" "forced failure"
28098 .cindex "&%fail%&" "in system filter"
28099 .cindex "&%freeze%& in system filter"
28100 .cindex "&%defer%& in system filter"
28101 There are three extra commands (&%defer%&, &%freeze%& and &%fail%&) which are
28102 always available in system filters, but are not normally enabled in users'
28103 filters. (See the &%allow_defer%&, &%allow_freeze%& and &%allow_fail%& options
28104 for the &(redirect)& router.) These commands can optionally be followed by the
28105 word &%text%& and a string containing an error message, for example:
28106 .code
28107 fail text "this message looks like spam to me"
28108 .endd
28109 The keyword &%text%& is optional if the next character is a double quote.
28110
28111 The &%defer%& command defers delivery of the original recipients of the
28112 message. The &%fail%& command causes all the original recipients to be failed,
28113 and a bounce message to be created. The &%freeze%& command suspends all
28114 delivery attempts for the original recipients. In all cases, any new deliveries
28115 that are specified by the filter are attempted as normal after the filter has
28116 run.
28117
28118 The &%freeze%& command is ignored if the message has been manually unfrozen and
28119 not manually frozen since. This means that automatic freezing by a system
28120 filter can be used as a way of checking out suspicious messages. If a message
28121 is found to be all right, manually unfreezing it allows it to be delivered.
28122
28123 .cindex "log" "&%fail%& command log line"
28124 .cindex "&%fail%&" "log line; reducing"
28125 The text given with a fail command is used as part of the bounce message as
28126 well as being written to the log. If the message is quite long, this can fill
28127 up a lot of log space when such failures are common. To reduce the size of the
28128 log message, Exim interprets the text in a special way if it starts with the
28129 two characters &`<<`& and contains &`>>`& later. The text between these two
28130 strings is written to the log, and the rest of the text is used in the bounce
28131 message. For example:
28132 .code
28133 fail "<<filter test 1>>Your message is rejected \
28134 because it contains attachments that we are \
28135 not prepared to receive."
28136 .endd
28137
28138 .cindex "loop" "caused by &%fail%&"
28139 Take great care with the &%fail%& command when basing the decision to fail on
28140 the contents of the message, because the bounce message will of course include
28141 the contents of the original message and will therefore trigger the &%fail%&
28142 command again (causing a mail loop) unless steps are taken to prevent this.
28143 Testing the &%error_message%& condition is one way to prevent this. You could
28144 use, for example
28145 .code
28146 if $message_body contains "this is spam" and not error_message
28147 then fail text "spam is not wanted here" endif
28148 .endd
28149 though of course that might let through unwanted bounce messages. The
28150 alternative is clever checking of the body and/or headers to detect bounces
28151 generated by the filter.
28152
28153 The interpretation of a system filter file ceases after a
28154 &%defer%&,
28155 &%freeze%&, or &%fail%& command is obeyed. However, any deliveries that were
28156 set up earlier in the filter file are honoured, so you can use a sequence such
28157 as
28158 .code
28159 mail ...
28160 freeze
28161 .endd
28162 to send a specified message when the system filter is freezing (or deferring or
28163 failing) a message. The normal deliveries for the message do not, of course,
28164 take place.
28165
28166
28167
28168 .section "Adding and removing headers in a system filter" "SECTaddremheasys"
28169 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in system filter"
28170 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in system filter"
28171 .cindex "filter" "header lines; adding/removing"
28172 Two filter commands that are available only in system filters are:
28173 .code
28174 headers add <string>
28175 headers remove <string>
28176 .endd
28177 The argument for the &%headers add%& is a string that is expanded and then
28178 added to the end of the message's headers. It is the responsibility of the
28179 filter maintainer to make sure it conforms to RFC 2822 syntax. Leading white
28180 space is ignored, and if the string is otherwise empty, or if the expansion is
28181 forced to fail, the command has no effect.
28182
28183 You can use &"\n"& within the string, followed by white space, to specify
28184 continued header lines. More than one header may be added in one command by
28185 including &"\n"& within the string without any following white space. For
28186 example:
28187 .code
28188 headers add "X-header-1: ....\n \
28189 continuation of X-header-1 ...\n\
28190 X-header-2: ...."
28191 .endd
28192 Note that the header line continuation white space after the first newline must
28193 be placed before the backslash that continues the input string, because white
28194 space after input continuations is ignored.
28195
28196 The argument for &%headers remove%& is a colon-separated list of header names.
28197 This command applies only to those headers that are stored with the message;
28198 those that are added at delivery time (such as &'Envelope-To:'& and
28199 &'Return-Path:'&) cannot be removed by this means. If there is more than one
28200 header with the same name, they are all removed.
28201
28202 The &%headers%& command in a system filter makes an immediate change to the set
28203 of header lines that was received with the message (with possible additions
28204 from ACL processing). Subsequent commands in the system filter operate on the
28205 modified set, which also forms the basis for subsequent message delivery.
28206 Unless further modified during routing or transporting, this set of headers is
28207 used for all recipients of the message.
28208
28209 During routing and transporting, the variables that refer to the contents of
28210 header lines refer only to those lines that are in this set. Thus, header lines
28211 that are added by a system filter are visible to users' filter files and to all
28212 routers and transports. This contrasts with the manipulation of header lines by
28213 routers and transports, which is not immediate, but which instead is saved up
28214 until the message is actually being written (see section
28215 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&).
28216
28217 If the message is not delivered at the first attempt, header lines that were
28218 added by the system filter are stored with the message, and so are still
28219 present at the next delivery attempt. Header lines that were removed are still
28220 present, but marked &"deleted"& so that they are not transported with the
28221 message. For this reason, it is usual to make the &%headers%& command
28222 conditional on &%first_delivery%& so that the set of header lines is not
28223 modified more than once.
28224
28225 Because header modification in a system filter acts immediately, you have to
28226 use an indirect approach if you want to modify the contents of a header line.
28227 For example:
28228 .code
28229 headers add "Old-Subject: $h_subject:"
28230 headers remove "Subject"
28231 headers add "Subject: new subject (was: $h_old-subject:)"
28232 headers remove "Old-Subject"
28233 .endd
28234
28235
28236
28237 .section "Setting an errors address in a system filter"
28238 .cindex "envelope sender"
28239 In a system filter, if a &%deliver%& command is followed by
28240 .code
28241 errors_to <some address>
28242 .endd
28243 in order to change the envelope sender (and hence the error reporting) for that
28244 delivery, any address may be specified. (In a user filter, only the current
28245 user's address can be set.) For example, if some mail is being monitored, you
28246 might use
28247 .code
28248 unseen deliver monitor@spying.example errors_to root@local.example
28249 .endd
28250 to take a copy which would not be sent back to the normal error reporting
28251 address if its delivery failed.
28252
28253
28254
28255 .section "Per-address filtering" "SECTperaddfil"
28256 .cindex "&$domain$&"
28257 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
28258 In contrast to the system filter, which is run just once per message for each
28259 delivery attempt, it is also possible to set up a system-wide filtering
28260 operation that runs once for each recipient address. In this case, variables
28261 such as &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used, and indeed, the choice of
28262 filter file could be made dependent on them. This is an example of a router
28263 which implements such a filter:
28264 .code
28265 central_filter:
28266 check_local_user
28267 driver = redirect
28268 domains = +local_domains
28269 file = /central/filters/$local_part
28270 no_verify
28271 allow_filter
28272 allow_freeze
28273 .endd
28274 The filter is run in a separate process under its own uid. Therefore, either
28275 &%check_local_user%& must be set (as above), in which case the filter is run as
28276 the local user, or the &%user%& option must be used to specify which user to
28277 use. If both are set, &%user%& overrides.
28278
28279 Care should be taken to ensure that none of the commands in the filter file
28280 specify a significant delivery if the message is to go on to be delivered to
28281 its intended recipient. The router will not then claim to have dealt with the
28282 address, so it will be passed on to subsequent routers to be delivered in the
28283 normal way.
28284 .ecindex IIDsysfil1
28285 .ecindex IIDsysfil2
28286 .ecindex IIDsysfil3
28287
28288
28289
28290
28291
28292
28293 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28294 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28295
28296 .chapter "Message processing" "CHAPmsgproc"
28297 .scindex IIDmesproc "message" "general processing"
28298 Exim performs various transformations on the sender and recipient addresses of
28299 all messages that it handles, and also on the messages' header lines. Some of
28300 these are optional and configurable, while others always take place. All of
28301 this processing, except rewriting as a result of routing, and the addition or
28302 removal of header lines while delivering, happens when a message is received,
28303 before it is placed on Exim's queue.
28304
28305 Some of the automatic processing takes place by default only for
28306 &"locally-originated"& messages. This adjective is used to describe messages
28307 that are not received over TCP/IP, but instead are passed to an Exim process on
28308 its standard input. This includes the interactive &"local SMTP"& case that is
28309 set up by the &%-bs%& command line option.
28310
28311 &*Note*&: Messages received over TCP/IP on the loopback interface (127.0.0.1
28312 or ::1) are not considered to be locally-originated. Exim does not treat the
28313 loopback interface specially in any way.
28314
28315 If you want the loopback interface to be treated specially, you must ensure
28316 that there are appropriate entries in your ACLs.
28317
28318
28319
28320
28321 .section "Submission mode for non-local messages" "SECTsubmodnon"
28322 .cindex "message" "submission"
28323 .cindex "submission mode"
28324 Processing that happens automatically for locally-originated messages (unless
28325 &%suppress_local_fixups%& is set) can also be requested for messages that are
28326 received over TCP/IP. The term &"submission mode"& is used to describe this
28327 state. Submisssion mode is set by the modifier
28328 .code
28329 control = submission
28330 .endd
28331 in a MAIL, RCPT, or pre-data ACL for an incoming message (see sections
28332 &<<SECTACLmodi>>& and &<<SECTcontrols>>&). This makes Exim treat the message as
28333 a local submission, and is normally used when the source of the message is
28334 known to be an MUA running on a client host (as opposed to an MTA). For
28335 example, to set submission mode for messages originating on the IPv4 loopback
28336 interface, you could include the following in the MAIL ACL:
28337 .code
28338 warn hosts = 127.0.0.1
28339 control = submission
28340 .endd
28341 .cindex "&%sender_retain%&"
28342 There are some options that can be used when setting submission mode. A slash
28343 is used to separate options. For example:
28344 .code
28345 control = submission/sender_retain
28346 .endd
28347 Specifying &%sender_retain%& has the effect of setting &%local_sender_retain%&
28348 true and &%local_from_check%& false for the current incoming message. The first
28349 of these allows an existing &'Sender:'& header in the message to remain, and
28350 the second suppresses the check to ensure that &'From:'& matches the
28351 authenticated sender. With this setting, Exim still fixes up messages by adding
28352 &'Date:'& and &'Message-ID:'& header lines if they are missing, but makes no
28353 attempt to check sender authenticity in header lines.
28354
28355 When &%sender_retain%& is not set, a submission mode setting may specify a
28356 domain to be used when generating a &'From:'& or &'Sender:'& header line. For
28357 example:
28358 .code
28359 control = submission/domain=some.domain
28360 .endd
28361 The domain may be empty. How this value is used is described in sections
28362 &<<SECTthefrohea>>& and &<<SECTthesenhea>>&. There is also a &%name%& option
28363 that allows you to specify the user's full name for inclusion in a created
28364 &'Sender:'& or &'From:'& header line. For example:
28365 .code
28366 accept authenticated = *
28367 control = submission/domain=wonderland.example/\
28368 name=${lookup {$authenticated_id} \
28369 lsearch {/etc/exim/namelist}}
28370 .endd
28371 Because the name may contain any characters, including slashes, the &%name%&
28372 option must be given last. The remainder of the string is used as the name. For
28373 the example above, if &_/etc/exim/namelist_& contains:
28374 .code
28375 bigegg: Humpty Dumpty
28376 .endd
28377 then when the sender has authenticated as &'bigegg'&, the generated &'Sender:'&
28378 line would be:
28379 .code
28380 Sender: Humpty Dumpty <bigegg@wonderland.example>
28381 .endd
28382 .cindex "return path" "in submission mode"
28383 By default, submission mode forces the return path to the same address as is
28384 used to create the &'Sender:'& header. However, if &%sender_retain%& is
28385 specified, the return path is also left unchanged.
28386
28387 &*Note*&: The changes caused by submission mode take effect after the predata
28388 ACL. This means that any sender checks performed before the fix-ups use the
28389 untrusted sender address specified by the user, not the trusted sender address
28390 specified by submission mode. Although this might be slightly unexpected, it
28391 does mean that you can configure ACL checks to spot that a user is trying to
28392 spoof another's address.
28393
28394 .section "Line endings" "SECTlineendings"
28395 .cindex "line endings"
28396 .cindex "carriage return"
28397 .cindex "linefeed"
28398 RFC 2821 specifies that CRLF (two characters: carriage-return, followed by
28399 linefeed) is the line ending for messages transmitted over the Internet using
28400 SMTP over TCP/IP. However, within individual operating systems, different
28401 conventions are used. For example, Unix-like systems use just LF, but others
28402 use CRLF or just CR.
28403
28404 Exim was designed for Unix-like systems, and internally, it stores messages
28405 using the system's convention of a single LF as a line terminator. When
28406 receiving a message, all line endings are translated to this standard format.
28407 Originally, it was thought that programs that passed messages directly to an
28408 MTA within an operating system would use that system's convention. Experience
28409 has shown that this is not the case; for example, there are Unix applications
28410 that use CRLF in this circumstance. For this reason, and for compatibility with
28411 other MTAs, the way Exim handles line endings for all messages is now as
28412 follows:
28413
28414 .ilist
28415 LF not preceded by CR is treated as a line ending.
28416 .next
28417 CR is treated as a line ending; if it is immediately followed by LF, the LF
28418 is ignored.
28419 .next
28420 The sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate an incoming SMTP message,
28421 nor a local message in the state where a line containing only a dot is a
28422 terminator.
28423 .next
28424 If a bare CR is encountered within a header line, an extra space is added after
28425 the line terminator so as not to end the header line. The reasoning behind this
28426 is that bare CRs in header lines are most likely either to be mistakes, or
28427 people trying to play silly games.
28428 .next
28429 If the first header line received in a message ends with CRLF, a subsequent
28430 bare LF in a header line is treated in the same way as a bare CR in a header
28431 line.
28432 .endlist
28433
28434
28435
28436
28437
28438 .section "Unqualified addresses"
28439 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
28440 .cindex "address" "qualification"
28441 By default, Exim expects every envelope address it receives from an external
28442 host to be fully qualified. Unqualified addresses cause negative responses to
28443 SMTP commands. However, because SMTP is used as a means of transporting
28444 messages from MUAs running on personal workstations, there is sometimes a
28445 requirement to accept unqualified addresses from specific hosts or IP networks.
28446
28447 Exim has two options that separately control which hosts may send unqualified
28448 sender or receipient addresses in SMTP commands, namely
28449 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&. In both
28450 cases, if an unqualified address is accepted, it is qualified by adding the
28451 value of &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate.
28452
28453 .cindex "&%qualify_domain%&"
28454 .cindex "&%qualify_recipient%&"
28455 Unqualified addresses in header lines are automatically qualified for messages
28456 that are locally originated, unless the &%-bnq%& option is given on the command
28457 line. For messages received over SMTP, unqualified addresses in header lines
28458 are qualified only if unqualified addresses are permitted in SMTP commands. In
28459 other words, such qualification is also controlled by
28460 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
28461
28462
28463
28464
28465 .section "The UUCP From line"
28466 .cindex "&""From""& line"
28467 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
28468 .cindex "sender" "address"
28469 .cindex "&%uucp_from_pattern%&"
28470 .cindex "&%uucp_from_sender%&"
28471 .cindex "envelope sender"
28472 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
28473 Messages that have come from UUCP (and some other applications) often begin
28474 with a line containing the envelope sender and a timestamp, following the word
28475 &"From"&. Examples of two common formats are:
28476 .code
28477 From a.oakley@berlin.mus Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
28478 From f.butler@berlin.mus Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
28479 .endd
28480 This line precedes the RFC 2822 header lines. For compatibility with Sendmail,
28481 Exim recognizes such lines at the start of messages that are submitted to it
28482 via the command line (that is, on the standard input). It does not recognize
28483 such lines in incoming SMTP messages, unless the sending host matches
28484 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& or the &%-bs%& option was used for a local message
28485 and &%ignore_fromline_local%& is set. The recognition is controlled by a
28486 regular expression that is defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%& option, whose
28487 default value matches the two common cases shown above and puts the address
28488 that follows &"From"& into &$1$&.
28489
28490 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &""From ""& line handling"
28491 When the caller of Exim for a non-SMTP message that contains a &"From"& line is
28492 a trusted user, the message's sender address is constructed by expanding the
28493 contents of &%uucp_sender_address%&, whose default value is &"$1"&. This is
28494 then parsed as an RFC 2822 address. If there is no domain, the local part is
28495 qualified with &%qualify_domain%& unless it is the empty string. However, if
28496 the command line &%-f%& option is used, it overrides the &"From"& line.
28497
28498 If the caller of Exim is not trusted, the &"From"& line is recognized, but the
28499 sender address is not changed. This is also the case for incoming SMTP messages
28500 that are permitted to contain &"From"& lines.
28501
28502 Only one &"From"& line is recognized. If there is more than one, the second is
28503 treated as a data line that starts the body of the message, as it is not valid
28504 as a header line. This also happens if a &"From"& line is present in an
28505 incoming SMTP message from a source that is not permitted to send them.
28506
28507
28508
28509 .section "Resent- header lines"
28510 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines"
28511 RFC 2822 makes provision for sets of header lines starting with the string
28512 &`Resent-`& to be added to a message when it is resent by the original
28513 recipient to somebody else. These headers are &'Resent-Date:'&,
28514 &'Resent-From:'&, &'Resent-Sender:'&, &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&,
28515 &'Resent-Bcc:'& and &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The RFC says:
28516
28517 .blockquote
28518 &'Resent fields are strictly informational. They MUST NOT be used in the normal
28519 processing of replies or other such automatic actions on messages.'&
28520 .endblockquote
28521
28522 This leaves things a bit vague as far as other processing actions such as
28523 address rewriting are concerned. Exim treats &%Resent-%& header lines as
28524 follows:
28525
28526 .ilist
28527 A &'Resent-From:'& line that just contains the login id of the submitting user
28528 is automatically rewritten in the same way as &'From:'& (see below).
28529 .next
28530 If there's a rewriting rule for a particular header line, it is also applied to
28531 &%Resent-%& header lines of the same type. For example, a rule that rewrites
28532 &'From:'& also rewrites &'Resent-From:'&.
28533 .next
28534 For local messages, if &'Sender:'& is removed on input, &'Resent-Sender:'& is
28535 also removed.
28536 .next
28537 For a locally-submitted message,
28538 if there are any &%Resent-%& header lines but no &'Resent-Date:'&,
28539 &'Resent-From:'&, or &'Resent-Message-Id:'&, they are added as necessary. It is
28540 the contents of &'Resent-Message-Id:'& (rather than &'Message-Id:'&) which are
28541 included in log lines in this case.
28542 .next
28543 The logic for adding &'Sender:'& is duplicated for &'Resent-Sender:'& when any
28544 &%Resent-%& header lines are present.
28545 .endlist
28546
28547
28548
28549
28550 .section "The Auto-Submitted: header line"
28551 Whenever Exim generates an autoreply, a bounce, or a delay warning message, it
28552 includes the header line:
28553 .code
28554 Auto-Submitted: auto-replied
28555 .endd
28556
28557 .section "The Bcc: header line"
28558 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
28559 If Exim is called with the &%-t%& option, to take recipient addresses from a
28560 message's header, it removes any &'Bcc:'& header line that may exist (after
28561 extracting its addresses). If &%-t%& is not present on the command line, any
28562 existing &'Bcc:'& is not removed.
28563
28564
28565 .section "The Date: header line"
28566 .cindex "&'Date:'& header line"
28567 If a locally-generated or submission-mode message has no &'Date:'& header line,
28568 Exim adds one, using the current date and time, unless the
28569 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control has been specified.
28570
28571 .section "The Delivery-date: header line"
28572 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
28573 .cindex "&%delivery_date_remove%&"
28574 &'Delivery-date:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header
28575 set. Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See
28576 the generic &%delivery_date_add%& transport option.) They should not be present
28577 in messages in transit. If the &%delivery_date_remove%& configuration option is
28578 set (the default), Exim removes &'Delivery-date:'& header lines from incoming
28579 messages.
28580
28581
28582 .section "The Envelope-to: header line"
28583 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
28584 .cindex "&%envelope_to_remove%&"
28585 &'Envelope-to:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header set.
28586 Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See the
28587 generic &%envelope_to_add%& transport option.) They should not be present in
28588 messages in transit. If the &%envelope_to_remove%& configuration option is set
28589 (the default), Exim removes &'Envelope-to:'& header lines from incoming
28590 messages.
28591
28592
28593 .section "The From: header line" "SECTthefrohea"
28594 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
28595 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
28596 .cindex "message" "submission"
28597 .cindex "submission mode"
28598 If a submission-mode message does not contain a &'From:'& header line, Exim
28599 adds one if either of the following conditions is true:
28600
28601 .ilist
28602 The envelope sender address is not empty (that is, this is not a bounce
28603 message). The added header line copies the envelope sender address.
28604 .next
28605 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
28606 The SMTP session is authenticated and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty.
28607 .olist
28608 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
28609 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
28610 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
28611 .next
28612 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local
28613 part is &$authenticated_id$&, and the the domain is the specified domain.
28614 .next
28615 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
28616 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
28617 .endlist
28618 .endlist
28619
28620 A non-empty envelope sender takes precedence.
28621
28622 If a locally-generated incoming message does not contain a &'From:'& header
28623 line, and the &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds one
28624 containing the sender's address. The calling user's login name and full name
28625 are used to construct the address, as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
28626 They are obtained from the password data by calling &[getpwuid()]& (but see the
28627 &%unknown_login%& configuration option). The address is qualified with
28628 &%qualify_domain%&.
28629
28630 For compatibility with Sendmail, if an incoming, non-SMTP message has a
28631 &'From:'& header line containing just the unqualified login name of the calling
28632 user, this is replaced by an address containing the user's login name and full
28633 name as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
28634
28635
28636 .section "The Message-ID: header line"
28637 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
28638 .cindex "message" "submission"
28639 .cindex "&%message_id_header_text%&"
28640 If a locally-generated or submission-mode incoming message does not contain a
28641 &'Message-ID:'& or &'Resent-Message-ID:'& header line, and the
28642 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds a suitable header line
28643 to the message. If there are any &'Resent-:'& headers in the message, it
28644 creates &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The id is constructed from Exim's internal
28645 message id, preceded by the letter E to ensure it starts with a letter, and
28646 followed by @ and the primary host name. Additional information can be included
28647 in this header line by setting the &%message_id_header_text%& and/or
28648 &%message_id_header_domain%& options.
28649
28650
28651 .section "The Received: header line"
28652 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line"
28653 A &'Received:'& header line is added at the start of every message. The
28654 contents are defined by the &%received_header_text%& configuration option, and
28655 Exim automatically adds a semicolon and a timestamp to the configured string.
28656
28657 The &'Received:'& header is generated as soon as the message's header lines
28658 have been received. At this stage, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header
28659 line is the time that the message started to be received. This is the value
28660 that is seen by the DATA ACL and by the &[local_scan()]& function.
28661
28662 Once a message is accepted, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header line is
28663 changed to the time of acceptance, which is (apart from a small delay while the
28664 -H spool file is written) the earliest time at which delivery could start.
28665
28666
28667 .section "The References: header line"
28668 .cindex "&'References:'& header line"
28669 Messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport include a &'References:'&
28670 header line. This is constructed according to the rules that are described in
28671 section 3.64 of RFC 2822 (which states that replies should contain such a
28672 header line), and section 3.14 of RFC 3834 (which states that automatic
28673 responses are not different in this respect). However, because some mail
28674 processing software does not cope well with very long header lines, no more
28675 than 12 message IDs are copied from the &'References:'& header line in the
28676 incoming message. If there are more than 12, the first one and then the final
28677 11 are copied, before adding the message ID of the incoming message.
28678
28679
28680
28681 .section "The Return-path: header line"
28682 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
28683 .cindex "&%return_path_remove%&"
28684 &'Return-path:'& header lines are defined as something an MTA may insert when
28685 it does the final delivery of messages. (See the generic &%return_path_add%&
28686 transport option.) Therefore, they should not be present in messages in
28687 transit. If the &%return_path_remove%& configuration option is set (the
28688 default), Exim removes &'Return-path:'& header lines from incoming messages.
28689
28690
28691
28692 .section "The Sender: header line" "SECTthesenhea"
28693 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
28694 .cindex "message" "submission"
28695 For a locally-originated message from an untrusted user, Exim may remove an
28696 existing &'Sender:'& header line, and it may add a new one. You can modify
28697 these actions by setting the &%local_sender_retain%& option true, the
28698 &%local_from_check%& option false, or by using the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
28699 control setting.
28700
28701 When a local message is received from an untrusted user and
28702 &%local_from_check%& is true (the default), and the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
28703 control has not been set, a check is made to see if the address given in the
28704 &'From:'& header line is the correct (local) sender of the message. The address
28705 that is expected has the login name as the local part and the value of
28706 &%qualify_domain%& as the domain. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part can
28707 be permitted by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%&
28708 appropriately. If &'From:'& does not contain the correct sender, a &'Sender:'&
28709 line is added to the message.
28710
28711 If you set &%local_from_check%& false, this checking does not occur. However,
28712 the removal of an existing &'Sender:'& line still happens, unless you also set
28713 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true. It is not possible to set both of these
28714 options true at the same time.
28715
28716 .cindex "submission mode"
28717 By default, no processing of &'Sender:'& header lines is done for messages
28718 received over TCP/IP or for messages submitted by trusted users. However, when
28719 a message is received over TCP/IP in submission mode, and &%sender_retain%& is
28720 not specified on the submission control, the following processing takes place:
28721
28722 .cindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
28723 First, any existing &'Sender:'& lines are removed. Then, if the SMTP session is
28724 authenticated, and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty, a sender address is
28725 created as follows:
28726
28727 .ilist
28728 .cindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
28729 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
28730 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
28731 .next
28732 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local part
28733 is &$authenticated_id$&, and the the domain is the specified domain.
28734 .next
28735 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
28736 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
28737 .endlist
28738
28739 This address is compared with the address in the &'From:'& header line. If they
28740 are different, a &'Sender:'& header line containing the created address is
28741 added. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part in &'From:'& can be permitted
28742 by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& appropriately.
28743
28744 .cindex "return path" "created from &'Sender:'&"
28745 &*Note*&: Whenever a &'Sender:'& header line is created, the return path for
28746 the message (the envelope sender address) is changed to be the same address,
28747 except in the case of submission mode when &%sender_retain%& is specified.
28748
28749
28750
28751 .section "Adding and removing header lines in routers and transports" &&&
28752 "SECTheadersaddrem"
28753 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in router or transport"
28754 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in router or transport"
28755 When a message is delivered, the addition and removal of header lines can be
28756 specified in a system filter, or on any of the routers and transports that
28757 process the message. Section &<<SECTaddremheasys>>& contains details about
28758 modifying headers in a system filter. Header lines can also be added in an ACL
28759 as a message is received (see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&).
28760
28761 In contrast to what happens in a system filter, header modifications that are
28762 specified on routers and transports apply only to the particular recipient
28763 addresses that are being processed by those routers and transports. These
28764 changes do not actually take place until a copy of the message is being
28765 transported. Therefore, they do not affect the basic set of header lines, and
28766 they do not affect the values of the variables that refer to header lines.
28767
28768 &*Note*&: In particular, this means that any expansions in the configuration of
28769 the transport cannot refer to the modified header lines, because such
28770 expansions all occur before the message is actually transported.
28771
28772 For both routers and transports, the result of expanding a &%headers_add%&
28773 option must be in the form of one or more RFC 2822 header lines, separated by
28774 newlines (coded as &"\n"&). For example:
28775 .code
28776 headers_add = X-added-header: added by $primary_hostname\n\
28777 X-added-second: another added header line
28778 .endd
28779 Exim does not check the syntax of these added header lines.
28780
28781 The result of expanding &%headers_remove%& must consist of a colon-separated
28782 list of header names. This is confusing, because header names themselves are
28783 often terminated by colons. In this case, the colons are the list separators,
28784 not part of the names. For example:
28785 .code
28786 headers_remove = return-receipt-to:acknowledge-to
28787 .endd
28788 When &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%& is specified on a router, its value
28789 is expanded at routing time, and then associated with all addresses that are
28790 accepted by that router, and also with any new addresses that it generates. If
28791 an address passes through several routers as a result of aliasing or
28792 forwarding, the changes are cumulative.
28793
28794 .cindex "&%unseen%& option"
28795 However, this does not apply to multiple routers that result from the use of
28796 the &%unseen%& option. Any header modifications that were specified by the
28797 &"unseen"& router or its predecessors apply only to the &"unseen"& delivery.
28798
28799 Addresses that end up with different &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%&
28800 settings cannot be delivered together in a batch, so a transport is always
28801 dealing with a set of addresses that have the same header-processing
28802 requirements.
28803
28804 The transport starts by writing the original set of header lines that arrived
28805 with the message, possibly modified by the system filter. As it writes out
28806 these lines, it consults the list of header names that were attached to the
28807 recipient address(es) by &%headers_remove%& options in routers, and it also
28808 consults the transport's own &%headers_remove%& option. Header lines whose
28809 names are on either of these lists are not written out. If there are multiple
28810 instances of any listed header, they are all skipped.
28811
28812 After the remaining original header lines have been written, new header
28813 lines that were specified by routers' &%headers_add%& options are written, in
28814 the order in which they were attached to the address. These are followed by any
28815 header lines specified by the transport's &%headers_add%& option.
28816
28817 This way of handling header line modifications in routers and transports has
28818 the following consequences:
28819
28820 .ilist
28821 The original set of header lines, possibly modified by the system filter,
28822 remains &"visible"&, in the sense that the &$header_$&&'xxx'& variables refer
28823 to it, at all times.
28824 .next
28825 Header lines that are added by a router's
28826 &%headers_add%& option are not accessible by means of the &$header_$&&'xxx'&
28827 expansion syntax in subsequent routers or the transport.
28828 .next
28829 Conversely, header lines that are specified for removal by &%headers_remove%&
28830 in a router remain visible to subsequent routers and the transport.
28831 .next
28832 Headers added to an address by &%headers_add%& in a router cannot be removed by
28833 a later router or by a transport.
28834 .next
28835 An added header can refer to the contents of an original header that is to be
28836 removed, even it has the same name as the added header. For example:
28837 .code
28838 headers_remove = subject
28839 headers_add = Subject: new subject (was: $h_subject:)
28840 .endd
28841 .endlist
28842
28843 &*Warning*&: The &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& options cannot be used
28844 for a &(redirect)& router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
28845
28846
28847
28848
28849
28850 .section "Constructed addresses" "SECTconstr"
28851 .cindex "address" "constructed"
28852 .cindex "constructed address"
28853 When Exim constructs a sender address for a locally-generated message, it uses
28854 the form
28855 .display
28856 <&'user name'&>&~&~<&'login'&&`@`&&'qualify_domain'&>
28857 .endd
28858 For example:
28859 .code
28860 Zaphod Beeblebrox <zaphod@end.univ.example>
28861 .endd
28862 The user name is obtained from the &%-F%& command line option if set, or
28863 otherwise by looking up the calling user by &[getpwuid()]& and extracting the
28864 &"gecos"& field from the password entry. If the &"gecos"& field contains an
28865 ampersand character, this is replaced by the login name with the first letter
28866 upper cased, as is conventional in a number of operating systems. See the
28867 &%gecos_name%& option for a way to tailor the handling of the &"gecos"& field.
28868 The &%unknown_username%& option can be used to specify user names in cases when
28869 there is no password file entry.
28870
28871 .cindex "RFC 2047"
28872 In all cases, the user name is made to conform to RFC 2822 by quoting all or
28873 parts of it if necessary. In addition, if it contains any non-printing
28874 characters, it is encoded as described in RFC 2047, which defines a way of
28875 including non-ASCII characters in header lines. The value of the
28876 &%headers_charset%& option specifies the name of the encoding that is used (the
28877 characters are assumed to be in this encoding). The setting of
28878 &%print_topbitchars%& controls whether characters with the top bit set (that
28879 is, with codes greater than 127) count as printing characters or not.
28880
28881
28882
28883 .section "Case of local parts"
28884 .cindex "case of local parts"
28885 .cindex "local part" "case of"
28886 RFC 2822 states that the case of letters in the local parts of addresses cannot
28887 be assumed to be non-significant. Exim preserves the case of local parts of
28888 addresses, but by default it uses a lower-cased form when it is routing,
28889 because on most Unix systems, usernames are in lower case and case-insensitive
28890 routing is required. However, any particular router can be made to use the
28891 original case for local parts by setting the &%caseful_local_part%& generic
28892 router option.
28893
28894 .cindex "mixed-case login names"
28895 If you must have mixed-case user names on your system, the best way to proceed,
28896 assuming you want case-independent handling of incoming email, is to set up
28897 your first router to convert incoming local parts in your domains to the
28898 correct case by means of a file lookup. For example:
28899 .code
28900 correct_case:
28901 driver = redirect
28902 domains = +local_domains
28903 data = ${lookup{$local_part}cdb\
28904 {/etc/usercased.cdb}{$value}fail}\
28905 @$domain
28906 .endd
28907 For this router, the local part is forced to lower case by the default action
28908 (&%caseful_local_part%& is not set). The lower-cased local part is used to look
28909 up a new local part in the correct case. If you then set &%caseful_local_part%&
28910 on any subsequent routers which process your domains, they will operate on
28911 local parts with the correct case in a case-sensitive manner.
28912
28913
28914
28915 .section "Dots in local parts"
28916 .cindex "dot" "in local part"
28917 .cindex "local part" "dots in"
28918 RFC 2822 forbids empty components in local parts. That is, an unquoted local
28919 part may not begin or end with a dot, nor have two consecutive dots in the
28920 middle. However, it seems that many MTAs do not enforce this, so Exim permits
28921 empty components for compatibility.
28922
28923
28924
28925 .section "Rewriting addresses"
28926 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
28927 Rewriting of sender and recipient addresses, and addresses in headers, can
28928 happen automatically, or as the result of configuration options, as described
28929 in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. The headers that may be affected by this are
28930 &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&.
28931
28932 Automatic rewriting includes qualification, as mentioned above. The other case
28933 in which it can happen is when an incomplete non-local domain is given. The
28934 routing process may cause this to be expanded into the full domain name. For
28935 example, a header such as
28936 .code
28937 To: hare@teaparty
28938 .endd
28939 might get rewritten as
28940 .code
28941 To: hare@teaparty.wonderland.fict.example
28942 .endd
28943 Rewriting as a result of routing is the one kind of message processing that
28944 does not happen at input time, as it cannot be done until the address has
28945 been routed.
28946
28947 Strictly, one should not do &'any'& deliveries of a message until all its
28948 addresses have been routed, in case any of the headers get changed as a
28949 result of routing. However, doing this in practice would hold up many
28950 deliveries for unreasonable amounts of time, just because one address could not
28951 immediately be routed. Exim therefore does not delay other deliveries when
28952 routing of one or more addresses is deferred.
28953 .ecindex IIDmesproc
28954
28955
28956
28957 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28958 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28959
28960 .chapter "SMTP processing" "CHAPSMTP"
28961 .scindex IIDsmtpproc1 "SMTP" "processing details"
28962 .scindex IIDsmtpproc2 "LMTP" "processing details"
28963 Exim supports a number of different ways of using the SMTP protocol, and its
28964 LMTP variant, which is an interactive protocol for transferring messages into a
28965 closed mail store application. This chapter contains details of how SMTP is
28966 processed. For incoming mail, the following are available:
28967
28968 .ilist
28969 SMTP over TCP/IP (Exim daemon or &'inetd'&);
28970 .next
28971 SMTP over the standard input and output (the &%-bs%& option);
28972 .next
28973 Batched SMTP on the standard input (the &%-bS%& option).
28974 .endlist
28975
28976 For mail delivery, the following are available:
28977
28978 .ilist
28979 SMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport);
28980 .next
28981 LMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport with the &%protocol%& option set to
28982 &"lmtp"&);
28983 .next
28984 LMTP over a pipe to a process running in the local host (the &(lmtp)&
28985 transport);
28986 .next
28987 Batched SMTP to a file or pipe (the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports with
28988 the &%use_bsmtp%& option set).
28989 .endlist
28990
28991 &'Batched SMTP'& is the name for a process in which batches of messages are
28992 stored in or read from files (or pipes), in a format in which SMTP commands are
28993 used to contain the envelope information.
28994
28995
28996
28997 .section "Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP" "SECToutSMTPTCP"
28998 .cindex "SMTP" "outgoing over TCP/IP"
28999 .cindex "outgoing SMTP over TCP/IP"
29000 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
29001 .cindex "outgoing LMTP over TCP/IP"
29002 .cindex "EHLO"
29003 .cindex "HELO"
29004 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
29005 Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP is implemented by the &(smtp)& transport.
29006 The &%protocol%& option selects which protocol is to be used, but the actual
29007 processing is the same in both cases.
29008
29009 If, in response to its EHLO command, Exim is told that the SIZE
29010 parameter is supported, it adds SIZE=<&'n'&> to each subsequent MAIL
29011 command. The value of <&'n'&> is the message size plus the value of the
29012 &%size_addition%& option (default 1024) to allow for additions to the message
29013 such as per-transport header lines, or changes made in a
29014 .cindex "transport" "filter"
29015 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
29016 transport filter. If &%size_addition%& is set negative, the use of SIZE is
29017 suppressed.
29018
29019 If the remote server advertises support for PIPELINING, Exim uses the
29020 pipelining extension to SMTP (RFC 2197) to reduce the number of TCP/IP packets
29021 required for the transaction.
29022
29023 If the remote server advertises support for the STARTTLS command, and Exim
29024 was built to support TLS encryption, it tries to start a TLS session unless the
29025 server matches &%hosts_avoid_tls%&. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for more details.
29026
29027 If the remote server advertises support for the AUTH command, Exim scans
29028 the authenticators configuration for any suitable client settings, as described
29029 in chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&.
29030
29031 .cindex "carriage return"
29032 .cindex "linefeed"
29033 Responses from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
29034 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters, so in
29035 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
29036 line terminator.
29037
29038 If a message contains a number of different addresses, all those with the same
29039 characteristics (for example, the same envelope sender) that resolve to the
29040 same set of hosts, in the same order, are sent in a single SMTP transaction,
29041 even if they are for different domains, unless there are more than the setting
29042 of the &%max_rcpts%& option in the &(smtp)& transport allows, in which case
29043 they are split into groups containing no more than &%max_rcpts%& addresses
29044 each. If &%remote_max_parallel%& is greater than one, such groups may be sent
29045 in parallel sessions. The order of hosts with identical MX values is not
29046 significant when checking whether addresses can be batched in this way.
29047
29048 When the &(smtp)& transport suffers a temporary failure that is not
29049 message-related, Exim updates its transport-specific database, which contains
29050 records indexed by host name that remember which messages are waiting for each
29051 particular host. It also updates the retry database with new retry times.
29052
29053 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
29054 Exim's retry hints are based on host name plus IP address, so if one address of
29055 a multi-homed host is broken, it will soon be skipped most of the time.
29056 See the next section for more detail about error handling.
29057
29058 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
29059 .cindex "SMTP" "batching over TCP/IP"
29060 When a message is successfully delivered over a TCP/IP SMTP connection, Exim
29061 looks in the hints database for the transport to see if there are any queued
29062 messages waiting for the host to which it is connected. If it finds one, it
29063 creates a new Exim process using the &%-MC%& option (which can only be used by
29064 a process running as root or the Exim user) and passes the TCP/IP socket to it
29065 so that it can deliver another message using the same socket. The new process
29066 does only those deliveries that are routed to the connected host, and may in
29067 turn pass the socket on to a third process, and so on.
29068
29069 The &%connection_max_messages%& option of the &(smtp)& transport can be used to
29070 limit the number of messages sent down a single TCP/IP connection.
29071
29072 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
29073 The second and subsequent messages delivered down an existing connection are
29074 identified in the main log by the addition of an asterisk after the closing
29075 square bracket of the IP address.
29076
29077
29078
29079
29080 .section "Errors in outgoing SMTP" "SECToutSMTPerr"
29081 .cindex "error" "in outgoing SMTP"
29082 .cindex "SMTP" "errors in outgoing"
29083 .cindex "host" "error"
29084 Three different kinds of error are recognized for outgoing SMTP: host errors,
29085 message errors, and recipient errors.
29086
29087 .vlist
29088 .vitem "&*Host errors*&"
29089 A host error is not associated with a particular message or with a
29090 particular recipient of a message. The host errors are:
29091
29092 .ilist
29093 Connection refused or timed out,
29094 .next
29095 Any error response code on connection,
29096 .next
29097 Any error response code to EHLO or HELO,
29098 .next
29099 Loss of connection at any time, except after &"."&,
29100 .next
29101 I/O errors at any time,
29102 .next
29103 Timeouts during the session, other than in response to MAIL, RCPT or
29104 the &"."& at the end of the data.
29105 .endlist ilist
29106
29107 For a host error, a permanent error response on connection, or in response to
29108 EHLO, causes all addresses routed to the host to be failed. Any other host
29109 error causes all addresses to be deferred, and retry data to be created for the
29110 host. It is not tried again, for any message, until its retry time arrives. If
29111 the current set of addresses are not all delivered in this run (to some
29112 alternative host), the message is added to the list of those waiting for this
29113 host, so if it is still undelivered when a subsequent successful delivery is
29114 made to the host, it will be sent down the same SMTP connection.
29115
29116 .vitem "&*Message errors*&"
29117 .cindex "message" "error"
29118 A message error is associated with a particular message when sent to a
29119 particular host, but not with a particular recipient of the message. The
29120 message errors are:
29121
29122 .ilist
29123 Any error response code to MAIL, DATA, or the &"."& that terminates
29124 the data,
29125 .next
29126 Timeout after MAIL,
29127 .next
29128 Timeout or loss of connection after the &"."& that terminates the data. A
29129 timeout after the DATA command itself is treated as a host error, as is loss of
29130 connection at any other time.
29131 .endlist ilist
29132
29133 For a message error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes all addresses
29134 to be failed, and a delivery error report to be returned to the sender. A
29135 temporary error response (4&'xx'&), or one of the timeouts, causes all
29136 addresses to be deferred. Retry data is not created for the host, but instead,
29137 a retry record for the combination of host plus message id is created. The
29138 message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. This ensures
29139 that the failing message will not be sent to this host again until the retry
29140 time arrives. However, other messages that are routed to the host are not
29141 affected, so if it is some property of the message that is causing the error,
29142 it will not stop the delivery of other mail.
29143
29144 If the remote host specified support for the SIZE parameter in its response
29145 to EHLO, Exim adds SIZE=&'nnn'& to the MAIL command, so an
29146 over-large message will cause a message error because the error arrives as a
29147 response to MAIL.
29148
29149 .vitem "&*Recipient errors*&"
29150 .cindex "recipient" "error"
29151 A recipient error is associated with a particular recipient of a message. The
29152 recipient errors are:
29153
29154 .ilist
29155 Any error response to RCPT,
29156 .next
29157 Timeout after RCPT.
29158 .endlist
29159
29160 For a recipient error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes the
29161 recipient address to be failed, and a bounce message to be returned to the
29162 sender. A temporary error response (4&'xx'&) or a timeout causes the failing
29163 address to be deferred, and routing retry data to be created for it. This is
29164 used to delay processing of the address in subsequent queue runs, until its
29165 routing retry time arrives. This applies to all messages, but because it
29166 operates only in queue runs, one attempt will be made to deliver a new message
29167 to the failing address before the delay starts to operate. This ensures that,
29168 if the failure is really related to the message rather than the recipient
29169 (&"message too big for this recipient"& is a possible example), other messages
29170 have a chance of getting delivered. If a delivery to the address does succeed,
29171 the retry information gets cleared, so all stuck messages get tried again, and
29172 the retry clock is reset.
29173
29174 The message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. Use of the
29175 host for other messages is unaffected, and except in the case of a timeout,
29176 other recipients are processed independently, and may be successfully delivered
29177 in the current SMTP session. After a timeout it is of course impossible to
29178 proceed with the session, so all addresses get deferred. However, those other
29179 than the one that failed do not suffer any subsequent retry delays. Therefore,
29180 if one recipient is causing trouble, the others have a chance of getting
29181 through when a subsequent delivery attempt occurs before the failing
29182 recipient's retry time.
29183 .endlist
29184
29185 In all cases, if there are other hosts (or IP addresses) available for the
29186 current set of addresses (for example, from multiple MX records), they are
29187 tried in this run for any undelivered addresses, subject of course to their
29188 own retry data. In other words, recipient error retry data does not take effect
29189 until the next delivery attempt.
29190
29191 Some hosts have been observed to give temporary error responses to every
29192 MAIL command at certain times (&"insufficient space"& has been seen). It
29193 would be nice if such circumstances could be recognized, and defer data for the
29194 host itself created, but this is not possible within the current Exim design.
29195 What actually happens is that retry data for every (host, message) combination
29196 is created.
29197
29198 The reason that timeouts after MAIL and RCPT are treated specially is that
29199 these can sometimes arise as a result of the remote host's verification
29200 procedures. Exim makes this assumption, and treats them as if a temporary error
29201 response had been received. A timeout after &"."& is treated specially because
29202 it is known that some broken implementations fail to recognize the end of the
29203 message if the last character of the last line is a binary zero. Thus, it is
29204 helpful to treat this case as a message error.
29205
29206 Timeouts at other times are treated as host errors, assuming a problem with the
29207 host, or the connection to it. If a timeout after MAIL, RCPT,
29208 or &"."& is really a connection problem, the assumption is that at the next try
29209 the timeout is likely to occur at some other point in the dialogue, causing it
29210 then to be treated as a host error.
29211
29212 There is experimental evidence that some MTAs drop the connection after the
29213 terminating &"."& if they do not like the contents of the message for some
29214 reason, in contravention of the RFC, which indicates that a 5&'xx'& response
29215 should be given. That is why Exim treats this case as a message rather than a
29216 host error, in order not to delay other messages to the same host.
29217
29218
29219
29220
29221 .section "Incoming SMTP messages over TCP/IP"
29222 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming over TCP/IP"
29223 .cindex "incoming SMTP over TCP/IP"
29224 .cindex "inetd"
29225 .cindex "daemon"
29226 Incoming SMTP messages can be accepted in one of two ways: by running a
29227 listening daemon, or by using &'inetd'&. In the latter case, the entry in
29228 &_/etc/inetd.conf_& should be like this:
29229 .code
29230 smtp stream tcp nowait exim /opt/exim/bin/exim in.exim -bs
29231 .endd
29232 Exim distinguishes between this case and the case of a locally running user
29233 agent using the &%-bs%& option by checking whether or not the standard input is
29234 a socket. When it is, either the port must be privileged (less than 1024), or
29235 the caller must be root or the Exim user. If any other user passes a socket
29236 with an unprivileged port number, Exim prints a message on the standard error
29237 stream and exits with an error code.
29238
29239 By default, Exim does not make a log entry when a remote host connects or
29240 disconnects (either via the daemon or &'inetd'&), unless the disconnection is
29241 unexpected. It can be made to write such log entries by setting the
29242 &%smtp_connection%& log selector.
29243
29244 .cindex "carriage return"
29245 .cindex "linefeed"
29246 Commands from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
29247 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters. In
29248 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
29249 line terminator.
29250 Furthermore, because common code is used for receiving messages from all
29251 sources, a CR on its own is also interpreted as a line terminator. However, the
29252 sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate incoming SMTP data.
29253
29254 .cindex "EHLO" "invalid data"
29255 .cindex "HELO" "invalid data"
29256 One area that sometimes gives rise to problems concerns the EHLO or
29257 HELO commands. Some clients send syntactically invalid versions of these
29258 commands, which Exim rejects by default. (This is nothing to do with verifying
29259 the data that is sent, so &%helo_verify_hosts%& is not relevant.) You can tell
29260 Exim not to apply a syntax check by setting &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& to
29261 match the broken hosts that send invalid commands.
29262
29263 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
29264 .cindex "MAIL" "SIZE option"
29265 The amount of disk space available is checked whenever SIZE is received on
29266 a MAIL command, independently of whether &%message_size_limit%& or
29267 &%check_spool_space%& is configured, unless &%smtp_check_spool_space%& is set
29268 false. A temporary error is given if there is not enough space. If
29269 &%check_spool_space%& is set, the check is for that amount of space plus the
29270 value given with SIZE, that is, it checks that the addition of the incoming
29271 message will not reduce the space below the threshold.
29272
29273 When a message is successfully received, Exim includes the local message id in
29274 its response to the final &"."& that terminates the data. If the remote host
29275 logs this text it can help with tracing what has happened to a message.
29276
29277 The Exim daemon can limit the number of simultaneous incoming connections it is
29278 prepared to handle (see the &%smtp_accept_max%& option). It can also limit the
29279 number of simultaneous incoming connections from a single remote host (see the
29280 &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& option). Additional connection attempts are
29281 rejected using the SMTP temporary error code 421.
29282
29283 The Exim daemon does not rely on the SIGCHLD signal to detect when a
29284 subprocess has finished, as this can get lost at busy times. Instead, it looks
29285 for completed subprocesses every time it wakes up. Provided there are other
29286 things happening (new incoming calls, starts of queue runs), completed
29287 processes will be noticed and tidied away. On very quiet systems you may
29288 sometimes see a &"defunct"& Exim process hanging about. This is not a problem;
29289 it will be noticed when the daemon next wakes up.
29290
29291 When running as a daemon, Exim can reserve some SMTP slots for specific hosts,
29292 and can also be set up to reject SMTP calls from non-reserved hosts at times of
29293 high system load &-- for details see the &%smtp_accept_reserve%&,
29294 &%smtp_load_reserve%&, and &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& options. The load check
29295 applies in both the daemon and &'inetd'& cases.
29296
29297 Exim normally starts a delivery process for each message received, though this
29298 can be varied by means of the &%-odq%& command line option and the
29299 &%queue_only%&, &%queue_only_file%&, and &%queue_only_load%& options. The
29300 number of simultaneously running delivery processes started in this way from
29301 SMTP input can be limited by the &%smtp_accept_queue%& and
29302 &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& options. When either limit is reached,
29303 subsequently received messages are just put on the input queue without starting
29304 a delivery process.
29305
29306 The controls that involve counts of incoming SMTP calls (&%smtp_accept_max%&,
29307 &%smtp_accept_queue%&, &%smtp_accept_reserve%&) are not available when Exim is
29308 started up from the &'inetd'& daemon, because in that case each connection is
29309 handled by an entirely independent Exim process. Control by load average is,
29310 however, available with &'inetd'&.
29311
29312 Exim can be configured to verify addresses in incoming SMTP commands as they
29313 are received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details. It can also be configured
29314 to rewrite addresses at this time &-- before any syntax checking is done. See
29315 section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&.
29316
29317 Exim can also be configured to limit the rate at which a client host submits
29318 MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session. See the
29319 &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& option.
29320
29321
29322
29323 .section "Unrecognized SMTP commands"
29324 .cindex "SMTP" "unrecognized commands"
29325 If Exim receives more than &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& unrecognized SMTP
29326 commands during a single SMTP connection, it drops the connection after sending
29327 the error response to the last command. The default value for
29328 &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& is 3. This is a defence against some kinds of
29329 abuse that subvert web servers into making connections to SMTP ports; in these
29330 circumstances, a number of non-SMTP lines are sent first.
29331
29332
29333 .section "Syntax and protocol errors in SMTP commands"
29334 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors"
29335 .cindex "SMTP" "protocol errors"
29336 A syntax error is detected if an SMTP command is recognized, but there is
29337 something syntactically wrong with its data, for example, a malformed email
29338 address in a RCPT command. Protocol errors include invalid command
29339 sequencing such as RCPT before MAIL. If Exim receives more than
29340 &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& such commands during a single SMTP connection, it
29341 drops the connection after sending the error response to the last command. The
29342 default value for &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& is 3. This is a defence against
29343 broken clients that loop sending bad commands (yes, it has been seen).
29344
29345
29346
29347 .section "Use of non-mail SMTP commands"
29348 .cindex "SMTP" "non-mail commands"
29349 The &"non-mail"& SMTP commands are those other than MAIL, RCPT, and
29350 DATA. Exim counts such commands, and drops the connection if there are too
29351 many of them in a single SMTP session. This action catches some
29352 denial-of-service attempts and things like repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
29353 client looping sending EHLO. The global option &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
29354 defines what &"too many"& means. Its default value is 10.
29355
29356 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
29357 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
29358 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurence of HELO
29359 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
29360 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
29361 counted.
29362
29363 The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately following
29364 STARTTLS is also not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than MAIL,
29365 RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
29366
29367 You can control which hosts are subject to the limit set by
29368 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& by setting
29369 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&. The default value is &`*`&, which makes
29370 the limit apply to all hosts. This option means that you can exclude any
29371 specific badly-behaved hosts that you have to live with.
29372
29373
29374
29375
29376 .section "The VRFY and EXPN commands"
29377 When Exim receives a VRFY or EXPN command on a TCP/IP connection, it
29378 runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& or &%acl_smtp_expn%& (as
29379 appropriate) in order to decide whether the command should be accepted or not.
29380 If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
29381
29382 .cindex "VRFY" "processing"
29383 When VRFY is accepted, it runs exactly the same code as when Exim is
29384 called with the &%-bv%& option.
29385
29386 .cindex "EXPN" "processing"
29387 When EXPN is accepted, a single-level expansion of the address is done.
29388 EXPN is treated as an &"address test"& (similar to the &%-bt%& option) rather
29389 than a verification (the &%-bv%& option). If an unqualified local part is given
29390 as the argument to EXPN, it is qualified with &%qualify_domain%&. Rejections
29391 of VRFY and EXPN commands are logged on the main and reject logs, and
29392 VRFY verification failures are logged on the main log for consistency with
29393 RCPT failures.
29394
29395
29396
29397 .section "The ETRN command" "SECTETRN"
29398 .cindex "ETRN" "processing"
29399 RFC 1985 describes an SMTP command called ETRN that is designed to
29400 overcome the security problems of the TURN command (which has fallen into
29401 disuse). When Exim receives an ETRN command on a TCP/IP connection, it runs
29402 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_etrn%& in order to decide whether the command
29403 should be accepted or not. If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
29404
29405 The ETRN command is concerned with &"releasing"& messages that are awaiting
29406 delivery to certain hosts. As Exim does not organize its message queue by host,
29407 the only form of ETRN that is supported by default is the one where the
29408 text starts with the &"#"& prefix, in which case the remainder of the text is
29409 specific to the SMTP server. A valid ETRN command causes a run of Exim with
29410 the &%-R%& option to happen, with the remainder of the ETRN text as its
29411 argument. For example,
29412 .code
29413 ETRN #brigadoon
29414 .endd
29415 runs the command
29416 .code
29417 exim -R brigadoon
29418 .endd
29419 which causes a delivery attempt on all messages with undelivered addresses
29420 containing the text &"brigadoon"&. When &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set (the
29421 default), Exim prevents the simultaneous execution of more than one queue run
29422 for the same argument string as a result of an ETRN command. This stops
29423 a misbehaving client from starting more than one queue runner at once.
29424
29425 .cindex "hints database" "ETRN serialization"
29426 Exim implements the serialization by means of a hints database in which a
29427 record is written whenever a process is started by ETRN, and deleted when
29428 the process completes. However, Exim does not keep the SMTP session waiting for
29429 the ETRN process to complete. Once ETRN is accepted, the client is sent
29430 a &"success"& return code. Obviously there is scope for hints records to get
29431 left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To guard against this,
29432 Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
29433
29434 .cindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
29435 For more control over what ETRN does, the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option can
29436 used. This specifies a command that is run whenever ETRN is received,
29437 whatever the form of its argument. For
29438 example:
29439 .code
29440 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
29441 $sender_host_address
29442 .endd
29443 .cindex "&$domain$&"
29444 The string is split up into arguments which are independently expanded. The
29445 expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the argument of the ETRN command,
29446 and no syntax checking is done on the contents of this argument. Exim does not
29447 wait for the command to complete, so its status code is not checked. Exim runs
29448 under its own uid and gid when receiving incoming SMTP, so it is not possible
29449 for it to change them before running the command.
29450
29451
29452
29453 .section "Incoming local SMTP"
29454 .cindex "SMTP" "local incoming"
29455 Some user agents use SMTP to pass messages to their local MTA using the
29456 standard input and output, as opposed to passing the envelope on the command
29457 line and writing the message to the standard input. This is supported by the
29458 &%-bs%& option. This form of SMTP is handled in the same way as incoming
29459 messages over TCP/IP (including the use of ACLs), except that the envelope
29460 sender given in a MAIL command is ignored unless the caller is trusted. In
29461 an ACL you can detect this form of SMTP input by testing for an empty host
29462 identification. It is common to have this as the first line in the ACL that
29463 runs for RCPT commands:
29464 .code
29465 accept hosts = :
29466 .endd
29467 This accepts SMTP messages from local processes without doing any other tests.
29468
29469
29470
29471 .section "Outgoing batched SMTP" "SECTbatchSMTP"
29472 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing"
29473 .cindex "batched SMTP output"
29474 Both the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports can be used for handling
29475 batched SMTP. Each has an option called &%use_bsmtp%& which causes messages to
29476 be output in BSMTP format. No SMTP responses are possible for this form of
29477 delivery. All it is doing is using SMTP commands as a way of transmitting the
29478 envelope along with the message.
29479
29480 The message is written to the file or pipe preceded by the SMTP commands
29481 MAIL and RCPT, and followed by a line containing a single dot. Lines in
29482 the message that start with a dot have an extra dot added. The SMTP command
29483 HELO is not normally used. If it is required, the &%message_prefix%& option
29484 can be used to specify it.
29485
29486 Because &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& are both local transports, they accept only
29487 one recipient address at a time by default. However, you can arrange for them
29488 to handle several addresses at once by setting the &%batch_max%& option. When
29489 this is done for BSMTP, messages may contain multiple RCPT commands. See
29490 chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>& for more details.
29491
29492 .cindex "&$host$&"
29493 When one or more addresses are routed to a BSMTP transport by a router that
29494 sets up a host list, the name of the first host on the list is available to the
29495 transport in the variable &$host$&. Here is an example of such a transport and
29496 router:
29497 .code
29498 begin routers
29499 route_append:
29500 driver = manualroute
29501 transport = smtp_appendfile
29502 route_list = domain.example batch.host.example
29503
29504 begin transports
29505 smtp_appendfile:
29506 driver = appendfile
29507 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
29508 batch_max = 1000
29509 use_bsmtp
29510 user = exim
29511 .endd
29512 This causes messages addressed to &'domain.example'& to be written in BSMTP
29513 format to &_/var/bsmtp/batch.host.example_&, with only a single copy of each
29514 message (unless there are more than 1000 recipients).
29515
29516
29517
29518 .section "Incoming batched SMTP" "SECTincomingbatchedSMTP"
29519 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
29520 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
29521 The &%-bS%& command line option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by
29522 reading SMTP on the standard input, but to generate no responses. If the caller
29523 is trusted, the senders in the MAIL commands are believed; otherwise the
29524 sender is always the caller of Exim. Unqualified senders and receivers are not
29525 rejected (there seems little point) but instead just get qualified. HELO
29526 and EHLO act as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN and HELP, act
29527 as NOOP; QUIT quits.
29528
29529 No policy checking is done for BSMTP input. That is, no ACL is run at anytime.
29530 In this respect it is like non-SMTP local input.
29531
29532 If an error is detected while reading a message, including a missing &"."& at
29533 the end, Exim gives up immediately. It writes details of the error to the
29534 standard output in a stylized way that the calling program should be able to
29535 make some use of automatically, for example:
29536 .code
29537 554 Unexpected end of file
29538 Transaction started in line 10
29539 Error detected in line 14
29540 .endd
29541 It writes a more verbose version, for human consumption, to the standard error
29542 file, for example:
29543 .code
29544 An error was detected while processing a file of BSMTP input.
29545 The error message was:
29546
29547 501 '>' missing at end of address
29548
29549 The SMTP transaction started in line 10.
29550 The error was detected in line 12.
29551 The SMTP command at fault was:
29552
29553 rcpt to:<malformed@in.com.plete
29554
29555 1 previous message was successfully processed.
29556 The rest of the batch was abandoned.
29557 .endd
29558 The return code from Exim is zero only if there were no errors. It is 1 if some
29559 messages were accepted before an error was detected, and 2 if no messages were
29560 accepted.
29561 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc1
29562 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc2
29563
29564
29565
29566 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29567 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29568
29569 .chapter "Customizing bounce and warning messages" "CHAPemsgcust" &&&
29570 "Customizing messages"
29571 When a message fails to be delivered, or remains on the queue for more than a
29572 configured amount of time, Exim sends a message to the original sender, or
29573 to an alternative configured address. The text of these messages is built into
29574 the code of Exim, but it is possible to change it, either by adding a single
29575 string, or by replacing each of the paragraphs by text supplied in a file.
29576
29577 The &'From:'& and &'To:'& header lines are automatically generated; you can
29578 cause a &'Reply-To:'& line to be added by setting the &%errors_reply_to%&
29579 option. Exim also adds the line
29580 .code
29581 Auto-Submitted: auto-generated
29582 .endd
29583 to all warning and bounce messages,
29584
29585
29586 .section "Customizing bounce messages"
29587 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
29588 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
29589 If &%bounce_message_text%& is set, its contents are included in the default
29590 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
29591 delivery software."& The string is not expanded. It is not used if
29592 &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
29593
29594 When &%bounce_message_file%& is set, it must point to a template file for
29595 constructing error messages. The file consists of a series of text items,
29596 separated by lines consisting of exactly four asterisks. If the file cannot be
29597 opened, default text is used and a message is written to the main and panic
29598 logs. If any text item in the file is empty, default text is used for that
29599 item.
29600
29601 .cindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
29602 .cindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
29603 Each item of text that is read from the file is expanded, and there are two
29604 expansion variables which can be of use here: &$bounce_recipient$& is set to
29605 the recipient of an error message while it is being created, and
29606 &$bounce_return_size_limit$& contains the value of the &%return_size_limit%&
29607 option, rounded to a whole number.
29608
29609 The items must appear in the file in the following order:
29610
29611 .ilist
29612 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
29613 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
29614 .next
29615 The second item forms the start of the error message. After it, Exim lists the
29616 failing addresses with their error messages.
29617 .next
29618 The third item is used to introduce any text from pipe transports that is to be
29619 returned to the sender. It is omitted if there is no such text.
29620 .next
29621 The fourth item is used to introduce the copy of the message that is returned
29622 as part of the error report.
29623 .next
29624 The fifth item is added after the fourth one if the returned message is
29625 truncated because it is bigger than &%return_size_limit%&.
29626 .next
29627 The sixth item is added after the copy of the original message.
29628 .endlist
29629
29630 The default state (&%bounce_message_file%& unset) is equivalent to the
29631 following file, in which the sixth item is empty. The &'Subject:'& and some
29632 other lines have been split in order to fit them on the page:
29633 .code
29634 Subject: Mail delivery failed
29635 ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
29636 {: returning message to sender}}
29637 ****
29638 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
29639
29640 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
29641 {that you sent }{sent by
29642
29643 <$sender_address>
29644
29645 }}could not be delivered to all of its recipients.
29646 The following address(es) failed:
29647 ****
29648 The following text was generated during the delivery attempt(s):
29649 ****
29650 ------ This is a copy of the message, including all the headers.
29651 ------
29652 ****
29653 ------ The body of the message is $message_size characters long;
29654 only the first
29655 ------ $bounce_return_size_limit or so are included here.
29656 ****
29657 .endd
29658 .section "Customizing warning messages" "SECTcustwarn"
29659 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
29660 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
29661 The option &%warn_message_file%& can be pointed at a template file for use when
29662 warnings about message delays are created. In this case there are only three
29663 text sections:
29664
29665 .ilist
29666 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
29667 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
29668 .next
29669 The second item forms the start of the warning message. After it, Exim lists
29670 the delayed addresses.
29671 .next
29672 The third item then ends the message.
29673 .endlist
29674
29675 The default state is equivalent to the following file, except that some lines
29676 have been split here, in order to fit them on the page:
29677 .code
29678 Subject: Warning: message $message_exim_id delayed
29679 $warn_message_delay
29680 ****
29681 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
29682
29683 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$warn_message_recipients}
29684 {that you sent }{sent by
29685
29686 <$sender_address>
29687
29688 }}has not been delivered to all of its recipients after
29689 more than $warn_message_delay on the queue on $primary_hostname.
29690
29691 The message identifier is: $message_exim_id
29692 The subject of the message is: $h_subject
29693 The date of the message is: $h_date
29694
29695 The following address(es) have not yet been delivered:
29696 ****
29697 No action is required on your part. Delivery attempts will
29698 continue for some time, and this warning may be repeated at
29699 intervals if the message remains undelivered. Eventually the
29700 mail delivery software will give up, and when that happens,
29701 the message will be returned to you.
29702 .endd
29703 .cindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
29704 .cindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
29705 However, in the default state the subject and date lines are omitted if no
29706 appropriate headers exist. During the expansion of this file,
29707 &$warn_message_delay$& is set to the delay time in one of the forms &"<&'n'&>
29708 minutes"& or &"<&'n'&> hours"&, and &$warn_message_recipients$& contains a list
29709 of recipients for the warning message. There may be more than one if there are
29710 multiple addresses with different &%errors_to%& settings on the routers that
29711 handled them.
29712
29713
29714
29715
29716 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29717 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29718
29719 .chapter "Some common configuration settings" "CHAPcomconreq"
29720 This chapter discusses some configuration settings that seem to be fairly
29721 common. More examples and discussion can be found in the Exim book.
29722
29723
29724
29725 .section "Sending mail to a smart host"
29726 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
29727 If you want to send all mail for non-local domains to a &"smart host"&, you
29728 should replace the default &(dnslookup)& router with a router which does the
29729 routing explicitly:
29730 .code
29731 send_to_smart_host:
29732 driver = manualroute
29733 route_list = !+local_domains smart.host.name
29734 transport = remote_smtp
29735 .endd
29736 You can use the smart host's IP address instead of the name if you wish.
29737 If you are using Exim only to submit messages to a smart host, and not for
29738 receiving incoming messages, you can arrange for it to do the submission
29739 synchronously by setting the &%mua_wrapper%& option (see chapter
29740 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&).
29741
29742
29743
29744
29745 .section "Using Exim to handle mailing lists" "SECTmailinglists"
29746 .cindex "mailing lists"
29747 Exim can be used to run simple mailing lists, but for large and/or complicated
29748 requirements, the use of additional specialized mailing list software such as
29749 Majordomo or Mailman is recommended.
29750
29751 The &(redirect)& router can be used to handle mailing lists where each list
29752 is maintained in a separate file, which can therefore be managed by an
29753 independent manager. The &%domains%& router option can be used to run these
29754 lists in a separate domain from normal mail. For example:
29755 .code
29756 lists:
29757 driver = redirect
29758 domains = lists.example
29759 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
29760 forbid_pipe
29761 forbid_file
29762 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
29763 no_more
29764 .endd
29765 This router is skipped for domains other than &'lists.example'&. For addresses
29766 in that domain, it looks for a file that matches the local part. If there is no
29767 such file, the router declines, but because &%no_more%& is set, no subsequent
29768 routers are tried, and so the whole delivery fails.
29769
29770 The &%forbid_pipe%& and &%forbid_file%& options prevent a local part from being
29771 expanded into a file name or a pipe delivery, which is usually inappropriate in
29772 a mailing list.
29773
29774 .cindex "&%errors_to%&"
29775 The &%errors_to%& option specifies that any delivery errors caused by addresses
29776 taken from a mailing list are to be sent to the given address rather than the
29777 original sender of the message. However, before acting on this, Exim verifies
29778 the error address, and ignores it if verification fails.
29779
29780 For example, using the configuration above, mail sent to
29781 &'dicts@lists.example'& is passed on to those addresses contained in
29782 &_/usr/lists/dicts_&, with error reports directed to
29783 &'dicts-request@lists.example'&, provided that this address can be verified.
29784 There could be a file called &_/usr/lists/dicts-request_& containing
29785 the address(es) of this particular list's manager(s), but other approaches,
29786 such as setting up an earlier router (possibly using the &%local_part_prefix%&
29787 or &%local_part_suffix%& options) to handle addresses of the form
29788 &%owner-%&&'xxx'& or &%xxx-%&&'request'&, are also possible.
29789
29790
29791
29792 .section "Syntax errors in mailing lists"
29793 .cindex "mailing lists" "syntax errors in"
29794 If an entry in redirection data contains a syntax error, Exim normally defers
29795 delivery of the original address. That means that a syntax error in a mailing
29796 list holds up all deliveries to the list. This may not be appropriate when a
29797 list is being maintained automatically from data supplied by users, and the
29798 addresses are not rigorously checked.
29799
29800 If the &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is set, the &(redirect)& router just skips
29801 entries that fail to parse, noting the incident in the log. If in addition
29802 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set to a verifiable address, a message is sent to it
29803 whenever a broken address is skipped. It is usually appropriate to set
29804 &%syntax_errors_to%& to the same address as &%errors_to%&.
29805
29806
29807
29808 .section "Re-expansion of mailing lists"
29809 .cindex "mailing lists" "re-expansion of"
29810 Exim remembers every individual address to which a message has been delivered,
29811 in order to avoid duplication, but it normally stores only the original
29812 recipient addresses with a message. If all the deliveries to a mailing list
29813 cannot be done at the first attempt, the mailing list is re-expanded when the
29814 delivery is next tried. This means that alterations to the list are taken into
29815 account at each delivery attempt, so addresses that have been added to
29816 the list since the message arrived will therefore receive a copy of the
29817 message, even though it pre-dates their subscription.
29818
29819 If this behaviour is felt to be undesirable, the &%one_time%& option can be set
29820 on the &(redirect)& router. If this is done, any addresses generated by the
29821 router that fail to deliver at the first attempt are added to the message as
29822 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
29823 &"delivered"&. Thus, expansion of the mailing list does not happen again at the
29824 subsequent delivery attempts. The disadvantage of this is that if any of the
29825 failing addresses are incorrect, correcting them in the file has no effect on
29826 pre-existing messages.
29827
29828 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
29829 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
29830 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if the
29831 &%all_parents%& selector is set, but for mailing lists there is normally only
29832 one level of expansion anyway.
29833
29834
29835
29836 .section "Closed mailing lists"
29837 .cindex "mailing lists" "closed"
29838 The examples so far have assumed open mailing lists, to which anybody may
29839 send mail. It is also possible to set up closed lists, where mail is accepted
29840 from specified senders only. This is done by making use of the generic
29841 &%senders%& option to restrict the router that handles the list.
29842
29843 The following example uses the same file as a list of recipients and as a list
29844 of permitted senders. It requires three routers:
29845 .code
29846 lists_request:
29847 driver = redirect
29848 domains = lists.example
29849 local_part_suffix = -request
29850 file = /usr/lists/$local_part$local_part_suffix
29851 no_more
29852
29853 lists_post:
29854 driver = redirect
29855 domains = lists.example
29856 senders = ${if exists {/usr/lists/$local_part}\
29857 {lsearch;/usr/lists/$local_part}{*}}
29858 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
29859 forbid_pipe
29860 forbid_file
29861 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
29862 no_more
29863
29864 lists_closed:
29865 driver = redirect
29866 domains = lists.example
29867 allow_fail
29868 data = :fail: $local_part@lists.example is a closed mailing list
29869 .endd
29870 All three routers have the same &%domains%& setting, so for any other domains,
29871 they are all skipped. The first router runs only if the local part ends in
29872 &%-request%&. It handles messages to the list manager(s) by means of an open
29873 mailing list.
29874
29875 The second router runs only if the &%senders%& precondition is satisfied. It
29876 checks for the existence of a list that corresponds to the local part, and then
29877 checks that the sender is on the list by means of a linear search. It is
29878 necessary to check for the existence of the file before trying to search it,
29879 because otherwise Exim thinks there is a configuration error. If the file does
29880 not exist, the expansion of &%senders%& is *, which matches all senders. This
29881 means that the router runs, but because there is no list, declines, and
29882 &%no_more%& ensures that no further routers are run. The address fails with an
29883 &"unrouteable address"& error.
29884
29885 The third router runs only if the second router is skipped, which happens when
29886 a mailing list exists, but the sender is not on it. This router forcibly fails
29887 the address, giving a suitable error message.
29888
29889
29890
29891
29892 .section "Variable Envelope Return Paths (VERP)" "SECTverp"
29893 .cindex "VERP"
29894 .cindex "Variable Envelope Return Paths"
29895 .cindex "envelope sender"
29896 Variable Envelope Return Paths &-- see &url(http://cr.yp.to/proto/verp.txt) &--
29897 are a way of helping mailing list administrators discover which subscription
29898 address is the cause of a particular delivery failure. The idea is to encode
29899 the original recipient address in the outgoing envelope sender address, so that
29900 if the message is forwarded by another host and then subsequently bounces, the
29901 original recipient can be extracted from the recipient address of the bounce.
29902
29903 .oindex &%errors_to%&
29904 .oindex &%return_path%&
29905 Envelope sender addresses can be modified by Exim using two different
29906 facilities: the &%errors_to%& option on a router (as shown in previous mailing
29907 list examples), or the &%return_path%& option on a transport. The second of
29908 these is effective only if the message is successfully delivered to another
29909 host; it is not used for errors detected on the local host (see the description
29910 of &%return_path%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&). Here is an example
29911 of the use of &%return_path%& to implement VERP on an &(smtp)& transport:
29912 .code
29913 verp_smtp:
29914 driver = smtp
29915 max_rcpt = 1
29916 return_path = \
29917 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
29918 {$1-request=$local_part%$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
29919 .endd
29920 This has the effect of rewriting the return path (envelope sender) on outgoing
29921 SMTP messages, if the local part of the original return path ends in
29922 &"-request"&, and the domain is &'your.dom.example'&. The rewriting inserts the
29923 local part and domain of the recipient into the return path. Suppose, for
29924 example, that a message whose return path has been set to
29925 &'somelist-request@your.dom.example'& is sent to
29926 &'subscriber@other.dom.example'&. In the transport, the return path is
29927 rewritten as
29928 .code
29929 somelist-request=subscriber%other.dom.example@your.dom.example
29930 .endd
29931 .new
29932 .cindex "&$local_part$&"
29933 For this to work, you must tell Exim to send multiple copies of messages that
29934 have more than one recipient, so that each copy has just one recipient. This is
29935 achieved by setting &%max_rcpt%& to 1. Without this, a single copy of a message
29936 might be sent to several different recipients in the same domain, in which case
29937 &$local_part$& is not available in the transport, because it is not unique.
29938
29939 Unless your host is doing nothing but mailing list deliveries, you should
29940 probably use a separate transport for the VERP deliveries, so as not to use
29941 extra resources in making one-per-recipient copies for other deliveries. This
29942 can easily be done by expanding the &%transport%& option in the router:
29943 .wen
29944 .code
29945 dnslookup:
29946 driver = dnslookup
29947 domains = ! +local_domains
29948 transport = \
29949 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
29950 {verp_smtp}{remote_smtp}}
29951 no_more
29952 .endd
29953 If you want to change the return path using &%errors_to%& in a router instead
29954 of using &%return_path%& in the transport, you need to set &%errors_to%& on all
29955 routers that handle mailing list addresses. This will ensure that all delivery
29956 errors, including those detected on the local host, are sent to the VERP
29957 address.
29958
29959 On a host that does no local deliveries and has no manual routing, only the
29960 &(dnslookup)& router needs to be changed. A special transport is not needed for
29961 SMTP deliveries. Every mailing list recipient has its own return path value,
29962 and so Exim must hand them to the transport one at a time. Here is an example
29963 of a &(dnslookup)& router that implements VERP:
29964 .code
29965 verp_dnslookup:
29966 driver = dnslookup
29967 domains = ! +local_domains
29968 transport = remote_smtp
29969 errors_to = \
29970 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}}
29971 {$1-request=$local_part%$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
29972 no_more
29973 .endd
29974 Before you start sending out messages with VERPed return paths, you must also
29975 configure Exim to accept the bounce messages that come back to those paths.
29976 Typically this is done by setting a &%local_part_suffix%& option for a
29977 router, and using this to route the messages to wherever you want to handle
29978 them.
29979
29980 The overhead incurred in using VERP depends very much on the size of the
29981 message, the number of recipient addresses that resolve to the same remote
29982 host, and the speed of the connection over which the message is being sent. If
29983 a lot of addresses resolve to the same host and the connection is slow, sending
29984 a separate copy of the message for each address may take substantially longer
29985 than sending a single copy with many recipients (for which VERP cannot be
29986 used).
29987
29988
29989
29990
29991
29992
29993 .section "Virtual domains" "SECTvirtualdomains"
29994 .cindex "virtual domains"
29995 .cindex "domain" "virtual"
29996 The phrase &'virtual domain'& is unfortunately used with two rather different
29997 meanings:
29998
29999 .ilist
30000 A domain for which there are no real mailboxes; all valid local parts are
30001 aliases for other email addresses. Common examples are organizational
30002 top-level domains and &"vanity"& domains.
30003 .next
30004 One of a number of independent domains that are all handled by the same host,
30005 with mailboxes on that host, but where the mailbox owners do not necessarily
30006 have login accounts on that host.
30007 .endlist
30008
30009 The first usage is probably more common, and does seem more &"virtual"& than
30010 the second. This kind of domain can be handled in Exim with a straightforward
30011 aliasing router. One approach is to create a separate alias file for each
30012 virtual domain. Exim can test for the existence of the alias file to determine
30013 whether the domain exists. The &(dsearch)& lookup type is useful here, leading
30014 to a router of this form:
30015 .code
30016 virtual:
30017 driver = redirect
30018 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/virtual
30019 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/mail/virtual/$domain}}
30020 no_more
30021 .endd
30022 The &%domains%& option specifies that the router is to be skipped, unless there
30023 is a file in the &_/etc/mail/virtual_& directory whose name is the same as the
30024 domain that is being processed. When the router runs, it looks up the local
30025 part in the file to find a new address (or list of addresses). The &%no_more%&
30026 setting ensures that if the lookup fails (leading to &%data%& being an empty
30027 string), Exim gives up on the address without trying any subsequent routers.
30028
30029 This one router can handle all the virtual domains because the alias file names
30030 follow a fixed pattern. Permissions can be arranged so that appropriate people
30031 can edit the different alias files. A successful aliasing operation results in
30032 a new envelope recipient address, which is then routed from scratch.
30033
30034 The other kind of &"virtual"& domain can also be handled in a straightforward
30035 way. One approach is to create a file for each domain containing a list of
30036 valid local parts, and use it in a router like this:
30037 .code
30038 my_domains:
30039 driver = accept
30040 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/domains
30041 local_parts = lsearch;/etc/mail/domains/$domain
30042 transport = my_mailboxes
30043 .endd
30044 The address is accepted if there is a file for the domain, and the local part
30045 can be found in the file. The &%domains%& option is used to check for the
30046 file's existence because &%domains%& is tested before the &%local_parts%&
30047 option (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). You cannot use &%require_files%&,
30048 because that option is tested after &%local_parts%&. The transport is as
30049 follows:
30050 .code
30051 my_mailboxes:
30052 driver = appendfile
30053 file = /var/mail/$domain/$local_part
30054 user = mail
30055 .endd
30056 This uses a directory of mailboxes for each domain. The &%user%& setting is
30057 required, to specify which uid is to be used for writing to the mailboxes.
30058
30059 The configuration shown here is just one example of how you might support this
30060 requirement. There are many other ways this kind of configuration can be set
30061 up, for example, by using a database instead of separate files to hold all the
30062 information about the domains.
30063
30064
30065
30066 .section "Multiple user mailboxes" "SECTmulbox"
30067 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
30068 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
30069 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
30070 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
30071 Heavy email users often want to operate with multiple mailboxes, into which
30072 incoming mail is automatically sorted. A popular way of handling this is to
30073 allow users to use multiple sender addresses, so that replies can easily be
30074 identified. Users are permitted to add prefixes or suffixes to their local
30075 parts for this purpose. The wildcard facility of the generic router options
30076 &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& can be used for this. For
30077 example, consider this router:
30078 .code
30079 userforward:
30080 driver = redirect
30081 check_local_user
30082 file = $home/.forward
30083 local_part_suffix = -*
30084 local_part_suffix_optional
30085 allow_filter
30086 .endd
30087 .cindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
30088 It runs a user's &_.forward_& file for all local parts of the form
30089 &'username-*'&. Within the filter file the user can distinguish different
30090 cases by testing the variable &$local_part_suffix$&. For example:
30091 .code
30092 if $local_part_suffix contains -special then
30093 save /home/$local_part/Mail/special
30094 endif
30095 .endd
30096 If the filter file does not exist, or does not deal with such addresses, they
30097 fall through to subsequent routers, and, assuming no subsequent use of the
30098 &%local_part_suffix%& option is made, they presumably fail. Thus, users have
30099 control over which suffixes are valid.
30100
30101 Alternatively, a suffix can be used to trigger the use of a different
30102 &_.forward_& file &-- which is the way a similar facility is implemented in
30103 another MTA:
30104 .code
30105 userforward:
30106 driver = redirect
30107 check_local_user
30108 file = $home/.forward$local_part_suffix
30109 local_part_suffix = -*
30110 local_part_suffix_optional
30111 allow_filter
30112 .endd
30113 If there is no suffix, &_.forward_& is used; if the suffix is &'-special'&, for
30114 example, &_.forward-special_& is used. Once again, if the appropriate file
30115 does not exist, or does not deal with the address, it is passed on to
30116 subsequent routers, which could, if required, look for an unqualified
30117 &_.forward_& file to use as a default.
30118
30119
30120
30121 .section "Simplified vacation processing"
30122 .cindex "vacation processing"
30123 The traditional way of running the &'vacation'& program is for a user to set up
30124 a pipe command in a &_.forward_& file
30125 (see section &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for syntax details).
30126 This is prone to error by inexperienced users. There are two features of Exim
30127 that can be used to make this process simpler for users:
30128
30129 .ilist
30130 A local part prefix such as &"vacation-"& can be specified on a router which
30131 can cause the message to be delivered directly to the &'vacation'& program, or
30132 alternatively can use Exim's &(autoreply)& transport. The contents of a user's
30133 &_.forward_& file are then much simpler. For example:
30134 .code
30135 spqr, vacation-spqr
30136 .endd
30137 .next
30138 The &%require_files%& generic router option can be used to trigger a
30139 vacation delivery by checking for the existence of a certain file in the
30140 user's home directory. The &%unseen%& generic option should also be used, to
30141 ensure that the original delivery also proceeds. In this case, all the user has
30142 to do is to create a file called, say, &_.vacation_&, containing a vacation
30143 message.
30144 .endlist
30145
30146 Another advantage of both these methods is that they both work even when the
30147 use of arbitrary pipes by users is locked out.
30148
30149
30150
30151 .section "Taking copies of mail"
30152 .cindex "message" "copying every"
30153 Some installations have policies that require archive copies of all messages to
30154 be made. A single copy of each message can easily be taken by an appropriate
30155 command in a system filter, which could, for example, use a different file for
30156 each day's messages.
30157
30158 There is also a shadow transport mechanism that can be used to take copies of
30159 messages that are successfully delivered by local transports, one copy per
30160 delivery. This could be used, &'inter alia'&, to implement automatic
30161 notification of delivery by sites that insist on doing such things.
30162
30163
30164
30165 .section "Intermittently connected hosts"
30166 .cindex "intermittently connected hosts"
30167 It has become quite common (because it is cheaper) for hosts to connect to the
30168 Internet periodically rather than remain connected all the time. The normal
30169 arrangement is that mail for such hosts accumulates on a system that is
30170 permanently connected.
30171
30172 Exim was designed for use on permanently connected hosts, and so it is not
30173 particularly well-suited to use in an intermittently connected environment.
30174 Nevertheless there are some features that can be used.
30175
30176
30177 .section "Exim on the upstream server host"
30178 It is tempting to arrange for incoming mail for the intermittently connected
30179 host to remain on Exim's queue until the client connects. However, this
30180 approach does not scale very well. Two different kinds of waiting message are
30181 being mixed up in the same queue &-- those that cannot be delivered because of
30182 some temporary problem, and those that are waiting for their destination host
30183 to connect. This makes it hard to manage the queue, as well as wasting
30184 resources, because each queue runner scans the entire queue.
30185
30186 A better approach is to separate off those messages that are waiting for an
30187 intermittently connected host. This can be done by delivering these messages
30188 into local files in batch SMTP, &"mailstore"&, or other envelope-preserving
30189 format, from where they are transmitted by other software when their
30190 destination connects. This makes it easy to collect all the mail for one host
30191 in a single directory, and to apply local timeout rules on a per-message basis
30192 if required.
30193
30194 On a very small scale, leaving the mail on Exim's queue can be made to work. If
30195 you are doing this, you should configure Exim with a long retry period for the
30196 intermittent host. For example:
30197 .code
30198 cheshire.wonderland.fict.example * F,5d,24h
30199 .endd
30200 This stops a lot of failed delivery attempts from occurring, but Exim remembers
30201 which messages it has queued up for that host. Once the intermittent host comes
30202 online, forcing delivery of one message (either by using the &%-M%& or &%-R%&
30203 options, or by using the ETRN SMTP command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&)
30204 causes all the queued up messages to be delivered, often down a single SMTP
30205 connection. While the host remains connected, any new messages get delivered
30206 immediately.
30207
30208 If the connecting hosts do not have fixed IP addresses, that is, if a host is
30209 issued with a different IP address each time it connects, Exim's retry
30210 mechanisms on the holding host get confused, because the IP address is normally
30211 used as part of the key string for holding retry information. This can be
30212 avoided by unsetting &%retry_include_ip_address%& on the &(smtp)& transport.
30213 Since this has disadvantages for permanently connected hosts, it is best to
30214 arrange a separate transport for the intermittently connected ones.
30215
30216
30217
30218 .section "Exim on the intermittently connected client host"
30219 The value of &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& should probably be
30220 increased, or even set to zero (that is, disabled) on the intermittently
30221 connected host, so that all incoming messages down a single connection get
30222 delivered immediately.
30223
30224 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
30225 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
30226 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
30227 Mail waiting to be sent from an intermittently connected host will probably
30228 not have been routed, because without a connection DNS lookups are not
30229 possible. This means that if a normal queue run is done at connection time,
30230 each message is likely to be sent in a separate SMTP session. This can be
30231 avoided by starting the queue run with a command line option beginning with
30232 &%-qq%& instead of &%-q%&. In this case, the queue is scanned twice. In the
30233 first pass, routing is done but no deliveries take place. The second pass is a
30234 normal queue run; since all the messages have been previously routed, those
30235 destined for the same host are likely to get sent as multiple deliveries in a
30236 single SMTP connection.
30237
30238
30239
30240 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30241 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30242
30243 .chapter "Using Exim as a non-queueing client" "CHAPnonqueueing" &&&
30244 "Exim as a non-queueing client"
30245 .cindex "client" "non-queueing"
30246 .cindex "smart host" "queueing; suppressing"
30247 On a personal computer, it is a common requirement for all
30248 email to be sent to a &"smart host"&. There are plenty of MUAs that can be
30249 configured to operate that way, for all the popular operating systems.
30250 However, there are some MUAs for Unix-like systems that cannot be so
30251 configured: they submit messages using the command line interface of
30252 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. Furthermore, utility programs such as &'cron'& submit
30253 messages this way.
30254
30255 If the personal computer runs continuously, there is no problem, because it can
30256 run a conventional MTA that handles delivery to the smart host, and deal with
30257 any delays via its queueing mechanism. However, if the computer does not run
30258 continuously or runs different operating systems at different times, queueing
30259 email is not desirable.
30260
30261 There is therefore a requirement for something that can provide the
30262 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& interface but deliver messages to a smart host without
30263 any queueing or retrying facilities. Furthermore, the delivery to the smart
30264 host should be synchronous, so that if it fails, the sending MUA is immediately
30265 informed. In other words, we want something that extends an MUA that submits
30266 to a local MTA via the command line so that it behaves like one that submits
30267 to a remote smart host using TCP/SMTP.
30268
30269 There are a number of applications (for example, there is one called &'ssmtp'&)
30270 that do this job. However, people have found them to be lacking in various
30271 ways. For instance, you might want to allow aliasing and forwarding to be done
30272 before sending a message to the smart host.
30273
30274 Exim already had the necessary infrastructure for doing this job. Just a few
30275 tweaks were needed to make it behave as required, though it is somewhat of an
30276 overkill to use a fully-featured MTA for this purpose.
30277
30278 .cindex "&%mua_wrapper%&"
30279 There is a Boolean global option called &%mua_wrapper%&, defaulting false.
30280 Setting &%mua_wrapper%& true causes Exim to run in a special mode where it
30281 assumes that it is being used to &"wrap"& a command-line MUA in the manner
30282 just described. As well as setting &%mua_wrapper%&, you also need to provide a
30283 compatible router and transport configuration. Typically there will be just one
30284 router and one transport, sending everything to a smart host.
30285
30286 When run in MUA wrapping mode, the behaviour of Exim changes in the
30287 following ways:
30288
30289 .ilist
30290 A daemon cannot be run, nor will Exim accept incoming messages from &'inetd'&.
30291 In other words, the only way to submit messages is via the command line.
30292 .next
30293 Each message is synchonously delivered as soon as it is received (&%-odi%& is
30294 assumed). All queueing options (&%queue_only%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
30295 &%control%& in an ACL, etc.) are quietly ignored. The Exim reception process
30296 does not finish until the delivery attempt is complete. If the delivery is
30297 successful, a zero return code is given.
30298 .next
30299 Address redirection is permitted, but the final routing for all addresses must
30300 be to the same remote transport, and to the same list of hosts. Furthermore,
30301 the return address (envelope sender) must be the same for all recipients, as
30302 must any added or deleted header lines. In other words, it must be possible to
30303 deliver the message in a single SMTP transaction, however many recipients there
30304 are.
30305 .next
30306 If these conditions are not met, or if routing any address results in a
30307 failure or defer status, or if Exim is unable to deliver all the recipients
30308 successfully to one of the smart hosts, delivery of the entire message fails.
30309 .next
30310 Because no queueing is allowed, all failures are treated as permanent; there
30311 is no distinction between 4&'xx'& and 5&'xx'& SMTP response codes from the
30312 smart host. Furthermore, because only a single yes/no response can be given to
30313 the caller, it is not possible to deliver to some recipients and not others. If
30314 there is an error (temporary or permanent) for any recipient, all are failed.
30315 .next
30316 If more than one smart host is listed, Exim will try another host after a
30317 connection failure or a timeout, in the normal way. However, if this kind of
30318 failure happens for all the hosts, the delivery fails.
30319 .next
30320 When delivery fails, an error message is written to the standard error stream
30321 (as well as to Exim's log), and Exim exits to the caller with a return code
30322 value 1. The message is expunged from Exim's spool files. No bounce messages
30323 are ever generated.
30324 .next
30325 No retry data is maintained, and any retry rules are ignored.
30326 .next
30327 A number of Exim options are overridden: &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced
30328 true, &%max_rcpt%& in the smtp transport is forced to &"unlimited"&,
30329 &%remote_max_parallel%& is forced to one, and fallback hosts are ignored.
30330 .endlist
30331
30332 The overall effect is that Exim makes a single synchronous attempt to deliver
30333 the message, failing if there is any kind of problem. Because no local
30334 deliveries are done and no daemon can be run, Exim does not need root
30335 privilege. It should be possible to run it setuid to &'exim'& instead of setuid
30336 to &'root'&. See section &<<SECTrunexiwitpri>>& for a general discussion about
30337 the advantages and disadvantages of running without root privilege.
30338
30339
30340
30341
30342 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30343 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30344
30345 .chapter "Log files" "CHAPlog"
30346 .scindex IIDloggen "log" "general description"
30347 .cindex "log" "types of"
30348 Exim writes three different logs, referred to as the main log, the reject log,
30349 and the panic log:
30350
30351 .ilist
30352 .cindex "main log"
30353 The main log records the arrival of each message and each delivery in a single
30354 line in each case. The format is as compact as possible, in an attempt to keep
30355 down the size of log files. Two-character flag sequences make it easy to pick
30356 out these lines. A number of other events are recorded in the main log. Some of
30357 them are optional, in which case the &%log_selector%& option controls whether
30358 they are included or not. A Perl script called &'eximstats'&, which does simple
30359 analysis of main log files, is provided in the Exim distribution (see section
30360 &<<SECTmailstat>>&).
30361 .next
30362 .cindex "reject log"
30363 The reject log records information from messages that are rejected as a result
30364 of a configuration option (that is, for policy reasons).
30365 The first line of each rejection is a copy of the line that is also written to
30366 the main log. Then, if the message's header has been read at the time the log
30367 is written, its contents are written to this log. Only the original header
30368 lines are available; header lines added by ACLs are not logged. You can use the
30369 reject log to check that your policy controls are working correctly; on a busy
30370 host this may be easier than scanning the main log for rejection messages. You
30371 can suppress the writing of the reject log by setting &%write_rejectlog%&
30372 false.
30373 .next
30374 .cindex "panic log"
30375 .cindex "system log"
30376 When certain serious errors occur, Exim writes entries to its panic log. If the
30377 error is sufficiently disastrous, Exim bombs out afterwards. Panic log entries
30378 are usually written to the main log as well, but can get lost amid the mass of
30379 other entries. The panic log should be empty under normal circumstances. It is
30380 therefore a good idea to check it (or to have a &'cron'& script check it)
30381 regularly, in order to become aware of any problems. When Exim cannot open its
30382 panic log, it tries as a last resort to write to the system log (syslog). This
30383 is opened with LOG_PID+LOG_CONS and the facility code of LOG_MAIL. The
30384 message itself is written at priority LOG_CRIT.
30385 .endlist
30386
30387 Every log line starts with a timestamp, in the format shown in the following
30388 example. Note that many of the examples shown in this chapter are line-wrapped.
30389 In the log file, this would be all on one line:
30390 .code
30391 2001-09-16 16:09:47 SMTP connection from [127.0.0.1] closed
30392 by QUIT
30393 .endd
30394 By default, the timestamps are in the local timezone. There are two
30395 ways of changing this:
30396
30397 .ilist
30398 You can set the &%timezone%& option to a different time zone; in particular, if
30399 you set
30400 .code
30401 timezone = UTC
30402 .endd
30403 the timestamps will be in UTC (aka GMT).
30404 .next
30405 If you set &%log_timezone%& true, the time zone is added to the timestamp, for
30406 example:
30407 .code
30408 2003-04-25 11:17:07 +0100 Start queue run: pid=12762
30409 .endd
30410 .endlist
30411
30412
30413
30414
30415 .section "Where the logs are written" "SECTwhelogwri"
30416 .cindex "log" "destination"
30417 .cindex "log" "to file"
30418 .cindex "log" "to syslog"
30419 .cindex "syslog"
30420 The logs may be written to local files, or to syslog, or both. However, it
30421 should be noted that many syslog implementations use UDP as a transport, and
30422 are therefore unreliable in the sense that messages are not guaranteed to
30423 arrive at the loghost, nor is the ordering of messages necessarily maintained.
30424 It has also been reported that on large log files (tens of megabytes) you may
30425 need to tweak syslog to prevent it syncing the file with each write &-- on
30426 Linux this has been seen to make syslog take 90% plus of CPU time.
30427
30428 The destination for Exim's logs is configured by setting LOG_FILE_PATH in
30429 &_Local/Makefile_& or by setting &%log_file_path%& in the run time
30430 configuration. This latter string is expanded, so it can contain, for example,
30431 references to the host name:
30432 .code
30433 log_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim_%slog
30434 .endd
30435 It is generally advisable, however, to set the string in &_Local/Makefile_&
30436 rather than at run time, because then the setting is available right from the
30437 start of Exim's execution. Otherwise, if there's something it wants to log
30438 before it has read the configuration file (for example, an error in the
30439 configuration file) it will not use the path you want, and may not be able to
30440 log at all.
30441
30442 The value of LOG_FILE_PATH or &%log_file_path%& is a colon-separated
30443 list, currently limited to at most two items. This is one option where the
30444 facility for changing a list separator may not be used. The list must always be
30445 colon-separated. If an item in the list is &"syslog"& then syslog is used;
30446 otherwise the item must either be an absolute path, containing &`%s`& at the
30447 point where &"main"&, &"reject"&, or &"panic"& is to be inserted, or be empty,
30448 implying the use of a default path.
30449
30450 When Exim encounters an empty item in the list, it searches the list defined by
30451 LOG_FILE_PATH, and uses the first item it finds that is neither empty nor
30452 &"syslog"&. This means that an empty item in &%log_file_path%& can be used to
30453 mean &"use the path specified at build time"&. It no such item exists, log
30454 files are written in the &_log_& subdirectory of the spool directory. This is
30455 equivalent to the setting:
30456 .code
30457 log_file_path = $spool_directory/log/%slog
30458 .endd
30459 If you do not specify anything at build time or run time, that is where the
30460 logs are written.
30461
30462 A log file path may also contain &`%D`& if datestamped log file names are in
30463 use &-- see section &<<SECTdatlogfil>>& below.
30464
30465 Here are some examples of possible settings:
30466 .display
30467 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog `& syslog only
30468 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=:syslog `& syslog and default path
30469 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog : /usr/log/exim_%s `& syslog and specified path
30470 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=/usr/log/exim_%s `& specified path only
30471 .endd
30472 If there are more than two paths in the list, the first is used and a panic
30473 error is logged.
30474
30475
30476
30477 .section "Logging to local files that are periodically &""cycled""&"
30478 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
30479 .cindex "cycling logs"
30480 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
30481 .cindex "log" "local files; writing to"
30482 Some operating systems provide centralized and standardised methods for cycling
30483 log files. For those that do not, a utility script called &'exicyclog'& is
30484 provided (see section &<<SECTcyclogfil>>&). This renames and compresses the
30485 main and reject logs each time it is called. The maximum number of old logs to
30486 keep can be set. It is suggested this script is run as a daily &'cron'& job.
30487
30488 An Exim delivery process opens the main log when it first needs to write to it,
30489 and it keeps the file open in case subsequent entries are required &-- for
30490 example, if a number of different deliveries are being done for the same
30491 message. However, remote SMTP deliveries can take a long time, and this means
30492 that the file may be kept open long after it is renamed if &'exicyclog'& or
30493 something similar is being used to rename log files on a regular basis. To
30494 ensure that a switch of log files is noticed as soon as possible, Exim calls
30495 &[stat()]& on the main log's name before reusing an open file, and if the file
30496 does not exist, or its inode has changed, the old file is closed and Exim
30497 tries to open the main log from scratch. Thus, an old log file may remain open
30498 for quite some time, but no Exim processes should write to it once it has been
30499 renamed.
30500
30501
30502
30503 .section "Datestamped log files" "SECTdatlogfil"
30504 .cindex "log" "datestamped files"
30505 Instead of cycling the main and reject log files by renaming them
30506 periodically, some sites like to use files whose names contain a datestamp,
30507 for example, &_mainlog-20031225_&. The datestamp is in the form &_yyyymmdd_&.
30508 Exim has support for this way of working. It is enabled by setting the
30509 &%log_file_path%& option to a path that includes &`%D`& at the point where the
30510 datestamp is required. For example:
30511 .code
30512 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%slog-%D
30513 log_file_path = /var/log/exim-%s-%D.log
30514 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%D-%slog
30515 .endd
30516 As before, &`%s`& is replaced by &"main"& or &"reject"&; the following are
30517 examples of names generated by the above examples:
30518 .code
30519 /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog-20021225
30520 /var/log/exim-reject-20021225.log
30521 /var/spool/exim/log/20021225-mainlog
30522 .endd
30523 When this form of log file is specified, Exim automatically switches to new
30524 files at midnight. It does not make any attempt to compress old logs; you
30525 will need to write your own script if you require this. You should not
30526 run &'exicyclog'& with this form of logging.
30527
30528 The location of the panic log is also determined by &%log_file_path%&, but it
30529 is not datestamped, because rotation of the panic log does not make sense.
30530 When generating the name of the panic log, &`%D`& is removed from the string.
30531 In addition, if it immediately follows a slash, a following non-alphanumeric
30532 character is removed; otherwise a preceding non-alphanumeric character is
30533 removed. Thus, the three examples above would give these panic log names:
30534 .code
30535 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
30536 /var/log/exim-panic.log
30537 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
30538 .endd
30539
30540
30541 .section "Logging to syslog"
30542 .cindex "log" "syslog; writing to"
30543 The use of syslog does not change what Exim logs or the format of its messages,
30544 except in one respect. If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on
30545 Exim's log lines are omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. Apart from
30546 that, the same strings are written to syslog as to log files. The syslog
30547 &"facility"& is set to LOG_MAIL, and the program name to &"exim"&
30548 by default, but you can change these by setting the &%syslog_facility%& and
30549 &%syslog_processname%& options, respectively. If Exim was compiled with
30550 SYSLOG_LOG_PID set in &_Local/Makefile_& (this is the default in
30551 &_src/EDITME_&), then, on systems that permit it (all except ULTRIX), the
30552 LOG_PID flag is set so that the &[syslog()]& call adds the pid as well as
30553 the time and host name to each line.
30554 The three log streams are mapped onto syslog priorities as follows:
30555
30556 .ilist
30557 &'mainlog'& is mapped to LOG_INFO
30558 .next
30559 &'rejectlog'& is mapped to LOG_NOTICE
30560 .next
30561 &'paniclog'& is mapped to LOG_ALERT
30562 .endlist
30563
30564 Many log lines are written to both &'mainlog'& and &'rejectlog'&, and some are
30565 written to both &'mainlog'& and &'paniclog'&, so there will be duplicates if
30566 these are routed by syslog to the same place. You can suppress this duplication
30567 by setting &%syslog_duplication%& false.
30568
30569 Exim's log lines can sometimes be very long, and some of its &'rejectlog'&
30570 entries contain multiple lines when headers are included. To cope with both
30571 these cases, entries written to syslog are split into separate &[syslog()]&
30572 calls at each internal newline, and also after a maximum of
30573 870 data characters. (This allows for a total syslog line length of 1024, when
30574 additions such as timestamps are added.) If you are running a syslog
30575 replacement that can handle lines longer than the 1024 characters allowed by
30576 RFC 3164, you should set
30577 .code
30578 SYSLOG_LONG_LINES=yes
30579 .endd
30580 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. That stops Exim from splitting long
30581 lines, but it still splits at internal newlines in &'reject'& log entries.
30582
30583 To make it easy to re-assemble split lines later, each component of a split
30584 entry starts with a string of the form [<&'n'&>/<&'m'&>] or [<&'n'&>\<&'m'&>]
30585 where <&'n'&> is the component number and <&'m'&> is the total number of
30586 components in the entry. The / delimiter is used when the line was split
30587 because it was too long; if it was split because of an internal newline, the \
30588 delimiter is used. For example, supposing the length limit to be 50 instead of
30589 870, the following would be the result of a typical rejection message to
30590 &'mainlog'& (LOG_INFO), each line in addition being preceded by the time, host
30591 name, and pid as added by syslog:
30592 .code
30593 [1/5] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected from
30594 [2/5] [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' header
30595 [3/5] when scanning for sender: missing or malformed lo
30596 [4/5] cal part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam.exa
30597 [5/5] mple>)
30598 .endd
30599 The same error might cause the following lines to be written to &"rejectlog"&
30600 (LOG_NOTICE):
30601 .code
30602 [1/18] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected fro
30603 [2/18] m [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' head
30604 [3/18] er when scanning for sender: missing or malformed
30605 [4/18] local part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam
30606 [5\18] .example>)
30607 [6\18] Recipients: ph10@some.domain.cam.example
30608 [7\18] P Received: from [127.0.0.1] (ident=ph10)
30609 [8\18] by xxxxx.cam.example with smtp (Exim 4.00)
30610 [9\18] id 16RdAL-0006pc-00
30611 [10/18] for ph10@cam.example; Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:
30612 [11\18] 09:43 +0100
30613 [12\18] F From: <>
30614 [13\18] Subject: this is a test header
30615 [18\18] X-something: this is another header
30616 [15/18] I Message-Id: <E16RdAL-0006pc-00@xxxxx.cam.examp
30617 [16\18] le>
30618 [17\18] B Bcc:
30619 [18/18] Date: Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:09:43 +0100
30620 .endd
30621 Log lines that are neither too long nor contain newlines are written to syslog
30622 without modification.
30623
30624 If only syslog is being used, the Exim monitor is unable to provide a log tail
30625 display, unless syslog is routing &'mainlog'& to a file on the local host and
30626 the environment variable EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set to tell the monitor
30627 where it is.
30628
30629
30630
30631 .section "Log line flags"
30632 One line is written to the main log for each message received, and for each
30633 successful, unsuccessful, and delayed delivery. These lines can readily be
30634 picked out by the distinctive two-character flags that immediately follow the
30635 timestamp. The flags are:
30636 .display
30637 &`<=`& message arrival
30638 &`=>`& normal message delivery
30639 &`->`& additional address in same delivery
30640 &`*>`& delivery suppressed by &%-N%&
30641 &`**`& delivery failed; address bounced
30642 &`==`& delivery deferred; temporary problem
30643 .endd
30644
30645
30646 .section "Logging message reception"
30647 .cindex "log" "reception line"
30648 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
30649 message received is shown in the basic example below, which is split over
30650 several lines in order to fit it on the page:
30651 .code
30652 2002-10-31 08:57:53 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 <= kryten@dwarf.fict.example
30653 H=mailer.fict.example [192.168.123.123] U=exim
30654 P=smtp S=5678 id=<incoming message id>
30655 .endd
30656 The address immediately following &"<="& is the envelope sender address. A
30657 bounce message is shown with the sender address &"<>"&, and if it is locally
30658 generated, this is followed by an item of the form
30659 .code
30660 R=<message id>
30661 .endd
30662 which is a reference to the message that caused the bounce to be sent.
30663
30664 .cindex "HELO"
30665 .cindex "EHLO"
30666 For messages from other hosts, the H and U fields identify the remote host and
30667 record the RFC 1413 identity of the user that sent the message, if one was
30668 received. The number given in square brackets is the IP address of the sending
30669 host. If there is a single, unparenthesized host name in the H field, as
30670 above, it has been verified to correspond to the IP address (see the
30671 &%host_lookup%& option). If the name is in parentheses, it was the name quoted
30672 by the remote host in the SMTP HELO or EHLO command, and has not been
30673 verified. If verification yields a different name to that given for HELO or
30674 EHLO, the verified name appears first, followed by the HELO or EHLO
30675 name in parentheses.
30676
30677 Misconfigured hosts (and mail forgers) sometimes put an IP address, with or
30678 without brackets, in the HELO or EHLO command, leading to entries in
30679 the log containing text like these examples:
30680 .code
30681 H=(10.21.32.43) [192.168.8.34]
30682 H=([10.21.32.43]) [192.168.8.34]
30683 .endd
30684 This can be confusing. Only the final address in square brackets can be relied
30685 on.
30686
30687 For locally generated messages (that is, messages not received over TCP/IP),
30688 the H field is omitted, and the U field contains the login name of the caller
30689 of Exim.
30690
30691 .cindex "authentication" "logging"
30692 .cindex "AUTH" "logging"
30693 For all messages, the P field specifies the protocol used to receive the
30694 message. This is the value that is stored in &$received_protocol$&. In the case
30695 of incoming SMTP messages, the value indicates whether or not any SMTP
30696 extensions (ESMTP), encryption, or authentication were used. If the SMTP
30697 session was encrypted, there is an additional X field that records the cipher
30698 suite that was used.
30699
30700 The protocol is set to &"esmptsa"& or &"esmtpa"& for messages received from
30701 hosts that have authenticated themselves using the SMTP AUTH command. The first
30702 value is used when the SMTP connection was encrypted (&"secure"&). In this case
30703 there is an additional item A= followed by the name of the authenticator that
30704 was used. If an authenticated identification was set up by the authenticator's
30705 &%server_set_id%& option, this is logged too, separated by a colon from the
30706 authenticator name.
30707
30708 .cindex "size" "of message"
30709 The id field records the existing message id, if present. The size of the
30710 received message is given by the S field. When the message is delivered,
30711 headers may be removed or added, so that the size of delivered copies of the
30712 message may not correspond with this value (and indeed may be different to each
30713 other).
30714
30715 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
30716 data when a message is received. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
30717
30718
30719
30720 .section "Logging deliveries"
30721 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
30722 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
30723 delivery is shown in one of the examples below, for local and remote
30724 deliveries, respectively. Each example has been split into two lines in order
30725 to fit it on the page:
30726 .code
30727 2002-10-31 08:59:13 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 => marv
30728 <marv@hitch.fict.example> R=localuser T=local_delivery
30729 2002-10-31 09:00:10 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 =>
30730 monk@holistic.fict.example R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp
30731 H=holistic.fict.example [192.168.234.234]
30732 .endd
30733 For ordinary local deliveries, the original address is given in angle brackets
30734 after the final delivery address, which might be a pipe or a file. If
30735 intermediate address(es) exist between the original and the final address, the
30736 last of these is given in parentheses after the final address. The R and T
30737 fields record the router and transport that were used to process the address.
30738
30739 If a shadow transport was run after a successful local delivery, the log line
30740 for the successful delivery has an item added on the end, of the form
30741 .display
30742 &`ST=<`&&'shadow transport name'&&`>`&
30743 .endd
30744 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
30745 parentheses afterwards.
30746
30747 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
30748 When more than one address is included in a single delivery (for example, two
30749 SMTP RCPT commands in one transaction) the second and subsequent addresses are
30750 flagged with &`->`& instead of &`=>`&. When two or more messages are delivered
30751 down a single SMTP connection, an asterisk follows the IP address in the log
30752 lines for the second and subsequent messages.
30753
30754 The generation of a reply message by a filter file gets logged as a
30755 &"delivery"& to the addressee, preceded by &">"&.
30756
30757 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
30758 data when a message is delivered. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
30759
30760
30761 .section "Discarded deliveries"
30762 .cindex "discarded messages"
30763 .cindex "message" "discarded"
30764 .cindex "delivery" "discarded; logging"
30765 When a message is discarded as a result of the command &"seen finish"& being
30766 obeyed in a filter file which generates no deliveries, a log entry of the form
30767 .code
30768 2002-12-10 00:50:49 16auJc-0001UB-00 => discarded
30769 <low.club@bridge.example> R=userforward
30770 .endd
30771 is written, to record why no deliveries are logged. When a message is discarded
30772 because it is aliased to &":blackhole:"& the log line is like this:
30773 .code
30774 1999-03-02 09:44:33 10HmaX-0005vi-00 => :blackhole:
30775 <hole@nowhere.example> R=blackhole_router
30776 .endd
30777
30778
30779 .section "Deferred deliveries"
30780 When a delivery is deferred, a line of the following form is logged:
30781 .code
30782 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 == marvin@endrest.example
30783 R=dnslookup T=smtp defer (146): Connection refused
30784 .endd
30785 In the case of remote deliveries, the error is the one that was given for the
30786 last IP address that was tried. Details of individual SMTP failures are also
30787 written to the log, so the above line would be preceded by something like
30788 .code
30789 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 Failed to connect to
30790 mail1.endrest.example [192.168.239.239]: Connection refused
30791 .endd
30792 When a deferred address is skipped because its retry time has not been reached,
30793 a message is written to the log, but this can be suppressed by setting an
30794 appropriate value in &%log_selector%&.
30795
30796
30797
30798 .section "Delivery failures"
30799 .cindex "delivery" "failure; logging"
30800 If a delivery fails because an address cannot be routed, a line of the
30801 following form is logged:
30802 .code
30803 1995-12-19 16:20:23 0tRiQz-0002Q5-00 ** jim@trek99.example
30804 <jim@trek99.example>: unknown mail domain
30805 .endd
30806 If a delivery fails at transport time, the router and transport are shown, and
30807 the response from the remote host is included, as in this example:
30808 .code
30809 2002-07-11 07:14:17 17SXDU-000189-00 ** ace400@pb.example
30810 R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp: SMTP error from remote mailer
30811 after pipelined RCPT TO:<ace400@pb.example>: host
30812 pbmail3.py.example [192.168.63.111]: 553 5.3.0
30813 <ace400@pb.example>...Addressee unknown
30814 .endd
30815 The word &"pipelined"& indicates that the SMTP PIPELINING extension was being
30816 used. See &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%& in the &(smtp)& transport for a way of
30817 disabling PIPELINING. The log lines for all forms of delivery failure are
30818 flagged with &`**`&.
30819
30820
30821
30822 .section "Fake deliveries"
30823 .cindex "delivery" "fake; logging"
30824 If a delivery does not actually take place because the &%-N%& option has been
30825 used to suppress it, a normal delivery line is written to the log, except that
30826 &"=>"& is replaced by &"*>"&.
30827
30828
30829
30830 .section "Completion"
30831 A line of the form
30832 .code
30833 2002-10-31 09:00:11 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 Completed
30834 .endd
30835 is written to the main log when a message is about to be removed from the spool
30836 at the end of its processing.
30837
30838
30839
30840
30841 .section "Summary of Fields in Log Lines"
30842 .cindex "log" "summary of fields"
30843 A summary of the field identifiers that are used in log lines is shown in
30844 the following table:
30845 .display
30846 &`A `& authenticator name (and optional id)
30847 &`C `& SMTP confirmation on delivery
30848 &`CV `& certificate verification status
30849 &`DN `& distinguished name from peer certificate
30850 &`DT `& on &`=>`& lines: time taken for a delivery
30851 &`F `& sender address (on delivery lines)
30852 &`H `& host name and IP address
30853 &`I `& local interface used
30854 &`id `& message id for incoming message
30855 &`P `& on &`<=`& lines: protocol used
30856 &` `& on &`=>`& and &`**`& lines: return path
30857 &`QT `& on &`=>`& lines: time spent on queue so far
30858 &` `& on &"Completed"& lines: time spent on queue
30859 &`R `& on &`<=`& lines: reference for local bounce
30860 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: router name
30861 &`S `& size of message
30862 &`ST `& shadow transport name
30863 &`T `& on &`<=`& lines: message subject (topic)
30864 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: transport name
30865 &`U `& local user or RFC 1413 identity
30866 &`X `& TLS cipher suite
30867 .endd
30868
30869
30870 .section "Other log entries"
30871 Various other types of log entry are written from time to time. Most should be
30872 self-explanatory. Among the more common are:
30873
30874 .ilist
30875 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
30876 &'retry time not reached'&&~&~An address previously suffered a temporary error
30877 during routing or local delivery, and the time to retry has not yet arrived.
30878 This message is not written to an individual message log file unless it happens
30879 during the first delivery attempt.
30880 .next
30881 &'retry time not reached for any host'&&~&~An address previously suffered
30882 temporary errors during remote delivery, and the retry time has not yet arrived
30883 for any of the hosts to which it is routed.
30884 .next
30885 .cindex "spool directory" "file locked"
30886 &'spool file locked'&&~&~An attempt to deliver a message cannot proceed because
30887 some other Exim process is already working on the message. This can be quite
30888 common if queue running processes are started at frequent intervals. The
30889 &'exiwhat'& utility script can be used to find out what Exim processes are
30890 doing.
30891 .next
30892 .cindex "error" "ignored"
30893 &'error ignored'&&~&~There are several circumstances that give rise to this
30894 message:
30895 .olist
30896 Exim failed to deliver a bounce message whose age was greater than
30897 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. The bounce was discarded.
30898 .next
30899 A filter file set up a delivery using the &"noerror"& option, and the delivery
30900 failed. The delivery was discarded.
30901 .next
30902 A delivery set up by a router configured with
30903 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
30904 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
30905 .code
30906 errors_to = <>
30907 .endd
30908 failed. The delivery was discarded.
30909 .endlist olist
30910 .endlist ilist
30911
30912
30913
30914
30915
30916 .section "Reducing or increasing what is logged" "SECTlogselector"
30917 .cindex "log" "selectors"
30918 By setting the &%log_selector%& global option, you can disable some of Exim's
30919 default logging, or you can request additional logging. The value of
30920 &%log_selector%& is made up of names preceded by plus or minus characters. For
30921 example:
30922 .code
30923 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
30924 .endd
30925 The list of optional log items is in the following table, with the default
30926 selection marked by asterisks:
30927 .display
30928 &`*acl_warn_skipped `& skipped &%warn%& statement in ACL
30929 &` address_rewrite `& address rewriting
30930 &` all_parents `& all parents in => lines
30931 &` arguments `& command line arguments
30932 &`*connection_reject `& connection rejections
30933 &`*delay_delivery `& immediate delivery delayed
30934 &` deliver_time `& time taken to perform delivery
30935 &` delivery_size `& add &`S=`&&'nnn'& to => lines
30936 &`*dnslist_defer `& defers of DNS list (aka RBL) lookups
30937 &`*etrn `& ETRN commands
30938 &`*host_lookup_failed `& as it says
30939 &` ident_timeout `& timeout for ident connection
30940 &` incoming_interface `& incoming interface on <= lines
30941 &` incoming_port `& incoming port on <= lines
30942 &`*lost_incoming_connection `& as it says (includes timeouts)
30943 &` outgoing_port `& add remote port to => lines
30944 &`*queue_run `& start and end queue runs
30945 &` queue_time `& time on queue for one recipient
30946 &` queue_time_overall `& time on queue for whole message
30947 &` received_recipients `& recipients on <= lines
30948 &` received_sender `& sender on <= lines
30949 &`*rejected_header `& header contents on reject log
30950 &`*retry_defer `& &"retry time not reached"&
30951 &` return_path_on_delivery `& put return path on => and ** lines
30952 &` sender_on_delivery `& add sender to => lines
30953 &`*sender_verify_fail `& sender verification failures
30954 &`*size_reject `& rejection because too big
30955 &`*skip_delivery `& delivery skipped in a queue run
30956 &` smtp_confirmation `& SMTP confirmation on => lines
30957 &` smtp_connection `& SMTP connections
30958 &` smtp_incomplete_transaction`& incomplete SMTP transactions
30959 &` smtp_protocol_error `& SMTP protocol errors
30960 &` smtp_syntax_error `& SMTP syntax errors
30961 &` subject `& contents of &'Subject:'& on <= lines
30962 &` tls_certificate_verified `& certificate verification status
30963 &`*tls_cipher `& TLS cipher suite on <= and => lines
30964 &` tls_peerdn `& TLS peer DN on <= and => lines
30965 &` unknown_in_list `& DNS lookup failed in list match
30966
30967 &` all `& all of the above
30968 .endd
30969 More details on each of these items follows:
30970
30971 .ilist
30972 .cindex "&%warn%& statement" "log when skipping"
30973 &%acl_warn_skipped%&: When an ACL &%warn%& statement is skipped because one of
30974 its conditions cannot be evaluated, a log line to this effect is written if
30975 this log selector is set.
30976 .next
30977 .cindex "log" "rewriting"
30978 .cindex "rewriting" "logging"
30979 &%address_rewrite%&: This applies both to global rewrites and per-transport
30980 rewrites, but not to rewrites in filters run as an unprivileged user (because
30981 such users cannot access the log).
30982 .next
30983 .cindex "log" "full parentage"
30984 &%all_parents%&: Normally only the original and final addresses are logged on
30985 delivery lines; with this selector, intermediate parents are given in
30986 parentheses between them.
30987 .next
30988 .cindex "log" "Exim arguments"
30989 .cindex "Exim arguments" "logging"
30990 &%arguments%&: This causes Exim to write the arguments with which it was called
30991 to the main log, preceded by the current working directory. This is a debugging
30992 feature, added to make it easier to find out how certain MUAs call
30993 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. The logging does not happen if Exim has given up root
30994 privilege because it was called with the &%-C%& or &%-D%& options. Arguments
30995 that are empty or that contain white space are quoted. Non-printing characters
30996 are shown as escape sequences. This facility cannot log unrecognized arguments,
30997 because the arguments are checked before the configuration file is read. The
30998 only way to log such cases is to interpose a script such as &_util/logargs.sh_&
30999 between the caller and Exim.
31000 .next
31001 .cindex "log" "connection rejections"
31002 &%connection_reject%&: A log entry is written whenever an incoming SMTP
31003 connection is rejected, for whatever reason.
31004 .next
31005 .cindex "log" "delayed delivery"
31006 .cindex "delayed delivery" "logging"
31007 &%delay_delivery%&: A log entry is written whenever a delivery process is not
31008 started for an incoming message because the load is too high or too many
31009 messages were received on one connection. Logging does not occur if no delivery
31010 process is started because &%queue_only%& is set or &%-odq%& was used.
31011 .next
31012 .cindex "log" "delivery duration"
31013 &%deliver_time%&: For each delivery, the amount of real time it has taken to
31014 perform the actual delivery is logged as DT=<&'time'&>, for example, &`DT=1s`&.
31015 .next
31016 .cindex "log" "message size on delivery"
31017 .cindex "size" "of message"
31018 &%delivery_size%&: For each delivery, the size of message delivered is added to
31019 the &"=>"& line, tagged with S=.
31020 .next
31021 .cindex "log" "dnslist defer"
31022 .cindex "DNS list" "logging defer"
31023 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
31024 &%dnslist_defer%&: A log entry is written if an attempt to look up a host in a
31025 DNS black list suffers a temporary error.
31026 .next
31027 .cindex "log" "ETRN commands"
31028 .cindex "ETRN" "logging"
31029 &%etrn%&: Every legal ETRN command that is received is logged, before the ACL
31030 is run to determine whether or not it is actually accepted. An invalid ETRN
31031 command, or one received within a message transaction is not logged by this
31032 selector (see &%smtp_syntax_error%& and &%smtp_protocol_error%&).
31033 .next
31034 .cindex "log" "host lookup failure"
31035 &%host_lookup_failed%&: When a lookup of a host's IP addresses fails to find
31036 any addresses, or when a lookup of an IP address fails to find a host name, a
31037 log line is written. This logging does not apply to direct DNS lookups when
31038 routing email addresses, but it does apply to &"byname"& lookups.
31039 .next
31040 .cindex "log" "ident timeout"
31041 .cindex "RFC 1413" "logging timeout"
31042 &%ident_timeout%&: A log line is written whenever an attempt to connect to a
31043 client's ident port times out.
31044 .next
31045 .cindex "log" "incoming interface"
31046 .cindex "interface" "logging"
31047 &%incoming_interface%&: The interface on which a message was received is added
31048 to the &"<="& line as an IP address in square brackets, tagged by I= and
31049 followed by a colon and the port number. The local interface and port are also
31050 added to other SMTP log lines, for example &"SMTP connection from"&, and to
31051 rejection lines.
31052 .next
31053 .cindex "log" "incoming remote port"
31054 .cindex "port" "logging remote"
31055 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging incoming remote port"
31056 .cindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
31057 .cindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
31058 &%incoming_port%&: The remote port number from which a message was received is
31059 added to log entries and &'Received:'& header lines, following the IP address
31060 in square brackets, and separated from it by a colon. This is implemented by
31061 changing the value that is put in the &$sender_fullhost$& and
31062 &$sender_rcvhost$& variables. Recording the remote port number has become more
31063 important with the widening use of NAT (see RFC 2505).
31064 .next
31065 .cindex "log" "dropped connection"
31066 &%lost_incoming_connection%&: A log line is written when an incoming SMTP
31067 connection is unexpectedly dropped.
31068 .next
31069 .cindex "log" "outgoing remote port"
31070 .cindex "port" "logging outgoint remote"
31071 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging ougtoing remote port"
31072 &%outgoing_port%&: The remote port number is added to delivery log lines (those
31073 containing => tags) following the IP address. This option is not included in
31074 the default setting, because for most ordinary configurations, the remote port
31075 number is always 25 (the SMTP port).
31076 .next
31077 .cindex "log" "queue run"
31078 .cindex "queue runner" "logging"
31079 &%queue_run%&: The start and end of every queue run are logged.
31080 .next
31081 .cindex "log" "queue time"
31082 &%queue_time%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on the
31083 local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on delivery (&`=>`&) lines, for example,
31084 &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the message, so it
31085 includes reception time as well as the delivery time for the current address.
31086 This means that it may be longer than the difference between the arrival and
31087 delivery log line times, because the arrival log line is not written until the
31088 message has been successfully received.
31089 .next
31090 &%queue_time_overall%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on
31091 the local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on &"Completed"& lines, for
31092 example, &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the
31093 message, so it includes reception time as well as the total delivery time.
31094 .next
31095 .cindex "log" "recipients"
31096 &%received_recipients%&: The recipients of a message are listed in the main log
31097 as soon as the message is received. The list appears at the end of the log line
31098 that is written when a message is received, preceded by the word &"for"&. The
31099 addresses are listed after they have been qualified, but before any rewriting
31100 has taken place.
31101 Recipients that were discarded by an ACL for MAIL or RCPT do not appear
31102 in the list.
31103 .next
31104 .cindex "log" "sender reception"
31105 &%received_sender%&: The unrewritten original sender of a message is added to
31106 the end of the log line that records the message's arrival, after the word
31107 &"from"& (before the recipients if &%received_recipients%& is also set).
31108 .next
31109 .cindex "log" "header lines for rejection"
31110 &%rejected_header%&: If a message's header has been received at the time a
31111 rejection is written to the reject log, the complete header is added to the
31112 log. Header logging can be turned off individually for messages that are
31113 rejected by the &[local_scan()]& function (see section &<<SECTapiforloc>>&).
31114 .next
31115 .cindex "log" "retry defer"
31116 &%retry_defer%&: A log line is written if a delivery is deferred because a
31117 retry time has not yet been reached. However, this &"retry time not reached"&
31118 message is always omitted from individual message logs after the first delivery
31119 attempt.
31120 .next
31121 .cindex "log" "return path"
31122 &%return_path_on_delivery%&: The return path that is being transmitted with
31123 the message is included in delivery and bounce lines, using the tag P=.
31124 This is omitted if no delivery actually happens, for example, if routing fails,
31125 or if delivery is to &_/dev/null_& or to &`:blackhole:`&.
31126 .next
31127 .cindex "log" "sender on delivery"
31128 &%sender_on_delivery%&: The message's sender address is added to every delivery
31129 and bounce line, tagged by F= (for &"from"&).
31130 This is the original sender that was received with the message; it is not
31131 necessarily the same as the outgoing return path.
31132 .next
31133 .cindex "log" "sender verify failure"
31134 &%sender_verify_fail%&: If this selector is unset, the separate log line that
31135 gives details of a sender verification failure is not written. Log lines for
31136 the rejection of SMTP commands contain just &"sender verify failed"&, so some
31137 detail is lost.
31138 .next
31139 .cindex "log" "size rejection"
31140 &%size_reject%&: A log line is written whenever a message is rejected because
31141 it is too big.
31142 .next
31143 .cindex "log" "frozen messages; skipped"
31144 .cindex "frozen messages" "logging skipping"
31145 &%skip_delivery%&: A log line is written whenever a message is skipped during a
31146 queue run because it is frozen or because another process is already delivering
31147 it.
31148 .cindex "&""spool file is locked""&"
31149 The message that is written is &"spool file is locked"&.
31150 .next
31151 .cindex "log" "smtp confirmation"
31152 .cindex "SMTP" "logging confirmation"
31153 &%smtp_confirmation%&: The response to the final &"."& in the SMTP dialogue for
31154 outgoing messages is added to delivery log lines in the form &`C=`&<&'text'&>.
31155 A number of MTAs (including Exim) return an identifying string in this
31156 response.
31157 .next
31158 .cindex "log" "SMTP connections"
31159 .cindex "SMTP" "logging connections"
31160 &%smtp_connection%&: A log line is written whenever an SMTP connection is
31161 established or closed, unless the connection is from a host that matches
31162 &%hosts_connection_nolog%&. (In contrast, &%lost_incoming_connection%& applies
31163 only when the closure is unexpected.) This applies to connections from local
31164 processes that use &%-bs%& as well as to TCP/IP connections. If a connection is
31165 dropped in the middle of a message, a log line is always written, whether or
31166 not this selector is set, but otherwise nothing is written at the start and end
31167 of connections unless this selector is enabled.
31168
31169 For TCP/IP connections to an Exim daemon, the current number of connections is
31170 included in the log message for each new connection, but note that the count is
31171 reset if the daemon is restarted.
31172 Also, because connections are closed (and the closure is logged) in
31173 subprocesses, the count may not include connections that have been closed but
31174 whose termination the daemon has not yet noticed. Thus, while it is possible to
31175 match up the opening and closing of connections in the log, the value of the
31176 logged counts may not be entirely accurate.
31177 .next
31178 .cindex "log" "SMTP transaction; incomplete"
31179 .cindex "SMTP" "logging incomplete transactions"
31180 &%smtp_incomplete_transaction%&: When a mail transaction is aborted by
31181 RSET, QUIT, loss of connection, or otherwise, the incident is logged,
31182 and the message sender plus any accepted recipients are included in the log
31183 line. This can provide evidence of dictionary attacks.
31184 .next
31185 .cindex "log" "SMTP protocol error"
31186 .cindex "SMTP" "logging protocol error"
31187 &%smtp_protocol_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP protocol error
31188 encountered. Exim does not have perfect detection of all protocol errors
31189 because of transmission delays and the use of pipelining. If PIPELINING has
31190 been advertised to a client, an Exim server assumes that the client will use
31191 it, and therefore it does not count &"expected"& errors (for example, RCPT
31192 received after rejecting MAIL) as protocol errors.
31193 .next
31194 .cindex "SMTP" "logging syntax errors"
31195 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors; logging"
31196 .cindex "SMTP" "unknown command; logging"
31197 .cindex "log" "unknown SMTP command"
31198 .cindex "log" "SMTP syntax error"
31199 &%smtp_syntax_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP syntax error
31200 encountered. An unrecognized command is treated as a syntax error. For an
31201 external connection, the host identity is given; for an internal connection
31202 using &%-bs%& the sender identification (normally the calling user) is given.
31203 .next
31204 .cindex "log" "subject"
31205 .cindex "subject" "logging"
31206 &%subject%&: The subject of the message is added to the arrival log line,
31207 preceded by &"T="& (T for &"topic"&, since S is already used for &"size"&).
31208 Any MIME &"words"& in the subject are decoded. The &%print_topbitchars%& option
31209 specifies whether characters with values greater than 127 should be logged
31210 unchanged, or whether they should be rendered as escape sequences.
31211 .next
31212 .cindex "log" "certificate verification"
31213 &%tls_certificate_verified%&: An extra item is added to <= and => log lines
31214 when TLS is in use. The item is &`CV=yes`& if the peer's certificate was
31215 verified, and &`CV=no`& if not.
31216 .next
31217 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
31218 .cindex "TLS" "logging cipher"
31219 &%tls_cipher%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
31220 connection, the cipher suite used is added to the log line, preceded by X=.
31221 .next
31222 .cindex "log" "TLS peer DN"
31223 .cindex "TLS" "logging peer DN"
31224 &%tls_peerdn%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
31225 connection, and a certificate is supplied by the remote host, the peer DN is
31226 added to the log line, preceded by DN=.
31227 .next
31228 .cindex "log" "DNS failure in list"
31229 &%unknown_in_list%&: This setting causes a log entry to be written when the
31230 result of a list match is failure because a DNS lookup failed.
31231 .endlist
31232
31233
31234 .section "Message log"
31235 .cindex "message" "log file for"
31236 .cindex "log" "message log; description of"
31237 .cindex "&_msglog_& directory"
31238 .cindex "&%preserve_message_logs%&"
31239 In addition to the general log files, Exim writes a log file for each message
31240 that it handles. The names of these per-message logs are the message ids, and
31241 they are kept in the &_msglog_& sub-directory of the spool directory. Each
31242 message log contains copies of the log lines that apply to the message. This
31243 makes it easier to inspect the status of an individual message without having
31244 to search the main log. A message log is deleted when processing of the message
31245 is complete, unless &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, but this should be used
31246 only with great care because they can fill up your disk very quickly.
31247
31248 On a heavily loaded system, it may be desirable to disable the use of
31249 per-message logs, in order to reduce disk I/O. This can be done by setting the
31250 &%message_logs%& option false.
31251 .ecindex IIDloggen
31252
31253
31254 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31255 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31256
31257 .chapter "Exim utilities" "CHAPutils"
31258 .scindex IIDutils "utilities"
31259 A number of utility scripts and programs are supplied with Exim and are
31260 described in this chapter. There is also the Exim Monitor, which is covered in
31261 the next chapter. The utilities described here are:
31262
31263 .itable none 0 0 4 2* left 8* left 30* left 40* left
31264 .row "" &<<SECTfinoutwha>>& &'exiwhat'& &&&
31265 "list what Exim processes are doing"
31266 .row "" &<<SECTgreptheque>>& &'exiqgrep'& "grep the queue"
31267 .row "" &<<SECTsumtheque>>& &'exiqsumm'& "summarize the queue"
31268 .row "" &<<SECTextspeinf>>& &'exigrep'& "search the main log"
31269 .row "" &<<SECTexipick>>& &'exipick'& "select messages on &&&
31270 various criteria"
31271 .row "" &<<SECTcyclogfil>>& &'exicyclog'& "cycle (rotate) log files"
31272 .row "" &<<SECTmailstat>>& &'eximstats'& &&&
31273 "extract statistics from the log"
31274 .row "" &<<SECTcheckaccess>>& &'exim_checkaccess'& &&&
31275 "check address acceptance from given IP"
31276 .row "" &<<SECTdbmbuild>>& &'exim_dbmbuild'& "build a DBM file"
31277 .row "" &<<SECTfinindret>>& &'exinext'& "extract retry information"
31278 .row "" &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_dumpdb'& "dump a hints database"
31279 .row "" &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_tidydb'& "clean up a hints database"
31280 .row "" &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_fixdb'& "patch a hints database"
31281 .row "" &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>& &'exim_lock'& "lock a mailbox file"
31282 .endtable
31283
31284 Another utility that might be of use to sites with many MTAs is Tom Kistner's
31285 &'exilog'&. It provides log visualizations across multiple Exim servers. See
31286 &url(http://duncanthrax.net/exilog/) for details.
31287
31288
31289
31290
31291 .section "Finding out what Exim processes are doing (exiwhat)" "SECTfinoutwha"
31292 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
31293 .cindex "process" "querying"
31294 .cindex "SIGUSR1"
31295 On operating systems that can restart a system call after receiving a signal
31296 (most modern OS), an Exim process responds to the SIGUSR1 signal by writing
31297 a line describing what it is doing to the file &_exim-process.info_& in the
31298 Exim spool directory. The &'exiwhat'& script sends the signal to all Exim
31299 processes it can find, having first emptied the file. It then waits for one
31300 second to allow the Exim processes to react before displaying the results. In
31301 order to run &'exiwhat'& successfully you have to have sufficient privilege to
31302 send the signal to the Exim processes, so it is normally run as root.
31303
31304 &*Warning*&: This is not an efficient process. It is intended for occasional
31305 use by system administrators. It is not sensible, for example, to set up a
31306 script that sends SIGUSR1 signals to Exim processes at short intervals.
31307
31308
31309 Unfortunately, the &'ps'& command that &'exiwhat'& uses to find Exim processes
31310 varies in different operating systems. Not only are different options used,
31311 but the format of the output is different. For this reason, there are some
31312 system configuration options that configure exactly how &'exiwhat'& works. If
31313 it doesn't seem to be working for you, check the following compile-time
31314 options:
31315 .display
31316 &`EXIWHAT_PS_CMD `& the command for running &'ps'&
31317 &`EXIWHAT_PS_ARG `& the argument for &'ps'&
31318 &`EXIWHAT_EGREP_ARG `& the argument for &'egrep'& to select from &'ps'& output
31319 &`EXIWHAT_KILL_ARG `& the argument for the &'kill'& command
31320 .endd
31321 An example of typical output from &'exiwhat'& is
31322 .code
31323 164 daemon: -q1h, listening on port 25
31324 10483 running queue: waiting for 0tAycK-0002ij-00 (10492)
31325 10492 delivering 0tAycK-0002ij-00 to mail.ref.example
31326 [10.19.42.42] (editor@ref.example)
31327 10592 handling incoming call from [192.168.243.242]
31328 10628 accepting a local non-SMTP message
31329 .endd
31330 The first number in the output line is the process number. The third line has
31331 been split here, in order to fit it on the page.
31332
31333
31334
31335 .section "Selective queue listing (exiqgrep)" "SECTgreptheque"
31336 .cindex "&'exiqgrep'&"
31337 .cindex "queue" "grepping"
31338 This utility is a Perl script contributed by Matt Hubbard. It runs
31339 .code
31340 exim -bpu
31341 .endd
31342 to obtain a queue listing with undelivered recipients only, and then greps the
31343 output to select messages that match given criteria. The following selection
31344 options are available:
31345
31346 .vlist
31347 .vitem &*-f*&&~<&'regex'&>
31348 Match the sender address. The field that is tested is enclosed in angle
31349 brackets, so you can test for bounce messages with
31350 .code
31351 exiqgrep -f '^<>$'
31352 .endd
31353 .vitem &*-r*&&~<&'regex'&>
31354 Match a recipient address. The field that is tested is not enclosed in angle
31355 brackets.
31356
31357 .vitem &*-s*&&~<&'regex'&>
31358 Match against the size field.
31359
31360 .vitem &*-y*&&~<&'seconds'&>
31361 Match messages that are younger than the given time.
31362
31363 .vitem &*-o*&&~<&'seconds'&>
31364 Match messages that are older than the given time.
31365
31366 .vitem &*-z*&
31367 Match only frozen messages.
31368
31369 .vitem &*-x*&
31370 Match only non-frozen messages.
31371 .endlist
31372
31373 The following options control the format of the output:
31374
31375 .vlist
31376 .vitem &*-c*&
31377 Display only the count of matching messages.
31378
31379 .vitem &*-l*&
31380 Long format &-- display the full message information as output by Exim. This is
31381 the default.
31382
31383 .vitem &*-i*&
31384 Display message ids only.
31385
31386 .vitem &*-b*&
31387 Brief format &-- one line per message.
31388
31389 .vitem &*-R*&
31390 Display messages in reverse order.
31391 .endlist
31392
31393 There is one more option, &%-h%&, which outputs a list of options.
31394
31395
31396
31397 .section "Summarising the queue (exiqsumm)" "SECTsumtheque"
31398 .cindex "&'exiqsumm'&"
31399 .cindex "queue" "summary"
31400 The &'exiqsumm'& utility is a Perl script which reads the output of &`exim
31401 -bp`& and produces a summary of the messages on the queue. Thus, you use it by
31402 running a command such as
31403 .code
31404 exim -bp | exiqsumm
31405 .endd
31406 The output consists of one line for each domain that has messages waiting for
31407 it, as in the following example:
31408 .code
31409 3 2322 74m 66m msn.com.example
31410 .endd
31411 Each line lists the number of
31412 pending deliveries for a domain, their total volume, and the length of time
31413 that the oldest and the newest messages have been waiting. Note that the number
31414 of pending deliveries is greater than the number of messages when messages
31415 have more than one recipient.
31416
31417 A summary line is output at the end. By default the output is sorted on the
31418 domain name, but &'exiqsumm'& has the options &%-a%& and &%-c%&, which cause
31419 the output to be sorted by oldest message and by count of messages,
31420 respectively.
31421
31422 The output of &'exim -bp'& contains the original addresses in the message, so
31423 this also applies to the output from &'exiqsumm'&. No domains from addresses
31424 generated by aliasing or forwarding are included (unless the &%one_time%&
31425 option of the &(redirect)& router has been used to convert them into &"top
31426 level"& addresses).
31427
31428
31429
31430
31431 .section "Extracting specific information from the log (exigrep)" &&&
31432 "SECTextspeinf"
31433 .cindex "&'exigrep'&"
31434 .cindex "log" "extracts; grepping for"
31435 The &'exigrep'& utility is a Perl script that searches one or more main log
31436 files for entries that match a given pattern. When it finds a match, it
31437 extracts all the log entries for the relevant message, not just those that
31438 match the pattern. Thus, &'exigrep'& can extract complete log entries for a
31439 given message, or all mail for a given user, or for a given host, for example.
31440 The input files can be in Exim log format or syslog format.
31441
31442 If a matching log line is not associated with a specific message, it is always
31443 included in &'exigrep'&'s output. The usage is:
31444 .display
31445 &`exigrep [-l] [-t<`&&'n'&&`>] <`&&'pattern'&&`> [<`&&'log file'&&`>] ...`&
31446 .endd
31447 The &%-t%& argument specifies a number of seconds. It adds an additional
31448 condition for message selection. Messages that are complete are shown only if
31449 they spent more than <&'n'&> seconds on the queue.
31450
31451 The &%-l%& flag means &"literal"&, that is, treat all characters in the
31452 pattern as standing for themselves. Otherwise the pattern must be a Perl
31453 regular expression. The pattern match is case-insensitive. If no file names are
31454 given on the command line, the standard input is read.
31455
31456 If the location of a &'zcat'& command is known from the definition of
31457 ZCAT_COMMAND in &_Local/Makefile_&, &'exigrep'& automatically passes any file
31458 whose name ends in COMPRESS_SUFFIX through &'zcat'& as it searches it.
31459
31460
31461 .section "Selecting messages by various criteria (exipick)" "SECTexipick"
31462 .cindex "&'exipick'&"
31463 John Jetmore's &'exipick'& utility is included in the Exim distribution. It
31464 lists messages from the queue according to a variety of criteria. For details,
31465 visit &url(http://www.exim.org/eximwiki/ToolExipickManPage) or run:
31466 .code
31467 exipick --help
31468 .endd
31469
31470
31471 .section "Cycling log files (exicyclog)" "SECTcyclogfil"
31472 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
31473 .cindex "cycling logs"
31474 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
31475 The &'exicyclog'& script can be used to cycle (rotate) &'mainlog'& and
31476 &'rejectlog'& files. This is not necessary if only syslog is being used, or if
31477 you are using log files with datestamps in their names (see section
31478 &<<SECTdatlogfil>>&). Some operating systems have their own standard mechanisms
31479 for log cycling, and these can be used instead of &'exicyclog'& if preferred.
31480 There are two command line options for &'exicyclog'&:
31481 .ilist
31482 &%-k%& <&'count'&> specifies the number of log files to keep, overriding the
31483 default that is set when Exim is built. The default default is 10.
31484 .next
31485 &%-l%& <&'path'&> specifies the log file path, in the same format as Exim's
31486 &%log_file_path%& option (for example, &`/var/log/exim_%slog`&), again
31487 overriding the script's default, which is to find the setting from Exim's
31488 configuration.
31489 .endlist
31490
31491 Each time &'exicyclog'& is run the file names get &"shuffled down"& by one. If
31492 the main log file name is &_mainlog_& (the default) then when &'exicyclog'& is
31493 run &_mainlog_& becomes &_mainlog.01_&, the previous &_mainlog.01_& becomes
31494 &_mainlog.02_& and so on, up to the limit that is set in the script or by the
31495 &%-k%& option. Log files whose numbers exceed the limit are discarded. Reject
31496 logs are handled similarly.
31497
31498 If the limit is greater than 99, the script uses 3-digit numbers such as
31499 &_mainlog.001_&, &_mainlog.002_&, etc. If you change from a number less than 99
31500 to one that is greater, or &'vice versa'&, you will have to fix the names of
31501 any existing log files.
31502
31503 If no &_mainlog_& file exists, the script does nothing. Files that &"drop off"&
31504 the end are deleted. All files with numbers greater than 01 are compressed,
31505 using a compression command which is configured by the COMPRESS_COMMAND
31506 setting in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is usual to run &'exicyclog'& daily from a
31507 root &%crontab%& entry of the form
31508 .code
31509 1 0 * * * su exim -c /usr/exim/bin/exicyclog
31510 .endd
31511 assuming you have used the name &"exim"& for the Exim user. You can run
31512 &'exicyclog'& as root if you wish, but there is no need.
31513
31514
31515
31516 .section "Mail statistics (eximstats)" "SECTmailstat"
31517 .cindex "statistics"
31518 .cindex "&'eximstats'&"
31519 A Perl script called &'eximstats'& is provided for extracting statistical
31520 information from log files. The output is either plain text, or HTML.
31521 Exim log files are also suported by the &'Lire'& system produced by the
31522 LogReport Foundation &url(http://www.logreport.org).
31523
31524 The &'eximstats'& script has been hacked about quite a bit over time. The
31525 latest version is the result of some extensive revision by Steve Campbell. A
31526 lot of information is given by default, but there are options for suppressing
31527 various parts of it. Following any options, the arguments to the script are a
31528 list of files, which should be main log files. For example:
31529 .code
31530 eximstats -nr /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog.01
31531 .endd
31532 By default, &'eximstats'& extracts information about the number and volume of
31533 messages received from or delivered to various hosts. The information is sorted
31534 both by message count and by volume, and the top fifty hosts in each category
31535 are listed on the standard output. Similar information, based on email
31536 addresses or domains instead of hosts can be requested by means of various
31537 options. For messages delivered and received locally, similar statistics are
31538 also produced per user.
31539
31540 The output also includes total counts and statistics about delivery errors, and
31541 histograms showing the number of messages received and deliveries made in each
31542 hour of the day. A delivery with more than one address in its envelope (for
31543 example, an SMTP transaction with more than one RCPT command) is counted
31544 as a single delivery by &'eximstats'&.
31545
31546 Though normally more deliveries than receipts are reported (as messages may
31547 have multiple recipients), it is possible for &'eximstats'& to report more
31548 messages received than delivered, even though the queue is empty at the start
31549 and end of the period in question. If an incoming message contains no valid
31550 recipients, no deliveries are recorded for it. A bounce message is handled as
31551 an entirely separate message.
31552
31553 &'eximstats'& always outputs a grand total summary giving the volume and number
31554 of messages received and deliveries made, and the number of hosts involved in
31555 each case. It also outputs the number of messages that were delayed (that is,
31556 not completely delivered at the first attempt), and the number that had at
31557 least one address that failed.
31558
31559 The remainder of the output is in sections that can be independently disabled
31560 or modified by various options. It consists of a summary of deliveries by
31561 transport, histograms of messages received and delivered per time interval
31562 (default per hour), information about the time messages spent on the queue,
31563 a list of relayed messages, lists of the top fifty sending hosts, local
31564 senders, destination hosts, and destination local users by count and by volume,
31565 and a list of delivery errors that occurred.
31566
31567 The relay information lists messages that were actually relayed, that is, they
31568 came from a remote host and were directly delivered to some other remote host,
31569 without being processed (for example, for aliasing or forwarding) locally.
31570
31571 There are quite a few options for &'eximstats'& to control exactly what it
31572 outputs. These are documented in the Perl script itself, and can be extracted
31573 by running the command &(perldoc)& on the script. For example:
31574 .code
31575 perldoc /usr/exim/bin/eximstats
31576 .endd
31577
31578 .section "Checking access policy (exim_checkaccess)" "SECTcheckaccess"
31579 .cindex "&'exim_checkaccess'&"
31580 .cindex "policy control" "checking access"
31581 .cindex "checking access"
31582 The &%-bh%& command line argument allows you to run a fake SMTP session with
31583 debugging output, in order to check what Exim is doing when it is applying
31584 policy controls to incoming SMTP mail. However, not everybody is sufficiently
31585 familiar with the SMTP protocol to be able to make full use of &%-bh%&, and
31586 sometimes you just want to answer the question &"Does this address have
31587 access?"& without bothering with any further details.
31588
31589 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%&. It takes
31590 two arguments, an IP address and an email address:
31591 .code
31592 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example
31593 .endd
31594 The utility runs a call to Exim with the &%-bh%& option, to test whether the
31595 given email address would be accepted in a RCPT command in a TCP/IP
31596 connection from the host with the given IP address. The output of the utility
31597 is either the word &"accepted"&, or the SMTP error response, for example:
31598 .code
31599 Rejected:
31600 550 Relay not permitted
31601 .endd
31602 When running this test, the utility uses &`<>`& as the envelope sender address
31603 for the MAIL command, but you can change this by providing additional
31604 options. These are passed directly to the Exim command. For example, to specify
31605 that the test is to be run with the sender address &'himself@there.example'&
31606 you can use:
31607 .code
31608 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example \
31609 -f himself@there.example
31610 .endd
31611 Note that these additional Exim command line items must be given after the two
31612 mandatory arguments.
31613
31614 Because the &%exim_checkaccess%& uses &%-bh%&, it does not perform callouts
31615 while running its checks. You can run checks that include callouts by using
31616 &%-bhc%&, but this is not yet available in a &"packaged"& form.
31617
31618
31619
31620 .section "Making DBM files (exim_dbmbuild)" "SECTdbmbuild"
31621 .cindex "DBM" "building dbm files"
31622 .cindex "building DBM files"
31623 .cindex "&'exim_dbmbuild'&"
31624 .cindex "lower casing"
31625 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
31626 The &'exim_dbmbuild'& program reads an input file containing keys and data in
31627 the format used by the &(lsearch)& lookup (see section
31628 &<<SECTsinglekeylookups>>&). It writes a DBM file using the lower-cased alias
31629 names as keys and the remainder of the information as data. The lower-casing
31630 can be prevented by calling the program with the &%-nolc%& option.
31631
31632 A terminating zero is included as part of the key string. This is expected by
31633 the &(dbm)& lookup type. However, if the option &%-nozero%& is given,
31634 &'exim_dbmbuild'& creates files without terminating zeroes in either the key
31635 strings or the data strings. The &(dbmnz)& lookup type can be used with such
31636 files.
31637
31638 The program requires two arguments: the name of the input file (which can be a
31639 single hyphen to indicate the standard input), and the name of the output file.
31640 It creates the output under a temporary name, and then renames it if all went
31641 well.
31642
31643 .cindex "USE_DB"
31644 If the native DB interface is in use (USE_DB is set in a compile-time
31645 configuration file &-- this is common in free versions of Unix) the two file
31646 names must be different, because in this mode the Berkeley DB functions create
31647 a single output file using exactly the name given. For example,
31648 .code
31649 exim_dbmbuild /etc/aliases /etc/aliases.db
31650 .endd
31651 reads the system alias file and creates a DBM version of it in
31652 &_/etc/aliases.db_&.
31653
31654 In systems that use the &'ndbm'& routines (mostly proprietary versions of
31655 Unix), two files are used, with the suffixes &_.dir_& and &_.pag_&. In this
31656 environment, the suffixes are added to the second argument of
31657 &'exim_dbmbuild'&, so it can be the same as the first. This is also the case
31658 when the Berkeley functions are used in compatibility mode (though this is not
31659 recommended), because in that case it adds a &_.db_& suffix to the file name.
31660
31661 If a duplicate key is encountered, the program outputs a warning, and when it
31662 finishes, its return code is 1 rather than zero, unless the &%-noduperr%&
31663 option is used. By default, only the first of a set of duplicates is used &--
31664 this makes it compatible with &(lsearch)& lookups. There is an option
31665 &%-lastdup%& which causes it to use the data for the last duplicate instead.
31666 There is also an option &%-nowarn%&, which stops it listing duplicate keys to
31667 &%stderr%&. For other errors, where it doesn't actually make a new file, the
31668 return code is 2.
31669
31670
31671
31672
31673 .section "Finding individual retry times (exinext)" "SECTfinindret"
31674 .cindex "retry" "times"
31675 .cindex "&'exinext'&"
31676 A utility called &'exinext'& (mostly a Perl script) provides the ability to
31677 fish specific information out of the retry database. Given a mail domain (or a
31678 complete address), it looks up the hosts for that domain, and outputs any retry
31679 information for the hosts or for the domain. At present, the retry information
31680 is obtained by running &'exim_dumpdb'& (see below) and post-processing the
31681 output. For example:
31682 .code
31683 $ exinext piglet@milne.fict.example
31684 kanga.milne.example:192.168.8.1 error 146: Connection refused
31685 first failed: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
31686 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
31687 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 15:02:34
31688 roo.milne.example:192.168.8.3 error 146: Connection refused
31689 first failed: 20-Jan-1996 13:12:08
31690 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 11:42:03
31691 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 19:42:03
31692 past final cutoff time
31693 .endd
31694 You can also give &'exinext'& a local part, without a domain, and it
31695 will give any retry information for that local part in your default domain.
31696 A message id can be used to obtain retry information pertaining to a specific
31697 message. This exists only when an attempt to deliver a message to a remote host
31698 suffers a message-specific error (see section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>&).
31699 &'exinext'& is not particularly efficient, but then it is not expected to be
31700 run very often.
31701
31702 The &'exinext'& utility calls Exim to find out information such as the location
31703 of the spool directory. The utility has &%-C%& and &%-D%& options, which are
31704 passed on to the &'exim'& commands. The first specifies an alternate Exim
31705 configuration file, and the second sets macros for use within the configuration
31706 file. These features are mainly to help in testing, but might also be useful in
31707 environments where more than one configuration file is in use.
31708
31709
31710
31711 .section "Hints database maintenance" "SECThindatmai"
31712 .cindex "hints database" "maintenance"
31713 .cindex "maintaining Exim's hints database"
31714 Three utility programs are provided for maintaining the DBM files that Exim
31715 uses to contain its delivery hint information. Each program requires two
31716 arguments. The first specifies the name of Exim's spool directory, and the
31717 second is the name of the database it is to operate on. These are as follows:
31718
31719 .ilist
31720 &'retry'&: the database of retry information
31721 .next
31722 &'wait-'&<&'transport name'&>: databases of information about messages waiting
31723 for remote hosts
31724 .next
31725 &'callout'&: the callout cache
31726 .next
31727 &'ratelimit'&: the data for implementing the ratelimit ACL condition
31728 .next
31729 &'misc'&: other hints data
31730 .endlist
31731
31732 The &'misc'& database is used for
31733
31734 .ilist
31735 Serializing ETRN runs (when &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set)
31736 .next
31737 Serializing delivery to a specific host (when &%serialize_hosts%& is set in an
31738 &(smtp)& transport)
31739 .endlist
31740
31741
31742
31743 .section "exim_dumpdb"
31744 .cindex "&'exim_dumpdb'&"
31745 The entire contents of a database are written to the standard output by the
31746 &'exim_dumpdb'& program, which has no options or arguments other than the
31747 spool and database names. For example, to dump the retry database:
31748 .code
31749 exim_dumpdb /var/spool/exim retry
31750 .endd
31751 Two lines of output are produced for each entry:
31752 .code
31753 T:mail.ref.example:192.168.242.242 146 77 Connection refused
31754 31-Oct-1995 12:00:12 02-Nov-1995 12:21:39 02-Nov-1995 20:21:39 *
31755 .endd
31756 The first item on the first line is the key of the record. It starts with one
31757 of the letters R, or T, depending on whether it refers to a routing or
31758 transport retry. For a local delivery, the next part is the local address; for
31759 a remote delivery it is the name of the remote host, followed by its failing IP
31760 address (unless &%no_retry_include_ip_address%& is set on the &(smtp)&
31761 transport). If the remote port is not the standard one (port 25), it is added
31762 to the IP address. Then there follows an error code, an additional error code,
31763 and a textual description of the error.
31764
31765 The three times on the second line are the time of first failure, the time of
31766 the last delivery attempt, and the computed time for the next attempt. The line
31767 ends with an asterisk if the cutoff time for the last retry rule has been
31768 exceeded.
31769
31770 Each output line from &'exim_dumpdb'& for the &'wait-xxx'& databases
31771 consists of a host name followed by a list of ids for messages that are or were
31772 waiting to be delivered to that host. If there are a very large number for any
31773 one host, continuation records, with a sequence number added to the host name,
31774 may be seen. The data in these records is often out of date, because a message
31775 may be routed to several alternative hosts, and Exim makes no effort to keep
31776 cross-references.
31777
31778
31779
31780 .section "exim_tidydb"
31781 .cindex "&'exim_tidydb'&"
31782 The &'exim_tidydb'& utility program is used to tidy up the contents of a hints
31783 database. If run with no options, it removes all records that are more than 30
31784 days old. The age is calculated from the date and time that the record was last
31785 updated. Note that, in the case of the retry database, it is &'not'& the time
31786 since the first delivery failure. Information about a host that has been down
31787 for more than 30 days will remain in the database, provided that the record is
31788 updated sufficiently often.
31789
31790 The cutoff date can be altered by means of the &%-t%& option, which must be
31791 followed by a time. For example, to remove all records older than a week from
31792 the retry database:
31793 .code
31794 exim_tidydb -t 7d /var/spool/exim retry
31795 .endd
31796 Both the &'wait-xxx'& and &'retry'& databases contain items that involve
31797 message ids. In the former these appear as data in records keyed by host &--
31798 they were messages that were waiting for that host &-- and in the latter they
31799 are the keys for retry information for messages that have suffered certain
31800 types of error. When &'exim_tidydb'& is run, a check is made to ensure that
31801 message ids in database records are those of messages that are still on the
31802 queue. Message ids for messages that no longer exist are removed from
31803 &'wait-xxx'& records, and if this leaves any records empty, they are deleted.
31804 For the &'retry'& database, records whose keys are non-existent message ids are
31805 removed. The &'exim_tidydb'& utility outputs comments on the standard output
31806 whenever it removes information from the database.
31807
31808 Certain records are automatically removed by Exim when they are no longer
31809 needed, but others are not. For example, if all the MX hosts for a domain are
31810 down, a retry record is created for each one. If the primary MX host comes back
31811 first, its record is removed when Exim successfully delivers to it, but the
31812 records for the others remain because Exim has not tried to use those hosts.
31813
31814 It is important, therefore, to run &'exim_tidydb'& periodically on all the
31815 hints databases. You should do this at a quiet time of day, because it requires
31816 a database to be locked (and therefore inaccessible to Exim) while it does its
31817 work. Removing records from a DBM file does not normally make the file smaller,
31818 but all the common DBM libraries are able to re-use the space that is released.
31819 After an initial phase of increasing in size, the databases normally reach a
31820 point at which they no longer get any bigger, as long as they are regularly
31821 tidied.
31822
31823 &*Warning*&: If you never run &'exim_tidydb'&, the space used by the hints
31824 databases is likely to keep on increasing.
31825
31826
31827
31828
31829 .section "exim_fixdb"
31830 .cindex "&'exim_fixdb'&"
31831 The &'exim_fixdb'& program is a utility for interactively modifying databases.
31832 Its main use is for testing Exim, but it might also be occasionally useful for
31833 getting round problems in a live system. It has no options, and its interface
31834 is somewhat crude. On entry, it prompts for input with a right angle-bracket. A
31835 key of a database record can then be entered, and the data for that record is
31836 displayed.
31837
31838 If &"d"& is typed at the next prompt, the entire record is deleted. For all
31839 except the &'retry'& database, that is the only operation that can be carried
31840 out. For the &'retry'& database, each field is output preceded by a number, and
31841 data for individual fields can be changed by typing the field number followed
31842 by new data, for example:
31843 .code
31844 > 4 951102:1000
31845 .endd
31846 resets the time of the next delivery attempt. Time values are given as a
31847 sequence of digit pairs for year, month, day, hour, and minute. Colons can be
31848 used as optional separators.
31849
31850
31851
31852
31853 .section "Mailbox maintenance (exim_lock)" "SECTmailboxmaint"
31854 .cindex "mailbox" "maintenance"
31855 .cindex "&'exim_lock'&"
31856 .cindex "locking mailboxes"
31857 The &'exim_lock'& utility locks a mailbox file using the same algorithm as
31858 Exim. For a discussion of locking issues, see section &<<SECTopappend>>&.
31859 &'Exim_lock'& can be used to prevent any modification of a mailbox by Exim or
31860 a user agent while investigating a problem. The utility requires the name of
31861 the file as its first argument. If the locking is successful, the second
31862 argument is run as a command (using C's &[system()]& function); if there is no
31863 second argument, the value of the SHELL environment variable is used; if this
31864 is unset or empty, &_/bin/sh_& is run. When the command finishes, the mailbox
31865 is unlocked and the utility ends. The following options are available:
31866
31867 .vlist
31868 .vitem &%-fcntl%&
31869 Use &[fcntl()]& locking on the open mailbox.
31870
31871 .vitem &%-flock%&
31872 Use &[flock()]& locking on the open mailbox, provided the operating system
31873 supports it.
31874
31875 .vitem &%-interval%&
31876 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets the
31877 interval to sleep between retries (default 3).
31878
31879 .vitem &%-lockfile%&
31880 Create a lock file before opening the mailbox.
31881
31882 .vitem &%-mbx%&
31883 Lock the mailbox using MBX rules.
31884
31885 .vitem &%-q%&
31886 Suppress verification output.
31887
31888 .vitem &%-retries%&
31889 This must be followed by a number; it sets the number of times to try to get
31890 the lock (default 10).
31891
31892 .vitem &%-restore_time%&
31893 This option causes &%exim_lock%& to restore the modified and read times to the
31894 locked file before exiting. This allows you to access a locked mailbox (for
31895 example, to take a backup copy) without disturbing the times that the user
31896 subsequently sees.
31897
31898 .vitem &%-timeout%&
31899 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets a
31900 timeout to be used with a blocking &[fcntl()]& lock. If it is not set (the
31901 default), a non-blocking call is used.
31902
31903 .vitem &%-v%&
31904 Generate verbose output.
31905 .endlist
31906
31907 If none of &%-fcntl%&, &%-flock%&, &%-lockfile%& or &%-mbx%& are given, the
31908 default is to create a lock file and also to use &[fcntl()]& locking on the
31909 mailbox, which is the same as Exim's default. The use of &%-flock%& or
31910 &%-fcntl%& requires that the file be writeable; the use of &%-lockfile%&
31911 requires that the directory containing the file be writeable. Locking by lock
31912 file does not last for ever; Exim assumes that a lock file is expired if it is
31913 more than 30 minutes old.
31914
31915 The &%-mbx%& option can be used with either or both of &%-fcntl%& or
31916 &%-flock%&. It assumes &%-fcntl%& by default. MBX locking causes a shared lock
31917 to be taken out on the open mailbox, and an exclusive lock on the file
31918 &_/tmp/.n.m_& where &'n'& and &'m'& are the device number and inode
31919 number of the mailbox file. When the locking is released, if an exclusive lock
31920 can be obtained for the mailbox, the file in &_/tmp_& is deleted.
31921
31922 The default output contains verification of the locking that takes place. The
31923 &%-v%& option causes some additional information to be given. The &%-q%& option
31924 suppresses all output except error messages.
31925
31926 A command such as
31927 .code
31928 exim_lock /var/spool/mail/spqr
31929 .endd
31930 runs an interactive shell while the file is locked, whereas
31931 .display
31932 &`exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr <<End`&
31933 <&'some commands'&>
31934 &`End`&
31935 .endd
31936 runs a specific non-interactive sequence of commands while the file is locked,
31937 suppressing all verification output. A single command can be run by a command
31938 such as
31939 .code
31940 exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr \
31941 "cp /var/spool/mail/spqr /some/where"
31942 .endd
31943 Note that if a command is supplied, it must be entirely contained within the
31944 second argument &-- hence the quotes.
31945 .ecindex IIDutils
31946
31947
31948 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31949 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31950
31951 .chapter "The Exim monitor" "CHAPeximon"
31952 .scindex IIDeximon "Exim monitor" "description"
31953 .cindex "X-windows"
31954 .cindex "&'eximon'&"
31955 .cindex "Local/eximon.conf"
31956 .cindex "_exim_monitor/EDITME_"
31957 The Exim monitor is an application which displays in an X window information
31958 about the state of Exim's queue and what Exim is doing. An admin user can
31959 perform certain operations on messages from this GUI interface; however all
31960 such facilities are also available from the command line, and indeed, the
31961 monitor itself makes use of the command line to perform any actions requested.
31962
31963
31964
31965 .section "Running the monitor"
31966 The monitor is started by running the script called &'eximon'&. This is a shell
31967 script that sets up a number of environment variables, and then runs the
31968 binary called &_eximon.bin_&. The default appearance of the monitor window can
31969 be changed by editing the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file created by editing
31970 &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&. Comments in that file describe what the various
31971 parameters are for.
31972
31973 The parameters that get built into the &'eximon'& script can be overridden for
31974 a particular invocation by setting up environment variables of the same names,
31975 preceded by &`EXIMON_`&. For example, a shell command such as
31976 .code
31977 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH=400 eximon
31978 .endd
31979 (in a Bourne-compatible shell) runs &'eximon'& with an overriding setting of
31980 the LOG_DEPTH parameter. If EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set in the environment, it
31981 overrides the Exim log file configuration. This makes it possible to have
31982 &'eximon'& tailing log data that is written to syslog, provided that MAIL.INFO
31983 syslog messages are routed to a file on the local host.
31984
31985 X resources can be used to change the appearance of the window in the normal
31986 way. For example, a resource setting of the form
31987 .code
31988 Eximon*background: gray94
31989 .endd
31990 changes the colour of the background to light grey rather than white. The
31991 stripcharts are drawn with both the data lines and the reference lines in
31992 black. This means that the reference lines are not visible when on top of the
31993 data. However, their colour can be changed by setting a resource called
31994 &"highlight"& (an odd name, but that's what the Athena stripchart widget uses).
31995 For example, if your X server is running Unix, you could set up lighter
31996 reference lines in the stripcharts by obeying
31997 .code
31998 xrdb -merge <<End
31999 Eximon*highlight: gray
32000 End
32001 .endd
32002 .cindex "admin user"
32003 In order to see the contents of messages on the queue, and to operate on them,
32004 &'eximon'& must either be run as root or by an admin user.
32005
32006 The monitor's window is divided into three parts. The first contains one or
32007 more stripcharts and two action buttons, the second contains a &"tail"& of the
32008 main log file, and the third is a display of the queue of messages awaiting
32009 delivery, with two more action buttons. The following sections describe these
32010 different parts of the display.
32011
32012
32013
32014
32015 .section "The stripcharts"
32016 .cindex "stripchart"
32017 The first stripchart is always a count of messages on the queue. Its name can
32018 be configured by setting QUEUE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
32019 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file. The remaining stripcharts are defined in the
32020 configuration script by regular expression matches on log file entries, making
32021 it possible to display, for example, counts of messages delivered to certain
32022 hosts or using certain transports. The supplied defaults display counts of
32023 received and delivered messages, and of local and SMTP deliveries. The default
32024 period between stripchart updates is one minute; this can be adjusted by a
32025 parameter in the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
32026
32027 The stripchart displays rescale themselves automatically as the value they are
32028 displaying changes. There are always 10 horizontal lines in each chart; the
32029 title string indicates the value of each division when it is greater than one.
32030 For example, &"x2"& means that each division represents a value of 2.
32031
32032 It is also possible to have a stripchart which shows the percentage fullness of
32033 a particular disk partition, which is useful when local deliveries are confined
32034 to a single partition.
32035
32036 .cindex "&%statvfs%& function"
32037 This relies on the availability of the &[statvfs()]& function or equivalent in
32038 the operating system. Most, but not all versions of Unix that support Exim have
32039 this. For this particular stripchart, the top of the chart always represents
32040 100%, and the scale is given as &"x10%"&. This chart is configured by setting
32041 SIZE_STRIPCHART and (optionally) SIZE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
32042 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
32043
32044
32045
32046
32047 .section "Main action buttons"
32048 .cindex "size" "of monitor window"
32049 .cindex "Exim monitor" "window size"
32050 .cindex "window size"
32051 Below the stripcharts there is an action button for quitting the monitor. Next
32052 to this is another button marked &"Size"&. They are placed here so that
32053 shrinking the window to its default minimum size leaves just the queue count
32054 stripchart and these two buttons visible. Pressing the &"Size"& button causes
32055 the window to expand to its maximum size, unless it is already at the maximum,
32056 in which case it is reduced to its minimum.
32057
32058 When expanding to the maximum, if the window cannot be fully seen where it
32059 currently is, it is moved back to where it was the last time it was at full
32060 size. When it is expanding from its minimum size, the old position is
32061 remembered, and next time it is reduced to the minimum it is moved back there.
32062
32063 The idea is that you can keep a reduced window just showing one or two
32064 stripcharts at a convenient place on your screen, easily expand it to show
32065 the full window when required, and just as easily put it back to what it was.
32066 The idea is copied from what the &'twm'& window manager does for its
32067 &'f.fullzoom'& action. The minimum size of the window can be changed by setting
32068 the MIN_HEIGHT and MIN_WIDTH values in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
32069
32070 Normally, the monitor starts up with the window at its full size, but it can be
32071 built so that it starts up with the window at its smallest size, by setting
32072 START_SMALL=yes in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
32073
32074
32075
32076 .section "The log display"
32077 .cindex "log" "tail of; in monitor"
32078 The second section of the window is an area in which a display of the tail of
32079 the main log is maintained.
32080 To save space on the screen, the timestamp on each log line is shortened by
32081 removing the date and, if &%log_timezone%& is set, the timezone.
32082 The log tail is not available when the only destination for logging data is
32083 syslog, unless the syslog lines are routed to a local file whose name is passed
32084 to &'eximon'& via the EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH environment variable.
32085
32086 The log sub-window has a scroll bar at its lefthand side which can be used to
32087 move back to look at earlier text, and the up and down arrow keys also have a
32088 scrolling effect. The amount of log that is kept depends on the setting of
32089 LOG_BUFFER in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, which specifies the amount of memory
32090 to use. When this is full, the earlier 50% of data is discarded &-- this is
32091 much more efficient than throwing it away line by line. The sub-window also has
32092 a horizontal scroll bar for accessing the ends of long log lines. This is the
32093 only means of horizontal scrolling; the right and left arrow keys are not
32094 available. Text can be cut from this part of the window using the mouse in the
32095 normal way. The size of this subwindow is controlled by parameters in the
32096 configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
32097
32098 Searches of the text in the log window can be carried out by means of the ^R
32099 and ^S keystrokes, which default to a reverse and a forward search,
32100 respectively. The search covers only the text that is displayed in the window.
32101 It cannot go further back up the log.
32102
32103 The point from which the search starts is indicated by a caret marker. This is
32104 normally at the end of the text in the window, but can be positioned explicitly
32105 by pointing and clicking with the left mouse button, and is moved automatically
32106 by a successful search. If new text arrives in the window when it is scrolled
32107 back, the caret remains where it is, but if the window is not scrolled back,
32108 the caret is moved to the end of the new text.
32109
32110 Pressing ^R or ^S pops up a window into which the search text can be typed.
32111 There are buttons for selecting forward or reverse searching, for carrying out
32112 the search, and for cancelling. If the &"Search"& button is pressed, the search
32113 happens and the window remains so that further searches can be done. If the
32114 &"Return"& key is pressed, a single search is done and the window is closed. If
32115 ^C is typed the search is cancelled.
32116
32117 The searching facility is implemented using the facilities of the Athena text
32118 widget. By default this pops up a window containing both &"search"& and
32119 &"replace"& options. In order to suppress the unwanted &"replace"& portion for
32120 eximon, a modified version of the &%TextPop%& widget is distributed with Exim.
32121 However, the linkers in BSDI and HP-UX seem unable to handle an externally
32122 provided version of &%TextPop%& when the remaining parts of the text widget
32123 come from the standard libraries. The compile-time option EXIMON_TEXTPOP can be
32124 unset to cut out the modified &%TextPop%&, making it possible to build Eximon
32125 on these systems, at the expense of having unwanted items in the search popup
32126 window.
32127
32128
32129
32130 .section "The queue display"
32131 .cindex "queue" "display in monitor"
32132 The bottom section of the monitor window contains a list of all messages that
32133 are on the queue, which includes those currently being received or delivered,
32134 as well as those awaiting delivery. The size of this subwindow is controlled by
32135 parameters in the configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&, and the frequency
32136 at which it is updated is controlled by another parameter in the same file &--
32137 the default is 5 minutes, since queue scans can be quite expensive. However,
32138 there is an &"Update"& action button just above the display which can be used
32139 to force an update of the queue display at any time.
32140
32141 When a host is down for some time, a lot of pending mail can build up for it,
32142 and this can make it hard to deal with other messages on the queue. To help
32143 with this situation there is a button next to &"Update"& called &"Hide"&. If
32144 pressed, a dialogue box called &"Hide addresses ending with"& is put up. If you
32145 type anything in here and press &"Return"&, the text is added to a chain of
32146 such texts, and if every undelivered address in a message matches at least one
32147 of the texts, the message is not displayed.
32148
32149 If there is an address that does not match any of the texts, all the addresses
32150 are displayed as normal. The matching happens on the ends of addresses so, for
32151 example, &'cam.ac.uk'& specifies all addresses in Cambridge, while
32152 &'xxx@foo.com.example'& specifies just one specific address. When any hiding
32153 has been set up, a button called &"Unhide"& is displayed. If pressed, it
32154 cancels all hiding. Also, to ensure that hidden messages do not get forgotten,
32155 a hide request is automatically cancelled after one hour.
32156
32157 While the dialogue box is displayed, you can't press any buttons or do anything
32158 else to the monitor window. For this reason, if you want to cut text from the
32159 queue display to use in the dialogue box, you have to do the cutting before
32160 pressing the &"Hide"& button.
32161
32162 The queue display contains, for each unhidden queued message, the length of
32163 time it has been on the queue, the size of the message, the message id, the
32164 message sender, and the first undelivered recipient, all on one line. If it is
32165 a bounce message, the sender is shown as &"<>"&. If there is more than one
32166 recipient to which the message has not yet been delivered, subsequent ones are
32167 listed on additional lines, up to a maximum configured number, following which
32168 an ellipsis is displayed. Recipients that have already received the message are
32169 not shown.
32170
32171 .cindex "frozen messages" "display"
32172 If a message is frozen, an asterisk is displayed at the left-hand side.
32173
32174 The queue display has a vertical scroll bar, and can also be scrolled by means
32175 of the arrow keys. Text can be cut from it using the mouse in the normal way.
32176 The text searching facilities, as described above for the log window, are also
32177 available, but the caret is always moved to the end of the text when the queue
32178 display is updated.
32179
32180
32181
32182 .section "The queue menu"
32183 .cindex "queue" "menu in monitor"
32184 If the &%shift%& key is held down and the left button is clicked when the mouse
32185 pointer is over the text for any message, an action menu pops up, and the first
32186 line of the queue display for the message is highlighted. This does not affect
32187 any selected text.
32188
32189 If you want to use some other event for popping up the menu, you can set the
32190 MENU_EVENT parameter in &_Local/eximon.conf_& to change the default, or
32191 set EXIMON_MENU_EVENT in the environment before starting the monitor. The
32192 value set in this parameter is a standard X event description. For example, to
32193 run eximon using &%ctrl%& rather than &%shift%& you could use
32194 .code
32195 EXIMON_MENU_EVENT='Ctrl<Btn1Down>' eximon
32196 .endd
32197 The title of the menu is the message id, and it contains entries which act as
32198 follows:
32199
32200 .ilist
32201 &'message log'&: The contents of the message log for the message are displayed
32202 in a new text window.
32203 .next
32204 &'headers'&: Information from the spool file that contains the envelope
32205 information and headers is displayed in a new text window. See chapter
32206 &<<CHAPspool>>& for a description of the format of spool files.
32207 .next
32208 &'body'&: The contents of the spool file containing the body of the message are
32209 displayed in a new text window. There is a default limit of 20,000 bytes to the
32210 amount of data displayed. This can be changed by setting the BODY_MAX
32211 option at compile time, or the EXIMON_BODY_MAX option at run time.
32212 .next
32213 &'deliver message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-M%& option to request
32214 delivery of the message. This causes an automatic thaw if the message is
32215 frozen. The &%-v%& option is also set, and the output from Exim is displayed in
32216 a new text window. The delivery is run in a separate process, to avoid holding
32217 up the monitor while the delivery proceeds.
32218 .next
32219 &'freeze message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mf%& option to request
32220 that the message be frozen.
32221 .next
32222 .cindex "thawing messages"
32223 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
32224 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
32225 &'thaw message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mt%& option to request
32226 that the message be thawed.
32227 .next
32228 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
32229 &'give up on msg'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mg%& option to request
32230 that Exim gives up trying to deliver the message. A bounce message is generated
32231 for any remaining undelivered addresses.
32232 .next
32233 &'remove message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mrm%& option to request
32234 that the message be deleted from the system without generating a bounce
32235 message.
32236 .next
32237 &'add recipient'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address can
32238 be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
32239 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
32240 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
32241 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mar%& option to request that an
32242 additional recipient be added to the message, unless the entry box is empty, in
32243 which case no action is taken.
32244 .next
32245 &'mark delivered'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address
32246 can be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
32247 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
32248 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
32249 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mmd%& option to mark the given
32250 recipient address as already delivered, unless the entry box is empty, in which
32251 case no action is taken.
32252 .next
32253 &'mark all delivered'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mmad%& option to
32254 mark all recipient addresses as already delivered.
32255 .next
32256 &'edit sender'&: A dialog box is displayed initialized with the current
32257 sender's address. Pressing RETURN causes a call to Exim to be made using the
32258 &%-Mes%& option to replace the sender address, unless the entry box is empty,
32259 in which case no action is taken. If you want to set an empty sender (as in
32260 bounce messages), you must specify it as &"<>"&. Otherwise, if the address is
32261 not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&,
32262 the address is qualified with that domain.
32263 .endlist
32264
32265 When a delivery is forced, a window showing the &%-v%& output is displayed. In
32266 other cases when a call to Exim is made, if there is any output from Exim (in
32267 particular, if the command fails) a window containing the command and the
32268 output is displayed. Otherwise, the results of the action are normally apparent
32269 from the log and queue displays. However, if you set ACTION_OUTPUT=yes in
32270 &_Local/eximon.conf_&, a window showing the Exim command is always opened, even
32271 if no output is generated.
32272
32273 The queue display is automatically updated for actions such as freezing and
32274 thawing, unless ACTION_QUEUE_UPDATE=no has been set in
32275 &_Local/eximon.conf_&. In this case the &"Update"& button has to be used to
32276 force an update of the display after one of these actions.
32277
32278 In any text window that is displayed as result of a menu action, the normal
32279 cut-and-paste facility is available, and searching can be carried out using ^R
32280 and ^S, as described above for the log tail window.
32281 .ecindex IIDeximon
32282
32283
32284
32285
32286
32287 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32288 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32289
32290 .chapter "Security considerations" "CHAPsecurity"
32291 .scindex IIDsecurcon "security" "discussion of"
32292 This chapter discusses a number of issues concerned with security, some of
32293 which are also covered in other parts of this manual.
32294
32295 For reasons that this author does not understand, some people have promoted
32296 Exim as a &"particularly secure"& mailer. Perhaps it is because of the
32297 existence of this chapter in the documentation. However, the intent of the
32298 chapter is simply to describe the way Exim works in relation to certain
32299 security concerns, not to make any specific claims about the effectiveness of
32300 its security as compared with other MTAs.
32301
32302 What follows is a description of the way Exim is supposed to be. Best efforts
32303 have been made to try to ensure that the code agrees with the theory, but an
32304 absence of bugs can never be guaranteed. Any that are reported will get fixed
32305 as soon as possible.
32306
32307
32308 .section "Building a more &""hardened""& Exim"
32309 .cindex "security" "build-time features"
32310 There are a number of build-time options that can be set in &_Local/Makefile_&
32311 to create Exim binaries that are &"harder"& to attack, in particular by a rogue
32312 Exim administrator who does not have the root password, or by someone who has
32313 penetrated the Exim (but not the root) account. These options are as follows:
32314
32315 .ilist
32316 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be set to a string that is required to match the
32317 start of any file names used with the &%-C%& option. When it is set, these file
32318 names are also not allowed to contain the sequence &"/../"&. (However, if the
32319 value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of CONFIGURE_FILE in
32320 &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as usual.) There is no
32321 default setting for &%ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX%&.
32322
32323 If the permitted configuration files are confined to a directory to
32324 which only root has access, this guards against someone who has broken
32325 into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
32326 configuration file, and using it to break into other accounts.
32327 .next
32328 If ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined, root privilege is retained for &%-C%&
32329 and &%-D%& only if the caller of Exim is root. Without it, the Exim user may
32330 also use &%-C%& and &%-D%& and retain privilege. Setting this option locks out
32331 the possibility of testing a configuration using &%-C%& right through message
32332 reception and delivery, even if the caller is root. The reception works, but by
32333 that time, Exim is running as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain
32334 privilege for the delivery, the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost.
32335 However, root can test reception and delivery using two separate commands.
32336 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is not set by default.
32337 .next
32338 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined, the use of the &%-D%& command line option
32339 is disabled.
32340 .next
32341 FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a colon-separated list of users that are
32342 never to be used for any deliveries. This is like the &%never_users%& runtime
32343 option, but it cannot be overridden; the runtime option adds additional users
32344 to the list. The default setting is &"root"&; this prevents a non-root user who
32345 is permitted to modify the runtime file from using Exim as a way to get root.
32346 .endlist
32347
32348
32349
32350
32351 .section "Root privilege"
32352 .cindex "setuid"
32353 .cindex "root privilege"
32354 The Exim binary is normally setuid to root, which means that it gains root
32355 privilege (runs as root) when it starts execution. In some special cases (for
32356 example, when the daemon is not in use and there are no local deliveries), it
32357 may be possible to run Exim setuid to some user other than root. This is
32358 discussed in the next section. However, in most installations, root privilege
32359 is required for two things:
32360
32361 .ilist
32362 To set up a socket connected to the standard SMTP port (25) when initialising
32363 the listening daemon. If Exim is run from &'inetd'&, this privileged action is
32364 not required.
32365 .next
32366 To be able to change uid and gid in order to read users' &_.forward_& files and
32367 perform local deliveries as the receiving user or as specified in the
32368 configuration.
32369 .endlist
32370
32371 It is not necessary to be root to do any of the other things Exim does, such as
32372 receiving messages and delivering them externally over SMTP, and it is
32373 obviously more secure if Exim does not run as root except when necessary.
32374 For this reason, a user and group for Exim to use must be defined in
32375 &_Local/Makefile_&. These are known as &"the Exim user"& and &"the Exim
32376 group"&. Their values can be changed by the run time configuration, though this
32377 is not recommended. Often a user called &'exim'& is used, but some sites use
32378 &'mail'& or another user name altogether.
32379
32380 Exim uses &[setuid()]& whenever it gives up root privilege. This is a permanent
32381 abdication; the process cannot regain root afterwards. Prior to release 4.00,
32382 &[seteuid()]& was used in some circumstances, but this is no longer the case.
32383
32384 After a new Exim process has interpreted its command line options, it changes
32385 uid and gid in the following cases:
32386
32387 .ilist
32388 .cindex "&%-C%& option"
32389 .cindex "&%-D%& option"
32390 If the &%-C%& option is used to specify an alternate configuration file, or if
32391 the &%-D%& option is used to define macro values for the configuration, and the
32392 calling process is not running as root or the Exim user, the uid and gid are
32393 changed to those of the calling process.
32394 However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, only
32395 root callers may use &%-C%& and &%-D%& without losing privilege, and if
32396 DISABLE_D_OPTION is set, the &%-D%& option may not be used at all.
32397 .next
32398 .cindex "&%-be%& option"
32399 .cindex "&%-bf%& option"
32400 .cindex "&%-bF%& option"
32401 If the expansion test option (&%-be%&) or one of the filter testing options
32402 (&%-bf%& or &%-bF%&) are used, the uid and gid are changed to those of the
32403 calling process.
32404 .next
32405 If the process is not a daemon process or a queue runner process or a delivery
32406 process or a process for testing address routing (started with &%-bt%&), the
32407 uid and gid are changed to the Exim user and group. This means that Exim always
32408 runs under its own uid and gid when receiving messages. This also applies when
32409 testing address verification
32410 .cindex "&%-bv%& option"
32411 .cindex "&%-bh%& option"
32412 (the &%-bv%& option) and testing incoming message policy controls (the &%-bh%&
32413 option).
32414 .next
32415 For a daemon, queue runner, delivery, or address testing process, the uid
32416 remains as root at this stage, but the gid is changed to the Exim group.
32417 .endlist
32418
32419 The processes that initially retain root privilege behave as follows:
32420
32421 .ilist
32422 A daemon process changes the gid to the Exim group and the uid to the Exim
32423 user after setting up one or more listening sockets. The &[initgroups()]&
32424 function is called, so that if the Exim user is in any additional groups, they
32425 will be used during message reception.
32426 .next
32427 A queue runner process retains root privilege throughout its execution. Its
32428 job is to fork a controlled sequence of delivery processes.
32429 .next
32430 A delivery process retains root privilege throughout most of its execution,
32431 but any actual deliveries (that is, the transports themselves) are run in
32432 subprocesses which always change to a non-root uid and gid. For local
32433 deliveries this is typically the uid and gid of the owner of the mailbox; for
32434 remote deliveries, the Exim uid and gid are used. Once all the delivery
32435 subprocesses have been run, a delivery process changes to the Exim uid and gid
32436 while doing post-delivery tidying up such as updating the retry database and
32437 generating bounce and warning messages.
32438
32439 While the recipient addresses in a message are being routed, the delivery
32440 process runs as root. However, if a user's filter file has to be processed,
32441 this is done in a subprocess that runs under the individual user's uid and
32442 gid. A system filter is run as root unless &%system_filter_user%& is set.
32443 .next
32444 A process that is testing addresses (the &%-bt%& option) runs as root so that
32445 the routing is done in the same environment as a message delivery.
32446 .endlist
32447
32448
32449
32450
32451 .section "Running Exim without privilege" "SECTrunexiwitpri"
32452 .cindex "privilege" "running without"
32453 .cindex "unprivileged running"
32454 .cindex "root privilege" "running without"
32455 Some installations like to run Exim in an unprivileged state for more of its
32456 operation, for added security. Support for this mode of operation is provided
32457 by the global option &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. When this is set, the uid and
32458 gid are changed to the Exim user and group at the start of a delivery process
32459 (and also queue runner and address testing processes). This means that address
32460 routing is no longer run as root, and the deliveries themselves cannot change
32461 to any other uid.
32462
32463 Leaving the binary setuid to root, but setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%& means
32464 that the daemon can still be started in the usual way, and it can respond
32465 correctly to SIGHUP because the re-invocation regains root privilege.
32466
32467 An alternative approach is to make Exim setuid to the Exim user and also setgid
32468 to the Exim group.
32469 If you do this, the daemon must be started from a root process. (Calling
32470 Exim from a root process makes it behave in the way it does when it is setuid
32471 root.) However, the daemon cannot restart itself after a SIGHUP signal because
32472 it cannot regain privilege.
32473
32474 It is still useful to set &%deliver_drop_privilege%& in this case, because it
32475 stops Exim from trying to re-invoke itself to do a delivery after a message has
32476 been received. Such a re-invocation is a waste of resources because it has no
32477 effect.
32478
32479 If restarting the daemon is not an issue (for example, if &%mua_wrapper%& is
32480 set, or &'inetd'& is being used instead of a daemon), having the binary setuid
32481 to the Exim user seems a clean approach, but there is one complication:
32482
32483 In this style of operation, Exim is running with the real uid and gid set to
32484 those of the calling process, and the effective uid/gid set to Exim's values.
32485 Ideally, any association with the calling process' uid/gid should be dropped,
32486 that is, the real uid/gid should be reset to the effective values so as to
32487 discard any privileges that the caller may have. While some operating systems
32488 have a function that permits this action for a non-root effective uid, quite a
32489 number of them do not. Because of this lack of standardization, Exim does not
32490 address this problem at this time.
32491
32492 For this reason, the recommended approach for &"mostly unprivileged"& running
32493 is to keep the Exim binary setuid to root, and to set
32494 &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. This also has the advantage of allowing a daemon to
32495 be used in the most straightforward way.
32496
32497 If you configure Exim not to run delivery processes as root, there are a
32498 number of restrictions on what you can do:
32499
32500 .ilist
32501 You can deliver only as the Exim user/group. You should explicitly use the
32502 &%user%& and &%group%& options to override routers or local transports that
32503 normally deliver as the recipient. This makes sure that configurations that
32504 work in this mode function the same way in normal mode. Any implicit or
32505 explicit specification of another user causes an error.
32506 .next
32507 Use of &_.forward_& files is severely restricted, such that it is usually
32508 not worthwhile to include them in the configuration.
32509 .next
32510 Users who wish to use &_.forward_& would have to make their home directory and
32511 the file itself accessible to the Exim user. Pipe and append-to-file entries,
32512 and their equivalents in Exim filters, cannot be used. While they could be
32513 enabled in the Exim user's name, that would be insecure and not very useful.
32514 .next
32515 Unless the local user mailboxes are all owned by the Exim user (possible in
32516 some POP3 or IMAP-only environments):
32517
32518 .olist
32519 They must be owned by the Exim group and be writable by that group. This
32520 implies you must set &%mode%& in the appendfile configuration, as well as the
32521 mode of the mailbox files themselves.
32522 .next
32523 You must set &%no_check_owner%&, since most or all of the files will not be
32524 owned by the Exim user.
32525 .next
32526 You must set &%file_must_exist%&, because Exim cannot set the owner correctly
32527 on a newly created mailbox when unprivileged. This also implies that new
32528 mailboxes need to be created manually.
32529 .endlist olist
32530 .endlist ilist
32531
32532
32533 These restrictions severely restrict what can be done in local deliveries.
32534 However, there are no restrictions on remote deliveries. If you are running a
32535 gateway host that does no local deliveries, setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%&
32536 gives more security at essentially no cost.
32537
32538 If you are using the &%mua_wrapper%& facility (see chapter
32539 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&), &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced to be true.
32540
32541
32542
32543
32544 .section "Delivering to local files"
32545 Full details of the checks applied by &(appendfile)& before it writes to a file
32546 are given in chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
32547
32548
32549
32550 .section "IPv4 source routing"
32551 .cindex "source routing" "in IP packets"
32552 .cindex "IP source routing"
32553 Many operating systems suppress IP source-routed packets in the kernel, but
32554 some cannot be made to do this, so Exim does its own check. It logs incoming
32555 IPv4 source-routed TCP calls, and then drops them. Things are all different in
32556 IPv6. No special checking is currently done.
32557
32558
32559
32560 .section "The VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands in SMTP"
32561 Support for these SMTP commands is disabled by default. If required, they can
32562 be enabled by defining suitable ACLs.
32563
32564
32565
32566
32567 .section "Privileged users"
32568 .cindex "trusted user"
32569 .cindex "admin user"
32570 .cindex "privileged user"
32571 .cindex "user" "trusted"
32572 .cindex "user" "admin"
32573 Exim recognises two sets of users with special privileges. Trusted users are
32574 able to submit new messages to Exim locally, but supply their own sender
32575 addresses and information about a sending host. For other users submitting
32576 local messages, Exim sets up the sender address from the uid, and doesn't
32577 permit a remote host to be specified.
32578
32579 .cindex "&%-f%& option"
32580 However, an untrusted user is permitted to use the &%-f%& command line option
32581 in the special form &%-f <>%& to indicate that a delivery failure for the
32582 message should not cause an error report. This affects the message's envelope,
32583 but it does not affect the &'Sender:'& header. Untrusted users may also be
32584 permitted to use specific forms of address with the &%-f%& option by setting
32585 the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option.
32586
32587 Trusted users are used to run processes that receive mail messages from some
32588 other mail domain and pass them on to Exim for delivery either locally, or over
32589 the Internet. Exim trusts a caller that is running as root, as the Exim user,
32590 as any user listed in the &%trusted_users%& configuration option, or under any
32591 group listed in the &%trusted_groups%& option.
32592
32593 Admin users are permitted to do things to the messages on Exim's queue. They
32594 can freeze or thaw messages, cause them to be returned to their senders, remove
32595 them entirely, or modify them in various ways. In addition, admin users can run
32596 the Exim monitor and see all the information it is capable of providing, which
32597 includes the contents of files on the spool.
32598
32599 .cindex "&%-M%& option"
32600 .cindex "&%-q%& option"
32601 By default, the use of the &%-M%& and &%-q%& options to cause Exim to attempt
32602 delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users. This
32603 restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%no_prod_requires_admin%& option.
32604 Similarly, the use of &%-bp%& (and its variants) to list the contents of the
32605 queue is also restricted to admin users. This restriction can be relaxed by
32606 setting &%no_queue_list_requires_admin%&.
32607
32608 Exim recognises an admin user if the calling process is running as root or as
32609 the Exim user or if any of the groups associated with the calling process is
32610 the Exim group. It is not necessary actually to be running under the Exim
32611 group. However, if admin users who are not root or the Exim user are to access
32612 the contents of files on the spool via the Exim monitor (which runs
32613 unprivileged), Exim must be built to allow group read access to its spool
32614 files.
32615
32616
32617
32618 .section "Spool files"
32619 .cindex "spool directory" "files"
32620 Exim's spool directory and everything it contains is owned by the Exim user and
32621 set to the Exim group. The mode for spool files is defined in the
32622 &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file, and defaults to 0640. This means that
32623 any user who is a member of the Exim group can access these files.
32624
32625
32626
32627 .section "Use of argv[0]"
32628 Exim examines the last component of &%argv[0]%&, and if it matches one of a set
32629 of specific strings, Exim assumes certain options. For example, calling Exim
32630 with the last component of &%argv[0]%& set to &"rsmtp"& is exactly equivalent
32631 to calling it with the option &%-bS%&. There are no security implications in
32632 this.
32633
32634
32635
32636 .section "Use of %f formatting"
32637 The only use made of &"%f"& by Exim is in formatting load average values. These
32638 are actually stored in integer variables as 1000 times the load average.
32639 Consequently, their range is limited and so therefore is the length of the
32640 converted output.
32641
32642
32643
32644 .section "Embedded Exim path"
32645 Exim uses its own path name, which is embedded in the code, only when it needs
32646 to re-exec in order to regain root privilege. Therefore, it is not root when it
32647 does so. If some bug allowed the path to get overwritten, it would lead to an
32648 arbitrary program's being run as exim, not as root.
32649
32650
32651
32652 .section "Use of sprintf()"
32653 .cindex "&[sprintf()]&"
32654 A large number of occurrences of &"sprintf"& in the code are actually calls to
32655 &'string_sprintf()'&, a function that returns the result in malloc'd store.
32656 The intermediate formatting is done into a large fixed buffer by a function
32657 that runs through the format string itself, and checks the length of each
32658 conversion before performing it, thus preventing buffer overruns.
32659
32660 The remaining uses of &[sprintf()]& happen in controlled circumstances where
32661 the output buffer is known to be sufficiently long to contain the converted
32662 string.
32663
32664
32665
32666 .section "Use of debug_printf() and log_write()"
32667 Arbitrary strings are passed to both these functions, but they do their
32668 formatting by calling the function &'string_vformat()'&, which runs through
32669 the format string itself, and checks the length of each conversion.
32670
32671
32672
32673 .section "Use of strcat() and strcpy()"
32674 These are used only in cases where the output buffer is known to be large
32675 enough to hold the result.
32676 .ecindex IIDsecurcon
32677
32678
32679
32680
32681 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32682 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32683
32684 .chapter "Format of spool files" "CHAPspool"
32685 .scindex IIDforspo1 "format" "spool files"
32686 .scindex IIDforspo2 "spool directory" "format of files"
32687 .scindex IIDforspo3 "spool files" "format of"
32688 .cindex "spool files" "editing"
32689 A message on Exim's queue consists of two files, whose names are the message id
32690 followed by -D and -H, respectively. The data portion of the message is kept in
32691 the -D file on its own. The message's envelope, status, and headers are all
32692 kept in the -H file, whose format is described in this chapter. Each of these
32693 two files contains the final component of its own name as its first line. This
32694 is insurance against disk crashes where the directory is lost but the files
32695 themselves are recoverable.
32696
32697 Some people are tempted into editing -D files in order to modify messages. You
32698 need to be extremely careful if you do this; it is not recommended and you are
32699 on your own if you do it. Here are some of the pitfalls:
32700
32701 .ilist
32702 You must ensure that Exim does not try to deliver the message while you are
32703 fiddling with it. The safest way is to take out a write lock on the -D file,
32704 which is what Exim itself does, using &[fcntl()]&. If you update the file in
32705 place, the lock will be retained. If you write a new file and rename it, the
32706 lock will be lost at the instant of rename.
32707 .next
32708 .cindex "&$body_linecount$&"
32709 If you change the number of lines in the file, the value of
32710 &$body_linecount$&, which is stored in the -H file, will be incorrect. At
32711 present, this value is not used by Exim, but there is no guarantee that this
32712 will always be the case.
32713 .next
32714 If the message is in MIME format, you must take care not to break it.
32715 .next
32716 If the message is cryptographically signed, any change will invalidate the
32717 signature.
32718 .endlist
32719
32720
32721 Files whose names end with -J may also be seen in the &_input_& directory (or
32722 its subdirectories when &%split_spool_directory%& is set). These are journal
32723 files, used to record addresses to which the message has been delivered during
32724 the course of a delivery run. At the end of the run, the -H file is updated,
32725 and the -J file is deleted.
32726
32727
32728 .section "Format of the -H file"
32729 .cindex "uid (user id)" "in spool file"
32730 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in spool file"
32731 The second line of the -H file contains the login name for the uid of the
32732 process that called Exim to read the message, followed by the numerical uid and
32733 gid. For a locally generated message, this is normally the user who sent the
32734 message. For a message received over TCP/IP, it is normally the Exim user.
32735
32736 The third line of the file contains the address of the message's sender as
32737 transmitted in the envelope, contained in angle brackets. The sender address is
32738 empty for bounce messages. For incoming SMTP mail, the sender address is given
32739 in the MAIL command. For locally generated mail, the sender address is
32740 created by Exim from the login name of the current user and the configured
32741 &%qualify_domain%&. However, this can be overridden by the &%-f%& option or a
32742 leading &"From&~"& line if the caller is trusted, or if the supplied address is
32743 &"<>"& or an address that matches &%untrusted_set_senders%&.
32744
32745 The fourth line contains two numbers. The first is the time that the message
32746 was received, in the conventional Unix form &-- the number of seconds since the
32747 start of the epoch. The second number is a count of the number of messages
32748 warning of delayed delivery that have been sent to the sender.
32749
32750 There follow a number of lines starting with a hyphen. These can appear in any
32751 order, and are omitted when not relevant:
32752
32753 .vlist
32754 .vitem "&%-acl%& <&'number'&> <&'length'&>"
32755 This item is obsolete, and is not generated from Exim release 4.61 onwards;
32756 &%-aclc%& and &%-aclm%& are used instead. However, &%-acl%& is still
32757 recognized, to provide backward compatibility. In the old format, a line of
32758 this form is present for every ACL variable that is not empty. The number
32759 identifies the variable; the &%acl_c%&&*x*& variables are numbered 0&--9 and
32760 the &%acl_m%&&*x*& variables are numbered 10&--19. The length is the length of
32761 the data string for the variable. The string itself starts at the beginning of
32762 the next line, and is followed by a newline character. It may contain internal
32763 newlines.
32764
32765 .vitem "&%-aclc%& <&'number'&> <&'length'&>"
32766 A line of this form is present for every ACL connection variable that is not
32767 empty. The number identifies the variable. The length is the length of the data
32768 string for the variable. The string itself starts at the beginning of the next
32769 line, and is followed by a newline character. It may contain internal newlines.
32770
32771 .vitem "&%-aclm%& <&'number'&> <&'length'&>"
32772 A line of this form is present for every ACL message variable that is not
32773 empty. The number identifies the variable. The length is the length of the data
32774 string for the variable. The string itself starts at the beginning of the next
32775 line, and is followed by a newline character. It may contain internal newlines.
32776
32777 .vitem "&%-active_hostname%& <&'hostname'&>"
32778 This is present if, when the message was received over SMTP, the value of
32779 &$smtp_active_hostname$& was different to the value of &$primary_hostname$&.
32780
32781 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_recipient%&
32782 This is present if unqualified recipient addresses are permitted in header
32783 lines (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at
32784 transport time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote
32785 messages from hosts that match &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
32786
32787 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_sender%&
32788 This is present if unqualified sender addresses are permitted in header lines
32789 (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at transport
32790 time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote messages from
32791 hosts that match &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
32792
32793 .vitem "&%-auth_id%& <&'text'&>"
32794 The id information for a message received on an authenticated SMTP connection
32795 &-- the value of the &$authenticated_id$& variable.
32796
32797 .vitem "&%-auth_sender%& <&'address'&>"
32798 The address of an authenticated sender &-- the value of the
32799 &$authenticated_sender$& variable.
32800
32801 .vitem "&%-body_linecount%& <&'number'&>"
32802 This records the number of lines in the body of the message, and is always
32803 present.
32804
32805 .vitem "&%-body_zerocount%& <&'number'&>"
32806 This records the number of binary zero bytes in the body of the message, and is
32807 present if the number is greater than zero.
32808
32809 .vitem &%-deliver_firsttime%&
32810 This is written when a new message is first added to the spool. When the spool
32811 file is updated after a deferral, it is omitted.
32812
32813 .vitem "&%-frozen%& <&'time'&>"
32814 .cindex "frozen messages" "spool data"
32815 The message is frozen, and the freezing happened at <&'time'&>.
32816
32817 .vitem "&%-helo_name%& <&'text'&>"
32818 This records the host name as specified by a remote host in a HELO or EHLO
32819 command.
32820
32821 .vitem "&%-host_address%& <&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
32822 This records the IP address of the host from which the message was received and
32823 the remote port number that was used. It is omitted for locally generated
32824 messages.
32825
32826 .vitem "&%-host_auth%& <&'text'&>"
32827 If the message was received on an authenticated SMTP connection, this records
32828 the name of the authenticator &-- the value of the
32829 &$sender_host_authenticated$& variable.
32830
32831 .vitem &%-host_lookup_failed%&
32832 This is present if an attempt to look up the sending host's name from its IP
32833 address failed. It corresponds to the &$host_lookup_failed$& variable.
32834
32835 .vitem "&%-host_name%& <&'text'&>"
32836 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
32837 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
32838 This records the name of the remote host from which the message was received,
32839 if the host name was looked up from the IP address when the message was being
32840 received. It is not present if no reverse lookup was done.
32841
32842 .vitem "&%-ident%& <&'text'&>"
32843 For locally submitted messages, this records the login of the originating user,
32844 unless it was a trusted user and the &%-oMt%& option was used to specify an
32845 ident value. For messages received over TCP/IP, this records the ident string
32846 supplied by the remote host, if any.
32847
32848 .vitem "&%-interface_address%& <&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
32849 This records the IP address of the local interface and the port number through
32850 which a message was received from a remote host. It is omitted for locally
32851 generated messages.
32852
32853 .vitem &%-local%&
32854 The message is from a local sender.
32855
32856 .vitem &%-localerror%&
32857 The message is a locally-generated bounce message.
32858
32859 .vitem "&%-local_scan%& <&'string'&>"
32860 This records the data string that was returned by the &[local_scan()]& function
32861 when the message was received &-- the value of the &$local_scan_data$&
32862 variable. It is omitted if no data was returned.
32863
32864 .vitem &%-manual_thaw%&
32865 The message was frozen but has been thawed manually, that is, by an explicit
32866 Exim command rather than via the auto-thaw process.
32867
32868 .vitem &%-N%&
32869 A testing delivery process was started using the &%-N%& option to suppress any
32870 actual deliveries, but delivery was deferred. At any further delivery attempts,
32871 &%-N%& is assumed.
32872
32873 .vitem &%-received_protocol%&
32874 This records the value of the &$received_protocol$& variable, which contains
32875 the name of the protocol by which the message was received.
32876
32877 .vitem &%-sender_set_untrusted%&
32878 The envelope sender of this message was set by an untrusted local caller (used
32879 to ensure that the caller is displayed in queue listings).
32880
32881 .vitem "&%-spam_score_int%& <&'number'&>"
32882 If a message was scanned by SpamAssassin, this is present. It records the value
32883 of &$spam_score_int$&.
32884
32885 .vitem &%-tls_certificate_verified%&
32886 A TLS certificate was received from the client that sent this message, and the
32887 certificate was verified by the server.
32888
32889 .vitem "&%-tls_cipher%& <&'cipher name'&>"
32890 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, this records the
32891 name of the cipher suite that was used.
32892
32893 .vitem "&%-tls_peerdn%& <&'peer DN'&>"
32894 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, and a certificate
32895 was received from the client, this records the Distinguished Name from that
32896 certificate.
32897 .endlist
32898
32899 Following the options there is a list of those addresses to which the message
32900 is not to be delivered. This set of addresses is initialized from the command
32901 line when the &%-t%& option is used and &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%&
32902 is set; otherwise it starts out empty. Whenever a successful delivery is made,
32903 the address is added to this set. The addresses are kept internally as a
32904 balanced binary tree, and it is a representation of that tree which is written
32905 to the spool file. If an address is expanded via an alias or forward file, the
32906 original address is added to the tree when deliveries to all its child
32907 addresses are complete.
32908
32909 If the tree is empty, there is a single line in the spool file containing just
32910 the text &"XX"&. Otherwise, each line consists of two letters, which are either
32911 Y or N, followed by an address. The address is the value for the node of the
32912 tree, and the letters indicate whether the node has a left branch and/or a
32913 right branch attached to it, respectively. If branches exist, they immediately
32914 follow. Here is an example of a three-node tree:
32915 .code
32916 YY darcy@austen.fict.example
32917 NN alice@wonderland.fict.example
32918 NN editor@thesaurus.ref.example
32919 .endd
32920 After the non-recipients tree, there is a list of the message's recipients.
32921 This is a simple list, preceded by a count. It includes all the original
32922 recipients of the message, including those to whom the message has already been
32923 delivered. In the simplest case, the list contains one address per line. For
32924 example:
32925 .code
32926 4
32927 editor@thesaurus.ref.example
32928 darcy@austen.fict.example
32929 rdo@foundation
32930 alice@wonderland.fict.example
32931 .endd
32932 However, when a child address has been added to the top-level addresses as a
32933 result of the use of the &%one_time%& option on a &(redirect)& router, each
32934 line is of the following form:
32935 .display
32936 <&'top-level address'&> <&'errors_to address'&> &&&
32937 <&'length'&>,<&'parent number'&>#<&'flag bits'&>
32938 .endd
32939 The 01 flag bit indicates the presence of the three other fields that follow
32940 the top-level address. Other bits may be used in future to support additional
32941 fields. The <&'parent number'&> is the offset in the recipients list of the
32942 original parent of the &"one time"& address. The first two fields are the
32943 envelope sender that is associated with this address and its length. If the
32944 length is zero, there is no special envelope sender (there are then two space
32945 characters in the line). A non-empty field can arise from a &(redirect)& router
32946 that has an &%errors_to%& setting.
32947
32948
32949 A blank line separates the envelope and status information from the headers
32950 which follow. A header may occupy several lines of the file, and to save effort
32951 when reading it in, each header is preceded by a number and an identifying
32952 character. The number is the number of characters in the header, including any
32953 embedded newlines and the terminating newline. The character is one of the
32954 following:
32955
32956 .table2 50pt
32957 .row <&'blank'&> "header in which Exim has no special interest"
32958 .row &`B`& "&'Bcc:'& header"
32959 .row &`C`& "&'Cc:'& header"
32960 .row &`F`& "&'From:'& header"
32961 .row &`I`& "&'Message-id:'& header"
32962 .row &`P`& "&'Received:'& header &-- P for &""postmark""&"
32963 .row &`R`& "&'Reply-To:'& header"
32964 .row &`S`& "&'Sender:'& header"
32965 .row &`T`& "&'To:'& header"
32966 .row &`*`& "replaced or deleted header"
32967 .endtable
32968
32969 Deleted or replaced (rewritten) headers remain in the spool file for debugging
32970 purposes. They are not transmitted when the message is delivered. Here is a
32971 typical set of headers:
32972 .code
32973 111P Received: by hobbit.fict.example with local (Exim 4.00)
32974 id 14y9EI-00026G-00; Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
32975 049 Message-Id: <E14y9EI-00026G-00@hobbit.fict.example>
32976 038* X-rewrote-sender: bb@hobbit.fict.example
32977 042* From: Bilbo Baggins <bb@hobbit.fict.example>
32978 049F From: Bilbo Baggins <B.Baggins@hobbit.fict.example>
32979 099* To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation,
32980 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
32981 104T To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation.example,
32982 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
32983 038 Date: Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
32984 .endd
32985 The asterisked headers indicate that the envelope sender, &'From:'& header, and
32986 &'To:'& header have been rewritten, the last one because routing expanded the
32987 unqualified domain &'foundation'&.
32988 .ecindex IIDforspo1
32989 .ecindex IIDforspo2
32990 .ecindex IIDforspo3
32991
32992
32993
32994
32995 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32996 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32997
32998 .chapter "Adding new drivers or lookup types" "" &&&
32999 "Adding drivers or lookups"
33000 .cindex "adding drivers"
33001 .cindex "new drivers" "adding"
33002 .cindex "drivers" "adding new"
33003 The following actions have to be taken in order to add a new router, transport,
33004 authenticator, or lookup type to Exim:
33005
33006 .olist
33007 Choose a name for the driver or lookup type that does not conflict with any
33008 existing name; I will use &"newdriver"& in what follows.
33009 .next
33010 Add to &_src/EDITME_& the line:
33011 .display
33012 <&'type'&>&`_NEWDRIVER=yes`&
33013 .endd
33014 where <&'type'&> is ROUTER, TRANSPORT, AUTH, or LOOKUP. If the
33015 code is not to be included in the binary by default, comment this line out. You
33016 should also add any relevant comments about the driver or lookup type.
33017 .next
33018 Add to &_src/config.h.defaults_& the line:
33019 .code
33020 #define <type>_NEWDRIVER
33021 .endd
33022 .next
33023 Edit &_src/drtables.c_&, adding conditional code to pull in the private header
33024 and create a table entry as is done for all the other drivers and lookup types.
33025 .next
33026 Edit &_Makefile_& in the appropriate sub-directory (&_src/routers_&,
33027 &_src/transports_&, &_src/auths_&, or &_src/lookups_&); add a line for the new
33028 driver or lookup type and add it to the definition of OBJ.
33029 .next
33030 Create &_newdriver.h_& and &_newdriver.c_& in the appropriate sub-directory of
33031 &_src_&.
33032 .next
33033 Edit &_scripts/MakeLinks_& and add commands to link the &_.h_& and &_.c_& files
33034 as for other drivers and lookups.
33035 .endlist
33036
33037 Then all you need to do is write the code! A good way to start is to make a
33038 proforma by copying an existing module of the same type, globally changing all
33039 occurrences of the name, and cutting out most of the code. Note that any
33040 options you create must be listed in alphabetical order, because the tables are
33041 searched using a binary chop procedure.
33042
33043 There is a &_README_& file in each of the sub-directories of &_src_& describing
33044 the interface that is expected.
33045
33046
33047
33048
33049 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33050 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33051
33052 .makeindex "Option index" "option"
33053
33054 .makeindex "Concept index" "concept"
33055
33056
33057 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33058 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////